Digitized by the Internet Archive 
 
 in 2008 with funding from 
 
 Microsoft Corporation 
 
 http://www.archive.org/details/argentinechilianOOargerich 
 
ARGENTINE-CHILIAN BOUNDARY 
 

 
 
 - 
 
 
Argentine-Chilian Boundary 
 
 REPORT 
 
 NOTE: This (the First) Part contains— 
 
 Introduction and Chapters I. to XIII. 
 
 jumim iJtiE AKlxEJNTUNE CLAIMS FOR THE BOUNDARY 
 
 IN THE SUMMIT OF THE CORDILLERA DE 
 
 LOS ANDES, ACCORDING TO THE 
 
 TREATIES OF 1881 & 1893 
 
 Printed in compliance with the request of the Tribunal, 
 dated December 21, 1899 
 
 LONDON 
 PRINTED FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF THE ARGENTINE REPUBLIC 
 
 BY WILLIAM CLOWES AND SONS, LIMITED 
 
 STAMFORD STREET AND CHARING CROSS 
 
 1900 
 
ATION 
 DED 
 TO BE 
 ) 
 
 1 4 1992 
 
Bancroft library , 
 
 fcrrfversity of. California 
 
 WITHDRAWN 
 
 My Lord and Gentlemen, 
 
 The Argentine Republic has always considered that, after laying 
 before Her Britannic Majesty's Government the official documents relating to 
 the boundary question pending with the Republic of Chile, she had to leave 
 them in complete freedom to form their judgment by their own surveys and 
 solve the differences submitted to them by strictly applying the Treaties. 
 
 This consideration, and others set forth in due time, induced the Argen- 
 tine Republic to abstain from the detailed examination of the lines projected 
 by the Experts of both countries, when the Foreign Office enquired, for the 
 information of this Tribunal, whether the Argentine Government desired to 
 supplement the documents presented on their behalf. 
 
 Nevertheless, in order to facilitate the task of the Tribunal, the antecedents 
 which were considered indispensable, were offered to it. Later on, the offer 
 was repeated " to make a statement in support of the claims of the Argentine 
 Government, should the Tribunal of Arbitration desire such a statement to be 
 made." 
 
 In reply, the Argentine Legation received the communication of May 28, 
 1899. in which it was informed, "that the Tribunal desired to be put in 
 possession of all the information and all the arguments which either party 
 may think material for its guidance." In pursuance thereof, the Argentine 
 Republic has the honour to present the antecedents with the fulness required. 
 
 But before commencing the argument, it is necessary to point out that 
 the terms in which the Chilian Representative has stated the controversy are 
 not those which, in reality, apply to it. 
 
 It might apparently be surmised from those terms, that the question on 
 
 a 
 
11 
 
 which Her Britannic Majesty's Government are requested to give a decision 
 is a doctrinarian question — that is to say, the meaning of the Treaties in 
 force. 
 
 However, this is not the case. Since 1881, when the boundary was 
 solemnly agreed to, the frontier consecrated by the sovereign wish of the two 
 countries, stands with the fixity and permanence of character which the Treaty 
 of that date decided in its Article 6, which reads thus : " The Governments of 
 the Argentine Republic and of Chile shall exercise full dominion and for 
 perpetuity over the territories which respectively belong to them according 
 to the present arrangement. Any question which might unfortunately arise 
 between the two countries, whether it be on account of this transaction, or owing 
 to any other cause, shall be submitted to the decision of a friendly power, 
 the boundary established in the present arrangement to remain at all events 
 immovable between the two Republics." 
 
 That boundary, from north to south, to lat. 52° S. is constituted by the 
 Cordillera de los Andes, upon the summit of which nature and history, geo- 
 graphical science and political considerations have designated the divisional 
 line. 
 
 In all the Treaties, in all the documents, in all the official and private 
 antecedents emanating from both countries, the same frontier is designated, 
 and they establish that up to said frontier the respective sovereignty of the 
 Argentine Republic and Chile reaches. In marking it out, differences might 
 nevertheless arise between the functionaries entrusted with its tracing, and these 
 differences — only these — are submitted to Her Britannic Majesty's Government 
 in the Agreement of 1896: "Should differences arise between the Experts (says 
 Article 2) when fixing, in the Cordillera de los Andes, the boundary marks 
 south of parallel 20° 52' 4,")" S., and in case they could not be amicably settled by 
 joint accord of both Governments, they shall be submitted to the decision of the 
 Government of Her Britannic Majesty, which the contracting parties from this 
 moment appoint in the character of Arbitrator entrusted with the strict appli- 
 cation in such cases of the provisions of the aforesaid Treaty and Protocol, after 
 the ground has been examined by a Commission appointed by the Arbitrator." 
 
 The differences between the Experts were confined within the Cordillera. 
 
Ill 
 
 Outside thereof, there could be no disputed territories nor debated boundaries. 
 Outside thereof, there only exist territories incorporated under Argentine or 
 Chilian sovereignty, and their sovereignty is not discussed nor submitted to 
 arbitration. 
 
 If the line of the Chilian Expert is not all found in the Cordillera— and the 
 Argentine Expert affirms it is not all found therein — it cannot be taken into 
 account, neither as a precedent nor as a datum. It has been submitted to 
 Arbitration because the Chilian Government, in accordance with the declaration 
 of their Expert, stated in the Record of September 22, 1898, that it is ail situated 
 in the Cordillera de los Andes, "as ordered by the Treaties, and in the form 
 which they establish " ; but if the error of this assertion is proved, the line must 
 be set aside without further examination. There are no considerations which 
 override the categorical stipulations of the conventions. 
 
 Her Britannic Majesty's Government, in consequence, have to fulfil a 
 technical mission respecting circumscribed places. They are not going to lay 
 down general rules applicable to the whole extent of the frontier, particularly 
 when in the greater part thereof the divisional line is already demarcated. They 
 are not going to lay down principles, nor consider new doctrines, which might 
 clash with the lines already fixed on the maps and located on the ground itself. 
 They are going solely to give their decision respecting the geographical differences 
 of the Experts, who, according to the said Record of September 22, have been 
 in disagreement with reference to the location of the boundary marks in the 
 Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 These remarks are all the more necessary in view that hereinafter will be 
 examined the statement read by the Chilian Representative, in which a line of 
 argument is entered upon whose relevance is rejected by the Argentine Republic. 
 Although the scope of the agreements will be studied for the purpose of proving 
 erroneous interpretations, the Argentine Republic does not admit any discussion 
 with respect thereto. They will be considered in order to put before the Tribunal 
 the veritable antecedents of the dispute in the same way as a historical question 
 would be treated. The work of diplomacy is at an end ; it belongs to the past. 
 The work of Experts is the only one pending. The Treaties have ordered that 
 the boundary shall run along the main chain of the Cordillera de los Andes, i.e. 
 
 a 2 
 
IV 
 
 along the most elevated crests that may divide the waters of the said Cordillera. 
 This rule cannot be discussed, as the Treaties cannot be disregarded. To 
 terminate the discussion it is only necessary to determine wjiich of the landmarks 
 proposed by each of the Experts harmonise with these stipulations. Her 
 Britannic Majesty's Government will decide the Experts' differences on these 
 points. 
 
 I. Questions Submitted to tiie Arbitration of Her Britannic 
 
 Majesty's Government. 
 
 The Representatives of the Argentine Republic and Chile met together in 
 Santiago on September 15, 1898, to consider the Records and antecedents 
 relatino- to the general frontier line which had been submitted to them by the 
 respective Experts. 
 
 With the purpose of facilitating the examination of, and decision on, all 
 the points comprised in the boundary question, the Ministers agreed to deal 
 separately with each one of its parts, to wit: 
 
 (d) That relating to the boundary in the region between parallels 23° and 
 26° 52' 45" hit. S. 
 
 (b) That relating to the boundary from parallel 26° 52' 45" to the proximity 
 of parallel 52° lat. S. 
 
 (c) That relating to the boundary region close to parallel 52° S., which is 
 referred to in the last clause of Article 2 of the Protocol of 1893.* 
 
 Each of these three sections of the frontier was separately studied, as 
 different rules for their settlement were required for each one of them. 
 
 In the first, a line could not be traced which Avould meet with the joint 
 approval of the Governments. In order to fix it, a Conference, consisting of five 
 Argentine and five Chilian delegates, met in Buenos Aires. It was not possible, 
 either, to reach a satisfactory result, and on March 11 of the present year 
 a Record was drawn up setting forth the divergence. Shortly afterwards, an 
 Argentine delegate, a Chilian delegate, and Mr. William H. Buchanan, then 
 the United States Minister in Buenos Aires — constituting a demarcating 
 
 * See the RYcord of September 15, 1898. 
 
commission — settled the differences and decided the line, awarding to the 
 Argentine Republic no less than eleven-twelfths of the disputed territory in 
 that region. 
 
 The second section, from parallel 26° 52' 45" to the proximity of lat. 52° S., 
 was studied and considered in the way set forth in the Record of September 22, 
 1898. On the lines of the two Experts being confronted, it was found that they 
 both agreed in many points, and that they contained substantial differences in 
 many others. They coincided " from Mount Tres Cruces (southern summit) to 
 Mount Ferihueico, in the points and stretches marked with Nos. 10 to 256 of the 
 Chilian Expert's list, and 3 to 266 of the Argentine Expert's list ; and also in 
 the points and stretches marked with Nos. 263 to 270 of the Chilian Expert's 
 list, and Nos. 275 to 281 of that of the Argentine Expert, and finally in those 
 marked with Nos. 331 and 332 by the former and 304 and 305 by the latter." 
 
 As each Government upheld and sustained the general line presented by their 
 respective Experts, conformity of opinion settled the frontier in the stretches just 
 mentioned. But it was also observed "that the line of the Chilian Expert 
 diverges from that of the Argentine Expert in the points and stretches marked 
 by the former with Nos. 1 to 9, and 1 and 2 by the latter; in the points and 
 stretches marked by the former with Nos. 257 to 262, and 267 to 274 by the 
 latter; in the points and stretches marked with Nos. 271 to 330 by the former, 
 and 282 to 303 by the latter ; in the points and stretches marked with Nos. 333 
 to 348 by the former, and with No. 306 and the rest of the points without 
 number that follow in the list of the latter." 
 
 The Representatives of the two Republics found no means whatever of 
 agreeing in their views by direct procedure, and in consequence decided to draAV 
 up a record in which the divergences would be set forth, and to deliver to Her 
 Britannic Majesty's Government a copy of the Records of the Experts and of the 
 Treaties and International Agreements in force, in order that, subject to Clause 2 
 of the Agreement dated April 17, 1896, said Government may decide the 
 divergences which have been recorded above. The Ministers stipulated, 
 besides, " that the above mentioned documents shall be delivered to the 
 Government of Her Britannic Majesty by the diplomatic Representatives of the 
 Argentine Republic, and of the Republic of Chile accredited to said Government, 
 
VI 
 
 who shall manifest to same that, the case foreseen in the above quoted Base 2 of 
 the Agreement of April 17, 1896, having arisen, they may proceed to appoint the 
 Commission that is to verify the previous study of the ground, and resolve all 
 the divergences together in one decision." * 
 
 The third section of the frontier relating to the region " close to parallel 
 52° S. which is referred to in the last clause of Article 2 of the Protocol of 
 1. 893," also left room for divergences between the Experts, which the Govern- 
 ments could not settle by a direct understanding. Record 4 of September 22, 
 1898, shows that in view of this, it was agreed to submit the question to Her 
 Britannic Majesty's Government, " in order that, subject to Base 3 of the 
 Agreement of April 17, 1896, said Government may decide the divergences 
 cited, and determine the divisional line in the region above named, the ground 
 being previously surveyed by the Commission that they will appoint to that 
 effect. " 
 
 Of the three sections of the frontier separately studied by the Govern- 
 ments, one of them has already been decided, another has been partly settled, 
 and the third remains without any solution whatever. 
 
 Her Britannic Majesty's Government have been asked to decide, with strict 
 subjection to the Treaties, the location of the line in the Cordillera de los Andes 
 in the points and stretches of the second section in which the Experts have 
 not agreed, and, also, to trace the frontier in the third section in which the 
 divergence was complete. 
 
 II. The Line from Parallel 26° 52' 45" to the Proximity 
 of Parallel 52° Latitude S. 
 
 The general rules for tracing the frontier, in this vast extension, have been 
 agreed to in the various Treaties in force. 
 
 Their fundamental basis is designated in these words : " The boundary 
 between the Argentine Republic and Chile, from north to south, as far ,as the 
 parallel of lat. 52° S., is the Cordillera de los Andes." 
 
 See Itecord of September 22, 1898. 
 
VI 1 
 
 With a view to the settlement of possible differences, the two countries 
 arranged the method of demarcating the divisional line within the Cordillera, 
 and it has been in his appreciation of the phrases which specify the details of 
 the frontier that the Expert of the Chilian Republic thought he had found a 
 means of removing the dispute from the technical aspect in which it is placed, 
 in order to put it on a basis of theoretical doctrinarianism. 
 
 In projecting the general boundary line in the Record of August 29, 1898, 
 he set forth, " that for the tracing of said line he had solely and exclusively 
 followed the principle of demarcation established in Article 1 of the Treaty of 
 1881, a principle which must also be the invariable rule of the proceedings of the 
 Experts, according to the Protocol of 1893 ; that consequently the boundary line 
 that he proposes runs along all the highest crests of the Andes which divide the 
 waters, and constantly separates the springs * of the rivers which belong to either 
 country ; that the same line leaves within the territory of each of the two nations 
 the peaks, ridges or ranges, hoivever elevated they mag be, which do not divide 
 the waters of the river systems belonging to each country ; that though in its 
 most extensive and important parts the ground over which the divisional line runs 
 has been sufficiently reconnoitred and even carefully mapped out, as has likewise 
 been in general well established the geographical dependency of the rivers and 
 streams which descend either side, he must nevertheless point out that the 
 topographical location of the proposed line is wholly independent of the 
 exactness of the maps, and that he therefore declares that said line is no other 
 than the natural and effective dividing line of the waters of the South American 
 Continent, between parallels 26° 52' 45" and 52°, which can be demarcated on 
 the ground without effecting more topographical operations than are necessary for 
 determining which would be the course of the waters there where they do not 
 actually flow."f 
 
 In accordance with this interpretation the work of the Experts would 
 be reduced to seeking on the ground the dividing line of the waters of the 
 
 * In the translation of the Minutes of the Proceedings of the Argentine and Chilian Experts, in this 
 paragraph of Seiior Barros Arana, the word " slope" has been employed, which is a correct one in every 
 case except this one, because Seiior Barros Arana attributes another meaning to it. 
 
 t See the Record of August 29, 1898. 
 
Vlll 
 
 South American Continent. The place in which a river rises should be found 
 according to it, forcibly and necessarily, in the Cordillera de los Ancles, and 
 also " in its most elevated crests that may divide the waters." 
 
 The Expert of the Argentine Republic, in his turn, in projecting the 
 boundary, in the Record dated September 1, 1898, stated: 
 
 1 . " That the general line which he proposes to his colleague is wholly 
 comprised within the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 2. " That in its entire extent it passes between the slopes which descend 
 one side and the other of the main range. 
 
 l\. " That he considers that said main range is constituted by the pre- 
 dominating edge of the principal and central chain of the Andes, considered 
 such by the first geographers of the world. 
 
 4. "That this principal chain is the most elevated, the most continued, 
 with most uniform general direction, and its flanks shed the larger volume of 
 waters, thus presenting the conditions established, both by the Treaty of July 
 "_':>, 1881, and by the Protocol of May 1, 1893, to constitute with the crest line 
 of its slopes the general frontier line between the Argentine Republic and 
 the Republic of Chile." * 
 
 In accordance with these ideas, consequently, the labours of the Experts 
 had to commence by seeking, in the Cordillera de los Andes, its ideal "axis." 
 When once the main chain had been determined, the Experts had to trace 
 the frontier on its edge or the line of intersection of its two sides. 
 
 The Argentine Republic takes into account the chain having been always 
 '•niisidered as the boundary, and in no way the more or less lofty peaks which rise 
 on one side or the other, often isolated and separated from the dominating chain, 
 nor the lateral ridges independent from the Cordillera. Chile contends that 
 rivers can never be cut by the frontier line, no matter where they may rise, 
 within or without the Cordillera. The Argentine Republic maintains that "parts 
 of rivers"f nuiv an< 5 do belong to her; that the frontier line which follows the 
 summit of the Cordillera de los Andes necessarily cuts all the watercourses which 
 rise outside the main chain in secondary chains, or in the "flat country of the 
 
 See the Record, September 1, 1S98. f Protocol of 1893, Article 2. 
 
IX 
 
 Pampas,"' and which, flowing towards the West, open a passage through the 
 defiles and gorges of the mountains. 
 
 In a vast extension of the frontier, the culminating edge of the Cordillera de 
 los Andes — the dividing line of the waters belonjrinc; to it — coincides with the 
 Continental divide. In that extension the chain does not give passage to the 
 streams which rise outside of it. The Experts, therefore, had no substantial 
 difference in those places, nor in those in which the Cordillera has its bifurcation 
 foreseen in the Treaties. 
 
 In another part, on the contrary, the main chain presents gorges through 
 which flow out the streams which rise in isolated hills, in lateral ridges, and 
 even in the Patagonian plains themselves. In these cases, the Chilian Expert 
 abandons the main chain, descends down the slopes to the valleys and to the 
 plains, in order to carry the line along the sources of the rivers and the 
 capricious windings of their courses. The Argentine Expert, for his part, 
 following the dividing line of the waters in the crest of the main chain, 
 continues this same line in the same chain, across the gorges. The Chilian 
 Expert obeys no other rule than that of compliance with the line of the 
 Continental water-parting. When that line is in the main chain, he follows 
 the main chain of the Cordillera de los Andes ; but where it is in secondary 
 ridges, he follows the secondary ridges. In the same way he goes to the lowest 
 hills, and to the gentle undulations of the plains and even to marshes, if in 
 those hills, or in those undulations or in those marshes, the Continental water- 
 parting line is found. The Argentine Expert took into consideration before 
 and above everything the Cordillera de los Andes. He studied its main chain, 
 and he demarcated the frontier line along its watershed. 
 
 Both Experts have referred to the water-parting line, but in different 
 forms ; for the Chilian Expert, the water-parting line to be accounted is that 
 of the South American Continent, without taking into consideration whether 
 the phenomenon takes place within the Cordillera de los Andes or not ; for 
 the Expert of the Argentine Republic, the water-parting line is nothing more 
 than the detail which serves him as a secondary rule to designate in the main 
 chain of the Cordillera de los Andes the topographical boundary between the 
 two countries. 
 
 b 
 
X 
 
 This difference in their respective points of view explains the divergences 
 which have arisen between the Experts when arranging the landmarks, the 
 right or wrong placing; of which is to be a matter for the decision of Her 
 Britannic Majesty's Government, when the ground has been surveyed by the 
 technical Commission agreed upon. 
 
 It is easy to introduce confusion, in appreciating the controversy. In 
 order to avoid doing so, it is indispensable to define ideas with the greatest 
 clearness, even at the risk of repetitions. Otherwise, it would be possible to 
 think that each time that divortium aquarum is mentioned in the Treaties, and 
 by writers, it favours the interest of the Republic of Chile in a more or less 
 direct maimer. This, however, is not the case. 
 
 The most elementary prudence suggests the study in every case of the 
 meaning the words were intended to convey, so that the thought of its author 
 might not be misconstrued. 
 
 If, with this criterion, the boundary question between the Argentine Republic 
 and Chile is examined, it will be found that all its antecedents lead to the 
 following rules: — 
 
 1. The wall of the Cordillera de los Andes constitutes the natural and con- 
 ventional frontier between the two countries, from the extreme north "to the 
 proximities of parallel 52°." 
 
 2. Within this Cordillera the line should be traced on a chain, and not in 
 isolated peaks. 
 
 3. The chain to be chosen is the main one, i.e. the most elevated, the most 
 continuous, having the most uniform general trend, and its flanks shedding the 
 largest volume of water. 
 
 4. In the main chain thus circumscribed, the line should run along its water- 
 shed, i.e. along the edge of the intersection of its slopes, 
 
 5. The frontier line should cut all watercourses which traverse the main 
 chain. 
 
 Only those differences which have arisen between the Experts in respect 
 of the (hawing of the dividing line through certain determined points in the 
 Cordillera de los Andes are submitted for decision to Her Britannic Majesty's 
 Government. The Treaties ordain that the jurisdiction of the respective 
 
XI 
 
 countries is divided to the East and to the West of the summit line of the 
 Cordillera in its main chain, and it could not have been possible to consent 
 to even the slightest modification being suggested in the immovable boundary, 
 nor to the slightest doubt being raised in regard to the perfect right of 
 sovereignty of the Argentine Republic over all the lands, and over all the 
 waters, situated in the Eastern slope of the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 The two Governments, when stipulating the terms of Article 2 of the Agree- 
 ment of April 17, 189(5, confirmed once more the boundaiy on the summit line of 
 the Cordillera, and reduced the possible difficulties, and consequently the cases 
 in which Arbitration might be necessary, to simple divergences respecting the 
 topography of the Cordillera — divergences which might arise between the views 
 of the Experts as to the situation of the main chain which contains the traditional 
 high-summit ridge, and the " arcifinious " boundary. The fact of an agreement 
 having been entered into to the effect that the said divergences were only to be 
 decided by the Arbitration, after a survey of the ground that gave rise to them, 
 by a Commission of Technical Experts, throws still more light, if possible, upon 
 the intention of the Governments. 
 
 Such a survey would have been totally unnecessary for studying the question 
 in the form in which it has been placed before the Tribunal by the Representative 
 of Chile, since the Chilian Expert himself has affirmed that the line which he 
 proposed to the Argentine Expert is wholly independent of the exactness of the 
 maps. If a mere principle of delimitation — viz. the orographic (that of the summit 
 line of the Cordillera), or the hydrographic (that of the Continental divide) — 
 should have been submitted to Arbitration, the decision could have been 
 arrived at without any particular knowledge of the ground. 
 
 This pretension was mooted by the Chilian Expert in 1892, and repeated in 
 1*93 and 1894, but was rejected by the two Governments by the Protocol of 
 1893 and the Agreement of 1896. Had Chile supported this view, the said 
 Agreements would not have been made, nor would the Experts have carried out 
 the work of surveying the whole general frontier line in an extension of 29 de- 
 grees of latitude before beginning to decide upon the erection of the landmarks. 
 
 The various Conventions made to remove the difficulties raised owing 
 to the erroneous opinions of the Chilian Expert, are an evident proof that the 
 
 b 2 
 
Xll 
 
 Arbitration agreed upon by the Treaty of 1881 did not in any manner include 
 the general principle of the delimitation of the international frontier — a principle 
 which was recognised as unalterable. If the two Governments had thought 
 the contrary, the present question, such as the Chilian Representative seeks 
 to present to the Tribunal, would have been submitted to Arbitration in 1890, 
 for in no case would the Argentine Government have eluded the fulfilment of 
 so solemn a stipulation, one so far-reaching in its political and economical con- 
 sequences. As a matter of fact, Chile acknowledged in 1896* the necessity for 
 a thorough knowledge of the ground, in order to settle the difficulties that form 
 the matter for Arbitration, which is also proved by the form in which these 
 difficulties, where produced, have been submitted to the decision of Her Britannic 
 Majesty's Government by the Governments interested. 
 
 Nor could there be any question upon this point. This was recognised 
 to be the case by the Minister for Chile at Buenos Aires, Senor Joaquin Walker 
 Martinez, when proposing to the Argentine Government, on behalf of his 
 country, on June 25, 1898, that Her Britannic Majesty's Government should 
 be asked to send the Commission to which the Agreement of 1896 refers, in 
 order to proceed to survey the ground where it was known that differences 
 would arise in the next month of August, the time arranged between the 
 Experts for drawing the general frontier line in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 He likewise recognised this when he proposed that the Arbitrator should be 
 asked to deliver his decisions in the order which both Governments by mutual 
 agreement should ask for when isolated points were to be dealt with, and 
 that when it was a question of extensive lines, or when there existed no 
 agreement upon the point, the North to South order should be followed. 
 
 Soon after, the idea that the only difficulties were geographical received 
 solemn sanction in the Minute of September 22, 1898, which gave birth to 
 the arbitral jurisdiction. 
 
 The two countries agreed to charge their respective Plenipotentiaries in 
 London, not with the discussion of abstract principles, but merely that they 
 should present a certain number of documents which are now in the hands of 
 
 Agreement of April 17, Article 11. 
 
Xlll 
 
 the Tribunal, and that they should request from Her Britannic Majesty's 
 Government the appointment of the Commission which was to survey the 
 ground where had arisen " the differences and disagreements," which alone form 
 the sole " divergences that have arisen," or " points of dispute," as was declai-ed 
 before the Chilian Congress by the Chilian Minister for Foreign Affairs, in his 
 Report of June 1, 1899.* 
 
 Ill The Line in the Region Close to Parallel 52° S. 
 
 The other question which Her Britannic Majesty's Government is called upon 
 to decide can be condensed in a few words. 
 
 It was agreed, between the two countries, that, " If in the peninsular part of 
 the South, on nearing parallel 52° S., the Cordillera should be found penetrating 
 into the channels of the Pacific there existing, the Experts shall undertake the 
 study of the ground in order to fix a boundary line, leaving to Chile the coast of 
 said channels, in consideration of which study both Governments shall determine 
 said line amicably." 
 
 The opportunity having arrived, the Argentine Expert stated that, in view 
 of the surveys made by his assistants and of the " observations he has personally 
 made on the ground, he declares that he has the firm conviction that in effect, 
 the Cordillera de los Andes is found penetrating into the channels which really 
 exist in the peninsular part of the South on nearing parallel 52°, and that the 
 waters of those channels wash coasts of lands which do not belong to the 
 Cordillera de los Andes, which lies to the west of said channels," and he added, 
 " that he requires to know the opinion of the Chilian Expert on this point, so 
 that if both agree on same they may proceed to fulfil what is ordered" in 
 the Treaties. 
 
 The Chilian Expert said, " that, as regards the statement made by his 
 colleague with reference to the Cordillera de los Andes penetrating into the 
 channels of the Pacific in the vicinity of parallel 52°, he agrees with his appre- 
 ciations in so far as they may apply to several elevated mountain regions of the 
 
 * Respecting Senor Joaquin "Walker Martinez' proposal, see Memoria de Eelaciones Exteriores y 
 Culto, submitted to the National Argentine Congress in 1899, pp. 177 et seq. 
 
XIV 
 
 Cordillera de los Andes; but not to the totality of same, because other branches 
 of same extend over the Continent towards the North of the Estuary of Ultima 
 Esperanza. He adds that he does not give to the expressed proposition the 
 character of prior importance, because the survey of the ground made by the 
 Chilian Commission to fix a divisional line leaving to Chile the coasts of said 
 channels, leads him to the conclusion that the natural interior delimitation of 
 said coasts is no other than the one of the hydrographic basin which empties 
 into them/' * 
 
 The consequence of these divergent appreciations affects in a high degree 
 the boundary dispute. If the Cordillera de los Andes in the proximity of 
 parallel 52° 8. "is found penetrating into channels of the Pacific," such channels, 
 and also their coasts, will belong to Chile, it being necessary to determine by 
 the decision of the Arbitration how tar such coasts extend inland. If the 
 Cordillera does not penetrate the said channels, the boundary must be marked 
 out in it, according to the Treaties. 
 
 IV. Rules of Interpretation*. 
 
 Before considering the points contained in the pending question of frontiers, 
 it is necessary to set forth some of the rules of interpretation which the 
 Argentine Republic has in mind, and which support the conclusions reached 
 by her. They are not mentioned here as admitting that the boundary dispute 
 is in itself a doctrinal dispute, but with the view already mentioned of contesting 
 the mistaken appreciations of the Chilian Expert which, although foreign to 
 the dispute, have been laid before the Tribunal. 
 
 These rules have not been sought for here and there with any preconceived 
 idea : they have been found all together, forming a mass of doctrine. They are 
 the ones proclaimed by Her Britannic Majesty's Government, which set them 
 forth and defended them in one of their boundary disputes in these terms: — 
 
 1. 'The words of a Treaty arc: to be taken to be used in the sense in which 
 they were commonly used at the time when the Treaty was entered into. 
 
 * See ill.' Record of September 1, 1898. 
 
XV 
 
 2. " In interpreting any expression in a Treaty, regard must be had to the 
 context and spirit of the whole Treaty. 
 
 3. " The interpretation should be drawn from the connection and relation 
 of the different parts. 
 
 4. "The interpretation should be suitable to the reason of the Treaty. 
 
 5. " Treaties are to be interpreted in a favourable rather than in an 
 odious sense. 
 
 6. "Whatever interpretation tends to change the existing state of things 
 at the time the Treaty was made is to be ranked in the class of odious things." 
 
 Applying these rules to the boundary dispute, in its proper sense and in 
 its true meaning, it will be seen that the Argentine rights are so evident that 
 it is not possible there should exist, with regard thereto, even the shadow 
 of a doubt. 
 
 The Chilian Republic invoked, as a rule of interpretation, a paragraph of 
 Pradier Fodere. The Argentine Republic accepts it in every particular. These 
 are his words : " As the interpretation of a document must aim only at the 
 discovery of the intention of its author or authors, it is necessary to seek such 
 intention and to interpret it accordingly, carefully examining the facts, the 
 circumstances immediately preceding the signature of the Agreement, the 
 Protocols, the Minutes of the proceedings and the different writings of the 
 Negotiators ; the causes which have given rise to the Treaty must be studied, 
 taking into consideration the object which the parties had in view at the 
 commencement of the negotiations.' 
 
 V. Plan of this Statement. 
 
 The Argentine Republic offered the Tribunal in the first statement, "any 
 information or evidence it might require," and also offered " to take into con- 
 sideration the statement read by the Representative of Chile, in which some 
 incomplete quotations have been observed." 
 
 * Papers relating to the Treaty of Washington, Berlin Arbitration, Washington, 1872, vol. 5, 
 pp. 68-70. 
 
XVI 
 
 It has already been said that the work of the Arbitrator is purely an Expert 
 matter ; consequently, the information and the evidence it requires is only that 
 which may lead, from an historical and geographical aspect, to prove the 
 characteristics -which tradition and science attribute to the Cordillera de los 
 Andes referred to in the Treaty of 1881 and in the explanatory Protocol of 1893. 
 
 Desiring to facilitate the work, it has been sought to get together all the 
 data which permit the appreciation of the exactness and fitness of the line 
 traced by the Argentine Expert, in accordance with the letter and spirit of the 
 covenants which it was his mission to apply, as well as those which permit the 
 appreciation of the inconsistency of the project formulated by the Expert of 
 the Chilian Republic, who abandons the formidable natural barrier consecrated 
 by the Agreements, in spite of its having been manifested by the Chilian 
 Minister for Foreign Affairs in the name of the said Expert, in the Record of 
 September 22, 1808, that the line is located in the Cordillera de los Andes, "as 
 ordered by the Treaties, and in the form which they establish." 
 
 At the same time and in the proper place in every chapter will be analysed 
 the statement read by the Chilian Representative, the purpose of which is to 
 remove the question from the limits to which it is restricted by Article 2 of the 
 Agreement of 1896, to make it a doctrinarian one, which the Arbitral Agreement 
 does not admit. It is with the desire of placing before the Tribunal every ante- 
 cedent that the arguments adduced in that statement will be refuted, but without 
 admitting thereby that there is any possibility of evading the consequences which 
 arise out of the conventions ; without accepting that the dispute as to the location 
 of the boundary marks- in the Cordillera de los Andes can be transformed into 
 a dispute on abstract principles. The boundary line along the summit of that 
 Cordillera must " remain at all events immovable between the two Republics. '* 
 So it has been consecrated by both Nations in their solemn covenants. East- 
 wards of the edge of the main chain of the Cordillera de los Andes extends 
 the Argentine Sovereignty;! and sovereignty is not under discussion, nor 
 submitted to Arbitration. 
 
 Before proceeding to fully study the controversy, it must be stated that the 
 
 Treaty ,,1' 1881, Article U. t Prot< 1 of 1893, Article ± 
 
XVI 1 
 
 line proposed by the Chilian Expert would bring under the dominion of Chile 
 vast regions now in possession of the Argentine Republic, where Argentine law 
 has been in force for years, ever since they were opened up by her to civilisation. 
 
 The zones in dispute, belonging to the Argentine Republic as heiress of 
 Spain, were in former times occupied by savage tribes, which the Argentine 
 Republic subdued and tamed through her persevering and exclusive efforts. 
 Having incorporated the Indian inhabitants into her own community, she 
 founded colonies and allotted lands, creating townships at Lago Lacar, at Lago 
 Nahuel-huapi, at Valle Nuevo, at Valle lb' de Octubre, at Carrenleufu, at 
 Rivers Pico and Frias, at Rio Aisen, at Lago Maravilla, etc., which have 
 acquired comparative importance. 
 
 When the Argentine Republic's efforts have been crowned with success; 
 when her armies and her capitals have opened up to foreign commerce the 
 southern regions bordering on the Cordillera ; when the above-mentioned settle- 
 ments, governed by her laws and ruled by her authorities even before the 
 Treaty of <'uly 23, 1881, have become flourishing — the Chilian Expert pretends 
 to annex to his country territories which Chile never, by public acts, helped to 
 civilise, and in which she consented to the quiet and public Argentine occupation 
 without protest or objection. Only at the eleventh hour, on the eve of the 
 Expert's divergences being submitted to arbitral decision, did the Chilian 
 Minister in Buenos Aires represent against open and proclaimed acts of 
 Sovereignty accomplished by the Argentine Government; as if the effect of 
 prolonged and undisturbed possession, de jure et de facto, could be destroyed 
 by a mere document whose aim could not be but a desire to modify the matter 
 of Arbitration, including in it one of those questions which the British Govern- 
 ment have invariably maintained it is impossible to refer to Arbitration, since 
 they affect the Sovereignty, and may convert into aliens the citizens of a 
 country.* 
 
 * See Note from the Marquis of Salisbury to Sir Julian Pauncefote, dated Loudon, March 5, 
 1896. 
 
CONTENTS. 
 
 INTRODUCTORY STATEMENT. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 EEASONS FOE THIS STATEMENT ....... i 
 
 QUESTIONS SUBMITTED TO THE AEBITEATION OF HEE BEITANNIC MAJESTY'S 
 
 GOVEENMENT .......... iv 
 
 THE LINE FEOM PAEALLEL 26° 52' 45" TO THE PEOXIMITY OF PAEALLEL 
 
 52° S. LAT. .......... vi 
 
 THE LINE IN THE EEGION CLOSE TO PAEALLEL 52° S. LAT. . . . xiii 
 
 EULES OF INTEEPEETATION . . . . . ... xiv 
 
 PLAN OF THIS STATEMENT ........ xv 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 THE BOUNDAEY DUEING SPANISH COLONIAL PEEIOD .... 1 
 
 THE BOUNDAEY AFTEE THE EMANCIPATION. ..... 5 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 NECESSITY OF STATING WHAT WAS UNDEESTOOD AS " COEDILLERA DE 
 
 LOS ANDES" .......... 10 
 
 MEANING OF THE "COEDILLERA DE LOS ANDES" IN THE COLONIAL EPOCH 11 
 
 EESULTS DEEIVED FEOM THE DOCUMENTS QUOTED . . . .23 
 
 d 
 
xx Divergences in the Cordillera de lus Andes. 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 THE CORDILLERA DE LOS ANDES ACCORDING TO THE OPINIONS MAINTAINED 
 
 AT THE TIME OF EMANCIPATION ...... 29 
 
 OPINION OF FOREIGN TRAVELLERS AND GEOGRAPHERS WHO HAVE VISITED 
 
 CHILE ........... 31 
 
 OPINION OF SEVERAL AUTHORS OF POPULAR WORKS . . . .47 
 
 OPINION OF SCIENTIFIC MEN IN THE SERVICE OF CHILE: GAY, PISSIS, 
 
 DOMEYKO AND ASTA-BURUAGA ....... 54 
 
 OPINION OF OTHER WRITERS ........ 6.G 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 OPINIONS OF THE CHILIAN EXPERT .... 85 
 
 THE CORDILLERA AS DESCRIBED BY THE CHILIAN EXPERT . 86 
 
 THE CHILIAN EXPERT'S DEFINITIONS AND DESCRIPTION OF PATAGONIA . 90 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 CHILIAN OFFICIAL VIEWS REGARDING TnE WORDING IN INTERNATIONAL 
 
 BOUNDARIES .......... 94 
 
 THE CHILIAN-BOLIVIAN TREATY OF 1866 ...... 95 
 
 THE CHILIAN-BOLIVIAN TREATY OF 1874 ...... 97 
 
 OTHER OFFICIAL DOCUMENTS .......... 100 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 INTERSECTION OF THE CORDILLERA DE LOS ANDES BY RIVERS IN THE 
 
 SOUTH . . . . . . . . . 103 
 
 EXPLORATIONS BY LADRILLERO (1557-1559) AND GARCIA (1766-1767) . 104 
 
 EXPEDITIONS OF THE "ADVENTURE" AND THE "BEAGLE" (1826-1830) . 108 
 
Contents. xxi 
 
 PAGE 
 
 EXPLOEATIONS BY COX AND FEICK ....... 113 
 
 EXPLORATIONS BY VIDAL GORMAZ AND SIMPSON . . . . .124 
 
 EXPEDITIONS BY THE OFFICERS OF THE CHILIAN GUNBOAT " MAGALLANES " 133 
 RESULTS TO BE DERIVED FROM THESE EXPLORATIONS . . . .147 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 ORIGIN OF THE BOUNDARY QUESTION . . . . . .149 
 
 THE FRONTIER LINE ACCORDING TO TREATY OF 1881 . . . .152 
 
 DIPLOMATIC NEGOTIATIONS PRIOR TO THE TREATY OF 1881 . . .154 
 
 NEGOTIATIONS OF THE TREATY OF 1881 . . . . . .175 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 ERRONEOUS CONSIDERATIONS ON THE INTERPRETATION OF THE TREATY 
 
 OF 1881 ........... 181 
 
 INTERPRETATION CONSISTENT WITH INTERNATIONAL LAW . . .188 
 
 INTERPRETATION CONSISTENT WITH THE VIEWS OF THE NEGOTIATORS . 196 
 
 INTERPRETATION CONSISTENT WITH THE LITERAL MEANING OF THE 
 
 COVENANT .......... 200 
 
 CHILIAN INTERPRETATION ........ 223 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 CONVENTION OF 1888 ......... 231 
 
 CABINET COUNCIL OF THE ARGENTINE GOVERNMENT OF DECEMBER 24. 1889 235 
 
 DISAGREEMENT BETWEEN THE EXPERTS, SENORES PICO AND BARROS ARANA 245 
 
 DISAGREEMENT BETWEEN THE EXPERTS, SENORES VIRASORO AND BARROS 253 
 ARANA ........... 
 
 VARIOUS QUESTIONS SETTLED BY THE PROTOCOL OF 1893 . . .262 
 
 d 2 
 
XX11 
 
 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 EKRONEOUS INTERPRETATION OF THE PROTOCOL OF 1893 
 
 THE OPINION OF SOME NEWSPAPERS ...... 
 
 THE SPIRIT OF THE BOUNDARY TREATY DECLARED BY THE PROTOCOL 
 PARTS OF RIVERS ......... 
 
 ARTICLE VI. OF THE PROTOCOL. ...... 
 
 NEGOTIATIONS OF THE PROTOCOL OF 1893 ..... 
 
 PAGB 
 
 266 
 275 
 276 
 
 281 
 292 
 294 
 
 CHAPTER XI. 
 
 INSTRUCTIONS OF JANUARY 1, 1894 
 
 THE 1895 AGREEMENT ....... 
 
 QUESTIONS WHICH BROUGHT ABOUT THE AGREEMENT OF 1896 
 SOLUTIONS AGREED TO IN THE AGREEMENT OF 1896 
 
 305 
 
 DISAGREEMENT OF THE EXPERTS SENORES QUIRNO COSTA AND BARROS 
 
 ARANA ........... 314 
 
 321 
 326 
 329 
 
 CHAPTER XII. 
 
 PROCEEDINGS OF SENOR MORENO AS ARGENTINE EXPERT 
 
 ;:.;, 
 
 VIEWS OF THE ARGENTINE EXPERT REGARDING THE SURVEYING OF THE 
 
 GROUND. .......... 338 
 
 EVENTS LEADING UP TO THE RECORD OF MAY 1, 1897 .... 339 
 
 MEETING OF MAY 14, 1898 ........ 341 
 
 THE WORK OF THE ARGENTINE AND CHILIAN BOUNDARY COMMISSIONS . 347 
 
Contents. xxiii 
 
 CHAPTER XIII. 
 
 IAGE 
 
 FULFILMENT OF THE ENGAGEMENT ENTERED INTO BY THE EXPERTS ON 
 
 MAY 1, 1897 .......... 357 
 
 PROPOSALS FOR THE GENERAL LINE OF FRONTIER . . . .359 
 
 AGREEMENT AND DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE EXPERTS . . .371 
 
 CHAPTER XIV. 
 
 THE RECORD OF SEPTEMBER 22, 1898 ....... 385 
 
 THE BOUNDARY LINE OF THE ARGENTINE EXPERT ACCORDING TO CHILIAN 
 
 OFFICIAL ACTS ......... 388 
 
 OPINIONS OF RECLUS, SAN ROMAN AND STEFFEN FAVOURABLE TO THE 
 
 ARGENTINE LINE ......... 393 
 
 THE ARGENTINE EXPERT HAS NOT ENTIRELY FOLLOWED THE CONTI- 
 NENTAL WATER PARTING WHEN TRACING HIS LINE IN THE SECTIONS 
 IN WHICH THE BOUNDARY HAS BEEN DEFINITELY FIXED . . 402 
 
 THE MAIN CHAIN OF THE ANDES ACCORDING TO THE ARGENTINE EXPERT 405 
 
 THE BOUNDARY LINE AT THE BIFURCATION OF THE CORDILLERA . . 417 
 
 INAPPLICABILITY OF THE LINE OF THE CHILIAN EXPERT . . .419 
 
 THE CHILIAN STATESMEN AGAINST THE CHILIAN EXPERT . . .421 
 
 CHAPTER XV. 
 
 CONSIDERATIONS ADVANCED IN DEFENCE OF THE CONTINENTAL DIVORTIUM 
 
 AQUARUM .......... 429 
 
 ERRONEOUS VIEWS ON THE MAIN CHAIN OF THE ANDES . . .431 
 
 THE WORK OF DEMARCATION ........ 441 
 
 SUPPOSED ADVANTAGES OF THE CONTINENTAL DIVIDE . . . .448 
 
xxiv Divergences in tlic Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 RULES OF INTERNATIONAL LAW ....... 464 
 
 THE CONTINENTAL DIVORTIDM AQUARUM IS NOT STIPULATED IN THE 
 
 TREATIES .......... 466 
 
 THE BOUNDARY MUST BE OROGRAPHICAL AND NOT HTDROGRAPHICAL . 474 
 
 THE WATER-PARTING LINE DIVERGES FROM THE MAIN CHAIN OF THE 
 
 CORDILLERA, AND IN SOME POINTS IS OUT OF IT . . . . 478 
 
 ON THE SIDE OF THE ARGENTINE REPDBLIC THERE IS MORE FACILITY OF 
 
 ACCESS TO THE WATER-PARTING LINE . . . . .487 
 
 THE DIVORTIUM AQUARUM IS NOT A PERMANENT LINE . . .490 
 
 CHAPTER XVI. 
 
 COMPARISON BETWEEN THE ARGENTINE AND THE CHILIAN BOUNDARY 
 
 LINES. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . .495 
 
 THE PROPOSED ARGENTINE LINE FROM A GEOGRAPHICAL POINT OF VIEW 498 
 
 THE PROPOSED CHILIAN LINE FROM A GEOGRAPHICAL POINT OF VIEW . 507 
 
 THE PROPOSED ARGENTINE LINE FROM A POLITICAL, ECONOMICAL AND 
 
 ADMINISTRATIVE POINT OF VIEW ...... 518 
 
 THE PROPOSED CHILIAN LINE FROM A POLITICAL, ECONOMICAL AND 
 
 ADMINISTRATIVE POINT OF VIEW ...... 522 
 
 CAUSES WHICH LED TO THE DIFFERENCES BETWEEN BOTH LINES . . 531 
 
 PRELIMINARY EXPLORATIONS IN THE ANDEAN REGION BETWEEN 1888 AND 
 
 1898 ........... 539 
 
 INUTILITY OF INACCURATE MAPS ....... 556 
 
 MAPS 01? THE CHILIAN BOUNDARY COMMISSION . . . . .563 
 
 CONFUSION PRODUCED IN CHILE OWING TO THE LACK OF GEOGRAPHICAL 
 
 DATA ........... 570 
 
 CHAPTER XVII. 
 
 STARTING POINT OF THE DIFFERENCES SUBMITTED TO ARBITRATION. 
 
 PIRCA DE INDIOS AND SAN FRANCISCO LANDMARKS . . . 575 
 
 DEMARCATION IN THE NORTH. DIVERSE CHAINS OF MOUNTAINS . . 580 
 
Contents. xxv 
 
 1'AGE 
 
 THE COEDILLEEA DE LOS ANDES ON THE NOETH, AS DESCRIBED BY THE 
 CHILIAN GEOGEAPHEES SENORES BAEEOS AEANA, BEETEAND, SAN 
 EOMAN AND MUNOZ ......... 591 
 
 THE COEDILLEEA DE LOS ANDES ON THE NOETH, ACCOEDING TO SEVEEAL 
 
 AUTHOEITIES .......... 607 
 
 PEOJECTS OF THE EXPEETS EELATING TO THE BOUNDAEY LINE FROM 
 
 23° TO 26° 52' 45" S. LAT. ........ 610 
 
 THE CHAIN POINTED OUT BY THE CHILIAN EXPEET FEOM 23 ' TO 26° 52' 45" 
 
 S. LAT. IS INTEESECTED BY EIVEES ...... 616 
 
 THE DEFINITIVE MARKING OUT OF THE BOUNDAEY LINE FEOM 23° TO 
 
 26° 52' 45" S. LAT. ......... 628 
 
 FUETHEE CONSIDERATIONS ON THE SAN FEANCISCO LANDMARK . . 637 
 
 CHAPTER XVIII. 
 
 THE BOUNDAEY BETWEEN PAEALLELS 26° 52' 45" AND 40° S. LAT. OPINIONS 
 
 OF DOCTOES BUEMEISTEE AND BEACKEBUSCH . . . .642 
 
 EEMAEKS ON THE STATEMENT OF THE CHILIAN REPRESENTATIVE AS TO 
 
 THE HEIGHTS OF THE LINE ....... 652 
 
 THE ARGENTINE LINE BETWEEN PARALLELS 26° 52' 45" AND 40° S. LAT. . 659 
 
 CHAPTER XIX. 
 
 DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE EXPERTS ON THE REGION IN THE VICINITY 
 
 OF LAKE LACAR ......... 685 
 
 GENERAL CONFIGURATION OF THE REGION ...... 688 
 
 EXPLORATIONS OF CHILIAN ORIGIN WHICH CORROBORATE THE RESULTS OF 
 
 THE ARGENTINE SURVEYS ........ 695 
 
 CUTTING OF THE RIVER HUAHDM BY THE BOUNDARY LINE . . .707 
 
 ARGENTINE OCCUPATION OF THE VALLEY LACAR . . . . .720 
 
XXVI 
 
 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 CHAPTER XX. 
 
 DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE EXPERTS ON THE REGION FROM PEREZ 
 ROSALES PASS TO THE GORGE OF RIVER MANSO .... 
 
 CHAPTER XXI. 
 
 (40 
 
 J HFFERENCES FROM THE GORGE OF RIVER MANSO TO THE GORGE OF 
 
 RIVER PUELO .......... 762 
 
 THE VALLEY OF EPUYEN AND CHOLILA. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS 
 EXPLORATIONS CARRIED OUT BY CHILIAN SURVEYORS . 
 THE ARGENTINE LINE IN THIS REGION ..... 
 
 REMARKS ON THE CHILIAN LINE ...... 
 
 770 
 
 774 
 780 
 791 
 
 CHAPTER XXII. 
 
 THE VALLEY 16 DE OCTDBRE . 
 ARGENTINE OCCUPATION OF THIS VALLEY 
 
 799 
 
 si 5 
 
 CHAPTER XXIII. 
 
 THE CORDILLERA DE LOS ANDES IN THE REGION OF THE CARRENLEUFU 822 
 
 EXPLORATIONS OF THE CHILIAN OFFICER SENOR SERRANO MONTANER . 824 
 
 THE CHILIAN EXPLORING EXPEDITION OF THE PALENA . . . 828 
 
 THE PROPOSED ARGENTINE AND CHILIAN LINES IN THIS ZONE . . 835 
 
Contents. 
 
 XXV 11 
 
 CHAPTER XXIV. 
 
 DIFFERENCES IN THE REGION OF THE RIVERS PICO AND FRIAS 
 EXPLORATIONS CARRIED OUT IN THIS ZONE 
 GENERAL CONFIGURATION OF THE GROUND 
 
 PAGE 
 
 846 
 
 849 
 859 
 
 CHAPTER XXV. 
 
 THE REGION OF LAKES FONTANA AND LA PLATA 
 
 THE REGION OF THE RIVER AISEN. CHILIAN EXPLORATIONS 
 
 GENERAL CONFIGURATION OF THE GROUND 
 
 THE ARGENTINE AND THE CHILIAN BOUNDARY LINES . 
 
 874 
 878 
 887 
 894 
 
 CHAPTER XXVI. 
 
 DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE EXPERTS TO THE SOUTH OF THE RIVER 
 HUEMULES ..... 
 
 DIFFERENCES AT THE RIVER FENIX . 
 
 DIFFERENCES AT THE LAKE BUENOS AIRES 
 
 DIFFERENCES AT THE RIVER LAS HERAS . 
 
 DIFFERENCES AT THE LAKE SAN MARTIN . 
 
 THE BOUNDARY LINE, FROM MOUNT FITZ-ROT TO MOUNT STOKES 
 
 REMARKS ON THE ARGENTINE LINE ..... 
 
 900 
 902 
 911 
 918 
 926 
 940 
 943 
 
xxviii Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 CHAPTER XXVII. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 ANTECEDENTS ON THE BOUNDARY LINE NEAR PARALLEL 52° S. LAT. . 947 
 
 GENERAL CONFIGURATION OF THE GROUND . . . . .961 
 
 REMARKS ON THE ARGENTINE AND CHILIAN PROPOSED BOUNDARY LINES . 984 
 
 CHAPTER XXVIII. 
 
 TRANSVERSAL SECTIONS. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS . . . .993 
 
 THE BOUNDARY FROM 23° S. LAT. TO MOUNT TRES CRUCES . . .994 
 
 THE BOUNDARY FROM MOUNT TRES CRUCES TO 40° S. LAT. . . . 1002 
 
 THE BOUNDARY FROM 40° S. LAT. TO 52° S. LAT. . . . . .1017 
 
 CHAPTER XXIX. 
 
 REMARKS ON THE MAPS ACCOMPANYING THIS REPORT .... 1041 
 
 MAP OF THE NORTHERN REGION ....... 1042 
 
 MAPS OF THE SOUTHERN REGION ....... 1048 
 
 OTHER MAPS ........... 10G0 
 
 CHAPTER XXX. 
 CONCLUSION (SYNTHESIS OF THE ARGENTINE-CHILIAN BOUNDARY QUESTION) 1062 
 
Contents. 
 
 xxix 
 
 APPENDIX. 
 
 TREATIES, AGREEMENTS, RECORDS, ETC.:— 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Treaty of 1826 .......... 1101 
 
 Tbeaty of 1856 .......... 1104 
 
 Treaty of 1881 .......... 1116 
 
 Convention of 1888 ......... 1120 
 
 Protocol of 1893 ......... 1123 
 
 Record of December 24, 1893 ........ 1127 
 
 Instructions fob the Assistants who are to Mark out the Bi-.undary Line between the 
 
 Argentine Republic and the Republic of Chile in the Cordillera dk los Andes 1128 
 
 Agreement of 1895 ......... 1131 
 
 Agreement of 1896 ......... 1132 
 
 Record of the Experts, May 1, 1897 ....... 1134 
 
 Record of the Proceedings of the Meetings of the Argentine and Chilian Experts, 
 
 August 29 to September 3, and October 1, 1898 . . . . 1135-61, 1166 
 
 Records signed in Santiago, Chile, by the Argentine Minister, Doctor Norberto Pixero, 
 and the Minister fob Foreign Affairs of Chile, relative to the Experts' 
 
 Divergences and to Arbitration ....... 1162 
 
 Records signed at Santiago relating to the Demarcation of the Boundary between 
 
 Parallels 23° and 26° 52' 45" ....... 1168 
 
 Conference of Buenos Aires ........ 1172 
 
 Records Referring to the Demarcation of the Boundaries of the Pdna de Atacama . 1176 
 
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. 
 
 PAG1I 
 
 Mount Tupungato and Tupungato Pass. Argentine landmarks Nos. 132, 133. Frontispiece 
 
 Map— Felix de Azaka, 1781-1801. (From Voyages dans l'Amerique Meridionale, Paris, 1809) 22 
 
 Map — Jose de Espinosa y Felipe Bauza, 1794. (Part from the Carta Esfenca de la parte 
 interior de la America Meridional para manifestar el camino que conduce desde Valparaiso 
 a Buenos Aires. Madrid, 1810) ....... 24 
 
 Map — Jose de Espinosa y Felipe Bauza, 1794. (Piano del Paso de los Andes, 1810) . 26 
 
 Map — Antonio de Herrera, 1601. (From Descripcion de las Indias Occidentales, Madrid, 
 
 1601) .......... 27 
 
 Map — Antonio de Herrera, 1G01. (From Descripcion de las Indias Occidentales, Madrid, 
 
 1601) .......... 28 
 
 Map— John Miers, 1826. (From Travels in Chile and La Plata) .... 37 
 
 Map — J. M. Gilliss, 1856. (From the U.S. Naval Astronomical Expedition to the Southern 
 
 Hemisphere) .......... 43 
 
 La Cumbre. Eobert Elwes, 1854. (From A Sketcher's Tour round the World) . . 46 
 
 Map — Alejandro Bertrand, 1880. (From Anuario Hidrografico de Chile, Santiago, vol. 6) . 106 
 
 Maps— William Frick, 1862. (From Petermann's Geographische Mittheilungen, 1864. Published 
 
 by permission of Justus Perthes, Gotha) . . . . . .120 
 
 Map— Francisco Vidal Gormaz, 1863. (From Piano del Estero Comau y Eio Bodudahue, 
 
 Santiago de Chile, 1866) . . . . . . . .127 
 
 Map — Francisco Vidal Gormaz, 1872. (From Exploracion del Seno de Eeloncavf, lago de 
 
 Llanquihue y rio Puelo, Santiago de Chile, 1872) .... Plate 1. 12ti 
 
 Map— Alejandro Bertrand, 1886. (From Piano Topografico de la Eegion Central Magallaniea, 
 
 Santiago, 1886) ......... 239 
 
 Map— Surveys of the Argentine Boundary Commission, 1892-1S98 . . . 3."i' 
 
xxxii Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 Mat — Surveys of the Chilian Boundary Commission, 1892-1898 .... 353 
 
 Mount Gallo and its Glacier, in the Main Chain of the Cordillera de los Andes, according 
 to Dr. Steffeu, and considered so by the Argentine Expert. (Reproduction of a Plate 
 from Informe sumario acerca del trascurso y resultados generales de la expedition 
 exploradora del rio Cisnes, by Juan Steffen, Santiago, 1898) .... 400 
 
 Region of the Origin of the River Cisnes, or Feias, in the Main Chain of the Cordillera 
 de los Andes, as considered by the Chilian Expert. (Reproduction of a Plate from 
 Informe sumario acerca del trascurso y resultados generales de la expedition exploradora 
 del rio Cisnes, by Juan Steffen, Santiago, 1898) . . . . .401 
 
 Morado Gap (5070 m. ; 1G,63G f.), facing to the N.N.E. towards Mount Aconcagua. Argentine 
 
 landmark No. 129 ...... Plate II. 414 
 
 Morado Gap (5070 m. ; 16,636 f.), facing towards Mount Tupungato and Brarard Volcano. 
 
 Argentine landmark No. 129 . . . . . . Plate III. 414 
 
 Las Pircas Gaf (4S9S m. ; 10,070 f.). Argentine landmark No. 128 . . Plate IV. 414 
 
 Quebrada Honda Gap (4293 m.; 14,085 f.), showing Mount Aconcagua to the E.S.E. Argentine 
 
 landmark No. 115 . . . . . . . Plate V. 414 
 
 Argentine Boundary Line. Landmark No. 301, on the summit of the Main Chain of the 
 
 Andes (Mount San Valentin), according to the Argentine Expert . . . 416 
 
 Chilian Boundary Line. Landmarks Nos. 320 and 321 (opening of Pariaiken and unnamed 
 foot of the tableland), on the summit of the " Main Chain of the Andes," according 
 to the Chilian Expert ........ 416 
 
 Panorama from the " Contrabandistas " Gap (4436 m. ; 14,557 f.). Argentine landmark 
 No. 121, in the Main Chain of the Andes, according to the Argentine Expert. Chilian 
 landmark No. 122 . . . . . . Plate VI. 425 
 
 Panorama from the Sources of the River Pico (815 m. ; 2G74 f ). Chilian landmarks 
 
 Nos. 299 and 300, in a "nameless opening" . . . Plate VII. 425 
 
 Continental Divide in the Plain of Vizcachas ...... 4i'7 
 
 Mount Tres Cruces (6780 in. ; 22,245 f.). Argentine landmark No. 3; Chilian landmark 
 
 No. 10 . . . . . . . . Plate VIII. 464 
 
 Plains of Diana (40 to 80 m. ; 130 to 200 f.) in the Continental Divide, from Punta Aha. 
 
 Chilian landmarks Nos. 340 and 347, in "unnamed pass" and "unnamed hillock " 
 
 Plate IX. 404 
 Map -Diagrammatic Sketch, showing the proposed Argentine and Chilian Boundary Lines 
 
 Plate X 497 
 Map— Diagrammatic Sketch, showing the Argentine and Chilian landmarks in Sections 
 
 A to .1 of Uh' respective Boundary Lines .... Plate XI. 499 
 
List of Illustrations. 
 
 xxxi 11 
 
 Map — Diagrammatic Sketch, showing the Kegions Militarily Occupied by the Argentine and 
 Chilian Armies in 1881-1883 ...... Plate XH. 
 
 Gorge of the Bio Puelo. (From Viage y estudios en la Region Hidrografica del Bio Puelo 
 por Juan Steffen, Santiago, 1898) 
 
 Gorge of the River Fetaleufu 
 
 Kahds of the Eio Cisnes . 
 
 Eapids of the Eio Aisen 
 
 Eapids of the Eio Las Heras 
 
 Map — Diagrammatic Sketch, showing the Argentine and Chilian Settlements on both sides 
 of that part of the Cordillera de los Andes where Divergences have arisen between 
 the Experts ........ Plate XIII. 
 
 Map — Diagrammatic Sketch, showing the Principal Argentine Railways and Wagon Eoads to 
 the South of 38° S. lat. ...... Plate XIV. 
 
 Map — Oscar De Fischer, 1894. (From Carta General de la Region reconocida por la 
 expedicion exploradora del Eio Palena) .... Plate XV. 
 
 Map — Hans Steffen, 1897. (From Uebersichtskarte des Chilenisch-Argentinischen Grenz- 
 gebiets, 1897.) ....... Plate XVI. 
 
 Map — Dr. Juan Steffen and Senor Oscar De Fischer, 1897. Sketch Map of the Hydro- 
 graphic Basin of the Eio Aisen ..... Plate XVII. 
 
 Map of the Eio Aisen. (From Fran Patagoniens vestkust till pampasomradet pa Kor- 
 dillerans Ostra Sida, Af. P. Dusen, Ymer 1897) ..... 
 
 Map of Patagonia, Illustrating Explorations of J. B. Hatcher, 1896-1897. (From 
 National Geographical Magazine, vol. viii., p. 311, Washington, 1897) 
 
 Map — Juan de la Cruz Cano y Olmedilla, Madrid, 1775. (Eeproduction of Sheet 7.) 
 
 Plate XVIII. 
 
 Map — Stieler, 1881-1888. (Eeproduced by permission from Stieler's Handatlas, Sheet 94) 
 
 Plate XIX. 
 
 Map— W. & A K. Johnston, 1898. 
 
 Plate XX. 
 
 Map— Section of the Map of Chile, drawn by the General Department of Public Works of 
 Chile, 1897 .......... 
 
 Map — Section Map of Chile, drawn by the General Department of Public Works of Chile, 
 1897 ........... 
 
 Map — Alejandro Bertrand, 1898. (From Libertad Electoral, Santiago) 
 
 Plate XXI. 
 
 503 
 
 505 
 506 
 507 
 508 
 509 
 
 526 
 530 
 542 
 542 
 
 550 
 551 
 
 554 
 
 558 
 
 558 
 560 
 
 561 
 
 563 
 564 
 
xxxiv Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Map — Diagrammatic Sketch, showing the Proposed Argentine and Chilian Lines, the Itinerary 
 of Seiior Bertrand's Journey, and the Zones Surveyed by the Chilian Boundary Sub- 
 Commissions till 1898, according to Official Documents . . . Plate XXII. 565 
 
 Map — Diego Barkos Arana, Chilian Expert, 1898 .... Plate XXIII. 567 
 
 Map of the Chilian Boundary Commission, 1898 .... Plate XXIV. 568 
 
 Map— Hans Stebten, 1898. (From Piano de la Region Patagonica). . Plate XXV. 570 
 
 Map— Sir Martin Conway, 1898. Western Slope of the Cordillera Real de Bolivia, from 
 
 Illampu to Illimani ....... Plate XXVI. 581 
 
 Mount Peinado (5763 m. ; 18,908 f.) ..... 
 
 Mounts Lascar (5870 m. ; 19,259 f.) and Hecar, in the Cordillera de los Andes 
 Mount Tumiza (5670 m. ; 18,602 f.), in the Cordillera de los Andes 
 Mount Lejia (5650 m. ; 18,537 f.), in the Cordillera de los Andes . 
 Mount Miniques (5900 m. ; 19,357 f.), in the Cordillera de los Andes 
 Mount Socompa (6080 m. ; 19,948 f.), in the Cordillera de los Andes 
 Llullaillaco Volcano (6620 m. ; 21,720 f.), in the Cordillera de los Andes 
 
 584 
 585 
 586 
 587 
 588 
 589 
 590 
 
 Mount Jcncalito, or Wheelwright (5900 m. ; 19,357 f.), and Pirca de Indios Gap (4590 m. ; 
 
 15,059 f.), Argentine landmark No. 1, in the Main Chain of the Cordillera de los Andes 
 
 Plate XXVII. 590 
 
 Cordillera de los Andes, from Llullaillaco Volcano (6620 m. ; 21,720 f.) to Azufre 
 
 Volcano (5680 m. ; 18,636 f.) ...... 591 
 
 Map — Francisco J. San Roman, 1895. (From Estudios y datos practicos sabre las Cuestiones 
 
 Internacionales de limites entre Chile, Bolivia y Republica Argentina, Santiago, 1895) . 605 
 
 Map — From Petermann's Geographische Mittheilungen, 1856 . . Plate XXVIII. 608 
 
 Map— From Petermann's Geographische Mittheilungen, 1860 . . Plate XXIX. Cos 
 
 Map — From Mapa Original de la Refoblica Argentina, Etc. Dr. A. Petermann, Gotha, 
 
 Justus Perthes, 1875 ....... Plate XXX. 608 
 
 Map— Hermann Burmeister, 1861. (From Reise durch die La Plata — Staaten, etc., Halle) . 609 
 
 M \p —ALEJANDRO Bertrand, 1884. (From Memoria sobre las Cordilleras del Desierto de Atacama) 617 
 
 Maps — From Carta OicogrAfica del desierto y Cordilleras de Atacama, lev antado por la 
 Comision exploradora de Atacama. (Francisco J. San Roman, Ingeniero Jefe y 
 Santiago Minion, Ingeniero Ayudante, Direction General de Obras Piiblicas, Section de 
 Minas y Geografia. Santiago de Chile, 1890) .... 620,621 
 
List of Illustrations. xxxv 
 
 Map— Diego Baeros Arana, Chilian Expert, 189S. (From La Question de b'mites entre 
 
 Chile y la Eepublica Argentina, Santiago, 1898) ...... 626 
 
 Map of the Chilian Boundary Commission, 1898. (From Demarcacion de limites entre 
 
 Chile y la Eepublica Argentina, Santiago, 1898) ..... 627 
 
 Map — Diagrammatic Sketch, showing the different chains between the Cordillera Real de 
 
 Bolivia and the Cordillera de los Andes to the North of 34° S. lat. Plate XXXI. 641 
 
 Map — Dr. Hermann Burmeister, 1860 . . . . • • 644 
 
 Map— Dr. Hermann Burmeister, 1876. (From Description Physique de la Eepublique 
 
 Argentine, Paris) .......•• 650 
 
 Main Chain of the Cordillera de los Andes between Mount Juncal or Wheelwright 
 
 and Mount Cenizo, from the West (at 5010 m. ; 16,437 f.) . . Plate XXXII. 660 
 
 View taken from the Pjdge (5510 m. ; 18,078 f.) dividing the Eastern Depression of 
 Tres Cruces to the North from the Eastern Depression of Lagunas Verdes to 
 the South . Plate XXXIII. 661 
 
 Mount Tres Quebradas (6040 m. ; 18,917 f.), from the East. Argentine landmark No. 9. 
 
 Plate XXXIV. 661 
 The Western Eidges of the Cordillera de los Andes, from Pass Come-Caballo (4375 m.; 
 
 14,355 f.). Argentine landmark No. 21 Fig. 1, Plate XXXV. 661 
 
 The Main Chain of the Cordillera de los Andes, from Mount Baboso to Mount Tres 
 
 Mogotes, from the High Plateau of Baboso (3740 m. ; 12,271 f.) Fig. 2, Plate XXXV. 661 
 
 The Western Eidges of the Cordillera, from the Gap Eincon de la Flecha (4750 m. ; 
 
 15,586 f.). Argentine landmark No. 34 . . . . . . 663 
 
 Pass Vacas Heladas (4955 m. ; 16,256 f.). Argentine landmark No. 54 (From a Photo- 
 graph of the Chilian Boundary Commission) ...... 664 
 
 Tortolas Gap (4883 m. ; 16,020 f.). Argentine landmark No. 56. (From a Photograph of 
 
 the Chilian Boundary Commission) ....... 665 
 
 Mount Tortolas (6133 m. ; 20,121 f.), from the south of Lagunita Gap. Argentine landmark 
 
 No. 57 . . ....... .066 
 
 Valle Hermoso Gap (3577 m. ; 11,736 f.). Argentine landmark No. 114 Plate XXXVI. 667 
 
 The Main Chain from the South of the Lagunita Gap (4842 m. ; 15,886 f.). Argentine 
 
 landmark No. 58 ........ 667 
 
 The Main Chain of the Cordillera at the Commencement of the Eidge of Olivares . 668 
 
 Aqua Negra Gap (4800 m. ; 15,748 ft.). Argentine landmark No. 60 669 
 
 / 
 
xxxvi Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Plate XL. 
 
 675 
 
 ■ 
 
 675 
 
 ■ 
 
 676 
 
 °late XLI. 
 
 676 
 
 Mount Mercedario and Mercedario Pass (4025 m. ; 13,206 f.). Argentine landmark No. 108 670 
 
 Mount Alma Negra del Mercedario ....... 671 
 
 Mount Cencerro and Cencerro Gap (3945rn.; 12,9-44 f.). Argentine landmark No. 109 . 672 
 
 View of the Main Chaw of the Cordillera, from the River Mendoza or Cuevas 
 
 Plate XXXVU . 672 
 Mat — John Miers, 1826. (From Travels in Chile and La Hata) .... 673 
 
 Quebrada Honda Gap, looking to N.E. (4295 m. ; 14,085 ft.). Argentine landmark No. 115 674 
 
 Las Pircas Gap (4898 m.; 16,070 1'.), from the Argentine side. Argentine landmark 
 
 No. 128 Plate XXXVIII. 675 
 
 Las Pircas Gap (4898 m. ; 10,070 f), from the Chilian side. Argentine landmark 
 
 No. 128 Plate XXXIX. 675 
 
 Main Chain of the Cordillera de Los Andes, showing Mounts Chimbote and Polleras. 
 Argentine landmarks Nos. 130 and 131 ..... 
 
 The Main Chain of the Cordillera, from Los Patos Valley 
 
 Morado Gap (5070 m. ; 16,636 f.). Argentine landmark No. 129 
 
 TuruNGATO Gap (4800 m. ; 19,029 f.). Argentine landmark No. 132 
 
 The High Lava Plateau of Maipu Volcano (5331 m. ; 17,490 f.), and the Main Ridge to 
 
 the South Plate XLII. 676 
 
 Sources of River Cauquencito at Molina Gap (4320 m. ; 14,173 f.). Argentine landmark 
 
 No. 157. (From a Photograph of the Chilian Boundary Commission) Plate XLIII. 677 
 
 Las Lenas Gap (4010 m.; 13,156 f.), Argentine landmark No. 159. (From a Photograph 
 
 of the Chilian Boundary Commission) ...... Plate XLIV. 677 
 
 The Main Chain of the Andes at Las Lenas Gap (4010 m. ; 13,156 f.). Argentine land- 
 mark No. 159. (From a Photograph of the Chilian Boundary Commission) Plate XL V. 677 
 
 Laguna Diamante, and the Main Ridge of the Cordillera to the north of Maipu Volcano . 677 
 
 Lacunas Gap (3940 m. ; 9514 f.) 678 
 
 The Main Chain of the Cordillera de los Andes, from Mount Santa-Helena to Mount 
 
 I'lteroa. Argentine landmarks Nos. 162 to 170. (Photograph taken from the East) 
 
 Fig. 1, Plate XLVI. 678 
 The Bifurcation of the Cordillera de los Andes . . Fig. 2, Plate XLVI. 678 
 
 Pass of Las Damas, in the Main Chain of the Cordillera (2900 in. ; 9514 f.) Argentine 
 
 landmark No. 161 . . . . . . . . .679 
 
 The Main Chain of the Cordillera in the Cajon of the River Maulf, . . 6S0 
 
List of Illustrations. xxxvii 
 
 Glacier of Mount Pulul (2715 m. ; 8907 f.), in the Bifurcation of the Cordillera. From the 
 
 sources of the Yumuyumu stream ..... Plate XL VII. 6S1 
 
 Mount Coloco (2044 m.; 6707 f.), from Mount Uriburu (2146 m. ; 7041 f.). Plate XLVIII. 681 
 
 Las Diucas Gap (1950 m. ; 6398 f.). Argentine landmark No. 216 ... 681 
 
 Pichachen Pass, in the Main Chain of the Cordillera de los Andes (2018 m. ; 6621 f.). 
 
 Argentine landmark No. 228 ........ 682 
 
 Volcano Lanin (3774 m. ; 12,383 f.), from the West . . . Plate XLIX. 683 
 
 Colpulhue Gap (2073 m. ; 6802 f.). Argentine landmark No. 230 . . . . 683 
 
 Mounts Quinquilil (2218 m.; 7277 f.) and Pocolpen (2077 m. ; 6815 f.), from the West 
 
 Plate L. 684 
 
 View of some Regions to the East of Lake Lacak . . Fig. 1, Plate LI. 688 
 
 Panorama of the Cordillera de los Andes, from a hill to the North of the Western part of 
 
 Lake la Plata. (Height, between 1700 and 2200 m. ; 5578 and 7218 f). Fig. 2, Plate LI. 688 
 
 Cordillera de los Andes, from Mount Perihueico . . . Plate LII. 690 
 
 Cordillera de los Andes. Panorama from the Eastern Slope of Mount Acol (1960 m. ; 
 
 6431 ft.) ....... Plate LIII 690 
 
 Gorge of Eiver Huahum, Eidges of Mounts Maeihuen and Acol, and Eidge of Ipela, 
 
 from the East ....... Plate LIV. 690 
 
 Main Chain of the Cordillera de los .Andes (Eidge of Ipela), from the East (2260 m. ; 
 
 7415 ft.) ....... Fig. 1, Plate LV. 690 
 
 Main Chain of the Cordillera de los Andes (Eidge of Ipela), from the East 
 
 Fig. 2, Plate L V. 690 
 
 Bed of the Former Eiver from Lake Lacar towards Lake Lolog, at Quilanlahue 
 
 Plate LVI. 691 
 
 Mount Chapelco (2364 m.; 7756 f.), showing the stream Calfuco running to the West, and 
 
 to the East the Chapelco Stream .... Fig. 1, Plate LVII. 693 
 
 Continental Divide at Quilquihue (797 m. ; 2615 f.) . . Fig. 2, Plate LVII. 693 
 
 Map— Dr. Hassenstein, 1893. (From Petermann's Mitteilungen, 1893) . Plate LV III. 696 
 
 Cerro del Perro (1050 m. 3445 f.) ....... 706 
 
 Map from Sheets E 2 and E 3 of the 1 : 50,000 Map of the Turko-Greek Boundary Com- 
 mission, showing the Kritzovali (Eourtsiovali) depression .... 710 
 
 Map from Sheet E 2 of the Turko-Greek Boundary Commission Map, showing the Lake 
 
 Nezeros District ......... 711 
 
XXXV111 
 
 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Map — Turko-Greek Frontier ........ 712 
 
 Map — Transylvanian Alps and the Aluta . . . . . . .715 
 
 Map — The Spol and the Val di Livigno ....... 717 
 
 Map— Boundary between Bulgaria and Eastern Roumelia .... 718 
 
 MAr — Boundary between Sweden and Norway .... 719 
 
 Map — The Tian Shan Kange ..... 
 
 Map— Jorge Brondsted, 1893 (Buenos Aires) 
 
 Lake Lacar, showing some cultivated lands existing in 1896, at Curuhuinca village, where 
 San Martin de los Andes has been founded .... Plate LIX. 
 
 Map — Jorge J. Rohde, 1889. (From Mapa de los territorios del Limay y Neuquen, etc.) . 
 
 ruERTO Blest, in Lake Nahuel-Huapi ....... 
 
 Mount Tronador (3400 m. ; 11,155 f.) and the River Peulla. Argentine landmark No. 282 
 
 Bariloche Gap, from South- West to North-East, and Lake Christie 
 
 Panorama of Lake Nahuel-Huapi, from Peninsula de San Tadeo . . Plate LA'. 
 
 Lake Vidal Gormaz and the Main Chain of the Andes, to the West of Mount Catedral 
 
 Plate LA'I. 
 Bariloche Gap, from the East, and Lake Felipe ...... 
 
 Northern Part of Lake Mascardi and Mount Tronador ..... 
 
 Western Part of Lake Mascardi ........ 
 
 Lake Vidal Gormaz, from the North, showing in the distance the Main Chain of the Andes 
 
 Lake Hess and Mount Tronador ........ 
 
 Swamps between Lakes Mascardi and Hess ...... 
 
 The Alluvial Fan between Lakes Gutierrez and Mascardi . . Plate LA'II. 
 
 Map — Sketch of the Region between Lakes Mascardi and Nahuel-Huapi . . 7 
 
 Sketch of the Region where River Manso takes its Rise. By the Seventh Chilian Boundary 
 
 Sub-Commission, Santiago, 1898 ..... Plate LXLLI. 756 
 
 Mounts Partido and Fuerte, from the South of the Outlet of Lake Vidal Gormaz . . 757 
 
 The River Manso and the VivoRAS Stream — S.S.W. of Mount Ventisquero in the Main 
 
 Chain .......... 758 
 
 The River Manso, towards the North-West, and Mounts Quemado and Santa Helena . 759 
 
 720 
 730 
 
 733 
 
 '734 
 
 741 
 
 742 
 746 
 746 
 
 747 
 747 
 
 748 
 
 749 
 
 750 
 
 751 
 
 752 
 
 753 
 
 54 
 
List of Illustrations. xxxix 
 
 PAGE 
 
 The River Manso and Mount Ventisquero (2100 m. ; 6890 f.), in the Main Chain . 760 
 
 Panorama taken from the Summit of Mount Colorado (2000 m. ; 6562 f.), in the" Pre- 
 
 Cordillera ........ Plate LXIV. 761 
 
 The Eiver Manso in the Narrows ....... 761 
 
 Lake Inferior of River Puelo, to the West ...... 764 
 
 The Valle Nuevo. View toward the North. (Reproduction of Plate IV. from "Viages y 
 
 estudios en la Region Hidrografica del Rio Puelo," by Dr. Juan Steffen, Santiago, 1898) 
 
 Fig. 1, Plate LXV. 764 
 Snowy Mountain Massives which Bound Valle Nuevo toward the West. (Reproduction 
 
 of Plate VII. from "Viages y estudios en la Region Hidrografica del Rio Puelo," by 
 
 Dr. Juan Steffen, Santiago, 1898) .... Fig. 2, Plate LXV. 764 
 
 Outlet of Lake Puelo and Main Chain of the Andes . . . Plate LXVI. 765 
 
 Panorama taken from the North of the Apichig Opening, showing the small Ridge of 
 
 Apichig, the Valley from where descend Rivers Maiten and ViEegas, and to the West 
 
 the Main Chain of the Andes, preceded by the Prolongation of the Serrucho Ridge. 
 
 Plate LXVII. 766 
 
 The Plain of Cholila and Maiten, from Caquel Huincul . Fig. 1, Plate LXVIII. 773 
 
 Panorama, from Mount 30 De Marzo . . . Fig. 2, Plate LXVIII. 773 
 
 River Bodudahue and the Cordillera ....... 781 
 
 River Bodudahue, to the W.N.W. (From a Photograph taken near the gap in the Main 
 
 Chain) .......... 782 
 
 Gap in the Main Chain (1072 m. ; 3817 f.), between the Sources of Rivers Bodudahue and 
 
 Navarro, to the South-West. Argentine landmark No. 288 .... 783 
 
 The Cordillera, from Mount Trepado (2400 m. ; 7874 f.) . . . . . 784 
 
 Main Chain of the Andes, showing Mounts Anexo and Tres Picos from the River Tigre 785 
 
 Main Chain of the Andes. Mounts Alto, Anexo and Tres Picos. The River Tigre at 
 
 the Confluence of Rivers 1 and 2 . . . . . . . 786 
 
 Lake Renihue to the East, from the Valley Torrentes. Mount Piramides at the end. 
 
 Fig. 1, Plate LXIX. 786 
 Lake Renihue to the East, and the Main Chain . . . Fig. 2, Plate LXIX. 786 
 
 Panorama from Navarro Gap (1000 m. ; 3281 f.) Argentine landmark No. 289. 
 
 Fig. 1, Plate LXX. 787 
 Panorama taken from Peladito Hill (1340 m. ; 4396 f.), and. showing the Valley of Cholila 
 
 (680 m.; 2231 f.) . . . . . Fig. 2, Plate LXX. 787 
 
 Lake Stange, from the South towards N.W. and N. . . Fig. 1, Plate LXXI. 787 
 
xl 
 
 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 Lake Kruger, from E. to W., showing at the end the Depression containing Lake Stange. 
 
 Fig. 2, Plate LXXI. 787 
 Mountains to the South-west of Mount Subir (Pico Bayo and Feroz) and the Pjver Tigre 787 
 
 The River Tigre, to the West, and Mounts Chato and Dos Picos in the Main Chain of 
 the Andes ....... 
 
 The Main Chain, from Cruz Gap to the North-west 
 
 Photograph taken from the Los Alerces Gap to the West 
 
 The Main Chain of the Andes between Eivers Benihue and Alerces 
 
 The Valley of La Cruz, from the Gap of the same name to the East 
 
 Mount Las Torrecillas, from Isla Grande .... 
 
 The Main Chain of the Andes, 43° 18' S. lat. 
 
 Mount Espolon, 43° 13' S. lat. ; at the Main Chain of the Andes . 
 
 The Narrows of the Fetaleufu, where the Argentine Boundary Line passes 
 
 The Eiver Fetaleufu at the Narrows ..... 
 
 788 
 789 
 790 
 791 
 792 
 •793 
 794 
 795 
 796 
 797, 798 
 
 The Sunica-Paria Fluvio-Glacial Plains . 
 The Plain of Esguel and Temenhuao Stream 
 
 Fig. 1, Plate LXXI I. 806 
 Fig. 2, Plate LXXII. 806 
 
 The Opening of Esguel and the Transversal Depression Esguel-Tecka, from the Opening 
 
 of Nahuelpan ...... Fig. 1, Plate LXXIII. 807 
 
 The Bed of the Dried-up Lake of Corintos, now called "Pampas de Corintos," and its 
 
 Terraces . . . . . . . Fig. 2, Plate LXXIII. 807 
 
 The Pampa of Corintos, from the South 
 
 Fig. 1, Plate LXXIV. 811 
 
 Valley 16 de Octubre, to the West, from Peladito Hill to Valley Carrenleufu. Photograph 
 
 taken from Eiver Percey (500 m. ; 1640 f.) . . . Fig. 2, Plate LXXIV. 811 
 
 Mount Situacion, from one of the Farms in the Colony of 16 de Octubre 
 
 812 
 
 Lake Eosario and the First Eidges of the Cordillera de los Andes, to the West 
 
 Plate LXXV. 814 
 
 A Farm in Colony 16 de Octubre ........ 817 
 
 Sketch showing the First Settlers in the Valley 16 de Octubre 
 
 Serrano Montaner, 1898. (From Limites con la Eepiiblica Argentina, Santiago) 
 
 Map— Dr. Hans Steffen, 1895. (From Das Thai des Eio Palena-Carrileufu) 
 
 819 
 827 
 831 
 
List of Illustrations. xli 
 
 Plate LXXVI. 
 
 837 
 
 ■ 
 
 837 
 
 • 
 
 838 
 
 Plate LXXVII. 
 
 838 
 
 South of Valley 16 de Octobre, and its Southern Prolongation in the Valley of the 
 Carren-leufu . . . 
 
 Mount Serrano, from the Eiver Carrenleufu to the S.W. 
 
 River Carren-leufu, flowing from Lake Paz 
 
 Cordillera de los Andes to the West of Lake Paz 
 
 Lake Paz and the Eastern Eidges of the Cordillera de los Andes, to the North of the 
 
 Lake ........ Plate LXXVI I I. 838 
 
 Eiver Carren-leufu. Eastern Ridge of the Cordillera to the North-West of the Outlet of 
 
 Lake General Paz ...... . Plate LXXIX. 839 
 
 Lake General Paz and the First Spur of the Cordillera, from the East Plate, LXXX. 839 
 
 River Carren-Leufu, before entering the Eastern Eidges of the Cordillera . Plate LXXXL 839 
 
 Valley of the Carren-leufu, where the river changes its course towards the West before 
 
 entering the Cordillera ..... Plate LXXXII. 839 
 
 Lake Paz, The Eastern Fluvio-Glacial Plain, and the First Spurs of the Cordillera . 840 
 
 Panoramic View of Pampa Grande (760 m. ; 2493 f.) . . Plate LXXXIII. 841 
 
 Eiver Carren-leufu, before entering the Cordillera, and the Eidge of Mount Cuche . 841 
 
 Catango Hills, from the Eastern bend of the Eiver Carren-Leufu. Fig. 1, Plate LXXXIV. 842 
 
 The Plain to toe East of the Eiver Carren-leufu, showing that Eiver and the Catango 
 
 Hills . . . . . . .Fig. 2, Plate LXXXIV. 842 
 
 The Continental Divide at, and to the West of, the Diablo Hill . Plate LXXXV. 842 
 
 La Piedra, Rising Ground (1150 m. ; 3775 f.) . . . Plate LXXXVI. 843 
 
 The Putrachoique and the Tepuel Hills, from the Plain to the South of Nirehuao Stream 
 
 Plate LXXXVII. 843 
 Map — Musters, 1S71. (From at Home with the Patagonians) .... 850 
 
 Waterfall in the Eiver Cisnes ........ 851 
 
 The Tecka Valley and the Quichaura Eidge, from the East Fig. 1, Plate LXXXVIII. 860 
 
 La Piedra and Diablo Hills .... Fig. 2, Plate LXXXVIII. 860 
 
 Panorama from Nirehuao Stream .... Fig. 1, Plate LXXXIX. 861 
 
 View of Tepuel Hills, from Nirehuao Stream . . Fig. 2, Plate LXXXIX. 861 
 
 Continental Divide, between Eiver Pico and Cherque Stream (815 m. ; 2674 f.). (Photograph 
 
 taken from the Plain of Cherque) .... Fig. 1, Plate XC. 861 
 
xlii Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 The Region of the Continental Divide, from the Terraces to the East of River Pico 
 
 Fig. 2, Plate XC. 861 
 
 Continental Divide in the Cherque Plain . . . Fig. 1, Plate XCI. 862 
 
 River Pico, in the Valley of the General Tableland . . Fig. 2, Plate XCI. 862 
 
 The Plain of the Continental Divide, from the South-East of River Pico 
 
 Fig. 1, Plate XCII. 862 
 
 The Plain to the West of the Continental Divide, at River Pico Fig. 2, Plate XCII. 862 
 
 Divide between Rivers Frias and Pico, from the West . . . Plate XCI II. 863 
 
 Region to the West of the Continental Divide. Upper Valleys of Rivers Pico and Frias 
 
 Fig. 1, Plate XCIV. 863 
 
 Lake Azul, seen from the East ..... Fig. 2, Plate XCIV. 863 
 
 The Top of "Loma Baguales," or Continental Divide Tableland . Fig. 1, Plate XCV. 863 
 
 Eastern Ridges of the Cordillera de los Andes, from River Frias Fig. 2, Plate XCV. 863 
 
 The Region to the West of the Continental Divide. Valley of River Pico 
 
 Fig. 1, Plate XCVI. 864 
 
 Tableland where River Frias Originates .... Fig. 2, Plate XCVI. 864 
 
 Caceres Hill, from the North- West. ....... 864 
 
 Origins of the South-Eastern Arm of the River Frias, in the Pre-Cordillera . . 865 
 
 The Valley of Temenhuao Stream : Ancient Bed of a River Outlet of the Lake Pico before 
 
 the Cutting of the Main Chain. View to the West ..... 866 
 
 The Plains of TnE Continental Divide, to the South of Cherque Stream 
 
 Fig. 1, Plate XCVII. 866 
 
 The Continental Divide Plain ..... Fig. 2, Plate XCVII. 866 
 
 Continental Divide. Sources of the Streams Temenhuao and Omkel Fig. 1, Plate XCVIII. 866 
 
 Omkel Stream, and the Moraines which border it . . Fig. 2, Plate XCVIII. 866 
 
 The Morainic Terraces in the Continental Divide . . Fig. 1, Plate XCIX. 866 
 
 The Plains of the Continental Divide, between Omkel and Appeleg Streams and River 
 
 Frias . . . . . . . Fig. 2, Plate XCIX. 866 
 
 Plain of the Continental Divide (880 m. ; 2887 f.) . . Fig. 1, Plate C. 867 
 
 The Continental Divide in a Depression of the Plain between the Sources of River Frfas 
 
 and of Appeleg Stream ..... Fig. 2, Plate C. 867 
 
 The Continental Divide between Tributaries of the Appeleg Stream and of the River Frias. 
 
 Fig. 1, Plate CI. 867 
 
 The Great Bend of TnE River FrIas, to the West . . . Fig. 2, Plate CI. 867 
 
List of Illustrations. xliii 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 . . 
 
 867 
 
 fig. 1, Plate OIL 
 
 867 
 
 fig. 2, Plate OIL 
 
 867 
 
 Temenhuao Stream. View to the East .... 
 
 The Continental Divide, from the Terrace West of Eiver Frfas 
 
 Valley of Eiver Frias, from the South .... 
 
 The Eastern Spues of the Cordilleea, from the Longitudinal Depression to the West of 
 
 the Continental Divide ..... Fig. 1, Plate CIII. 870 
 
 Panoeama from the Easteen Longitudinal Depression (Valley of Eiver Pico). The Eastern 
 
 Spurs and the First Eidges of the Cordillera de los Andes . Fig. 2, Plate CIII. 870 
 
 The Eastern Spurs of the Cordillera, from La-ke No. 4, to the North-West 
 
 Fig. 1, Plate CIV. 870 
 The Eastern Eidge of the Cordillera de los Andes, from near the Summit of Mount 
 
 Botella . , . . . . Fig. 2, Plate CIV. 870 
 
 Panorama of the Cordillera, from a Summit of 1930 Metres (6332 f.) to the N.W. of 
 
 Mount Boteila ...... Fig. 1, Plate CV. 870 
 
 Eiver Pico, penetrating the First Eidges of the Cordillera de los Andes, to the West. 
 
 Fig. 2. Plate CV. 870 
 Mounts Cacique Blanco, Azucar and Magdalena, in the Eastern Eidge of the Cordillera, 
 
 from the Eastern Plains ...... Plate CVI 870 
 
 Mount Pan de Azucar, from the South. Eiver Frias ..... 871. 
 
 Diagram — The Argentine ' Line in the Main Chain of the Andes (landmarks Nos. 290 to 
 
 298); and The Chilian Line in the Continental Divide (landmarks Nos. 298 to 310) 872 
 
 The Cordillera de los Andes, from North-East to West, showing the Transversal depression 
 
 of Eiver Frias or Cisnes ..... Fig. 1, Plate CVII. 875 
 
 Lake La Plata, and the Transversal depression between the Cordillera%nd the Pre-Cordillera 
 
 to the South of the Lake ..... Fig. 2, Plate CVII. 875 
 
 Lakes Fontana and La Plata ...... Plate Will. 875 
 
 Eapid of the Chilote (Eiver Aisen) ....... 881 
 
 The Eastern Eidge of the Cordillera, from the Hills to the East of the Eiver Manihuales 8S2 
 
 The Plain of the Continental Divide, to the South-east, from Mount Katterfeld . . 887 
 
 The Edge of the Tableland at Cantaush .... 
 
 The Plains of Coyet and Goichel, from a Basaltic Crag at the Northern Tableland 
 
 Fig. 1, Plate CIA'. 889 
 
 The Bend of Eiver Goichel and the Plains of Coyet, from the North- West to the South- 
 West, where the Chilian Expert locates the Main Chain of the Andes (Chilian landmark 
 No. 314, at the Continental Divide) .... Fig. 2, Plate CIX. 889 
 
xliv Divergences in tlie Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 The First Ridge of the Cordillera in the Upper Aisen Region, from the South-West of 
 
 Mount Katterfeld ....... Plate CX. 889 
 
 The Depression of Coyet, seen from Cantaush ...... 889 
 
 The Western Edge of the Tableland, between Rivers Aisen and Coyaiken 
 
 Fig. 1, Plate CXI. . 890 
 The Valley of River Goichel, Pre-Cordillera and the Eastern Ridge of the Cordillera from 
 
 Richard's Farm . . . . . Fig. 2, Plate CXI. 890 
 
 The Continental Divide, at the Valley of River Mayo. Sources of Rivers Mayo and 
 
 Coyaiken ........ Plate CXII. 892 
 
 The Depression of Lacuna Blanca. Continental Divide . . Fig. 1, Plate CXIII. 893 
 
 Valley of the Upper Aisen, in the Depression of Laguna Blanca . Fig. 2, Plate CXIII. 893 
 
 Panorama of the Valley of River Aisen, Western Region, from a Point N.W. of Lake 
 
 Elizalde ........ Plate CXIV. 893 
 
 Valley of the Southern Branch of Upper Aisen, to the West of the Continental Divide 
 
 and to the East of Lake Elizalde .... Fig. 1, Plate CXV. 893 
 
 Hills to the West of the Valley of Upper Aisen . . Fig. 2, Plate CXV. 893 
 
 The Cordillera de los Andes, to the West of the River Maiiihuales . . 895-898 
 
 The Tableland between Rivers Mayo and Coyaiken, where the Continental Divide occurs, 
 
 and the Depression of the Upper River Aisen . . Fig. 1, Plate CXVI. 901 
 
 Valley of Lake Buenos A»es.— A Morainic Landscape at River Fenix Fig. 2, Plate CXVI. 901 
 
 Transversal Section between the Pre-Cordillera and the Tableland in the Aisen Region 902 
 
 The Ditch of the River Fenix, as it appeared in April 1898 . . . .908 
 
 Diagrammatic Transversal Section of the Patagonian Tableland . . . 909 
 
 Diagrammatic Section of the Transversal Valleys Excavated in the Tableland of 
 
 Patagonia .......... 909 
 
 Moraines of the River Fenix, to the West of the Continental Divide . . .910 
 
 River Fenix and its Valley, to the West of the Pretended Continental Divide Plate CXVII. 910 
 
 Valley and River Fenix at the Bend of Paeiaiken, where the Chilian Experts Locate the 
 
 Highest Crest of the Andes that Divide the Waters . . . Plate CXVIII. 910 
 
List of Illustrations. xlv 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Lake Buenos Aires, to the W.N.W. ....... 912 
 
 Moraines of the Valley of Eiver Fenix, and the Southern Tableland Capped with Lava 
 
 Fig. 1, Plate CXIX. 912 
 
 Eastern Part of Lake Buenos Aires, showing the Ancient Atlantic Outlet 
 
 Fig. 2, Plate CXIX. 912 
 
 The Cordillera de los Andes, and the North-Western Part of the Basin of Lake Buenos 
 
 Aires. (From Mount Ap Ywan) .... Fig. 1, Plate CXX. 913 
 
 Lake Buenos Aires, from the South 
 
 Lake Buenos Aires, to the West 
 
 The Outlet of Lake Buenos Aires into Lake Soler 
 
 The Pre-Cordillera, to the West of Eiver Jeinemeni 
 
 Fig. 2, Plate CXX. 913 
 
 914, 915 
 
 . 916 
 
 Fig. 1, Plate CXX I. 916 
 
 The Longitudinal Depression, between the Pre-Cordillera and the Tableland to the South of 
 
 Lake Buenos Aires ...... Fig. 2, Plate CXXI. 916 
 
 The Tableland Capped with Lava, to the South of Lake Buenos Aires. Fig. 1, Plate CXXII. 917 
 
 The Longitudinal Depression between the Pre-Cordillera and the Tableland, to the 
 
 North of Lake Belgrano and to the West of Mount Belgrano Fig. 2, Plate CXXII. 917 
 
 The Depression between the Pre-Cordillera and the Tableland .... 917 
 
 Embankment and Glacier Bed, showing the retirement of the Water of the Lake Buenos 
 
 Aires as erosion progressed from the West, changing its drainage . . . 920 
 
 The Patagonian Tableland and the Canyons of Chakcana and Ecker 
 
 Fig. 1, Plate CXXIII. 923 
 
 The Depression of Gio, from the Canyon of Ecker till the South-East of Gorro de Poivre. 
 
 Mount Colorado is not visible on the West, as it is covered with clouds 
 
 Fig. 2, Plate CXXIII. 923 
 Confluence of the Eivers Tamango and Las Heras ..... 924 
 
 The Depression of Gio, as seen from the Northern Volcanic Tableland Fig. 1, Plate CXXIV. 924 
 
 Panorama of the General Tableland, taken from the Upper Course of Olnie Stream 
 
 Fig. 2, Plate CXXIV. 924 
 
 Panorama of the Northern Eegion of Lake Pueyrredon . . Fig. 1, Plate CXXV. 925 
 
 Lake Pueyrredon to the South and West, with Eiver Las Heras and Lake Negro 
 
 Fig. 2, Plate CXXV. 925 
 
 g 2 
 
xlvi Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 The Region of the Lakes Negro, Sorpresa and Azul, to the West of Lake Pueyrredon 
 
 Fig. 1, Plate CXXVI. 925 
 
 River Las Heras, between the Confluences of Biver Tamango and Biver Pueyrredon 
 
 Fig. 2, Plate CXXVI. 925 
 
 Mount Las Heras, in Calen Inlet, to the West of the Outlet of the Eiver Las Heras . 925 
 
 Mouth of the Eiver Las Heras, in Calen Inlet . . . ... . 926 
 
 Eastern Part of Lake Belgrano, showing the Fluvio-Glacial Plains, the Ancient Outlet to 
 
 the East, and the General Patagonian Tableland . . Fig. 1, Plate C XXVII. 927 
 
 Lake Nansen and the Eastern Bidge of the Cordillera . . Fig. 2, Plate C'XXVII. 927 
 
 The Eastern Bidges of the Cordillera de los Andes, to the West of the Biver Las Heras 927 
 
 Patagonian Tableland, between the Biver Chico and Olnie Stream . . . 928 
 
 Lake Belgrano (760 m. ; 2493 f.) . . . . Fig. 1, Plate C XXVIII. 929 
 
 The Dried-up Lake to the East of Biver Mayer, where the Continental Divide is produced 
 
 Fig. 2, Plate CXXVIII. 929 
 
 Recent Drainage of Lake Belgrano into Lake Azara ..... 930 
 
 Lake Azara, and the Cordillera to the West ...... 931 
 
 Eastern Part of the Pre-Cordillera, and Western Part of the Tableland at the Upper 
 
 Valley of Eiver Mayer ..... 'Fig. 1, Plate CXXIX. 933 
 
 The Pre-Cordillera, from the Confluence of Bivers Mayer and Nansen Fig. 2, Plate CXXIX. 933 
 
 Fluvio-Glacial Drift at the Biver Mayer ...... 933 
 
 Depression between the Cordillera and the Pre-Cordillera, through which the Eiver 
 
 Mayer flows into the Eastern Arm of Lake San Martin .... 934 
 
 Eastern Ridge of the Cordillera to the West of Eiver Mayer Fig. 1, Plate CXXX. 934 
 
 The Lava Tableland between Eiver Chico and Lake San Martin Fig. 2, Plate CXXX. 934 
 
 The Outlet of Lake San Martin, at its commencement ..... 935 
 
 The Outlet of Lake San Martin, in the Eiver Toro, and the Cordillera to the West . 936 
 
 South-Western Part of the Outlet of Lake San Martin, from the East . . .937 
 
 Rapids of the Eiver Toro, Outlet of Lake San Martin ..... 938 
 
List of Illustrations. 
 
 xlvii 
 
 Lava Beds between the Eiver Mayer and Lake San Martin .... 
 
 Lake San Martin to the East, and its adjacent outlet in that direction 
 
 Fig. 1, Plate CXXXI. 
 Western Part of Lake San Martin .... Fig. 2, Plate CXXXI. 
 
 Kochaik Hill ........ 
 
 The Ancient Outlet to the East of Lake San Martin . 
 
 Mount Fitz-Eoy (3370 m.; 11,057 f.) 
 
 Mount Campana, in the Cordillera to the West of Lake Viedma . 
 
 Eastern Spurs of Mount Agassiz ...... 
 
 Mount Heim (2450 m. ; 8038 f.), from the Northern Arm of Lake Argentino 
 
 Glacier of Lake Viedma ....... 
 
 Glacier in the Western Arm of Lake Argentino 
 
 Mount Norte (2950 m; 9679 f.), South- West of Lake Viedma 
 
 South-Western Part of Lake Argentino, showing the Eastern Kidge of the Cordillera and 
 
 the Glacier, the Branches of which are Tributaries to the Atlantic and to the Pacific 
 
 Plate CXXXII. 
 
 Eastern Slope of the Andes at Lake Argentino 
 
 Plate CXXXIII. 
 
 The Front of the Glacier, in the Western Arm of Lake Argentino 
 
 Eegion of the Continental Divide, to the South-East of the Eiver Vizcachas 
 
 The Glacial Drift, in the Depression of the Eiver Coile to the East of Vizcachas . 
 
 Eegion of the Continental Divide, in the Transversal Depression of the Eiver Coile 
 
 The Eiver Vizcachas ........ 
 
 Bend of the Eiver Vizcachas, at the Continental Divide .... 
 
 Moraines at the Continental Divide, to the East of the Eiver Vizcachas 
 Basaltic Cliff in Vizcachas Tableland ...... 
 
 Eegion of the Continental Divide, to the East of the Eiver Vizcachas . 
 Waterfall of the Eiver Paine ....... 
 
 PAGE 
 
 OSS 
 
 939 
 93 
 
 939 
 939 
 940 
 941 
 942 
 943 
 944 
 945 
 962 
 
 962 
 963 
 
 963 
 
 966 
 
 966 
 
 967 
 
 967 
 
 968 
 
 I 968 
 
 969 
 
 969 
 
 970 
 
xlviii Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Mount Paine, from the East .....••• 971 
 
 Lake Hauthal and the Eastern Ridge of the Cordillera de los Andes ■ Plate, CXXXIV. 971 
 
 Panoramic View from River Zamora at 51° S. Lat. . Fig. 1, Plate CXXXV. 973 
 
 Lake Maravilla, from the East .... Fig. 2, Plate CXXXV. 973 
 
 The Eastern Ridges of the Cordillera, from the Summit of Contreras Ridge 
 
 Fig. 1, Plate CXXXVI. 973 
 
 The Eastern Ridges of the Cordillera and the Pre-Cordillera, to the West of Contreras 
 
 Ridge ...... Fig. 2, Plate CXXXVI. 973 
 
 Consuelo Cove, in Last Hope Inlet 
 
 Lake Pinto, cut by Parallel 52° South Latitude 
 
 View from the Plains to the West of Lake Maravilla 
 
 North-East Coast of Last Hope Inlet 
 
 Fig. 1, Plate CXXXVII. 973 
 
 Fig. 2, Plate CXXXVII. 973 
 
 . 973 
 
 . 974 
 
 Panoramic View taken immediately to the East of the Bend of River Vizcachas 
 
 Plate CXXXVII! 975 
 
 Basaltic Lava to the South-East of Vizcachas Table-Hill .... 975 
 
 Ballena Hill and the Eastern Moraines of Lake Maravilla .... 977 
 
 The Tableland to the South-West of River Santa Cruz .... 978 
 
 Baguales Ridge, from the Plains of the Continental Divide at the North-West Edge of 
 
 Latorre Tableland ...... Plate CXXXIX. 979 
 
 The Tableland between Lake Argentino and River Vizcachas .... 979 
 
 Moraine to the South-East of River Vizcachas ...... 980 
 
 The Tableland between River Coile and River Santa Cruz, to the West . . 981 
 
 Panorama from Dorotea Hill ...... Plate CXL. 983 
 
 The Eastern Coast of Disappointment Bay, showing the Mountains of the Pre-Cordillera 
 
 to the West of the Bay ........ 983 
 
 Mount Aymond, a point of the Line agreed to in 1881 in order to leave within Chilian 
 
 Territory the Coasts of the Magellan Straits ...... 988 
 
 Map— Argentine-Chilian Boundary Line, settled according to the Treaties of 1881 and 1893 990 
 
List of Illustrations. xlix 
 
 FAGK 
 
 Map — Argentine Proposed Boundary Line in the Neighbourhood of Parallel 52°, 
 
 according to the Treaty of 1893 . . . . . . '.till 
 
 Sections No. 1 to No. 100—23° S. Lat. to 51° 45' S. Lat. . . . 996-1038 
 
 Panorama from the South of Vega de los Patos . . . Plate CXLI. 1047 
 
 Map — From General Map of the North-Western Part of the Dominion of Canada. 
 (Published by Authority of the Hon. Clifford Lifton, Minister of the Interior, 
 December 1898) ......... 1091 
 
 MAPS I. to XIV In a Case 
 
Errata. 
 
 Frontispiece, for Fupungato read Tupungato 
 
 I, line 19, for the Eoyal Order of 1693 addressed read 
 
 the order addressed 
 4 „ 29, for Viceroy Vertiz read Viceroys Vertiz 
 and Marques de Loreto 
 27, for years read months 
 2, for says he came read came in 1551 
 9, for This clear distinction read The definition 
 of the Cordillera 
 21, for southern read northern 
 L84, 2nd line from foot, /or 1880 read 1885 
 584, line 9, for 5703 read 5763. (The feet are rightly 
 indicated.) 
 10, for 4862 read 14,862 
 3, for 7730 read 7130. (The feet are rightly 
 
 indicated.) 
 5, for 2075 metres (6808 feet) read 2156 metres 
 (7073 feet) 
 9th and 8th lines from foot, for 800 metres (2625 
 feet) read 797 metres (2G15 feet) 
 7 "i — , 5th line from foot, for 781 metres (2562 feet) read 
 
 785 metres (2575 feet) 
 758, 3rd line from foot, for 1160 metres (3805 feet) read 
 
 1260 metres (4134 feet) 
 762, 9th line from foot, for 2400 metres (7874 feet) read 
 2600 metres (8530 feet) 
 line 5, for north read east 
 814, lines 17 and 18, for 1640 metres (5381 feet) read 
 
 1940 metivs (6365 feet) 
 841, line 1,/or 1800 metres (5906 feet) read 760 metres 
 (21H3 feet) 
 
 11 
 12 
 
 27 
 
 .ill 
 
 660 
 668 
 
 683 
 
 706, 
 
 Page 842, 6th line from foot, for 1325 and 1270 metres 
 
 (4347 and 4167 feet) read 1025 and 1240 
 
 metres (3362 and 4068 feet) 
 861, line 17, for Nirehuao read Nirehuao 
 866, line 3, for 950 metres (3120 feet) read % 1322 
 
 metres (4337 feet) 
 878, 7th line from foot, for 1096 metres (3596 feet) 
 
 read 1296 metres (4252 feet) 
 
 920, line 7, for 2070 metres (6791 feet) read 2320 
 
 metres (7612 feet) 
 
 921, line 3, for 196 read 190. (The feet are rightly 
 
 indicated.) 
 942, 7th line from foot, for 3250 metres (10,663 feet) 
 
 read 3170 metres (10,400 feet) 
 942, 6th line from foot, for 2020 metres (6627 feet) 
 
 read 2380 metres (7809 feet) 
 942, same line, for 2700 metres (8858 feet) read 2450 
 
 metres (8038 feet) 
 996, Section No. 1, and 11th and 5th lines from foot, 
 
 for Zapalari read Sapalleri 
 '.''.is, Section No. 5, for 24° 30' read 24° 24' 
 999 „ „ 6, for Sooompa read Socompa Carpis 
 1003 „ „ 14, for Amillaco read Anillaco 
 
 1005 „ „ 17, join lines indicating Mt. Turo 
 
 1006 „ „ 19 „ „ Mt. T6rtolas 
 1006 „ „ 20 „ „ Mt. Volcan 
 
 1008 „ „ 2:: „ „ Mt. Paeon 
 
 1009 „ „ 26 „ „ Mt. Aconcagua 
 1013 „ „ ::7 „ „ Mt. I'ayen 
 1016 „ „ 45 „ „ Mt. Lanin 
 
Argentine-Chilian Boundary Arbitration. 
 
 DIVEEGENCES 
 
 IN THE 
 
 CORDILLEBA DE LOS ANDES. 
 
 ARGENTINE EVIDENCE. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 Summary — 1. The Boundary during Spanish Colonial Period. 
 2. The Boundary after the Emancipation. 
 
 1. THE BOUNDARY DURING SPANISH COLONIAL PERIOD. 
 
 The Argentine Republic and Chile inherited from Spain the territories which 
 they possess. The divergences upon which the Arbitrator is to decide are those 
 which have arisen in tracing the arcifinious boundary in the Cordillera Nevada, 
 by which Spain divided her two great southern Provinces of America. 
 
 The narrative of the first colonial utterances concerning this boundary is 
 the more complete demonstration of the Argentine rights as well as of the incon- 
 sistency of the affirmations made in the Chilian statement with respect to it. 
 
 The Representative of Chile has stated to the Tribunal :— 
 
 " The year 1561 is the first occasion on which the authorities, dependent from the 
 Crown of Spain, are known to have referred to the Cordillera of the Andes as a frontier in 
 an official document. In the Deed of foundation of the City of Mendoza, when appointing 
 its jurisdiction over the province of that name, Don Pedro del Castillo used the following 
 words : ' A la cual doi por terminos i jurisdiccion con mero mixto imperio desde la Gran 
 Cordillera Nevada, aguas vertientes a la mar del Norte.' " 
 
 With this single document in view, the Chilian Representative has inferred 
 that the rule observed during the colonial times was that of the continental 
 
 B 
 
Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 water-divide. A perusal of it suffices, however, to prove that it does not admit 
 of such an interpretation. The Great Snowy Cordillera is the dividing line, and 
 it is only starting from the said Cordillera that the jurisdiction alluded to in that 
 document extended towards the Atlantic Ocean. It is impossible to contend 
 that if it is spoken of the " Great Snowy Cordillera" as a primary boundary, the 
 standard of demarcation allows of departing from the snowy crests in pursuit of 
 a variable and movable frontier in the valleys or in the plains, or in pursuit of 
 any other than the great and snow-capped Cordillera. 
 
 The Deed of foundation of the City of Mendoza was published in the 
 Review of the Public Library of Buenos Aires,* conjointly with other official 
 papers which explain and complete it. In order to discover its true spirit, it is 
 well to consult all of the above documents, instead of allowing oneself to be 
 influenced by one extract which has not the importance claimed for it. 
 
 If the Members of the Tribunal will examine these papers they will find 
 that the streams have not been taken into account, and that chief importance 
 has been given to the imposing mass of the Cordillera. On November 22, 1560, 
 Don Garcia Hurtado de Mendoza, Captain-General of Chile, said that, " being 
 informed that behind the Snowy Cordillera, back of the town of Santiago, forty 
 leagues away, from east to west, has been discovered a province called Cuyo," 
 he appointed Don Pedro del Castillo as its Governor. The Captain-General 
 dues not say that Cuyo is situated behind the continental water-divide: he states 
 that it is behind the " Snowy Cordillera." 
 
 It was in this capacity that Governor del Castillo founded the City of 
 Mendoza, " on the other side of the great Snowy Cordillera," where the Province 
 of Cuyo was situated, as is stated in the same document that the Chilian 
 Representative has quoted. 
 
 Furthermore, on September 27, 1561, the Captain-General of Chile ap- 
 pointed Don Juan Jufre new Governor of Cuyo, designating as the boundaries 
 ui his province " the slope of the Snowy Cordillera.'' Jufre changed the posi- 
 tion of the town of Mendoza, gave it the name of " Resurreccion " and fixed 
 the following limits : — 
 
 " On the north side, as far as the valley known as Guanacache, and through that 
 region of the said valley downwards, and on the south side as far as the Diamante Valley, 
 and on the east side as far as the Ridge which connects with the Sierra of Cayo Cauta, and 
 on the west side as far as the Snowy Cordillera^ 
 
 Page 105, etc. 
 
The Boundary during Spanish Colonial Period. 
 
 It is evident, therefore, that the Deed of foundation of Mendoza does not 
 support the Chilian thesis, but on the contrary rejects it in the most formal and 
 categorical manner. 
 
 But even were the document not as explicit as it is — even did it refer to the 
 continental water-divide, and allude to rivers flowing to the two oceans, and to 
 the divide of their water basins ; even could all this be read into it, it would be 
 hazardous to infer from a few words, taken from one single document, the 
 criterion followed throughout a long period of almost three centuries. The 
 following facts and quotations from the historical records of those centuries prove 
 how erroneous would be such an inference. 
 
 The Chilian historian Don Miguel Luis Amunategui * referring to the 
 expedition of Diego de Almagro in a.d. 1535, states that the principal goal of 
 his expedition was the country which extends to the western side of the Andes, 
 and which should receive the name of Chile. The Inca Manco Capac, who was 
 preparing his great rising against the Spanish conquerors, being desirous that 
 Almagro's forces should undertake this expedition, and in order to induce him to 
 do so, furnished him with the most exaggerated notions concerning the wealth 
 which could be acquired on the western side of the Cordillera. 
 
 Almagro, having arrived at the " Provincia de Chile," after crossing the 
 Cordillera de los Andes in the neighbourhood of Copiapo, undergoing the 
 greatest privations on the journey, enquired of the " lords of the country," on 
 the western side of the " Cordillera of the Snow (Cordillera de la Nieve) 
 which continues to the strait," and which he had now crossed, whether he 
 would be able to find land suitable for settlements, extending to the sea. 
 
 Thus, since the very first days of the discovery of Chile by the Spaniards, 
 the eastern boundary of the country, first as a Province of Spain and afterwards 
 as a Republic, has been the " Cordillera of the Snow," or the " Cordillera de los 
 Andes." 
 
 The " Capitania General de Chile " had temporarily under its jurisdiction 
 part of the " Provincia de Cuyo," as the inheritance of Pedro de Valdivia, who 
 was authorised to govern " the other provinces which he might discover, conquer 
 and occupy," but, as will be seen later on, according to the Kings of Spain, the 
 historians, travellers and geographers, Chile, from the time of the conquest, has 
 
 * Miguel Luis Amunategui, La Cuestion de Limites entre Chile y la Republica Argentina, Santiago, 
 1879, vol. 1, p. 81 et seq. 
 
 B 2 
 
Divergences in tJie Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 been bounded on the east by the crest of the Cordillera, and had no jurisdiction 
 to the east of this range, after the province of Cuyo was separated from that 
 country by decree of the Sovereign. 
 
 Numerous proofs that this was the case can be produced. Father Diego de 
 Kosales, in his History of Chile * said, in 1665 : — 
 
 " The Kingdom of Chile is the southern end of the wide Empire of Peru, on the coast 
 
 of the South Sea It is hounded on the south by the Strait of San Vicente or 
 
 Lemaire .... on the east by Tucuman, and on the west by the Pacific ; but that portion 
 of territory which is properly called Chile, and is inhabited, extends from the Valley of 
 Copiapo, at lat. 26° S. t,o the city of Castro in the Archipelago of Chiloe', at lat. 43° S. 
 On the east the ' great Cordillera Nevada de los Andes girds it, and between this range 
 and the sea, Chile's greatest breadth is thirty leagues, and its average twenty.' ' 
 
 The Royal decree of the King of Spain, by which the " Vireinato del Rio de 
 la Plata " was constituted, ordered that the said natural boundary of the crest of 
 the Cordillera de los Andes should be the frontier line between the great southern 
 dependencies of the Crown. King Carlos III. in 1776, confirmed by said decree 
 that of Charles II. (dated 1684) which stated that "The Cordillera Nevada was 
 to divide the Kingdom of Chile from the provinces of the Rio de la Plata and 
 Tucuman," and also confirmed the Royal order of 1693 addressed to Soto-Mayor, 
 Governor of Buenos Aires, instructing him to settle towns in Patagonia, " in the 
 parts furthest inland, and in the lands in the interior." He also confirmed the 
 Royal order of 1766, in which Bucareli, the Governor of Buenos Aires, was 
 informed that the whole southern region was under his supervision. 
 
 Subsequent ami numerous Acts emanating from the Spanish Sovereigns 
 or from the Governors of Buenos Aires and Chile, show that up to 1810 " the 
 Cordillera Nevada," that is, "the Cordillera of the Snow " of Diego de Almagro, 
 separated the respective jurisdictions. Among other documents, the communica- 
 tions of the Presidents of the " Capitania General de Chile," Don Ambrosio de 
 Benavides in 1781, and Don Ambrosio O'Higgins in 1789, to Viceroy Vertiz, 
 of Buenos Aires, show that the jurisdiction of Chile ended at the crest of the 
 ( Jordillera. 
 
 That " Cordillera de Sierras," so " rugged as to form an impassable barrier 
 for the horses," mentioned in the expedition sent by Diego de Almagro to 
 explore the lands situated to the east, formed the most natural boundary 
 
 * Bistoria I teneral del Keyno de Chile, etc., 3 vols., Valparaiso, 1887, vol. 1, book ii. chap. i. p. 183. 
 
The Boundary after the Emancipation. 
 
 between the two territories, whilst the remarkably wild features of the range 
 made it a specially secure frontier. It soon became manifest to the statesmen 
 of that epoch, that owing to the ruggedness, loftiness, desolation and extent 
 of the formidable chain of mountains, the administration of the " Province of 
 Cuyo" by the authorities of Chile was rendered impracticable, and hindered 
 at the same time the development of its commerce, which was then restricted 
 to that captaincy-general The situation was so difficult that the merchants 
 themselves, who were only able to cross the Cordillera during a few months 
 in the year, prayed the Mother Country to allow them to. transact business 
 with the east, that is to say with Buenos Aires. Such a state of things, which 
 was only brought about by the special circumstances connected with the 
 conquest and colonisation, could not last, and was entirely modified by the great 
 change effected in 1776, when it was decided that the chain of the " Cordillera 
 Nevada" should divide those interests that had developed in opposite directions. 
 That division and that frontier were acknowledged by the administrative 
 authorities on both sides of the Cordillera ; they were afterwards equally 
 recognised at the time of the Emancipation ; and finally agreed upon by 
 binding international treaties. 
 
 They are, however, those that the Chilian Expert now wishes to overthrow, 
 and replace by a line inconsistent and unnatural, which would be certain to lead 
 to the most serious consequences and complications. 
 
 2. THE BOUNDARY AFTER THE EMANCIPATION. 
 
 The proclamation of independence made by the Congress of Tucuman on 
 July 9, 1816, emancipated from Spain the " Provincias Unidas del Rio de la 
 Plata" or Argentine Republic, and in 1817 General San Martin crossed the 
 Andes with an Argentine army, and descended into Chile, to free that country 
 also from the Spaniards. 
 
 Since then both Chile and Argentine Republic have recognised the 
 Cordillera de los Andes as their mutual and natural boundary, and the former 
 country, after having gained independence, drew up a Constitution, which, 
 amended from time to time, establishes the boundaries of the territories of the 
 Republic in a clear and conclusive manner. The Constitution of 1822 says : 
 " The territory of Chile is known by natural boundaries: — on the south, Cape 
 
Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 Horn; on the north, the Atacama Desert; on the east, the Andes; on the 
 west, the Pacific Ocean." That of 1823 : " The territory of Chile extends from 
 north to south, from Cape Horn to the Atacama Desert ; and from east to 
 west, from the Cordilleras de los Amies to the Pacific Ocean." That of 1826: 
 
 "The Chilian nation Its territory extends from north to south, from the 
 
 Atacama Desert to Cape Horn, and from east to west, from the ( 'ordilleras de 
 los Andes to the Pacific Ocean." That of 1828: "Its territory extends from 
 north to south, from the Atacama Desert to Cape Horn, and from east to west. 
 from the Cordilleras de los Andes to the Pacific Ocean." That of 18.'>:'> : 
 "The territory of Chile extends from the Atacama Desert to Cape Horn, and 
 from the Cordilleras de los Andes to the Pacific Ocean." 
 
 There is no possible doubt concerning this fact : Chile, by the will of "her 
 people, represented in Congress, framed a Constitution in which it is clearly 
 established that the territory of Chile extends from the Atacama Desert to Cape 
 Horn, and " from the Cordilleras de los Andes to the Pacific Ocean." Thus, 
 
 THE WHOLE LINE OF THE CORDILLERA FROM ATACAMA TO CAPE HORN is acknow- 
 ledged by Chile as its boundary, and only the territory comprised between the 
 said Cordillera and the Pacific forms the Chilian nation. On the other side all 
 the territory comprised between the Cordillera and the Atlantic belongs to the 
 Argentine Republic. 
 
 No Chilian Constitution can be found which supports the contention of the 
 Chilian Expert that Chile has a right to territory situated between the Cordillera 
 and the Atlantic Ocean. The veiy contrary is established in an important 
 document signed by Chile and the Argentine Republic. On November 30, 1826, 
 a Treaty of friendship, alliance, commerce and navigation, was signed, in which it 
 is provided as follows : " The contracting Republics engage to guarantee the 
 integrity of their territories and to take action against every foreign power which 
 shall attempt to change by force the boundaries of the said Republics, as recog- 
 nised before their emancipation, or subsequently, in virtue of special treaties." 
 
 Chile in making this Treaty, evidently took into account her Constitutions 
 of 1822, 1823 and 1826, which assigned as eastern boundary the Cordillera de 
 los Andes. 
 
 According to the terms of this Treaty, and the wording of the Chilian 
 Constitutions, only to the Argentine Republic could appertain the territories 
 situated between the Cordillera de los Andes and the Atlantic Ocean down to 
 Cape Horn. 
 
The Boundary after the Emancipation. 
 
 The " Cordillera de los Andes," as a natural and recognised boundary, was 
 not only established in Spanish and Chilian documents, but also in unimpeachable 
 official reports, such as those from Messrs. C. A. Rodney, Theoderic Bland, John 
 Graham and T. R. Poinsett, who were sent in 1817 by the Government of the 
 United States to investigate and report on the state of matters in the South 
 American countries, during the Avar for their independence. Their four reports 
 agree in giving as the boundary between Chile and the Argentine Republic, 
 " the Cordillera de los Andes," its " crests " or the " loftiest crest of the 
 Cordillera of the Andes." 
 
 These Commissioners likewise considered that the United Provinces ofRiode 
 la Plata, bounded on the west by the " ridge of the Andes," extended as far as 
 Cape Horn ; and in so considering them, they based their opinion not only upon 
 history, but also upon the information received when amongst the peoples about 
 whom they reported.* 
 
 * Eeports of Messrs. Rodney, Graham, Bland, Poinsett, and Brackenridge : — 
 
 In his Report dated Washington, November 5, 1818, Mr. Rodney says: "In 1562, Chile was erected into 
 a separate Captain-Generalship ; in 1778, a new Viceroyalty was established at Buenos Aires comprehending 
 all the Spanish possessions to the east of the Western Cordillera, and to the south of the river Maran on." He 
 sjJeaks always of the "late Viceroyalty of Buenos Aires," when referring to the United Provinces. 
 
 From the Report of John Graham, dated Washington, November 5, 1818: — "The country formerly 
 known as the Viceroyalty of Buenos Aires, extending from the north-west sources of the river La Plata to the 
 Southern Cape of America, and from the confines of Brazil and the Ocean to the ridge of the Andes, may be 
 considered as that which is called ' The United Provinces of South America.' " 
 
 From the Report of Theoderic Bland, dated Baltimore, November 2, 1818 : " The new Political Union, 
 whose Government we found seated on the shores of the river Plata, which once styled itself ' The United 
 Provinces of the River Plata,' and which now, having been actuated by caprice, or by more correct or more 
 enlarged views, assumes the name of ' The United Provinces of South America,' has declared the inde- 
 pendence, and claims the privileges of self-government for all the people, and the rights of a nation over all 
 the territory of which the late Spanish Viceroyalty of Buenos Aires was composed in the beginning of the 
 
 year 1810 It will be proper, therefore, to trace out its extreme limits as the country relative to which 
 
 aur enquiries are to be more particularly directed The Spanish Viceroyalty of Buenos Aires is situated 
 
 to the southward of the Portuguese dominions of Brazil, and according to the Treaty of St. Ildefonso, of 1777, 
 the following boundary between them was finally adjusted : . . . thence, nearly west, to the Sierras Altisimas ; 
 thence, along the confines of the province of Mizque and the Altos Antinuyo, including the Province of La 
 Paz, to the Cordilleras of the Andes which pass to the westward of Oruro and Paria, to the Cordillera Real ; 
 thence, eouth, along the most elevated summit of the jirincipal Cordillera of the Andes, until it is intersected by the 
 parallel of thirty-eight and a half degrees of south latitude ; thence, due east to the Atlantic ; thence, with the 
 
 coast of the ocean, to the beginning, at Invernada de Felix Jose That tract of country which now forms 
 
 the three provinces of Mendoza, San Juan and St. Louis, and which, under the Spanish Government, was 
 called the province of Cuyo, was, about half a century ago, attached to the Colonial Viceroyalty of Chile ; 
 
 since that time it has continually belonged to Buenos Aires And the province of Arica, which covers 
 
 that space to the westward of Potosi and Chicas from the summit of the Andes down to the Pacific Ocean, 
 was, by a royal order, about the year 1774 taken from the Viceroyalty of Buenos Aires, and annexed to that 
 of Lower Peru, or Lima, and is at present under that jurisdiction." 
 
 From the Report of J. R. Poinsett, dated Columbia, November 4, 1818 : " The kingdom of Chile is com- 
 prised within the narrow strip of land which extends east and west fiom. the summit of the Cordilleras de los 
 
8 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 These were the boundaries which Chile recognised as those of the United 
 Provinces of the River Plate, when making the Treaty of 1826. 
 
 Moreover, there is another document whose importance cannot be dis- 
 regarded. It is the Treaty made by Chile with Spain on July 1, 184(5, in which 
 Chilian independence was recognised and the transfer made to Chile of the 
 territories previously belonging to Spain. 
 
 The first article of the Treaty says: — 
 
 " His Catholic Majesty, in the exercise of the power which belongs to him by decree 
 of the General Cortes of the Kingdom, of December 4, 1836, recognises as a free, sovereign 
 and independent nation, the Republic of Chile, composed of the countries specified in its 
 Constitutional Act, to wit: All the territory which extends from the Desert of Atacama to Cape 
 Horn, and from the Cordillera de los Andes to the Pacific Ocean, with the Archipelago of 
 ( 'hiloi, and of the islands adjacent to the coast of Chile.'" 
 
 This Treaty was approved by the Chilian Congress, who, in enacting the 
 clause establishing the boundary in the Cordillera, acknowledged, in a document 
 of such great historical importance, the traditional frontier of the country. 
 
 Thus Spain only granted to Chile the territories between the Cordillera de 
 los Andes and the Pacific Ocean, and from the Desert of Atacama to Cape 
 
 Andes to the Pacific Ocean, and stretches along the coast north and soTith, from the river Salado and the 
 Desert of Atacama to the Straits of Magellan. From the chain of frontier posts (which begin at'Arauco, on 
 the coast, and extend to the Cordilleras) to the town of Valdivia, the country is in possession of the warlike 
 tribe of Araucanians, who still remain independent ; and from Osorno, south, it is inhabited by the various 
 tribes of Patagonia, whoso territories have not been explored." 
 
 Mr. H. M. Brackenridge, in his Voyage to South America, performed by order of the American Govern- 
 ment in the years 1817 and 1818, in the frigate Congress, London, 1820, says : " The country formerly known 
 as the Viceroyalty of Buenos Aires, extending from the north-western sources of the river La Plata to the 
 Southern Cape of America, and from the confines of Brazil and the Ocean to the ridge of the Andes, may be 
 considered as that which is called 'The United Provinces of South America.' .... This widely extended 
 country embraces almost every variety of climate and soil, and is capable of almost every variety of produc- 
 tion. A large part of it, however, particularly on the west side of the river La Plata and southerly towards 
 ( lape Horn, is deficient in wood (even for fuel), and in water — that which is found is generally brackish. 
 (Vol. 1 , App., pp. 29-30.) Including Patagonia, the Viceroyalty of La Plata was the most important in extent 
 
 of territory of any of the Spanish Governments in America La Plata stretches from the northernmost 
 
 part of the Province of Moxos in twelve degrees south to Cape Horn, its extent to the Pacific between Lower 
 Peru and Chile, in the Province of Atacama ; it is bounded by the Portuguese dominions on the north and 
 east, and separated from Peru by the river Desaguadero or drain of Lake Titicaca: on the east it is washed 
 by the Atlantic and on the toest separated from Chile by the Cordilleras. The only portion of this vast territory 
 which is generally believed to be unfavourable to a numerous population, is what is called the Pampas of 
 Buenos Aires ; the interior of Patagonia is but little known, and respecting it different opinions are entertained. 
 .... In glancing at the map of this country, it will appear to be naturally divided into six different 
 sections : 1. Tho part which lies on the east side of the Paraguay. 2. That which lios opposite on the west 
 side of the same river. 3. The tract which stretches along the base of the Cordilleras. 4. The Pampas of 
 Buenos Aires. 5. Patagonia. 0. The provinces of Upper Peru." (Vol. 2, pp. 1 and 3.) 
 
The Boundary After the Emancipation. 
 
 Horn. It is not, therefore, from Spain that Chile derives the alleged right to 
 encroach over the Cordillera Nevada, or the Cordillera de los Andes, "as would 
 be the case should the line proposed by the Chilian Expert be accepted ; and 
 since it is not from Spain that this alleged right is derived, there exists no 
 foundation whatever upon which the claim to territory east of the range can be 
 based. Whatever may be the extent of country claimed by Chile eastward of 
 the Cordillera, it will be an usurpation of Argentine land, recognised as Argen- 
 tine land by the Treaty of 1826 and successively by the Treaties of 1881 and 
 1893, where the "Cordillera de los Andes" is always spoken of as the frontier 
 line from north to south to parallel 52°. 
 
 These are the antecedents, and they prove that at the time of the Emanci- 
 pation of both countries, there was a clearly defined boundary recognised bv 
 Chile and the Argentine Republic as their natural frontier. 
 
 The Argentine Republic had from the beginning of her new life, and as the 
 seal of her independence, devoted attention to the regions of the south, adopt- 
 ing a series of measures in defence of her sovereignty to the east of the summit 
 of the Cordillera de los Andes, and for her future benefit and progress; but the 
 unfortunate condition in which the country found itself after its independence 
 was secured, resulting from the struggle through which it had passed in its 
 efforts to separate from the Mother Country, and to obtain equal independence 
 for all Spanish-speaking people south of the Equator — a struggle which no new 
 country could sustain without seriously suffering from its effects — did not admit 
 of special attention being paid to the delimitation of its frontiers. The nation, 
 however, had confidence in the indisputable validity of its titles inherited from 
 Spain. 
 
io Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 CHAPTER II. 
 
 Summary — 1. Necessity of Stating what was understood as "Cordillera de los 
 Andes." 
 
 2. Meaning of the " Cordillera de los Andes " in the Colonial Epoch. 
 
 3. Eesults derived from the Documents Quoted. 
 
 1. NECESSITY OF STATING WHAT WAS UNDERSTOOD AS 
 "CORDILLERA DE LOS ANDES." 
 
 The evidence already presented, proves that both the Argentine and the Chilian 
 Governments agreed that the 'Cordillera de los Andes" is the dividing line 
 between the two nations. 
 
 These words " Cordillera de los Andes " have a history of their own in the 
 Argentine Republic and in Chile, and they also express a scientific idea which it 
 is now most important to understand clearly, as all the treaties and agreements 
 between the Argentine and Chilian Republics determine that the frontier line 
 shall be traced in the u Cordillera de los Andes, 11 and that the differences of 
 opinion between the Experts must be confined to matters within the " Cordillera 
 de los Andes" (Art. 2nd, Prof. 1893). As, moreover, the Argentine Expert 
 maintains that the boundary line proposed by the Chilian Expert in some points 
 lies outside of the Cordillera de los Andes, it is necessary to know what is under- 
 stood by that term. Further, in order that the Tribunal may be able to advise 
 with regard to the differences which have been submitted to them, it is indis- 
 pensable that it should know what was the conception of this Cordillera held 
 by the Government of the Argentine Republic and that of Chile, when they 
 decided to fix the separating line between their nations in its summit. 
 
 To make this point clear, the evidence on the subject will be divided as 
 follows : — 
 
 1. Evidence belonging to the colonial epoch from its commencement to 1810. 
 
 2. Evidence dating from 1810. 
 
 <3. Evidence referring to official definitions made before 1881. 
 
Illicit was understood as "Cordillera de los Andes." ir 
 
 There exists an exceedingly large amount of documents which determine 
 the dividing line to be the summit of the chain, first relating to the colonial 
 period up to 1810, and later on up to 1S81. In that immense number of 
 documents there are frequent repetitions, and many of them are of comparatively 
 .small importance, but, among those laid before the Tribunal, there will be found 
 doubtless sufficient material to form an opinion as to what was understood as to 
 this subject by the Argentine and Chilian statesmen, when they accepted Articles 
 1 and 2 of the Treaty of 1881. 
 
 These documents at the same time throw light on the error into which the 
 Chilian Expert has fallen in proposing, as he has done, to fix certain landmarks of 
 the boundary line outside the Cordillera which the Argentine Expert was compelled 
 to reject — an error which has caused the former to abandon a historic boundary 
 line, formerly agreed upon, and to look for a line most irreconcilable with the 
 physical conditions of the country, and with political interests, as it is generally 
 recognised that the frontier between countries should be drawn over points which 
 permit of easy defence, without giving rise to perpetual difficulties between the 
 countries concerned. 
 
 2. MEANING OF THE "CORDILLERA DE LOS ANDES" IN THE 
 
 COLONIAL EPOCH. 
 
 It has been already said that Chile, properly so-called, occupied the region 
 situated between the Cordillera and the Pacific Ocean, during the Spanish 
 dominion. 
 
 Diego de Almagro, to reach " the Province of Chile," crossed the Cordillera. 
 To the east of that Cordillera of snow there existed other lands which were not 
 " Chile," lands which formed " a province called Cuyo " for which Don Garcia 
 Hurtado de Mendoza, Captain-General of Chile, appointed as Governor, in 1560, 
 Don Pedro del Castillo, the founder, a few years later, of the city of Mendoza, 
 " on the other side of the great Cordillera Nevada? 
 
 From those times the great chain begins to appear in official documents, in 
 historical records, and on maps. 
 
 In 1561 the same Captain-General appointed Juan Jufre, as new Governor 
 of Cuyo, indicating the boundaries of his government by "the slope of the 
 Cordillera Nevada? 
 
 c 2 
 
12 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 After crossing the Cordillera and proceeding further, Pedro de Valdivia 
 says he came to the "towns in the valley of Mariquina," where he halted upon 
 receiving intelligence that Francisco de Villagran was bringing 180 men from 
 Peril to relieve him. In his march he had discovered several populous provinces, 
 till he came to the ( 'ordillera or long ridge of snowy mountains, which dividt the 
 Provinces of Chile from the rest he had before discovered, and had crossed those 
 mountains where he lost many of his Indians through excessive cold.* 
 
 From this place, Valdivia despatched an expedition to continife the discoveries 
 as far as the lake now called Valdivia, and having received a special account of 
 the results of the investigations, he sent Geronimo de Alderete " towards the 
 snowy mountains, who, having sent the Governor a report of all he had dis- 
 covered, founded the Colony of Ciudad Rica, at the foot of the aforesaid snowy 
 mountains, and erected a fort, in which he placed a garrison." f 
 
 Not long after the year 1579, the Cabildo of the City of Santiago, in 
 a memorial to the Governor of Chile, Don Kodrigo de Quiroga, said : — 
 
 "Tins Kingdom of Chile has, to a breadth of twenty leagues, a little more or less, for 
 boundary on the side where the sun rises a very lofty snowy Cordillera (Cordillera Nevada) ; 
 and on the other side, the South Sea ; almost the whole coast goes north and south as far 
 as the Strait of Magellan." \ 
 
 Luis Tribaldos de Toledo, " Chief Chronicler of the Indies," one of the 
 first historians of Chile, defined thus that country: — 
 
 "Description or position of the Kingdom of Chile .... its breadth, from where 
 it commences in the extreme end of Atacama to where its length finally terminates, is not 
 more than some thirty leagues ; as, from its western side, it is hemmed in by the Southern 
 -Sea, and on the eastern side it is confined by a snow-covered Cordillera and mountain range, 
 it being impossible to traverse it in many places except in the same north to south route. 
 On the other (ea&t) side of these Sierras — the eastern part — is Paraguay and Tucuman ; and 
 lower down, towards the Strait are Cesares, and Patagonians or Gigantes, territories which 
 have still to be conquered." 
 
 " The site of the City of Castro, situated in lat. 45° S., and its Archipelago in hit. 47°, 
 is the point in which the boundaries and jurisdiction of t fie Chilian Kingdom and Provinces 
 terminate." § 
 
 ' Antonio do Herrera, llistoria de los hechos de los Castellauos, etc., Madrid, 1009; translated, London, 
 1726, vol. 6, \<. 317. t Same work, p. 318. 
 
 I Arehivo de [ndias, num. 284. A. Bermejo, La (Question chileua y el Arbitrage, Buenos Aires, 1ST'.), 
 p. 67. 
 
 § Vista general de las continuas guerras: dificil conquista del gran Reino, Provincias de Chile. 
 Historiadores de Chile, Santiago, 1802 (vol. 4). 
 
Meaning of the "Cordillera de los Andes" in the Colonial Epoch. 13 
 
 Alonso de Gongora Marmolejo* says that in 1575 Chile had the same limit: — • 
 
 " The Kingdom of Chile and its territory is like the scabhard of a sword, narrow and 
 long. On one side of it is the Southern Sea, and on the other, the Cordillera Nevada, which 
 continues throughout its entire length, in some parts sixteen leagues, and in others eighteen, 
 and twenty in its widest part, and so on, more or less. The Cordillera is snow-covered 
 during the entire year, and is as bold in appearance as that which separates Italy from 
 France." 
 
 Don Pedro de Cordoba y Figueroa f wrote : — 
 
 " Chile is situated in South America, extending from latitude twenty .... degrees 
 in the tropic of Capricorn to forty .... degrees towards the Antarctic pole ; measuring 
 about 500 leagues from south to north, not by that number of degrees, but taking into 
 consideration the inflections of the ground between its extremities. It is of unequal width, 
 varying between forty and thirty leagues and less, from east to west. This irregularity 
 accounts for the Cordillera being further from the sea in some parts and nearer to it 
 in others. Entrance into Chile is difficult; the entry from the north is through an ex- 
 tensive sandy desert, where water is scarce and unpleasant. On the south, the Chiloe 
 Channel, which separates that island from the Kingdom, is rough and has very strong 
 tidal currents similar to the Euripus, which was so fatal to Aristotle. On the east is 
 the famous Cordillera, only passable during six months of the year, and inaccessible 
 during the remainder, owing to the heavy snow, terrible even to look at. On the west, 
 the Southern Sea." 
 
 Don Miguel de Olavarria, in 1594, determined the limits of Chile as 
 follows : — 
 
 " The territory and provinces of Chile are those which are included between Copiapo 
 and the Island of Chiloe, from north to south latitude, and in longitude from the main 
 highest snow-covered Cordillera which runs to the Southern Sea, fifteeu leagues in breadth, 
 the said Cordillera forming a wall and boundary between the Chilian Indians and the great 
 number living between it and the Northern Sea ; it extends continuously to the Magellan 
 Straits." J 
 
 (It is important to call attention to the fact that the Indians, here 
 mentioned as established in the year 1594 on the east of the Cordillera, 
 which range was already considered as a wall and boundary between, these 
 
 * Historia de Chile desde su descubrimiento hasta el auo de 1575. Historiadores de Chile, Santiago, 1 8Gli. 
 
 t Historia de Chile. Historiadores de Chile, Santiago, 1862. The geographer, Sefior Asta Buruaga, says 
 that this historian is worthy of credit, owing to his position, antecedents and the documents which he had at 
 his disposal. Apud Quesada, La Patagonia y las tierras australes, Buenos Aires, 1875, p. 724. 
 
 J The Southern Sea is the Pacific : the Atlantic was called the Northern Sea. Infonne sohre el Eeino do 
 Chile, sus indios y guerras, in Claudio Gay, Historia Natural y Politica de Chile, Documents, vol. 2, p. 16, 
 Paris, 1852. 
 
14 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 Indians and those of the South Sea (Pacific Ocean), were never fought against 
 or disturbed by the Chilian army, and that they were subdued and dispersed 
 by the Argentine army at the time when the 1881 Treaty was signed.) 
 
 In his Description del Reino de Chile,* Alonso Gonzalez de Xajera, 
 who resided in Chile from 1598 to 1607, has said: — 
 
 "That Kingdom (Chile) is one of those of Peru, which lies on the western side of its 
 most western part. It is of a long and narrow form, having a north to south direction, 
 enclosed between tin- same Southern Sea, of which it forms the coast, and a very lofty range of 
 mountain* which, in that country, our people call the great snow-covered Cordillera, which on 
 til,- eastern side of all that Kingdom constitutes an impregnable vail, the distance or space 
 between it and the said Southern Sea being so equal in its proportions that an imaginary 
 line drawn along the coast, and another along the Cordillera would be very nearly parallel, 
 although in maps and special descriptions which have been printed, owing to the. little 
 information possessed with reference to that country, it is described as being more unequal. 
 The space between one and the other line does not exceed twenty leagues, which is its 
 average breadth, its length being more than 500." 
 
 In a report from Lorenzo del Salto to the Consejo de Indias in 1609, it 
 is said : — 
 
 " The Kingdom and Province of Chile consist of a strip of land to the length (where 
 Spaniards live) of 300 leagues, with the breadth of, in places, fifteen, twenty and twenty- 
 five leagues. On one side, which they call that of the coast, the South Sea bounds it, and 
 on the other, in the direction of the Governments of Tucuman and Paraguay and of Peru, 
 the great Cordillera Nevada is the boundary." -j- 
 
 Alonso de Ovalle, in his Historica Relacion del Reino de Chile, y de las 
 Misiones y Ministerios en el (Rome, Hi-to*), writes: — 
 
 "The Kingdom of Chile, the extreme portion of South America, which, on the north, 
 is contiguous to Peru, commences in lat. 25° S. towards the Antarctic pole, passing through 
 the Tropic of Capricorn ; having a length of 500 leagues down to the Strait of Magellan, 
 which is situated in lat. 54° S., and the country called .Tierra del Fuego, which is to the south 
 of the said strait, descending to lat. 59° S. Its jurisdiction extends over a breadth of 150 
 leagues from east to west, for although the broadest part of zvhat improperly called Chile, does 
 not exceed the twenty to thirty leagues which exist between the sea and the famous snow-covered 
 Cordillera, of which we shall speak in the proper place, yet, in the divisions made of the 
 limits and jurisdiction of the Western Indies, the King included the extensive Province 
 
 of Cuyo which, similar in length with those of Chile, is double their width " (p. 1) 
 
 According to this, we may divide this kingdom into three parts. The first and principal, 
 
 * In Coleccion de Documentos ineditos para la Historia de Espaiia, por los SeGorea Marques tic Mirufloreg 
 y Dun Miguel Salva, Madrid, 1SG6. 
 
 | Vicente, I i. Quesada, La Patagonia y las ticrras australes, Buenos Aires, 1S75, p. 550. 
 
Meaning of the "Cordillera de los Andes" in the Colonial Epoch. 15 
 
 that which is comprised between the snow-covered Cordillera and the Southern Sea, which is 
 properly called Chile .... and the third that which contains the Cuyo Province which is 
 on the other side of the Cordillera, and extends to the same strait, and in breadth to the 
 borders of Tucuman " (p. 2). 
 
 Defining what he means by Cordillera, Ovalle adds : — 
 
 " This is what this author (Antonio Herrera) and others, who treat of the affairs of 
 the Indians, think of the Cordillera ; I shall tell now what I know and have seen in it. 
 And, first, I suppose that although these two ranges, as we have said, run separate and 
 distinct from one another through the whole of Peru and Quito, they must go on approach- 
 ing and uniting more and more, as they go on rising to greater height, because when they 
 reach Chile, they are no longer two, but one ; this is what travellers clearly observe when 
 crossing this Cordillera to go from Chile to Cuyo, as I have done myself on many occa- 
 sions. When I have passed the range I have not seen this division, but continuous and 
 perpetual mountains which on one side and the other serve for walls, barbicans, and 
 antemural fortifications, in thu midst of which rises one range higher than the rest, and it is 
 that which is most properly called ' the Cordillera.' This is so great that we spend three or 
 four days in ascending to the highest crest and as many in the descent on the other side ; 
 this is strictly speaking, what we call "Cordillera" Then, the immense quantity of snow 
 which falls in winter makes this Cordillera appear very beautiful. The snow is often so 
 abundant that, in these mountains which are so lofty and so wide, and are forty leagues in 
 diameter, there is no part of them which is not covered with snow, which is, in some places, 
 several lances in depth. I do not know what occurs on the loftiest part of the crest, which 
 we most pjroperly call ' Cordillera' " 
 
 Diego de Rosales, writing in 16G5, states : — 
 
 " The Kingdom of Chile is the southern end of the wide empire of Peru on the coast 
 of the South Sea. It extends, past the Tropic of Capricorn, to a breadth of 082 \ leagues 
 and stretches from lat. 26° S. to lat. 55° S. It stretches from east to west for a distance 
 of 550 leagues, including the provinces of Cuyo beyond the mountains. It is bounded on 
 the north by the desert of Atacama and the countries of the Diaguitas Indians, not very 
 far from the mines of Potosi ; on the south, by the Strait of San Vicente or Lemaire, 
 higher up than the Strait of Magellan ; on the east it is bounded by the plains of Tucu- 
 man, which spread for about 300 leagues to that part where the great river La Plata flows 
 to the Atlantic; on the west, by the South Sea, the extent of which is not definitely 
 known. Such are the situation and the boundaries of the kingdom of Chile (Province of 
 Cuyo included), according to the district and jurisdiction of its Government and Royal 
 Chancellery ; but that which is properly called Chile, and is inhabited, extends from the 
 valley of Copiapo, in lat. 26° S., to the city of Castro, in the Archipelago of Chiloe' in 
 lat. 43° S. Beyond this there are no Spaniards living, but only various tribes of heathen 
 
 Indians, who are in a barbarous condition On the eastern side 'the Great Cordillera 
 
 Nevada de los Andes ' girds it, and between it and the sea its greatest breadth is thirty 
 leagues, and the average about twenty. Another mountain range, although not so lofty, 
 rises near the coast, from which may be seen secure ports and peaceful open bays. The 
 
16 Divergences in the Cordillera cie los Andes. 
 
 fertile part of Chile, then, being shut in by these two Cordilleras, forms a wide valley in 
 which have happened things worthy of memory for posterity, and able to give pleasure 
 and instruction to those now living. The length of this wide valley, the whole of which 
 is inhabited by Indians, from Copiapo to the city of Castro, is 300 leagues."* 
 
 Don Alonzo cle Solorzano y Velasco wrote, in 1(337 : — 
 
 "This kingdom of Chile, the end and termination of South America, touches Peril on 
 the north, extends from lat. 25° S. towards the Antarctic pole, passing through the Tropic 
 of Capricorn, and has a length of 500 leagues to the Strait of Magellan, which is situated 
 in lat. 50° S. It has jurisdiction over 150 leagues from east to west, although the widest 
 part of what is properly called Chile does not exceed twenty to thirty leagues, which are 
 those parts comprised between the sea and the snow-covered Cordillera (the Province of Cuyo 
 being included in the first mentioned breadth). It is a broken and mountainous country, 
 with voluminous rivers, where it rains during the greater part of the year."' \ 
 
 Speaking of the great Cordillera Nevada, and of the diversity of its 
 
 temperature, he adds : — 
 
 " The Cordillera of Chile is a wall of superb mountains which rise one above another, 
 in such a manner that the first serves as a ladder or step to the second, until they rise 
 higher than the clouds, and overlook not only all the region of Chile itself, but also that of 
 Tucuman. The mountain range, owing to its height, and the snow which always crowns 
 it, is seen from a distance of more than fifty leagues, and serves as a guide for travellers by 
 land, and for those who sail the sea, and in comparison with it, the Alps, the Pyrenees, 
 and the Apennines of Italy, and other giants of superb magnitude, are mere pigmies." 
 
 He also says : — 
 
 " On many lofty mountains the snow continues all the year, and on others it melts 
 half the year, and in flowing away it passes through very wide valleys. In Villarica 
 there is a valley of thirty leagues in length, by which the whole of the Cordillera is 
 crossed by a level road, and near the end of it is a hill of no more than half a league, and 
 there is another on the side of the pampas and plains which extend to Buenos Aires. To 
 cross the Cordillera from Santiago to Mendoza the road is not so easy, as from the Vail// of 
 Aconcagua it begins to ascend very lofty Cordilleras and mountains, so that, on arriving at 
 the top to cross the ' Cordillera^ one finds oneself many leagues above the clouds, and 
 the air is so rarefied that it impedes and shortens respiration, and causes sickness. From 
 here, in Southern Chile, to the straits, ' the Cordillera ' is inclined to one side, approaching 
 the sea, and is divided into an infinite number of islands, which form the Chiloe' and 
 < Tkwios Archipelagoes. In the former, Spaniards and Indians live; in the second, Indians 
 only. The country is in places uninhabitable, on account of the immense snow of the 
 Cordillera and the marshes, which render it barren of pastures for cattle, and the continual 
 moistness and rain destroying the fruit crops. The rivers have a short course, on account 
 
 * From Historia General do el Keyno de Chile, etc., por el K. P. Diego de Kosales, 3 vols., Valparaiso, 1877. 
 + Don Alonso do Solorzano y Velasco, Iuforme sobre las cosas de Chile. Gay, vol. 2, p. 422. 
 
Meaning of the " Cordillera de los Andes" in the Colonial Epoch. 17 
 
 of the sea being so near, and might rather be called waterfalls than rivers, and are little 
 known. Navigators and cosraographers, however, have named some of the principal of 
 them — as tlie Rio Los Rabudos. The other rivers which proceed in sequence from Los 
 Rabudos are : Rio de los Martires, Rio de los Gigantes (so named because there Indians of 
 gigantic stature and giants of enormous size were seen), Rio de la Campana, Rio de los 
 Pajaros, and Rio de San Victoriano, most of which are not navigable on account of the 
 intricate labyrinth of islands, reefs, sandbanks, channels, currents in the sea, currents in 
 the rivers, and perpetual swelling of the tempestuous seas." 
 
 Don Jorge Juan and Don Antonio de Ulloa in their Relation Historica 
 del Viaje a la America Meridional hecho de orden de S. M., etc., state : — 
 
 ; ' That which in rigid exactness should be considered as being the extent of this 
 kingdom (that of Chile), limiting ourselves to that part thereof which is inhabited by the 
 Spanish, is from Copiapo to the great island of Chiloe, whose southern extremity is in 
 lat. 44°, and from west to east that part which lies between the ' lofty Cordillera ' and the 
 coast of the Southern Sea, that is to say about thirty leagues." * 
 
 Father Pedro Lozano f defines Chile thus : — 
 
 " This kingdom commences in lat. 25° S., towards the Antarctic pole, passes through the 
 Tropic of Capricorn, having a north to south length of more than 500 leagues to its termina- 
 tion at the extreme end of the American continent, i.e. the Strait of Magellan, situated in 
 lat. 52° S. Its east to west breadth attains thirty leagues, though in parts it is only twenty, 
 which is the case in those parts lying between the Pacific Ocean and the famous Cordillera 
 Nevada ; as, although in the division of the limits and jurisdiction of the Western Indies 
 fixed by command of our Catholic Sovereigns, the Government of Chile included the 
 extensive Province of Cnyo, which on the other side of the Cordillera, together with Tucuman, 
 runs parallel thereto, and is more than double its breadth, nevertheless, what we properly 
 call Chile, is the territory which is included betiveen the western part of the Cordillera and 
 the Southern Sea." 
 
 Afterwards he adds — ■ 
 
 " And it is the 'famous Cordillera ' which constitutes for it, on the western portion, a 
 wall of such lofty dimensions."! 
 
 Father Miguel de Olivares gave also as limits of Chile the Cordillera. 
 He wrote in 1758 : — 
 
 " It extends from Mount San Benito in lat. 22° S. (and is the boundary between the 
 utmost limit of Chile and Atacama, the first province of Peru in this part) down to 
 
 * Madrid, 1748, pp. 336, 337. 
 
 f Historia de la Compania de Jesus en la Provincia del Paraguay, Madrid 1754. J Ibid., p. 136. 
 
 D 
 
1 8 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 Cape Horn, situated in lat. 56° S.; thus giving it a length of thirty-four degrees, which, 
 at the rate of twenty leagues, gives 6G0 ; and is the length of this Kingdom from north 
 to south, between the coasts of the Pacific Ocean and the Cordillera Real de los Andes. Its 
 breadth, without at present mentioning the Cuyo provinces, is from thirty to forty leagues 
 from the said western shores to the said great Sierra, which on the cast, extending along the 
 whole of Peru, continues for 1500 leagues until it buries itself in the sea." 
 
 He added * — 
 
 "In the direction of which we have spoken, towards the region of the tropic, all 
 the hills of that ' Cordillera ' are less agreeable and cool, but of greater wealth in every 
 kind of minerals, especially silver ; but in a southerly direction the opposite is the case, 
 still that region is not altogether without gold, silver, copper, iron, tin, lead, but the veins 
 are thinner, and not so continuous as they are in the other region ; nevertheless, the climate 
 is more agreeable, and the slopes of both sides of the 'Cordillera,' dividing into many 
 branches, iorm very capacious valleys, which are clothed with all kinds of herbs, and 
 provided with abundance of fresh, clear water, on which there are produced and fattened 
 many herds of cattle. The mountains of the Sierra, by dividing lengthwise, form valleys 
 and plains of great extent, in which can be maintained larger herds than on the mountain 
 skirts. The departments of Maule, Chilian and the Laja enjoy this benefit, according to 
 their respective districts, but those of the Chilian do not have the enjoyment of the 
 beautiful lands of their 'Cordillera' without the very serious danger of robberies by the 
 Pegueuche Indians. These wander about in the neighbourhood of the city of Chilian, 
 after crossing the Cordillera, lor ' this Cordillera ' although divided into so many branches, 
 is less elevated and more easily accessible, and the cattle lands ivhich are in the centre of 
 it are of doubtful ownership owing to their being so easily reached from either side. The 
 Spaniards could pass to the lands of the Indians when they pleased, on account of their 
 frontiers being undefended, since, being without any political or military government, they 
 had no soldiers to guard the passes from the Cordillera to their lands. The Spaniards, on 
 the contrary, maintain in these pasture-grounds continually a garrison able to prevent the 
 crossing of an enemy.* 
 
 The attention of the Tribunal is directed to the facts revealed m the passage 
 just quoted. They are very important, as they show that the sometimes rather 
 easy crossing of the passes of the Cordillera in summer in the central part, forced 
 tin' Spaniards to maintain continually a garrison, capable of preventing the crossing 
 of an enemy. 
 
 From this fact two conclusions are derived : (1) the Chilian Spaniards never 
 went to the lands east of the Cordillera, having their garrisons at the western side 
 
 * Historia Militar, Civil y Sagrada de Chile. In Colecciou de Historiadores de Chile y Docunientos 
 relativos a la Historia National, Santiago, 1862. 
 
Meaning of the " Cordillera de los Andes' in the Colonial Epoch. 19 
 
 of the passes ; (2) the Spaniards then, as the Argentines now, considered the 
 "Cordillera " as the natural bulwark for easy defence against an enemy. 
 
 In continuation of the historical evidence of the Colonial epoch, the following 
 may be added : — 
 
 Don Alonso de Sotomayor, President of Chile, stated that, "The Cordilleras 
 Nevadas separate the Provinces of Paraguay and Chile." 
 
 In the Real Cedula issued by Carlos II., May 21, 1684, it is stated that — 
 
 "Father Nicholas Mascardi, when traversing the mountain regions of Chile and the 
 coasts of the South Sea, to bring to the knowledge of the Faith the many infidels who 
 inhabit these regions, is to make an excursion to the Cordillera Nevada which divides 
 Chile from those provinces and from Tucuman." * 
 
 Don Francisco Caro de Torres, in his Report on the Services of Don Alonzo 
 
 de Sotomayor, tells us that — 
 
 "The said Don Alonzo landed with his men in the port of Buenos Aires, which they 
 call Rio de la Plata, where he found himself without supplies of food for his men, and the 
 
 authorities there gave him no assistance, nor had they the means to He purchased 
 
 what was necessary for the support of his men, whom he led through uninhabited districts 
 and deserts, through which not a single traveller had passed, traversing the snow-covered 
 Cordilleras which separate the Provinces of Paraguay and Chile." f 
 
 Jose Perez Garcia, who wrote his History of the Kingdom of Chile in 1778, 
 says % :— 
 
 " The Kingdom of Chile is a rich country of America ; exceeding all the other parts 
 of it in the various advantages with which it is endowed. It is situated in its southern part 
 which extends furthest towards the South Pole. It consists of a narroiv strip between the sea 
 and the Cordillera, and is surrounded on both sides and at all points. Its icalls are natural, 
 but remarkable, and, while affording protection on both sides, also ornament, fertilise and 
 enrich it. Its northern part touches Peru, at the river Salado, in lat. 26° S., in the 
 Atacama Pass, and the southern is washed by the boisterous waters around Cape Horn in 
 lat. 56° S. Its western coast, situated in long, 304°, borders the Southern Sea .... and 
 its eastern side is guarded by the lofty snow-covered Cordillera. . . ." (Book i. chap, i.) 
 " On the east Chile reaches the crest of the Cordillera." 
 
 Of the Province of Colchagua, he says : " It was bounded on the east by the 
 crest of the Cordillera " ; and states that the district of Maule was bounded on 
 
 * Memoria Historica sobre los Derechos de soberania y doniinio de la Confederacion Argentina, por Pedro 
 de Angelis, 1852, Buenos Aires. 
 
 •f Bistoriadores de Chile, Santiago, 1862, vol. 4, p. 47. 
 
 | Don Jose Perez Garcia, Historia Natural, Militar, Civil y Sagrada del Eeino de Cbile (its discovery, 
 conquest, government, population, gospel preaching, cathedral-building and pacification), 1778. MS. in 
 the Library of Buenos Aires.) 
 
 D 2 
 
20 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 the east by the crest of the < 'ordittera ; that the province of Cauquenes was 
 bounded on the east by the crest of the ( 'ordilkra ; that of Chilian was bounded 
 on the east hy the crest of the Cordillera ; and that to the province of Concepcion, 
 Valdivia assigned as boundaries from the sea on the west, to the crest of the 
 ( 'ordilkra on the east. 
 
 It should be mentioned to the Tribunal that almost the same, or a very 
 similar expression, " crest of the Cordillera," is at present employed in the official 
 language of the Chilian documents, when fixing the boundaries of the corre- 
 sponding provinces. 
 
 Don Joaquin de Villarreal was commissioned by the Spanish Sovereign to 
 study the means of reducing the Indians of Chile to submission, and in 1752 
 produced an official Report, to which the Sovereign frequently alluded when 
 the defence of the frontiers was referred to, and this Report is mentioned in the 
 Royal Order of February 20, 1795. Villarreal wrote concerning the boundaries 
 of Chile in the following terms : — 
 
 " Your Majesty commanded me to examine the despatch which you have deigned to 
 
 forward to me, consisting of various documents emanating from the kingdom of Chile 
 
 The kingdom of Chile," he proceeds to say, " in so far as the present question is concerned, 
 is a country which borders Peril on the north, at the end of the desert in the province of 
 Atacama ; and is bounded on the south by the Chiloe' Sea ; on the east by the snow-covered 
 Cordillera ; and on the west by the Southern Sea ; it has a north to south length of 340 
 leagues of twenty degrees. Its breadth, from east to west, or from the sea to the Cordillera, 
 is irregular; but, according to the despatch, it is thirty-six leagues in lat. 27°, and forty-five 
 leagues in lat. 37° — as measured on the map and plan sent by the President (of Chile) in 
 the letter of April 28, 1739 — and on the general maps it is shown to be the same or 
 
 greater in the other parts of the kingdom The kingdom is divided into two parts: 
 
 that which is inhabited by the Spaniards, and that which is occupied by the rebellions 
 Indians. In the first, which measures 240 leagues from north to south from lat. 25° to 
 37° S., I infer that the breadth, in a straight line, between the sea and the ' Cordillera ' 
 
 does not exceed thirty leagues in lat. 27°, nor forty in lat. 37° From these data, it 
 
 can be seen that the kingdom is a quadrilateral strip of territory, having a length of 340 leagues, 
 and enclosed between the sea and the snow-covered Cordillera." 
 
 In El Viajero Universal 6 noticia del Mundo Antiguo y Moderno (Madrid, 
 1798), it is stated that — 
 
 " The kingdom of Chile lies along the coast of the Pacific Ocean, extending for the 
 distance of 420 leagues between lat. 24° and lat. 45° S. Its width, between long. 304° 
 to long. 308°, the former meridian being reckoned from Ferro Island, is more or less 
 extensive in proportion as the Cordillera de los Andes which bounds it on the east approaches 
 
Meaning of the "Cordillera de los Andes" in the Colonial Epoch. 21 
 
 or recedes from the said ocean, or, more properly speaking, in proportion as the ocean 
 
 approaches or recedes from the said chain of mountains This country is bounded on 
 
 the west by the Pacific Ocean, on the north by Peru, on the east by Tucuman, Cuyo and 
 Patagonia, and on the south by the Magellan territories. The main Cordillera, which, as we 
 have said, bounds it on the east, also completely separates it, either by itself or by its 
 branches, from all those regions, constituting in itself, at the same time, an impregnable 
 barrier on the continental side, while the ocean defends it on the western." 
 
 Molina,* speaking on the territory of Chile, says : — 
 
 " Its length is estimated as 12G0 geographical miles, hut it varies in breadth as the 
 great range of mountains, called the ' Cordillera of the Andes,' approach or recede from 
 the sea ; or, to speak with more precision, as the sea approaches or retires from those 
 mountains." 
 
 He adds further on : — 
 
 "Section 1. Limits. Chile is bounded upon the west by the Pacific Ocean, on the 
 north by Peru, on the east by Tucuman, Cuyo and Patagonia, and on the south by the 
 laud of Magellan. It is separated from all these countries by the Cordilleras, which form 
 an insurmountable barrier on the land side, while the sea renders it secure upon that 
 quarter. The few roads which lead to Chile from the neighbouring proiinces are impassable, 
 except in summer, and are so narrow and dangerous that a man on horseback can with difficulty 
 pass them. The extent which modern geographers assign to Chile is much greater than 
 that which the inhabitants allow it ; the former usually comprehend within it, Cuyo, 
 Patagonia and the land of Magellan. But these countries are not only separated from it by 
 natural limits, but their climate and productions differ ; their inhabitants have countenances 
 totally unlike the Chilians, and their language and customs have no resemblance. Although 
 the principal mountain of the Cordilleras is the natural termination of Chile to the east, I 
 comprehend within its confines not only the western valleys of that mountain as necessarily 
 attached to it, but also the eastern, as, though not comprised within its natural limits, having been 
 occupied by Chilian colonies from time immemorial. The Andes, which are considered as the 
 loftiest mountains in the world, cross the whole continent of America, in a direction from 
 south to north ; for I consider the mountains in North America as only a continuation of 
 the ' Cordilleras.' The part that appertains to Chile may be 120 miles in breadth. It consists 
 of a great number of mountains, all of them of prodigious height, which appear to be 
 chained to each other ; and where nature displays all the beauties and all the horrors of 
 the most picturesque situations. The interior structure of the Andes everywhere exhibits 
 a very varied origin, and appears to be coeval with the creation of the world. This 
 immense mountain, rising abruptly, forms but a small angle with its base ; its general 
 shape is that of a pyramid, crowned at intervals with conical and, as it were, crystalline 
 elevations. It is composed of primitive rocks of quartz, of an enormous size, and almost 
 uniform configuration, containing no marine substances which abound in the secondary 
 
 * Molina's (the Abbe Don J. Tgnacio) History of Chile, in two vols., London, 1809, vol. 1. 
 
FELIX DE AZAKA, 1781-1801. 
 (From V oyages clans I'Anidrique Muridionale, Paris, 1809.) 
 
Meaning of the " Cordillera de los Andes " in the Colonial Epoch. 23 
 
 mountains. On the top of Descabezado, a very lofty mountain in the midst of the principal 
 chain of the Andes, whose height appears to me not inferior to that of the. celebrated 
 Chimborazo of Quito, various shells, evidently the production of the sea — oysters, conchs, 
 periwinkles, etc. — are found in a calcined or petrified state, that were doubtless deposited 
 there by the waters of the Deluge. The summit of this mountain, whose form appears to 
 be owing to some volcanic eruption, is flat, and exhibits a plain of more than six miles 
 square ; in the middle is a very deep lake, which from every appearance was formerly the 
 crater of a volcano. The principal chain of the Andes is situated between two of less height 
 that are parallel to it. These lateral chains are about twenty-five or thirty miles distant 
 from the principal, but are connected with it by transverse ramifications, apparently of the 
 same age and organisation, although their bases are more extensive and varied. From the 
 lateral ridges many other branches extend outwardly, composed of small mountains, occa- 
 sionally running in different directions." 
 
 3. RESULTS DERIVED FROM THE DOCUMENTS QUOTED. 
 
 The foregoing is some of the historical evidence of the Colonial epoch. The 
 authorities quoted suffice to prove that the crest of " the Cordillera " was the 
 boundary between the two jurisdictions at the time of the Spanish domination ; 
 that the jurisdiction of Chile extended over the western slope, while, in the 
 words of the learned Don Felix de Azara, " the famous Cordilleras of the Andes 
 and its eastern slopes are the western boundary of the Rio de la Plata? * 
 
 The Colonial era terminates in the year 1810, and this is the date of the 
 Carta Esferica de la parte interior de la America Meridional para manifestar el 
 camino que conduce desde Valparaiso a Buenos Aires, construida por las obser- 
 vaciones astronomicas que hicieron en esos parajes en 1794 Don Jose de Espinosa 
 y Don Felipe Bauza, oficiales de la Real Armada, and Piano del Paso de los 
 Andes, contained in the same sheet, published by the " Direccion Hydrografica " 
 of Madrid (1810). This " Carta " and " Piano " reproduced here in part, 
 are therefore Spanish official documents anterior to the South American War 
 of Independence, and besides being the best geographical documents of that 
 part of South America published up to that time, they have a real importance 
 in the present case. 
 
 In the " Carta " appears the Cordillera de los Andes divided into two chains, 
 
 * The facsimile given of the map that accompanies the French edition of Azara's work (anterior to the 
 Spanish edition), entitled Voyages dans l'Amerique Meridionale, par Don Felix de Azara, Paris, 1800, shows 
 the Cordillera cut by a river (the river Aisen ?), and this fact is of value in view of the scrupulousness of 
 this traveller, who doubtless derived this information from a trustworthy source- 
 
24 
 
 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 ft* v H')sU4 
 
 JOSE DE ESPINOSA Y FELIPE BATJZA, 1794. 
 
 (Part from tlie Carta Esferica de la parte interior de la America Meridional para manifestar el camino 
 que conduce desde Valparaiso a Buenos Aires, Madrid, 1810.) 
 
Results Derived from the Documents Quoted. 25 
 
 the western, opens opposite Santiago, giving passage to the river Maipu, which 
 has been drawn as rising to the east of the eastern chain, whilst the-"Kio de 
 Tunuyan " rises in the depression between the two chains, cutting the eastern. 
 The river Mendoza, in that " Carta," has its source in the western chain. Taking 
 into account these openings, and the access to the higher mountains, the authors 
 drew the boundary between the " Viceroyalty of Buenos Aires and the Kingdom 
 of Chile" along the line of the highest summits ; abreast of the river Mendoza 
 for the western chain, and then towards the south for the eastern, passing by the 
 summit of the Tupungato, and cutting the source of the river Maipu and the 
 principal branch of the river Tunuyan. In the " Piano " the name " Cordillera 
 de los Ancles " is only given to the loftiest part of the mountainous mass, i.e. to 
 the summit of the latter. Both facts synthetise the idea of what Spain under- 
 stood by Cordillera de los Andes, and by the boundary within it of her two 
 jurisdictions in the southern extremity of America; an idea which is the same 
 that was held by the two peoples before Independence, and since then, as will be 
 seen in the following chapters. 
 
 The authorities quoted suffice, also, to prove that the Cordillera de los 
 Andes is the name given to the high crest of the principal chain of the Andes, 
 as it is said, among others, by the highest Chilian authorities of the colonial 
 times — Rosales, Ovalle and Molina — and consequently what is understood 
 by "Cordillera" is only the principal chain, known traditionally as "the 
 Cordillera de los Andes." 
 
 It would be absurd to say that the name of Cordillera, which was applied 
 in the Colonial times, and since, to the highest crest of the main range of the 
 Andes, Avas also applied to the mountain lying to the east and west of it. 
 These mountains received different names from different people ; those of 
 the east were called " the Andes," or the " Cordillera Real," in Peru and in 
 the country now called Bolivia ; in the territory now belonging to the Argentine 
 Republic they had local names, as, " Mountains of Tucuman," " Famatina," 
 " Uspallata," etc. ; while those in the central and western part of Chile were 
 called " Mountains of the Coast," " Cordillera de la Costa," or by local names. 
 Not once, either in the histories or in the maps, is the name of "Cordillera 
 de los Andes " given to the lateral mountains referred to. Hundreds of 
 maps have been re-examined, and in not one of them has any such thing 
 been found. 
 
 Sometimes the name of "Andes" is given to the " Cordillera Real de 
 
•<! 
 
 
 N 
 
 
 P 
 
 
 < 
 
 <J 
 
 K 
 
 CD 
 
 
 I—* 
 
 H 
 
 en 
 
 P-i 
 
 1 
 
 J 
 
 (3 
 
 W 
 
 < 
 
 l=< 
 
 w 
 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 CD 
 
 
 ^J 
 
 < 
 
 o 
 
 02 
 
 O 
 
 (E 
 P-l 
 
 K 
 
 
 
 
 Ci 
 
 
 X 
 
 
 H E 
 
 -a 
 o 
 
Results Derived from the Documents Quoted. 
 
 27 
 
 Bolivia" and the name of "Cordillera" to the real Cordillera de los Andes, 
 which takes the name of Andes to the south of parallel 27°, at which point 
 began the colonial " Chile." 
 
 In the first Spanish edition of the Descripcion de las Indias Occidentals, 
 by Antonio de Herrera, published at Madrid, 1601, there are two maps, 
 reproduced here in facsimile. Probably these are the first maps in which 
 the name Andes is applied to the eastern range, and the name Cordillera to 
 
 t)£JCKl'P?ION DELAVD1ENCIA 
 DE L O.JCHARC AS 
 
 ANTONIO DE HEEEERA, 1601. 
 (From Descripcion de las Indias Occidentals, Madrid, 1601.) 
 
 the western, north of 27°, and Los Andes to the true Cordillera south of 
 that parallel. This clear distinction has been recognised by all geographers 
 and historians, and will remain, notwithstanding the efforts of the Chilian 
 Expert, Sefior Barros Arana, to change what tradition, confirmed by science, 
 has established. 
 
 The Cordillera is generally drawn in maps without any break of continuity 
 in the north, while in the region of the south it appears at times cut by rivers, 
 
 e 2 
 
28 
 
 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 which have their sources in lands situated to the east of it, or to the east of the 
 graphic representation of the crest that bears the name of " Sierra Nevada of 
 
 the Andes,"* "Cordillera or Sierra Nevada de los 
 Andes," f "Ancles Mountains," J "The Cordillera or 
 la Montague des Andes," § "Andes M. or Cordillera 
 Nevada,"!) "La Cordillera,"^ "Cordillera Moun- 
 tains," ** " Cordillera Mounts de los Andes," ff 
 " Cordillera de los Andes," %% " Cordillera Nevada de 
 los Andes," §§ "Sierra Nevada," "Cordillera Nevada 
 de los Andes," || || and "Grande Chaine des Andes 
 couverte de neige perpetuelle." W 
 
 * America Pars Meridicmalis, Amsterdam, 1G50. 
 f (a) America Meridicmalis, par Sanson, Paris, 16G0. (6) Map of 
 Chile, by Sanson, 1667. (c) America Meridionalis, Paris, 1691. id) 
 Columbia or South America, by L. S. D'Arcy de la Pochette, London. 
 1818. 
 
 | (a) America Meridionalis, corrected by W. Berry, London, 1680. 
 (b) South America, by J. Gibson, London, 1770. 
 § America Meridionalis, Amsterdam, 1695. 
 || L'Amerique Meridionale, Paris, 1704. 
 
 % Carte de l'Amerique Meridionale, dressee par A. P. L. Feuillee, 
 Paris, 1714. 
 
 ** South America, by D'Auville Bolton, 1775. 
 ff New Map of South America, London, 1760. 
 || South America, London, 1780 
 §§ Mapa Geografico de America Meridional dispuesto y gravado por Juan de la Cruz Cano y Olmedilla, 
 Madrid, 1775. 
 
 || South America, S. F. Arrowsmith, London, 1811. 
 %% Carte Encyprotype de l'Amerique Meridionale, par H. Brae, Paris, 1816. 
 
 ANTONIO DE HEEEEEA, 
 
 1601. 
 
 (From Descripcion de las Indias 
 Occidentales, Madrid, 1601.) 
 
Opinions Maintained at the Time of Emancipation. 29 
 
 CHAPTER III. 
 
 Summary — l. The Cordillera de los Andes according to the Opinions maintained 
 at the Time of Emancipation. 
 
 2. Opinion of Foreign Travellers and Geographers who have visited 
 
 Chile. 
 
 3. Opinion of Several Authors of Popular Works. 
 
 4. Opinion of Scientific Men in the Service of Chile : Gay, Pissis, 
 
 DoMEYKO AND AsTA-BuRUAGA. 
 
 5. Opinion of Other Writers. 
 
 1. THE CORDILLERA DE LOS ANDES ACCORDING TO THE OPINIONS 
 MAINTAINED AT THE TIME OF EMANCIPATION. 
 
 The Cordillera de los Andes, the crests of which constituted the boundary of 
 the provinces subject to the crown of Spain during the colonial period of 
 South American history, has also been considered by Chilian statesmen as 
 the international boundary since the revolution which led to independence, 
 and they have understood by " Cordillera de los Andes " the formidable 
 main chain described by Spanish writers. 
 
 The highest crest of the principal chain of the Andes presented natural 
 features fitting it to serve as a secure frontier. It was an effectual defence for 
 each of the countries which it separated, and a wall which would restrain any 
 attempt at territorial expansion from either side. 
 
 The public men of Chile thus marked it from the very first moments ot 
 autonomous life, and in books and proclamations, in laws and treaties, in 
 messages and in despatches, in political constitutions, and even in the national 
 Hymn, the Cordillera is referred to as the boundary, and often its peculiar 
 suitability as such is spoken of. 
 
 That boundary had something which the distinguished Chilian statesman, 
 Camilo Henriquez, described as " a geographical truth presenting itself to the 
 eye," Chile being, he added, " shut in, as within a wall, and separated from 
 other peoples by a chain of very lofty mountains, covered with eternal snow." 
 
30 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 And that " geographical truth " was impressed on the authors of the " Plan 
 of Defence " against Spain, drawn up by the statesmen of Chile, Egafia, 
 Mackenna and Samaniego, on December 27, 1810. They wrote : — 
 
 "The indifferent will say that Chile, owing to its geographical situation in a remote 
 corner of the globe, and owing to the local features which it presents, will be the last country 
 of America which the enemy will invade. It is some consolation for the cold egoist, to be 
 the hist to be devoured, but though it must be acknowledged that the distance from Europe 
 to Chile is immense, and that the Andes on the east, the Desert of Atacama on the north, and 
 Cape Horn on the south are formidable barriers, this kingdom is not so invulnerable as 
 may be supposed." * 
 
 The founders of the Chilian nationality have considered the formidable 
 barrier of the Andes to be a part of their national defence and natural frontier 
 from the beginning, as have also the Argentine people. Another distinguished 
 statesman of Chile, Don Manual Renjifo, referred to these natural features of 
 the frontier in the following words : — 
 
 "The territory of the Republic being circumscribed by eternal boundaries which 
 separate it from the rest of the continent, ice do not run the risk of seeing ourselves engaged 
 in boundary wars, nor, in our political plans, can any ambitious expectation find favour 
 such as would alarm adjoining provinces." f 
 
 According to Senor Frias, the Argentine Minister to Chile who had 
 studied the boundary question : — 
 
 " A month had not yet elapsed after the breaking out of the revolution of May 25, 
 1810, when the Government of Buenos Aires instructed Colonel Don Pedro Andre's Garcia 
 to inspect the frontiers, and to suggest means for their defence. The following year, the 
 said officer reported on the result of his labours, recommending that they should be 
 extended as far as the skirts of the famous Cordillera of Chile^ and he added, ' nature 
 oft'ords us in the Andes an indisputable boundary.' In the same year Don Juan Egafia 
 (Chilian statesman) said, ' We are defended against our neighbours by the Cordillera,' and 
 Doctor Rojas said, 'On the east, the snow-capped Andes serve us as a barrier.' In 1818, 
 the Government of the United States sent some delegates to Buenos Aires in order to obtain 
 information with regard to the state of the country. Mr. Rodney, one of the delegates, 
 said in his report, 'In 1778, the new Yiceroyalty of Buenos Aires was established, 
 
 consisting of all the territory to the east of the Cordilleras Eight years later, 
 
 Mr. Samuel Larmed, the Envoy of the United States in Chile, advising the adoption of 
 the federal system as the most advantageous for the new Republic, found an argument, in 
 support of his views, in her geographical position, which separated her, ' by the immense and 
 
 ' Meinoria de R.E. de la R.A., 1873, Apendice, p. 62 ; Quesada, p. 692. 
 t Meinoria de R.E. de la R.A., 1873, Apendice, p. (12. 
 
Opinion of Foreign Travellers. 31 
 
 almost inaccessible Cordillera ' from the remainder of the continent. So that the natives of 
 both countries as well as foreigners, seem in accordance, to give the truth to the evidence 
 which has been collected by history." * 
 
 In 1815. the independence of Chile was in danger. The arms of the 
 Spaniards had overcome the revolution, but the Chilians were not disheartened. 
 Don Bernardo O'Higgins, whose name the Chilians affectionately cherish, drew 
 up a " Plan to attack and exterminate the tyrannical usurpers of Chile." In 
 that Plan referring to the country, with regard to its configuration, he says : — 
 
 " It has the appearance of" a large oblong fortress, of which the citadel is Santiago de 
 Chile ; the distant provinces of Peru form her boundary to the north ; the Pacific Ocean 
 forms the western limit ; the Magellan Straits the southern extremity ; and the great wall 
 of the Cordillera de los Andes that to the east." f 
 
 Two Chilian generals, Mackenna and Aldunate, repeated this opinion later 
 on : " Nature has given to Chile " are the words of one of them, " in the 
 majestic range of the Andes a natural fortification which, from its great extent,' 
 is unique in the world." " This country," says the other, " is enclosed on all 
 sides by impregnable barriers." % 
 
 2. OPINION OF FOREIGN TRAVELLERS AND GEOGRAPHERS 
 WHO HAVE VISITED CHILE. 
 
 From the days of the Independence up to 1881, Chile was visited by men 
 of science, of whom some were travellers passing through the country, while 
 others devoted many years to the study of its soil, or made the country their 
 permanent home. To them we owe data of value which confirm the successive 
 judgment of the statesmen of that country, who proposed and accepted as the 
 international boundary on the east, the lofty crest of the Cordillera de los 
 Andes, inserting it without any discussion in the Treaty of 1881, as an unalter- 
 able boundary between the two neighbouring nations. 
 
 In 1820 and 1821, Peter Schmidtmeyer § travelled from the Atlantic to 
 
 * Memoria de RE. de la E.A., 1873, Apendice, p. 50. f V. G. Quesada, Patagonia, etc., p. 640. 
 
 \ Memoria del Ministerio de Eelaciones Exteriores de la Republica Argentina, 1873, Appendix, p. 63. 
 
 § Travels into Chile, over the Andes, in the years 1820 and 1821, by Peter Scbmidtmeyer, London, 1824. 
 Chap. ii. p. 20. — " South America, in its geography, geognosy and meteorology, offers some very striking 
 features. The long chain of mountains called Andes, of considerable breadth and enormous height, begins 
 
32 Divergences in tlie Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 the Pacific, crossing the famous Cordillera, and it is well to quote his remarks 
 as they are much to the purpose. He stated "that the central chain is always 
 the highest, and is Hanked by two other parallel chains"; that — 
 
 "In the middle of this immense chain, or nearly so, rise considerably higher than 
 their mountainous and chiefly parallel flanks, one or more longitudinal ridges, and these 
 
 with the land, at the Straits of Magellan ; extends along the western coast of the Pacific Ocean, within a 
 mean distance of about ninety miles from its shores, until, in the province of Popayan near the equator, 
 and between the second and fifth degrees of north latitude, it divides into three branches, having run the 
 distance of 3800 miles: and then, like a river dividing its body of water into three streams, they lose much of 
 their bulk and elevation, or, as it were, only divide them ; but, yet unwilling to abandon their course and 
 characteristic feature, the central chain, continuing nearly north, remains the highest, until it sinks in the 
 Charibbean Sea, and the other two still appear as its parallel flanks, gradually thrown off; the one to the north- 
 east, also losing itself in the same sea ; the other to the north-west, and along the Isthmus of Darien, where 
 il is stated to be only 1200 feet high. It soon however rises again; and, in Mexico, the Andes resume 
 very majestic forms, pursuing their course to the northward ; but how far, does not appear to have been 
 yet ascertained. 
 
 " In the middle of this immense chain or nearly so, rise, considerably higher than their mountainous and 
 chiefly parallel flanks, one or more longitudinal ridges; and these alone, in Chile, are called cordillera or 
 Cordilleras. This distinction is perhaps only popular and not scientific, but it is nevertheless very character- 
 istic: it applies to a peculiar part and feature of the chain which, by its superior elevation, its asjiect, and a 
 formation, if not really at least apparently, different from the principal structure of the lower Andes, 
 establishes itself very strongly in the mind. Therefore, after having travelled in the mountains of that 
 country, with the impression of the distinction made by the name of Cordilleras of higher central ridges, 
 having the appearance of sharp, indented or knotty lines, and when reading this appellation applied to chains 
 of mountains generally, in descriptions of America, it requires an effort of some continuance, to bring down 
 their heights to any standard, and their ridges to a common structure, by which the impression received in 
 ( 'liile becomes gradually more faint and confused. 
 
 " On this higher central chain and at intervals, the lines of ridges or cordilleras are intersected by 
 summits again rising above them, in pyramidal and other forms, many of which are more or less covered 
 with perpetual snow, and are of so great an elevation, that they may rather be described as other high 
 mountains, seated on and along the whole chain, at a smaller or greater distance from each other; although, 
 when viewed from its ridge, they only appear like hills. The greater number of these highest mountains or 
 summits are, in semblance, as so many furnaces, and in reality, the funnels of volcanoes, some still burning, 
 others extinct. A few do not exhibit the appearance of a crater at their top; but it may be supposed, either 
 that it cannot be seen, or that the falling in of the sides has been sufficiently considerable, with the snow 
 lying on their surface, to occasion the rounded and full forms which they show ; unless it be conjectured, 
 on the other hand, that the fermentation of substances chiefly composing the higher chain, or deeper sub- 
 terraneous fires, sufficient to raise these higher masses, were not always sudden and powerful enough for 
 opening in all a wide passage and the crater of a volcano. Between these lofty summits are also vestiges 
 of great shocks; and by their sides, on the lower mountains, may likewise be seen the remains of smaller 
 volcanoes and of sudden combustions. Thus runs this characteristic and magnificent chain of the Andes, 
 with little interruption, the space of near 7000 miles, or indeed much farther, if the long range of mountains, 
 now described by the name of Stony or Pocky, should hereafter be found a continuation of the same kind and 
 character. The mean elevation of this western wall is stated by Mr. de Humboldt to be, in South America, 
 i >" toises, or LI, 830 feet; but the statement, according to the note by which it is accompanied, extends only 
 to the Amies of New Grenada, Quito, and Peru ; nearly half the chain appears, therefore, still excluded from 
 ili- estimate; and those, of Chile, Arauco and .Magellan may tend to raise, rather than lower, the mean 
 altitude of I Ke Cordillera of South America." 
 
 ( hap. ii. continued, p. 25. — " The countries on both sides the Amies, from the Straits of Magellan to the 
 
Opinion of Foreign Travellers. 33 
 
 alone in Chile are called Cordillera or Cordilleras" and he adds : " This distinction is 
 perhaps only popular and not scientific, but it is nevertheless very characteristic ; it applies to 
 a peculiar part and feature of the chain, which by its superior elevation, its aspect, and a 
 formation, if not really, at least apparently, different from the principal structure of the 
 
 latitude of the river Biobio, in 37° S., are described as being moistened by abundant rains, particularly the 
 tract to the south of the Araucanos. The lands of the latter are represented as enjoying a fine climate, a 
 very fertile soil, and as sufficiently watered for good pasture, and for agriculture without irrigation : but, 
 from that river, the climate begins to undergo some change, and irrigation often becomes necessary. As we 
 advance northward and nearer to Santiago de Chile, the alteration becomes more striking, although the 
 geographical distance be small ; pasture is scanty, owing to the want of moisture, and from about Talca to 
 Atacama, which forms nearly the whole of Chile below the Andes, the lands cannot be described as pasturages, 
 nor vegetation as strong. Yet the soil is everywhere uncommonly good ; it throws up a little grass after the 
 winter's rains, which are of very short duration: as we proceed to the north of Santiago, they decrease into a 
 lew showers, and at last, along the desert of Atncatna and lower Peru, they entirely cease. But the spots of 
 land which are cultivated, or laid down and irrigated, produce very abundantly without manure. The thin 
 grass, of natural growth in the spring, lasts a few weeks, is very good for cattle of all descriptions, and 
 a small saving against the calls on agriculture, so that the herds must be sent as early as possible to the 
 Andes." 
 
 P. 26. — " On the eastern side of the Andes, the climate offers the same phenomenon, and I have no doubt, 
 as far to the northward as on the western ; although there are in both some few small spots, which, owing 
 to their peculiar forms and situations, and to the supplies of some scanty streams from the mountains losing 
 themselves over their surface, are naturally fit for pasture the whole year ; and these are very valuable to 
 the owners of the estates in which they happen to be situated. To the eastward, there being more scope than 
 in Chile, the effect of this peculiarity of climate is felt at a distance of nearly 500 geographical miles from the 
 Andes, where the heavy and frequent rains which fall at Buenos Aires, begin sensibly to decrease, and soon 
 afterwards to make way for almost uninterrupted sunshine ; and although light showers will sometimes 
 extend beyond their usual limits, or some remarkable winter may cause a lit tie more rain to fall than usual, 
 yet such is the principal feature of the climate on both sides that chain ; as far as the GOth degree of 
 longitU'le to the east ; probably far at sea to the west : and to Quito northward. In Chile and in the opposite 
 eastern country, the sun shines nearly the whole year, with great brightness and power, being only now and 
 then interrupted by the short rains and cloudy days of winter with the north-west wind, and by some few 
 passing clouds in the other seasons ; but in lower Peru, the sky is much more clouded, although rain do 
 not fall. If we now advance on the chain itself of the Andes, we shall find that from the same latitude 
 where the climate becomes drier, and of Conception, or perhaps far more to the southward, the clouds hang 
 thick, almost daily, on some parts of the higher ridges, or to speak the language of Chile, of the Cordillera, 
 and that they are not often seen on the top of the lower chain, except in winter. Storms about those ridges 
 are very frequent during the whole year ; and in summer, the lightning may be seen there from Santiago, 
 two or three times a week in the evening or at night ; but thunder is very seldom heard. The clouds do 
 not discharge their contents in rain, but in snow. Guides in Chile, the herdsmen who lead the cattle to the 
 mountains below the higher Cordillera in summer and who tend on them, or, in short, any one that I heard, 
 will not say, it rains on the mountains, but, it snows; although the storm may extend very far below the line 
 of perpetual snow." 
 
 Chap. xi. p. 223. — " A torrent called Orcone comes out of the central ridge near this spot and joins the 
 Cueva, with a good effect when the snow does not interrupt the sight of it. We soon began to ascend that 
 part of the Cordillera called the eumbre. or the summit of the ridge ; and shortly the ground became so steep, 
 and, owing to a crust of frozen snow, so slippery, that our surprise was great, when we saw that our mules 
 could carry us and our heavy loads along it : a brow, where had we attempted not only to walk, but even to 
 stand on our feet, we must have instantly slipped and rolled down like snowballs, the distance of about a 
 mile. Our Peruvian fellow traveller, who rode immediately behind me, was from time to time exclaimino- 
 ' Ave Maria, qual camino ! ' and I, fearing lest his ejaculations should vibrate the atmosphere too much, and 
 my mule out of its balance, was holding on it, as if an ounce more only, thrown over the right or left side, 
 
34 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 lower Andes, establishes itself very strongly in the mind. Therefore, after having travelled 
 in the mountains of that country, with the impression of the distinction made by the name of 
 Cordilleras, of higher central ridges, having the appearance of sharp indented or knotty lines, 
 and when reading this appellation applied to chains of mountains generally, in descriptions 
 of America, it requires an effort of some continuance, to bring down their heights to any 
 standard, and their ridges to a common structure, by which the impression received in 
 Chile becomes gradually more faint and confused." 
 
 These observations are perfectly correct. " Cordillera" with no addition, 
 means, in Chile and in the Argentine Republic, the lofty Andine chain, and it is vain 
 to attempt to set aside this meaning for the purpose of strengthening inconsistent 
 arguments which only introduce confusion respecting points which are clear in 
 the Treaty of 1881. In this lofty chain, and in no other, is the " Cordillera de los 
 . I ntlcs " of that Treaty. 
 
 The loftiest ridge of the chain is called the " Cumbre " and the " Cordillera," 
 as former travellers have noted, and as all remark who have crossed the 
 Cordillera from the time of the conquest to the date of the Treaty. Each 
 lofty pass (portezuelo) of the loftiest ridge of the chain is called a pass of 
 the " Cumbre of the Cordillera,"' and a succession of points form the loftiest 
 " cumbres" of the Cordillera to which the Treaty of 1881 refers. 
 
 The Argentine Government maintain the same views, and it is, therefore, 
 
 should make us both roll down to a death, which we are apt to contemplate differently, or to talk more freely 
 i if, when our passions are stirring within and warming us, than when they and our body become chilled by an 
 icy wind and scenery. But this dangerous road, which without snow is very easy, did not continue more 
 than half a mile, and afterwards the ascent, although steeper still, yet being more exposed to the sun, was 
 nearly free from it, as during the last fine days much of it had melted down. The ground was very soft, 
 consisting of broken or pulverised fragments of rocks, and we climbed up it, a few steps at a time, in order 
 that <mr mules might breathe more freely. Two hours after the beginning of our ascent we reached the top 
 of the Cordillera, and found it here reduced by convulsions and disruptions to a back only 200 or 300 feet 
 wide. The ridge on each side of us rose several hundred, and further on, some summits perhaps 2000 feet 
 above the spot where we stood ; but we had no view of Tupungato nor of any of the highest mountains, and 
 our prospect was in every direction contracted within narrow limits ; on the eastern side we could only see 
 part of the valley which we had just left, with the volcano opposite to, and rising above us; and on the 
 western, the first step of the descent into Chile, which was particularly striking ; a very low pit, which, 
 partly owing to its form, and partly to the effect of the deep snow in it, appeared as if we were going to be 
 hurled rather than carried down into it ; a narrow opening into another and lower ; the lofty brink of the 
 first, considerably higher than our own cumbre, forming part of a circle around us, and shutting out any 
 farther view than the entrance, or rather the apparent fall into the next pit; the whole nearly all covered 
 with a very considerable quantity of snow which usually comes with a north-west wind, and is arrested and 
 accumulated here by the higher ridge of the Andes. This view reminded me, in a far more extensive degree, 
 of the pass of the Saint Gothard, which I had crossed whilst some snow was still lying over it ; but the great 
 size and depth of the well before us, and the scale of the prospect, although comparatively contracted, 
 rendered it much more remarkable." 
 
Opinion of Foreign Travellers. 35 
 
 an error to affirm that they understand that the boundary line runs over the 
 loftiest peaks of the chain, and not in its general dominating crest or summit. 
 
 The traveller Miers,* who visited the same places as Schmidtmeyer, 
 thinks that the ridge of the Paramillo of Uspallata does not belong to the 
 
 * John Miers, Travels in Chile ami La Plata, 2 vols., London, 1S26. 
 
 Vol. 1, p. 273. — " From this place we begin to ascend the Paiamillo, which is the name given to a very 
 long and narrow mountainous ridge, lying between the Plain of Uspallata and Mendoza : it is evidently of 
 very diffeient formation from the more western, or main Cordillera, and is .'-aid to run independently of it." 
 
 Pp. 278-9. — " It seems, as I have 1 efore stated, that the chain of the Paramillo is nowhere connected in 
 these latitudes with the main Cordillera. It proceeds from the grand branching chain which extends into the 
 Brazilian territory, and separates Upper Peru from the unexplored country, in which are several of the sources 
 of the river Amazon. In how many places this chain has been cut through by the water flowing from the 
 Cordillera, we are as jet uninformed, but we are certain that it is so intersected in two places by very narrow 
 and almost perpendicular fissures, through one of which passes the liver (?an Juan, and through the other that 
 of Mendoza. These channels in some places are so xery confined, rocky, and precipitous, that they are 
 impassable by man or beast." 
 
 Pp. 281-2. — "This river derives its sources from the central ridges of the Cordillera, to the northward of 
 the Volcan de Aconcagua, and as before described, empties it?elf into the lakes of Guanacache." 
 
 Pp. 2i»l-2. — Passing by the point of the mountain range called Cerro Blanco, we enter a valley bounded 
 on each side by lofty chains of hills. The first two leagues we pass alternately on the river bed and on tin; 
 elevated table height before alluded to, until we reach the Ladera de las Cantaderas, the first of those 
 dangerous passes which by all travellers and historians have been described as productive of dreadful terror and 
 of imminent danger. I have before mentioned that an elevated tabid height extends along the whole course "1 
 the valley, up to the very foot of the great range of the Cordillera, the height being about 200 feet above the 
 stream ; the width of the valley is about a quarter of a mile ; the river has worked its [ resent course through 
 this vast deposition in a serpentine direction. In some places it has bounded from one side of the mountain 
 barrier to the other, undermining and carrying away such parts of the ancient alluvial deposits as impeded ils 
 progiess ; at these angles, therefore, the road along the table level is interrupted, and paths have been cut in 
 the steep perpendicular sides of the original boundary of the valley, or in the narrow remains of the old 
 alluvium : wherever the original rock presents itself we find it half disintegrated, and in a state of decom- 
 position. The first of these interruptions of the table height constitutes one of the most dreadful of the 
 Passes de Piligro : the pass of the Cortadeias has been wrought along the tortuous mountain sides for about 
 two miles, sometimes ascending, sometimes descending: sometimes the path is pretty broad, sometimes 
 narrow." 
 
 P. 301. — " We shortly arrive opposite the valley of Tupnugato, whieh affords almost the only striking 
 view on the eastern side of this part of the Cordillera : this valley opens from the opposite side of the river ; 
 it is much broader than that we have passed through, and much longer, its termination being closed by 
 the celebrated peak of Tupungato, said to be the highest point of the Chileno Andes'. From this place 
 Tupungato appears as a lofty peak, rising in a conical form abo^e the receding points, which branch from the 
 main chain, and though situated in the central ridge, seems as if it were an insulated mountain." 
 
 P. 318.—" At this place is the fouith casucha of Las Cuevas, distant from that of the Paramillo four 
 miles. The height of the Cuevas is 10,044 feet above the level of the sea. We can now easily distinguish 
 the winding ascent up the face of the Cumbre, upon the southernmost line of hills that hem in the valley, 
 which here becomes much narrower; the foot of the ascent is a mile in advance to the westward. Beyond 
 this the upper part of the valley turns to the north-west, and at no very great distance disappears among the 
 numerous small ravines or undulating ramifications running from the loftier parts of the chain lying to the 
 southward of the Volcan de Aconcagua. The ascent of the Cumbre is gradual, but long and tedious: this 
 mountain is covered with hx»e reddish earth, mixed with angular fragments of stone to its very summit." 
 
 At foot of p. 318-19. — " After exerting a due share of patience the traveller finds himself at length on 
 the summit of the Cumbre, a part of the high main central ridge of the Cordillera, and the loftiest point of 
 
 *F 2 
 
36 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 "main Cordillera" and that it runs independently of it — an observation con- 
 firmed by later observers up to our time. He notes that the rivers which 
 descend to the east have their sources in the central ridges of the Cordillera, 
 and considers the " Cumbre " as part of the principal lofty ridge of the Cor- 
 dillera, ascribing various passes which he defines as situated in the principal 
 ridge, or in the principal central chain of the Cordillera, as that of Piuquenes 
 
 the road between Chile and Mendoza, which here attains an elevation of 187(3 feet above the Cuevas, or 
 11,020 feet above the level of the sea." 
 
 Pp. 352-3. — 1. "The pass of La Dehesa. This is on the high road from Mendoza as far as the Punta de 
 las Vacas, and hence up the valley of Tupungato, and the auxiliary branch of the Eio de los Penitentes, it 
 crosses the mam ridije of the Cordillera, near the source of the river which lies to the northward of Tupun- 
 gato Peak ; thence descending into the valley of the Dehesa, the source of one of the auxiliary branches of the 
 Eio Mapocho, which flows immediately through the city of Santiago. 
 
 2. "The pass of Los Pates. This leads from the city of San Juan up the ravines leading to the sources 
 of the river, crosses the main ridge to the northward of the Volcan de Aconcagua, whence it descends, through 
 a series of ravines, into the valley of Putaendo, which is a more northern extension of the valley of Aconcagua. 
 The river Putaendo unites with the river of Aconcagua a short distance from the town of San Felipe. On 
 this road there is abundance of pasture and water, but it has the disadvantage of crossing five different lofty 
 ridges, and the still greater one of a much longer route: it is only followed by the muleteers who traffic 
 between Aconcagua and San Juan. 
 
 3. "The pass of the Portillo. This is said to be the shortest and the best ■ it proceeds through Luxan, a 
 village five leagues to the southward of Mendoza, crosses that river, and passes through the beautiful estate of 
 the Tortoral, ascends the Cordillera, and finally leads to a high main ridge, branching from Tnpungato 
 towards the south-east : the passage over this ridge is that of the Portillo: it is so called from the road being 
 at one place so narrow as to allow only a loaded mule to pass; thence it descends to the bed of the river 
 Tunuvan, not many leagues from its source, to the southward of Tupungato Teak ; thence it ascends another 
 lofty ridge, which is tie main central chain of the Cordillera, here called La Ouesta de los Piuquenes, whence 
 it descends the ravine of the Eio del Yeso, a branch of the river Maypo, into which it falls, and along the 
 banks of whose stream the road tends, crossing subsequently the Eio Colorado, another auxiliary branch of 
 the Maypo; thence it passes the Guardia, at the distance of four leagues from which the road leads into 
 the extensive plains of Maypo; here it leaves the river, and runs eight leagues to the northward, until 
 it reaches the city of Santiago: tie' distance from Mendoza to Santiago by this route is said not to exceed 
 eighty leagues,and is easily performed in three days, whereas that by the way of the Cuevas fakes ordinarily 
 eight days." 
 
 Pp. 354-5.— 4. " The pass of the Planch mi is next in repute ; it is, however, seldom travelled, and only by 
 those who trade with the Indians of the Pampas. It commences at the town of Curico, in hit. 34-50, passes 
 up the river of that name, crosses two ridges of the < ordillera, in the course of which are seen both the peaks 
 of tin- Descabezado and the volcano of Peferva, which is said to be always smoking. After passing the 
 second ridge, the road leads to the valley De los Ciegos, in the Pehuenches territory, and thence by the fort 
 of San Carlos to Mendoza. The Cordillera, by the pass of the Planchon, is described as being much lower 
 than that about the ( 'undue of Las < luevas. and is said to be more gentle in its ascents and descents. 
 
 5. "The pass of Antuco affords yet more facilities for commercial intercourse than any of the before- 
 mentioned passes. Many Cliileuos have attempted to persuade me that the ''ordillera, in the latitude of 
 Conception, is almost lost in low hilly undulations ; so much so. that the river Biobjo rises on the eastern 
 
 SIDE OF THE < 'i mm LI.KKA, 1 Lows SOME DISTANC] TOWARDS THE ATLANTIC, THEN TURNS TOWARDS THE WEST, ANH 
 PASSES THROUGH THE MOUNTAINS OF THE ANDES." 
 
 P. :;.Mi. — " The Antuco road commences al the junction of the La Laxa with the Biobio river, pursues the 
 summit of a cordon, crosses the main chain without meeting with steep declivities, and descends the opposite 
 side by I he same kind of ridge." 
 
 P. 357. — " 1 have hitherto spoken only of the passage over the Cordillera during the periods when the 
 
Opinion of Foreign Travellers, 
 
 37 
 
 5 
 
 _ - 
 
 fe 
 
38 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 — -and he traces the (.'astern boundaries of the provinces of Aconcagua, Santiago 
 and Rancagua in the u central ridge *\f the Cordillera de los Andes." He does 
 not consider the mountains on the east of the central valley as parts of the 
 Cordillera. The interesting map which accompanies his observations shows 
 clearly what Miers understood by "Cordillera" and by its central ridge. 
 A. ( 'aldcleugh * says : — 
 
 '•In describing modern Chile, it must be understood to comprise that portion of 
 eountry on the west of the Amies, which, bounded on the north by the desert of Atacama, 
 extends to the banks of the river Biol do on the south. It lies, therefore, between lat. L'li 
 and ;J7° S. Its breadth, from the great Cordillera to the Pacific Ocean, varies considerably : 
 hut its average may be considered about two degrees, lying between long. 69° and 71V \V. 
 
 roads are clear of snow : in the months from June to September, the passage cannot be effected without 
 considerable personal exertion, much delay, and at a far greater expense: at these times the valleys on both 
 sides of the Cordilleia as well as the Cumbre itself are deeply covered with snow, so as to be impassable 
 by mules." 
 
 I'. 418. — "Aconcagua. This province extends from the central ridge of the Cordillera on the east to the 
 province id" Quillota on the west, from the province of Coquirobo on the north to the province of Santiago on 
 the south, being a distance frem east to west of about fortymiles, and from north to south of about 110 miles. 
 [t posses-es a considerable portion of cultivated ground. It is watered by two main branches proceeding 
 from the Cordillera, that of Putaendo proceeding from the north-east, that of Aconcagua proceeding from the 
 south-east; their junction is effected near the town of San Felipe, opposite to the opening of the valley 
 leading to Quillota." 
 
 I'. 421. — "The village of Putaendo is somewhat similar to that of Curimon ; its situation has already 
 been mentioned. That part of the province lying betweeu the valley and the central ridge of the Cordillera 
 contains a considerable extent of ground, used for breeding and rearing cattle." 
 
 I'. 424. — "Santiago. This province extends from tie central ridge of the Cordillera on the east, to the 
 provinces of Quillota and Melipilli on the west, from the province of Aconcagua on the north to the province 
 uf Rancagua on the south, from which it is separated by the river Maypo, being a distance from east to west 
 of about forty -five miles, and from north to south of eighty-five miles. 
 
 P. 424. — "These plains extend eight leagues towards the river Maypo to the southward of the city, and 
 were incapable of cultivation until a canal had been cut from a point of that river at a higher level than 
 the altitude of Santiago, and conducted along the foot of the Coiclillera, to the river Mapocho above the city. 
 All the intermediate grounds upon the extensive plains of Maypo, at a level below the canal, are susceptible 
 of irrigation, but a large portion at a higher level cannot be irrigated, and cannot therefore be cultivated. 
 Another portion of these plains, twenty miles to the northward of the city, is cultivated and irrigated by a 
 rivulet proceeding from the Cordillera, which like the Mapocho river, is expended in irrigation." 
 
 I.'. 452, "■Rancagua. The province of Rancagua extends from the central Cordillera on the east to the 
 Pacific Ocean on the west, from the river Maypo on the north to the river Cocliapoal on the south, which 
 separates it from the province of t'olchagua, being a distance from east to west of about eighty-five miles, and 
 from north to south of forty-live miles. The liver Maypo, which bounds the northern limits of this province, 
 rises in the Cordillera, and is principally formed by many tributary streams flowing from the melting snow 
 which falls upon the western side of the Andes to the southward of the Peak of Ttlpungato. The liver 
 Cochapoal, bounding the southern limits of the province, rises also in the Cordillera, and flows from that pait 
 of tie- Andes, to the southward of the souices of the river Maypo." 
 
 I'. 4.'.:;. "The geological construction of the Cordillera, as well as the ranges lying between Rancagua 
 and the sea, are of a similar character to that already described in the latitude of the metropolis. 
 
 Vol. 2, map at beginning of volume. 
 
 * A. Caldcleugh's Travels in South America, 2 vols., London, L825, vol. 1, p. 323. 
 
Opinion of Foreign Travellers. 39 
 
 Captain F. B. Head's book,* in which he gives the impressions of his 
 journey across the Pampas and the Andes, has been, and still is," read with 
 interest in South America. In describing his passage over the Cordillera and 
 the mountains immediately adjoining, he observes that the Valley of Uspallata 
 is the upper base of the great range of the Cordillera, and that he was surprised 
 to see that the hills of the Paramillo, which had appeared so lofty, were very 
 humble features compared with the stupendous barrier of the Cordillera. The 
 Cumbre he called also, " the upper ridge of the Cordillera." 
 
 It is not necessary to point out to the Tribunal the great authority of 
 Charles Darwin. With that clearness of expression Avhich is peculiar to him, 
 Darwin, from his own observation, defines the lateral limits of the principal 
 Cordillera. He considers it formed by various cordons bounded on the east 
 by the Valley of Uspallata and on the west by the Central Valley of Chile. 
 In his Journal f he says : — 
 
 " The Uspallata range is separated from the main Cordillera by a long narrow plain or 
 basin like those so often mentioned in Chile ; but higher, being 6000 feet above the sea. This 
 range has nearly the same geographical position with respect to the Cordillera which the 
 gigantic Portillo line has, but it is of a totally different origin." 
 
 In his Geological Observations, Darwin adds : — 
 
 " The basin-like plains at the foot of the Cordillera are in several respects 
 remarkable ; that on which the capital of Chile stands is fifteen miles in width, in an 
 
 * Rough Notes taken during some rapid Journeys across the Pampas and among the Andes, London, 
 1820. 
 
 P. 137. — " I had ridden on hy myself about fifteen miles, and had gained, by a constant ascent, the summit 
 of the Paramillo, the high range of mountains which overhang Villa Vicencia. The view from this point is 
 very interesting. The ground continues level for a short distance, and then rapidly descends towards the 
 valley of Uspallata, which is about thirty miles otf. 
 
 " This valley is the upper base of the great range of the Cordilleras, and it is, at first, surprising to see that 
 the hills of the Paramillo, which had appeared so lofty, are very humble features, compared with the stupen- 
 dous-harrier which, in spite of its distance, appears to be on the point of obstructing the passage. 
 
 " This enormous mass of stone, for it appears to be perfectly barren, is so wild and rude in its features and 
 construction, that no one would judge that any animal could force its way across the summit, which, covered 
 with snow, in some places eternal, seems to be a region between the heavens and the practicable habitation of 
 man ; and indeed, to attempt to pass it, except by following up in a ravine the course of a torrent, would be 
 altogether impossible." 
 
 P. 166. — "The torrent which we had so long followed, now turned up the ravine to the right. We had 
 pursued it from the east towards the west, but our path was now obstructed by the Cumbre, or upper ridge of 
 the Cordillera, which no artifice can avoid, and which is a mountain covered with loose, decomposed rock, at an 
 angle of very nearly forty-five degrees. At the foot is another of the huts, without door, table, or lintel, and 
 in which many people have died." 
 
 | Journal of a Voyage round the World, by Charles Darwin, London, 1896. 
 
40 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 east and west line, and of much greater length in a north and south line ; it stands 1750 feet 
 above the sea." .... The Plain of Uspallata lies "on the eastern or opposite side of the 
 Cordillera, between that great range and the parallel lower range of Uspallata. According 
 to Miers, its surface is 6000 feet above the level of the sea. It is from ten to fifteen miles in 
 
 width, and is said to extend with an unbroken surface for 180 miles northward In 
 
 general appearance and in numerous points of structure, this plain closely resembles those 
 of Chile." * 
 
 * (lei .logical Observations in the Vulcanic Islands and parts of South America visited duiing the voyage 
 of H.M.S. Beagle, by Charles Darwin, 2nd edition, London, 1876. 
 
 Chap. x. p. 283. — " The space between the Cordillera and the coast of Chile is on a rude average from 
 eighty to above one hundred miles in width; it is formed either of an almost continuous mass of mountains, 
 or more commonly of several nearly parallel ranges, separated by plains ; in the more southern parts of this 
 province the mountains aie quite subordinate to the plains; in the northern part the mountains predominate. 
 
 " The basin-like plains at the foot of the Cordillera are in several respects remarkable ; that on which the 
 capital of Chile stands is fifteen miles in width, in an east and west line, and of much greater length in a north 
 and south line ; it stands 1750 feet above the sea ; its surface appears smooth, but really falls and rises in wide 
 gentle undulations, the hollows corresponding with the main valleys of the Cordillera. The striking manner 
 in which it abruptly comes up to the foot of this great range has been remarked by every author since the 
 time of Molina. Near the Cordillera it is composed of a stratified mass of pebbles of all sizes, occasionally 
 including rounded boulders ; near its western boundary it consists of reddish sandy clay containing some 
 pebbles and numerous fragments of pumice, and sometimes passes into pure sand or into volcanic ashes. 
 
 " At Podaguel, on this western side of the plain, beds of sand are capped by a calcareous tuff, the upper- 
 most layers being generally hard and substalagmitic, and the lower ones white and friable, both together 
 precisely resembling the beds at Coquimbo, which contain recent marine shells. Abrupt but rounded 
 hummocks of rock rise out of this plain ; those of Sta. Lucia and S. Cristoval are formed of greenstone- 
 porphyry, almost entirely denuded of its original covering of porphyritic claystone breccia ; on their summits 
 many fragments of rock (some of them kinds not found in situ) are coated and united together by a white, 
 friable, calcareous tuff, like that found at Podaguel. When this matter was deposited on the summit of 
 S. Cristoval the water must have stood 946 feet above the surface of the surrounding plain. 
 
 " To the south this basin-like plain contracts, and rising scarcely perceptibly with a smooth surface, passes 
 through a remarkable level gap in the mountains, forming a true land-strait and called the Angostura. It then 
 immediately expands into a second basin-formed plain; this again to the south contracts into another land- 
 strait and exrjands into a third basin which, however, falls suddenly in level about forty feet. This third 
 basin to the south likewise contracts into a strait and then again opens into the great plain of S. Fernando, 
 stretching so far south that the snowy peaks of the distant Cordillera are seen rising above its horizon as 
 above the sea. These plains near the Cordillera are generally formed of a thick stratified muss of shingle, in 
 other parts of a red sandy clay, often with an admixture of pumiceous matter. 
 
 " Although these basins are connected together like a necklace, in a north and south line by smooth land- 
 straits, the streams which drain them do not all flow north and south but mostly westward, through breaches 
 worn in the bounding mountains, and in the case of the second basin, or that of Eancagua, there are two 
 distinct breaches. Each basin, moreover, is not drained singly; thus, to give the most striking instance, but 
 not the only one, in proceeding southward over the plain of Kancagua, we first find the water flowing 
 northward to and through the northern land-strait, then, without crossing any marked ridge or watershed, we 
 see it flowing south-westward towards the northern one of the two breaches in the western mountainous 
 boundary ; ami lastly, again without any ridge, it flows towards the southern breach in these same mountains. 
 Eence the surface of this one basin-like plain, appearing to the eye so level, has been modelled with great 
 nicety, so that the drainage without any conspicuous watersheds is directed towards three openings in the 
 encircling mountains. The; streams flowing from the three southern basin-like plains, after passing through 
 the breaches to the west, unite and form the river Eapel which enters the Pacific near Navidad. I followed 
 the southernmost branch of this river and found that the basin or plain of S. Fernando is continuously and 
 smoothly united with those plains which were described in the ninth chapter, as being worn near tho coast 
 
Opinion of Foreign Travellers. 41 
 
 Darwin was a most accurate observer of the physical geography of the 
 Cordillera and its environs, and the special attention of the Tribunal is called 
 to what he says concerning the hydrography of the central valley and its 
 watershed, and also to the complete division of the Cordillera in Obstruction 
 Sound, as he refers to features which the Argentine Expert has taken into 
 consideration when proposing some of the points of the boundary line, and 
 in rejecting ethers proposed by the Chilian Expert. 
 
 into successive cave-eaten escarpments, and still nearer to the coast, as being strewed with upraised recent 
 marine remains. 
 
 " I might have given descriptions of numerous other plains of the same general form, some at the 
 foot of the Cordillera, some near the coast, and some half-way between these points. I will allude only 
 to one other, namely the Plain of Uspallata, lying on the eastern or opposite side of the Cordillera, between 
 that great range and the parallel lower range of Uspallata. According to Miers, its surface is 6000 feet 
 above the level of the sea: it is from ten to fifteen miles in width, and is said to extend with an unbroken 
 surface for 180 miles northwards : it is drained by two rivers passing through breaches in the mountains to 
 the east. On the banks of the E. Mendoza it is seen to be composed of a great accumulation of stratified shingle, 
 estimated at 400 feet in thickness. In general appearance, and in numerous points of structure, this plain 
 closely resembles those of Chile." 
 
 ('hap. x. p. 295. — "Now if we suppose that the sea formerly occupied the valleys of the Chilian 
 Cordillera, in precisely the same manner as it now does in the more southern parts of the continent, where 
 deep winding creeks penetrate into the very heart of, and in the case of Obstruction Sound quite through, 
 this great range ; and if we suppose that the mountains were upraised in the same slow manner as the eastern 
 and western coasts have been upraised within the recent period, then the origin and formation of these sloping 
 terrace-like fringes of gravel can be simply explained." 
 
 Chap. x. p. 299. — We shall hereafter see, that of the two main ridges forming the Chilian Cordillera, the 
 eastern and loftiest one owes the greater part of its angular upheaval to a period subsequent to the elevation 
 of the western ridge : and it is likewise probable that many of the other parallel ridges have been angularly 
 upheaved at different periods ; consequently many parts of the surfaces of these mountains must formerly 
 have been exposed to the full force of the waves, which, if the Cordillera were now sunk into the sea, would be 
 protected by parallel chains of islands." 
 
 Chap. xiv. p. 470. — " The district between the Cordillera and the Pacific, on a rude average, is from about 
 eighty to one hundred miles in width. It is crossed by many chains of mountains, of which the priucipal 
 onts, in the latitude of Valparaiso and southward of it, range nearly north and south ; but in the more 
 northern parts of the province they run in almost every possible direction. Near the Pacific, the mountain 
 ranges are generally formed of syenite or granite or of an allied euritic porphyry ; in the lower country, 
 besides these granite rocks and green-stone, and much gneiss, there are, especially northward of Valparaiso, 
 some considerable districts of true clay-slate with quartz veins, passing into a feldspathic and porphyritic slate ; 
 there is also some grauwacke and quartzose and jaspery rocks, the latter occasionally assuming the character 
 of the basis of clay-stone porphyry: trap-dikes are numerous. Nearer the Cordillera the ranges (such ;is 
 those of S. Fernando, the Prado, and Aconcagua) are formed partly of granite rocks, and partly of purple 
 porphyritic conglomerates, clay-stone porphyry, green-stone porphyry, and other locks, such as we shall 
 immediately see, form the basal strata of the main Cordillera. In the more northern parts of Chile, these 
 porphyiitic* seyes extend over large tracts of country far from the Cordillera; and even in cential Chile such 
 occasionally occur in outlying positions." 
 
 Chap. xiv. p. 515. — "The Plain of Uspallata has been briefly described in Chapter x. ; it resembles the 
 basin plains of Chile; it is ten or fifteen miles wide, and is said to extend for 180 miles northward; its 
 surface is nearly 6000 feet above the sea; it is composed, to a thickness of some hundred feet, of loosely 
 aggregated stratified shingle, which is prolonged with a gentle slop'ng surface up the valleys in the 
 mountains on toth sides." 
 
 G 
 
42 Divergences in tlie Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 It is well to mention that, according to the opinion of Darwin, and as 
 affirmed by all the scientific authorities and statesmen of Chile, the city of 
 Santiago is situated on the west of the Cordillera de los Andes, and therefore 
 it must be inferred that the Maipu Valley, the military fort San Martin de 
 los Andes, the Colony of the Valle Nuevo, the Colony "16 de Octubre," and 
 many others of the points which the Chilian Expert considers to be comprised 
 in the Cordillera, are nevertheless outside and eastward of it. 
 
 Captain Allen F. Gardiner,* who crossed the Cordillera in 1840, affirms 
 that the highest points of it form (he boundary with Argentina; but an even 
 higher authority than Gardiner, by reason of the nature of the investigations 
 he conducted, is Lieutenant H. J. M. Gilliss, Superintendent of the Naval 
 Astronomical Expedition of the United States to the Southern Hemisphere, 
 from 1849 to 1852. 
 
 Gilliss defines Chile thus : — 
 
 " When the Republic took its place among the nations of the earth, Chile consisted but 
 of the narrow strip of land lying between the highest peaks of the Andes and the Pacific, and 
 the twenty-fourth and fifty-sixth degrees of south latitude." 
 
 He considers, as the Centra/ Cordillera, the eastern ridge of the Cordillera 
 de la ( 'osta, separated by the intermediate plain from the " Cordillera de los 
 
 * A Visit to the Indians on the Frontiers of Chile, by Captain Allen F. Gardiner, R.N., London, 1840. 
 
 l\ 63. — " On the following day, the third since leaving Uzpallata, we reached the long-expected " Cumbre " 
 by a zigzag path leading directly up from the rest-house we had just left, but so exceedingly steep, that 
 independent of some patches of deep snow which it was necessary to cross, it was with great difficulty we could 
 urge our tired horses along, although we had dismounted to relieve them during a part of the ascent. Having 
 at length gained the summit, we sat down for some, little time, while the mules were unlading, but without in 
 the least degree experiencing that difficulty of respiration, called the "puna," which has been described by 
 some. If such be the case, of which there can he no doubt, since it has been asserted by many whose 
 accuracy cannot be questioned-— its existence and degree must no doubt depend upon the state of the 
 atmosphere and the particular season of the jear. Instead of the number of peones previously stipulated 
 for, only six met us at this point, having awaited our arrival at the nearest rest-house; hut as the people who 
 accompanied us from Mendoza were now about to return with the mules, and also my horses, which I had 
 hoped to have led across the snow, we had only the addition of our unworthy capitaz to this weak and 
 insufficient party. However, to do them justice, they worked well, and as it was no time for delay, I was 
 obliged to work also. The day was beautiful, ami although we were at the reputed height ( for it has never 
 been accurately computed) of 14,000 feet above the level of the sea, 1 laid aside my coat as an unnecessary 
 incumbrance, while occupied in converting the children's panniers into a pair of mountain palanquins. This 
 was effected by merely cutting an opening in the hide on one side for the feet to hang down, and slinging 
 each of them to a tent-pole. Two men were found sufficient for each ; the two children being seated together 
 
 in one, and Mrs. Gardiner ill the other. We had now entered Chile, the highest point of the Cordillera 
 
 forming the boundary, and in this singular manner we commenced tin' descent towards the second rest-house 
 
 on that side; which from necessity was to lie our halting-place for the night, as it was found quite impossible 
 for so small a party of peones to convey the baggage further in one day, notwithstanding it was drawn for 
 more than two-thirds of the distance upon the snow, instead of being carried as agreed.'' 
 
Opinion of Foreign Travellers. 
 
 43 
 
 Z>J-u«-/i byfr'fr.-i 
 
 J. M. GILLISS, 1856. 
 (From The U.S. Naval Astronomical Expedition to the Southern Hemisphere.) 
 
 Andes," which ridge is crossed by the rivers that take their rise, " not far from 
 the highest summits of the Andes," taking thus as the " Cordillera " only those 
 highest summits, as shown on Plate 8 of his work, inserted here in facsimile. 
 
 g 2 
 
44 
 
 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 He confirms the statement of Schmidtmeyer by adding: — 
 
 "But in the Spanish language 'Cordillera' means a chain of mountains, and one may 
 say ' Cordillera de la costa ' with the same propriety as ' Cordillera de los Andes/ How- 
 ever, when Creoles speak of La Cordillera,' they mean invariably 'the Andes.' " * 
 
 * From The U.S. Naval Astronomical Expedition to the Southern Hemisphere during the years 1849—50— 
 51-52, Lieut. J. M. Gilliss, Superintendent. By Lieut. J. M. Gilliss, Philadelphia, 1856. 
 
 Vol. 1, p. 2. — " Thus, when the Republic took its place among the nations of the earth, Chile consisted 
 hut of the narrow strip of land lying between the highest peaks of the Andes and the Pacific, and lat. 24 
 and ">ii S." 
 
 P. 3. — "Beginning in the extreme north, the principal chain of the Andes rises higher and higher to 
 lat. 35°, from whence southward the declension of its prominent points is not less uniform. In central Chile, 
 it is composed of two lofty and several lower ranges of mountains, enclosing lakes whose frigid waters teem 
 with animal life, in the midst of longitudinal valleys often of exquisite beauty and fertility; black gorges and 
 chasms, with roaring torrents, beside which the nervous stand tremblingly ; oa-ses with trickling rivulets to 
 charm the lover of sylvan beauty ; deserts on which, for many continuous leagues, nature has never vouchsafed 
 a leaf of verdure ; and black and broken masses of rock towering to mid-heaven, on which the snow has rested 
 since the convulsion that raised them above the line of perpetual congelation " 
 
 P. 4. — " Very little reliable information has ever been obtained of the Cordilleras either north or south 
 of the central provinces. Bleak, precipiitous, and barren sides deter all other natives than professional mine- 
 hunters from encountering the almost unendurable privations inevitably attending their exploration, and 
 these men have intelligence only of metallic veins. The few scientific individuals who have taken a day or 
 two from other occupations whilst in this out-of-the-way quarter of the globe, have only traversed the beaten 
 passes of the Portillo and Cumbre, not unfrequently deducing general theories from knowledge of individual 
 localities. In the course of a trigonometrical survey for the Government, Seiior Pissis has explored frorr 
 lat. 32 = 20' to lat. 34°, as far east as the culminating ridge, and he has kindly furnished me witli a small copy 
 of his map. Except of the several passes into the Argentine territory, and a few places of noted interest 
 visited by Professor Domeyko, very little is known beyond those parallels." 
 
 P. 13. — "Table showing the heights of some of the principal mountains and mountain passes in Chile 
 above sea-level : — 
 
 Name. 
 
 Cliaiu to which 
 
 ii l« 'longs. 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 Long 
 
 tude. 
 
 Height 
 
 iu Feet. 
 
 HeightofPer- 
 uetual Snow. 
 
 Remarks. 
 
 Portezuelo Come Caballo . 
 
 Andes 
 
 o 
 27 
 
 36 
 
 O 
 
 69 
 
 20 
 
 14,521 
 
 14,784 
 
 | Fossil shells 
 | abound. 
 (Snow sometimes 
 
 < Cordillera de Delia Ana . 
 
 >) 
 
 2 'J 
 
 01 
 
 69 
 
 52 
 
 13,431 
 
 
 Portezuelo Doha Ana . 
 
 »> 
 
 
 
 
 
 14,849 
 
 
 < lordillera de la Laguna . 
 
 !! 
 
 30 
 
 30 
 
 69 
 
 23 
 
 15,575 
 
 
 remains all 
 [ summer. 
 
 Aconcagua .... 
 
 *) 
 
 32 
 
 38 
 
 69 
 
 57 
 
 22,301 
 
 
 1 'ampana de Quillota . 
 
 Cordilleras 
 
 32 
 
 57 
 
 71 
 
 06 
 
 6,053 
 
 
 
 Cumbre Pass .... 
 
 
 32 
 
 49 
 
 70 
 
 07 
 
 | [2,488 i 
 I 12,656 i 
 
 
 |l (bservations of 
 
 I Lieut. MicRae 
 
 Joncal . ... 
 
 Andes 
 
 33 
 
 05 
 
 69 
 
 48 
 
 20,368 
 
 
 
 San Francisco 
 
 53 
 
 33 
 
 12 
 
 70 
 
 12 
 
 16,998 
 
 
 
 < lerro Ainarillo 
 
 ( 'ordilleras 
 
 33 
 
 18 
 
 70 
 
 54 
 
 7,316 
 
 
 
 i !erro del Plomo . 
 
 Andes 
 
 33 
 
 19 
 
 70 
 
 07 
 
 17,825 
 
 
 
 Tupungato 
 
 ,, 
 
 :;;; 
 
 22 
 
 69 
 
 ;.i 
 
 22,450 
 
 11, tso 
 
 
 < luesta Prado .... 
 
 ( 'ordilleras 
 
 33 
 
 25 
 
 70 
 
 50 
 
 6,083 
 
 
 
 
 )* 
 
 :: I 
 
 26 
 
 71 
 
 14 
 
 5,357 
 
 
 
 Portillo, East Pass 
 
 Andes 
 
 33 
 
 35 
 
 69 
 
 4ti 
 
 14,31 .:> 
 
 
 i < observations of 
 
 Portillo de los Piuquenos . 
 
 >j 
 
 
 
 
 
 L3.362 
 
 
 1 Lieut. Maclvae. 
 
 
 » 
 
 33 
 
 42 
 
 69 
 
 51 
 
 18, 150 
 
 •■ 
 
 
Opinion of Foreign Travellers. 
 
 45 
 
 Elwes, who crossed also the Cordillera, says : — 
 
 " We were now in a large valley, which for wildness and savage grandeur was equal 
 to anything I have ever seen. In front teas La Cumbre, the dividing ridge, serrated at the 
 
 Name. 
 
 Chain to which 
 it belongs. 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 Hrialit 
 
 in Feet. 
 
 Height of Per- 
 petual Snow. 
 
 Remarks. 
 
 Sar. Pedro Nolasco 
 
 Andes 
 
 o 
 
 33 
 
 l 
 
 40 
 
 o 
 
 70 
 
 15 
 
 10,952 
 
 
 
 Horcon de Ptedra . 
 
 Cordilleras 
 
 
 
 
 
 7.313 
 
 
 (A mine of ars;en- 
 1 tiferous lead. 
 
 Aculeo 
 
 Cerros de Alhue . 
 
 ?» 
 
 33 
 33 
 
 55 
 59 
 
 70 
 70 
 
 50 
 54 
 
 4,888 
 
 7,332 
 
 
 < Yuz de Piedra 
 
 Andes 
 
 34 
 
 12 
 
 70 
 
 03 
 
 17.126 
 
 
 
 Maypn 
 
 „ 
 
 34 
 
 17 
 
 09 
 
 4:; 
 
 17,664 
 
 
 
 Deseabezado .... 
 
 
 35 
 
 00 
 
 71 
 
 03 
 
 13.100 
 
 8,455 
 
 
 < lerro Coligual 
 
 Cordilleras 
 
 36 
 
 50 
 
 72 
 
 15 
 
 807 
 
 
 
 Volcano of Autuco 
 
 Andes 
 
 37 
 
 07 
 
 71 
 
 02 
 
 9,245 
 
 6,594 
 
 
 Volcano of Llavma 
 
 
 38 
 
 50 
 
 72 
 
 03 
 
 not known 
 
 
 Active vole. 1S52. 
 
 Volcano of Villarica . 
 
 ,, 
 
 39 
 
 14 
 
 71 
 
 57 
 
 16,000 (?) 
 
 
 Active vole. 1852. 
 
 Cuesta Paragudehue . 
 
 Cordilleras 
 
 40 
 
 02 
 
 73 
 
 15 
 
 511 
 
 
 
 Volcano of Osorno 
 
 Andes 
 
 41 
 
 09 
 
 72 
 
 36 
 
 7,550 
 
 4 , 800 
 
 
 Volcano of Minchinmadom 
 
 
 42 
 
 48 
 
 72 
 
 31 
 
 8,000 
 
 
 
 El Corcovado .... 
 
 i» 
 
 43 
 
 12 
 
 72 
 
 50 
 
 7,510 
 
 
 
 Yan teles 
 
 >! 
 
 43 
 
 29 
 
 72 
 
 48 
 
 8,030 
 
 
 
 P. 19. — " .... Put in the Spanish language "cordillera" means "a cliain of mountains," and one may 
 say " eordillcra de la costa" with the same propriety as "cordillera de los Andes.'" However, when Creoles 
 
 speak of " la cordillera " they mean invariably the Andes It lias already been stated that Chile, north 
 
 of 33°, is a series of mountains, extending from the Ocean to the Andes, without any continuous chain which 
 could properly come within the definition of cordillera, as meant bj- Dr. von Tschudi ; but the Coquimbo, 
 whose waters do continue to the Pacific, has its origin near the highest range of the Andes eastward of 
 long. 70°, and thence works its way. From Chacabuco, south, we have seen that the Andes are composed 
 of separate ranges of mountains, three being sometimes distinctly visible between the plain and the 
 highest range." 
 
 P. 20. — " Now 'I shall show that every river of consequence in Chile has its source not far from the 
 liighest summits of the Andes, traverses the intermediate plain in an average direction west by south, 
 penetrates the central Cordilleras, and discharges its waters in the Pacific. Some few tributaries are exceptions 
 to the law, and in one instance (the Piobio) they somewhat influence the course of the main stream after 
 junction ; but it originates in the Andes, and otherwise fulfils the rule." 
 
 P. 23. — " The Deseabezado, one of the summits in the fourth range counted from the plain, is still some 
 miles to the southward of the dividing line of waters, from which, to the junction of the Loncomilla at the 
 eastern base of the western Cordilleras, the Maule has few tributaries, and flows in a serpentine line with a 
 resultant direction west by south. At the same time, here as well as at many other points of the Andes, the 
 hills separating the waters from those that fall to the Atlantic are invariably less elevated than the line 
 which w r ould connect the great cones or peaks. Deriving its supply in summer wholly from melting snows, 
 the stream is deeper and more rapid during the earliest warm days, when the sun's heat is first powerful in 
 the lower and sheltered ravines.'' 
 
 Vol. 2, p. 6. — " Concluded my work in the calm of the morning, and at seven o'clock set out for the Cumbre. 
 or summit of the range, where we arrived about ten a.m. ; but found the wind so strong that it would have been 
 impossible to set up the instruments : we therefore retraced our steps across the snow to the Casucha de la 
 Cumbre, about half a mile from the pass. The road from the Alto de la Laguna, after ascending a tolerably 
 steep hill to the right, continues for abotit three miles up a valley not very steep or stony, passing, about 
 half-way, the Casucha de las Calaveras, and arrives at the foot of the steep part of what may be called the 
 spine of the Cordillera. Here there is no longer a stream to follow, but the ascent must be accomplished by 
 
4 6 
 
 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 top with a succession of rocky pinnacles. To cross this would have been a difficult 
 undertaking, had it not been for the disintegration of the rock, which had run down in 
 
 steep slopes At length we arrived at the summit of the ridge, and looked down 
 
 some huge ravines into Chile. It was a fine picture of wild mountain scenery." 1 
 
 LA CTJMBEE. KOBERT ELWES, 1854. 
 
 (From A Sketcher's Tour round the World.) 
 
 The plate reproduced from Elwes' book, shows the true idea conveyed by 
 the expression " La Cumbre," an idea which has been the same from the colonial 
 epoch till now. 
 
 zigzags up the ridges. This is necessarily a very slow process, and frequently one finds himself Lut a few fee 
 advanced after toiling over a great deal of ground. 
 
 * K. Elwes, tsketeher's Tour round the World, London, 1854, pp. 148 and 14V. 
 
Opinion of Several Authors of Popular Works. 47 
 
 3. OPINION OF SEVERAL AUTHORS OF POPULAR WORKS. 
 
 The opinion of the aforementioned explorers, and of others who are not 
 quoted in order not to unduly lengthen this statement of facts, was the one made 
 use of by those who, not being personally familiar with the majestic range of 
 mountains, described it in popular works with a fair amount of general 
 exactitude, according to the knowledge at that time. These descriptions, and 
 for a restricted number of observant people, the special surveys hereinafter 
 mentioned, caused the general opinion in Chile, that the boundary between 
 the two countries could not be other than the highest crest of the main chain 
 of the Cordillera, without any consideration of this crest being intersected by 
 streams which took their rise in the east.* 
 
 No one could ignore the fact that this was really the case, but no one 
 could fail to know likewise that this same feature existed with regard to other 
 chains of mountains which divide nations and provinces, and that their highest 
 summits were chosen as the most suitable boundary, although the principal slopes 
 of these were intersected. 
 
 The Manual of Geography by G. H. Von Kladen, published in 1862,f 
 contains a perfect summary of what was considered at that time to constitute 
 the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 * These are spoken of as rising in the east, as it is well known that there are no streams in the whole 
 leDgth which intersect the mountain range from west to east. 
 
 f Handbuch der Erdkunde, Berlin, 18(52, Tart iii. p. 54G. 
 
 " The Cordilleras. — The mighty mountain-system, running through the whole of South America from tin- 
 south point to the Isthmus of Panama, begins at the south point of the continent, for Tierra del Fuego is but 
 a disrupted part of it. Low lying in the south, but cut up by deep valleys, the < lordilleras rise further in the 
 north, so that at lat. 42° S., in the region in which to the east lies a sj'stem of lakes and the great reservoir 
 of Nahuelhuapi, they present a mighty mountain-system." 
 
 "Of the Patigonian Cordillera, from Cape Froward, lat. 54° S., apparently 4500 to 5500 feet high, ami 
 covered with the most luxuriant forests, the produce of a moist, moderately warm climate, we know but little. 
 Besides the main, Cordilleras, there runs on their west side a secondary lateral chain which, in the direction 
 of the length of the continent, forms the island of Chiloe, the Chonos Archipelago, the peninsula of the three 
 mountains, the Archipelago of the Madre de Dios, and finally, the manifoldly splintered islands in the same 
 series with Tierra del Fuego. This coast chain consists of mica schist and a tertiary argillaceous sandstone 
 containing lignite, and has rounded tops and plateaux covered for the most part with impenetrable primeval 
 forest. It is as much as fifteen stuuden (about forty-five miles) broad and is cut up by navigable streams. 
 Across the less steep eastern slope, which gradually sinks down to the pampas, there stretch eastern spins 
 rising abruptly out of the plain, but in Patagonia assuming the shape of rocky terraces rising, stage on stage, 
 to the west. Along the west foot of the chain, on the other hand, there stretches a series of seven quite 
 considerable lakes. 
 
 " The highest peaks, transcending the snow-line, which from lat. 55° to 50 c S., reaches to 2250 feet high, 
 are (in Tierra del Fuego) the Darwin and the Sarmiento, Barney, Moores. The presumed volcanoes are 
 
48 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 He distinguished the principal Cordillera, from the Cordillera de la Costa. 
 He mentions the system of lakes existing on the west of the latter: notes the 
 irregularity of the crests, which are thrust to the west and the east of the axis, 
 containing the Cordillera further to the north, and in short, insinuates that 
 obviously there is no constant continuity of mountain chain, and that the 
 woodcutters confidently assert, that the chain is intersected by several similar 
 deep gorges. 
 
 J. Malte-Brun* describes Chile in the following manner : — 
 
 "The exterior configuration of Chile consists of a long coast line, two Cordilleras (the 
 main Cordillera and the Cordillera de la Costa), two other groupn of mountains and an 
 immediate slope. The country is bounded on the north by the Bolivian Republic, from 
 which it is separated by the great Atacama Desert ; on the east by the Argentine or 
 La Plata Republic, from which it is separated by the lofty Cordilleras de los Andes ; and 
 finally on the south and west by the Pacific Ocean." 
 
 M. Bescherelle, Senior,! states : — 
 
 " Chile is a South American Republic, bounded on the north by Bolivia, on the east 
 by the La Plata Confederation, on the south by Patagonia, and on the west by the Pacific 
 Ocean; between Int. 25° 20' and 44° S., and between long. 72° and 77°. The ground 
 ascends gradually from the shores to the Andes, which form the natural boundary of Chile on 
 the east." 
 
 Don Baldomero Menendez J states : — 
 
 " The Republic of Chile consists of a part of Western South America, of an elongated, 
 irregular quadrilateral form, and shut in on the east and west between the great ocean or 
 the Pacific Sea and the Andes. . . . Chile seeks to incorporate in its states all the western 
 roasts of Patagonia, and the day in which it realises this great ideal, it will command the 
 waters of the great ocean from the frontiers of Bolivia to Cape Horn .... with the 
 Argentine or the La Plata Confederation and Patagonia on the east, the Cordillera de lus 
 Andes being its natural boundary and frontier." 
 
 from south to north: Yanteles, Corcovado, Minohimavida or Chayapiren, Calbuco, Osorno (known for certain 
 to be a volcano). The floor of the valleys lies here hardly at sea-level, and therefore, to the south of lat. 41' 
 50' S., the western valleys are all occupied by arms of the sea, appearing like rivers, and intersecting the land 
 quite in the manner of rivers. In this part of the Cordilleras the crest-line has no uniformity. Deep gorges 
 with strip walls penetrate deeply into it, as far as Magellan Straits, the summits are thrust to the west and 
 the east of the axis containing the Cordillera farther to the north. Obviously, too, there is here uo constant 
 continuity of mountain-chain. In fact an expedition, which made its way from the west coast to the great 
 lake of Nahuelhuapi, encountered no greater height than from 1500 to 2400 feet, and the woodcutters say 
 with assurance that the chain is cut by several like deep indentations." 
 
 Malte llrun, La Geografia Universal, Madrid and Barcelona, 1853, vol. 2, p. 4.*>ii. 
 
 f Grand Dictionnaire de Geographic Universelle, etc., I'm i is, is;,;, vol. '-', p. 243. 
 
 :J Eneiclopedia Hispano-Americana. Manual de Geografia y Estadistica de Chile. Paris, 18G0, p. -7. 
 
Opinion of Several Authors of Popular Works. 49 
 
 Bitter * says : — 
 
 " Chile, an independent state on the west coast of South America, situated on the 
 shores of the Pacific Ocean, and on the west side of the Andean range, extending from 
 lat. 25° 25' to 43° 57' S., is bounded on the east and south by the state of La Plata and 
 Patagonia, and on the west by the Pacific Ocean. In length it is about 1100 English 
 miles, and breadth from 110 to 120 English miles. The entire country presents an 
 
 irregular surface, doping from east to west, that is to say from the Cordilleras to the sea 
 
 The stujyendous range of the Andes forms its eastern boundary." 
 
 Adrien Guibertf says : — 
 
 " Chile, South American state, on the Pacific Ocean Between lat. 25° 20' and 
 
 44° S., long. 72° to 77° W. Bounded on the north by Bolivia, the United States of 
 
 La Plata on the east, Patagonia on the south, the Pacific Ocean on the west Length 
 
 from north to south about 1850 kilometres, average breadth about 175 kilometres A 
 
 very mountainous country, protected by the Andean ridge on the east." 
 
 Mr. Daniel J. Hunter J says : — 
 
 " Chile lies west of the Andes, and between the parallels of lat. 23° and 53° 59' S. ; 
 having a coast line of about 2270 miles and a breadth varying from 200 miles to 40 miles. 
 Chile is bounded N. by lat. 23° S. which separates it from Bolivia, E. by the Andes, which 
 form the dividing line between it and the States of the Argentine Confederation, S. and W. 
 by the Pacific Ocean. It includes in its territory all the Patagonia west of the Andes, as 
 the Argentine Confederation does that portion lying east of those mountains." 
 
 Ripley and Dana§ say : — 
 
 " Chili or Chile, a Republic of South America, lying west of the Andes, and between 
 the parallels of lat. 23° and 55° 59' S., having a coast line of about 2270 miles and a 
 
 breadth varying from 200 miles to 20 miles Chile is bounded north by lat. 23° S., 
 
 which separates it from Bolivia, east by the Andes, which form the dividing line between 
 it and the States of the Argentine Confederation, south and west by the Pacific Ocean. It 
 claims to include in its territory all Patagonia west of the Andes, as the Argentine Con- 
 federation does that portion lying east of those mountains." 
 
 Mr. William Hughes )| says : — 
 
 " Chile is a long, narrow country on the western side of South America. Upon the 
 
 * Patter's Geographisch-statisches Lexicon, etc., Leipzig, 1864, vol. 1, p. 316. 
 
 f Dictionnaire geographique et statistique (authorised by the University), Paris, 1865, p. 481. 
 
 j A Sketch of Chile, expressly prepared for the use of Emigrants from the United States and Europe to 
 that country, New York, 1866, p. 6. 
 
 § New American Cyclopedia: a popular dictionary of general knowledge, New York and London, 1868, 
 vol. 5, p. 77. 
 
 |] Professor of Geography at King's College, London : A Manual of Physical, Industrial and Political 
 Geography, London, 1869, p. 602. 
 
 H 
 
50 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 east it is bounded by the stupendous chain of the Andes, which divide it from the Province of 
 La Plata ; upon the north by Bolivia ; on the west and south by the Pacific Ocean. The 
 length of Chile from north to south is 1150 miles, but its breadth nowhere exceeds 130 miles, 
 and is loss than 00 miles towards the northern extremity of the country." 
 
 In a Compendium of Geography * for the schools of the Republic of Chile it 
 is stated : — 
 
 " Chile is a beautiful country situated on the south-west portion of America, between 
 lat. 24° S. on the north, and 56° S. on the south ; it is bounded on the north by Bolivia, 
 on the east by the Cordillera de los Andes, on the south by the Southern Ocean, and on the 
 west by the Pacific Ocean." 
 
 M. Onesime Reclus f states : — 
 
 " Tlie Republic (Argentine) has an area of 156 million hectares, three times that of 
 France, without extending beyond Bermejo on the north, or the River Negro of Patagonia 
 on the south. Including the hot plains of the Gran Chaco, disputed by Bolivia, and by 
 Paraguay when Paraguay was powerful — and cold Patagonia, to which Chile in vain lays 
 claim, the territorial area of the Argentine Republic amounts to 297 million hectares, more 
 than five times that of France 
 
 " At the Strait of Magellan, at the entrance of which the tide rises to a height of from 
 15 to 20 metres, the continent terminates. From the other side of the strait, as far as 
 Cape Horn, Tierra del Fuego, an island in which some mountains, covered with eternal 
 snow, exceed 2000 metres in height, nominally forms part of Argentine territory, like 
 Patagonia " 
 
 " The Andes make their first appearance in the Cape Horn mountain (1000 metres), a 
 formidable rock, in front of which a tremendous sea runs. From island to island, the chain 
 reaches the continent, and pushes northwards under the name of the Patagonian Cordillera. 
 In the immediate vicinity of the Pacific, it separates the Chilian coast from the broad and 
 chilly deserts of Patagonia, claimed in vain by Chile ; the location of which on the east of the 
 Andes bringing them indisputably within the sphere of Buenos Aires." 
 
 Professor Dr. C. Wappaus % in his description of Chile, says that as it is 
 slated in her Constitution, the boundary of this country to the west is the 
 Cordillera de los Andes, and this opinion is of value, Dr. Wappaus having 
 made the largest collection of historical, statistical and geographical works 
 on Chile. 
 
 ( lompendio de< leografia para las Escuelas de la Republica, official edition, Santiago de < 'bile, 1871, p. 12. 
 | Geographic, Paris, 1872, pp. 569, .".7:; and 578. 
 
 t Panama, Wu Granada, Venezuela, Guayana, Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia und Chile geographisch und 
 statistisch dargestellt, Leipzig, 1863-1870. 
 
Opinion of Several Authors of Popular I Forks. 51 
 
 M. Louis Gregoire * says : — - 
 
 " Chile, a South American State on the Great Ocean, between lat, 25° 20'~and 44° S. 
 and between long. 72° and 77° W. [Chile has taken lat. 23° S. as its northern boundary, 
 and even claims the possession of the country up to lat. 21° 48' as being the frontier of the 
 ancient Chilian Captaincy.] It touches Bolivia on the north by the Atacama Desert ; the 
 Andes separate it on the east from the Argentine Confederation ; on the south it reaches to the 
 Strait of Magellan, but in reality, it terminates in the islands of Chiloe and Chouos, which 
 belong to her. The Chilian Amies are very lofty." 
 
 The Encyclopaedia Britannicaf (9th edition, 1875) describes the Andes 
 thus : — 
 
 " The range may be considered as commencing on the south with Cape Horn, although 
 
 for several degrees it is much broken up by arms and straits of the sea The Strait 
 
 of Magellan also cuts through and across the range, isolating the mountainous islands of 
 Clarence and Santa Ine's. Otway Water cuts through the range and penetrates to the plain 
 of Patagonia. North of this are several snowy eminences, and iu some places glaciers 
 descend almost to the sea-level. At Last Hope Inlet, or a little north of 52° S., we have 
 the commencement of the Andes, as a continuous range, Disappointment Bay being the 
 
 most northern place where the Pacific reaches the plains to the east of the Andes 
 
 The highest part or crest of the range is close to the sea, and consequently the streams which 
 
 fall into the Pacific are all small Among the more conspicuous are Mount 
 
 Yantales, 8030 feet, Mount Melimoyu, 7500 feet, Mount Corcovado, 7510 feet, and Mount 
 
 Minchinmadiva, 7400 feet above the sea-level In Chile the Andes increase in 
 
 height and width, and between about 38° and 23° run approximately north and south, and 
 
 nowhere do they recede so far from the sea as in the southern part of Chile Across 
 
 these ranges there is a pass, which, with the exception of those near the mountains of Osorno 
 and Viliarica, is the most southern in Chile. The summit of this pass is not more than 
 12,000 feet above the sea. The pass of Planchon lies north of Mount Descabezado, and to 
 the south of Peteroa is the pass of Las Damas, which is probably not more than 11,000 feet 
 at its highest point. At the head of the, Maypu Valley a pass traverses the two ranges of the 
 Andes as well as the included valley of Tunuyan. That through the western range is called 
 Piuquenes Pass, and rises to 13,210 feet above the sea-level, while that through the eastern 
 range is called Portillo and rises to 14,385 feet above the sea. Near 32° 38' S. Aconcagua 
 rises to 23,290 feet, and is, so far as known, the highest peak in America, and the highest 
 volcano in the world. A little to the south of it is the Cumbre or Uspallata Pass. In the 
 western range it rises to 12,454 feet above the sea, and on its north flank is the pass of Los 
 Patos. At about 30° S. the mountainous system becomes more complicated, owing to the 
 appearance of several ranges which rise out of the plains towards the north-west corner of 
 the Argentine Confederation, some of which run north and join in the lofty highlands of 
 the Bolivian Andes. It is doubtful whether all strictly belong to the Andes. Thus in the 
 
 * Dictionnaire Encyelopedique d'Histoire, de Biograpbie, de Geographie, Paris, 1872, p. 463. 
 | Article Andes. 
 
 H 2 
 
52 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 latitude of Coquimbo, where both the mountains and the coast-line trend somewhat to the 
 east of north, there are three parallel mountain ranges. The western is called the Andes, 
 the central range is known as the Sierra Famatina, and the eastern as the Sierra Velasco. The 
 two latter ranges are quite isolated from the first-mentioned range, terminating abruptly on 
 the north and south. North of 28° S., however, a number of Sierras which rise from the 
 Argentine plain form an extensive mass of mountains. These are continuous into the 
 Cordilleras de los Valles, de Despoblado, and Abra de Cortaderas, which form the eastern 
 margin of the lofty mountain plains of Bolivia. These plains slope down from the eastern 
 sid,> of the Andes, just as the Atacama Desert seems to form part of the western slope." 
 
 M. Vivien de Saint-Martin * says: — 
 
 "Andes. Cordillera de los Andes, Cordillera (i.e. chain) of the Andes. A great chain 
 of mountains which is situated on the west coast of South America alon<r its whole extent, 
 from Patagonia to the beginning of the Isthmus of Panama 
 
 " From lat. 53° S., where it commences near the Straits of Magellan, to lat. 8 5 N., 
 where it ends at the Isthmus of Darien, the chain of the Andes presents, with its curves, a 
 length of 7200 kilometres (4470 miles). Its greatest breadth is from 250 to 300 kilo- 
 metres (155 to 190 miles), its least breadth about 00 kilometres (50 miles). It is in Chile, 
 between lat. 35° and 10 S., that its crest is furthest from the sea, and the distance is 2G0 
 kilometres (160 miles) ; where it is nearest the sea at lat. 18° S., the distance is only 30 
 kilometres (19 miles). For the sake of greater clearness in the description of so long a 
 chain, its different parts are distinguished according to the countries which they traverse. 
 The Andes of Patagonia are little known, but it is certain that their height is much less 
 than that of the Chilian Andes. The two highest summits which have been determined, 
 the Yanteles and the Michinmadom, are 2447 and 2438 metres (8028 and 7099 feet) 
 
 "Aherique. In South America the chain keeps its native name, the Andes. The 
 Spaniards say ' CordUlera de los Andes,' chain of the Andes, when it has happi ra< d 
 that foreigners have sometimes made a proper noun of the generic term saying simply ' the 
 ( Yu i libera.' " 
 
 These opinions are also confirmed by maps of good general authorities 
 which are quoted at foot, f 
 
 * Nouveau Dictionnaire de Geographie Universelle, par M. Vivien de Saint-Martin, Paris, 1879, vol. 1. 
 
 t Maps of South America, exhibiting the Political Divisions of the Republics of Columbia, Peru, Chili, 
 the United Provinces, and the Empire of Brazil, printed for C. Smith, London, 1825, represent the Western 
 Chain of the Cordilleras de los Andes in a continuous chain. 
 
 Nouvelle Carte de FAmerique Meridionals, par A. 11. Brue, Paris, 1831, gives Cordillera Nevada de los 
 Andes to the western range. 
 
 The < 'ontincnt and Islands of South America, London, ls.'iT, gives " Cordillera de Sierra Nevada." 
 
 South America, S. J. Arrowsmith, 1816, gives "Sierra Nevada, Cordillera Nevada of the Andes." 
 
 South America, H. Kiepert, Weimar, 1849, gives "Cordillera of the Andes." 
 
 Schoolroom .Map of South America, .1. Gellatly, Edinburgh and London, 1852, gives "Andes or Cordillera." 
 
 < larta della America Meridionale, S. Stucchi, Turin, 1861, gives the title of "Grande Catena delle Ande o 
 Cordigliere " to the western range, and separates Patagonia from " Nuovo Chile " by the " Cordigliere Nuova." 
 
 i 'niton's Map of South America, New 5 ork, L862, gives " Cordillera of the Andes, Sn wy Cordillera." 
 
 Mapa Fisicoy Politico de la America del Sur, A. Vuillemin, L'aris, 1867, gives" Cordillera de los Andes" to 
 the range of the west, showing it cut by rivers. 
 
Opinion of Several Authors of Popular Works. 53 
 
 There appears amongst them the Mapa Original de la Eepublica Argentina 
 y estados adyacentes comprendiendo las Eepublicas de Chile, Paraguay y 
 Uruguay, by Dr. Petermann (1875), to which reference was undoubtedly 
 made in the statement read by the Representative of Chile before the Tribunal, 
 on May 8, 1899, attributing it to Dr. Burmeister. That map considers the 
 San Francisco Pass as situated in Argentine territory, and the Lake Lacar in 
 Chile, but, in this case, the Cordillera de los Andes is represented to the east 
 of the lake. It is convenient also to quote here the map of " Chile" constructed 
 by means of the best official charts and explorations, by M. T. 0., 3rd edition, 
 drawn on a smaller scale from that which was corrected under the direction of 
 the Rector of the National Institute, Senor Don Diego Barros Arana, augmented 
 with the latest developments in railways, new departments, light-houses, etc., 
 and under this general title: — 
 
 " Fresh additions made on completing the present edition. This edition 
 has been newly revised by Senor Barros Arana, R. del I. N. (Rector of the 
 National Institute of Chile)." 
 
 One of the additions is the line of the occupations of territory made to date, 
 a line which appears traced from the volcano of Lonquimay to Angol, and from 
 
 Mapa de la Eepublica Argentina y Eepublicas del Uruguay, Paraguay y Chile (corrected from the most 
 modern documents by the Engineer, A. A., Pablo E. Coni, Buenos Aires, 1868), gives " Sierra de los Ancles " cut 
 by several rivers. 
 
 Mapa Original de la Eepublica Argentina y Estados adyacentes comprendiendo las Eepublicas de Chile, 
 Paraguay y Uruguay. Compiled from the latest works issuing from the office of the National Engineers (of 
 the Argentine Bepublic), from the different provincial Topographical Departments, and from other materials 
 gathered or supplied by the Council of Engineers, Don Juan Czetz, Don Pompeyo Moneta, head of the office of 
 National Engineers, Mayor Don F. Ignacio Eickard, F.E.S.E., and others. By Doctor A. Petermann (2nd 
 complete edition), including Patagonia as Argentine territory. Scale 1 in 4,000,000. Gotha, Justus Perthes. 
 Includes from 21° 30' to 42°, denominates as " Cordillera of the Andes " the western chain, and figures the 
 boundary with Chile in its ridge dividing the waters, passing by the Pass of Maricunga and leaving in 
 Argentine territory the Cerro of San Francisco ; leaves Lake Lacar to Chile, but draws the Andean chain 
 to the east of the latter. 
 
 H. Kiepert's Physikalische Wandkarten VII., Siid Amerika, Berlin, 1876, gives the name of " Cordillera 
 of the Andes " only to the western range. 
 
 Schoolroom Map of South America, Glasgow and London, 1876 : " Andes or Cordillera " to the western 
 range. 
 
 L'Amerique du Sud, E. Andriveau-Goujon editeur, Paris, 1878, gives the name " Cordilleras des Andes " to 
 the western range, and figures it passing to the west of Lake Lacar, and cut by the outlet of this lake. 
 
 Luis Brakebush, 1880 .... draws the frontier line with Chile by Penasco de Diego and Cerro Bravo, and 
 the Bolivian frontier line between Cerro Bravo, Cerro Peinado, San Buena Ventura, Pasto de Ventura and the 
 chain of the Diamante, leaving in Argentine territory the Cerro of San Francisco. 
 
 H. Kiepert's Politische Schule-Wandkarte von Sud-Amerika, Zeichnung von E. Kiepert, 1 in 1,800,000, 
 Berlin, Verlag von Dietrich Eeimer, 1880, assigns to all the western range the name of " Cordilleras de los 
 Andes," leaving Lake Lacar to the east of the boundary line. 
 
54 Divergences in tlic Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 this point to Lumaco, the mouth of the Rio Imperial, coast of the Pacific as far 
 as Tolten, prolonging itself from this summit to the south-west, until near the 
 river Calle Calle. A line which shows that this map is anterior to 1881. 
 
 In this map appears the course of the river Puelo, cutting the Cordillera 
 de los Andes, having its origin to the east in a large lake ; whence flows another 
 river to the cast, an affluent of the river Chubut, with this inscription: " Lake 
 and interoceanic communication probable, according to Vidal Gomaz." Further 
 down is represented another interoceanic communication to the Pacific by the 
 river Rabudos (or Aisen), with its origin in the Lake Coluguapi which likewise 
 flows into the Atlantic by the river Deseado. 
 
 i. OPINION OF SCIENTIFIC MEN IN THE SERVICE OF CHILE: 
 GAY, PISSIS, DOMEYKO AND ASTA-BURUAGA. 
 
 Mention has been already made of several travellers and geographers who 
 have had no official connection with the Republic of Chile ; but it will be seen, 
 later on, that the more recent surveys, made by order of the Government of that 
 Republic, in order to obtain more accurate information concerning the country, 
 confirm the opinions of the above-mentioned writers with regard to what was 
 understood by the ( 'ordillera de los Andes and its crest ; and it will also be seen 
 that at the time the Treaties were framed, and in that which preceded the one 
 signed in 1881, these opinions coincided with the general view held in Chile, 
 viz. that the boundary line was formed by the highest summits of the said 
 " ( 'on idle ray 
 
 Gay, Pissis, Domeyko, Asta-Buruaga and Barros Arana, justly reputed 
 learned men, gave their opinion, as the result of their investigations, that the 
 traditional boundary was the correct one, and they maintained it on the solid 
 Itasis of science. 
 
 Claudio Gay, the first scientific explorer of Chilian territory, travelled 
 through a great part of it, and what he describes as the result of his personal 
 investigations, justifies the reputation the work has obtained. 
 
 In his work * he says that " Chile is separated from the Argentine 
 Republic by those immense Cordilleras which extend without interruption, on all 
 
 * Ilistoria fi-ica y politica de Chile. 
 
Opinion of Scientific Men. 55 
 
 the western side of South America." In his map of Chile, the boundary is 
 plainly traced upon the basis of what he considered to be the highest crests of the 
 said Cordilleras, and these he localised fairly well in the parts which he visited, 
 but failed to do so in those regions which he did not penetrate, especially to the 
 south of Chilian. 
 
 It has been stated that Gay visited Lake Lacar, but this is entirely without 
 foundation. At the time of his journey to Valdivia, the region lying contiguous 
 to the lake, to the east of Lake Rinihue, was occupied by hostile Indian tribes, 
 and he could only make his map of this part by referring to others, no doubt 
 already printed, which were very inaccurate. 
 
 Contemporaneously with Gay, Senor A. Pissis, Don Ignacio Domeyko, and 
 Don R. A. Phillippi were pursuing similar investigations in Chile. 
 
 In 1849 the Government of Chile entered into a contract with Senor Amado 
 Pissis to make the survey for a topographical map of the country, and the 
 President of the Republic, Don Manuel Bulnes, reported the contract to the 
 Congress in these terms : — 
 
 " It was an imperative necessity to have an exact map which, while exhibiting the 
 geological and mineralogical features of Chile, marked out all the most notable points of 
 the country, their altitudes above the level of the sea, and the culminating line of the 
 Cordillera between the slopes that descend to the Argentine provinces and those that water the 
 Chilian territory." 
 
 And the Minister of the Interior, in his Report of the same year, says : — 
 
 " A necessity was felt by all for having an exact map which, comprising the 
 
 geological and mineralogical description of Chile, particularly marked all the notable 
 
 points of the country which have not been well studied up to now, such as the various 
 
 altitudes above the level of the sea, and the culminating line of the Cordillera between the 
 
 slopes that descend to the Argentine provinces and those that water the Chilian territory." 
 
 The instructions given to Senor Pissis directed him to — 
 
 " Devote particular attention to the Cordillera de los Andes, which he shall examine 
 in the most thorough manner possible, in order to establish with precision the edge or 
 culminating line which separates the slopes that descend to the Argentine provinces from those 
 tin it loater the Chilian territory." 
 
 The outcome of Pissis' labour was the map of Chile on a scale of 1 : 250,000 
 and the Geografia Fisica de la Republica de Chile, a most perfect work for the 
 time in which it was written, and which was most certainly taken into considera- 
 
56 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 lion above all others, in deciding the geographic boundary on the south, viz. in 
 the anticlinal line of the Cordillera de los Andes, which is the frontier the eminent 
 geographer holds to he the true one. 
 
 Pissis' work proves that the boundary as understood by himself and by the 
 Argentine Republic is the one which harmonises with the terms of the Treaty of 
 1881, and therefore, in order to prove this, it is indispensable to quote some 
 extracts from this interesting work : — 
 
 " Chile," says Pissis, " which is situated on the western side of South America, extends 
 from hit. 24° to 5G° S. ; she is bounded by the Great Ocean on the west, but the eastern 
 boundaries are not yet definitively settled. From lat. 24° to 34° S. the anticlinal line of the 
 Andean Cordillera forms her boundary ; beyond this, extends the vast, as yet undivided, region 
 of Patagonia and Western Chile, i.e. the part situated on the west of the Andean Cordillera."* 
 
 " When the traveller, standing on a lofty summit, casts his eyes over a mountainous 
 district, he is first of all struck by the disorder winch seems to characterise the distribution 
 of those enormous masses joined one to another by curiously contorted lines ; but the first 
 inrpression insensibly disappears, and he begins to distinguish in this apparent disorder, 
 certain lines which recur at various distances and all of which seem to have the same 
 direction ; some follow the direction of the lines of the slopes, others cross these lines, 
 forming with them more or less open angles ; and the kind of network made by these 
 numerous intersections forms the outline of the Serrania. When this is very extensive, 
 like the Cordilleras or other mountain chains, the principal line of slopes often changes its 
 direction ; but such change is not arbitrary, and the new direction always corresponds to 
 one of the lines which form part of the outline. In this way, the Chilian Cordillera, which 
 lies mainly in a north and south direction, presents, at intervals, along the line of slopes, 
 lofty summits which have a north-easterly or sometimes a north-westerly direction, as 
 occurs in the Talca Cordilleras or in those of the province of Coquimbo." t 
 
 " All mountainous regions of the world have a similar structure. They are composed 
 of various systems of parallel crests, amongst which there is one system that predominates and 
 forms the most prominent feature in the configuration of the country." 
 
 Pissis adds that Aconcagua is not situated in the main range but at 
 some distance to the east ; that the ridge which previously formed the southern 
 boundary of the basin of the Maipo river has been cut, and that this boundary 
 is now situated more to the south ; the level of the plain having been raised with 
 the alluvions deposited by the Cacbapoal, and that the " Cordillera de la Costa," 
 a range independent of the Cordillera, is not a continuous line of mountains, 
 being cut by rivers. \ His definition of the longitudinal valley which separates 
 both ranges is worth being quoted in full. 
 
 ■ Geografia Fisica de Chile, by A. Pissis, 1875, Intro, p. ix. ] [bid., p. 1. 
 
 % Ibid. p. 17. — " Mount Aconcagua is not situated on the line of slopes, but at some distance to the east, 
 
Opinion of Scientific Men. 57 
 
 P. 35. — " Immediately to the south of the river Choapa, he says, the Cordillera 
 de la Costa unites with the Andean Cordilleras ; the whole space included between the line 
 of dopes and the sea presents nothing but a vast agglomeration of hills, the altitude of 
 which gradually diminishes in proportion as they approach the sea. The whole of the 
 depression corresponding to the longitudinal valley, is made apparent by certain gaps, like 
 that of the ' Cuesta of Tilama,' which serve to divide two long ravines, on the west of 
 which rises the Serrania named Cortadera, representing the prolongation of the Cordillera 
 de la Costa." 
 
 P. 36. — " Between the valleys of the Ligua and Aconcagua rises a group of 
 hills separated from the Andean Cordillera by the Jarilla gorge and Putaendo valley. This 
 group, which should be considered as a part of the Cordillera de la Costa, consists of two 
 small chains running from north to south ; the more eastern chain, known by the name of 
 Altos de Putaendo, includes Mount Tajo, the Angeles Hill and Mount Potrero-Alto." 
 
 P. 38. — " To the south of the river Maipo, the different ridges which form the 
 Cordillera de la Costa run further and further from the foot of the Andes, leaving 
 between them plains which form the longitudinal valley, the northern side of which 
 adjoins the Batuco farm (hacienda). This valley, from where it begins, is cut through by 
 several straits, as Paine and Barriales ; but south of the latter it extends uninterruptedly 
 up to Reloncavi Bay ; and the Cordillera de la Costa forms a perfectly distinct range from 
 
 that of the Andes A very narrow strait separates it from the last spurs of the 
 
 Andes ; the mountains which form it nevertheless attain a considerable height." 
 
 P. 44. — "The existence of this long valley is one of the most remarkable 
 features in the orography of Chile : it follows the base of the Andean Cordillera, and 
 extends without a break from 33° to 42°. It is like an immense fissure, the traces of which 
 are first noticed from the Atacama Desert, but it is only in the province of Santiago that 
 
 and joins it by a very lofty crest in which the rivers S. Juan and Mendoza both take tbeir rise. Here the 
 line of slopes crosses a lofty plateau known by the name of Potrero-Alto, from which the chains which run 
 along the Chilian side descend " 
 
 P. 20. — " The Maipo. Various spurs having a north-westerly direction descend from this ridge, the most 
 remarkable being the one which commences at lat. 33° 55' and terminates in Mounts Pilque and Principal. 
 Another branch, which starts from the same point, goes towards Paine's Strait, and then connects with 
 Mounts Aguila and Acelu. It is this chain which must have previously formed the southern boundary of 
 the basin of the Maipo, but this boundary is now situated more to the south ; tbe matter brought down and 
 deposited by the Cachapual had little by little raised the level of the plain, and the streams which descend 
 from this ridge and which should empty into the Cachapual, have been forced to take a northerly direction 
 and cut their way through the strait, from whence they flow into the Maipo." 
 
 P. 30. — " The Cordillera de la Costa does not present a continuous line of mountains like the Andes 
 Cordillera ; at intervals it is cut either by valleys which drain into the sea, or by more or less extensive plains." 
 
 P. 31. — "Between Taltal and Chaharal de las Animas there rises another group of hills which present 
 the same appearance and the same medium elevation, but which have no prominent crest, such as the 
 ParaEal. It is from the latter that the line depends which forms the southern boundary of the Desert of 
 Atacama, comprising the hills of Cachiyuye, which unite with the Cordillera de los Andes, by means of the 
 mountains of Sandon. Throughout tbe wbole extent there is a very striking difference of altitude between 
 the western and the eastern slope of the Andes. On the side facing the sea, the hills are steep and difficult 
 of ascent, whereas on the east, they offer gentle slopes which blend insensibly with the plain. The mean 
 height of the latter near the Cordillera de la Costa, ranges from 600 to 1000 metres, and then gradually 
 rises to the foot of the Cordillera de los Andes." 
 
58 Divergences in tJie Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 it begins to take the form of a plain, the width of which increases more and more in 
 proportion as it extends southwards. Near its origin this plain is cut at intervals by 
 some spurs of the Cordillera ; forming, in this way, the plains of Santiago and Rancagua, 
 Avhich communicate with each other through Paine's Strait. These plains have a very 
 distinct cast to west inclination ; the altitude of Santiago, situated at the foot of the Andes, 
 is 569 metres; whereas that [of Pudahuel, which is situated near the eastern base of the 
 Cordillera de la Costa, is only 357 metres. The same thing is observed in the plain of 
 Rancagua, the altitude of the eastern part being 512 metres and that of the western part 
 346 metres." 
 
 P. 45. — "On the north of the Chacabuco chain, the longitudinal valley is still 
 apparent in certain plains like the San Felipe and the Sobrante ; these disappear in the 
 whole of the space included between the Rivers Choapa and the Coquirnho ; but north of 
 the latter, the elevated plains of Arqueros appear, continuing to the Huasco and 
 Chafiarcillo along the part called La Travesia ; finally the extensive plains of the Atacama 
 Desert occupy the same position between the At/dam and the Coast Cordilleras. Even in the 
 parts in which it appears to be unbroken, this great depression — parallel with the axis 
 of the Andes — manifests itself through narrow gorges and breaches, to which we referred 
 when describing the Andean cordons, which unite with the Cordillera de la Costa, so 
 that it may be considered as an unbroken prolongation from the Bolivian table-land down to 
 Iieloncavi Bay, occupying an area of 2200 square kilometres; but this is not its whole 
 extent, as it is seen continuing south of 42° S.,by the Chonos and Messier channels, and, in 
 this way, to reach the Straits of Magellan — forming one of the longest valleys known in 
 the structure of the earth." 
 
 In reference to the hydrography, Pissis says : — 
 
 P. 216. — "All the Chilian streams rise a short distance from the coast; they are 
 limited by the summit of the Andes, and are, therefore, influenced by all the climatic con- 
 ditions of the regions they traverse." 
 
 P. 218. — "In the whole portion extending to the south of this last parallel (42° S.) 
 there can only exist rivers of slight importance on the zoest of the Andes, as the sea, washes 
 the base of this Cordillera, and must receive the streams which descend from it before they 
 can unite and form rivers of any importance; it is only on tin- east, in the unexplored regions 
 of Patagonia, that great rivers can exist." 
 
 Referring' to the river Maipo, he says : — 
 
 P. 233. — " The affluents on the left bank are, in the first place, the Rio de la Cruz de 
 Piedra, the Rio Barroso and the Rio Blanco, all three rising in the northern slope of the 
 Paloma Hill ; the two latter owe their names to the clay they hold in suspension which pro- 
 ceeds from the loamy soil which they traverse. Some eight kilometres further up the Rio 
 Blanco receives the Rio Claro, which has its source in the Compafiia Mountains; then the 
 Tollo stream, the Pilque, and lastly, the Rio de Paine, which unites with it close to the 
 town ol Valdivia. This last river, in a more remote period, must h>ir< flowed into the 
 Cachapoal, as it rises outside the natural limits of the basin, and it is probable that earthquakes 
 may hair caused it to recede to the Angostura defile, where it has forced a passage. These 
 
Opinion of Scientific Men. 59 
 
 changes in the course of the rivers are rather frequent in Chile, as the immense quantity of 
 material which they carry away with them during floods, raises the beds ; this soon raises the 
 level to that of the plain, and the river terminates by spreading over it. To these successive 
 changes in the beds of the rivers, therefore, must be attributed the origin of those mounds of 
 rounded pebbles which occupy the lower portions of the longitudinal valley* 
 
 Referring to the Rapel basin, he adds : — 
 
 P. 235. — " The Cachapoal receives many affluents, those on the left bank being most 
 numerous and important. It receives first, in this part, the Rio de las Lenas, which issues 
 from Lake Yeso and originates in the summit of the Andes under lat. 34° 24'." 
 
 With reference to the Maule and its affluent, Pissis says : — 
 
 P. 240. — " The basin of the Maule is the largest in Chile, extending from lat. 35° 7' 
 to 36° 30', embracing an area of 20,000 square kilometres. It is enclosed on the north by 
 the anticlinal line which forms the southern boundary of the Mataquito Basin as far as the 
 Tabunco Mountains, it then passes along the crest of the Tabunco Mountains; and then 
 continues along the crest of the mountains which continue towards the Libun, and thence 
 to the sea, passing along the Quibolgo Mountains. The summit of the Andes, from 
 el Descabezado to lat. 36° 20' S., forms its eastern limit ; on the south it is enclosed, 
 firstly, by a branch which strikes off from the Longavi ; it turns towards the south, 
 then towards the west, where it forms the Semita Mountains, and then along an anticlinal 
 line that passes through San Carlos and goes thence to Pefiuelas and Quirihue ; finally it 
 is quite enclosed on the west by the summit of the Maritime Cordillera,^ following the line 
 which passes through Luga, Mount Name, and the Empedrado Mountains, whence it 
 continues towards Constitucion. The Maule, which collects the waters of this basin, issues 
 from a great lake bearing the same name, situated in the summit of the Andes at an altitude 
 of 2194 metres; thence it continues towards the north-west, until it strikes the massif 
 which sustains the Descabezado ; it then takes a west-north-west direction and continues to 
 the sea, where it discharges its waters in lat. 35° 20' S." 
 
 He adds also, in reference to the Biobio basin :- — 
 
 P. 248. — " Finally, a little way before it discharges into the Biobio, the Laja receives 
 the Rio Claro, which bas its origin in the eastern slope of the Maritime Cordillera in the 
 mountains whichextend between la Florida and Tomeco." 
 
 Writing with reference to the basin of the Yaldivia, he says : — 
 
 P. 252.— "The Rio Valdivia, which discharges into Coral Bay, under lat. 39° 53', 
 receives the waters of a rather extensive basin extending from lat. 39° 25' to 40° 20', 
 formed by an anticlinal line which follows, at the commencement, the summit of the 
 Maritime Cordillera, from Punta Niebla to the height of Punta la Maiquilla. From 
 
 * Eecently, in August 1899, the Tinguiririca river has changed its bed, causing great damage. 
 | Father Rosales makes references, two centuries before, to the summit of that chain, toI. 1, p. 275. 
 
 i 2 
 
6o Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 whence it proceeds towards the east, traversing the San Jose tablelands, passing along the 
 ridge of the volcanoes Villarica and Quetropillan, from whence it follows the ridge of 
 the Cordillera de los Andes until Cerro Mocho and Lajara Volcano ;...." 
 
 Speaking of the basin of the Reloncavi, lie says : — 
 
 P. 2G1. — "Independently of these great rivers which all rise in the Cordillera 
 de los Andes, Chile further possesses a certain number of water-courses, which sometimes 
 originate in the western slope of the Maritime Cordillera and others in the last spurs of 
 the Andes." 
 
 Speaking of the rivers which have their source in the western slope of the 
 Cordillera de la Costa, he says : — 
 
 P. 263, — "Between the Made and the Itata a great number of small rivers are 
 found, which, except the Loanco and the Reloca, all rise in the western slope of the Maritime 
 Cordillera." * 
 
 P. 264. — "Then follow in order the Punchemo stream, the Rio de Chanco, the Rahue, 
 the Pejuco, the Curanipe, the Gomez stream, the Huechupureo, the rivers Corquecura and 
 Comullao, small water-courses which all rise in the ivestern slopes of the Maritime 
 Corddlera!' 
 
 P. 264.—" Near the city of Arauco, the Caranpangue discharges ; this is a rather 
 considerable river, formed by the junction of two other water-courses, one of which 
 originates in the mountains situated on the west of Santa Juana, first flowing southwards, 
 then westward, where it cuts the Maritime Cordillera through a deep gorge which passes along 
 the base of the Tres Cruces mountain and joins with the other arm some six kilometres above 
 the city of Arauco." 
 
 The Tribunal will excuse the long cjuotations made from the work of Pissis, 
 but as it is an official Chilian survey, it is not difficult to draw the following 
 conclusions from these quotations. Pissis employs the word "vertiente" 
 synonymously with " versant " or " slope," and shows that there are some rivers, 
 such as the river Maipo, which take their rise outside the natural boundaries of 
 their own basins. This must be borne in mind, as something similar occurs with 
 the rivers cut by the line proposed by the Argentine Expert, since it may be 
 said that such parts which are to be found on the eastern slope of the Cordillera 
 are outside the natural limits of their own basins, the normal basins lying in the 
 western slope, which is the only one belonging to Chile. Pissis shows that the 
 ( !ordillera de la Costa does not form a part of the Cordillera de los Andes ; and 
 the same must be said of the corresponding ridge of hills to the cast, which the 
 Argentine Expert pronounced to be the territory of his country. Pissis shows 
 
 * "En el vertiente occidental." Sensr Pissis' work illustrates, in many pages, the true meaning of the 
 word " vertiente" (slope) used in tlio Treaty of 1881. 
 
Opinion of Scientific Men. 61 
 
 also that the city of Santiago is situated at the foot of the Cordillera de los Andes, 
 in the central plain to the west of the mountains, that the Cordillera de la Costa, 
 although intersected by rivers having their source in the Cordillera de los Andes, 
 has its own line of watershed, and that the " cima" or summit is synonymous ivith 
 the line of high crests of the mountain chain. If it is the case in the Cordillera de 
 la Costa, it may be the same for the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 The attention of the Tribunal is called to all the above points, as they bear 
 strongly upon the questions which have been submitted for decision. 
 
 It will now be seen what the renowned savant Domeyko understood as the 
 " Cordillera de los Andes." He describes it in the following manner ; — * 
 
 " The Andes, which, in all the northern chain, from Atacania to Aconcagua, rise more 
 than 5000 yards above the level of the sea, and generally preserve the same character in 
 every part, presenting but little variety in their forms, and having but few isolated peaks, 
 assume in approaching lat. 33° S., a slightly different aspect and a greater elevation; at 
 the same time a certain complication is noticeable in their configuration, and new rocks 
 and new formations appear on their surface. It is in this latitude that we first find 
 volcanic masses of a recent period, and exceedingly lofty cones, whose snow-capped 
 summits protect recently extinct craters 
 
 " The remaining portion of this high range appears to end in front of San 
 Fernando in the summit of the Tinguiririca, one of the highest volcanoes in Chile, now 
 dormant, and covered with ice, like its neighbours. From this point, the Andean chain 
 becomes visibly less in elevation ; it becomes narrower at the same time, and its undulations 
 are more gradual. f The traveller coming from the north, who endeavours to embrace in 
 one comprehensive view the two chains of the Cordilleras and the beautiful plain which 
 separates them, at once notices this difference, which becomes more apparent the more one 
 advances towards the south. 
 
 " Let us confine ourselves to the Andean chain, walking in the centre of the Talca 
 Plains, on a summer's day, with the sun approaching its zenith 
 
 " It is over the summit of Descabezado as well as those of the Planchon, the Cerro Azul, 
 and the Cerro Nevado de Chilian, that the line of the loftiest region of the Andes passes, but 
 not the line of the water-divide, which lies on the other side of it, some three or four leagues more 
 to the east. Between these two lines, facing the Descabezado, is a mountain called the 
 Cerro del Medio— snow-covered, volcanic, and from whose craters, now empty, and ice- 
 covered slopes, issues a considerable stream, subsequently increasing to a river and flowing 
 
 * Excursion a la Cordillera de Talca y de Chilian, by Dr. Ignacio Domeyko. Faculty of Medicine and 
 Physical Science and Mathematics. Sessions held in June, July and September, 1849. 
 
 f Referring to the same latitude where Domeyko says that the Andean Chain becomes narrower, the 
 statement read by the Representative of Chile before the Tribunal speaks of the Nevado Hill, and locates it 
 175 kilometres to the east of the boundary line proposed by the Argentine Expert in the same chain which 
 Domeyko describes. Therefore, it is useless to say that the Nevado Hill (as many others quoted by the 
 Chilian Representative) is not in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
62 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 north-east, passing through a valley called the Yalle Grande, descending almost parallel to 
 the sources of the Mondaca lagoon, and connecting with the river which leaves this lagoon, 
 the two together form the Rio Lontue, one of the largest in the south. Behind the Cerro 
 del Medio stream, on the east, lie the hills of the chain which divides the waters, and 
 through a small gap in the hills, called the Puerto del Yeso, lies the road to the 
 Argentine Provinces, and the grazing grounds to which the Talca farmers send their cattle in 
 •annuel' 
 
 " On March 25, at nine in the morning, I stood on the summit of the highest 
 ridge of the Andes, or the boundary line, called at tin's place, Portezuelo de Mata 
 Caballos 
 
 " The remainder of the line of the whole summit of the Cordilleras was free from snow, 
 although its elevation was almost as great as that of Mont Blanc in the Alps, and 
 exceeded that of the Peak of Teneriffe by more than 1000 varas." * 
 
 Analysing the work entitled The U.S. Naval Astronomical Expedition to 
 the Southern Hemisphere, by J. M. Gilliss, Domeyko saysf : — 
 
 P. 637. — "Less exact and certainly erroneous is the assertion of the author that the 
 great Andean chain occupies two-thirds of the Republic. It is sufficient to consult the 
 valuable map by Sefior Pissis accompanying the first volume of his work, to see that the 
 Andes properly so-called do not occupy half the breadth of the territory in the province of 
 Santiago, and further south beyond the Teno, the intermediate plain becomes so wide that the 
 Andean chain does not form a third part of the territory." 
 
 On p. 042 he writes, " Sefior Pissis indicates, however, in the province of Colchagua, 
 masses similar to those of the central chain of the province of Santiago; and the 
 introduction of these by Sefior Pissis is a very happy idea, as we shall presently have 
 occasion to show, it being our purpose to exhibit the relation between the physical 
 geography of Chile and its geology. But further south from the latitude at which, 
 beyond the Teno, the intermediate plain widens and completely separates the Andes from the 
 ( 'ordilleras de la Costa, those masses which constitute the central chain of the province of 
 Santiago disappear, however much Mr. Gilliss might wish to prolong this chain to Chiloe', 
 a1 the expense of the true Cordillera de la Costa. 
 
 " But this mistake has led the chief of the expedition into another error, due to what 
 he has read of the travels of Yon Tschudi in Bolivia and Peru, that in that part of South 
 America there exist two chains of Cordilleras, one eastern, the other western; a statement 
 which might have been found in all important exploration or geographical work, with the 
 particularity that, generally, these two chains of Cordilleras are considered as tiro chains of the 
 Andes, and without which it would not hare occurred to any one to confound them with the 
 
 * Excursion ;i las Cordilleras do Copiapo, with a short treatise on the Fundamental Principles of the 
 Geology of < Ihile, by Don Ignacio Domeyko, 184::, Santiago, pp. 23 and 24. 
 
 t Domeyko, Estudios Geograficos sobre Chile. Critique on the North American work of Mr. Gilliss in 
 the Kevista de Ciencias y Letras, vol. 1, No. 1, Santiago de Chile, 1857. 
 
Opinion of Scientific Men. 63 
 
 mountain range of the coast or Cordillera de la Costa, which form a separate system different 
 from these from every point of view." 
 
 In a Study of the surface of Chilian territory in relation to the geological 
 
 character of the country,* Domeyko says : — 
 
 P. 48. — " Included between the Pacific and the Andean watershed, this country forms 
 the ivestem slope of the immense system of the Cordilleras which comprise two main chains of 
 Serranias ; one more westerly, called the Maritime Cordillera (Cordillera literal — Cor- 
 dillera de la Costa) ^and the other the Andes, properly so-called. The latter is the one 
 which descends from the great Bolivian mass, where the two chains of the Andes of 
 Upper Peru unite and from whence other branches strike off to the south-east." 
 
 P. 49: — "In the third place, behind these Serranias the most compact chain of the 
 Andes rises, the altitude of which is always double or treble that of the Maritime 
 Cordillera ; mountains with precipitous slopes, dominated by domes or cone-like blocks covered 
 with perpetual snow. 
 
 " If we could now cast a rapid glance at these two Cordilleras from north to south, as 
 far as the Magellans (lat. 54°) we should perceive that they both have their greatest 
 elevation in their northern part, and that they vary very little in their relative altitudes 
 between lat. 24° 23' and 33°. In this last latitude, and particularly between 32° and 34°, 
 the Andes acquires its maximum elevation, dominated by Aconcagua, Tupungato and San 
 Jose', in which the most elevated group of mountains in South America is found. From 
 about lat. 34°, the two Cordilleras mainly preserve equal — relatively moderate — altitudes, 
 gradually decreasing until, on reaching the latitude of Chiloe', they only retain a third of 
 their previous altitudes. There they separate from each other ; what we call the " Mari- 
 time " Cordillera changes into a series of islands, and the " Andes " jesses on to form the 
 western boundary of the continent!' 
 
 P. G8 : — "With respect to the rivers, it is natural that, owing to the double 
 descent of the intermediate valley between the two chains of the Cordilleras, through the 
 obstacles which the western places in the way of these rivers, and in consequence of the 
 earthy sedimentary constitution of the plain, the innumerable rivers, creeks, and streams 
 which descend from their sources to the base of the Andes are nothing but torrents, which, 
 falling to the plains in the valley, are continued in its course ; the larger number of these 
 rivers traverse the plain through deep gorges, in a diagonal direction (south-west), their 
 beds continually expand, and tearing down the cliffs at their sides, leave large stretches ol 
 their channels covered with huge pebbles and stones. From this configuration of the 
 longitudinal valley, and owing to its greater slope towards the western Cordilllera, it also 
 happens that these rivers unite their main branches in this valley, and concentrate the 
 volume of their waters in one or two main streams bejore traversing the Cordillera and 
 reaching the Pacific." 
 
 P. 77 :—" Cordillera de los Andes. This Cordillera, between lat. 33° and 34° S., 
 still preserves its magnificent profile, its lofty summits, its passes in the anterior zone, and 
 only between parallels 34° and 35°, from which latitude it ceases sending out branches from 
 
 Estudios geograficos sobre Chile, Reports, Santiago, 1875. 
 
64 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 its brandies to the Maritime Cordillera, and the intermediary valley assumes its normal 
 width, the general change in the altitude of the Andes in their whole extent takes place. 
 From there the Cordillera contracts into a single narrower chain, and continues to descend 
 gradually as it advances towards the south, without greatly changing its aspect and con- 
 figuration, down to Reloncavi Bay." 
 
 P. 80 : — " In the expedition of 1871, conducted by the Commander of the Chacahuco, 
 Sefior Enrique Simpson, the Cordillera de los Andes ivas completely traversed via the river 
 mid, transverse valley of the Ayien, in lat. 42° 25' S. and, further south, another easy pass was 
 found through the valley of Huemules, lat. 45° 6' S. 
 
 A pause must be made to call the special attention of the Tribunal to the 
 fact just established by Domeyko. He describes the " Cordillera de los Andes'' 
 in unerring terms, and then shows that it is crossed first by the Aysen at lat. 42 
 25' S., and further south by the Huemules at lat. 45° 6' S. 
 
 The Cordillera, thus traversed by the two rivers, is, according to Domeyko, 
 the boundary line accepted by every one at that time, and those facts were 
 perfectly known to the framers of the Treaty of 1881, including Senor Barros 
 Arana as geographer. But as Expert in 1890, the latter pretended to leave 
 to the west the said Cordillera de los Andes, and to look for a boundary line 
 in the plains of Patagonia. 
 
 Like Pissis, Domeyko observes that the line which divides the waters 
 of the summit (Cumbre) of the Cordillera is not found always on the lofty 
 peaks, but he places it in the principal chain of the Cordillera, as is seen when 
 he refers to the slope facing the Pampa. The intersection of two slopes forms 
 the crest of the chain ; as regards the peaks which are detached on the east and 
 west they are features very remarkable in themselves, but independent of the 
 continuous crest of the Cordillera. He separates clearly the Cordillera de los 
 Andes from that of the coast, and takes note of the discovery made by Captain 
 Simpson in his exploration of the river Aysen, that this river completely crosses 
 the Cordillera de los Andes, a fact which did not surprise him, since he could not 
 ignore that similar phenomena are found in other mountain chains, as well as 
 in the Cordillera de hi Costa, so familiar to him. 
 
 A hook with a large circulation in Chile was the Diccionario Geografieo 
 de la Republica de Chile, by Francisco Solano Asta-Buruaga (New York, 18G7), 
 and in it arc indicated as the boundaries between Chile and the Argentine 
 Republic, the ''slopes of the Andes," while the Cordillera de la Costa is 
 considered separate from that of the Andes, which is described as a veritable 
 
Opinion of Scientific Men. 
 
 65 
 
 wall that can be crossed only by some passes and openings. The list of its 
 principal heights there given, defines perfectly its character as the principal chain.* 
 
 * Diccionario Geografico de la Bepublica de Chile, by Francisco Solano Asta-Buruaga. New York, 1867. 
 
 P. 14. — "Andes (Cordillera de los). The vast backbone of Meridional America; .... The sec- 
 tion of this great mountain chain' running from north to south through Chilian territory, commences in 
 lat. 24° S. and terminates in Santa Agueda Cape in the Magellan, and, it may be said, in the islands of Cape 
 Horn. As a whole, it is the most uniform and most salient, and contains the loftiest mountains of the whole 
 Andean system. (See : Aconcagua, Descabezado, Juncal, S. Jose de Maipo, Tupungato, etc.) Its structure 
 and configuration have not yet been properly determined, and it can only be stated that, generally, it consists 
 of a chain of sierras stretched along the line of meridian, with a south-westerly inclination composed of 
 stratified and tnetamorphic rocks upheaved by eruptive ones, through volcanic action, which, at onetime, must 
 have been extremely violent. From its main knots, there branch off from the west, ramifications which, north 
 of Chacabuco, mingle with the intermediate sierras or secondary chains of the coast, and south of the same, 
 it rarely approaches them (see article on Chile) ; its main width is not less than a degree of equatorial longitude, 
 prominent in the centre, and between the slopes of which it leaves lengthy valleys and dales, where the 
 numerous cascades and streams, proceeding from its glaciers and snow -caps, unite and give rise to the 
 principal rivers of Chile. The elevation of this Cordillera projects grandly on its western side, presenting a 
 lofty and beautiful relief, crowned by gigantic peaks, and clothed at all seasons with thick snow. Its 
 most notable mountains or summits are the following, mostly active volcanoes, perhaps, in remote times, but 
 to-day only the Antuco, Chilian, Osorno and Villa Eica are of this nature, the following showing signs 
 of activity, particularly at their base, viz. the Descabezado, Llullaillaco, Maipo, Planchon, S. Jose de Maipo, 
 Tinguiririca and Yaima. 
 
 Names of Mountains or 
 Hills. 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 Altitude. 
 
 Names of Mountains or 
 Hills. 
 
 Latitude. 
 
 Longitude. 
 
 Altitude. 
 
 
 O 
 
 ' 
 
 O 
 
 ' 
 
 metres 
 
 
 
 
 ■ 
 
 * 
 
 metres 
 
 Llullaillaco . 
 
 24 
 
 15 
 
 1 
 
 54 E. 
 
 5600 
 
 Descabezado 
 
 35 
 
 25 
 
 15 W. 
 
 4500 
 
 Come-Caballos or 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Longavi 
 
 35 
 
 50 
 
 20 
 
 3100 
 
 Barrancas Blancas 
 
 27 
 
 30 
 
 1 
 
 12 
 
 4450 
 
 Chilian (Nevado de) 
 
 36 
 
 30 
 
 22 
 
 3200 
 
 Dona Ana 
 
 30 
 
 00 
 
 
 
 46 
 
 4526 
 
 Antuco .... 
 
 37 
 
 07 
 
 30 
 
 2800 
 
 Cuzco .... 
 
 32 
 
 18 
 
 
 
 15 
 
 3922 
 
 Imperial 6 Yaima 
 
 38 
 
 50 
 
 1 25 
 
 3000 
 
 Aconcagua . 
 
 32 
 
 40 
 
 
 
 36 
 
 6834 
 
 Villa Pica . 
 
 39 
 
 14 
 
 1 22 
 
 4875 
 
 Juncal .... 
 
 33 
 
 04 
 
 
 
 33 
 
 5995 
 
 Einihue 6 Lajara 
 
 39 
 
 54 
 
 1 24 
 
 3800 
 
 Plomo .... 
 
 33 
 
 19 
 
 
 
 31 
 
 5433 
 
 Puyehue 
 
 40 
 
 49 
 
 1 48 
 
 2200 
 
 Tupungato . 
 
 33 
 
 23 
 
 
 
 55 
 
 6710 
 
 Osorno .... 
 
 41 
 
 09 
 
 1 58 
 
 2302 
 
 San Jose de Maipo 
 
 33 
 
 45 
 
 
 
 44 
 
 5532 
 
 Tronador 
 
 41 
 
 15 
 
 1 40 
 
 3000 
 
 San Pedro Nolasco 
 
 33 
 
 55 
 
 
 
 17 
 
 ;;:;:;:i 
 
 Calbuco 
 
 41 
 
 22 
 
 2 00 
 
 2250 
 
 Maipo .... 
 
 34 
 
 11 
 
 
 
 49 
 
 5384 
 
 Minchinmavida . 
 
 42 
 
 48 
 
 1 56 
 
 2440 
 
 Alto de Mineros . 
 
 34 
 
 41 
 
 
 
 26 
 
 4935 
 
 Corcovado . 
 
 43 
 
 12 
 
 2 10 
 
 2290 
 
 Tinguiririca . 
 
 34 
 
 50 
 
 
 
 15 
 
 4478 
 
 Yan teles 
 
 43 
 
 29 
 
 2 12 
 
 2050 
 
 Damas .... 
 
 35 
 
 00 
 
 
 
 11 
 
 3099 
 
 Sarmiento . 
 
 54 
 
 27 
 
 10 
 
 2074 
 
 Peteroa 6 Planchon . 
 
 35 
 
 12 
 
 
 
 05 
 
 3819 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 This majestic Cordillera, except where it is fissured in the Straits of Magellan and among the channels of 
 Tierra del Fuego, is so compact in its concatenation that throughout the long extension of Chile it offeis 
 no other passage by means of which it cm be crossed except the undulations in its ridge, the highest 
 elevation or crest of which, always a considerable one, marks the watershed, to reach which it is necessary to 
 penetrate through the openings and gorges of the streams flowing down from them into the valleys; and it is 
 for this reason the latter are called " passes " or " defiles." The most notable, commencing on the north, are 
 the Come-Caballos, S. Guillermo or Naturales, Dona Ana, Eapel, Calderon, Piuquenes, Patos, Uspallata, 
 Pinquenes de San Jose, Maipo, Yeso, Tinguiririca, Damas, Planchon, Descabezado, Alico, Antuco, Angol, Villa 
 Eica, Einihue, Tronador, etc. Only a few of these passes, the dry ones, can be crossed." 
 
 P. 26. — " Atacama (Desert of). An arid and desolate region — the Sahara of America — lying between the 
 
 K 
 
66 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 5. OPINION OF OTHER WRITERS. 
 
 Sefior Francisco Javier Rosales, a notable man of Chile, in his Apuntes sobre 
 Chile * — dedicated to his fellow-citizens — says : — 
 
 " The Government will doubtless have attentively examined all the rights which 
 might entitle them to declare the greater i>art of the territory of the Strait to be national 
 property. I am not acquainted with those reasons ; and all I have before me is, first, 
 that the Constitution of the State, in defining the territory of the Republic, says in 
 Chapter I. 'that it extends from Atacama to Cape Horn, and from the Cordillera de los 
 Andes to the Pacific Ocean! This declaration indicates in a practical way that the 
 boundaries must be considered as being along the summits or crests of the rami,, no mattei 
 whether it be of greater or lesser altitude so long as it be the same chain of mountains which 
 runs from north to south along the American continent:' 
 
 Senor 1>. Vicuna Mackenna, one of the most illustrious Chilian writers, in 
 his pamphlet Le Chili (Paris, 1855), has given his opinion on the limits of Chile 
 in these clear terms : — 
 
 " You are always near your native land, you are not obliged to bury yourself some 
 hundreds of miles in the interior as in other countries. The Andes surround you on 
 all sides, the Andes therefore will make you remain there. In no other country, the 
 boundaries of which have been traced by politics or history, has it ever been done in 
 
 Facific and the Andes under the tropic of Capricorn, occupying a vast extension on the northern limits of 
 Chile and the southern limits of Bolivia. Corresponding to the first, is the part included on the south of 
 lat. 24° ("see article on Chile), the length of which is not less than 300 kilometres from north to south, with a 
 main width of at least 100°. It presents a surface covered by Serranias, hare of vegetation, which expand 
 into tablelands and rise in isolated ridges, forming a succession of ridges and plains, cut by frequent and deep 
 ravines. 
 
 " Towards the base of the Andes it contains extensive and almost dry salinas, or salt lakes, around which 
 some vegetation is found, and hardy plants, such as the rush, grow; notable among them is the oue called 
 Puuta Negia, situated on the west of the Llullaillaco volcano, and is 2400 metres above the level of the sea ; 
 it is not less than fifty kilometres in length and thirty in width, and in its vicinity, to the north, Seiior Philippi 
 found a large quantity of meteoric iron." 
 
 I'. 7S. — "Copiapo (Department of), belonging to the Province of Atacama, its capital being also the 
 capital of the province. On the north, it is the northern extremity of Chile ; it is bounded on the south by 
 i he department of Vallenar, by the Sierra which, from Mount Manilas, runs westward, dividing the declivities 
 of the rivers Guasco and Copiapo, up to the point called Boqueron ; on the west, by the department ■>(' 
 Caldera; on the east, by the Andes, whore Mounts Llullaillaco, Manilas and others are found, in which the 
 following passes open out: Paipote, Come-Caballos or Fulido, Pueblo del Inca, and some less explored ones, 
 which open a passage to the Argentine Republic." 
 
 Paris, 1849, printed by Bernard and Co. (The Mercantile Gazette of Bueuos Aires, 1850). 
 
Opinion of Other Writers. 67 
 
 such a beautiful, so perfect and so magnificent a way as in Chile, and this, not by politics, 
 but by Nature, by the hand of God. Two deserts, the ocean and the largest mountains of the 
 universe, these are its boundaries 
 
 " While the potato, that, without doubt, is indigenous to Chile, grows wild on 
 the summit of the mountains of Nahuelbuta, at Concepcion, it produces itself in perfect 
 beauty in tlie valley of Aconcagua, so that one can only say that in the Chilian Andes, 
 or more properly in the icestern slopes of the Andes which we call Chile, grow all temperate 
 plants, all cereals all vegetables, and all trees for fruit and ornament 
 
 " The general topography of the country presents one characteristic, viz. the western 
 slope of the Andes, which commences in the regions of the eternal snows and descends 
 gradually to the shores of the sea." 
 
 In a lecture given also by Sefior Vicuna Mackenna at the Travellers' Club 
 in New York,* on the Present Condition and Prospects of Chile, on the 
 23rd December, 1865, he said : — 
 
 " In the first place, Chile has its boundaries laid out as if by the hand of God, for 
 
 forming a single nation Chile has no nieghbours, properly speaking. Its limits 
 
 are almost impassable to all nations. On the east the lofty Andes, covered with eternal 
 snow; at the north the Desert of Atacama, a wilderness of GOO miles, where neither 
 man nor animal, nor even the hardiest of plants can live; on the south the boundless 
 plains of savage and unknown Patagonia ; on the west, its only vulnerable side, the mighty 
 Pacific Ocean." 
 
 Sefior Vicente Perez Rosales f (a Chilian) in his Essai sur le Chili, 
 says : — 
 
 " Western Chile, the consideration of which is the sole object of this essay, is con- 
 tained between the parallel of Mejillones on the frontier of Bolivia, Cape Horn, the 
 culminating line of the Andes, and the Pacific Ocean. To this section belong the islands 
 of Juan Fernandez, Masafuera, Santa Maria, Mocha, and the Archipelago of Ancud, 
 Guaitecas, Chonos, and Tierra del Fuego. 
 
 " At Cape Froward the continent of Western Chile commences, and it terminates at 
 Mejillones on the frontier of Bolivia. 
 
 " In traversing the coast from north to south one comes upon an arid desert enclosed 
 between the vast chain of the Andes and the sandy dunes that border the Pacific. This 
 is the Desert of Atacama ; it embraces the whole extent of the country as far as the base 
 of these colossal mountains, and it ought to be considered as^one of the greatest benefits 
 
 * SeSor Vicuna Mackenna was, at that time, the Special Chilian Envoy to the United States Govern- 
 ment ; his lecture, therefore, is all the more important. 
 
 f Hamburg, 1857. At the time when SeSor Perez Eosales wrote, Chile was claiming Patagonia, which 
 was then called by Chile " Eastern or Transandine Chile." 
 
 K 2 
 

 68 Divergences in the Cordillera tie los Andes. 
 
 that nature has accorded to Chile, by establishing an impassable barrier between that country 
 and the adjacent on> s. 
 
 " The dreary aspect of the coasts as far as the latitude of Coquimbo, would be even 
 more dismal than that of Patagonia, without the presence of the Cordilleras, the heights 
 of which, covered with glistening snow, stand out against the azure of the pure 
 atmosphere 
 
 " Western Chile may be considered as the downward slope of the Andes which descends 
 gradually to the Pacific Ocean. The first parallel would represent this powerful chain, the 
 second, the mountains known under the name of Cordillera del Medio, and the third, the 
 mountains of the coast, that are also called ' Cordilleras de la Costa? " 
 
 Senor Jose Victorino Lastarria (the ex-Minister Plenipotentiary of Chile to 
 the Argentine Republic) in his Lecciones de Geografia Moderna, a work highly 
 appreciated in Chile, and approved by the University of Santiago as an educa- 
 tional text-book, says : — 
 
 " The Republic of Chile, situated on the south-western portion of South America, 
 extends from the Atacama Desert to Cape Horn. The great chain of the Andes separates 
 it on the east from the Argentine Confederation, and it is washed by the Pacific Ocean on 
 the west.'' 
 
 Senor Miguel Luis Amunategui in his book, La Dictadura de O'Higgins, 
 writes as follows : — 
 
 " The Andes, that colossal bulwark with which God has protected our country on 
 the east." 
 
 And, in the Biografia de Don Manuel Salas, he added — 
 
 " The fertile land of Chile, which lies beneath the most beautiful sky in the world, 
 protected on the east by a gigantic Cordillera, and washed on the west by a calm and 
 stormless sea." 
 
 And, in his Reconquista Espafiola, the following passage occurs :— 
 
 " How did General San Martin traverse the Andes, that stupendous natural barrier 
 which God has fixed between the two countries? .... That colossal barrier which separates 
 Chile from the Argentine Provinces, on which reigns a perpetual winter, has all the dangers 
 of the ocean without possessing any of its advantages." 
 
 Don Manuel Antonio Matta, one of the most distinguished public men of 
 Chile, in treating of the difficult question of limits, in an interesting book,* 
 
 says : 
 
 " On the southern frontiers, one does not see, although it may he indicated, the 
 continuous backbone of the Andes, which there becomes lower, and interrupted, and 
 
 * Manuel Antonio Matta, La Cuestios Chileno-Argentiua, Santiago ile Chile, 1874, p. 60. 
 
Opinion of Other Writers. 69 
 
 until a short time ago was thought to be more broken up than it really is. Recent 
 explorations have in great measure confirmed that belief, as may be seen by the diary 
 of his journey by Commander Enrique Simpson, which proved that the river Aysen, at 
 lat. 45° 25' S., crosses the Andes ; " 
 
 and taking these facts into account, proposed to the two countries to settle the 
 question of boundaries in this manner : — 
 
 P. 96. — " The Argentine Republic, a continental country, and which faces the 
 Atlantic, and possesses there her interests and her future ; for this reason, and by reason 
 of the well grounded claims which she has proved over that portion of territory, as well 
 as for reasons of continuity, contiguity, and facilities, might, and it is even perhaps true 
 to say, ought to receive all that is found to the east of the real or ideal line of the summit of 
 the Andes, as far as parallel lat. 50° S., recouping herself with the whole of the interior 
 of Patagonia for the part of that territory and for Tierra del Fuego which were left to 
 Chile, a maritime country which finds both convenience and her own interests in the 
 colonisation of those islands, a colonisation which she has tried, and in part accomplished." 
 
 And as a last quotation, it will now be well to recall the words of Senor 
 Gaspar Toro,* the Secretary of Legation of Senor Barros Arana himself, when 
 he was Minister of Chile in the Argentine Republic, whilst he was negotiating 
 the Treaties of 1876 and 1878 :— 
 
 " The great Cordillera de los Andes, which runs through all America, comes down 
 uninterrupted as far as Llanquihue, on the southern boundary of Patagonia. In its pro- 
 longation towards the south, it is intersected and disappears in some places, and, in others, 
 it opens out, and splits up into branches, which stretch out their spurs far into the interior 
 of Patagonia, or else hide their bases in the Pacific, their crests forming the islands of the 
 coast. There any anticlinal line or divortia aquarium seems to be effaced : the waters flow in 
 every direction, through large valleys, considerable lakes, high and vast table-lands, until 
 they empty themselves, some in the Pacific and others in the Atlantic. Where does the 
 great Cordillera definitely end ? According to some, at Cape Froward, which advances 
 into the Strait, a little to the south-west of Punta Arenas; according to others at Cape 
 Providencia, fifty leagues to the west of it, or somewhat to the north of this cape ; and 
 according to others, the mountains of Tierra del Fuego form part of the same Andean 
 system, of which the definite end would be the chain bearing Mounts Sarmiento and 
 Darwin, near Cape Horn." 
 
 Not a single one of the Chilian writers or geographers, as it has been seen, 
 has ever disagreed in the knowledge of the " Cordillera de los Andes " as the 
 boundary line between Chile and the Argentine Republic. All and every one 
 
 * La Diplomacia Chileno- Argentina en la Cuestion de Liruites, por Gaspar Toro, Santiago de Chile , 
 1879, p. 10. 
 
70 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 of them have always understood by " Cordillera" or " Cordillera de los Andes," 
 the lofty crest, the impassable barrier, the Avail made by God to divide the two 
 countries. 
 
 Not only in the quotations made has the definition of the Cordillera been 
 clearly expressed, but they also show that the " Cordillera de los Andes " was at 
 all times looked upon as the safeguard of Chile on the eastern side. The 
 Treaty of 1881 has laid down the line so well defined by Senor Matta, but 
 now the Chilian Expert proposes to leave to the west both slopes of the 
 Cordillera, and to place a frontier in the plains of Patagonia. It is not possible 
 to accept such a proposition, contrary to tradition, to the occupation of the land, 
 and opposed to future tranquillity. 
 
 The Chilian Representative, however, has entered into some considerations 
 to support the claims of Senor Barros Arana, quoting a few authors of more or 
 less importance whose phrases, he thinks, harmonise with those claims. 
 
 Though this is not the case, and though the complete transcriptions already 
 put before the Tribunal would suffice to prove that no one has ever doubted that 
 the boundary line is the summits of the Cordillera, as it has been also stated by 
 Senor Alejandro Bertrand,* nevertheless, being convenient to unhinge all the 
 assertions in the statement read by the Representative of Chile, a brief account 
 of the matter is presented here. 
 
 The extracts therein contained from geographers and statesmen refer to 
 watershed, and starting from this single fact, it is taken for granted that those 
 geographers and statesmen speak of the continental divide, and that they think 
 it is possible to swerve the Cordillera de los Andes in the marking out of the 
 international frontier. 
 
 Observation, however, proves it to be otherwise. 
 
 The case presented by this boundary dispute would be an anomalous, unique 
 and exceptional one, inasmuch as, on one side, a number of passages, which 
 clearly and luminously point out that the boundary must be sought in the edge 
 or upper ridge of the main chain of the Andes, are cited, while on the other 
 hand, allusion is made to authorities mentioning the divortium aquarum. It 
 would be an anomalous and unique case, not precisely on account of the dis- 
 similitude of the opinions — which is of frequent occurrence in relation to any 
 question whatsoever — but because the supporters of the one and the other 
 
 * Estudio tecnico, p. 18. 
 
Opinion of Other Writers. 7 1 
 
 theory did not themselves take into account that they were advancing different 
 doctrines. Furthermore, it is not unusual to find in the writings of authors cited 
 by the Chilian Representative explicit references to the crest of the Cordillera, 
 though on other occasions they may have referred to the divortium aquarum of 
 the Cordillera. Unless it be shown that there exists obvious and gross contra- 
 diction in their opinions, one must conclude that, when the divortium aqudrurn 
 is defined, they intend to indicate that part of the main chain where its water- 
 shed occurs. In fact, when a few statesmen and geographers have spoken 
 about the watershed of the Cordillera, they have meant, as could not be other- 
 wise, the watershed in the main and central chain, and not any of the many 
 other watersheds that may exist, and do exist, in any region either level or 
 mountainous. 
 
 It seems superfluous to enlarge on definitions of simple points, and to repeat 
 that there are many varieties of watersheds, from a continental water-parting to 
 that of the streams flowing to the tributaries of the same river ; it is not, 
 however, superfluous to recall that the very Experts of the Chilian Republic 
 maintained the truth of this assertion prior to, and after the signing of, the 
 Treaty of 1881.* 
 
 * The Chilian Expert, Senor Barros Arana, has stated that, " Each one (speaking of the rivers) has its 
 water s,\ stern, bed or basin, that is to say, the whole country whose waters form it; that of an important 
 river which reaches to the sea, is called principal ; that of a medium river, secondary ; and that of other 
 much smaller rivers, tertiary ; the boundaries dividing these areas, or fluvial regions, bear the name of 
 watershed liDes." * Consequently, in each region the watershed presents particular aspects and conditions, 
 according as it is a principal, secondary or tertiary division. 
 
 Senor Bertrand, in describing, in 1884, the Atacama Cordilleras, expressed himself as follows: "North of 
 the 28th degree a new hydrographical conformation is presented, consisting in independent basins or beds 
 whose waters do not visibly feed any rivers whatever, and which are, moreover, separated from their 
 neighbours by rising ground. This conformation is the predominant. one in the high plains of Atacama, of 
 Salta and Jujuy, of Lipez, Chichas and Oruro; it is evidenced by a bifurcation of the Andean divortia aquarum 
 into two branches; that to the west marks the boundary of the streams flowing towards the Pacific sea-board, 
 the eastern indicates those which, directly or indirectly, proceed to the Atlantic. These two branches of the 
 divortia aquarum are very winding ; have very acute internal angles, such as those forming the source of the 
 Rio San Francisco or Fiambala, and the Bio de San Juan Mayo, and do not unite except at the 14J degree of 
 latitude, at which point the divortium aquarum recovers its unity and preserves it to the northern extremity 
 of the Andes. Between the two principal branches into which the water-partiug bifurcates, are many others 
 forming the divide between the various basins or beds of ichicli we have spoken. Some of these are very extensive, 
 as those of Lakes Titicaca and Poopo, and others, such as the chief number of those forming the southern 
 part of the high plateau with which we are occupied, extremely restricted." f 
 
 The Chilian Bepresentative, in speaking before this Tribunal, abounded in extracts and passages which 
 more and more confirmed the idea that watersheds vary in the same way as the nature of the phenomena 
 which produce them. "If it were claimed," he said, "that this phrase means only the summits dividing a 
 
 * Elementos de Geografia Fisica, by Diego Barros Arana, 3rd edition, Santiago, 1881, p. 124. 
 
 t Memoria sobre las Cordilleras del Desierto de A taenia, by Alejandro Bertrand, Santiago, 1885, p. 200. 
 
72 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 If, therefore, and as the Chilian Representative states, there are so many 
 watersheds, one must not, nor can one, conclude therefrom that the fact alone of 
 speaking of watersheds implies reference to the South American water-divide, 
 but, on the contrary, just as the South American Continent and the Cordillera arc 
 different things, so also the Continental divortia aquarum and the divortia aquarum 
 of the Cordillera de los Andes are different, although in many parts they 
 concur. 
 
 The statesmen and geographers who, although they refer to the Chilian 
 boundary as being the crest of the Andes, speak at the same time of the divortia 
 aquarum, could not have referred to any other divide than that which takes place 
 in that crest. 
 
 If one examines carefully, and with an unprejudiced mind, the facts cited by 
 the Chilian Representative, one will find that, notwithstanding the form in which 
 they have been presented, none of them support the Chilian doctrine. 
 
 1. Speaking of the Congress of Lima, he stated that it was there laid 
 down — 
 
 " That the delimitation of frontiers between those different States (Peru, Bolivia, 
 Chile, Ecuador and Colombia) should be carried out by searching for natural lines, such 
 as the water-parting summits, or the thalweg of the rivers." 
 
 But " the water-parting summits " — assuming the translation to be correct — is 
 not the Continental divide. The Congress took notice of the summits, but not 
 of the isolated peaks which disperse the waters on all sides ; took notice of the 
 uninterrupted crests at the intersection of the two inclined planes of a chain, an 
 intersection which naturally divides the waters of the same ; they did not refer to 
 the watershed of the Atlantic and Pacific basins. 
 
 2. The Instructions given on October 10, 1848, by the Government of Chile 
 to Senor A. Pissis, " to make the survey for a topographic map of the country," 
 are said to be in harmony with the doctrine of the continental divide, the con- 
 sequence of which is that the ridge of the Cordillera de los Andes, and even the 
 Cordillera itself, is departed from. This is not the case, however. 
 
 " Senor Pissis," the instructions read, " shall devote particular attention to the Cor- 
 dillera de los Andes, which he shall examine in the most thorough manner possible in 
 
 certain part of the waters, it would be useless, as it would leave the problem of delimitation as vague as 
 before; for, although there is only one general water-divide, not crossed by any water-course, there arc 
 an indefinite number of secondary divides, amongst which the selection would have to be made, if such an 
 interpretation were accepted." 
 
Opinion of Other Writers. 73 
 
 order to establish with precision the edge or culminating line which separates the slopes 
 that descend to the Argentine Provinces from those that water the Chilian territory." 
 
 Thus, it is to the Cordillera de los Andes, and not to the South American 
 
 continent, and within the Cordillera, to its edge or culminating line, that Senor 
 
 Pissis was to devote his attention. In this edge, in this culminating line, the 
 
 intersection of the two opposite slopes must be sought. If the Instructions of 
 
 the 10th October, 1848, supports the claim of either of the two countries, it is 
 
 certainly not that of the country which departing from the Andes and its crest 
 
 occupies itself, independent of the mountain barrier, with water-divides only. 
 
 The message in which President Bulnes informed the Chilian Congress upon the 
 
 commission entrusted to Senor Pissis has also been invoked as an argument in 
 
 support of the Chilian contention, but this can easily be disproved. It reads as 
 
 follows : — 
 
 "It was an imperative necessity to have an exact map, which, while exhibiting the 
 geological and mineralogical features of Chile, marked out all the most notable points of 
 the country, their altitudes above the level of the sea, and the culminating line of the 
 Cordillera between the slopes that descend to the Argentine Provinces and those that 
 water the Chilian territory." 
 
 The culminating line of the Cordillera is not the line where the continental 
 divide is sometimes produced in the Argentine plains. Senor Pissis carried 
 out his mission as has been stated, with the natural errors of detail which, in 
 view of the magnitude of the work, were to be expected, confining himself, 
 however, to the tenor of the orders received. He gives us in his survey of the 
 Cordillera de los Andes the precise features of the great range ; his map shows 
 us the crest of its main chain as he knew and understood it, without taking 
 into account the borders of the water-basins when they present on the edge of 
 the range abnormal characters.* 
 
 When he wrote his book, Chile harboured pretensions over Patagonia, so 
 that he was obliged to use caution in delineating the eastern boundary, preferring 
 to leave it undetermined. This notwithstanding, outside of Patagonia, where no 
 controversy existed, he indicated that the frontier was formed, not by the line 
 of separation between the Atlantic and Pacific water-courses, but " by the 
 anticlinal line of the Cordillera de los Andes " — a very different matter, certainly, 
 and which corroborates the Argentine contention. 
 
 * In Sheet No. 9 of the map of Pissis is shown the boundary line cutting an eastern affluent of the river 
 NuLle. • 
 
74 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 3. The quotations made by the Chilian Representative from the other 
 geographers of his country, Gay, Asta-Buruaga and Domeyko, whose works 
 have already been analysed with the minuteness required, are not very pertinent 
 to the question, and it is, therefore, unnecessary to revert to them in detail here. 
 (Jay, when in the text of his book he sets forth the limits of the country, does not 
 mention the waters in any sense whatever, and he simply states that — 
 
 "Chile is separated from the Argentine Repuhlic by those immense Cordilleras which 
 extend, without interruption, on all the western side of South America." 
 
 Asta-Buruaga, after having stated that Chile is distinguished among other 
 things by the majesty of the Andes, adds that on the east she is separated 
 
 " from the Argentine Republic by the dividing line of the slopes of the Andes." 
 
 The continental divide is not, therefore, his standard rule. Sometimes, it is 
 true, this geographer mentions the watershed, but when doing so he seems to 
 have anticipated giving rise to equivocal interpretations, and hastens to give his 
 idea in its entirety, stating that this watershed is not that of the hydrographic 
 basins, nor that of the spurs of the Cordillera, nor that of the plains, but that of 
 the highest crests. 
 
 "This majestic Cordillera," he writes, "except where it is fissured in the Straits of 
 Magellan and among the channels of Tierra del Fuego, is so compact in its concatenation 
 that throughout the long extension of Chile, it offers no other passage by means of which 
 it can be crossed except the undulations in its ridge, the highest elevation or crest of tohich — 
 <tiirays a considerable one — marks the watershed, to reach which it is necessary to penetrate 
 through the openings and gorges of the streams flowing down from them into the valleys; 
 ami it is for this reason the latter are called passes or defiles." j 
 
 That Seuor Domeyko is quoted by the Chilian Representative can only be 
 explained by its having been done in the erroneous belief that, whenever waters 
 were treated of, reference was made to the continental divide. However, the 
 quotation produces an effect contrary to what is intended, for in the same 
 paragraph which the Chilian Representative cites, the theory of the Treaties, 
 according to which the boundary runs through the main chain of the Cordillera 
 do los Andes, and within it through the watershed belonging to this chain, 
 receives fresh proof. Domeyko, in speaking of Chile, says .- — 
 
 • Diccionario Geografico do hi Republics de Chile, by Francisco Solam .W.a-Buruaga, New York, 
 1867, p. 98. f Ibid., p. 16. 
 
Opinion of Other PVritc?'s. 75 
 
 " Included between the Pacific and the Andean watershed * this country forms the 
 western slope of the immense system of the Cordilleras." 
 
 It seems superfluous to mention that in order that Chile should form said 
 slope, her territory must begin in the highest crests, in the edge or upper 
 ridge of the Cordillera, afterwards sloping down to the ocean. Therefore 
 Domeyko's assertions do not harmonise with a doctrine which insists upon the 
 heights and snow crests being abandoned, in order to occupy the eastern, as well 
 as the western, slope of the Cordillera. 
 
 4. After analysing these paragraphs, the Chilian Representative stated that 
 these same ideas have always prevailed in the Argentine Republic, namely, those 
 with regard to the continental divide, and although he quoted a number of 
 writers, none of them support this theory. But, on the contrary, it is necessary 
 to observe that when they mention the watershed these writers invariably re- 
 ferred, as it was natural they should refer, to the watershed proper and particular 
 to the main chain. 
 
 The Statement read before the Tribunal by the Chilian Representative 
 
 contains a paragraph from Dr. Hermann Burmeister. With the exception of a 
 
 few errors of translation, the quotation is correct, but at the same time it is 
 
 incomplete. The quotation stopped at the very point where the views of the 
 
 author are explained and completed. To restore the paragraph to its full 
 
 context, it must be borne in mind that, after mentioning the watershed, 
 
 Burmeister adds : — 
 
 " Thus, north of the Argentine Republic, the boundary (la linea) follows the western 
 side of the high plateaus of the Cordillera, and, these ceasing on the south, it continues 
 along the western prolongation of the chain of the Cordilleras (la Cumbre). The valleys 
 and gorges between these two chains belong to the Argentine Republic." f 
 
 There could be nothing more conclusive. The western side of the high plateaus, 
 the western prolongation of the chain of the Cordillera (la Cumbre), these are 
 the limits which Burmeister considers settled ; there, and there alone, must the 
 watershed be sought. But there is, however, something more in Burmeister's 
 work which does not appear in the Chilian statement, and which prevents one 
 from trusting the former's opinion as supporting a view which involves aban- 
 doning the Cordillera de los Andes. Further on in his book he speaks of — 
 
 * It may be noted that lie speaks of the watershed of the Cordillera, and not of the continental divide, 
 t Description Physique de la Republique Argentine, by H. Burmeister, Paris, 1876, vol. 1, p. 150. The 
 words in parentheses appear in the French edition. 
 
 L 2 
 
Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 " the Cordilleras, the country's western frontiers, whose highest summits are crowned 
 with volcanoes, extinct for the great part, and emerging from the midst of eternal 
 snows." * 
 
 And where are the eternal snows in the western frontier of the Republic, if the 
 tracing of the continental water-divide is accepted ? Where are the highest 
 summits? They are seen many miles westwards from where some of the rivers, 
 which cross the defiles, have their rise. 
 
 .">. The Chilian Representative has lingered over the investigation of sundry 
 communications exchanged in 1873 between the Ministers of the Argentine 
 and Chilian Republics, part of them relating to the possession of Patagonia and 
 part to the possession of valleys in the Cordillera itself. It is proper to observe, 
 although only in passing, that some of the valleys under dispute at that date* not 
 only are situated east of the main chain of the Andes, not only are they situated 
 east of its watershed, but, moreover, they are situated east ot the continental 
 divide. The Chilian Representative insists, notwithstanding his acknowledgment 
 that these valleys are situated to the east of the continental divide, on proving 
 that the traditional boundary, always recognised as such, was, without dis- 
 crepancy of any kind, that of the said continental divide. The contradiction 
 could not be more obvious. If the continental divide had been unanimously 
 accepted, as is claimed for it, Chile could not have extended her territory east of 
 said line ; if Chile extended her jurisdiction to the other side of the continental 
 divide, it is because that divide did not mark the international frontier. It will 
 be seen further on that the Chilian Government, even after the signing of the 
 Protocol of 1«S9'J, continued claiming valleys to the east of the water-parting 
 of the Continent. 
 
 Now, putting aside this consideration, it must be noted that in the official 
 notes exchanged by the Ministers, the w r ater-systems of the Pacific and the 
 Atlantic not only were not upheld or recognised as boundary line, but, on the 
 contrary, special care was taken to mention the highest crest of the Cordillera, 
 so that, subsequently, reference might be made to the particular watershed of 
 said crest. 
 
 The statement of the Governor of Mendoza would not have been brought 
 forward by the Chilian Republic had there not existed the constant tendency 
 of confounding a mountain watershed with the water-divide of a continent, 
 
 Ibid., p. 155. 
 
Opinion of Other Writers. 77 
 
 dependent or independent as the case may be, of mountain features. It is true 
 that in that statement the courses of waters, rivers and streams are mentioned, but 
 it is not said that the boundary runs through their sources, as some proceed to the 
 Pacific and others to the Atlantic — it is said, on the contrary, that " the greatest 
 heights from which these " rivers start are what has always been " considered 
 as the boundary between the two territories." Mention is afterwards made of the 
 difficulties arising from the existence of " two Cordilleras of equal height," and 
 from the torrents which are formed " when the thawing of the snow begins in 
 the great chain of the Cordilleras " ; the case of " the two main Cordilleras being 
 found " is again laid stress upon ; the case of the streams which have their origin 
 " in the main Cordillera del Planchon " is considered, and it is then added : 
 
 " Further evidence in favour of the crests of the Cordillera de los Andes and the slopes 
 on either side being the boundary with the Republic of Chile is the fact that all the private 
 properties of this province situated in the interior of the range, considered these as the boundary 
 to the ivest; this fact has never been disputed." 
 
 The representative of Chile afterwards quotes the opinion of the Argentine 
 Minister in Chile, Don Felix Frias, contained in this paragraph: — 
 
 " ' Your Government ' (that of Chile) said he to the Minister of Foreign Affairs, 
 ' has agreed that the Andes are the eastern boundary of Chile, and when speaking of the 
 demarcation of the frontier they referred to the operation of marking out in the Andes 
 themselves the divortium aquarum, that is, the boundary line between both countries, an 
 operation of Experts that has not as yet been carried out." 
 
 Such is the passage, and it could not be clearer. It does not say that it is 
 right to go out of the Cordillera to seek on the Argentine pampas the normal or 
 abnormal sources of the livers and streams that run in opposite directions to pour 
 their waters into the Pacific and Atlantic Oceans. The summit of the Cordilleras 
 de los Andes constitutes the boundary, and in it must be sought the divortium 
 aquarum of the Treaties. If there were room for a single doubt it would have to 
 disappear by a simple observation. The words transcribed above form part of a 
 long note in which hundreds of arguments are brought forward to defend the 
 natural boundary formed by the immense masses of the Cordillera. It is often 
 repeated in this note that the frontier runs over k ' the culminating line of the Cor- 
 dillera," over " the great walls of the Cordillera,*' over " the frozen Andes which 
 serve us as a barrier," " over the immense and almost inaccessible Cordillera," 
 over the " chain of towering mountains covered by eternal snow," etc. 
 
78 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 The Representative of Chile has mentioned, in Sefior Frias, an enlightened 
 defender of the Argentine doctrine, and has quoted just the document in which 
 there is the greatest agglomeration of proofs against any theory that could in any 
 way claim to carry the frontier outside the Cordillera and away from its highest 
 crest. Sefior Frias examined old colonial papers and modern extracts from 
 writers of every country, to come to the conclusion that on the crest and only on 
 the crest should the boundaries of the two Republics be marked out, and that, to 
 use his own words, " if there are in the world boundaries that deserve the name 
 of natural, it is those high and prolonged chains of mountains which traverse the 
 whole extent of America." But in spite of the explicit terms of Sefior Frias" 
 categorical statement, there would appear to be an intention of making it har- 
 monise with a theory which partly does away with the main chain of the Andes 
 in order to enclose within a line never agreed upon, great areas of the southern 
 plains of Argentina. As the first paragraph mentioned does not meet this end, 
 it has been thought necessary to enunciate another which is even less compatible 
 with that doctrine. 
 
 " Respecting the inaccuracy which your Excellency believes to exist in the topo- 
 graphical maps of Sefior Pissis/' wrote Minister Frias, " Your Excellency will allow me to 
 say that the Government of Chile here also appears in contradiction with themselves, since 
 this gentleman has done nothing else but cany out the official instructions given him, as 
 appears from the contract to which I have before referred, marking out on the Andes the 
 anticlinal or dividing line of the waters." 
 
 -*& 
 
 Sefior Frias considered that the anticlinal line of the Cordillera, which nobody 
 will seek on the eastern plains, was the dividing line of the waters to which he 
 alluded, and he explained his thought by adding : — 
 
 " For the Government of Chile has understood, like everybody else, in accordance 
 with a universally adopted international rule, that when a mountain or Cordillera 
 separates two countries, the boundary between them is marked on the crests by the 
 watershed." 
 
 The principal and most important element is the crests, to Sefior Frias' mind, and 
 011 the crests the watershed. There is nothing resembling the inter-oceanic 
 water-parting, or anything like it, in the reply, also quoted, by the Chilian 
 Minister, Sefior Ibafiez, who refers, as he himself has written, to "the divortium 
 aquarum in these mountains" (the Cordillera de los Andes), and not to the 
 separation of the hydrographic basins of the rivers tributary of the Atlantic on 
 one side, and of the Pacific on the other. 
 
Opinion of Other Writers. 79 
 
 It appears needless to continue an examination of the documents to which 
 the Representative of Chile attributes such capital importance. They are all 
 made on the same basis ; they all follow one identical purpose. 
 
 Among them, however, there is one in which an evident error has given rise 
 to comments which it is necessary to refute. 
 
 The Minister for Foreign Affairs of the Argentine Republic, Senor Tejedor, 
 in a Report sent to Congress, said : — 
 
 " There has always been a common and traditional understanding that the jurisdictions 
 of Chile and Rio de la Plata were by right delimitated by the crest of the Cordillera de 
 los Andes, running from north to south, down to the Straits of Magellan, and from parallel 
 lat. 41° 10' S., where this natural feature ceases, by the line dividing the waters flowing 
 down towards both seas, taking for this purpose the middle between the points where 
 sources or traces of waters are found, and to the south ending this line the most prominent 
 point of the continent, i.e. Cape Froward, more or less on 53° 50' S." 
 
 Senor Tejedor states, as is seen, that whenever the Cordillera is the boundary 
 its crest must be followed ; that this has been a common and traditional under- 
 standing, and that only where the Cordillera ceases must the divortium aquarum 
 be followed. The Representative of Chile transcribes the paragraph, and deduces 
 therefrom that Senor Tejedor is a partisan of the inter-oceanic divide all along 
 the frontier, where the Cordillera exists, and where the Cordillera does not exist. 
 The absence of logic is evident. The idea expressed for cases in which the 
 Andean barrier disappears cannot be applied to the cases in which it displays its 
 grandeur and majesty, and the reasoning is still less logical when the author has 
 himself undertaken to say — 
 
 " that the jurisdiction of Chile and Rio de la Plata were by right delimitated by the 
 crest of the Cordillera de los Andes, running from north to south, down to the Straits of 
 Magellan." 
 
 It is, indeed, stated that the Cordillera disappears to the south of parallel 
 41° 10', but it can easily be seen that this statement is due to a printer's error. 
 It is inconceivable that the crest of the Cordillera de los Andes should be said 
 to serve as a boundary as far as the Strait of Magellan, as stated by Senor 
 Tejedor, and that, in the next line, it should be added that the Cordillera dis- 
 appears at parallel 41° 10', distant twelve degrees latitude to the north of the 
 same strait. The contradiction would be inexplicable. 
 
 Facts prove that the Cordillera extends along the whole western edge of 
 
80 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 America, and the Treaty of 1881 has respected it as a frontier as far as parallel 
 52°. Up to there, if Sefior Tejedor's words apply, the crest of the chain must 
 unfailingly be followed, and never any other doctrine imagined for regions in 
 which mountains are not found. 
 
 6. The Representative of Chile also appeals — always with the idea that, 
 whenever the divortium aquarum is mentioned, reference is made to the continental 
 divortium — to the project presented to the Argentine Senate in 1871, which con- 
 tains the following expressions : " the divortium aquarum in the Cordillera de los 
 Andes"; "the divortium aquarum in the crests of the Andes." The clearness of 
 the texts is such that their meaning cannot be doubted. When the divortium 
 aquarum is determined on a range of mountains, and localised on the crests of 
 it, it cannot be understood, by implication, that the crests may be abandoned, 
 and that the range may also be abandoned in favour of the plains. The authors 
 of the project fixed their eyes on the Cordillera, on its gigantic crests, as a 
 principal feature which ought to be taken into account, and then determined 
 that on those crests, and never swerving from them, their own peculiar divortium 
 aquarum should be sought. 
 
 7. The next quotation of the Chilian Representative is from a book entitled 
 La Provincia de San Juan en la Exposicion de Cordoba (Geography and Sta- 
 tistics), in which the following phrase is found : — 
 
 " Boundaries and demarcation of the province : to the west the high central chain 
 of the Cordillera de los Andes, or dividing line of the waters which separates it from the 
 province of Aconcagua and Coquimbo in the Republic of Chile." 
 
 The phrase used by the author, Senor Igarzabal, cannot be more conclusive 
 — the divide on the high central chain ; and that, it is needless to say, is not the 
 continental divortium aquarum. The line agreed upon by the two Experts on 
 October 1, 1898, passes along the edge of that central chain, which is the same 
 that the Chilian Expert has ever considered as such boundary in his works as 
 geographer, historian and expert. 
 
 8. Senor Antonio Bermejo has been no less conclusive in his writings, and 
 yet the Representative of Chile has also quoted him. The paragraphs in which 
 he believes reference is made to the continental divide, far from meeting: that 
 conception, state once more the idea that the boundary runs over the upper crest 
 of the Cordillera, that the natural and impassable boundary is constituted by the 
 enormous masses of that Cordillera. The words quoted from Sefior Bermejo are 
 the following : — 
 
Opinion of O titer Writers. 81 
 
 " The demarcation between the Argentine and Chilian possessions on the crests of 
 the Andes, is connected with the discussion about the Cordillera grazing lands (potreros) 
 which we proceed to examine. The high mountains of the Andes, extending to the 
 extreme south of the continent, separate in a diametrically opposite direction the waters 
 which fertilise the territories lying on either side of them. Seeing the extent of the 
 Cordilleras, which are of considerable breadth throughout nearly their whole length, it 
 is necessary to adopt as regards the valleys comprised in them, a line of demarcation 
 awarding these equitably and rationally to the frontier nations. In this case the dividing 
 line of the waters or the divortium aquarum, fixed as the boundary by all writers, 
 determined a clear and convenient basis for the delimitation of the territorial sovereignty. 
 Moreover, many publicists, such as Bluntschli, show that even in doubtful cases the 
 dividing line of the waters constitutes the legal boundary." 
 
 It must be observed that in the Statement read by the representative 
 of Chile the first passage of the paragraph has been omitted, and hence 
 the erroneous conclusion which has been arrived at. In the way it has been 
 presented the quotation would seem to strengthen the Chilian argument; but 
 had it been cited in its integrity, the result should have been contrary to what 
 it was designed to prove in the Statement. Sefior Bermejo enunciates, in the 
 suppressed passage, that he is going to study the rules of demarcation " on the 
 crests of the Andes" and nobody has ever raised any doubt as to the fact that the 
 feature which, on that crest, must be taken into account is the separating line of 
 the waters which fall from the height down the opposite slopes of the chain. 
 Besides, and even though this first paragraph did not exist, it would not be 
 possible to doubt the meaning of the author, noticing that reference is made to 
 " the elevated mountains of the Andes," and that he grounds his conclusions on 
 the opinion of Bluntschli, who, as will be seen further on, is very explicit re- 
 garding the Argentine contention. And since the Representative of Chile has 
 thought fit to mention Sefior Bermejo's book, to define the views which that 
 statesman had on the Andean boundary, it may be well to complete the quota- 
 tions by other parts of the same book, where every attempt to abandon the 
 snow-capped crests of the Cordillera is repudiated, and therefore the continental 
 divide is repudiated too. The following are the passages : — 
 
 " Imaginary lines may be encroached upon at any moment, but the real boundary 
 made by Nature herself on the highest crests in America/although it may open a passage to 
 the telegraph for the confraternisation of the two peoples in the fruitful work of progress, 
 also raises between the frontiers of the Argentine Republic and Chile all its colossal 
 grandeur, to tell both nations that God has condemned the suggestions of ambition and 
 covetousness. The preservation of the natural and traditional boundaries forms, in my 
 opinion, something like an ineludible law of history, a law which defeats the arrange- 
 
 M 
 
82 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 ments of cabinets and at the same time scorns the preponderating power of war, armed 
 with the right of conquest, raising upon the ephemeral lines planned by the conqueror 
 
 and the politician, tbe immovable line of the Supreme Ordainer of the worlds 
 
 Thus also the Argentine nation and Chile in peace and in war, with or without 
 arbitrations, will necessarily stop at the snow-capped crests of the Andes with which 
 Providence has defended their soil. Chilians and Argentines, without rancour or prejudice, 
 will seek each other then to seal on that gigantic altar their eternal alliance, consecrating 
 in deference to right, peace and justice the boundary marked out by the hand of God 
 between the two Republics." * 
 
 9. The Representative of Chile concludes his enumeration of opinions 
 previous to the Treaty of 1881, by mentioning two maps, the one which he 
 attributes to Burmeister and that of the Commission presided over by Don 
 Ricardo Napp. In both, it is stated, the boundary is made by the line of the 
 continental divortium, while the truth is that neither of the two maps has any 
 bearing on the pending controversy. 
 
 With reference to the first, the Chilian Statement says that Dr. Burmeister 
 has made " a map of that Republic (the Argentine) down to laf. 40°, which teas 
 considered the best cartographic document of that country." As a matter of fact. 
 however, Dr. Burmeister did not publish such a map, and therefore the argument 
 falls through. 
 
 The map by the Argentine Central Committee for the Exhibition at 
 Philadelphia has no importance in the controversy. It is added to a work 
 entitled The Argentine Republic, and the author, Sehor Napp, writes con- 
 cerning it : — 
 
 " It appears superfluous to state here once more that these last data, however 
 accurate now, cannot be considered as definitive, which remark also applies to the annexed 
 map, on account of the said boundary questions. We must also observe that the inter- 
 provincial boundaries, as they stand in our map, may perhaps require certain modifications 
 in the course of time, because, like the international ones, they are not yet fixed with 
 precision. The object of this map and of this book cannot be to give an opinion or advice 
 respecting the territorial claims of the provinces or confederate states of the Argentine RejMblie ; 
 but, having to show these boundaries in our map, we have consulted the special report of 
 the special commission appointed by the National Senate for the purpose of inquiring 
 into these questions, and although it has not yet been passed by Congress, it has served 
 as a basis — as far as possible — in our map, respecting both the interprovincial boundaries 
 and those of the national territories, their names and division ; though we do not in any 
 way claim to anticipate the definite decision of Congress. It is not improbable that in 
 
 * La Cuestion Chilena y el Arbitrage, by Antonio Borniojo, 1879, Buenos Aires, pp. 59 and 60. 
 
Opinion of Other IVriters. 83 
 
 the other chapters of this book, especially in the description of the provinces, data will be 
 found not corresponding to the division indicated in our map, because the data obtained for the 
 purpose may have been taken from older sources." * 
 
 If, then, the author attributes to his map such a secondary merit, it is not 
 possible to attribute decisive authority to it, since it is only a sketch map. 
 
 Moreover, Sefior Napp, who did not pretend to publish a complete map of 
 the Argentine Republic, did not pay any attention to the fact that in Patagonia 
 there are many rivers which cross the Cordillera. At that time Patagonia was 
 an uninhabited region ; his own map shows this. Napp supposed that, along its 
 whole extent, the rivers rise on the high crest of the Cordillera, and drew them 
 so ; but in spite of this error, when he has spoken of the boundaries, explaining 
 his map, lie has not referred to the continental divide, but to the crest of the 
 Cordillera cle los Andes, as is proved by the following paragraphs taken haphazard 
 from his book : — 
 
 " Her rights (the Argentine Republic) to a considerable part of the Patagonian lands 
 have even been disputed lately. The Republic of Chile, however, from -which these 
 attempts come, has demonstrated by herself the illegitimacy of her claims, for the districts 
 which compose this latter country are clearly indicated, not only in her own Constitution, 
 but also in the Treaty by which Spain, the original possessor, recognised her independence, 
 naming successively all the parts that form her, and in this document no Chilian right of 
 possession in Patagonia is mentioned."! 
 
 Speaking of the frontier, in a concrete manner, Sefior Napp says : — 
 
 " To the west, the boundaries run from the southern point of Cape Hornos (lat. 56° 
 and long. 67°) along the western crests of the Cordillera, as far as lat. 45° and long. 71° 30', 
 and then to JST.N.W. until lat. 26° 20' and long. 69°, thence following a more N.E. 
 direction until lat. 22° (or lat. 20°) and long. 6G°, where it meets the northern limit." J 
 
 Further on, Sefior Napp deals with the province of Mendoza, and says : — 
 
 " Bounded on the north by the province of San Juan ; on the east by San 
 Luis ; and on the south by the Pampa, it has for its western boundary the frontier 
 between the Argentine Republic and that of Chile, situated along the western crest of the 
 Cordillera."^ 
 
 Therefore Sefior Napp, as all the other authors whom the Representative 
 of Chile has quoted, express themselves in a sense which, as was to be foreseen, 
 
 * La Kepiiblica Argentina, by Eicardo Napp, Buenos Aires, 1876, p. 26. 
 t Ibid., p. 23. | Ibid., p. 26. § Ibid., p. 435. 
 
 ii 2 
 
84 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 does not permit one to think that it was their intention to advise the swerving 
 from the Cordillera, since it was purposed to trace a line in the Cordillera itself. 
 
 All Avriters who have dealt with the Argentine-Chilian frontier, at all 
 times and in all countries, have been unable to disregard the crest of the 
 Cordillera, and have believed that it would never admit of dispute that this 
 loftiest ridge should constitute the agreed barrier between the jurisdictions of the 
 two nations, as it was already the barrier which nature had placed in order to 
 prevent any tendency to territorial expansion. For all of them the natural 
 boundary was the orographical one, and in no case have they taken into account 
 the problematical continental divide. They have accepted a palpable fact, instead 
 of following theoretical speculations. 
 
Opinions of the Chilian Expert. 85 
 
 CHAPTER IV. 
 
 Summary — 1. Opinions of the Chilian Expert. 
 
 2. The Cordillera as Described by the Chilian Expert. 
 
 3. The Chilian Expert's Definitions and Description of Patagonia. 
 
 1. OPINIONS OF THE CHILIAN EXPERT. 
 
 The Chilian Expert, Senor Barros Arana, took a very important part in the 
 diplomatic negotiations previous to the Treaty of 1881, and his views respect- 
 ing the boundary line which he has proposed in the name of his Government, 
 have given rise to the questions and differences of opinion submitted to the 
 arbitration of Her Britannic Majesty's Government. He is the author of a 
 work on physical geography,* in which he expresses ideas completely opposed 
 to those which he has since maintained as Chilian Expert. Taking into account 
 the observations of all the authors Avho have been mentioned in the preceding 
 Chapter, he gives a description of the physical features of Chile ; and his opinions 
 with respect to the Cordillera de los Andes will suffice of themselves to show 
 the correctness of the frontier line proposed by the Argentine Expert. 
 
 If Senor Barros Arana's opinions are quoted, it is certainly not to show his 
 contradictions in the matter. The object is much more important. Senor Barros 
 Arana's works had a reputation in his own country and in the Argentine 
 Republic, and the object in view is to show that his conceptions of " the Cor- 
 dillera " were the same as those of the other Chilian statesmen. His books and 
 university teaching, as well as those of Sefiores Pissis, Domeyko, Gay, Amunategui, 
 Vicuila-Mackenna, have in reality formed the basis of the opinions generally held 
 in the Argentine Republic and Chile concerning the " Cordillera de los Andes." 
 
 * Elenientos de Geografia Fisica by Diego Barros Arana, 1st edition, Santiago, 1871; 2nd, 1874; 3rd, 
 1881 ; 4th, 1888. 
 
86 Divergences in the. Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 2. THE CORDILLERA AS DESCRIBED BY THE CHILIAN EXPERT. 
 
 The descriptions of Senor Barros Arana are so graphic that the somewhat 
 lengthy quotations made are perhaps excusable. Referring to the mountains of 
 South America, he says *: — 
 
 " The chain of the Andes, so remarkable on account of its enormous length of more 
 than 7000 kilometres, extending through nearly fifty degrees of longitude, and of the great 
 height of its peaks, is less regular than might at first be supposed. It starts at the 
 southern extremity of America, and it could even be said, at the island of Tierra del 
 Fuego, where a sufficiently elevated height, Mount Sarmiento (2106 metres), is to be 
 found. Running along the western coast of the continent, it becomes gradually higher, until 
 between lat. 33° and 31° rise two gigantic peaks — the Tupungato (6710 metres) and the 
 Aconcagua (6834 metres) — this latter being the highest point in the whole chain. From this 
 place rise several ridges which extend towards the eastern side, while on the western rises 
 another very much lower chain which skirts the coast of Chile, and which must be considered 
 as a separate chain. Farther north, these eastern ramifications increase, but in lat. 22°, 
 where the Cordillera inclines to the north-west, following the trend of the coast, a true 
 chain of lofty mountains strikes out, which is called the Cordillera Real, which, on the east, 
 forms the great Bolivian tableland, and from which rise two peaks, Illimani (6445 metres) 
 and the Nevado de Sorata (6487 metres) which until recently were considered to be the 
 loftiest mountains in America. North of Lake Titicaca, the two chains connect by a 
 transverse ridge, but continue to develop in a north-western direction parallel to the coast. 
 Although the eastern Cordillera is cut through in many places by tributaries of the 
 Amazon, its general directum is easily recognised." 
 
 P. 54. — " The lowlands and plains which, in Chile, extend from the range called 
 Chacabuco to Reloncavi Bay, and are enclosed between the Cordilleras of the Andes and 
 the coast cltain of mountains, is one of the most extensive, most beautiful and richest 
 longitudinal valleys that exist." 
 
 In chapter xv. p. 296 of the same first edition, Senor Barros Arana 
 
 says :— 
 
 "Chile is formed by a narrow strip of uneven and mountainous territory which 
 stretches f from north to south, west of the great Cordillera de los Andes, from lat. 24° S., 
 that is to say, from the Desert of Ataeama as far as Cape Horn, lat. 55° 48' S., i.e. in 
 one extension of 21° 48'. The width of this strip of territory varies from 150 kilometres 
 at lat. 33° S. to 180 kilometres at lat. 38° S. Still further south the territory 
 becomes much narrowek, the ocean penetrates into the land, forming numerous islands, 
 until it bathes the foot of the great Cordillera. This narrow strip of ground owes the 
 
 * 1st edition, 1871, p. 4G. 
 
 " From north to-south," and "as far as the parallel of lat. 52° S.," are expressions to be found in the 
 1881 Treaty, so that the trainers of that Treaty might have taken the definition of tfce boundary from Senor 
 Barros Arana's work. 
 
The Cordillera as described by the Chilian Expert. 87 
 
 special aspect of its surface to two chains of mountains which run parallel from north 
 to south, enclosing a long valley. From the northern extremity to lat. 33° 4', -this valley 
 is frequently interrupted by transverse ranges, separated from each other by more or 
 less narrow valleys, through which flow the rivers that descend from the Cordilleras. 
 In lat. 33° 4' S. the transverse chain of Chacabuco separates the northern from the 
 southern region, and from that point the longitudinal valley is open to view. To the 
 east rises the great chain of the Andes formed by rugged mountains, abrupt ravines, declivities 
 streaked by stratifications of variegated hues, numerous volcanic cones, jagged crags and 
 inaccessible summits lost in the regions of eternal snow. To the west stretches the chain of 
 mountains called the ' Cordillera de la Costa,' formed by low, round, flattened granite 
 mountains, the undefined shapes of which resemble the waves of a sea quieting after a 
 raging storm. These two chains come close together or recede from each other, thus 
 alternately narrowing or widening the central valley ; but in general it may be said 
 that this valley is more open and extensive in its prolongation toward the south. At 
 lat. 41° 30' S. the valley disappears, the sea taking its place, and the coast chain is to be 
 seen forming more or less extensive islands up to the latitude of Cape Horn. 
 
 " There is no country on the face of the globe which possesses a more marked and 
 original conformation than that of Chile. A long strip of territory which only measures 
 long. 2i° in its greatest breadth, extending from north to south in a direction almost parallel 
 with the meridian, which, owing to this very circumstance, partakes of a great diversity 
 of climate ; such are its most essential and distinctive features. 
 
 " This long strip is divided naturally into three different regions : 1st, the Northern 
 or Mineral Eegion ; 2nd, the Central or Agricultural Region; 3rd, the Southern or 
 Insular Region." 
 
 p. 297.— "The first is comprised between lat. 24° and lat, 33° S. There, the 
 general features of the country are more indefinite. The great Cordillera de los Andes 
 is perfectly defined ; but the Coast Cordillera is not so easily distinguishable, owing to 
 the numerous transverse chains, which traverse the whole territory from east to west, 
 leaving the central valley only visible at intervals." 
 
 p. 298.— "The second is comprised between lat. 33° and lat. 44° 30' S. The 
 Chacabuco transverse chain forms its boundary on the north. In this region, the 
 general conformation of the country is more defined ; the two mountain chains extend 
 almost parallel, leaving in the centre the valley in which all the agricultural districts of 
 the country are. 
 
 " The southern region extends from 44° 30' S. down to Cape Horn, the southern 
 extremity of the Continent. Instead of the valley, the sea separates the parallel chain of 
 mountains. The Cordillera de los Andes, much lower in this region, only presents 
 wooded slopes, bathed by the ocean. The Coast Cordillera is interrupted in many parts, 
 and forms chains of islands varied in extent and covered with dense forest. 
 
 " The rains are unceasing in that region ; the temperature is always cold ; agriculture 
 cannot thrive ; and fishing, which presents an abundant field, has not yet been developed 
 on a large scale 
 
 " In spite of the irregularities presented by these chains, and of the broken state 
 of the ground, the whole of the Chilian territory consists of an inclined plain which 
 
88 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 descends/Vwtt the slopes of the Andes to bury itself in the Pacific Ocean, and which is interrupted 
 by the coast ridges. It is divided by five longitudinal lines or zones, which are easily 
 recognised, and which considerably modify its character. 
 
 " The first, i. e. the most eastern, is formed by the culminating line of the 
 Andes, where trees and bushes disappear, and on the highest ridges of which 
 the snow never melts. This chain, which is very much lower in its southern 
 extremity, gradually rises as it extends northwards, attaining its greatest elevation 
 between lat. 34° and 32° S. to decrease a little further north, constituting always a 
 barrier between Chile and the Argentine Eepublic,* which is only broken by 
 narrow and majestic defiles. Numerous volcanic peaks rise up in the midst of these 
 prodigious heights. Numerous torrents, formed by the melting of the lower snoivs, flow 
 from the summits, and are the origin of the rivers which water the whole of the 
 country." 
 
 P. 299. — "The second zone is formed by the rugged ridges {Serranias) which, form 
 the flanks of the great Cordillera. In the northern region this zone is destitute of trees; 
 but the central region displays luxurious arboriferous vegetation, destroyed to a great 
 extent by man, but in the southern region it grows vigorously and abundantly. The 
 Serranias extend irregularly towards the west, at times occupying a vast expanse of terri- 
 tory. Numerous valleys, through which flow the rivers which rise in the high Cordillera, 
 interrupt the general monotony of the zone. In these valleys the flocks find an 
 abundance of pasture, and the views are exceedingly beautiful. From lat. 41° 30' S. down 
 to the extreme south, the sea washes the base of these Serranias. 
 
 " The third zone is formed by the longitudinal valley. In the northern regions, this 
 valley is scarcely perceptible, or rather, almost entirely disappears. Transverse chains, 
 consisting of mountains differing in form, colour and appearance from those which con- 
 stitute the coast chains, traverse the territory at various points from east to west, and serve 
 as a connecting link between the two main chains. Instead of the rounded masses with 
 smooth profiles, and the gentle undulations which are characteristic of the Coast Cordillera, 
 groups of more serrated mountains appear there, and in their steeper and denuded gorges, 
 the strata appear as variously coloured ribbons separated by lines more or less distinct 
 and parallel to each other, either straight or curved, in which the miner's experienced eye 
 discovers mineral veins. 
 
 " Between these transverse chains, the breadth of some of which is very considerable, 
 the valley can be distinguished — dreary, arid, devoid of vegetation, where rain is scarce, 
 and the rivers are insufficient to irrigate the fields ; but agreeable and productive in the 
 narrow valleys formed by the rivulets which fall from the mountain. 
 
 " The upper ridge of these chains is of unequal undulation, at some points attaining 
 considerable altitude, whilst lower at others. Grenerallv, a line forming the axis of the 
 central valley is recognised in these ridges (Serranias) by a depression of the points 
 through which the valley would pass were it not interrupted by these transverse chains. 
 
 * The words "between Chile and the Argentine Piepublic," which exist in the first and second editions, have 
 been suppressed since the third, published in 1881, that is to say, after Sehor Barros Arana had, as Minister 
 Plenipotentiary of Chile, negotiated the Treaty of 1876, in which it is stipulated that the boundary between Chile 
 and the Argentine Bepublic is the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
The Cordillera as described by the Chilian Expert. 89 
 
 " The last chain to interrupt the central valley is the Chacabuco, which quits the 
 great Cordilleras at the heights of the Juncal, and in lat. 33° 10' advances slightly towards 
 the north, to continue in a westerly direction until it unites with the Cordillera de la Costa. 
 This chain, from which rise summits almost comparable with those of the Andes, and which, 
 owing to its breadth, occupies a large space, terminates this system of interrupted valleys. 
 After it, i.e. in lat. 33° 4', there is a great transverse valley which extends without real 
 interruption along the whole central region of Chile." 
 
 P. 300. — " This valley forms the richest and most fertile region of the country, and 
 it might be said that it is one of the richest and most productive of the world. It is 
 watered by the numerous rivers which descend from the Andes, and which, running from 
 east to west, flow into the Pacific. In some parts, particularly in the northern section, 
 there are a few mountains, some of which are of considerable elevation, but they are not 
 connected with the longitudinal chains which enclose the valley " 
 
 " This part of the longitudinal valley, in its northern section, is of considerable 
 elevation above the level of the sea, but descends gradually as it extends towards the 
 south. In lat. 38° this depression forms the basin of the great lakes formed by the 
 torrents ichich descend from the Cordillera ; and finally, in lat. 41° 30', it becomes still 
 lower, until it is covered by the ocean, forming a gulf, which in reality is only the con- 
 tinuation of the valley. Its total length is 930 kilometres, but its width varies considerably. 
 In its origin it is 25 kilometres wide ; further on, at Paine Strait, at lat. 34° S., it is 
 barely a few metres in width ; but it then opens out and continues to widen as it extends 
 towards the south. As its average width may be estimated at 50 kilometres, it may be 
 said to have a superficial area of 46,500 square kilometres." 
 
 P. 301. — "The fourth zone is formed by the mountains of the coast, with winding 
 profiles parallel with the ocean shore. It includes the western slopes of the first range of 
 mountains, the plateaus which extend along many of its heights, and lastly the eastern 
 slopes, which, at times, spread out in the distance forming less elevated Serranias. The 
 central part of this chain, covered with woods in other epochs, now possesses but little 
 wooded country throughout the greatest part of its extent, but beautiful forests still exist 
 in the southern region. This chain is frequently cut by rivers which force their way between 
 the mountains as they flow towards the sea. It does not possess such lofty elevations as the 
 Andean Cordillera ; a very remarkable fact being that its principal altitudes are in a line 
 with, and we might almost say, in the same latitude as the more lofty peaks of the Andes. 
 In lat, 41° 44' S., the coast chain, which gradually becomes lower, disappears under the 
 sea, the highest peaks of it again appearing in its southern extension in the form of more 
 or less large islands, which form the numerous archipelagoes which extend along the coast 
 of the entire southern region of the continent." 
 
 p. 305. — " These series of mountains, which extend through Chile, have rather 
 difficult passes, through which it is possible to trav< rse them. Occasionally these consist 
 of steep, almost perpendicular winding defiles, made by some ancient torrent, or through a 
 breach made by volcanoes or earthquakes ; at times, one is compelled to climb to a great, 
 apparently inaccessible altitude. The Andean chain, much loftier than the otheks, 
 has the more notable passes ; the lowest of them all being the Nahuel-Huapi in 
 lat, 41° 30', which is 1500 metres above the level of the sea ; but there are others which 
 
 attain an enormous altitude." 
 
 N 
 
90 Divergences in tlic Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 P. 308. — " When the general configuration of Chile is known, it will be understood 
 that it cannot possess rivers of such volume and length as those which run through more 
 extensive countries. In fact, the Chilian rivers almost all rise in the Andean Cordillera and 
 traverse a belt of narrow country, having such an abrupt incline that it could be almost com- 
 pared to the slope of a mountain, and they have, in general, a similar current to that which 
 is observed in the upper courses of rivers in other places." 
 
 3. THE CHILIAN EXPERTS DEFINITIONS AND DESCRIPTION 
 
 OF PATAGONIA. 
 
 Referring to the greater elevations of a chain, Sen or Barros Arana says 
 (p. 42) that— 
 
 "these frequently do not rise properly in its central ridge, as happens with the peak of 
 Aconcagua, which is situated on the eastern slope (vertiente) of the Andes of Chile" 
 
 The central ridge is the principal chain, and according to Sen or Barros 
 Arana — 
 
 P. 41. — " The main chain of a group or system of mountains is considered to be 
 I he chain whose slopes and sides shed the greatest quantity of waters which feed great 
 rivers." 
 
 P. 40. — " The Pie' (foot) or base of a mountain is the place where it commences to 
 separate from the plain ; Falda (side), the lowest part of the slope ; Laderas or Costados 
 (slopes or sides), the whole extent thereof, wdiich in some parts of Spain are called Alcores 
 (small hills) ; Gola (gullet), the whole contour of its Costados (slopes) ; Curnbre (summit), 
 the part which rests on the Gola ; Cima (peak), the part which surmounts the Cumbre ; 
 the Punto Culminante (the culminating point), the highest part of the Cima ; the Costados 
 (slopes) of the mountains, down which the waters flow, are called Vertientes." 
 
 Speaking of the valleys, he says : — 
 
 P. 54. — " Geographers made a further distinction between the different valleys, 
 according to their distribution in the mountain systems. Those which lengthen out 
 between two mountain chains, following the prolongation of these two chains, are called 
 longitudinal." 
 
 Senor Barros Arana, according to this definition, applies the word " ver- 
 
 tiente " to the general slope of the mountain range, as thus : — 
 
 P. 212.—" It is known that the Cordillera has a much steeper slope upon its western slope 
 (' vertiente ') and for this reason it must retain upon its slopes a smaller quantity of snow than 
 
 * If the word " vertiente" had the meaning of "spring," as claimed by the Chilian Representative, the 
 Mount Aconcagua, " the must culminating point of the Andes," would be situated, according to Senor Barros 
 Arana, upon a "spring." 
 
The Chilian Expert's Definitions and Description of Patagonia. 91 
 
 on its eastern slope (vertiente). Further, the western slope (vertiente) receives the sun's rays 
 at the hottest hours of the day, when the general warmth of the temperature has- overcome 
 the coldness of the morning'; nevertheless, it is observed that the line of perpetual snow 
 is lower on the Chilian side than on that of the Argentine Republic." 
 
 P. 211. — "The Himalayan range stretches from east to west in the Northern 
 Hemisphere, and very little to the north of the Tropic of Cancer. Its southern slope 
 (' vertiente ') receives more heat than the northern, and on account of its declivity it 
 receives the rays of the sun almost perpendicularly, yet it is observed that the line of 
 perpetual snow is nearly 1100 metres lower on this side than upon its opposite side." 
 
 According to Senor Barros Arana, the slopes of the Himalayan range may 
 be compared with the slopes of the Andes Cordillera ; and thus the Himalayan 
 range is the one which corresponds to the Andes Cordillera, whilst the chain of 
 the Karakorum, which is separated from the Himalayas by the basin of the 
 river Indus, resembles in a certain way the Cordillera Peal of Bolivia. As Senor 
 Barros Arana points out, in the Himalayan range the same phenomenon occurs as 
 in the Andes. It rains much more on its southern than on its northern slope, 
 as in the Andes range ; to the south of parallel 30°, it rains more on the western 
 than on the eastern slopes. Large affluents from the Indus and the Brahma- 
 putra cut through the Himalayas and carry to the sea, situated to the south, the 
 waters of the northern slope, just as the waters of the eastern slope of the 
 Andes, which flow from the Cordillera after cutting through the range, empty 
 themselves into the Pacific. The line of the Himalayan watershed is not 
 situated, according to Senor Barros Arana, in the Tibetan plateau, but in the 
 prolonged ridge of the Himalayan range ; and therefore, applying the same 
 argument to the Cordillera watershed, the latter proceeds from the crest of the 
 Cordillera itself, and not from the Patagonian table-land. 
 
 He also describes Patagonia thus : — 
 
 " Patagonia, from its southern extremity to the banks of the river Colorado, is 
 nothing but an immense desert, in which at intervals only, a stunted and thorny 
 vegetation appears ; brackish waters, saline lakes, incrustations of white salt, alternate 
 with this sparse vegetation. This aspect continues to the base of the Andes, the slopes 
 {' vertientes ') of winch are almost hare on that side." 
 
 In the paragraph quoted Senor Barros Arana gives to the word "vertientes" 
 its true meaning according to the Treaties of 1881 and 1893, though he may 
 afterwards have attempted to modify this meaning. 
 
 He admits that in some cases the line of separation of two hydrographie 
 regions is interrupted by tracts across which the waters can pass from one basin 
 
 N 2 
 
92 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 to the other ; and with reference to this phenomenon he mentions the fact, accord- 
 ing to data obtained from natives, that a stream of water, copious and, it may be 
 said, even navigable, flows across the Cordilleras to the lakes of Rinihue and 
 Neltume, and puts the Atlantic and Pacific in communication; it is, however, 
 very properly added that " this singular phenomenon has not been thoroughly 
 examined." 
 
 Thus, just as for Sefiores Pissis and Domeyko, so also for Serior Barros Arana 
 the culminating line of the Cordillera de los Andes bounds Chile on the east, its 
 territory being formed by an inclined plane which falls away from the slopes 
 (faldas) of the Andes to bury itself in the Pacific Ocean, the central longitudinal 
 valley separates the Cordillera de los Andes from the Cordillera de la Costa. In 
 the central chain, which contains the culminating line, are not always situated 
 the absolutely greatest heights of the Cordillera, some of which are found outside 
 the slopes or descents, eastern and western, of that main chain. The meaning of 
 " vertientes " in the case of the Cordillera de los Andes, is restricted to the 
 descents (laderas) of its central chain. The culminating line of the Andes,* on 
 whose crests (cumbres) the snow never disappears, constitutes for ever a barrier 
 which is only interrupted by narrow and majestic defiles, between Chile and 
 Argentina (according to Senor Barros Arana in the 1871 and 1874 editions of 
 his book). From those summits spring numerous torrents formed by the melting 
 of the lower snows, which are the origin of the rivers that water the whole 
 territory. Indeed, through one of these majestic defiles, should be found the 
 supposed river communication which Senor Barros Arana mentions in his work, 
 at the height of Lake Rinihue, a defile which in fact exists, and is that which 
 carries to the said lake the waters of the Lacar situated to the east of the 
 Cordillera. It is as well to mention these defiles, and to take into consideration 
 the courses of the river Puelo, explored by Lieutenant Francisco Yidal Gorinaz 
 of the Chilian Navy, in 1868, who assigned its origin in a lake situated to the 
 east of the Cordillera, and of the river Aysen — that is to say, the Rio de los 
 Rabudos of the Colonial chroniclers — figured in some maps as forming an 
 interoceanic communication by means of a large lake situated within tin Cordillera, 
 ami which discharges its waters by that river towards the Pacific, and by the river 
 Deseado, towards the Atlantic 
 
 * Culminating lino, for Senor Barros Arana, as for Senor Pissis, is the highest crest, and not the line of 
 -absolute water-divide. lie says in bis book, "Aconcagua is the culminating point of tbe Andes." 
 
The Chilian Expert 's Definitions and Description of Patagonia. 93 
 
 When Seiior Barros Arana wrote bis book, although there had been carried 
 out important explorations which confirmed the current opinion that Lake Lacar 
 discharged its waters into the Pacific by the Yaldivia River, from the east of the 
 Cordillera, yet the fact appeared improbable, according to the statement of one 
 of the most competent explorers of those regions, and who prudently restricted 
 himself to stating that the Indians of the regions mentioned it as a fact ; but 
 the same explorer admitted the existence of the complete severance of the 
 Cordillera by the river Puelo and also by the Aysen or Eio de los Rabudos, 
 a fact confirmed afterwards, in 1871, by Captain Enrique Simpson of the Chilian 
 Navy. The Tribunal will find the truth of this assertion in the map published 
 at the time at Santiago de Chile, " in view of the better official maps and 
 explorations," of which some editions were corrected by Seiior Barros Arana 
 himself, as it is stated in that map that the Cordillera de los Andes appears cut by the 
 two rivers through the whole of its transverse extent. 
 
 The work of Seiior Barros Arana was, and still is a text-book in the higher 
 schools of Santiago. 
 
 In it Seiior Barros Arana admits also that the Cordillera de los Andes 
 contains chasms formed by torrents or by apertures which volcanoes or earthquakes 
 have made, and that in the Cordillera have been observed prodigious volcanic 
 phenomena, such as the overthrow of mountains, and formations of lagoons by the 
 stopping of the current of a river ; and it is well to bear in mind this remark 
 of Seiior Barros Arana on the unstableness of watercourses, because, some time 
 after, as Chilian Expert, he only took in consideration those watercourses, when 
 marking out a boundary which the Treaties prescribe should be " immovable." 
 
94 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 CHAPTER V. 
 
 Summary — 1. Chilian Official Views Regarding the Wording in International 
 Boundaries. 
 
 2. The Chilian-Bolivian Treaty of 1866. 
 
 3. The Chilian-Bolivian Treaty of 1874. 
 
 4. Other Official Documents. 
 
 1. CHILIAN OFFICIAL VIEWS REGARDING THE WORDING IN 
 INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARIES. 
 
 Evidence of great value, respecting the meaning and signification of the words 
 " Cordillera de los Andes" has been already laid before the Tribunal, to show 
 how the dividing line between the two countries was generally understood in 
 the Chilian and Argentine Republics. 
 
 It would be well now to present the official proof that the Argentine 
 Expert's interpretation of the Treaty of 1881 is identical with that of both 
 Governments at the time of the framing of the Treaty, and also that it agrees 
 with the only one admitted in the international dealings of the Chilian 
 Government prior to the said Covenant. 
 
 In fact, not only the Chilian Constitution, not only the National Hymn, 
 and not only the Treaty with Spain, had proclaimed, urbi et orbi, that Chile had 
 as her eastern boundary the Cordillera de los Andes, but all public documents, 
 all internal divisions of the Chilian provinces marked that limit, and the 
 language adopted in official Acts had become so clear and plain on the matter, 
 that Chile defined the "Cordillera" simply as die eastern boundary of Chile. 
 " To the eastern boundaries of Chile," stated the Treaty between Chile and 
 Bolivia, in order to express the Cordillera de los Andes. And what was under- 
 stood as the Cordillera de los Andes, according to the Chilian Constitution and 
 Chilian Government? What was understood, according to them, as tlo eastern 
 boundary of Chile 7 
 
 Definitions which do not refer to any particular case, but as a general 
 definition of the eastern boundary of Chile, will be laid before the Tribunal. 
 
The Chilian-Bolivian Treaty of 1866. 95 
 
 2. THE CHILIAN-BOLIVIAN TREATY OF 1866. 
 
 The following documents will show what were the principles Chile upheld 
 as the basis of her claims concerning her frontier, upon the crest of the 
 Cordillera, in a boundary division which was essentially orographic. 
 
 In 1866, Bolivia and Chile signed a boundary Treaty of which Article 1, 
 in its first part, said: — 
 
 " The line of demarcation of the boundaries between Chile and Bolivia in the Desert of 
 Atacama shall be in future the parallel of lat. 24° S. from the Pacific coast to the eastern 
 boundaries of Chile, so that Chile on the south and Bolivia on the north, shall have 
 the possession and dominion of the territories which extend to the said parallel of 
 lat. 24° S., exercising on them every act of jurisdiction and sovereignty corresponding to 
 the landlord." 
 
 And Article 2 :— 
 
 " Notwithstanding the territorial division stipulated for in the former article, the 
 Republic of Chile and the Republic of Bolivia shall share equally in the products resulting 
 from the workings of the guano deposits discovered in Mejillones, and in the other deposits 
 of the same fertiliser which may be discovered in the territory comprised between lat., 23° 
 and 25° S., as well as in the export duties levied on minerals from the just-mentioned 
 territories." 
 
 By Article 1 of the same Treaty, it was also settled that the line of 
 demarcation between the two countries should be traced by " a commission of 
 capable persons and experts," who should fix the dividing line " on the ground." 
 
 Those capable persons and experts were, on the part of Chile, Senor A. 
 Pissis, and on the part of Bolivia, Senor Juan M. Mujia, who, on May 11, 1870, 
 in the port of Taltal, signed a Record in which they show to have determined the 
 boundary in the parallels of 23°, 24° and 25° S. as far as the Cordillera de los Andes, 
 recognising as such the chain in which are situated the peaks " Pular," f" on the 
 crest of the Andes"), "Tonar" ( u on the crest of the Andes''), and " Yuyayaco" ( u on 
 the anticlinal line of the Andes"). 
 
 After the Record became known there arose differences respecting the 
 eastern boundary of Chile. The Government of Bolivia was not satisfied with 
 the tracing of it by Senores Pissis and Mujia, considering that the line on 
 the east, to which the Treaty of 1866 referred, ought to have been fixed to the 
 west of the line demarcated by those Experts, since the eastern boundaries of 
 
96 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 Chile did not pass beyond this; they claimed that the frontier line ought to be 
 lixed by a line, which having its starting point at the intersection of the 
 anticlinal line of the Andes with the parallel of 25°, falls perpendicularly on 
 the parallel of 23°. The Chilian Government replied that the eastern boundary of 
 Chile was u the Cordillera de los Andes"; that, therefore, the frontier line should ran 
 along that Cordillera; and that they held as correct the demarcating operations 
 which Senor Pissis had carried out. The Chilian Minister for Foreign Affairs, 
 for this reason, said to the Minister Plenipotentiary of Bolivia at Santiago, that 
 the eastern boundaries of Chile an no other than the Cordillera de los Andes, and 
 that both Chile and Bolivia, in fulfilling the stipulations of the Treaty, had, 
 through their representatives, fixed that boundary/// the Cordillera, pointing it 
 out by well-known points and positions. Chile therefore did not accept the new 
 demarcation of limits proposed by Bolivia " inasmuch as these would change the 
 (((stern boundary of the territory." These misunderstandings gave rise to the 
 Protocol signed at La Paz in Bolivia, December 5, 1S72, by Don Santiago 
 Lindsay, Minister Plenipotentiary of Chile. 
 
 In Article 1 of this Protocol it is declared that the eastern boundary of 
 Chile, of which mention is made in Article 1 of the Boundary Treaty of 1866, 
 is the highest crest of the Andes, and therefore the dividing line of Chile and 
 Bolivia at hit. 24° S., starting from the Pacific, goes up to the crest of the Cordillera 
 de los Andes. In confirmation of that Article the 9th Article, says that that 
 boundary is in the lofty crest of the great Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 Senor Lindsay, in communicating the Protocol to his Government, said: 
 " It is settled that our eastern boundary is the highest crest of the ( 'ordillera de los 
 . bides." * 
 
 Thus, th ■ eastern boundary of Chile, according to her Constitution, her 
 National Hymn, and as understood by the Chilian statesmen, was fixed in the 
 highest crests of the Andes. "It is settled," says Mr. Lindsay, Chilian Minister, " that 
 our eastern boundary is the highest crest of the Cordillera de los Andes." There 
 the Argentine Expert has placed the boundary line, and the Survey Commission 
 to be sent by Her Britannic Majesty's Government Avill see that the Chilian 
 Expert has greatly diverged from the highest crests of the Andes, and placed his 
 hue in the Pampas of Patagonia, thus claiming for Chile the whole ('ordillera 
 
 • Communication of Senor Santiago Lindsay, Minister Plenipotentiary of Chile in Bolivia, to the 
 Minister of Foreign Ufairs of Chile, dated Santiago, January 2nd, l s 7'!. 
 
The Chilian-Bolivian Treaty of 1866. 97 
 
 including its western and eastern slopes, and also a great part of the territories 
 that have been always known as Argentine. 
 
 But there is no necessity to discuss this at present, and the quotations of 
 official evidence bearing on the matter will be continued. 
 
 3. THE CHILIAN-BOLIVIAN TREATY OF 1874. 
 
 The boundary agreed to in the year 1SG6 between Chile and Bolivia, was 
 
 also agreed to in the new Treaty concluded in 1874 between the same countries, 
 
 of which Article 1 says : — 
 
 "The parallel of 2-4° from the sea to the Cordillera de los Andes, in the divortium 
 aquarum, is the boundary between the Republics of Chile and Bolivia." 
 
 This expression, " Cordillera de los Andes, in the divortium aquarum," 
 gave occasion for official declarations, which were considered necessary for the 
 acceptance of the Treaty. The Bolivian Minister of Foreign Affairs, Sen or 
 Mariano Baptista, explaining the boundary to Congress, said : — 
 
 " There is a irreat line, or rather a kind of enormous ridge, which runs round the 
 world, starting from Cape Horn, crossing South America, passing Panama, running along 
 North America, jumping over the Behring Strait, advancing into Asia, and passing into 
 Africa, where it ends at the southernmost cape. The several branches which run off from 
 this central ridge, form different orders of mountain chains, which, in turn, form so many 
 arcijinious boundaries. This great chain, which comes from North America, over here' takes 
 the name of Rocallosos, Sierra Yerde, Sierra Madre, Anahuac and Andes, and marks exactly 
 the arcijinious boundaries with which we are now treating with Chile. If a chain of moun- 
 tains forms the limit, the international law explains and defines its application. Mountain 
 ranges culminate in summits, which are their highest points, or in other places they rise in 
 ridges which are the angles formed at their crests by the opposite slopes, or else they ran 
 through the highest peaks or loftier crests. These peaks, these summits, these loftiest points. 
 these highest angles, constitute the divortia aquarum (or watershed), and geographically, they an 
 defined as part of the chain which separates the waters either intermittent or continually flowing 
 by slopes in opposite directions. 
 
 " The statements of impassioned newspapers are manifestly illogical," said Sefior 
 Baptista. " One says, ' All the maps and constitutions of Chile mark as her territory from 
 the sea as far as the Cordillera; therefore the boundary cannot be fixed by the divortia 
 aquarum, or in the highest crest of the Andes, according to the clauses of the Agreement 
 of the 5th, which has been condemned.' How T ever," continued Sefior Baptista, " the law 
 has decided that if the Cordillera is indicated without any other explanation, hy this expression 
 is to be understood its highest crest, or the divortia aquarum." 
 
 Notwithstanding such a clear explanation the Bolivian Congress required a 
 corresponding explanation on the part of Chile, and modified the Treaty thus :— 
 
 o 
 
98 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 " In Article 1 the declaration will be made that the eastern boundary of Chile is the 
 Western Cordillera de los Andes through its highest crests (curnbres), according to the 
 Report of the Chilian and Bolivian Commissioners' Pissis and Mujia, who determined the 
 peaks of ' Yuyayacu ' and Pular." 
 
 This Resolution caused the Treaty to be rendered even more intelligible. 
 Minister Baptista addressed a note to the Chilian Minister, sending him said 
 Ilesolution, which he considered as "a confirmation of, or rather a short com- 
 mentary on Article 1 of the Treaty." Senor Carlos Walker Martinez, the 
 Chilian Minister, replied in agreement with the interpretation given by the 
 Bolivian Minister to the words, "Cordillera de los Andes in the divortium 
 aquarum" affirming that in the Boundary Treaty by the words " Cordillera in 
 its divortium aquarum " should be understood the " Cordillera,'' the lofty crests 
 of the Cordillera and Nothing Else. The doctrine of international law is 
 expressed in the following terms by Senor Walker Martinez : — 
 
 " It is evident that the Cordillera de los Andes, which from south to north forms the 
 eastern boundary of Chile, shall continue to be its boundary up to parallel lat. 24° S., 
 and the text of the Treaty is so explicit in its Article 1 on this point that it is not to 
 understand the meaning of words to suppose that ' high crest' or 'divortium, aquarum " can 
 have any other meaning than that given them by science, language and common sense. In reply 
 to the jealous and suspicious men who have accused Your Excellency of having ceded 
 immense territories of Bolivia by accepting the draft of the first Article, it, would be proper 
 to tell them that the Republic of Chile claims nothing more than to be enclosed 
 
 BETWEEN HER OCEAN AND HER CORDILLERAS TO OBTAIN ALL THAT SHE COVETS, HER 
 PEACE, HER WELL-BEING AND nER PROGRESS. 
 
 " A special protocol to explain what I state in the words of this communication 
 appears to me superfluous ; in my opinion, it suffices that I should declare, as I do, that my 
 Government understands the eastern boundary in the part of the Desert op 
 Atacama, to be the host elevated crests of the Cordillera AND NOTHING 
 ELSE. I think that this statement is sufficiently clear and will leave no room for duubt." * 
 
 This doctrine was again affirmed, before the Bolivian and Chilian Con- 
 gresses approved the Treaty, by request of the Chilian Minister who wished to 
 determine clearly what should be understood by eastern, boundary of Chile. 
 
 As already said, the Bolivian Congress, in their Decree explanatory of 
 Article 1 of the Treaty, had referred to the Western Cordillera de los Andes. 
 This gave rise to some alarm in Chile, and in order t<> dispel it Sefior Walker 
 Martinez insisted upon his previous interpretations in a note to the Bolivian 
 Minister of Foreign Affairs, in which he says: — 
 
 Op. .it., p. 136. 
 
The Chilian-Bolivian Treaty of 1874. 99 
 
 " The clear and brief statement which Your Excellency and the undersigned made 
 in Article 1 of the Treaty, which superseded the former one of the year 1866, and which 
 we signed on August 6 of last year in the city of Sucre, was the result of protracted con- 
 ferences. We were simply desirous to establish a positive fact, and our only intention was 
 to acknowledge the highest crests of the Andes, that is to say the divortia aquarum in the Desert 
 of Atacama, as the eastern boundary of Chile. It did not appear to us possible that the 
 Article could lend itself to any capricious interpretation or error of any kind. Neverthe- 
 less, the National Assembly of Bolivia wished to be more precise, and employed the 
 term ' Western Cordillera de los Andes,' in Clause No. 3 of its Resolution of November 6, 
 concerning the approbation of that Agreement. From this have resulted different and 
 erroneous interpretations, which it will be desirable to correct. In the note which I had 
 the honour to forward to our Excellency, under the date of November 10, I was quite 
 explicit respecting this question. I reminded Your Excellency that the limits of Chile in the 
 territory of Atacama were the highest crests of the Andes, that is to say, the divortia aquarum. 
 I did not believe then, and I do not believe now, that the intention of the Bolivian Assembly 
 was to fix these limits by any other line than that fixed by Nature herself, and recognised 
 in former agreements and diplomatic precedents, and about which Your Excellency and myself 
 have always been quite of one mind." 
 
 The Bolivian Minister replied in the following precise terms to the Chilian 
 Minister : — 
 
 " My Government, therefore, understand that the term divortia aquarum is taken in the 
 sense given it by ' science,'' ' language ' and ' common sense] as Your Excellency expressed 
 in your despatch of November 10, No. 31, which was the reply to the declaration of my 
 Government contained in documents of the said date. The general term ' Cordillera ' as a 
 boundary implies its highest crests, and its divortia aquarum, as the term of lagoon, river, plain, 
 or table-land, without any other qualification, presupposes the boundary line in its centre, 
 or in its thalweg. The Cordillera de los Andes having been specified, the boundary line 
 runs through its highest crests or its divortia aquarum. The Assembly of Bolivia were 
 aware that the Bolivian and Chilian Commissioners had already definitely fixed the points of 
 Yuyayacu and Pular, as leading points of these highest crests or divortia aquarum^ 
 
 Only after the foregoing communications have been exchanged, only after 
 the Congresses of the two nations interested, had acquired the profound belief that 
 the expression " divortia aquarum " did not displace the orographic boundary 
 from its natural position in the superior and highest crest of the prominent 
 Cordillera de los Andes ; only after the interpretation of the legal advisers had 
 determined that when the divortium aquarian in the orographic regions is 
 spoken of, reference is made to the line which divides the slopes of the chain: 
 only then did they give their acquiescence to the proposed agreement. 
 
 o 2 
 
ioo Divergences in the Cordillera dc los .hides. 
 
 i. OTHER OFFICIAL DOCUMENTS. 
 
 The simple enunciation of the foregoing quotations makes it clear that 
 previous to the Treaty of 1881 the public men of Chile shared the views of all 
 historians and statesmen, regarding the Andine boundary. 
 
 The Cordillera appeared an admirable natural frontier, owing to the many 
 important conditions which it fulfils ; whenever writers have referred to it, they 
 have made special mention of the peculiar suitability of the range as a natural 
 defence and for opposing the attempt at territorial aggrandisement by either of 
 the countries which it separates. 
 
 The opinion of both the Argentine and Chilian negotiators of the Treaty 
 of 1881, was undoubtedly influenced by the remarkable suitability of the 
 ( '( ndillera to constitute the natural boundary. 
 
 Chile raised these arguments when she was treating with the Argentine 
 Republic concerning the boundary line of the Ancles, and the records of the 
 Ministry for Foreign Affairs contain a large number of documents, referring 
 to this subject, some of which will be mentioned, when quoting statements in 
 connection with the wording of the Treaty of 1881. 
 
 The highest crest has always been the point considered, and the watershed 
 has always been made dependent upon it. A proof that no doubt existed as 
 to this matter is to be found in the communication addressed, in 1S73, by the 
 Minister of Foreign Affairs of Chile, to the Minister of the Interior of that 
 country, calling his attention to errors which he thought he discovered in the 
 large map recently published by Sefior Pissis,* because of the two ridges which 
 
 ".Santiago, 18th August, ls7.">. I do not consider it to bo unnecessary to seriously call your atten- 
 tion to other points in the maps referred to, in which I am of opinion that an error of no less importance 
 has been made. You are not unaware that our eastern frontier with the Argentine Republic has not yet 
 been determined, and that the misunderstanding on this subject has already been apparent between both 
 Governments with reference to certain grazing lands (potreros) situated in the province of Talca, the property 
 of a Senora Jiron, over which both our authorities, and those of Mendoza, have claimed jurisdiction. These 
 opposing claims arise, as you are aware, from the fact that the Cordillera de los Amies frequently divides 
 into two different sections which, in widening out, leave between them valleys and table-lands in which 
 the Chilian Government has exercised jurisdiction over the tribes which inhabit them. Similar claims are 
 put forward by the authorities of the neighbouring Republic. 
 
 " It is therefore necessary to decide whether, in these cases, the frontier-line of both countries should be 
 formed by the most eastern or the most western cordons of the Cordillera of the Andes. This being the state 
 of the 'i nest ion, it, appears that Senor Pissis has marked the western cordons of the < Jordillera, on the maps of 
 Chile, as being the said boundary, depriving us of the places to which I have referred above. 
 
 " As these maps were made by Commissions of Engineers appointed ami remunerated by the Government, 
 
Other Official Documents. 101 
 
 form the principal chain of the Cordillera in the part referred to in that map, 
 Pissis had marked the western one as the boundary. 
 
 In 1871, a map of the Argentine Province of San Juan was published, in 
 which the River cle los Patos appears divided by the highest ridge, leaving in 
 the Chilian territory the valley of that name. The region to the west of this 
 ridge was not known to the author of the map, and he, no doubt, imagined 
 that it was the extreme end of the Cordillera. However, the Government of 
 San Juan exercised jurisdiction in the said valley, and as the authorities of 
 the Chilian Province of Aconcagua tried to oppose it, the Argentine Legation 
 in Santiago protested against such pretension, in 1874. Referring to this, 
 Senor Alfonso, Minister of Foreign Affairs, set forth in his Annual Report for 
 1875, as follows: — 
 
 "The principle of international law is well known, according to which when the 
 boundary of a nation is marked by a Cordillera, the dividing line is the one ivhicli runs along the 
 most lofty points thereof, and where the water-divide exists." 
 
 And he concluded with these words : — 
 
 " This is another point which it wonld be well to decide in a clear and permanent 
 manner, when it may be possible to define the main question of dominion to the southern 
 part of the continent, as it is known that the same difficulty has arisen already in other sections 
 of the Cordillera, without any definite solution having been arrived at." 
 
 As will be seen, Chile traced her frontier by the line of the highest crests, 
 and she adhered to this system not only until the signing of the Protocol of 
 1893, but maintaining her claims to the "Valle de los Patos" after its signature. 
 
 It is not only in international documents where the definitions of the 
 Cordillera de los Andes as the eastern boundary of Chile are to be found. 
 Internal Acts may also be brought to mind, and among them the Decree of 
 the Chilian Government, dated September 30, 1869. In this Decree, notwith- 
 standing what has been said about division of waters, the boundary is localised 
 in the highest crest of the Cordillera with the authority derived from Acts 
 emanating from public powers. It says, in the part bearing upon the point: — 
 
 " It is approved the following project of arrangement of the sub-delegations and 
 districts of the department of Laja : . . . . 19th Sub-delegation Antuco. . . . District 
 
 and as an official character attaches to thern, I have considered it indispensable to make these observations to 
 you, so as to prevent mistakes, if rjossible, and invalidate the arguments which might, later on, be deduced 
 from these facts in favour of the Argentine Kepublic." 
 
102 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 No. 8, Campamento. The boundary shall be drawn to the north and south by means of 
 two parallel straight lines drawn from west to east, from the point where the rivers Laja 
 and Rucue' issue up to the summit of the Cordillera of Pichachen or the Andes ; to the east, 
 leith the highest edge of this Cordillera ; and to the west, with the eastern boundary of the 
 above district."* 
 
 The Chilian Minister in Bolivia, Senor Lindsay, wrote forcibly and truthfully 
 in 1872, several passages which the Argentine Republic accepts to-day as the 
 most eloquent expression of her unquestionable rights. It was in the course of 
 boundary discussions, in a document where the value of words are weighed, that 
 the Representative of Chile declared: — 
 
 " That which Chile possessed was the territory comprised between the Pacific Ocean 
 and the Cordillera de los Andes, the eastern boundary of this Republic not only now' since 
 Iter political emancipation, hut since a period long before that event. National and foreign text- 
 books of geography and other works which fix the boundaries of Chile have uniformly given 
 her as an eastern boundary, the Cordillera de los Andes. The different constitutions which 
 have rided this country have also established that boundary ; two reasons which are assuredly 
 
 not wanting force in the present case From these instructions it appears clearly 
 
 and decisively that each Government as well as everybody, has considered the Cordillera of the 
 
 Andes as the eastern boundary of Chile Only on September 19 of this last year did 
 
 the question now pending make its appearance.t Until this last date, our eastern boundary 
 of the Andes had never been placed in doubt by any person or people." 
 
 In order to accentuate his idea, the Chilian Minister said in another part: — 
 
 "The Chilian Government in notes addressed to Sefior Bustillo, at Santiago, by word 
 of mouth and in every manner, has declared that they do not discuss that which bears no 
 discussion, that is, that the eastern frontier of Chile has been and always will 
 
 BE THE HIGHEST CRESTS OF THE CORDILLERA DE LOS ANDES." 
 
 These are the expressions distinctly stated, which the Chilian Plenipotentiary 
 officially used, and they may be applied, at the present juncture, to vindicate the 
 rights of the Argentine Republic, and to justify the Argentine opposition to 
 leaving aside the traditional frontier, respected by centuries. 
 
 1 Anibal Ecbeverria y Eeyes, Geografia politica de Chile ; or Compilation of Laws and Decrees in force 
 as to the creation, boundaries and names of the provinces, departments, sub-delegations and districts of the 
 Republic, L888-1889. Santiago, vol. 1, p. 156. 
 
 t This was the Chilian-Bolivian question of boundaries. Some Bolivian statesmen pretended that the 
 boundary here referred to by the Treaty of 1866, was to be traced not in the true Cordillera de los Andes but 
 westwards uf it. 
 
Intersection of the Cordillera de los Andes by Rivers in the South. 103 
 
 CHAPTER VI. 
 
 Summary — l. Intersection of the Cordillera de los Andes by Eivers in the South. 
 
 2. Explorations by Ladrillero (1557-1559) and Garcia (1766-1767). 
 
 3. Expeditions of the 'Adventure' and the 'Beagle' (1826-1830). 
 
 4. Explorations by Cox and Frick. 
 
 5. Explorations by Vidal Gormaz and Simpson. 
 
 G. Expeditions by the Officers of the Chilian Gunboat 'Magallani>.' 
 7. Results to be Derived from these Explorations. 
 
 1. INTERSECTION OF THE CORDILLERA DE LOS ANDES 
 BY RIVERS IN THE SOUTH. 
 
 To peove that when the Treaty of 1881 was framed, it was a known fact that the 
 Cordillera de los Andes was intersected by rivers, is of paramount importance ; 
 because the most important divergences of opinion between the Chilian and 
 Argentine Experts are in connection with the divide of the rivers flowing into 
 the Atlantic and the Pacific. 
 
 The Chilian Expert, setting aside altogether the Chilian Constitution which 
 fixes, from north to south, the whole length of the eastern boundary of Chile in 
 the Cordillera de los Andes; and entirely ignoring the Treaty of 1881, which also 
 fixes the Cordillera de los Andes as the boundary between the two nations down 
 to 52° S. ; and disregarding all historical and political evidence, tends to remove 
 the boundary from the said Cordillera to the plains of Patagonia. 
 
 It is necessary to show to the Tribunal that the Argentine and Chilian 
 Governments, when fixing the boundary in the high crests of the Cordillera, were 
 quite aware that the Cordillera was, in the south, intersected by rivers, which 
 rising in the east, traverse the chain and flow into the Pacific. This fact was 
 known to them, and yet they stated that the boundary should follow the high 
 crests of the Cordillera, from north to south, as far as parallel lat. 52° S., 
 without taking into consideration whether the rivers had their outlet in the 
 Pacific, or in the Atlantic Ocean. If this had been a matter of importance the 
 wording of the Treaty would have been very different and it would have been 
 
104 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los .hides. 
 
 necessary, previous to any delimitation, to ascertain carefully which rivers had 
 their outlet in the Atlantic, and which in the Pacific. 
 
 The surveys in such cases would necessarily have commenced by the shores of the 
 Atlantic and the Pacific and have followed up the rivers, and there would have been 
 no occasion to make explorations in the Cordillera de los Andes, nor to seek, in 
 the range, the highest crests. It was perfectly well known that several rivers in 
 the south had their sources far from the eastern side of the high crests of the 
 Cordillera de los Andes, as Her Britannic Majesty's Technical Commission will 
 verify when, on the ground, they eonsider the boundary marks in the Patagonian 
 plains, proposed by the Chilian Expert. 
 
 The evidence which goes to prove what the Argentine Government states, 
 will also show that as certain rivers have their rise on the eastern side of "the 
 Cordillera de los Andes, and then flow across these mountains to the Pacific 
 Ocean, the eastern slope of the Cordillera was never considered Chilian territory. 
 
 2. EXPLORATIONS BY LADRILLERO (1557-1559) 
 AND GARCIA (1766-1767). 
 
 The works of Senores Gay, Pissis, Domeyko, Barros Arana, and others 
 which have been mentioned, do not refer in particular to any of the points of 
 the Cordillera where it appears to be intersected by rivers which take their 
 rise to the east of the said Cordillera. Even if they mention these interesting 
 phenomena none of these authors examined them themselves, and it will be 
 necessary to lay before the Tribunal the authorities upon which they based their 
 statements. 
 
 Juan Ladrillero, a Spanish navigator, who sailed along the western coast of 
 Patagonia and the Magellan Straits, between the years 1557 and 1559, was the 
 first explorer who penetrated to the east of the Andes from the Pacific side, 
 through one of the many breaches in the Cordillera. In this memorable voyage 
 he discovered a channel which led him to the one now known as ''('anal de las 
 Montanas," in lat. 52° S. He found other narrow channels between high snowy 
 mountains, which constitute in that region the Cordillera de los Andes, and 
 navigating these channels to the west, he arrived at a large sound, bounded on 
 the west by these high mountains, and on the cast by some low-lying land, 
 
Explorations by Ladrillero and Garcia. 105 
 
 suitable for the cultivation of wheat, Indian corn, and other "Tains. There the 
 Cordillera ended, and to all appearance there was nothing but plains to the 
 north-east as far as the Atlantic. Ladrillero could see nothing but plains and 
 fertile land extending to the Atlantic Ocean to the east, but to the Pacific 
 Ocean, to the west, only a vast extent of snowy mountains. On the east, he 
 found another channel up which he sailed for a distance of fifteen leagues. 
 
 An account of the voyage of Ladrillero was published in the Anuario 
 Hidrogratieo of Chile, vol. <> (Santiago, 1880), with a map drawn by Senor 
 Alejandro Bertrand in the fashion of the chartography of the sixteenth century. 
 
 In this account it is correctly stated that the amount of geographical 
 knowledge since accumulated has confirmed the opinion of Ladrillero, who 
 considered this point as the most southern extremity of the chain of mountains 
 forming the Cordillera de los Andes, and the commencement of vast plains which 
 extend towards the Atlantic. 
 
 It may be inferred, therefore, that Senor Barros Arana, when, in 1876, he 
 proposed the dicort'mm aquarum without referring to the Cordillera de los Andes as 
 the only division between Chile and the Argentine Republic, did so in order to 
 secure for Chile the banks of the channels of the Pacific, which channels he 
 knew extended to the east of the Cordillera. It will be seen further on that this 
 scheme was not accepted, and was modified as regards this region, into the line 
 of divortium aquarian of the Cordillera de los Andes, so that there were left to the 
 Argentine Eepublic several ports on the Pacific waters, to which claim she 
 renounced for political reasons, by the Protocol of 1893, the same in virtue 
 of which she now resists the Chilian pretensions to the Atlantic side of the 
 Cordillera.* 
 
 * Juan Ladrillero's Expedition (1557-1559). 
 
 P. 480. — " From this island, the channel runs seven leagues S.E. by S. as far as another island (see note 
 84), the channel then bends N.N.E. for four leagues, where it divides into two channels, one running north 
 between some lofty mountain chains (note 85) and the other E. which we followed for five leagues in the 
 said E. direction ; and half-way between these five leagues, on the north side, another channel penetrates 
 running N.E. (note 86). At the end of these five leagues, we came to a strait which contracted the channel to 
 about a gunshot (note 87), it being very deep and the currents being very strong, more like a mill-stream ; 
 these narrows were about half a gunshot in length ; after which the channel on the S.W. side, one and a half 
 leagues wide, running W.S.W. (note 88). Another on the S.E. side, two leagues in breadth, ran N. In one of 
 the ranges was a bell-shaped rock; with a harbour at its base (note 89), sheltered from every wind save the 
 
 (84) Union Channel and Ancon sin SaJida Island. (85) Channel of the Mountains. 
 
 (80) These channels have no name; but are shown on the map, the explorer having been most precise in every detail 
 about this part. (77) Kirke Straits or Narrows. (88) Little Uope Channel. 
 
 (89) The harbour to which L^dnlleio refers can be seen on the map at the very first glance. 
 
io6 
 
 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 : F Gidat H-jtrfitnos,2$ 
 
 ^I'BertranJ sUU 
 
 ALEJANDRO BEETEAND, L880. 
 (From Anuario Hidrografico de Chile, Santiago, vol. 6. 1 
 
Explorations by Ladrillcro and Garcia. 107 
 
 In the Journey of Father Jose Garcia to the western coast of Patagonia, 
 in 1766 and 1767, published at Halle in 1809, and reprinted by Senor Barros 
 
 N.E. and there is an island in the middle of the channel (note 90), it runs two leagues northward, where the 
 channel then widens ; and five leagues further on there is an island (note 91) ; and the hay is five leagues wide, 
 so that along this channel and bay there are four channels, like the first, which is on the S.W. side (note : This 
 is a copyist's mistake, as this portion is excluded by the following), running E.S.E. ; this we followed, it 
 extended six leagues E.S.E. as far as a sandy promontory, where there was a good deal of wind ; from there 
 we proceeded S.S.W. for five leagues, when I took the bearings, finding that we were in lat. 53 3 ; from where 
 I nwde this calculation I could see that the channel went further south for another five leagues, where it 
 seemed to terminate and we turned back (note 92), and I saw that it was not the Strait, we returned to Tsla "'< 
 lus Reyes — Kings' Island— (note 93) which was three leagues from the entrance to the channel; and I called 
 it by that name as wo arrived there on the Pascua de los Reyes — Epiphany or Twelfth Day; from there we 
 went N.E. by E. for five leagues and entered another channel which we went up ; the country was of good 
 appearance, with plenty of venados (huemules), and a soil which could grow corn, maize and other grain : 
 and here the Cordillera comes to an end, and all the country on the E.N.E. as far as the northern sea, sen, ml 
 to consist of nothing but plains (note 94); and from the top of the mountain we saw a channel which could 
 be discerned more than fifteen leagues off, running E.N.E. (note 95), and was more than one and a half 
 leagues wide. Continuing our search, we went along the other channel I mentioned, from the said Venados 
 Point, three leagues N.W. by N. and then five leagues N. ; at the end of these five leagues, we went a further 
 eight leagues N.W. and one league N. where we encountered a river with a very strong current, which flowed 
 out from some snow-clad mountains ; and seeing it was not what we were looking for, although the channel 
 was one and a half leagues wide up to that point, we turned back, and passed along the main channel which 
 we had left a league from there, continuing along it for another three leagues (note 96), where we found 
 another fresh-water river, having a very strong current and situated in great snow-clad mountains. We 
 turned back to follow another channel which we had left, and had advanced four leagues from Venados Point, 
 which also terminates in a similar manner; we went N.E. for four leagues (note 97), and seeing that we could 
 not find the Strait there, nor any outlet for the channel, which seemed to go towards the flat country of 
 which I have spoken, and from which we were not four leagues away, we turned back to Venados Point, 
 where two men with guns killed fifteen venados in an hour; we then made for the Ida de los Reyes, traversing 
 the channel, which is six miles wide, where we saw two other channels, one of which we penetrated (note 98) 
 hoping to find a passage, along which we went N.E. and N.N.E. for eighteen leagues, where we found our- 
 selves in a very soundable bay a league in width. The whole of this land is the termination of the Serrania 
 
 (90) This can be seen matked on the map. 
 
 (91) Focus Island, the name given it by Lieut. Skyring, owing to the numerous channels which concentrate there. 
 
 (92) Obstruction Channel, aloni: winch Ladrillero sailed. 
 
 (93) In the confluence of the channels, and facing said island, is the Bahia de la Pascua, the name given it by Skyring, 
 270 years after Ladrillero's expedition. In both cases, the name had a similar origin; the Christian festival recalled by the one 
 being the Pascua Florida (Palm Sunday), and by the other the Pascua de los Reyes (Epiphany, or Twelfth Day), as those 
 festivals took place on the eve of their arrival in those distant regions. 
 
 (94) The lapse of years, perfecting geographical studies, has shown Ladrillero to be right in fixing this place as the southern 
 limit of the chain of mountains which extends towards the Atlantic. The difference in the climate is also correct ; its tempera- 
 ture approximates that of the northern regions classified as temperate. The venados are not gamos (fallow deer) as the 
 Spaniards believed, but huemules (Cervus chilensis), which, like all its tribe, lives indiscriminately in woods, and elevated 
 regions, or in inundated and marshy plains, like the Plains of Diana, which Lieut. J. T. Rogers, of the Chilian Navy, thinks 
 should be called " the swamps of the goddess,'' owing to their impassable nature. The officer in question traversed by land, in 
 the years 1878 and 1879, the eastern limits of the channels visited by Ladrillero (see the Anuario Hidrografico, vol. 5, and 
 the first part of the present one, vol. 6). 
 
 (95) As the text does not mention the position of the channel, we presume it is on the south, and taking the distance 
 (fifteen leagues) into account, it may be inferred to be Skyring Waters. 
 
 (96) Last Hope Channel, whose waters turn fresh owing to the livers it receives at its head, which is flanked by a 
 beautiful glacier. (97) W< rsley Passage. 98 I The Channel of the Mountains, already mentioned. 
 
 (99) During the centuries which elapsed between the Pascua de los Jieyrs in 1558, and Kaster 1830, no attempt hat 
 made to find a passage to the Magellan Strait through any of the channels which Ladrillero defines so precisely. 
 
 p 2 
 
io8 Divergences in tlie Cordillera de las Andes. 
 
 Arana, in the Anales de la Universidad de Chile (vol. 38, 1871) and in the 
 Anuario Hidrografico de Chile (vol. 14, 1889), with commentaries, it is stated 
 that the large Mesier Channel u diverts to the east, and it is believed to intersect the 
 Cordillera, which here is low and broken ;" and farther on it is stated that, in the 
 authors opinion, the inlet of Calen communicates with the Straits of Magellan." 
 
 3. EXPEDITIONS OF THE ' ADVENTURE ' AND THE • BEAGLE ' 
 
 (1826-1830). 
 
 Although Ladrillero is quite reliable, of still greater value are the results of 
 the surveys made l>v the English expeditions of the 'Adventure' and the 
 'Beagle' under the command of Captain Parker King, who visited the coasts of 
 Patagonia between the years 1826 and 1830. 
 
 Captain Parker King, in a memorandum communicated to the Royal 
 Geographical Society in 1831 (Journal, vol. 1, p. 164) says in reference to the 
 countries visited by Ladrillero : — 
 
 from Venados Point and the Isla de los licyes ; it consists entirely of plains as far as the northern sea and is of good 
 :i|i]" uMiioe ; and towards the southern sea is a very great snow-clad Serrania, covered with rocks and forests of 
 oak and cypress trees, and a red, a white and a yellow timber which makes excellent fuel, burning well, the 
 country being rocky, and growing in such a soil it must be good for fuel; and the ground heing very good 
 and very cold, it is most er-sential for tin- natives owing to the. nude state in which they go about." 
 
 * P. 24. — " 10th day. We came out of the port, and such a strong gale blew from the north, that the 
 mast of the canoe 'San Jose' was broken, and she was in great danger of foundering, on account of the 
 heavy seas she was shipping. We had travelled about a league, when we sighted three nearly destroyed 
 
 • ramaditas' ; we approached, ami upon inspection we. found therein a pump which had been brought from 
 the wreckage of the English ship which was lost near there in the year 1740, as well as many seal hones, 
 signs, according to those who know, that the genteels had been there at the same time that I was in Ofqui. 
 Thus, St. Javier caused us to rejoice on the day of his anniversary. Further on we found three more 
 ' ramaditas' in the mouth and tin- northern point of Mesier < 'reck, which is distinguished amongst the Indians 
 through their never having been able to find the end of it. It diverts to the east, and it is believed to 
 intersect the Cordillera, which here is low and brohen, and this is a matter which deserved to he examined, on 
 account of the great number of inhabitants concerned, and in order to ascertain whether it is a channel 
 which crosses to the North Sea ( Atlantic) or a lagoon, and possibly it muy communicate with the Bay of 
 San Julian, as the above-mentioned creek lies in the latitude of 48" S." 
 
 P. 32. "Of this Calen tribe there are, in those islands, near Guyaneco, a family called Jorjuip, con- 
 sisting of forty-seven persons, besides twenty people who are already attached to my mission. The remainder 
 
 • >i' the tribe live on the coasi of the Cordillera, between the lat. 48 and 4H° S., ami at this place (approxi- 
 mately) the creek or channel culled Calen runs to the cast, ami, by means of it, this tribe have communication 
 with tin frit nillij people called Lechcycles ; the horse, the medal, and other things used by Spaniards, lmve their 
 
 name in the lauguage of this people ; the fact is that if any Spaniards have been lost.it is probable that 
 then descendants arc to be found here, and, in my opinion, the inlet, of Calen communicates with the Straits 
 
 of Magellan.'' 
 
Expeditions of the 'Adventure' and the "Beagle." 109 
 
 " The termination of Obstruction Sound is one of the most remarkable features in the 
 geography of this part of South America. In this examination the southern extremity 
 of the Cordillera was ascertained. The eastern shores of the interior channels w< re 
 found to be low plains, with no hills nor mountains visible in the distance, and such 
 being; the feature also of the northern shores of the Otwav and Skvrin;x Waters, it is 
 probable that all the country to the east of the sounds is a continued pampa, or plain." 
 
 In volume 1 of the account of his voyage (London, 1839) the same Captain 
 Parker King on the Report made by Lieut. Skyring and the mate Kirke, of the 
 ' Beagle,' makes the following remarks upon the expedition to the regions which 
 were explored by the Spanish navigator. 
 
 In 1829 Lieut. Skyring succeeded in a first exploration in penetrating to the 
 east of the narrow gorge which, in after years, became known as Kirke Narrow, 
 which is situated, as is well known, to the east of the Cordillera Sarmiento, which 
 forms, in this region, the crest of the Andes. Having passed Kirke Narrow,— 
 
 P. 2(13. — " A clear channel was seen, upwards of two miles wide, running to tin- .\./<. E. 
 for of least eight miles, and then turning directly eastward, between moderately high land. 
 Another channel, nearly a mile and a half wide, trended to the south-east for two or three 
 miles, and then also turned to the eastward. Here they stopped. Lieut. Skyring regretted 
 extremely not being able to prosecute the discovery, and have one more view from the 
 eastern point of the north-east channel, but as only one day's provisions remained, it would 
 have been imprudent to delay his return. It was evident that the;/ had passed, through the 
 ramie of the Cordillera, for to t/ie eastward the country appeared totally different, the highest 
 hill not being above 700 feet.'" 
 
 Such an interesting discovery was an inducement to carry out more minute 
 explorations of these places, and such were undertaken in the following year :— 
 
 P. 347. — "After leaving Kirke Narrow on the right hand a wide sound appeared, 
 about nine miles in length; and having traversed it, we turned to the east, through a 
 narrow, intricate channel (White Narrow) obstructed by several small islets, and passed 
 suddenly out into a clear open bay. Our prospect here became wholly different to that 
 which for months before we bad daily witnessed. North and south of us were deep bays. 
 while to the east, between two points seven or eight miles apart, our view was unobstructed 
 by land, and we were sanguine in hoping that we had discovered an extensive body of 
 water. There was also a considerable change in the appearance of the country, which no 
 less delighted than astonished us, for so gratifying a prospect had not been seen since 
 leaving Chiloe'. Eastward, as I said before, we could perceive no land ; to the north-east 
 and south-eastward lay a low, flat country, and the hills in the interior were long, level ranges 
 similar to that near Cape Gregory, while behind us, in ecu-// direction westward, rose high, 
 rugged mountains." V 
 
1 10 Divergences in the Cordillera de los .hides. 
 
 s 
 
 P. 349. — "This work was soon finished ; but I was greatly disappointed, when on the 
 summit of the island (Focus Island), with the view that presented itself to the eastward. 
 The low points before mentioned, beyond which from Easter Bay we could distinguish 
 mi land, and between which we expected to make good our course to the south-east, 
 appeared to be connected by a low Hat country. An extensive .sheet of water was indeed 
 observed to the eastward, yet I could, only from its appearance, conclude that it was a 
 spacious bay." 
 
 P. 352. — "Mr. Kirke returned on the same day as myself, having traced the coast as 
 far as lie had been directed, and found the large expanse of Disappointment Bay nearly 
 bounded bv a flat, stony beach, and the water so shallow that even his whaleboat could 
 seldom approach the shore within a quarter of a mile, but lie had left a small opening in 
 the north-east unexplored which as our last hope, I thought it necessary to examine, and he 
 went for tbat purpose the next morning." 
 
 P. .'!.">3. — " Late on the 21st, Mr. Kirke arrived. The opening in the north-east (Lasl 
 Hope Inlet) had been traced for nearly thirty miles from the entrance, first to the north 
 east and then to the W.X.W., till it was closed by high land far to the northward of 
 Worsley Pay." 
 
 P. 354. — "Of this place Mr. Kirke says: 'At the commencement of the north-east 
 sound, there is low land, which extends about thirteen miles up its shores. The entrance is 
 three or four miles wide; but five miles up, the inlet is contracted to about half a mile in 
 width, bv a shoal connecting three islets with the western shore 
 
 " ' Beyond this island the face of the country begins to alter from low to mountainous 
 land, with long flats in the valleys, and the sound also changes its course more to the 
 north-west, .year a high bluff on the eastern shore, eight miles farther up the sound, the 
 land becomes higher and covered with snow, yet there are still a few level patches between 
 the mountains. From this bluff the sound trends about a point more westerly for five or 
 six miles, to a place where there is a small inlet, on the left, between two snow-covered 
 mountainous ridges. The water there was changed to a clayey colour, and had a brackish 
 taste. Continuing our course for two miles, 1 found a large expanse of water, the north 
 end of which was limited by low land, backed by high, snowy mountains in the distance. 
 Its southern extreme terminated at the foot of high mountains, also covered with snow ; 
 and had a large run of water from a glacier on the western side. . . .' * 
 
 P. 355. — " " I endeavoured to cross the isthmus where Lieut. Skyring had seen 
 water from Focus Island near Faster Bay, and first attempted it by the course of a 
 fresh-water river, at the head of the bay, but I found the country so thickly covered 
 with stunted wood, about eight feet high and exceedingly prickly, that 1 lost my way 
 twice, and returned to the shore ; I tried again, however, about half a mile more to the 
 eastward, and at last jrot to a hierh part of the land. When there, and mounted on 
 another man's shoulders. I could scarcely see above the trees (which at the roofs were not 
 thicker than a man's wrist): there was evidently a large expanse of water, but I could not 
 
 1 This refers t<> the north-eastern extremity el' Last [lope Inlet, and to the valley which apparently 
 stretches as far as .Mount Paine, but which in reality contains the network of lakes, of which the principal is 
 J,akr Maravilla. 
 
Expeditions of the * Adventure ' and the " Beagle.' 1 1 1 
 
 distinguish mucli of it, I think it probable that it is fresh, as the river, fifty yards wide, 
 is rapid and appears to run out of it. There is not any high land in the neighbourhood, 
 whence such a run of fresh water could be supplied.' " * 
 
 * Narrative of the Surveying Voyages of H.M.S. ' Adventure' and ' Beagle ' between the years 1820 and 
 1836, 3 vols., London, 1839. 
 
 Vol. 1, p. 261. — " The following morning was fine, and the ' Adelaide' moved out of Smyth Channel, the 
 survey of which was completed very satisfactorily, although their progress was slow owing to constant 
 northerly winds. 
 
 " By towing the ' Adelaide ' during tedious calms they reached Montague Bay in the evening, and next day 
 anchored in Relief Harbour, on the south-west side of Vancouver Island. As it was evident that the " Ancon 
 Sin Salida" was within Piazzi and Ceres Islands, up the west coasts of which they had passed, Lieut. Skyring 
 left the schooner moored in Relief Harbour and proceeded, on August 4, to the southward, in a whale-boat with 
 Mr. Kirke, but he took no more than a week's provisions, that time being all he could devote to this explora- 
 tion. 
 
 "The 4th, 5th and 6th Lieut. Skyring employed in pulling or sailing to the southward and eastward, 
 through winding and intricate passages, although strong winds and much heavy rain annoyed him and 
 impeded his progress. 
 
 "On the 7th the weather was much more favourable than it had lately been. The boat pulled and sailed 
 to the southward, and at noon Lieut. Skyring ascended a height, having on each side of it a deep opening, but 
 he was disappointed in the view ; and after taking bearings pulled round the adjacent bights, one of which 
 was exactly opposite Artist Bay in Smyth Channel, and so near it that the two waters were only separated by 
 a few hundred yards ; the other, eastward of the height, was large, and closed at the bottom by very low 
 lands. It was directly supposed to be the "Ancon Sin Salida," but Sarmiento' s description, and the chart 
 compiled by Burney were insufficient to enable them to decide with any degree of certainty. After looking 
 round this bay they continued to the eastward and passed a point beyond which there was apparently a wide 
 channel ; having run about six miles down it without discovering any termination, they hauled their boat up 
 on the beach for the night. 
 
 "On the 8th two canoes were noticed on the west shore, but seeing strangers the natives, apparently much 
 frightened, all lauded except an old man, and taking with them what they most valued, hid themselves among 
 the brushwood, leaving their canoes fastened to the sea-weed. By some Fuegian words of invitation the men 
 were, however, induced to approach the traffic, receiving for their otter skins whatever could be spared, [n 
 appearance and manner these Indians were exactly similar to the Fuegians, and by their canoes only, which 
 were built of planks, could they be distinguished as belonging to another tribe. 
 
 " After leaving the natives, the boat passed Cape Earnest, and Lieut. Skyring observed a wide channel 
 leading north and then N.N.W. (1 ) also another opening to the eastward. The wind being easterly, he ran some 
 distance to the northward to gain more knowledge of the first inlet, and having gone ten or twelve miles from 
 Cape Earnest and observing the opening for eight miles beyond to be as wide as where they then were, be 
 concluded it to be a channel, or else a deep sound terminated by low land, for there was evidently a division 
 in the mountains such as to justify this belief. Returning, they entered the smaller opening to the eastward. 
 and were almost assured of its being a channel, for when they were between the points many porpoises and 
 seals were observed, and a tide was found setting westward at the rate of two knots. At dark they hauled 
 their boat on the beach of an excellent bay, at the north side of the narrow reach, and secured her for the 
 
 night. 
 
 • On the 9th, shortly after daylight, they set out in a north-east direction to ascei tain the truth of their 
 
 (1) "Here is certainly the Ancon Sin Salida of Sarmiento, whose journal describes the inlet as terminating in a cove to the 
 north, p. 142. The mountain of Afio Nuevo cannot he mistaken ; indeed the whole of the coast is so well described by the 
 ancient mariner, that we have little difficulty in determining the greater number of places he visited. In all cast's we have, ol 
 course, preserved his names. The chart compiled by Admiral Barney is a remarkable instance of the care which that author" 
 took in arranging it, and how ingeniously and correctly he has displayed his judgment : it is also a proof that our favourite old 
 voyager, Sarmiento, was at least correct in his descriptions, although he appears to have been quite ignorant of the variation of 
 the compass." (See Burney Coll. Voyages, p. 31 ; aud Sarmiento, p. 162.) 
 
1 1 2 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 The channel, fifteen leagues long, described by Ladrillero corresponds with 
 the large expanse of water seen by Kirke, in 1831, to the east of the mountains 
 in the Diana Plains, and which is the Lake Balmaceda, shown in the map of the 
 Argentine Expert. 
 
 supposition, and before noon knew, beyond a doubt, that they were correct in their belief, being in the 
 narrows of a ohannel before unknown, that had eluded Sarmiento's notice. These narrows which Lieut. 
 Skyring felt assured would lead to a large opening were upwards of three miles in length, and generally 
 about one- third of a mile in breadth. \ strong tide took the boat through, and at the north-eastern extremity, 
 where the narrows were reduced to 400 yards in width, the water, although a neap tide, rushed at the rate 
 of four knots, forming whirling eddies, which were carefully avoided by Lieut. Skyring. At spring-tide, the 
 strength of these rapids would probahly not be less than seven knots. 
 
 " Having passed through them, a clear channel was seen, upwards of two miles wide, running to the 
 X. b. E. for at least eight miles and then turning directly eastward, between moderately high land. Another 
 channel, nearly a mile and a half wide, trended to the south-east for two or three miles, and then also turned 
 to the eastward. Here they stopped. Lieut. .Skyring regretted extremely not being aide to prosecute the 
 discovery and have one more view from the eastern point of the north-east channel, but as only one day's 
 provisions remained, it would have been imprudent to delay his return. It teas trident that they had passed 
 through the range of the Cordilleras, for to the eastward the country appeared totally different, the highest 
 lull not, being above 700 feet. The opening to the north-east was thought to communicate with the waters 
 lately discovered by Captain Fitz Roy. The latitude was obtained on Point Return, and in the afternoon, 
 reluctantly but anxiously, they retraced their way, and passed that night at their former quarters in Whale- 
 boat Lay. On the 10th at daylight, they proceeded on their return." 
 
 P. 329. — "Favoured with fine weather, they were unable to land on the north side of Xavier Island, to 
 improve the former survey ; and in the evening anchored in Xavier Bay, where they remained four days; 
 during whioh, Jesuit Sound was explored, and found to terminate in two narrow- inlets. Being a leewardly 
 opening, it is unlit for any vessel to enter. 
 
 " 'I he name Jesuit Sound, and those of the two inlets at the bottom, P.enito and Julian, are memorials of 
 the missionaries, who, in the expedition of 1778, entered and explored it.* (Agueros, p. 232.) 
 
 " The ' Adelaide ' anchored the next night in Ygnacio Bay, at the south end of Xavier Island, which 
 Lieut. Skyring recommends for small vessels: the depth of water being six or eight fathoms, and the 
 anchorage well sheltered from the wind. 
 
 '• On the 31st, they anchored under the Hazard Islands, in the channel's mouth: ' preparatory,' writes 
 Lieut. Skyring, ' to commencing new work with the new year : for since entering the gulf, except while 
 examining the San Tadeo, we had followed the ' Beagle's' track, and only completed what she left unfinished ; 
 but from this place all would lie new. This was the last wild anchorage she had taken ; and although now 
 fixed in the best situation, and in the height of summer, we found our position almost as dangerous as hers.' 
 
 " Early on January 1st, 183.0, Mr. Kirke went in a whale-boat to examine the openings, at the mouth of 
 which we had anchored : he returned on the 9th having traced to the end, all which had the least appearance 
 < t being channels. The two largest, the south and the east, penetrated into the Cordillera for thirty miles. 
 All these inlets are narrow but deep arms of the sea, running between ranges of very steep hills: their 
 sides affording not the least shelter, even fur a boat, and apparently deserted, for neither seal, nor birds of 
 anj kind weie seen, nor were there even muscles on the rocks. 
 
 "Mr. Kirke, in his report, sa) s, 'The three northernmost of the inlets of the channel's mouth end with 
 high land on each side, and low sandy beaches at the head, beyond which there rises a ridge of high 
 mountains, about two miles from the beach. The south-east inlets end in rivers rushing down from the 
 mountains, and a rocky shore ; not the smallest shelter could 1 find, even for the boat. Two days and nights 
 
 " Mr. Kirke, who examined them, says, ' There are two openings opposite Xavier Island, on the main land ; the northern- 
 ii ost runs through high land, and is terminated by a low sandy leach, with a river in the middle, running from a large glacier; 
 tin itluTii inlet is ended by high mountainous land.' 
 
Explorations by Cox and Prick. 113 
 
 4. EXPLORATIONS BY COX AND FRICK. 
 
 An interval of several years elapsed between the hydrographic explorations of 
 the 'Adventure' and the 'Beagle,' and those carried out by the Government of 
 
 I was forced to keep her hauled up on a rock, just about high-water mark, in a strong gale, while the 
 williwaws were so violent that we were all obliged to add our weight to that of the boat, to prevent her from 
 being blown off: and twice we were washed out of our resting places on the beach, by the night tide 
 rising about fifteen or sixteen inches above that of the day. 
 
 " This opening in the coast is noticed by the pilot Machado (Agueros, p. 210), but by whom the name 
 Channel's Mouth was given does not appear. It is by no means descriptive of what it has been proved to 
 be ; but as Lieut. Skyring thought that a change in the name would not answer any good purpose, he very 
 properly left it unaltered." 
 
 R 339.— "On the 12th, in full anticipation of making some interesting discovery, we siiled into the 
 'Canal San Andres,' anchoring in the afternoon in Expectation Bay, where we remained until the 15th. 
 During that time, Mr. Kirke was employed examining the different openings, and tracing this supposed 
 channel farther. At his return, he said that he had found a termination to every opening, even to that in 
 which we then were, which lie had previously thought to be a channel. Like the rest, it extended only 
 to the base of the snowy Cordillera, and then was suddenly closed by immense glaciers. 
 
 " This information caused great disappointment, as all hope of passing through the Cordillera, thus 
 far northward, was now given up; and I was fearful we should be delayed many more days before we 
 could extricate ourselves from this (as we then supposed) false channel. We were many miles within the 
 entrance ; in that distance there were no anchorages, and the wind being generally from the westward, I 
 anticipated much labour before we could effect our return; but the very next day we were so fortunate as 
 to have a slant of fair wind, by which we cleared this opening, and a second time entered Concepcion 
 Strait." 
 
 P. 347. — " On the 5th we got clear of this bad and leewardly anchorage, the wind being more to the north- 
 west, but we had still such very squally weather, with rain, that it was a work of several hours to beat to 
 Whale-boat Bay, where we moored in the evening, and prepared for examining the coast with our boats, both 
 to the east and west. Before leaving Leeward Bay, a round of angles was taken from high ground north of 
 the anchorage, and it was satisfactory to reflect that the Ancon Sin Salida was traced far more correctly than 
 could be done in our former visit. There was constant rain and squally weather all the morning, and only 
 in the latter part of the day could any work be performed in the boats. On the following morning Mr. Kirke 
 went to trace the Canal of the Mountains, and I rejoice to sa}' that I was again able to assist in the boat 
 service, and went to examine some openings. After leaving Kirke Narrow on the right hand a wide sound 
 appeared, about nine miles in length ; and having traversed it, we turned to the east, through a narrow 
 intricate channel (White Narrow), obstructed by several small islets, and passed suddenly out into a clear 
 open bay. Our prospect here became wholly different to that which for months before we had daily 
 witnessed. North and south of us were deep bays, while to the east between two points seven or eight miles 
 apart, our view was unobstructed by land, and we were sanguine in hoping that we had discovered an 
 extensive body of water. There was also a considerable change in the appearance of the country, which no 
 less delighted than astonished us: for so gratifying a prospect had not been seen since leaving Chile n. 
 Eastward, as I said before, we could perceive no laud; to the north-east and south-eastward lay a low flat 
 country, and the hills in the interior were long level ranges similar to that near Cape Gregory, while behind 
 us, in every direction westward, rose high rugged mountains. I fully believed that our course hereafter 
 would be in open water, along the shores of a low country, and that we had taken leave of narrow straits, 
 enclosed by snow-capped mountains; the only difficulty to be now overcome was, I imagined, that of getting 
 the vessel safely through the Kirke Narrow ; which, hazardous as I thought the pass, was preferable to the 
 intricate White Narrow, through which we had just passed. Such were my expectations; and with so nolle 
 
 Q 
 
1 14 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 Chile on the western coast of Patagonia, and during this interval, reports of the 
 existence of livers, flowing from the east and intersecting the Cordillera, were 
 only received from sealers and wood-cutters. 
 
 a prospect in view, I hastened to look for anchorage for the schooner, which I succeeded in finding at a place 
 named by me Easter Bay, and returned on board the next day through Kirke Narrow. Mr. Kirke employed 
 three days about his work, having traced the inlet, which trended northward from Cape Grey for nearly 
 eleven leagues. He found that it was bordered on each side by a steep range of mountains, broken here and 
 there by deep ravines, which were filled with frozen snow, and surmounted by extensive glaciers, whence 
 huge avalanches were continually falling. The western side of this canal is formed by the southern ter- 
 mination of the Andes. At the northern end are two bays, with sandy beaches, backed l>y low land, which 
 however, rise gradually to high peaked mountains, distant about two miles. 
 
 " Early on Easier Tuesday we left Whale-boat Bay, and proceeded towards the Kirke Narrow. We had 
 been unvarying in watching and trying the strength of the tides during our stay; but the observations 
 never accorded with those in the narrow, and our calculations this morning, after all the trouble we had taken, 
 were found to be erroneous. On approaching the place we met a stream of tide setting to the south-west 
 let ween two and three knots; the wind was light; we sometimes gained ground — at others were forced back 
 by the strength of the tide — and thus kept hovering near the entrance until eleven o'clock ; when the tide 
 slackened and we neared the eastern end, which is by far the narrowest part, and where, I apprehended, 
 every exertion would be required to clear the rocks: but fortunately it was at the moment of slack water — 
 we passed through easily, and our anticipated difficulty vanished. This eastern entrance is narrowed by two 
 islands, which contract the width at one part to 150 yards. When clear of this passage, Point Return, Point 
 Desire and Easter Bay were in sight, and we found out selves in a channel much wider than those to which 
 we had been lately accustomed. To the south was a deep sound, apparently branching in different directions 
 between high land, but our principal object was the low country to the north-east, and through this we were 
 so sanguine as to make sure of finding a passage. In the evening we anchored in Easter Bay, and moored the 
 schooner in four and six fathoms, over a muddy bottom. 
 
 " Next morning (12th) the boats were prepared for going away to gain a better knowledge of the country 
 around, to find out the best anehoiage, and to become acquainted with some of the many advantages that, 
 from the prospect before us, we considered ourselves sure of experiencing. Mr. Kirke went to examine 
 Worsley .Sound, and he was desired to examine every opening as he proceeded eastward. As soon as he was 
 gone, I set about measuring a base between Easter Bay and Focus Island, which, being of moderate height, 
 appeared to be a favourable position for extending the triangulation. This work was soon finished, but I 
 was greatly dis-appointed, when on the summit of the island, with the view that piesented itself to the east- 
 ward. The low points before mentioned, beyond which, from Easter Bay, we could distinguish no land, and 
 hetween which we expected to make good our course to the south-east, appeared to be connected by a low tl.it 
 country. An extensive sheet of water was indeed observed to the eastward, yet I could only from its 
 appoarance, conclude that it was a spacious hay. 
 
 "My attention was next drawn to the southward, in which direction to the east of Woolley Peninsula, 
 appt ared a wide and deep opening, and this I determined to explore on the morrow, for it was now the only 
 course likely to lead me to Fit/. Roy Passage, where it became every day more indispensable that we should 
 arrive, since our provisions were getting short. At my return on board, I learned from Mr. Kirke that he 
 had examined the greater part of Worsley Sound, whose eastern shore formed a line of coast almost connected 
 with that of the bight before us, to which the name of ' Disappointment Bay ' was given. 
 
 " It was ananged that he should proceed from his last point, and carefully trace the shore of Disappoint- 
 ment May to the eastern headland of the southern opening, down which it. was my intention to proceed. 
 With these objects in view, we left the schooner next morning. A fair wind soon brought me to the entrance, 
 where 1 landed to take bearings on the west side, and arrived at the promontory of ' Hope' by noon. Their 
 I ascended to the summit of the hills, but found them so thickly wooded that my anticipated view oi the 
 land was almost intercepted, and the angles taken were in consequence very limited. 
 
 "At th:s promontory the course of the channel trends slightly to the eastward, and its direction is 
 
Explorations by Cox and Frick. 1 1 f 
 
 ;-> 
 
 However, on the north, explorers had succeeded in penetrating the 
 Cordillera. From the Chilian side, Messrs. Hess and Fonk had advanced 
 
 afterwards to the S.S.E., being open and clear for eight or ten miles, when low land stretching across from 
 the west side intercepts the view. In passing to the southward, I landed frequently to continue the angles, 
 and hauled up at the ch se of day in Kara Avis Bay, still doubtful of the nature of the opening. 
 
 "Next morning, pa-sing Point Intervene, we pulled into an extensive reach, and having landed to take- 
 hearings, on the east side near Cape Thomas, I proceeded in hopes that beyond the next point some better 
 prospect would be gained. On arriving there, however, my expectations were instantly checked by a bold 
 rising shore, continuing uninterruptedly as far as the Oliver Islands, which we passed soon afterwards. • 
 
 '• The width of the channel between the Oliver Islands and the northern shore is not more than a mile: 
 but it afterwards incieases, and turns sharply, first to the west and then S.S.W. In the west reach there are 
 many small islands, and the high ranges on both sides being detached from each other, gave me yet some 
 hopes of finding a passage between them. Proceeding in the afternoon, a bight appeared to the S.S.E. about 
 two miles to the westward of (Jape Up-an'-down, which was examined, although there was no prospect of 
 meeting with success by tracing it, and in it were found two small passages leading to the south-east suitable 
 only for boats. We ran down the largest, and a mile within the entrance were embayed. At the bottom of 
 this bight the land was low, and I tried to get on an eminence that I might command a view to the south-east, 
 but was always impeded by an impervious wood. I observed, however, distant high land in that direction, 
 and could see a sheet of water, about six miles from me: but whether it was a lagoon, or a part of the 
 Skyring Water, was doubtful. I could not, at this prospect, rejoice as Magalhaens did, when lie first saw 
 the Pacific, for my situation, I began to think, resembled that of Sterne's starling. 
 
 " Keeping along the south shore, until late in the evening, we gained the west end of this reach, and 
 finding no shelter for the boat, crossed to the broken land on the west side, and passed that nighr in Hewitt 
 Harbour. 
 
 " On the following morning, we pursued our course to the S.S.W., and at eleven o'clock reached the 
 extremity of this extensive sound. All our suspense was then removed and all our hopes destroyed ; for the 
 closing shores formed but a small bay in the south-west, and high land encircled every part without leaving 
 an opening. 
 
 " Throughout the examination of this sound, we did not distinguish any decided stream of tide, and the 
 rise and fall did not appear to have ever exceeded a foot; that there was a slight tidal movement of the 
 water seemed evident, from the streams of foam coming from the cascades; and also from the fallen leaves 
 which were bnrne on the water from the shores of the bays in long lines; but signs like these are indicative 
 of there being no strength of tide; I have frequently noticed such appearances in large sounds or inlets, but 
 never in any channel where there was a current. 
 
 "The bays between Hope Promontory and Point Intervene are frequented by immense numbers "I 
 black-necked swans (Anser nigricollis) : hundreds were seen together; they appeared not at all wild when 
 we first passed ; but on our return, there was no approaching them within musket-shot. Many ducks and 
 coots were also observed. On a rock, near the Oliver Islands, was a small ' rookery ' of hair seal ; and in our 
 progress down the sound, we passed some few shags and divers. This is the enumeration of all we saw, and 
 these few species seem to possess, undisturbed, this Obstruction Sound ; for we neither observed any wigwams, 
 nor saw any traces of inhabitants. 
 
 "Having no interest in remaining, after some necessary angles were taken on Meta Islet, we commenced 
 our return; and, with a fair wind, made good progress, landing only where it was necessary for angles, and 
 reached the vessel on the evening of the next day (16th). I have fully stated the examination of this sound 
 and have been perhaps, unnecessarily particular and diffuse; but I think that when its near approach to tin 
 Skyring Waters is known by others, it will be considered very singular that no communication exists between 
 them. To every one on board the ' Adelaide ' it was a great disappointment. The only inlet now remaining 
 to be explored was through the S.S.E. opening, east of Point Return ; which, on the 18th, I went to examine. 
 Mr. Kirke returned on the same day as myself, having traced the coast as far as he had been directed, and 
 found the large expanse of Disappointment Bay nearly bounded by a fiat stony beach; and the water so 
 shallow, that even his whale-boat could seldom approach the shore within a quarter of a mile; but he had 
 
 Q 2 
 
1 1 6 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 over the lake of Todos Ids Santos as far as Nahuel-Huapi: and the Chilian 
 Engineer, Seiior Guillermo Cox, crossing the same region, had returned to 
 
 left a small opening in the north-east unexplored, which, as our last, hope, I thought it necessary to examine : 
 and he went, for that purpose the next morning. Situated as we were, we had great reason to lie very earnest 
 in the search lor a passage; and I think that no channel into the Skyring Water, however small and intricate, 
 would have been left rmattempted at this crisis. During the vessel's continuance in Easter Bay, the men 
 who remained on board were employed in clearing the hold, and completing wood and water to the utmost, 
 in order that wo might not be delayed at any anchorage after our departure thence. 
 
 "On the 18th I went in a boat down the opening east of Point Return, and by noon reached Virginia 
 Island. Two miles to the southward the channel branches to the south-east and to the south-west; I followed 
 the latter branch, lauding where necessary to continue the angles, and arrived in the evening at the extremity, 
 which was closed by low land ; in the middle was a wide and rapid stream. The slot of a deer was seen along 
 the margin of the shore. Next day we proceeded down the south-east branch to the centre island, thence 
 steered towards anjopening that appeared in the south-west, and, passing through a narrow winding passage, 
 entered a large 'hay, which was closed at the bottom by low land, similarly to the branch examined yesterday. 
 < mly an opening to the north-east now remained to be explored ; but night coming on, we hauled np in Tranquil 
 Bay, near the northern extremity. The north-east opening was found to trend eastward for three miles, and 
 then turn to the south-east, forming an extensive bay, whose shores were encircled by low land, and only sepa- 
 rated from Obstruction Sound by an isthmus two miles broad. Our search being concluded, I hastened back, 
 and arrived on board the schooner late in the evening. Finding Mr. Kirke had not returned, I still entertained 
 some little hope, and the vessel was prepared to move either one way or the other as soon as he came back. 
 
 "Late ou the 21st Mr. Kirke arrived. The opening in the north-east had been traced for nearly thirty 
 miles from the entrance, first to the north-east, and then to the W.N.W. till it was closed by high land far to 
 ihe northward of Worsley Bay. Many deer were seen on the plains eastward of the inlet, and some were 
 shot at but escaped. Swans, ducks and coots had been killed in such numbers that on their return all 
 the schooner's crew were plentifully supplied. Of this place; Mr. Kirke says : ' At the commencement of the 
 north-east sound there is low land, which extends about thirteen miles up its shores. The entrance is three 
 or four miles wide; but, five miles up, the inlet is contracted to about half a mile in width by a shoal 
 connecting three islets with the western shore. These islets were literally surrounded by black-necked swans, 
 mixed with a few which had black-tipped wings: the male of the latter has a peculiar note which sounds 
 like " Ken Kank," but the female only sounds " Kank." ' 
 
 " A few coots were shot in this neighbourhood, out of an immense quantity seen. In each of two 
 flocks I think, there must have been upwards of a thousand. 
 
 "From these islets the sound trends nearly north for seven or eight miles, when it is again narrowed 
 by an island, on each side of which there is a narrow passage for a vessel ; but the eastern one is the best. 
 The few bays near here are tit for small ves>els only. 
 
 " Beyond this island the face of the country begins to alter from low to mountainous land, with long flats 
 in the valleys, and the sound also changes its course more to the N.W. Near a high bluff on the eastern 
 shore, eight miles further up the sound, the land becomes higher and covered with snow ; yet there are 
 still a few level patches between the mountains. From this bluff the sound trends about a point more 
 westerly for five or six miles, to a place where there is a small inlet, on the left, between two snow- 
 covered, mountainous ridges. The water there was changed to a clayey-colour, and had a brackish taste. 
 Continuing our course for two miles. 1 found a large expanse of water, the north end of which was limited by 
 low land, backed by high snowy mountains in the distance; its southern extreme terminated at the foot of 
 high mountains, also covered with snow; and had a large run of water from a glacier on the western side. In 
 returning we saw some deer on the eastern shore of tho low land, between the islands of the second 
 teach, but could not get within gun-shot: they appeared to be of a dark colour, and fully as large as a 
 guanaco. Some of our men thought they could distinguish small straight horns, but I could not myself seo 
 them. I endeavoured to cross the isthmus, where Lieut. Skyring had seen water from Focus Island, near 
 Easter Hay, anil first attempted it by the. course of a fresh-water river, at the head of the bay ; but I found 
 the Country so thickly covered with stunted wood, about eight feet high, and exceedingly prickly, that I lost 
 
Explorations by Cox and Frick. 1 1 7 
 
 Chile by the Ipela Ridge Pass, near Lake Laear. In the report of this latter 
 explorer, communicated to the Royal Geographical Society, in 1864, by Sir 
 Woodbine Parish, the following passage appears: — 
 
 " Soon after we found ourselves fairly in the Cordillera, and passing the Cerro 
 Trumbal, wended our way along the northern shores of the Lake Lacar (the waters of 
 which run towards the Pacific) where we established our bivouac for the night. (This 
 lake is 1749 feet above the sea, and fifteen or sixteen miles in length, by three or four 
 wide). 
 
 "In this part of the Cordillera of the Andes the ' linea divisoria' or parting of the 
 waters, leaving its general direction north and south, makes a great bend or inflection 
 to the eastward, of nearly fifty miles, with a remarkable depression, encircling the great 
 Lake of Lacar, which although thus in appearance situated on the eastern side of the range 
 in reality discharges its waters into the Pacific. Nevertheless, its eastern extremity is not 
 more than twelve or fifteen miles from the sources of some of the tributaries of the Atlantic. 
 The Lake of Lacar is united with the Lake of Pirihueico, which latter is drained by 
 the river Callitue, which falls into the Shoshuenco from the north. Both these run 
 together into the Lake of Refiihue, the drain (outlet) of which is the River of Yaldivia. 
 It is stated upon undoubted authority that three Indians, who had crossed the Andes 
 from Yaldivia, finding upon their return the passes blocked by snow, managed to reach 
 on horseback the Lake of Pirihueico, where, building a canoe, they passed down the 
 river Callitue into the Lake of Ilihihue to the astonishment of the people of Yaldivia, 
 who at first would hardly believe in the possibility of opening such a communication." 
 
 At about the same time Don Guillermo Frick, who resided at Yaldivia, and 
 who was much interested in the reports he had received with regard to a fluvial 
 pass through the Cordillera de los Andes from the " Pampas of Buenos Aires " 
 to the city of Valdivia, determined to ascertain for himself the veracity of these 
 reports. 
 
 my way twice, and returned to the shore ; I tried again, however, about half a mile more to the eastward, 
 and at last got to a high part of the land. When there, and mounted on another man's shoulders, I 
 could scarcely see above the trees (which, at the roots, were not thicker than a man's wrist) : there was 
 evidently a large expanse of water, but I could not distinguish much of it. I think it probable that it 
 is fresh, as the river, fifty yards wide, is rapid, and appears to run out of it. There is not any high land 
 in the neighbourhood, whence such a run of fresh water could be supplied. 
 
 " ' I saw numbers of deer tracks about this place, and the boat's crew observed three deer similar to 
 those above-mentioned.' (Kirke, M.S.) 
 
 " We weighed on the 22nd, and towed out of Easter Bay, with the hope of repassing Kirke Narrow ; 
 but shortly afterwards so dense a fog arose, that we could distinguish no land, and were unable to profit by 
 the advantage of a light fair wind, with otherwise favourable weather. In the afternoon, when it cleared up 
 a little, we anchored in Fog Bay, on the west side of the channel, about three miles from Kirke Narrow." 
 
 * Expedition across the Southern Andes of Chile, with the object of opening a new line of communicaticn 
 from the Pacific to the Atlantic Ocean, by the lake of Nahuel-Huapi, and the rivers Limay and Negro, by 
 Eon Guillermo Cox, of Chile. (Translated from the Spanish and communicated by Sir Woodbine Parish, 
 K.C.H.. F.R.S., to the Eoyal Geographical Society, 1864). 
 
u8 Divergences in the Cordillera de los .hides. 
 
 The account he wrote,* upon his return from his journey, of which the most 
 important part is hereinafter transcribed, leaves no room for doubt that Lake 
 Lacar is enclosed to the east of the Cordillera, and the map, by which the 
 account is accompanied, shows correctly the watershed across the same:— 
 
 P. 47. — " For some years there were vague reports in circulation that the Valdivia, or 
 Callecalle river, rises in the Pampas of Buenos Aires ; once there was mention of an 
 attempt which Herr Wilhelm Dull wished to make, to sail through the Cordillera; another 
 time a short communication was made by Jeronimo Agiiero respecting the Lake of Rihihne 
 — (whence flows our Valdivia river) — and the conjectured mineral wealth of that region, a 
 communication including also the following statement regarding the water-connection 
 with the other side : ' The lake, besides, has not yet been navigated by civilised persons. 
 It, is known that, by one of the two rivers emptying into it, it is possible to go as 
 far as Panguipulli, but the experiment has yet to lie made whether it is possible to 
 navigate the other river as far as Neltume Lake, and thence by another river reach 
 Argentine territory, as natives of those districts are said to have done.' 
 
 "Although at the first glance, it seems very improbable that a river cutting through the 
 Cord ill, iii could flow from the Pampas of Buenos Aires to the Pacific, still we ilid not regard 
 it as fabulous, for, besides the fact that tin- level of the Pampas at the foot of the Cordillera is 
 much higher than, that of the plains on the Chilian side, we already knew of another river (the 
 Huampoe, falling into the Villa Rica Lake), which with some certainty, or at least probability*, 
 rises in the Pampas, and is navigable, if not over its whole course, at least for several leagues." 
 
 P. 56. — " What 1 could learn further concerning the water connection between Rifiihue 
 Lake and the Pampas, I set down here. In an inquiry which the judge of Quinchilca 
 arranged with Pascual Amoyao, the latter acknowledged that the Indians went in a canoe 
 from Rifiihue to the Pampas, that there was only a narrow passage between rocks, but that 
 one could get through; that they, the Indians, had kept it secret, since, if once a Spaniard 
 passed that way, all would wish to take this route on account of its great convenience. 
 
 "Julian Arango had informed me that Canin Amoyao, an Indian of Rifiihue (not of 
 Panguipulli), and travelling companion of the Cazique Patino, was in Valdivia. with his 
 brother, Sebastian Arango. I hoped to hear from Canin the confirmation of the tidings 
 given by Ovalle and Valverde, but he was not disposed for this, and besides, he understood 
 and spoke Spanish badly, or at least acted as if he did not understand me. So he onlv 
 acknowledged that, with the deceased Paul Patino, he had made excursions into the Pampas 
 for half a year and had crone as far as the Limay river, i.e. the river Nee/re ; in returning 
 they had not been able to cross by the pass of Ranco on account of the snow, and had held 
 on their way to the Lake of Nontue where they found Cancho. Under his guidance thev 
 had gone on foot, cutting their way through Quila and Colhue brushwood, always along 
 the ban kof the river which from the Nontue Lake flows into Lake Neltume, and from this 
 
 * Der Binihue — See in Chile und die tiefe Pa^soiikurig dcr Amies 1 ■■ i lU'inselhen, von Wilhelm Frick 
 (mit Earte, s. Tafel 3). Mittheilungen aus J. Perthes' geographischer Anstalt, etc., von Dr. A. Petermann, 
 Gotha, 180-t, pp. 47-59. 
 
Explorations by Cox and Frick. 119 
 
 into the Panguipulli Lake ; and which river is really the Valdivia, and that along this 
 course they crossed many rocks and streams, but no mountain ; the Lake .of Neltume only 
 had they traversed in a canoe, for the rivers, on account of their strong currents, could not 
 
 be navigated. Leanca had not come with them 
 
 " Further, I have learned with tolerable certainty the following particulars partly 
 concerning earlier reports. Our Valdivia, or Callecalle, rises in Lake Neltume to the east 
 of Lake Pirihueico, and immediately after leaving the latter has the name of Calletue ; it 
 unites with the outflow of Lake Panguipulli, and falls, as shown on the map, under the 
 name of Shos-huenco, into Lake Rifiihue, from which it issues as the Valdivia River. Lake 
 Pirihueico and Lake Neltume are connected; on this side (the eastern) is called Neltume, and 
 on the other Pirihueico; the latter is in the Pampas. It is twice the length of Rifiihue, 
 i.e. ten or twelve leagues long. On the other hand, Lake Nontue is not identical with 
 Lake Pirihueico, but must be connected with it by a short river, the Huahuum, which 
 probably also passes through a small lake. Lake Nontue is called also Lacar, taking 
 nearly the shape given on the map. At the narrow part is the crossing which Indians 
 name Nontue. Messrs. Muhm, who some years ago went to the Pampas, affirmed, in 
 opposition to the statement of the Indian Remigio Amoyao, that the Huahuum river 
 flows into Lacar Lake, whence it would follow that the Pirihueico has two outlets on 
 opposite sides, and that the Lacar has its outflow to the Rio Negro. It is now clear that 
 Amoyao was right, that the Huahuum flows from the Lacar Lake into the Pirihueico, 
 and could never have been seen by the Muhms since they were on the opposite side ot 
 the lake. The river these gentlemen crossed flows indeed into Lake Lacar, but is called 
 the Chachum, and comes from the little lake of Quege, which receives its waters from, 
 the Cordillera. This information I received from one of the Spanish-speaking Indians 
 from the neighbourhood of Ranco Lake, Jose Antonio Panguilef, a relation of the Cazique 
 Checapan of Lacar, who had often been there and bad accompanied the Muhms on their 
 journey. My map has been corrected by his drawing made on the spot, and in the main, 
 agrees with that of the Muhms."' 
 
 ■&■ 
 
 If Lake Lacar is situated in the Pampa of Buenos Aires, that is to say to 
 the east of the Cordillera de los Andes, it will be apparent to the Tribunal that 
 necessarily the boundary line in the high Crests of the Cordillera, which divides 
 the waters of the same, could not fail to cross over the interoceanic watershed. 
 
 Sefior Frick has drawn conclusions from the fact of the existence of fluvial 
 connection between Chile and the Argentine Republic. He published a series 
 of articles in Chile upon this question previous to 1881. In one published 
 in the Reforma Pacifica (Buenos Aires) of duly 11, 1865, it is stated that this 
 interoceanic communication exists,* and in another article which appeared in the 
 'Deutsche Nachrichten,' of Valparaiso, at the close of ls95, he asserts that there 
 
 * The Water Connection of Chile with the Argentine Eepublic by the Einihue. Extract from a report by 
 
WermanJi's GeographiMihe MHthrihuigeri . 
 
 
 Ccrro Tralcan 
 
 
 ORIGESTALKARTE 
 LAGUXA 1IE R 1 5' I II IT E 
 
 IM SUDLICHEN CHILE 
 
 A. \ , ITnter Mitwirkung des Don Enrique Lagre/p 
 
 aufgenoinincn von 
 
 WUheLm Frit k . 1862. 
 - Cprro Quilahucntru v 
 
 M.iasfst ,il> 1 200000 
 
 \t,a* if- : c < 
 
 idu tfar*xt ui*rije (rtqerui beteal<itX.) 
 
 Riiuhue 
 
 JO0-4O0J' atfr ,isr< l Jet , i S^~ ^. 
 
 '.' i ' 
 
 -._ j& > V A. .<r.-r. -..,.,; ?,-^V,;/irf^/\\ *?, I/' ■' 
 
 V 
 
 M r ■ I 
 
 - 
 
 ;<- v^ . £s/Hii^i|ii de Las 
 
 . ' ' ,;5^ I " » 
 
 I .i. R..i 
 
 ...I .1, Miinnuhi 
 
 ,.- V^\ f '" -San P.Jro'''- : 
 
 -- •>>■:,: 
 
 l^i^w ''■ ' 
 
 
 ;a.. i. eSbS. ^n.'fr-m^da 
 
 ME SEEN VON VALDiVIA (S.CHILE) 
 
 —. 
 a 
 
 LagJ ileA^l.-irua 
 
 COTxoXralc.lsJ^/ 
 
 DIE SEEN VON VALIHVIA (S.CHILE) 
 
 natl , Maasfctab 12000 000 •>..,.). 
 
 den bisherifen Vorstelhing nr-w — ^l—hr^t -! ■■■? I ■■? f den Beobachtungenund Erkundifjungen-vun Fric* 1862 
 
 C> ' ' ■ i i '<■- ,\ft f i< eft > *j ~ J ° / _-_— ^-^- -* - — —■ 
 
 u 
 
 WILLIAM FRICK, 18G2. 
 (From Tctcrmann's Geographische Mittheilungen, 1864. Published by permission of Justus Perthes, Gotha.) 
 
Explorations by Cox and Frick. 121 
 
 were communications from 1862 to that year, corroborating the fact that the 
 river Vaklivia takes its rise in the Lake of Lacar on the eastern side of the 
 Cordillera de los Andes, which it intersects; and he also stated that, as early as 
 the year 18H2 he communicated the information lie had obtained la the President of tin 
 Republic of Chile, and that that information was published in 1805.* 
 
 William Frick, in the Reforma Pacifica, Buenos Aires (July 11, 1865). From Zeitschrift fiir Allgemeine 
 Erdkunde, Neue Folge, vol. 19, Berlin, 1805. 
 
 P. 370. 1. "From the seaport of Corral on the Pacific to the place Arique. The distance amounts t" 
 nine leagues. The navigation of the small river is easy for lighter boats. 
 
 2. " From Arique to Hacienda de San Pedro. The distance by the river is ten leagues. The navigation 
 of this stretch is attended with few difficulties. 
 
 3. " From San Pedro to the Lake Rinihue. The north side of the waterway is in the hands of inde- 
 pendent Indians. In consequence of the extensive curve the distance amounts to eight leagues. Here tin- 
 river forms the waterfall of Gicho, which, however, is said to be easily obviated. 
 
 4. " The Laguna of Rinihue. Excellent navigation of five and a half leagues. 
 
 5. " The river Shos-huenco or Calitiie. , Forms the outflow of the Lake Piiehnaico into the Rinihue. It 
 has but one rapid, easily overcome. The length of the waterway is said not to exceed eight leagues. 
 
 6. "The Laguna of Neltume or Pirehuaico. A comfortable waterway for boats of from ten to twelve 
 leagues. 
 
 7. "From the Laguna of Pirehuaico to the Laguna of Lacar, or the river Hualmum. Very easy naviga- 
 tion of twelve leagues. The first three leagues have a south-east direction as far as the place called Notue, 
 the narrowest part. The rest are direct east. 
 
 8. " Froin the Laguna Lacar to the river Catapuliclie or Chumchuin, i.e. the eastern outflow of the 
 Laguna Lacar. This is not yet quite precisely determined. All Indians, however, agree in saying that 
 besides the said western water communication the Laguna Lacar has also an eastern outflow which is an 
 affluent, of the Rio Negro emptying into the Atlantic Ocean, and bears the name of Rio de las Siete Rocas (tin- 
 seven rocks). The latter empties itself, in Lat. 30° S. and Long. 74° 15' W. of Paris, into the Rio Catapuliche, 
 which is one of the principal tributaries of the Rio Negro. A map of South America, published in 1840 in 
 Magdeburg by Albrecht Piatt, shows this river-course with almost perfect correctness. The distance between 
 the Laguna of Rinihue and the river Catapuliche or even Chumchuin is not more than twenty leagues. 
 There would therefore remain hardly a few leagues distance between the Laguna Lacar and the Catapuliche, 
 which, in consideration of the flatness of the territory, should easily be rendered navigable. 
 
 9. "The Catapuliche or Rio ISegro. This river was in 1782 and 1783 explored by the Spaniard 
 Villarino. It is but five leagues long, falling, as it does, into the river Limay flowing from the south. 
 whence both take the conjoint name of Rio Negro. From the point of junction there are 100 leagues t<> 
 its outflow in the Atlantic. 
 
 "By way of capitulation, the first four sections of the river communication present no difficulties what- 
 ever. One exception is the part between the Laguna Rinihue and the river Catapuliche. Seeing the distance 
 between the two amounts to twenty leagues, and in this stretch lie the Laguna Pirehuaico with nineteen 
 leagues and the Laguna Lacar with twelve leagues, it f.Jlows that even if the bends of the three outlets 
 Shos-huenco, Huahiium and Siete Rocas were ever so great, the total distance, in which alone throughout the 
 whole way between the two oceans there would be any necessity for erecting important waterworks, would 
 hardly be more than fifteen leagues. The erections might include, e.g. sluices, or a canal like that of Morris, 
 though infinitely cheaper than this, which in its course of thirty-six leagues has one fall of 1024 feet. 
 
 " There is therefore every probability of establishing direct shipping communication between the river 
 Valdivia and the Kio Negro." 
 
 * Lake Lacar and The Boundary Question, by Guillermo Frick, Valdivia, October 25, 1895. 
 
 "In the article under the heading 'Interior,' which appeared in No. 2535 of the Deutsche Nach- 
 richten of the 12th inst., it is said that, some twenty years ago, I sustained the theory, at the time most 
 hypothetical, of a connection between the waters of our Rio de Valdivia and Lake Lacar. As, owing to the 
 
 R 
 
122 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 In 1882, Senor Frick continued to call attention to the existence of a fluvial 
 passage, through liinihue, to the Argentine Republic, and to the possibility of 
 
 lapse of twenty years, I could not myself exactly recall what I had said and published about the notable 
 Rinihue Pass, which I discovered, and of which nothing is known either now or through the Spanish 
 discoverers, I tried to refresh my memory with what I wrote in my correspondence on the subject of the 
 ( 'ordillerau passes. 
 
 " This correspondence is found in the following numbers of the Deutsche Nachrichten of November 
 i - and 29, and December 2, 1882 ; April 28, May 16 and 23, 1883 ; January 2 and 16, March 20, April lOand 
 June 12, 1886; March ID and April 30, 1887; March 14, April 4 and June 9, 1888; and February 2 and 
 March 16, 1889. 
 
 " I give the numbers in case any of my readers may desire fuller information concerning the C'ordilleran 
 passes and the boundary question, the gravity of which is constantly increasing; for the greater portion of 
 the public, however, this short extract from said correspondence will suffice. 
 
 "The correspondence of November 17, 1882 (published in No. 29) commences as follows: — 
 
 "'Resuming my correspondence where it left off in my previous letter of the loth inst., I must recall, 
 before everything, that, last year, prior to the settlement of the boundary dispute between ourselves and the 
 Argentine Republic, taking advantage of my friendly relations with one of the Ministers of that period, I 
 addressed to hi in, on .May 21, 1881, a note in which, entirely supporting the opinion of Seiior Redslob, I 
 railed his attention to the exceptional importance of the < 'ordillerau passes in Villa Kica and Rinihue, and 
 to the necessity of immediately occupying them. 
 
 " ' Soon afterwards, the dispute was settled to the satisfaction of both Republics (by the Treaty of July 23, 
 1881) and we must not be surprised that the occupation of these passes has been abandoned. Nevertheless, to 
 lose sight of this question because, for the moment, no reason for alarm exists, and to permit the sister 
 Republic to take possession of these passes, would be worse than foolishness, it would be a crime !' 
 
 '• And further on : — 
 
 '"A letter from Valdivia, published some two months ago in the Mercurio, which speaks of a "Rio 
 Misterioso," also referred to by Senor Vicuna M. in his article, has shown me that, in Valdivia itself, all the 
 information I gave, more than twenty years ago, concerning this Ilio Misterioso, has remained unknown; this 
 liver is none other than our ' lalle < 'alio or Rio de Valdivia. Before everything, I must rectify an errorin the 
 translation of the paragraph referring to this liver: it is not ''a traveller proceeding from Argentina" who 
 gives particulars concerning this Rio Misterioso; what the Valdivian correspondent says is that " this river 
 proceeds from Argentina.'' It precisely refers to our Rio de Valdivia, which originate* in the majestic Lake 
 I. 'itur, on the eastern roast of the Andean Cordillera, which it traverses.' 
 
 "In a detailed report, dated May 14, 1862, which I laid before the then President of the Republic, Senor 
 Joaquin Perez, I told him that it hail come to my knowledge that, some years previously, Cacique Paulino 
 l'atino, of Futronhue (near Lake Ranco) had reached the Pampa, during winter, through the Ranco Pass, 
 when the Ranco Pass was closed by snow, with other Indians he met in the Pampa, that had traversed the 
 Cordillera in a small boat, arriving as far as Lake. liinihue, which is found on this side of the Cordillera. 
 
 "Urged on by this information, 1 organised an expedition to Lake Eihihue, for the purpose of travelling 
 thence by water to the Pampa. 
 
 " The report of this voyage was accompanied by a well drawn map of Lake Pifiihue, carefully laid down 
 with the assistance of my companion, Senor Enrique Lagreze (who afterwards became my son-in-law ', as well 
 as by another carefully detailed map of the navigable rivers of the department of Valdivia. It was in vain 
 that, 1 hoped that His Excellency would take the necessary measures for following the detailed study of this 
 extraordinary fluvial pass; I was not even told whether my report had reached the Minister, which I only 
 casually learned, later on, from Senor Guillermo < 'ox. Our expedition reached as far as the point where the 
 Rio Shos-huenco discharges into the lake, it being impossible for us to overcome the two small cascades which 
 are found exactly in the mouth of the river which, beyond, appeared to be perfectly calm ; all the ropes, ami 
 other means which we might have used, had been forgotten by our boatmen, fortunately for us. 
 
 " I say 'fortunately for us,' as we learned, later on, that notice of our voyage had been obtained by the 
 [ndians Of Shos-huenco, who made preparations to murder us on our arrival. The expedition could not be 
 
Explorations by Cox and Prick. 123 
 
 establishing a system of navigation between the two oceans. The opinion of 
 such a competent person as Sefior Friek deserves to be taken into "consideration. 
 In 1862 he advised the Government of Chile to occupy the Pass of Rinihue, which is 
 undoubtedly the most important in the Cordillera, and by " Pass" he means a point near 
 the overflow of Lake Lacar, between this and Lake Rinihue, in the Cordillera. 
 
 Senor Flick maintained tins, when he stated that the dispute was settled, 
 to the satisfaction of both Republics, by the Treaty of -Inly 23, 1881, and it is 
 therefore not surprising that the occupation of these passes has been abandoned. 
 
 The line drawn by the Argentine Expert in the part objected to by the 
 Chilian Expert, passes through the point best indicated as a pass in the overflow 
 intersecting the Cordillera at that point where the former divides the chain of Ipela, 
 which in that place forms the crest of the mountain range. r Jhe opinion of the 
 explorer Cox has already been quoted. 
 
 In Petermann's Mittheilungen there appears an analysis of Cox's labours, 
 which is opposed to that of Frick, with regard to the interoceanic communica- 
 tion through the Lake Lacar, but is corroborative of the opinion previously 
 expressed that "this lake is situated to the east of the principal chain of the 
 Andes," which has since been recognised as the boundary between Chile and the 
 Argentine Republic* 
 
 concluded later on, owing to the want of indispensable, though trifling, means, nevertheless, from various in- 
 formation received later, it must be admitted that a fluvial connection between Lake Lacar, on the eastern 
 side of the Andean Cordillera, and Lake Rinihue, on the western side, exists. 
 
 " A postscript to the same letter (published in the December number) also says : — 
 
 '•'It now occurs to me, that my readers might desire to have some particulars of the notable fluvial pass 
 of Eiiiihue, and the possibility of establishing a system of navigation between the two oceans. Permit me, 
 therefore, to add that, in numbers 483, 484 and 485 of the Patiia of Valparaiso, under the title Communi- 
 cation with the Argentine Republic via Riiiihue, my above quoted report to President Perez was reproduced, 
 and that under the same title, the Patiia published two other articles, one in No. 500 of March 24. 1865, 
 and the second in No. 557. (May 22 of same year).' 
 
 " I must also observe that the position of the southern extremity of the Rinihue Volcano, which is shown 
 in the small annexed map in lat. 39° 52' 30" S. and in long. 74° 10' W. of Paris, is not exact, as it was merely 
 calculated by a single observation by means of the compass, taking relatively known points for base. 
 
 "It is also my desire that everybody interested in the great spectacles of nature, might have the 
 opportunity of visiting the magnificent Lake Einihue, and possibly, the other Cordilleran lakes, a thing which 
 again, one will probably be able to do very soon with comfort and without danger. 
 
 "Probably ! — How could I still retain the illusion that anything would he done to take possession, or to, 
 at least, facilitate communications with this pass which 'is indubitably the most important of all the 
 Cordillera,' when for more than twenty years nothing has been done — absolutely nothing? 
 
 " To all appearances, past neglect will bring upon us the war which we are now informed is inevitable. — 
 'Signed) Guillermo Frick." 
 
 * Cox' Reise nach der Laguna de Lacar in den Siillichen Andes und Bemerkungen dariiber von Wilhelm 
 Frick. Mittheilungen, 1865, p. 268. 
 
 p. 208. — " In a book published at Santiago de Chile at the end of the year 1863, Guillermo E. Cox 
 
 R 2 
 
124 Divergences in the Cordillera tie los Andes. 
 
 5. EXPLORATIONS BY YIDAL GORMAZ AND SIMPSON. 
 
 Seiior Francisco Vidal Gormaz, whose name has already been mentioned. 
 expressed in 1869 some doubts with regard to the alleged interoceanic corn- 
 
 describes a journey lie performed in the years 18G2 and I860 over two passes of the Andes in the most 
 southern part of I 'hile. 
 
 "He travelled, namely, from Puerto Montt, capital town ami seaport of the Colon isation-territory of 
 Llanquihue, over the Laguna of Todos Santos and the Perez Rosales Pass to the Nahuel-huapi Lake, de- 
 scended a short stretch down the Rio Limay or Negro forming the outlet of the Nahuel-huapi, suffered 
 shipwreck on the journey, (ell into the captivity of the Pehuenches, anil, in order to procure his ransoinfrora 
 Yahlivia, travelled across the Ranco or Lifen Pass, thither and hack, and onee more to Valdivia. lie "thus 
 thrice followed the same route between Valdivia, Ranco Lake, Lacar Lake, and the districts of the Pehueu- 
 ches at the head-waters of the Rio Negro. 
 
 " His report of his journey in full, preceded by a historic survey of earlier journeys made in those regions 
 nid followed by a synopsis of the results gathered by him, distributed according to subjects, and dealing with 
 geography, orography, hydrography, botany, zoology, climatology, and language — the whole supplemented 
 with a mail, contains a great deal of new and valuable matter. Especially valuable are the details respecting 
 the Ranco Pass. 
 
 ''As Cox on his journeys between Valdivia and the Rio Negro repeatedly passed by the Laguna do 
 Lacar and completely went round its north, west and east sides, crossed its outlet Hualium, and touched 
 the Queni (Quege) Lake, he was in a position to check the infoimation given by W. Frick (Geog. Mitth. 
 lso4, Table 3 and p. 47) which shows the Laguna de Lacar as fountain lake of the Valdivia River and at the 
 same time an affluent of the Rio Negro. 
 
 " Cox maintains that the Lacar Lake lies In the cast of tile main chain of the Andes and yet belongs to tin 
 river basin of ike Great Ocean, since its outlet reaches through the Pirehueico and Rinihue Lake to the 
 Valdivia River. He also maintains that from the hills hemming in the Lacar Lake on the cast side, the 
 traveller at once reaches certain affluents of the Rio Negro at only fifteen to twenty kilometres' (nine to 
 twelve miles) distance from the lake, and that, accordingly, there exists in fact a deep depression in the Amies 
 and a remarkable water connection between the east ami west side of the mountain. According to Cox, however, the 
 Lear Lake sends no affluent to tin- Rk> Negro. The hills in question form the continuation of the main 
 watershed, which describes a large curve to the east. A utilisation of that depression is now in his 
 opinion impossible, the lakes having very steep banks and the connecting water-arteries being real torrents 
 with many cascades, ('ox is of opinion that a railway through this mountain. fissure would offer less diffi- 
 culties than stood in the way of the one from Valparaiso to Santiago. 
 
 "Unfortunately, the map, especially accompanying Cus's report, does not bear the stamp of precision 
 such as at once shows that one has here to do with actual drawings and measurements. Xor are contradic- 
 tions wanting in it. In the statements, e.g., respecting the height of the Lacar Lake, that on the profile 
 of the map and in the small table of heights on p. 206. of the book gives 416, whereas that on p. 132 gives 
 530 metres. Decisive force cannot therefore be conceded to Cox's labours in respect of questions raised by 
 Kiiek ; and if we at once refuse to believe in a double outlet oi' the Lacar Lake towards the Atlantic and 
 towards the Pacific, we are constrained to give oar faith again to the views of Prick. From Valdivia he 
 writes under date, Pec. 20, 186.4: — 
 
 '" Although Cox's description of his journey bears, on its face the mark of superficiality, I will yet, without 
 (haling up their numerous mistakes, make mention how, at any rate after the misadventure of his expedi- 
 dion, Cox has inwardly admitted that the considerable costs might have been employed to better purpose in 
 exploring the infinitely more important passes of Rinihue and Villarica; and for that very reason he sets 
 himself with all pains to throw them into discredit. As we are, besides, very well acquainted with his 
 capacity for such like examinations, we should not be at all surprised if later travellers were to find the 
 
Explorations by I Ida I Gormaz and Simpson. 125 
 
 munication, but he did not dispute the position of the Lake Lacar with reference 
 to the Cordillera.* 
 
 Seiior Vidal Gormaz carried out an expedition to the Bodadahue river, 
 at the end of December 1662, and in his Report says — 
 
 P. 671. — "Returning to the Lake of Comao, it is 3" 5 miles wider than shown in the 
 map mentioned, and at the bottom of it is the outlet of the large river Bodadahue, which is 
 navigable for large ships for a distance of five miles, and ten miles for boats. After this 
 the river becomes very rapid, and is full of stones and small cataracts which render 
 navigation impossible. 
 
 " When I could no longer navigate it, I left the sloop which I had and continued the 
 journey by land, without losing sight of the river, and after nine days we reached its source, 
 which is formed by three beautiful cataracts; the first is 120 metres (394 feet) above the 
 reservoir of the cataracts, the second is 160 metres (525 feet) above the first, and the third is 
 200 metres (656 feet) higher than the second. I have never seen a grander or more imposing 
 sight. The length of the river is forty-sis geographical miles (of sixty miles to a degree). 
 From the reservoir of the cataracts are to be seen, to the east, two large gaps which afford a 
 passage into the wilds of Patagonia, without it being necessary to cross any mountain the whole 
 
 Lake of Lacar, which he sets down on his map at 416 and in the text at 530 metres, not even so many feet. 
 Withal Cox does not scruple to assign all the data cominunioited by me to the result of his own explorations. 
 
 " ' Headers of my report respecting Rinihue will be interested to hear that, as the result of later informa- 
 tion, it is hardly any longer to be doubted that, besides our Valdivia River, an affluent of the Rio Negro 
 springs from the Lacar Lake. Further, according to recent information, it is highly probable that the 
 Huechuoi-Lafquen, spoken of by the Jesuit Falkner, is the same lake as lies at the eastern exit of tin- 
 Pass of Villarica, and that out. of it the waier flows on one side through the Chumehuin or Catapuliche 
 into the Rio Negro, on the other through the Huampoe diagonally through the Cordilleras into the Lake of 
 Villarica. We should by this account have two lakes at no great distance from one another sending their 
 waters in contrary directions to two different seas. 
 
 " 'Another piece of news touches on the outbreak, presumably a year ago, of the Volcano of RiSihue, 
 which had been supposed to be extinct. Its summit lies about 12,500 varas (10,448 metres =34,280 feet) 
 to the south-east of the east end of the lake of the same name. Although it is exceedingly difficult to obtain 
 credible reports respecting those districts which are inaccessible to us, and the events there happening, I yet 
 hope in the course of this summer to gather some trustworthy information on the presumed action of the 
 volcano.' " 
 
 * P. 6, Note 12. — " In venturing an opinion about Lakes Lacar and Queni, we have borne in mind the 
 description and data which were given us by some Indians who were acquainted with this locality, as well as 
 the data furnished by Don Guillermo E. Cox, in his Voyage in the Northern Regions of Patagonia, who, 
 according to the map of his work, also included Lake Perihueico. This is also shown in Dr. Guillermo 
 Frick's map, published in the German periodical, Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes' Geographischer Anstalt 
 iiber wichtige neue Erfoischungen auf dern Gesammtgebiete der Geographie, von Dr. A. Petermann, lg i 
 This last map calls the lake (which Dr. Cox designates as Perihueico), Neltume or Perihueico, but both agree 
 that these lakes send their waters to Reiiihue. 
 
 " The question as to how Lake Lacar drains has become a very important problem in the geography of 
 Valdivia, as some people think that it drains on both sides of the Andes, that is to say that it divides its 
 waters east and west; but this cannot possibly occur. In any case the survey of this important region of 
 the Andes will instruct us, later on, as to what really takes place, and will, without doubt, substantiate the 
 fact that such a supposition caunot be correct, in the case of such a Cordillera as that of the Andes. (Coutinuacion 
 de la exploration del Rio Valdivia y sus afluentes, por Francisco Vidal Gormaz, Santiago de Chile, 1861*. ) 
 
126 Divergences in the Cordillera de las Andes. 
 
 of the urn/ and the Pampas. I tried to go there, but having only two days' provisions, we 
 returned to Comao without my having had the satisfaction of realising my desire, which 
 
 was to see something of the plains of Patagonia or Eastern Chile These woods, 
 
 which offer such an easy passage, I think, will, later on, facilitate the extension of the 
 Republic, as if a transandine railway is constructed, it must pass through these districts on 
 account of the suitability offered for such an undertaking by the valley we crossed and 
 which leads to the Pampas." * 
 
 These explorations showed clearly that the Pass of Oyarzum (where the 
 river Bodadahue takes its source), in the summit of the Cordillera, dominates ilu 
 Patagonian Pampas. 
 
 In 1871, Sefior Vidal Gormaz continued his investigations. He explored 
 the river Puelo, and in his Report states f : — 
 
 P. 65. — " Being on the summit of one of those hills, my companions Oyarzum and 
 Tellez climbed up tall trees and succeeded in seeing a stretch of beach about 600 metres 
 (19G9 feet) in extent, doubtless belonging to some lake ; as on the east, only blue shy teas 
 risible, the termination of the Cordilleras being noticeable <tt a distance of fia or six kilometres 
 (3 - l or 3' 7 stat. miles) from where we were situated. 
 
 "Delighted with this and with the hope of being able to climb the mountain in 
 question (a mountain in the neighbourhood) we went on; but the broken mountain, 
 and its thick woods only permitted us to advance very slowly, so that, in order to attain 
 the desired object, we required at least three days. In view of this, and owing to the 
 scarcity of our provisions, with considerable disappointment we turned back, skirting the 
 river, wherefrom we saw another fall, larger than the one wo had already passed, before 
 reaching Lake Tagua Tagua, but having cm its southern side a small sandy beach, over 
 which we could draw the boat. At 2 p.m., after various miraculous escapes from the steep 
 precipices along the river banks, we readied the spot where our boat was lying. Briefly, 
 the origin of the river can be nothing but a great lake, a small part of which has been seen, 
 the slight elevation, and the small quantity of snoio on. the Cordilleras showing that it is 
 quite impossible that a river of any considerable volume can be fed by the range. The 
 temperature of the waters of the lake, which is much higher than that of the streams of the 
 Cordillera which flow into Puelo, as well as the fact that flocks of crows follow the course 
 of the river, which necessarily proceeds from a lake, leave no doubt in my mind, as to the 
 nature of the origin of the Puelo river." 
 
 The explorations of Captain Vidal Gormaz are of capital importance for two 
 main reasons : (1) Because they corroborate once more that some rivers cut 
 through the agreed boundary, that is to say, the Cordillera de los Andes ; and 
 
 ' Geografia de Chile. Discovery made by the second lieutenant uf mir Xavv, 1km Francisco Tidal 
 Gormaz, of two large gaps which offer a passage to the Argentine Pampas, on a level with the Chilian 
 Archipelago. Report from the same of February 21, 1st',:;. Anales de la Universidad de Chile, vol. 2'2, 
 Santiago, I8G3. 
 
 j Exploracion del Seno do Reloncavi, Lago de Llanquihue y Rio Puelo, por Francisco Tidal Gormaz 
 (Santiago de Chile, 1872), British Museum, loisi, ft'. S. 
 
Explorations by Vi da I Gonna z and Simpson. 
 
 127 
 
 v 3 I X O V 1 
 
 V A 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 v * JT 
 
 -.- ■%% -V i; ''' '.■'■' 
 
 
 ■vi 
 
 .0- 1 
 
 
 V 
 
 !■'. 
 
 ##l 
 
 Vt$: <Q, 1 
 
 Wf. 
 
 't *S$ ■-/> 
 
 -g^ 
 
 x 
 
 ■■. ■>■.-■•#!*■ 
 
 •| ■■-.■"V^^;- 
 
 i$>w 
 
 
 % 
 
 — -^. js3i! v-- -A ---v-ft- 
 
 
 
 , ; . * 
 
 Wv^ . 
 
 u 
 
 > m 
 
 =3 
 
 ,^ V 
 
 Us: 
 
 
 
 7 
 
 ^-^- 
 
 1 ^ 
 
 
 ■ 
 
128 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 (2) Because they show that the Chilian Government had official knowledge of 
 the fact, in consequence of surveys carried out by officers of their Navy. 
 
 Captain Vidal Gormaz' book where the just-quoted phrases appear, contains 
 a map in scale 1 : 80,000, and the Rio Puelo is therein shown to cross through 
 the Cordillera. The map is inscribed in the following manner : " Piano del Rio 
 Puelo, levantado por brden del Supremo Gobierno por la Comision exploradora de 
 Llanquihue, bajo la direccion del Capitan de corbeta Francisco Vidal Gormaz, en 
 1*72" (plan of the river Puelo drawn by order of the Supreme Government by the 
 Llanquihue surveying commission, under the direction of Lieut. Commander 
 Don Francisco Vidal Gormaz in 1872). 
 
 As an argument in favour of the Argentine contention, this map is con- 
 clusive. The Chilian Government ordered the drawing up of a plan in which 
 the Cordillera de los Andes is shown to be cut by a river ; the same Chilian 
 Government entered into a Treaty some years later in which the Cordillera de 
 los Andes is agreed upon as the Argentine-Chilian boundary ; therefore, the 
 Chilian Government was aware that the agreed divisional line let pass through 
 its gaps the watercourses that rise in Argentine territory. 
 
 Senor Barros Arana recognised this fact before he was appointed Chilian 
 Minister to the Argentine Republic, when he gave his approval to the map of 
 Chile, drawn by Sefior Manuel .1. Olascoaga. 
 
 In 1870, the Chilian Government sent the gunboat ' Chacabuco ' to cany- 
 out an exploration of the western coast of Patagonia, and among the instructions 
 given to Captain Enrique M. Simpson were the following — 
 
 1st. " The exploration will be extended as far as the coast, comprised between the 
 44th and 46th degree of latitude, and will be especially directed to the Aysen river, and 
 afterwards to the other arms of the sea and rivers which might serrt as a icaterway through 
 Patagonia." * 
 
 It will be opportune here to call to mind that, so far back as 1SGG, the 
 Minister of Chile, Senor Lastarria, had proposed to the Argentine Government 
 that the boundary line between the two countries should be drawn through the 
 eastern slope of the Andes, and that this proposition was, no doubt, based upon 
 the knowledge, already possessed, of rivers which intersected the Cordillera, and 
 which watered fertile valleys on th" eastern foot of the same : but such a 
 
 Exploraciones hechas por la Corbeta Chacabuco, Amiario Hidrografico tie la Marina do Chile, vol. I,p, :;. 
 
PLATE 
 
 las nauticQs 
 
 kilometros 
 
 / 
 
 
 ■0 
 
 <0 
 
 IF IL&23® 
 
 DEL RIO PUELO 
 
 levnnUido do ordcn del Supivnio Gobierno por In 
 
 Conusioa esploradorn do l.lanquihue. 
 
 bn|o |,i Direction del Oapitan dc forbela 
 
 FRANCISCO' YIDAL GORMU 
 
 Escala boooo 
 
 ... 
 - 
 
 X 
 
 ■i 
 
 LACO PUELO 
 
 \ 
 
 VIDAL GORMAZ, is? 2. 
 igo de Llanquihue y rio Puelo, Santiago de Chile, 1S72). 
 
 [Fare p. 128. 
 
Explorations by Vidal Gormaz and Simpson. 129 
 
 proposition was immediately rejected by the Argentine Government, which 
 would not recognise or accept any other boundary than the- crest of the 
 Cordillera. 
 
 The ' Chacabueo ' anchored towards the end of February, in the Aysen 
 Inlet, and Captain Simpson commenced the exploration with which he had 
 been entrusted by the Chilian Government. 
 
 In his Report,* he says : — 
 
 " There has been explored an extent of fifty miles of rivers, and there has been revealed 
 a fertile valley at the end of the Aysen, with great abundance of timber and cultivable 
 land, penetrating across the Cordilleras to long. 72° 33' west of Greenwich, without reaching the 
 end of the valley. 
 
 " There has been revealed the possibility that there exists a passage by water across tin 1 
 Cordillera, further to the south of the Aysen, since, as far as has yet been seen, a remarkable 
 depression occurs there, and there ceases to be a continuous chain." 
 
 Being in possession of these particulars, the Chilian Government, which 
 was desirous of obtaining the eastern valleys, determined to set on foot a fresh 
 exploration, and the ' Chacabueo ' returned to the Aysen and 
 
 " should circumstances permit," say the instructions, " Captain Simpson will prosecute 
 the exploration of the Aysen eastwards, as far as may be possible, in order to investigate 
 the rivers and lagoons which may be useful for the purposes of interoceanic communication. 
 
 " He will make plans or sketches of the regions traversed, noting the circumstances 
 relating to the ground, the vegetation and all other particulars which concern the establish- 
 ment of a colony in those regions." 
 
 On February 4, 1871, Captain Simpson commenced the exploration of Rio 
 de los Ciervos (or river Huemules), hoping that it would intersect the Cordillera, 
 as he Avas led to believe would be the case from the footmarks of the animals 
 (deer), and that he could reach Eastern Patagonia, where they abound. 
 
 The first exploration did not give the result that had been anticipated, 
 and the explorer found himself in a country which sank precipitously from the 
 Cordillera. He then visited the bottom of the estuary of Quitralco, in order to 
 investigate a river which he discovered to the north-east containing rather 
 deep waters, and which he thought might possibly be the real outlet of the 
 Coluguape Lagoon in Eastern Patagonia (in the east of the Andes), but after 
 going three miles up he found it to be an unnavigable stream. 
 
 On the 20th of March, he attempted to ascend the river Aysen once more, 
 
 * Exploraciones hechas por la Corbeta Chacabueo, Amiario Hidragrafico de la Marina de Chile, vol. 1, p. 19. 
 
 S 
 
130 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 and, seven clays later, he reached the point where he had arrived in his first 
 voyage. Leaving behind him a large snow-capped mountain with three peaks, 
 the explorer passed several difficult rapids, and on April 5 the party resolved 
 to turn back. 
 
 The following is the description that Captain Simpson gives of this region, 
 and of this river, connected with which, according to him, is a very huge basin 
 "beyond the Andes" (ultra Cordillera) (i.e. to the east of the Andes) : — 
 
 P. 39. — "The rapids being very difficult to pass, and the men being without shoes, 
 linen or water, I determined to go no further with the boats, and we set out for the trip 
 on land instead. After walking two miles, through the dense forest, we reached on the 
 margin of the river, a point from whence we had the great pleasure of seeing that, instead 
 of turning southwards as we had surmised, the river completely traversed the chain — diagonally 
 — to the north-east; we were able to see through the gorge, several miles further on, without 
 tiring able to perceive anything but loio diminishing hills. We noticed that the river here had 
 no current, hut was of considerable depth; we were also able to assure ourselves that there 
 were no falls further up, as there was no trace of foam, whereas in the river Blanco, the 
 previous year, the foam indicated the existence of falls fifteen miles away. We, therefore, 
 had not the slightest doubt that we had already gained the last gorge of the Cordillera, and had 
 not the lagoon been at such a distance all difficulties would have been removed. 
 
 " At this gorge, we found that, by the river, we were eighty miles from Moraleda 
 Channel, we having traversed no less than fifty-five miles of the Cordillera. 
 
 " I had previously thought that the river was derived from the snows of the Cordillera, 
 but in ascending it this time, I found no difference whatever in it from last year, in spite of 
 the great amount of snow melted during the exceptionally hot summer ; although the three 
 days of heavy rain experienced by us this time completely altered the position of the obstacle 
 caused by the drift of trees. On our first voyage, we had seen on the shore an immense 
 trunk, the root of which measured seven metres (twenty-three feet) in circumference, its 
 trunk being three metres (9*8 feet) in diameter, and twenty-five metres (eighty-two feet) 
 in length ; in going up this time, we found it in the same spot; but on returning it had 
 disappeared. 
 
 "It was evident thus, that the increase of the waters of this river, mainly arises from the 
 rains and not merely from the melting of the snows, although the latter must help to swell the 
 volume. This seems to point to a very considerable basin beyond the Cordillera (ultra 
 Cordillera). My idea is, that the summit of the lower lands is found in the eastern plains, 
 and that for this reason the waters derived from the snows or rain are compelled to turn 
 westward, the great increase of waters taking place during those storms which occasionally 
 visit Eastern Patagonia." 
 
 In his Report on the result of the expedition, Captain Simpson says :— 
 
 P. 47. — "The isthmus of Ofqui has been defined on the north, re-discovering the 
 celebrated lagoon of San Rafael, and the Cordillera de los Andes has been crossed by water as 
 far as its last gorge, thus proving that the river Aysen takes its rise in Eastern Patagonia, 
 and .showing the facility of constructing a road or a railway to that territory." 
 
Explorations by Vidal Gonna s and Simpson. 131 
 
 On November 22 of the same year, preparations were made in the Port of 
 Lagunas for a fresh expedition to the Rio Aysen in Patagonia, which in some 
 old maps is described as the " Rio de los Desamparados," and in others as the 
 " Rabudos." 
 
 In his Report this zealous explorer says that, on December 19, having 
 caused some persons to ascend the mountain, they told him that they were 
 already at the end of the Cordillera. 
 
 Having reached this point himself, he found that he was indeed at the foot of 
 the eastern slope of the Cordillera. Ahead Avere only to be seen two detached hills 
 at a short distance. The nearest was about three miles off, and was about 400 
 metres (1312 feet) high, with its upper part bare and streaked horizontally, the 
 other being farther and lower, the rest of the land being composed of undulating 
 hills covered with thick woods. He adds : — 
 
 P. 58. — " However, the dense atmosphere limited our vision to a distance of less than 
 ten miles. 
 
 P. 59. — '•' We had arrived at the end of onr long toil and privations as ice had crossed 
 the great chain of the Andes in lot. 45° S., an exploit which had never before been achieved, 
 and this was especially remarkable, every step of the ground being new, without any 
 previous data to guide us, as, where there are no inhabitants there are no traces nor 
 traditions. When we undertook the expedition, we only knew that the Cordillera de los 
 Andes had an end, and at that end we arrived." 
 
 Three men whom Captain Simpson sent farther on, told him upon returning 
 that — 
 
 P. 59. — " Their march had been in part over the upper hills, and in part over the plains 
 which occurred from time to time, bending a little to the south. From the extreme point, 
 where tbey had arrived, they saw, looking backwards, the Cordillera stood entirely clear away, 
 which proved that ice had reached the end of it. Moreover, they found traces of coal, and 
 of this there was no doubt, as one of the party had previously worked for a long time in 
 the Lota mines, and was very familiar with coal pits." 
 
 From this place they commenced to return towards the inlet, and undertook 
 fresh explorations, in the river Huemules. 
 
 On February 7, 1872, they arrived at the snow-drift they had found in 
 their previous expedition. 
 
 P. 72. — " The cliff of it," he says, " which was some ten or twelve metres (39 "4 feet) high, 
 resembled a honeycomb, being pierced by innumerable caves and fissures, through which - 
 the water flowed, forming very small streams, which unite at the spot where we had 
 left the boats. The glacier itself falls from a height of more than a thousand metres 
 (3281 feet) from the south, and is probably the extremity of the great sheet which 
 
 s 2 
 
132 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 reaches the Gulf of Penas, occupying the intermediate valleys of the Cordillera. The 
 ice is mixed with volcanic ashes, and is of a leaden colour, which is the cause of the 
 tint of the waters of the river. 
 
 " As already remarked, it was a very clear day, and having ascended the glacier a 
 considerable height we could see many miles to the east one single detached mountain cone, ami 
 beyond that was an unbroken horizon : there being no further doubt that the valley traversed the 
 Cordillera completely, as before we had seen mountains at a distance of more than fifty miles. 
 If any further proof 'were needed, the presence of so many huemules would suffice. From this 
 height, ice could likewise see that the sheet of ice also descended eastward between some hills 
 on the southern side, which perhaps constituted the source of some of the rivers which empty 
 into the Atlantic* . . . . As to the other branch of the river, we found it impracticable 
 for boats, as, owing to the season, there was very little water — a proof that it derives its 
 waters from the rains and not from the snows." 
 
 In a fourth journey, Captain Simpson inspected a river which flows to the 
 north of the Aysen, and he ascended it till he reached some rapids. He called 
 this river Cisnes, and he says that "it is about two-thirds the size of the Aysen," 
 but, " like that river, it has many obstacles, and for this reason it is not navigable. 
 The valley appears to continue to the east until it crosses " the range. 
 
 In this fourth expedition, he once more attempted the exploration of a 
 second branch of the river Huemules as far as its northern sources, but without 
 any other result than to find that the gorge, where it flowed, advanced into 
 the interior among snowy mountains. He concludes this portion of his Report 
 with some general considerations, in which he supposes the existence of a 
 secondary ridge to the west of this chain of mountains, which till that date was 
 called the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 P. 146. — "This secondary sierra, or ridge, constitutes," he says, "the real division of 
 the waters ; and it is for tin's reason that rivers like the Aysen are found, which, rising 
 in the other side, completely traverse the Andine range." 
 
 The surveyors who will be sent by Her Britannic Majesty's Government to 
 examine these regions will undoubtedly find that this "secondary sierra " does not 
 exist; that the sources of the rivers Cisne, Aysen and Huemules or Ciervos lie in 
 the Patagonian Pampas, and, at the same time, they will confirm the opinion of 
 Captain Simpson, with regard to the total cut of the Cordillera by those rivers. 
 
 * The, 1 iver Cisnes or Huemules rises in the Lake Elizalde, situated to the east of the breach uf the 
 Cordillera, seen by Captain Simpson. 
 
Expeditions by the Officers of the Chilian Gunboat 'Afagat/anes.' 133 
 
 6. EXPEDITIONS BY THE OFFICERS OF THE CHILIAN GUNBOAT 
 
 ' MAGALLANES.' 
 
 In the Patagonian I 'lain, Captain Simpson penetrated from the Pacific to 
 the east of the Cordillera de los Andes. Captain George Chaworth Musters,* 
 during his journey in Patagonia accompanied by the Tehuelche Indians, pene- 
 trated in the same Cordillera westwards to the height of the river Palena and, 
 travelling along its most easterly affluents, crossed on the plain in the Pampas, 
 east of the Cordillera, the interoceanic dividing line of the waters which 
 
 * Musters' At Home with the Patagonians, London, 1873 : — 
 
 P. 154. — " Our programme was to leave all the women, toldos, and other encumbrances in this spot, 
 named " Weekel " or Chaykash — a regular station, and which Ilinchel's party had occupied a few weeks 
 previously — and proceed ourselves into the interior in search of cattle. The following morning at daylight 
 horses were caught and saddled, and after receiving the good wishes of the women, who adjured us to bring 
 back plenty of fat beef, we started off just as the sun was rising behind the hills to the eastward. The air 
 was most invigorating, and we trotted along for some distance up a slightly irregular and sandy slope, halting 
 after an hour or two by the side of a deliriously clear brook, flowing east, where we smoked. We had 
 previously passed guanaco and ostrich, but no notice was taken of them, the Indians having larger game 
 in view. After passing this brook, the head water of the river near which we had left the toldos, we 
 skirted a large basin-like plain of beautiful green pasture, and after galloping for some time entered the 
 forest, travelling along a path which only permitted us to proceed in Indian file. The trees were in many 
 places dead, not blackened by fire, but standing up like ghostly bleached and bare skeletons. It is a 
 remarkable fact that all the forests on the eastern side are skirted by a belt of dead trees. At length, 
 however, just as we came in sight of a curiously pointed rock which in the distance resembled the spire 
 of a church, we entered the forest of live trees ; the undergrowth was composed of currant, bay, and other 
 bushes, whilst here and there were beds of yellow violets, and the inevitable strawberry plants everywhere. 
 After crossing a stream which, flowing from the north, afterwards took a westerly course, thus proving 
 that we had passed the watershed, we proceeded, under cover of a huge rock, to reconnoitre the hunting- 
 ground. t The scenery was beautiful : a valley about a mile wide stretched directly under us ; on the 
 southern verge a silver line marked the easterly river, and another on the northern the one debouching 
 in the Pacific ; whilst, above, on both sides, rose high mountains covered with vegetation and almost 
 impenetrable forests. On the western side of the valley a solitary bull was leisurely taking his breakfast, 
 and above our look-out rock a huge condor lazily flapped his wings. These were the only specimens of 
 animal life in view. Pursuing our way in perfect silence, as from the first entrance into the forest 
 speaking had been prohibited, we followed the leader along the narrow cattle-path, passing here and there 
 the remains of a dead bull, or cow that had met their fate by the Indian's lazo, and at length descended 
 to the plain. It was about midday, and the day was warm, so we halted, changed horses, looked to our 
 girths, got lazos ready for use, and then started on. As we were proceeding we observed two or three 
 animals amongst the woods on the opposite side, but knowing that it would be useless to follow, pursued 
 our course up the valley. Having crossed the western stream, we at once entered a thicket where the 
 path was scarcely distinguishable from the cover, but our leader never faltered, and led the way through 
 open glades alternating with thick woods, on every side of which were cattle marks, many being holes 
 stamped out by the bulls, or wallowing places. The glades soon terminated in forests, which seemed to 
 stretch unbroken on either side. We had expected before reaching this 'point to have found cattle in 
 considerable numbers, but the warmth of the day had probably driven them into the thickets to seek 
 shelter. We now commenced to ascend over a dangerous path, encumbered here and there with loose 
 boulders and entangled in dense thickets, whilst we could hear and catch occasional glimpses of the river 
 foaming down a ravine on our left, and presently arrived at the top of a ridge where the forests became 
 more uniformly dense, and we could with great difficulty pursue our way. It was a mystery to me how 
 
134 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 descend to the Atlantic and to the Pacific, which was confirmed in 1888 during 
 a visit to the spot by the present Argentine Expert, who reported on the fact 
 to his Government. 
 
 Two years before the Treaty of July 23, 1881, was signed, there were 
 published in Santiago de Chile, vol. 5 (1879) and vol. 6 (1880) of the Annario 
 Hidrografico de Chile, containing the account of various expeditions carried 
 out by officers of the Chilian gunboat ' Magallanes ' in the Andine regions from 
 parallel 52° to that of 50° 8. lat. 
 
 One of these expeditions had for its purpose the carrying out of the explo- 
 ration of the eastern valleys of the Andes, " coasting the Andes until they 
 reached the banks of the Rio Santa Cruz." * Extracts from the journal of the 
 members of the expedition (November 1877) show what was their opinion 
 respecting the eastern extremity of the Cordillera.t In no case do they say 
 that they succeeded in penetrating it, having made, on the contrary, their journey 
 outside of it. It may, in passing, be said that, notwithstanding the opinion of 
 the members of this expedition, the Chilian Expert pretends that a large part of 
 the regions where they travelled is not only comprised within the Cordillera, but 
 situated in its western slope. 
 
 Orkeke, who acted as guide, knew where we were, as on one occasion the slightly marked paths diverged 
 in different directions, and on another we literally found ourselves among fallen trees in a forest so dense 
 that the light of day scarcely penetrated its shades. Our leader, however, never hesitated, Imt led us 
 onwards in all confidence. Whilst brushing along, if I may be allowed the term, trying to keep the leader 
 in sight, I heard something tapping on a tree, and looking up, saw close above me a most beautifully marked 
 red-crested woodpecker. We at length commenced to descend, and after passing many channels of rivulets 
 issuing from springs, where a slip of the horse's foot on the wet and mossy stones would have occasioned 
 something worse than broken bones, as they were situated on the edge of a deep ravine, finally emerged 
 from the woods and found ourselves on a hill of some 300 feet in heisrht, whence we looked down on a broad 
 plain in the form of a triangle, bounded by the liver flowing through the ravine on the north side, and on 
 the southern by another coming from the south, which two streams united in one large river at the western 
 apex, at a distance of about perhaps a league. Above and around, on all sides excepting to the west and 
 the ravines through which the river flowed, rose the unbroken wall of the lofty mountains of the Cordillera, 
 many of their peaks snow-clad." 
 
 * From the exploration of Skyring Water it was ascertained that on the west "mountain ranges 
 perpetually clad with snow" bounded it, and that the said Cordillera is intercepted in its southern part by 
 two extensive breaks which perhaps give passage to channels, or are the commencement of creeks which lead 
 up to glaciers. 
 
 \ In the instruction of the Chilian Government for the exploration of Skyring Water it was ordered 
 that: — "In Skyring Water and in the port which the commander of the ' Magallanes' may deem most safo 
 and adequate, ho will laud a party consisting of Lieutenant Juan Tomas Uogers, Don Enrique Ibar, 
 naturalist, and a midshipman, in order that they, according to circumstances, the elements the colony may 
 offer, and the various provisions the nature of the soil may supply, may carry out the exploration of the 
 rimtmi mil, i/s of the Andes, a fixed time being agreed upon for their return to the ship; but giving them 
 the fullest possible liberty so that the party may travel northwards, roasting the Andes until they reach 
 the banks of the Rio Santa Cruz, determine the position of the lakes, botanise, and astronomically fix the 
 mobt important points of those regions." (Annario Hidrografico de Chile, vol. 5. p. oij, Santiago, 1879.) 
 
Expeditions by the Officers of the Chilian Gunboat 'Magallanes! 135 
 
 Lieutenant Rogers, in the narrative of his Exploration of the Patagonian 
 Pampa, when describing the ground in the neighbourhood of Laguna Blanca 
 (about 52° 30' S.) says * :— 
 
 "A chain of hills, some eighty metres (262 feet) high, follows along its course at a 
 
 * The Commander of the Expedition, Captaiu Latorre, says (ibid., p. 38) : " November 7, 8, 9. — During 
 these three days, which were the most beautiful we had had, the officers were engaged in making the 
 necessary preparations ; some for the continuation of the westward measurement, and the others for their 
 exploration of the Patagonian Pampa. 
 
 " The serene and perfectly clear atmosphere enabled us to perceive all that can be seen of the expanse 
 known as Skyring Water, and the region improperly called King William's Land, which is nothing but an 
 extensive gult — a continuation of the said Skyring Water. It is bounded on the west by mountain ranges 
 perpetually clad with snow, a fact which proved that their height is not less than from 1069 to 1222 metres, 
 the height of the everlasting snow-line in those latitudes according to the learned Captain Parker King. 
 (Darwin's Naturalist's Voyage round the World, p. 244, 1870 edition.) 
 
 " The said Cordillera is intercepted in its southern part by two extensive breaks, which, perhaps, give 
 passage to channels, or originate creeks which terminate in glaciers. The ranges in this region are notable 
 for the countless peaks, singularly detached, in which they culminate, and innumerable gorges, perhaps the 
 beds of other ghiciers, giving the Cordillera a magnificent aspect, as they look like immense frozen rivers 
 descending through very wide channels half-way down the mountain slopes. 
 
 " The heights round Skyring Water on the north and south present gentle slopes, rising gradually to a 
 height of from 250 to 300 metres. From amongst these heights certain peaks rise offering objective points 
 to the navigator ; predominating them, and on the north coast, is Mount Campana, it being considered to be 
 like a bell, though to our mind, it resembles a pyramid, like one of the beacons which mark notable points 
 in the Magellan Strait. In clear weather the mountain is visible directly one enters the Fitz Roy Channel 
 through Otway Water, and in almost the whole extent of Skyring Water." 
 
 Lieutenant Rogers, an officer of the expedition, says (ibid., p. 04) : — " A chain of hills, some eighty 
 metres high, follows along its course at a distance of about two miles. The slopes are similar to each other. 
 The country to the west is low, the Andes being noticeable about twenty-five miles away. 
 
 P. 66. — " After walking a few miles, we found that the hills changed to table-lands, all of one absolute 
 height, and similar to those described by Captain Fitz Roy in the region of the Santa Cruz river, and 
 apparently consisting of the remaining portions of a table-land, of which the intervening valleys are areas 
 that have been gradually worn away. At times some erratic, granitic rocks of irregular size are seen, whilst 
 small lakes, with beds of pebble and small stone, are to be found in the winter. 
 
 P. 67. — " We then tried to take some azimuths on the peaks of the Cordillera, but we could not distinguish 
 any summit. The Andes were not far distant from us, and towards the west, following the river, we clearly 
 perceived a break in the Cordillera, a sort of opening, which Zamora called the channel, which is in the part 
 where Obstruction Sound is shown on the English map. 
 
 P. 72. — " The passage across the river Gallegcs was effected with the greatest facility, thanks to the 
 great care taken in arranging the loads, as, in fording it, the water reached half-way up the horses. We 
 camped on the north, or left, bank, in the midst of the small trees we had so frequently observed and 
 coveted from the south coast. These trees give their name to this ford of the river, it being called the Paso 
 de los Robles (Oak-tree Passage). 
 
 "The table-lands on the north side of the liver are higher than those on the opposite bank, as we have 
 said. We ascended the one at the rear of the encampment, from whence we made some observations. We 
 had a beautiful view from its summit ; beneath us flowed the river Gallegos, with its winding west-to-east 
 course ; on the north and south of it were the vast pampas, with their blackish hills and troops of guanacos, 
 alon" the whole extent of the horizon. On the west rose the snow-clad Andes 
 
 " On Tuesday, the 27th, despite our ardent wishes to continue our march, we were only able to start at 
 midday, owing to the horses, fleeing from the insects, having withdrawn a good distance from the margin of 
 the river. We made towards the W.N.W., finding the formation of the ground to be identical with that of the 
 southern district of the Gallegos ; it was almost entirely bare of vegetation, save for the constant grass and 
 
136 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los sondes. 
 
 distance of about two miles. The slopes are similar to eacli other. The country to the 
 west is low, the Andes being noticeable about twenty-five miles away " (to the west). 
 
 the abundance of flowers, many very beautiful, though of very little variety, but which our companion Ibar 
 eagerly collected. 
 
 "The table-lands or hills are, as already observed, slightly higher, and contain many small lagoons fed 
 by streamlets, causing the horses considerable trouble. Scarlet flamingoes, various kinds of duck, and the 
 handsome canquen, dwell, however, in all of them. 
 
 "We also saw a number of quelfehues (Yanellus cayennensis), and a kind of pullet, of long beak, called 
 madrugadoras by the peasants. 
 
 " The day was very clear, which enabled us to keep the Andean chain in view, but we were unable to 
 distinguish any of its summits, which was very annoying, as that was the only way in which we could 
 continue our work in a connected way, by comparison with what was already known. 
 
 P. 7-4. — " After breakfast, we decided to ascend the most western cone, which is also the highest. We 
 readied its base on horseback, making the ascent on foot on its N.N.E. side. The cone, and the one on 
 the east, consist of volcanic lavas. They were named Pbilippi, Domeyko, and the eastern one Gay, in memory 
 of those three savants who so greatly contributed to the progress of science in Chile. 
 
 " The cones present an imposing appearance, resembling the ruins of a gigantic fortress ; at their base 
 a great number of columnar-shaped rocks, all composed of lavas, are found. 
 
 " The ascent of the Philippi was not difficult. In its most westerly, and highest peak, is a crater two 
 or three metres in diameter, and slightly more than one in depth, surrounded by smooth stones all of the 
 same size, and laid so hermetically, that they look as though they had been arranged by the hand of man. 
 Ibar took specimens of these lavas. We set fire to some withered shrubs we found at the top, which gave 
 the mountain the appearance of an active volcano. 
 
 "From the summit of Mount Philippi, a vast horizon presented itself; the pampa and its numerous 
 small lagoons were on the south-east and south ; on the west and north were lofty broken hills, with deep 
 gorges and sides covered with vegetation in many parts, the snow-covered Andes rising in the distance. 
 
 " The Philippi cone is situated, approximately, in lat. 51° 38' S. and long. 71° 40' W. The Domeyko. 
 two miles to the east of it, and the Gay ten or twelve miles E \ S. The Philippi only rises sixty metres 
 above the level of the pampas. The slopes of the hill are covered with various flowers, and in the air 
 numerous condors fly about in circles. 
 
 P. 75. — "The nature of the ground changed notably as we advanced (westward), and the vegetation 
 increased as we approached the plains of Diana; but there are many swamps, which, being dangerous for 
 horses, it is necessary to go round them. 
 
 P. 76. — " We crossed various rivulets, two of them of some volume ; one might be called a river; Green- 
 wood called it Turbio (muddy) owing to the ordinary state of its waters. This river, like the Gallegos, 
 abounds in fish, and is the principal affluent of the latter river. 
 
 " When travelling along this route, Greenwood assured us that those rivulets, in previous years, were 
 crossed on foot, the water not being above the knee; whereas when traversed to-day the water reached 
 half-way up a horse's body. 
 
 "Along the path, we found a quantity of guanaco skeletons, sometimes thirty all together, probably 
 killed by the severity of the winter. 
 
 "The hills succeed one another rapidly, covered with woods, which become denser as the coast is 
 approached, where the trees are taller. We noticed oak trees no less than fifteen metres high. 
 
 "The Andean Cordillera seems to continue its course along the peninsulas left by the various coves, 
 which cut through it, to continue on islands and on the continent itself further south. A branch trends 
 towards the east, about ten miles north of our encampment, terminating in the pampas, in long. 71' 10' ; it 
 retains patches of snow on its upper part up to the end of November. 
 
 P. 79. — "The ground becomes much better for marching, although the hills are more broken in parts, 
 leaving extensive valleys; but there is not even a bush in sight, the whole region seeming like an utterly 
 sterile desert. On (he west a snow-covered Cordillera could In' seen, a part of the Andes, known to the peasants 
 by the name < lordillera dc los Baguales, owing to the presence on its slopes of a great number of wild horses, 
 wheie travellers and natives comic in search of them. Zamora assured us that, on one occasion, he had seen 
 more than a thousand baguales (wild horses). 
 
 I\ si'. ."The Andes in this part, called Cordillera de los Baguales by the peasants, as already stated, is 
 
Expeditions by the Officers of the Chilian Gunboat 'Magallanes' 137 
 
 Before leaving the Rio Gallegos, 
 
 " After walking a few miles we found that the hills, changed to table-lands, all of one 
 absolute height and similar to those described by Captain Fitz Hoy in the region of the 
 Santa Cruz river, and apparently consisting of the remaining portions of a table-land, of 
 which the intervening valleys are areas that have been gradually worn away. At times 
 some erratic granite rocks of regular size are seen, whilst small lakes, with beds of pebble 
 and small stone, are to be found in the winter." 
 
 These table-lands (mesetas) which form the level ground of Patagonia, and 
 the beds of the valleys, are now erroneously considered by the Chilian Expert as 
 forming the principal chain (encadenamiento) of the Cordillera de los Andes which 
 divides the waters. 
 
 Sefior Rogers, in his journey to the north, always had the Cordillera de los 
 Andes on the west. On his way he found no mountain before seeing the Cor- 
 dillera de los Baguales.* " The Morro Philippi " which he ascended, the highest 
 
 called Bagnal by the Patagonians. The former give it that name owing to the wild horses which abound 
 in the district; and the latter deriving it from an Indian called Bagual, to whom they attribute the 
 introduction of the horses into this district, which have so abundantly propagated in it. 
 
 " The Cordillera de los Baguales, which is only a part or section of the Andes, is extremely fantastic in 
 its form and in its snow-capped summits. It is cut in its southern pari, leaving a rugged mountain with 
 three notable peaks seen in the distance, called Payne by the peasants, owing to its resemblance to another 
 of that name in the Argentine Kepublic. 
 
 " Towards the north, various branches are seen, which strike off from the Cordillera and trend towards 
 the east, diminishing in height ; they are very broken, and we suppose that they are the limit ranges 
 mentioned by Fitz Boy in his voyage on the Bio Santa Cruz. 
 
 P. 84. — "We ascended imperceptibly, and at 11 a.m. we reached the top of a chain of hills some 
 900 metres in height, seeing, further to the north, another similar chain; but between them lay a deep valley, 
 through which the majestic Bio Santa Cruz, in a winding course, flows west to east. We then found ourselves 
 in meridian 71° 40', and consequently, within the point reached by Captain Fitz Roy when he explored this 
 river in April 1834. On the west we perceived a great lake, from which, apparently, the river flowed, and 
 in the background, the snow-covered Cordillera, with its varied and beautiful peahs, at a distance not easily 
 determined. 
 
 " When, later on, we moved towards the lake, the Cordilleran landscape reminded us of a view of the 
 Andean Cordillera taken from the Misterio Plains, which is contained in vol. 2 of the Voyages of the 
 ' Adventure ' and the ' Beagle,' p. 352, and we could appreciate the difficulties which that expedition must 
 have encountered, and which prevented them climbing those lofty mountains and attaining the object they 
 had in view. 
 
 " The descent of this Cordillera was difficult, owing to its abrupt slope and to its barrenness, as it only 
 presented here and there some patches of the black bushes of which we have spoken. As soon as we had 
 descended this high mountain, we lost sight of lake and river. 
 
 P. 88. — " After night had fallen, we heard two noises, similar to those produced by a volcano. Zamora 
 told us that on previous occasions he had heard the same sounds. They probably proceed from the Chalten 
 volcano on the shores of Lake Viedma, or, perhaps, from the glaciers which abound in the Andes, whose falling 
 masses and avalanches perfectly resemble the noises we had heard." 
 
 * " The Cordillera de los Baguales in the map of Lieutenant Rogers is represented as running north 
 and south, and comprising the mountains which rise in front of the main chain of the Cordillera de los 
 Andes." 
 
138 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 of the volcanic liills of the Rio Gallegos, rises only sixty metres (197 feet) above 
 the plain, and does not extend to the plateau (mesetas) which may properly be 
 considered as the Patagonian plain. 
 
 Like some Chilian writers, Senor Rogers calls the Cordillera the elevations 
 more or less important which rise above the general relief of the ground, but 
 when reference is made to the Cordillera de los Andes, he uses that term, or the 
 Andes simply, as also do those writers. 
 
 The Chilian naturalist, Senor [bar Sierra, who accompanied Senor Rogers 
 in his expedition, described the landscape which he had before him to the west 
 of the Rio Gallegos, in the immediate neighbourhood of the channels which the 
 Argentine Expert maintains, together with Ladrillero, Skyring, Kirke, Ibar, 
 Bertrand, and Otto Nordenskjold, that completely intersect the Cordillera, 
 against the simple assertion of Senor Barros Arana, as Chilian Expert, who 
 maintains the contrary, without giving the grounds for his belief.* 
 
 P. 27. — "We were slightly north of Disappointment Bay," says Senor Ibar, "near 
 Obstruction Sound. We left the Plains of Diana to the south. Facing us was the sea, a 
 wide channel penetrating northwards, the end of which we could see ; two little islands 
 stood out from its blue surface, bare of arborescent vegetation. On the west we saw high 
 peaks, clad with eternal snows, and at their base the sea which penetrated the creeks. 
 from that point one could appreciate the way in which the Andine chain, separated from the 
 Continent, was scattered capriciously among the labyrinth of islands which formed a 
 veritable conglomeration cut through and subdivided by the network of channels of 
 Western Patagonia." 
 
 Further on, Senor Ibar, agreeing with Rogers, places the Andes in the great 
 snoioy chain. He says : — 
 
 P. 32. — " The country we traversed was slightly undulating, but the ascent of the 
 previous day, up the high basaltic table-lands, placed us a great height above the sea. We 
 eventually reached the summit of the last hill, and saw, spread out before us, the river 
 Santa Cruz enclosed in its valley, the magnificent lake from which it rises towards the 
 west, and the Andes which form a crown of lofty peaks for it. We were at an altitude of 
 smile 10G0 metres (3478 feet). We commenced the descent and soon lost sight of the lake. 
 We pursued our journey along a partly hilly ground covered with black bushes, the 
 papilionaceous plants already referred to, and some other plants. 
 
 " When one is in the valley, Lake Santa Cruz is quite out of sight ; all that is risible in 
 its direction being the snoio-cap/>nl j>eaks of the Andes and the cone." 
 
 * Auuario llydrognifico de la Marina do Chili-, vol. .">, 1879, Appendix. 
 
Expeditions by the Officers of the Chilian Gunboat 'Magallanes! 139 
 
 In the beginning- of 1879 Sefior Rogers accomplished a more detailed 
 exploration of the same places, confirming his former impressions' with a more 
 precise description.* 
 
 * Ibid., vol. 6, 1880. P. 107. — "Having traversed the Cordillera (Latorre),(l) we crossed a rivulet which, 
 according to Zamora, is one of the affluents of the river Coile ; it had a slight northerly direction, suggesting 
 such a connection. This being passed, a barren pampa was entered upon, in which even dog-grass was scarce, 
 and what there was of it was very poor ; the ground being full of stones made it very unpleasant for the horses. 
 
 " During the march, the Cagual Mountains, or the Baguales Cordillera, rose to view on the north-west 
 whenever the horizon permitted it, and frequent squalls greatly troubled us. Numerous troops of guanacos 
 and a few ostriches showed themselves from time to time. 
 
 " The panipa here consists of a succession of table-lands of vast extent, broken by gorges, which are 
 more frequent here than in the eastern region. 
 
 P. 117. — " We greatly felt the want of a boat on the Santa Cruz, as without one it is quite impossible to 
 properly survey the lake, and ascertain its exact dimensions. To have tried to use a raft would have been 
 very dangerous, owing to the terrible winds which strike the lake as they descend through the Andean gorges. 
 
 P. 118. — " February 4. — The day dawned clear and calm. Before penetrating into the Andes, a neighbouring 
 hill was climbed, so as to command a view of the adjacent country, and according to two barometric observa- 
 tions, a relative altitude of 1028 metres was obtained. From the upper part of the hill we found the follow- 
 ing magnetic azimuths : — 
 
 Castle Hill N. 30° W. 
 
 Malogro Camp N. 55° E. 
 
 " From the part of the hill facing the camp, at an altitude of 024 metres, we could discern the narrow 
 Lake Misterio, stretching in a tortuous way for some four miles east to west, continuing afterwards S.S.E. We 
 observed some pieces of ice in this lake, and were curious as to whence they proceeded ; we then thought we 
 perceived a glacier at the base of the opening, which stretched towards the S.S.E. A regular west breeze was 
 blowing, the gi eater part of the sky being clear. After reaching the top, we decided to keep on ascending 
 towards a cone which was visible more to the west. The road being easy, we climbed the height, going as 
 far as possible on horseback, and afterwards walking, until we attained the above-mentioned altitude of 1028 
 metres, more than 2 - 5 miles from the preceding point. 
 
 " We were very glad we had persevered in our ascent, as we were enabled to see some pieces of ice emerge 
 from another opening, which ran towards the south-west, from whence the wind seemed to come. On the south of this 
 opening were two snow-clad peaks — one of them was, pei haps, the Stokes. 
 
 " We had thought that Lake Misterio was none other than Lake Santa Cruz itself, which makes a great 
 bend between hills of 1220 to 1520 metres height, and at the base of which a glacier is indubitably found. 
 Was this so, or were there two distinct lakes ? A problem which we had to solve. 
 
 " Our reason for climbing the height was to command a view of the country, so as to get a better idea 
 of its configuration, and then proceed for some days aloug the valley of the Bio Zamora ; but in consequence 
 of what we saw from the summit, we changed our mind ; to go along that valley would be useless, our 
 purpose would be better accomplished by skirting Lake Misterio on the north until seeiDg the glacier or its 
 eastern extremity. From the summit the openings seemed to have a tendency to join the one which forms 
 the west part of the Santa Cruz, which I had followed on the first day of this month ; this made us fear 
 that our advance northward would be impossible. 
 
 "On February 1, we thought we had reached the place where the explorer Moreno says he planted his 
 flag ; but, in that case, it surprised us that he makes no mention of the two western entrances of the lake ; 
 which make the Santa Cruz much longer than what was thought. 
 
 " I suppose that the river which serves us as an outlet to Lake Viedma and which discharges into the 1 
 Santa Cruz, runs through the north opening, which seems to be rather deep. 
 
 " The waters of Lake Misterio were of a dirty whitish colour, like those of the Santa Cruz ; prominent 
 
 (1) The general table-land to the north of river Gallegos, to which the Chilians have given that name. 
 
 T 2 
 
140 Divergences in the Cordillera de I as Andes. 
 
 The region in which the Chilian Expert now puts his principal chain (en- 
 cadenamiento) of the Cordillera de los Amies, Sefior Rogers calls the Pampa. The 
 
 above them were the very crystalline waters of an extensive lagoon, separated from Lake Misterio by a narrow 
 strip of land. 
 
 " From the most culminating part of the height on which we were, from whence we saw Mount Cagual, 
 we found the following azimuths: — 
 
 Temblor Camp N. 20° E. 
 
 Malogro Camp K 52° E. 
 
 Mount Cagual S. 56° E. 
 
 Snow-capped cone (probably the Stokes) . . S. .V W. and S. 15 c W. 
 
 P. 120. — "February 5. — Leaving the greater part of our baggage in the camp, with two men to look after 
 it, we set out to skirt the north side of Lake Misterio. We worked very hard all day ; we had to contend with a 
 very thickly wooded mountain, with ravines and swamps, which made our advance slow, difficult, and even 
 dangerous. We skirted the arm of the lake which runs, approximately, east to west, for more than 5*5 
 miles, with a width of close on two miles. It then turns slightly north through an opening in the Andes, 
 through which numerous pieces of ice of various sizes and of fantastic shapes were seen to emerge. Another part 
 of the lake turns towards the south for more than 7*5 miles, to terminate at the very base of the Cordillera. 
 From the height on which we were yesterday we saw a kind of glacier at its base; but no pieces of ice 
 emerged from that creek; those which could be seen proceeded from the opening towards the west. 
 
 " After marching for more than five hours, we perceived a beautiful glacier at the bottom of the valley, 
 from which splendid icebergs became detached, many being of great size. 
 
 " After eight hours' heavy marching we camped in a small creek of the lake in the midst of a superb 
 forest of oak-trees. The remains of a fire were visible along the whole track traversed by us during the 
 day, but it appeared to be a very old one ; as, by the side of the burnt trunks, there were new trees of some 
 years' growth. When we camped we were very tired and rather cut about, owing to having had to force 
 a passage through the forest. We were cheered, however, by having seen the object of our journey, as, 
 from the appearance of the mountains, the lake either continued towards the north, or else it needed but 
 very little to join with the Santa Cruz. Who knows but that this same glacier is not the one which supplies 
 Lake Santa ( 'ruz with the pieces of floating ice, even though we did not see any in that lake this year ? 
 
 " The glacier, which we called Francisco Yidal, was, as seen by us, some 1*5 miles wide, and increased 
 in height, apparently lengthening out towards the west, being probably the same as the one which enters 
 Peel Inlet. There are very lofty snow-clad mountains (perhaps from 1800 to 2100 metres) on both sides 
 of the glacier. I think the one on the south is Fitz hoy's Mount Stokes ; we gave the name of ' Rogers ' to 
 the mountains on the north. 
 
 " The forests covering the ground traversed by us to-day consist of Magellan oaks, hardwood, shrubs 
 and many fuchsias ; hucmules, some foxes, the woodpecker, a species of parrot, and some colibi are found in 
 the district. 
 
 " During the night we could hear from our camp the reverberations of the harsh sounds of the pieces 
 of ice which broke off the neighbouring glaciers, the noise produced thereby resembling thunder. 
 
 1'. 121. — "After walking nearly west for two hours, we came to the shores of the lake, in front of the 
 Francisco Vidal Glacier, from which we were only separated by Lake Santa Cruz, which is only two miles 
 wide at that point. It then runs N. 30° W. for over eight miles. The glacier goes towards the south-west 
 between snow-clad mountains, but we could nut see on the right, owing to its being covered with clouds; 
 only perceiving, momentarily and at intervals, some summits. 
 
 1'. 124. " At 11 a.m. we started off with the best horses and part of the men. We skirted the broad plain 
 which borders this part of the river Santa ('ruz and which is rather swampy, but affords beautiful pastures 
 for all kind of cattle. Nevertheless, it must be very bad in winter, the forest also being very dense. We 
 crossed a rivulet which discharges into the lake, and flows over a stony bed, having its origin in a branch 
 of the Cordillera s e 900 metres high, which has an easterly direction. 
 
 "(»n the hanks of a rivulet and at, a short distance, we found a large perch, which caused us to think 
 that such fish must abound in its waters. It appeared to us that, this perch was similar to what we 
 had caught in the Truchas basin, in the vicinity of the Malogro camp on the margin of the Santa Cruz. 
 
 "From ill'' rivulet the Andes presented a magnificent spectacle, with its two openings, that of the 
 
Expeditions by the Officers of the Chilian Gunboat 'Ma gat 'lanes.' 141 
 
 Tribunal will note the difference which exists between actual observation of the 
 ground by Sefior Rogers, and the affirmation of Senor Barros Arana as Expert, 
 
 Francisco Vidal Glacier, and the other situated about fifteen miles south of the latter. The panorama 
 would have been complete, had it not been for the clouds hiding the principal peaks of the Cordillera. The 
 glacier was perfectly blue — a proof, according to Darwin, of its advanced age. Encina Cove did not seem 
 to terminate in a glacier, as we had previously supposed, but in a great deposit of snow. 
 
 P. 125. — " February 14. — The morning dawned cloudy and calm. We advanced towards Carlos Hill, 
 situated near Lake Santa Cruz, which was more than five miles away ; to all appearances it seemed that the 
 ascent would not be very difficult ; but, in attempting it, we found it very heavy. The hill consists almost 
 entirely of rock, dotted with patches of herb and light briar on its eastern side. The opposite side is entirely 
 bare of vegetation. 
 
 " Once on the top of Carlos Hill, the sky was fairly clear, which enabled us to contemplate a beautiful view 
 of the Andes. At our feet was the majestic Lake Santa Cruz with its two coves penetrating precipices which 
 were covered with trees in the lower and bare on the upper parts. The Tumpanos Passage or channel (of 
 Moreno) and the Encina Cove remained in sight. 
 
 " The lofty Andes, of various and fantastic forms, visible from Mount Payne on the south as far as 
 N. 69° W., at which point they were lost to sight. The imposing Mount Stokes was covered with snow, 
 scarcely any of its parts being visible. The north creek of Lake Santa Cruz, according to appearances, con- 
 tinued some five or sis miles to the N. 79° W., afterwards taking a somewhat northerly direction. 
 
 " On the top of the slopes which terminate at the margin of the lake, a portion of the glacier was seen 
 from which some icebergs descended, which, from there, moved towards the broad part of the lake, where 
 they joined others. 
 
 " At the end of Encina Cove, another glacier was also seen ; but we saw no icebergs emerge from it, 
 which led us to suppose that the glacier does not descend as far as the waters of the lake. On the southern 
 part of the hill, and towards the east, some sort of a pampa, abounding in swarnps, was seen. The hills 
 trending towards the east, started from the end of Encina Cove and the western hills slightly more to the 
 south ; but we could not distinguish their termination. 
 
 " We found it rather cold on the summit of the hill, with a fresh westerly breeze, it being observable 
 that at the foot of the hill it was quite calm, and that the waters of the lake were perfectly smooth. 
 
 " The river which connected Lake Viednia with the Santa Cruz, called Leona, by Moreno, the Argentine 
 explorer, could not be distinguished, from which it may be supposed that it falls near the glacier, which 
 would indubitably assist in transporting the icebergs which descend along this creek. 
 
 " From the upper part of the Carlos Hill, we took the following magnetic azimuths : — 
 
 Source of the river Santa Cruz 
 
 Castle Hill 
 
 The Northern Creek (glacier) 
 
 Fracaso Creek 
 
 Encina Creek (glacier) 
 
 Mount Payne 
 
 N. 55° E. 
 N. 57° W. 
 N. 79° W. 
 S. 75° W. 
 
 S. I.". W. 
 S. 3°E. 
 
 " The relative height of Mount Carlos above the level of the waters of Lake Santa Cruz is from 905 to 
 910 metres, or say an altitude of from nearly 1035 metres. In the direction of the Fracaso opening and in 
 the same Cordillera, we saw, at intervals, a lofty conic-shaped peak, which exceeded the others and even 
 Mount Stokes in height; but, owing to the heavy clouds which covered it, we were unable to fix its 
 azimuth. 
 
 P. 132. — "At 3 p.m. we camped on the banks of a river known by the name of Vizcachas, owing to its 
 rising in one of the hills in which these small animals (a kind of hare) abound. 
 
 " Shortly before reaching the point we had chosen for camping, we saw from the summit of one of the 
 hills, the rugged Mount Cagual, which was near us on the west. A little to the south and slightly further 
 away, was the beautiful Mount Payne ; and still further south and in the distance we discovered other snow- 
 clad mountains. 
 
 "The Las Vizcachas river or rivulet flows towards the Cordillera, and, I am assured, it is neither an 
 
142 Divergences in the Cordillera de las Andes. 
 
 which is entirely lacking in foundation. Senor Rogers uniformly gives the name of 
 '• Andes " or " the Cordillera " solely to the snowy chain which is really the range 
 
 ;i. luent of tho Coile nor of the Gallegos, but joins two others to form a larger one which runs westwards 
 until it discharges into a rather large lagoon near Pape 
 
 " Close to the camp, and some fifteen or twenty metres above the level of the river Las Vizcachas, 
 fossils were found in great abundance, consisting of Ostrca maxima which, as we have already said, is found 
 in many other localities. 
 
 " The wind veered round to the north, blowing in very heavy gusts, and imperilled our tents, and was 
 generally accompanied with a little rain or snow. After nightfall, we saw a kind of lightning on the west; 
 Imt we did not know whether to attribute it to a tempest in that part of the Cordillera or to some other 
 cause. The flashes succeeded each other at lengthy intervals. 
 
 P. 133. — " February 28. — A beautiful day dawned; the horses were brought, the camp struck, the party 
 was sent on in advance, whilst the writer and Senor Donoso took the meridian altitude of the sun, which 
 gave us lat. 50" 51' 21". 
 
 " We then journeyed towards what they call the Entrada a los Baguales, that is to sav, the "pass 
 through which one enters the region where the wild horses graze. The direction followed was approxi- 
 mately W.8.W., crossing many hills, from whose tops the broad valley of the Coile was seen. 
 
 " On the west was Mount Cagual, a hill of no great altitude, devoid of snow, which lies on the east of 
 the Andes and separated from them. Then came the snow-clad Payne, of imposing appearance, and more to 
 the west a chain of mountains also snow-clad. 
 
 " The river Vizcachas, which we crossed, makes a curious bend towards the east, more to the south of the 
 camp, to subsequently flow to the west, where it discharges into a great lagoon, as we verified. 
 
 " The country traversed to-day contains some valleys with pasture, but the hills were very poor. 
 
 " We observed immense herds of tjuanacos. On our left we passed various lagoons ; one of them was salt, 
 but of slight importance. 
 
 "At 4.30 p.m. we camped on the banks of a small creek, having Mount Cagual on the north, 25° W. 
 The stream flows through an extensive and grassy dale, through which also runs a river which joins the 
 Vizcachas. This is the compulsory halting ground of the Patagonian Indians when they come in search of 
 Baguales horses. 
 
 " The district seemed a very good one to us ; but on one perfectly calm day we were attacked by a great 
 number of sand-flies, which made us feverish, and would not even permit us to eat. 
 
 " Shortly before reaching the camp two lagoons were seen, one rather large; the peasants assured us that 
 west of Payne there were also some large lagoons, one of them a salt one. 
 
 r. 134. — " March 2. — At 10 a.m. we commenced our march towards the interior (the west). We then crossed 
 a rivulet which seemed to proceed from the Cagual Hills, and, according to reports, joined the Vizcachas. 
 Further south we climbed some low hills, which were everywhere full of holes bored by cururos, rendering 
 ( ir progress difficult. We then traversed a sort of ravine. On the north lay the Bagual and other mountains, 
 which, separated from the former by deep gorges, had a west direction. The path became obstructed by 
 dense forest in measure as we advanced towards the west; the upper parts of the hills were barren. On the 
 south lay a low hill, which commenced on the western side of tho rivulet where we were camping, and 
 continued westward, having a valley on the north which, but for slight curves, runs east to west for some 
 fifteen miles. The breadth of this valley varies between two and five miles, and it is the place where hunters 
 ami Indians go to catch the baguales. 
 
 " In the course of our march we found a lot of skeletons of wild horses scattered all over the region; they 
 were, perhaps, the remains of those animals which had been caught, but which the Indians or hunters had 
 
 been unable to break in. 
 
 1'. L35. — " Our peasant, Zamoia, told us that when he discovered the baguales the valley to which we have 
 
 1. foind was literally covered with them, and "looked like a moving mass.*' Upon this occasion we did not 
 
 .1 single one, so great bail been the quantity captured; we found fresh marks and tracks, which proved 
 
 their existence. Lately the Cacique Papon, with his Indians, caught some 1 01 1 bagual horses. The 
 
 remainder retired to the higher parts of the Cordillera, ami more to the south. 
 
 "We continued along the valley, crossing various streamlets, or rather water-courses, one of which we 
 
Expeditions by the Officers of the Chilian Gunboat 'Magallanesi 143 
 
 to which the name belongs. Between February 22 and March 22, Seiior Rogers 
 explored the region comprised between the rivers Coile and Vrzcachas. He 
 
 noticed flowed underground for a considerable distance, having its origin in the gorges formed by the hills on 
 the north side, about which we have already spoken. 
 
 " At 3.30 p.m. we camped in the western extremity of the vallej', pitching the tents in a picturesque 
 spot between some leafy oak trees ; we were forced to dig for water for ourselves and our horses, but did not 
 experience much difficulty, as the spring was close to the surface. The pasture here was magnificent, as was 
 the case in the greater part of the valley, making tbe neighbourhood a very appropriate locality for the 
 raising of horned cattle. There are also a few small lagoons, with rather swampy edges, in which a variety 
 of ducks and beautiful swans abound. 
 
 " On the west were mountains already forming part of the Andes. Having crossed a rivulet, which is the 
 third which connects with the Vizcachas, and the one in the Mosquito Valley, there was a deep gorge 
 on this side, a circumstance taken advantage of by Zamora and others, years ago, for the erection of a 
 strong enclosure into which the baguales were driven, and, once inside, they were easily caught ; but now, 
 they know the trap, and it is almost impossible to get them to enter. Huemules abound in the forest, and 
 can be caught by balls or by dogs. 
 
 " Before camping, we had a few showers ; directly we had pitched the tents, repeated peals of thunder 
 were heard, accompanied by furious squalls of wind, which kept on all through the evening and night ; but 
 owing to the sheltered position chosen for the camp, we were not inconvenienced. 
 
 P. 136. — "March 5. — Sky clear, weather calm ; but, as the day advanced, a regular wind, accompanied 
 by showers of rain, set in. Nevertheless, so as to lose no time, the ascent was decided upon ; we made towards 
 the mountain which stood N.N.E. desiring to command a view of the country and select an appropriate site 
 for the ascent of Mount Payne. 
 
 " We went forward on horseback in spite of the road being heavy and difficult owing to the thick 
 forest, but the greatest trouble was caused by the fallen branches, which impeded the advance of the horses. 
 Clearings, in the form of small squares, occurred at intervals, in which, as well as in the forest, forage 
 abounded. During the march, we found abundant traces of the existence of a number of baguales horses. 
 
 " After several halts we reached the unwooded part, which we skirted slowly so as to get up more 
 easily. The summit terminated in sharp-pointed rocks, impossible to climb; on one side was a deep ravine, 
 on the escarpments of which variegated streaks were visible, but it was quite impossible to get to them 
 without personal danger. 
 
 " It was a very squally day, and we were unable to see the snow-clad summits of the Andes except in 
 a very indistinct way. We noticed a labyrinth of ravines formed by small mountains between the larger 
 ones : they contained lagoons. Mount Payne lay on the S. 25° W. some ten miles away ; there was water 
 on the south-east of it which the peasant Zamora assured us was a river flowing west, and that there was 
 a lake beyond Payne. It was impossible to see the lagoon into which the river Donoso discharges. 
 
 " The Baguales Valley had the form of an ellipse, its greater diameter being from east to west more 
 than fifteen miles. Its smaller diameter was estimated at five miles. 
 
 P. 137. — " March 6. — The day opened badly, with squalls of rain ; we, nevertheless, commenced our pre- 
 parations for the journey, with the certainty that it would be the last day we should have for mule transport 
 in marching towards the interior of the Andes. 
 
 " As a matter of fact, at 9 "30 a.m. we were en route ; we first took a southerly direction, climbed a hill, 
 skirted the lagoons in the vicinity, in which ducks, canquenes and swans abuunded in large numbers. After 
 descending the hill we came to a rivulet which joirred the river Donoso ; we followed its course, which 
 wound along the slope of the mount, which was a heavy hill, cut by some ravines, difficult to cross, which, 
 added to the holes bored in the ground by the cururos, made the route very rough. 
 
 "Besides this, the weather turned rainy; but we nevertheless continued our journey. At 12-30 p.m. 
 we found a convenient spot for crossing the river ; but it cost us a good deal of labour to get down and 
 climb up its banks. We advanced towards Mount Payne by following in the track made by the baguales 
 horses ; on the left, we passed a lovely and most picturesque lake surrounded by lofty hills, wooded on their 
 upper part. We then climbed a lofty hill, to again descend, following a route which compelled us to make 
 frequent turns in order to avoid tracts of dense forest. 
 
 " From the summit of the hill we descried a river which, emerging from the Cordilleras situated on 
 
144 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 notes that the Vizeachas river or rivulet flows towards the Cordillera, " and I 
 
 the north of Mount Payne, flowed round its slope on the west and south. According to Zamora, it discharged 
 into a lake on the south of said mountain. After a certain amount of toil, we reached the banks of the 
 river, and we were surprised at its volume, which we found was little less than, or even equal to, that of 
 the Gallegos. Tbe whiteness of its waters gave us the right to call it the Rio Blanco. It ran along a 
 bed of open veins, in a very circuitous manner: in some parts its windings forming right angles, displaying 
 in others escarpments of bare rock, making the bed of the river a veritable valley. At some points, the bed 
 extended, and it narrowed in one place to form a waterfall seven metres high, the noise proceeding from which 
 was heard at a great distance ; and the kind of white cloud formed by the splashing of the water could also 
 be seen. 
 
 " At one of the places where the bed of the Blanco widens out, we tried to ford it ; but were prevented 
 doing so by the force of the current and the depth of the water. Finally, the nearer we approached Mount 
 Payne, the more we became convinced that its ascent would be extremely difficult, if not impossible; as its 
 slopes were very steep and its lower parts were very densely wooded. It seemed to be impossible to reach 
 its summit, as it was surmounted by a sort of vertical column which only permitted a very small quantity 
 of snow to remain on the summit of the mountain. 
 
 " Wo camped at 4.30 p.m. — Mount Payne lying S. 65° W. on the bank of the river which flowed at its 
 base. The horses were in a very bad state, owing to the long ride and to the rough nature of the route. 
 The never-ending plague of sand-flies greatly worried us, there being an extraordinary number of them in 
 the camp. 
 
 " At this point the river Blanco forms a large island which bifurcates it into two branches, a little more 
 to the north of the camp. 
 
 " March 7. — Very early in the morning we had a very successful hunt. The day remained cloudy ; 
 squalls of rain alternating with clear skies ; but it was impossible to make use of the sun to take the latitude. 
 It appears that the lake into which the Rio Blanco discharges, stretches a good distance westwards ; Zamora, 
 who is the person who has penetrated furthest into the country, did not determine its end ; so that should 
 it stretch almost to the western channels, the Andes would also be cut in this part. 
 
 " The hills, both in this and in the preceding camp, show a formation of conglomerated pebbles fixed 
 together by a tenacious element, which demonstrates that the present ' relief ' is due to an upheaval of the 
 ground (the geological specimens brought by Senor Eogers have been deposited in the collection of the Uni- 
 versity of Santiago). 
 
 r. 140. — "-March 9. — We prepared for the journey with one single load; but we waited till midday 
 to determine the latitude, which we found to be 50° 58' 43" at the camp. 
 
 " We then started towards the west, and in as straight a line as the sinuous nature of the country per- 
 mitted. The ground was covered with some prickly bushes, which were very troublesome to the horses. 
 We afterwards described the lake into which the Rio Blanco discharges; it is narrow and very tortuous, the 
 hills causing it to take this shaj>e ; it stretches a good way westward. We passed by a labyrinth of hills 
 and ravines, the ground being covered with stones, making travelling very difficult. There was a large 
 lagoon on the south side, of a very serpent-like shape, narrowing in places to a mere thread of water between 
 shores. This lagoon was not less than 7-5 miles long ; owing to its shape, we called it Rake Serpiente. 
 
 " The snow-clad Cordillera could be seen, as well as a great glacier — on the north side of Lake Angosto — 
 which appears to stop at the base of Mount Payne on the north side. The ice of this glacier was for the 
 most part covered with snow, and it was of such a height that the snow-capped peaks appeared as though 
 they were merely rising out of a heap of flour. 
 
 " Ravines and hills succeed one another with great frequency, many lagoons existing in the ravines. 
 Whenever we climbed a hill, we saw a succession of the same curiously shaped lagoons on all sides. We 
 camped on the shores of one of them at 5.30 p.m. 
 
 ]'. 140. "The Payne lay approximately north-west of our camp. The view we had of it showed us 
 that its ascent is impossible. Its sides are very rugged and steep. 
 
 "The Serpiente lagoon is nol known to have any outlet ; it recoives ono or another small rivulet, and. 
 consequently, its waters are very bad, brackish and of bad rlavour. 
 
 " In passing through the prickly bushes we set file to them, in various places, for the purpose of clearing 
 
Expeditions by the Officers of the Chilian Gunboat 'Maga//anes.' 145 
 am assured," he says, " it is neither an affluent of the Coile nor of the Gallegos, 
 
 a more practicable route for our return, and we could see from our camp that the fire had spread considerably, 
 as we observed the reflection of the flames a long way off. 
 
 ''March 10. — A calm morning, owing to which the smoke from yesterday's fire lay along the whole 
 horizon, preventing us from seeing far, as it was like a thick cloud. 
 
 " We started shortly after 9.30 a.m. The route got much worse ; great stones, very dangerous for the 
 horses, and very lofty and difficult hills which we had to climb and descend at every instant, made the path 
 a perfect labyrinth. We then came in sight of the lake into which the Rio Blanco discharges, on the north 
 margin of which rose the imposing Mount Payne. On the near side were more or less low cliffs. Its 
 direction was approximately south-west and it was very tortuous ; the colour of the water was similar to 
 that of the river, though less white. No baguales skeletons were found towards the interior ; they all went 
 towards the east, and no animals frequent that part of the country, save the huemulcs, which are very scarce. 
 
 '• A\e continued our journey towards the Cordillera, hearing the many murmurings made by the water- 
 courses, noticing shortly afterwards that the part of the lake in which the Blanco discharges is of a higher 
 level than the other ; we found that the water flowed from the former to the latter, running through a narrow 
 gorge, and forming continual waterfalls which produced the murmurings we had heard. 
 
 " Another portion extended towards the south for four or five miles, and was that which was seen 
 in the centre of a depression ; another part extended S.S.W. for a similar length. Numerous eyots adorned 
 the waters and the fantastic creeks foi'med by the inflexions of the shore. The taste of the lake water was 
 insipid, and from it we could see some snowy peaks, interrupted towards the south, and lower than the Payne. 
 
 " After advancing with immense labour for some four hours on the worst of roads, in which, at times, we 
 had to make a passage for the horses between the rocks, and finding that it grew worse and that the horses 
 were done up, I determined to return ; but before doing so, I climbed a hill, from the summit of which I saw 
 that the waters of the lake extended towards the south where a snow-capped peak was found, forming, as it 
 were, breaks on both sides. 
 
 " Zamora informed me that the river, supposed to proceed from Lake Donoso, discharges into the lake we 
 saw before us. 
 
 " For my part, I believe that the western channels of Patagonia should be found within a very short 
 distance of this lake, its similarity to the channels on the west being worthy of note. 
 
 " Mount Payne, to which we were very close, consists of a single mass, but half-way up it rises into three 
 peaks, the central being so steep that, except in a few spots, snow cannot rest on it. The hills seen towards 
 the west were very low. 
 
 " On the hill we were climbing we found the conglomerate already referred to, at times consisting of 
 enormous stones. 
 
 "Patches of forest existed only in the ravines, and vegetation is only found where there is water. 
 
 " The smoke caused by the fires we had made and the fogs prevented us having an extensive view, and 
 it was not possible to wait for better weather in such an unsuitable spot. 
 
 '• T might observe here the wisdom of carefulness respecting fires, as they may become prejudicial to the 
 traveller. 
 
 "We could but admire with awe the stupendous work of nature in forming such a "relief" and 
 Cordillera as that which we had before our eyes, and I greatly regret that I possess such slight geological 
 knowledge, which prevents my describing, as I ought to, so remarkable a country, in order to throw some light 
 on the phenomena produced there. 
 
 "It was not without regret that we commenced our return, but we were compelled to do so; time 
 pressed, owing to the condition of the horses, which prevented our advancing further unless we continued for 
 several days on foot. We moved towards the east, keeping Lake Serpiente on our left — that is to say, north- 
 wards — and crossed it at a very narrow passage afforded by it. We camped on the north of it at 4 p.m. 
 
 P. 144. — " The river Donoso makes a bend there towards the south-east, skirting some hills, about fifteen 
 miles beyond the camp, before discharging into the lake of the same name. The waters of this lake are of 
 rather a whitish colour. It is some four or six miles in breadth ; its form is very irregular; there are some 
 islands in its eastern part. It extends towards the S.S.W. and W. for a distance which' it was impossible to 
 estimate. An excursion, for the purpose of seeing its extremity, was proposed, but we found that it would be 
 impossible. On the north it presented very broken cliffs and hills ; on the south it was more or less the same 
 
 U 
 
146 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 but joins two others to form a larger one which runs westward until it discharges 
 into a rather large lagoon near Pape." * 
 
 He observed likewise that the Cerro Bagual, situated to the east of Cerro 
 Payne, is to the east of the Andes and separate from them. According to this 
 intelligent explorer, the Cordillera de los Andes begins in the Cerro Payne, towards 
 the /rest, so that, he says, if the lake into which the Yizcachas empties itself is 
 continued westwards to the neighbourhood of the western channels, " the Andes 
 woidd also be cut in this part." 
 
 In his excursion to the west he reached the glaciers in a narrow lake, doubt- 
 less that known as Lake Hauthal, which has its origin in the Cordillera Nevada. 
 
 " I am of opinion," he says, " that the separation between the waters of Lake Donoso 
 and the western channels must be very slight, and also that its outlet must take place in 
 their direction. The river carries a large amount of water in flowing to the lake, and does 
 not return to the pampa, nor does it go to the river Gallegos as far as is known. Neither 
 does the Coile serve as its outlet, for, if that were so, the latter would be much larger 
 than the Gallegos." 
 
 and very wooded. All this convinced us that we could not advance much farther beyond what we could see, 
 unless we spent many days' hard work across a very bad country. Our time had expired, and the horses 
 were nearly worn out. 
 
 " I am of opinion that the separation between the waters of Lake Donoso and the western channels must 
 be very slight, and also that its outlet must take place in their direction. The river carries a large amount 
 of water in flowing to the lake, and does not return to the pampa, nor does it go to the river Gallegos as far 
 as is known. Neither does the Coile serve as its outlet, for if that were so, the latter would be much larger 
 than the Gallegos. 
 
 P. 145. — "March 18. — It was cloudy at daybreak ; we started towards the east in good time, and being 
 short of provisions, were obliged to select a place abounding in game. Wc continued on the look out for the 
 basin of the Vizcachas, slightly to the south of the previous camp on the same river. We crossed a pampa, 
 barren at the commencement, but towards midday a number of ostriches and numerous herds of guanacos 
 were seen. 
 
 P. 146. — " March 20. — The morning was fine, with a north-east breeze. Seiior Donoso, accompanied by 
 Zamora, went out to look for fossils, going in the direction of the same place that they were at on January 21, 
 in the ravine of the Leon and the river Vizcachas. 
 
 " The meridian altitude of the sun was taken at midday, showing the place to be in lat. 51° 00' 01". 
 
 "March 21. — We started off at 9.30 a.m. in a more or less south-east direction. We traversed a poor 
 country, with scai'cely any grass and devoid of trees, but it abounded in gnanacos and a great number of 
 osti iob.es and foxes ; we caught some of each. The dales were dry ; we only observed the beds of a few small 
 streams, and also those of various small waterless lagoons. 
 
 " We crossed one of the small tributary streams of the river Coile, in the dale of which green pasture 
 was seen, and canqucnes could be counted by the thousand. 
 
 " The ground covered was very similar, save for the few short clusters of hills ; but it was always 
 easy travelling for the horses. At 4.30 p.m. we encamped at the side of the Redonda Lagoon, at the samo 
 spot lis on tin; previous journey. There were no signs of anyone having camped their since, as we found 
 even the firewood which had been left behind on our first journey. The lagoon abounded with ducks and 
 swans." 
 
 * The discovery of the fossil Ostrea maxima, similar to that which is found in the pampa and in the 
 1 stuary of the Rio Santa ( Iruz, etc., was one proof more that the region of the Vizcachas does not correspond 
 with the Cordilleia de los Andes. 
 
Expeditions by the Officers of the Chilian Gunboat 'Magallanes! 147 
 
 At no time did it occur to Senor Rogers to say that he was within the 
 Cordillera de los Andes notwithstanding his having explored a region relatively 
 far distant westwards from that in which the Chilian Expert places the western slope 
 of the principal chain of the Andes ; he only reached to the foot of its eastern 
 slopes, so that the whole region which he describes is likewise on the east of 
 the Cordillera, when speaking of lakes and plains. The Chilian Expert claims, 
 nevertheless, that his line follows the western slopes (falda) of the principal chain 
 (encadenamiento) de los Andes. 
 
 7. RESULTS TO BE DERIVED FROM THESE EXPLORATIONS. 
 
 All the publications which have been mentioned were perfectly well known 
 in Chile, and certainly to Senor Barros Arana, who negotiated the Treaty of 1876 
 and 1878, and co-operated, as he affirms, in concluding that of 1881. Therefore 
 it can be confidently established that when Articles 1 and 2 of that Treaty were 
 agreed upon the universal belief among the statesmen and men of science of 
 Chile, and of the Argentine Republic was, that in accepting the Cordillera de 
 Andes as the boundary, they accepted the natural, the traditional, and the most 
 rational boundary. Also that when they agreed that the line should pass along 
 " the most elevated crests of the said Cordilleras * that may divide the waters, 
 and should pass between the slopes which descend one side and the other," they 
 placed the boundary line on the high crest of the Cordillera, i.e. of the principal 
 chain which divides the greatest part of the waters which form the regular or 
 normal hydrographic basins situated west and east of that high crest, and which 
 are separated by the '' vertientes " or "laderas" (slopes) of the range agreed on, 
 giving to these words the true meaning which w T as then given by Seiiores Pissis, 
 Domeyko and Barros Arana, high authorities in Chile, and has been given since 
 by Senores Bertrand, San Roman, Muiioz, Sayago and Steffen, whose opinions 
 are of not less value in Chile. 
 
 According to the former authorities, the eastern slope (ladera) was bounded 
 in the northern region by the longitudinal depression of which the valley of 
 Uspallata forms part, and in the south by that which stretches to the west of 
 Lake Argentino or Lake Maravilla and of Last Hope Inlet. According to some of 
 these authorities, the Cordillera was cut before reaching the 52nd parallel of 
 S. lat., although extending as far as Cape Horn, beyond the Straits of Magellan. 
 
 * It is said "Cordilleras" probably for distinction between the Cordillera of Chile, north of the 
 parallel of 40 and the Cordillera of Patagonia south of that parallel. 
 
 u 2 
 
148 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 By those men of science as well as by those who framed the Treaty of 1881, 
 the dividing line in the crest which separates the waters of its slopes (vertientes), 
 or the line of its watershed, was a continuous line, except for the occasional inter- 
 section by rivers from east to west. The dividing line of the waters from the 
 summit of the Cordillera de los Andes, was, according to them, a line identical in 
 nature with the watershed of the Cordillera de la Costa, cut similarly at a number 
 of points, since after the explorations of Ladrillero and the other travellers quoted, 
 no one was ignorant that this feature existed in the whole of the Andes. 
 
 The Argentine Republic and Chile sought by means of the Treaty of 1881 to 
 put an end by agreement to the boundary question which had been the subject of 
 discussion for so long a time, and believed that by the compromise so concluded 
 they would succeed. This is a fit opportunity to repeat the observations made 
 by Sefior Valderrama, Chilian Minister for Foreign Affairs when the Treaty was 
 signed : — 
 
 "But above all I must say that from the 23rd of July, 1881, after the failure 
 of many attempts at a settlement of the old boundary question, Chile and the Argentine 
 Republic gave each other the hand of friendship over the majestic Andes. I have not ceased 
 to cherish the ardent desire that their friendship may be strengthened, to the benefit of 
 the peace and glory of two great Republics, called, in a not distant future, to the highest 
 destinies in the work of civilising the American Continent 
 
 "The Argentine Republic, so advantageously situated, looks towards the Atlantic ; 
 there she will fulfil the high mission which belongs to her, while Chile fulfils hers on the 
 shores of the Pacific. The two have different spheres of action, different lines of' activity, 
 and, like parallel lines, they cannot, and ought not, to come into collision." * 
 
 The line proposed by the Chilian Expert, after a lapse of seventeen years, 
 overthrows completely this fair and sound agreement between the two nations, 
 and sets at naught the boundaries of the Treaty, and attempts at the same time 
 to interfere with the bulwark provided by nature. The true dividing line, the 
 only one possible, is in the crown of snow on the Andean crest, and by no means 
 in the depressions and table-lands of Patagonia. Any attempt to depart from 
 this line would be to ignore both the letter and spirit of the Treaty. The gorges 
 or deep gaps which cut through the main range of the southern part of the Cor- 
 dillera de los Andes are more difficult to cross than the highest pass of the north. 
 Narrows and tremendous torrents, cascades and glaciers, forbid all access by 
 these, and in every sense the crest of the main chain is the best and safest barrier 
 between the two countries. 
 
 * La Cuestion de limites entre Chili- y La Republics Argentina, by M. Valderrama, Santiago de Chile 
 is(i.'>. pp. 8 and 'J. 
 
Origin of the Boundary Question. 149 
 
 CHAPTER VII. 
 
 Summary — 1. Origin of the Boundary Question. 
 
 2. The Frontier Line according to. the Treaty of 1881. 
 
 3. Diplomatic Negotiations Prior to the Treaty of 1881. 
 
 4. Negotiations of the Treaty of 1881. 
 
 1. ORIGIN OF THE BOUNDARY QUESTION. 
 
 Ur to 1843 Chile had given no reason for any one to think that she would 
 ever depart from the Agreement of 1826, mentioned in Chapter I., and appeared 
 be satisfied with the boundaries of her territory as laid down therein. 
 
 Documentary evidence exists in support of this statement. For instance, 
 on the occasion of a proposal being made for the establishing of a service of 
 tug-boats in the Straits of Magellan, the Governor of Chile appointed in 1841 
 commission of three statesmen of high repute to inquire into the matter, and 
 these commissioners in drawing up their report affirmed that the Cordilleras de 
 los Andes were marked out as the eastern boundaries of the territory, and 
 accordingly that only the region of the Strait on the Pacific side situated to the 
 west of the said Cordilleras, which stretch away to the north, belonged to Chile 
 and that the other part belonged, of course, to the Argentine Republic. 
 
 In 1841, Mr. George Mahon having solicited from the Government of Chile 
 the privilege to establish a line of steam tugs in the Magellan Straits, that 
 Government appointed a Commission to report thereon, composed of Don 
 Santiago Ingran, Don Diego Antonio Barros, and Don Domingo Espineira. 
 Their Report says : — 
 
 "The undersigned members would be afraid of misplacing the confidence reposed 
 in them by you, in entrusting them with this matter, if they did not state their doubts with 
 reference to the right of the Government, to grant the privilege, in the manner requested, 
 for the navigation of the whole straits, as it cannot wholly belong to Chile. The 
 Cordilleras de los Andes are defined as being the boundaries of Chilian territory on the east, 
 and the Straits of Magellan belong to this country, from said Cordilleras as far as the 
 western mouth. The other part belongs of course to the Argentine Confederation." 
 
150 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 It is to this application that may be traced the initial cause of the wide 
 question of boundaries, restricted to-day, fortunately, to some few points of 
 detail, and confined within limits which have been already agreed upon. That 
 application, in fact, directed the attention of the Government of Chile to the 
 south, and resulted in the decision to colonise a part of the land in the 
 neighbourhood of the Straits of Magellan. For that purpose, an expedition was 
 despatched, which, on September 21 of the same year, landed at Puerto del 
 Hambre, in the Peninsula of Brunswick, and took possession of the Straits of 
 Magellan and its territory, in the name of Chile, to whom it belongs, according 
 to the document concerning the occupation, and as declared in Article 1 of the 
 Political Constitution.* 
 
 The Article of the Chilian Constitution already quoted stated nothing of 
 the kind. The Argentine Government would have protested if Chile had 
 asserted in her Constitution her jurisdiction over territory to the east of the 
 Cordillera. The very opposite to this Avas established by the commissioners, who 
 stated, a few months before, that the region of the Magellan Straits, east of that 
 range, belonged to the Argentine Republic. This country was at that moment 
 under internal and external difficulties, and was, therefore, unable immediately 
 to repel the occupation of the Straits. Nevertheless, the Government of Buenos 
 Aires, on December 15, 1847, sent a protest to the Government of Chile, in 
 which they also proved that Chile had no right to occupy the Strait which, 
 with the adjacent territories, belonged to Argentina. In this communication the 
 Buenos Aires Government also expressed their willingness to produce their 
 titles, and invited the Chilian Government to present the documents which 
 justified their action. 
 
 The protest stated — 
 
 " The great range of the Andes has bounded the territories of the Argentine Con- 
 federation, and that natural boundary has been always recognised to the Republic of Chile. 
 The Argentine territory begins at the eastern summit of the range, which forms the 
 boundary through its whole extent as far as Cape Horn. The fort of Bulnes being situated 
 in the peninsula indicated, its geographical position shows that it occupies a central part of 
 Patagonia, and, therefore, by the establishment of this settlement, the integrity of the 
 Argentine territory and its full dominion in the lands which the Straits comprehends, from 
 the Atlantic to the Pacific, have been destroyed, since the Cordillera de los Andes, the 
 
 * Note of tin' Minister of Foreign Affairs of the Argentine Confederation, to tho Minister of Foreign 
 Affairs of Chile, December 15, 1847. 
 
Origin of the Boundary Question. 151 
 
 boundary recognised by the Republic of Chile, reaches to the opening of the Straits into the 
 Pacific." * 
 
 The Government of Chile made an ambiguous answer to the Argentine 
 protest, and the Argentine Government replied in their turn, and both com- 
 menced to prepare for the discussion of their respective titles. 
 
 At the same time, there had arisen difficulties between the two countries, 
 respecting the right to some valleys of the Cordillera in the province of Mendoza, 
 but those difficulties were concerning districts in the Cordillera itself, and were 
 not so important as the serious and extensive claims that have since been 
 advanced to districts east of that range, and altogether outside of it. 
 
 The Government of Buenos Aires lost no time in dealing with the matter, 
 and entrusted the task of collecting; historical evidence first to Senor Pedro 
 de Angelis, and afterwards to Senor Dalmacio Velez Sarsfield. Chile confided 
 a similar task to Senor Miguel Luis Amunategui. Diplomatic communications 
 were exchanged, but nothing definite arrived at, until January 31, 1856, when 
 both countries signed a Treaty of friendship and commerce in which it was 
 agreed that — 
 
 " Both the contracting parties acknowledge as boundaries of their respective territories 
 those they possessed as such at the time of their separation from the Spanish dominion in 
 the year 1810, and agree to postpone the questions which may have arisen or may arise 
 regarding this matter, in order to discuss them later on, in a peaceful and amicable manner, 
 without ever resorting to violent measures, and in the event of not arriving at a complete 
 arrangement, to submit the decision to the arbitration of a friendly nation." 
 
 This Treaty insured mutual respect for the rights of the two countries over 
 the whole of their territories, as they existed at the time when they became 
 independent of the mother country. 
 
 All the discussions, then, posterior to the Treaty of 1856, were to turn 
 exclusively on the question whether or not, the original colonial titles conferred 
 a right over the areas in question. The Argentine Republic bound herself to 
 respect the title of Chile to all the territories possessed by that country in the 
 year 1810, and, on the other hand, Chile bound herself to respect the title of the 
 Argentine Government to all those territories which belonged to the Argentine 
 Republic ("Vireinato del Rio de la Plata") at the same date. The only 
 
 * The colony was called " Bulnes," and was transferred six years afterwards to a position some miles 
 further north, and named " Punla Arenas" or Sandy Point. 
 
152 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 difficulty, therefore, that could arise, according to the Treaty of 1856, would 
 be in determining definitely what were the original limits of the respective 
 countries, that is to say the uti possidetis of 1810. The Argentine Republic 
 relied on her title, knowing that it was clear, and the matter was limited to 
 the inquiry as to the true geographical situation with respect to the Straits of 
 Magellan, and to the colony of Punta Arenas, or Sandy Point. 
 
 2. THE FRONTIER LINE ACCORDING TO THE TREATY OF 1881. 
 
 The discussion having been adjourned by common consent in 1856, was 
 renewed, on the initiative of Chile, in 1865, and continued under various forms 
 until 1881. During the whole of its progress, the Argentine Republic contended 
 that her western boundary from north to south was the Cordillera de los Andes, 
 and that, in consequence, she had dominion over all the territory eastward of the 
 crest of the Cordillera, the greater part of the Straits of Magellan, and the whole 
 of Tierra del Fuego. Chile on her part accepted the natural boundary of the 
 Cordillera to a great extent, but maintained that this boundary did not ride in 
 the southern part of the continent; that in Patagonia the territories on both sides 
 of the Andes were Chilian from the Pacific to the Atlantic ; that the Straits 
 of Magellan were Chilian; and that Tierra del Fuego was also Chilian. 
 
 This Chilian claim was in complete discordance with the boundary established 
 in the Chilian Constitution and in the Treaty agreed upon between Chile and 
 Spain, and was constantly resisted by the Argentine Government, but it gave 
 rise to long discussions, to several projects of agreements, to many tentatives of 
 projected arbitration, and finally to preparations for war between the two nations. 
 
 The negotiations initiated by the Ministers of the United States of North 
 America accredited respectively to the Argentine and Chilian Governments, 
 led finally to the solution sought for, and on July 23, 1881, was signed the 
 definitive Treaty, whose Articles 1 and 2, in their essential part, state — ■ 
 
 "Art. 1. — The boundary between the Argentine Republic and Chile from north to 
 
 soulli as far as the parallel of hit. 52° S., is the Cordillera do los Andes. The frontier line 
 shall run in that extent along" the most elevated crests of said Cordilleras that may divide 
 the waters and shall pass he t ween the slopes which descend one side and the other. The 
 difficulties that might arise from the existence of certain valleys formed by the bifurcation 
 of the Cordillera and in which the watershed may not he apparent, shall he amicably settled 
 by two Experts, one to he named by each party." 
 
The Frontier Line According to the Treaty of 1881. 153 
 
 " Art. 2. — In the southern part of the Continent, and to the north of the Straits of 
 Magellan, the boundary between the two countries shall be a line, which, starting from 
 Point Dungeness, shall be prolonged overland as far as Mount Dinero ; thence, it shall 
 continue westward following the highest elevations of the chain of hills existing there, 
 until it strikes the height of Mount Ayuiond. From this point the line shall be prolonged 
 up to the intersection of meridian 70° W. with parallel 52° S., and thence it shall continue 
 westward, coinciding with this latter parallel as far as the divortium aquarum of the 
 Andes." 
 
 By this compromise the natural boundary of the Cordillera de los Andes in 
 its predominant crest was definitively recognised, and the boundary determined 
 in the Constitution of Chile became thus, in agreement with the Argentine 
 laws, the international division between the two countries. 
 
 The boundary thus fixed in 1881 is in the "Cordillera de los Andes," and 
 this constitutes the limit to remain at all events " immovable " between the two 
 countries. This fact being finally settled, it is, therefore, beyond all dispute ; 
 and it is only when differences of opinion arise between the Experts as to the 
 localisation of the line within the Cordillera de los Andes that arbitration is to be 
 resorted to. The frontier line between the Argentine and Chilian Republics is to 
 be always within the "Cordillera de los Andes'" and not outside of the said Cordillera. 
 
 Moreover, the boundary from north to south decided upon in 1881 by 
 the two countries, is the boundary which the two countries agreed to defend 
 conjointly in the year 1826 ; it is also the boundary recognised by Chile in 
 her Treaty with Spain, in 1846 ; it is the boundary claimed in the Argentine 
 protest of 1847 ; and it is the edge or culminating line which from the 
 Colonial times separates Chile from the Argentine Republic. According to 
 the words of the Chilian President Bulnes, it is " the culminating line of the 
 Cordillera between the slopes that descend to the Argentine Provinces and 
 those that water the Chilian territory" ; according to Seiior Tejedor, Argentine 
 Minister for Foreign Affairs in 1872, it is the line of the crest of the Cordillera 
 de los Andes,* and it is the line of the attempted agreements of 1876, 1877 and 
 1878, in which the crests of the Cordillera were to constitute the dividing line 
 between the two Republics. This line is also the boundary according to the 
 Chilian Ministers Lastarria, Ybailez, Alfonso, and Barros Arana, and was further 
 considered to be the dividing line by the Argentine Government, when propos- 
 ing to the Argentine Congress the sale of lands in Patagonia, after the Argentine 
 
 * Memoria del Ministerio de Eelaciones Exteriores de la Kepublica Argentina, Buenos Aires, 1873. 
 
 X 
 
154 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 army, in 1879, had subjugated the savage tribes which had been occupying the 
 territory which Chile claimed from Argentina, although Chile had never taken 
 any steps to assert her authority, or take possession of the territory from the 
 natives, either by negotiations or by the force of arms. 
 
 3. DIPLOMATIC NEGOTIATIONS PRIOR TO THE TREATY OF 1881. 
 
 The wording of the Treaty of L881, which fixes the boundary within the 
 Cordillera de los Andes, formed the subject of much discussion, and an acquaint- 
 ance with its origin and history is necessary in order to explain the terms therein 
 employed. 
 
 The wording of the Treaty was agreed upon by both nations after careful 
 consideration and with the view of making clear the meaning of the dividing 
 line agreed upon in the Cordillera de los Andes, as traced along the most 
 elevated crests of the said Cordillera that may divide the waters of the eastern 
 slope of the range from those of the west. 
 
 The history of the negotiations is long and complicated, and it would be 
 unnecessary to relate it in all its details. To explain the present controversy it 
 is enough to indicate the clauses of the proposals for a settlement which relate to 
 the Treaties in force. 
 
 In 1866, Senor Lastarria, Minister of Chile in Buenos Aires, initiated the 
 negotiations for a boundary Treaty, and proposed, as a compromise, the division 
 of the Straits of Magellan at Gregory Bay, leaving as territories adjacent to 
 the Colony of Punta Arenas, the area included within a line prolonged from 
 that bay to the lat. 50° S. in a due north direction. The boundary of Chile to 
 the north of lat. 50° S., would run as far as the parallel of the Bay of Reloncavi, 
 along the eastern base of the Andes.* 
 
 The reasons which Senor Lastarria had for proposing said line, contrary to 
 his own opinion that the boundary was on the crest of the Andes, have been 
 published. He stated as follows, in a communication to the Chilian Govern- 
 ment : — 
 
 "You directed me not to accept, other boundaries in the Cordillera de los Andes than 
 the easternmost summits of that Cordillera, although the Chilian G-overument has always 
 
 * Note of Minist.fr Lastarria to Senor Elizalde, Minister of Foreign Relations of the Argentine Republic, 
 dated August 22, 1866, Memoria de R.E. do la R.A., 1807, p. 83. 
 
Diplomatic Negotiations Prior to the Treaty <?/" 1881. 155 
 
 maintained that this boundary runs along the summits of the highest ridge of the Andes, 
 separating the course of the waters flowing down towards the east and west, upon which 
 point both Governments have always been agreed, no disputes having ever arisen on the 
 subject." 
 
 " I had proposed," he said, in another communication, " that the Cordillera boundary 
 should start at the base of the outer eastern lines from the parallel of the Reloncavi Inlet 
 and extend as far as the fiftieth degree, inasmuch as the Cordillera in those regions has not 
 the same orographical features as in the centre of the Republic, and for this reason the 
 water-courses have not a definite divide, such as even happens in parts of the province of 
 Yaldivia, according to proof obtained by engineer Frick in his exploration in the heights 
 of Rifiihue, and to adopt as boundary line a line which should be the continuation of that 
 running through the central Cordillera along the highest summits. This being the line which 
 inthe central part of the Republic has always bun acknowledged as boundary, there is no doubt 
 that the solution of the question relative to the meadows (potreros) of Jirones (in Talca), 
 and the others which may arise in relation to these same intermediate valleys, must be 
 adjusted according to it." 
 
 Senor Lastarria acknowledged, therefore, that the watershed of the 
 Yaldivia region is not found in the line of the high summit of the Cordillera 
 de los Andes; and although he recognised that the traditional boundary always 
 maintained by Chile followed the summits of the highest range of the Andes, 
 separating the course of the waters on the east and west, he abandoned the said 
 boundary in compliance with his instructions and proposed to remove it to 
 the eastern foot of the Cordillera so as to leave its two slopes within Chile, a 
 proposition which was rejected by the Argentine Government. 
 
 Patagonia, that is to say, eastern Patagonia, began at the top of the Andes. 
 The Argentine Republic allowed no discussion with regard to a region which 
 w r as under her sovereignty. Moreover, it having been published that this 
 proposal insinuated claims to Patagonia, the Chilian Minister immediately 
 considered he was obliged to show publicly that this accusation was completely 
 false, that the question of the possession of Patagonia had no place in the discussion, and 
 lastly, that neither in the verbal discussion, nor in the written propositions had there been 
 made on Ids part any question or any mention whatever of the- territories of Patagonia, 
 ruled by the Argentine Republic* 
 
 The proposal of Senor Lastarria fell through notwithstanding this declara- 
 tion, for the general condition of affairs at that time was not favourable to an 
 amicable settlement. 
 
 In 1872, the controversy was reopened in Santiago between Senor Frias, the 
 Argentine Minister, and Senor Ybafiez, the Chilian Minister of Foreign Affairs. 
 
 * Memoria de E.E. de la E.A., 1867, p. 64. 
 
 x 2 
 
1 56 Divergences in the L ordillcra de los Andes. 
 
 In the course of the negotiations there were made the following propositions, in 
 which, to a great extent, the Colonial boundary of the Cordillera is adhered to, 
 although the Chilian attempts to claim Patagonia are maintained. 
 
 1. In a note of February 7, 1872, the Minister of Chile explains :— 
 
 " As Chile is in possession of a colony on the Straits of Magellan, every day more 
 advanced and prosperous, she could very reasonably expect her right to he recognised to 
 the portion of that region included within the Straits itself, Tierra del Fuego, the adjacent 
 islands and the coast of the Atlantic as far as Port Deseado. From that point there might, 
 he drawn a, line following the course of the river Deseado as far as the Cordillera de los 
 Amies, so that that chain of mountains might be, in the Patagonian lands, tin- eastern boundary 
 of Chili' tun] tlw western boundary of the Argentine Republic." 
 
 2. In a note of October 1, 1872, the Argentine Minister says :— 
 
 " My Government helieves, as dues that of Your Excellency, that the moment has 
 arrived to put an end to this question by means of an arrangement, equitable and friendly, 
 the more convenient as the progress made in both Republics calls them to enter into other 
 agreements destined to foster and develop to the advantage of both the fraternal bonds 
 which unite them. For the purpose of arriving at such an important result, I am charged 
 by my Government to propose to Your Excellency Peckett Bay, as a point of departure for 
 a dividing line in the Straits of Magellan, from which place the line will run in a westerly 
 direction till it reaches the Cordillera (If los Audi's." 
 
 o. In a note dated October 20, bS72, the Minister of Chile refused this 
 proposed compromise, and writes that the Chilian 
 
 "Proposal can be no other than that of dividing into two parts the whole territory < if 
 Patagonia, which is the question in dispute between the two Republics, by a line starting 
 from the Rio Diamante, which formed the southern boundary of the province of Cuyo 
 which was separated from the Captaincy-General of Chile by order of the Spanish Govern- 
 ment, and incorporated in the Viceroyalty of Buenos Aires. The western boundary should 
 In- thf. range of the Andes, which would also constitute the eastern boundary of Chile. But as a 
 division of this nature would cause grave inconveniences in its practical application, the 
 interior of this region being almost completely unknown, and from ignorance as to whether 
 their exists suitable land for its establishment, my Government will agree that that division 
 be determined by the forty-fifth parallel of south latitude, from the Atlantic to the 
 mentioned range of the Andes. In this manner the Argentine Republic would acquire the 
 greater part of Patagonia, and Chile would have possession of the southern part as far as 
 Cape Horn." 
 
 These ([notations show the intention of the proposals, and further prove 
 clearly that the mnt/c of the Andes was, all through, considered to constitute the 
 
 * See Memoria de R.E. de la R.A., is;:'., Appendix. 
 
Diplomatic Negotiations Prior to the Treaty of 1881. 157 
 
 mutual boundary between the two countries, and that the line in this range never 
 formed one of the subjects of discussion in connection with the various attempts 
 at an agreement. The question of longitude did not arise, as the boundary was 
 marked by the loftiest crests of the Cordillera, from the earliest times of the 
 Colonial epoch. It was in the question of latitude that the difficulty lay, and it 
 was in connection with the latter that the differences of opinion existed, which 
 have led to continual discussion ever since the year 1843. 
 
 During that discussion it was in vain that the Argentine Republic exhibited 
 historical evidence and valid proofs of titles that could not be gainsaid : it was in 
 vain that she produced documents of various origins and of different epochs : 
 that she was supported by the very terms of the Chilian national hymn, by 
 the opinion of the Chilian statesmen and geographers. The discussion was 
 prolonged to the regret of every one, and gave rise to many projects, among 
 which there were proposed and studied bases of arrangement, of arbitration, and 
 of provisional settlements. 
 
 From 1876 to 1880 were initiated, at different times, negotiations which it 
 was hoped would put an end to the dispute, but which, for one reason or another, 
 came to nothing. 
 
 The following were the principal of these :— 
 
 1. Yrigoyen-Barros Arana (187(5-1877). 
 
 2. Elizalde-Barros Arana (1878). 
 
 3. Fierro-Sarratea (1878-1879). 
 
 4. Montes de Oca-Balmaceda (1879). 
 
 The Treaty of 1881, outcome of these previous negotiations, was a com- 
 promise between the extreme claims of each country. Chile acknowledged as 
 her eastern frontier the Cordillera de los Andes, in the whole extent, from north 
 to south as far as parallel 52°, relinquishing her alleged rights to the whole or to 
 any part of Patagonia. The Argentine Republic, in return, acknowledged, on 
 her part, as Chilian territory, the neighbourhood of the Straits of Magellan (while 
 the Straits themselves were declared neutral), the greater part of the Tierra del 
 Fuego, and the islands to the south. 
 
 Among the first attempts at a settlement was that of 1876, when the 
 Yrigoyen-Barros Arana negotiations were carried on. Seiior Barros Arana has 
 held the office of Chilian Expert in connection with the questions submitted to 
 the arbitration of Her Britannic Majesty's Government; and it is, therefore, 
 
158 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 important to take into consideration the differences which exist between his 
 former opinions at the time when, as Chilian Minister at Buenos Aires, he 
 took part in the negotiations here mentioned, and those which he afterwards 
 expressed as the Chilian Expert. 
 
 The basis for this proposed agreement was the following:— 
 
 "Points of division in the Straits: Mount Dinero in lat. 52° 10' S. 
 
 " The line shall start from this point, and follow the highest elevations of the chain of 
 hills which extends westwards as far as the height named Mount Avmond, in lat. 52° 
 10' S. 
 
 " From this point it shall follow a line coinciding with the parallel of lat. 52° 10' S., 
 until it readies the Cordillera de los Andes. This line shall be the division between the 
 Argentine Republic on the north and the Chilian Republic on the south. 
 
 " Division of Tierra del Fuego. From the point named Cape Bspiritu Santo, in lat. 52° 
 40' S., there shall be drawn a line southwards coinciding with the meridian of long. 68° 34' 
 west of Greenwich, which line shall be prolonged to Beagle Channel. The eastern part of 
 Tierra del Fuego, as thus divided, shall belong to the Argentine Republic, and its western 
 part to Chile. 
 
 '' Island*. There shall belong to the Argentine Republic, the island of Los Estados, 
 the islets in its immediate neighbourhood, and the other Atlantic islands situated to the east 
 of Tierra del Fuego and eastern coast of Patagonia : and to Chile shall belong all the 
 remaining islands to the south of Beagle Channel, as far as Cape Horn, as well as all those 
 to the west of Tierra del Fuego." 
 
 J b v 
 
 In this proposal the Cordillera de los Andes was to form the boundary line 
 in the west at the termination of the line following the parallel of lat. 52 10' S., 
 and dividing the territory belonging to the Argentine Republic from that of 
 Chile. It is also clear that according to this proposal this southern boundary 
 line was to follow, for a part of its course, the highest elevations of the hills 
 which extend westward from Mount Dinero, without taking into account the line of 
 watershed of the various streams cutting through these hills. 
 
 This proposal for a settlement was not approved by the Government of 
 ( 'hile, which insisted on their original claim to the whole of the territory of 
 Patagonia. 
 
 On January 8, 1877, Sehor Barros Arana transmitted to his Government 
 the basis of another agreement which he was negotiating in Buenos Aires. 
 Clause sixth said : — 
 
 " From the fiftieth degree of south latitude the boundary between the two countries to 
 the north shall be the summits of the Cordillera de los Andes, whether fixed in the most 
 culminating parts or in the lines of tin watershed" 
 
Diplomatic Negotiations Prior to the Treaty 0/1881. 159 
 
 It is, therefore, clear that for Senor Barros Arana, former Chilian Minister 
 and late Expert for that country, it Avas of no consequence Avhether he spoke of 
 " the culminating j^arts " of the range, or " the lines of the watershed." To him 
 both were confined to the summits of the Cordillera de los Andes, through which 
 " the boundary between the two countries " was to run. 
 
 Senor Alfonso, then Chilian Minister of Foreign Affairs, shared the opinion 
 of the Plenipotentiary in Buenos Aires as regards the line of the Andes. He 
 only made some observations on the terminal points at lat. 50° S., and in his 
 reply to Senor Barros Arana, on March 24, he uses these terms : — 
 
 "As regards the sixth base, that is to say to accept from now that, from lat. 50° S. 
 northwards, the crests of the Andes should be the frontier demarcation, appears to me in 
 every respect unadvisable. This would be to prejudge, and to settle beforehand, and by 
 our own doing, the boundary question, to the prejudice of Chile. The fiftieth degree is 
 situated at 30' N. from the Straits of Magellan, and we cannot agree that from there to the 
 Desert of Atacama the Andes should be the frontier. The only thing that could be 
 agreed to in this respect is, that whenever the andes divide the territories of the 
 two republics, the loftiest crests of the cordillera should be considered the llne 
 of Demarcation between them." * 
 
 Senor Alfonso also transmitted to Senor Barros Arana, a few days after the 
 despatch of this communication, a new convention. 
 
 "It consists, he said, in fixing a line to separate the possessions of the two nations, 
 commencing at the Rio Santa Cruz as a first proposal, and as an alternative at the Rio 
 Gallegos. This line prolonged to the Andes will be the boundary between the two Republics 
 in Patagonia, and the highest crests of those mountains will be followed towards the north. 
 An arbitration will be constituted with the exclusive object of determining the pecuniary 
 compensation which the one Republic may owe to the other." 
 
 The instructions were thus clearly specified. To fulfil them, it was necessarv 
 for Senor Barros Arana to enter into negotiations concerning the terminal point 
 of the Andean boundary, and to have inserted in the proposed convention that, 
 in the section of territory in which the Cordillera should separate the two 
 countries, the line of demarcation should run through the highest crests. 
 
 Senor Barros Arana was bound to devote himself, of course, to the fulfilment 
 of the mission entrusted to him in the form which his Government prescribed. 
 
 * La Legacion Chilena en el Plata y el Ministro de Relaciones Exteriores, a proposito del folleto de Don 
 Gaspar Toro, por J. Alfonso, Valparaiso, 1879, p. 91. 
 
160 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 He was understood to have carried out the instructions, as is shown by the 
 telegram which he addressed to the Minister for Foreign Affairs, May 21, 1877, 
 saying : — 
 
 " I have arranged the bases of the arbitration and am about to draft the convention. 
 All the points are according to instructions, including the character of the arbitrator." ' 
 
 Now, what was the wording adopted when complying with the instructions 
 of Minister Alfonso to Sefior Barros Arana, according to which the frontier line 
 was to run through the highest crest of the Andes? 
 
 Article 1 of the Project of May 12, 1877, is as follows : — 
 
 " The Republic of Chile is separated from the Argentine Republic by the Cordillera de 
 los Andes, the dividing line running along its highest points passing between the sources 
 on the slopes that descend one side and the other." 
 
 Although this proposed agreement was in conformity with the instructions 
 of the Government of Chile, it was rejected by them, at the last hour, in conse- 
 quence of its clauses not stating that the boundary should be marked out in the 
 Cordillera.f 
 
 * Memoria de E.E., Buenos Aires, 1878, p. 21 ; La Cuestion del Estrecho de Magallanes, por M.A. Pelliza, 
 1881, Buenos Aires, p. 246 ; La Cuestion de Li'mites entre la Republica Argentina y Chile, 1881, Buenos Aires, 
 p. 22. 
 
 f Proposed Treaty of 1877 : — 
 
 First. — " The Republic of Chile is separated from the Argentine Republic by the Cordillera de los Andes, 
 the dividing line running along its highest points, passing between the sources on the slopes that descend 
 one side and the other. 
 
 Second. — " There being unsettled claims by the Argentine Republic and claims by the Republic of Chile 
 over the Straits of Magellan, and certain territories in the southern part of this continent, and it being stipulated in 
 Article 39 of the Treaty of 1856, that in case of the Governments not arriving at the complete settlement 
 of such questions, they will submit them to the arbitration of a friendly nation, the Government of the 
 Argentine Republic and that of the Republic of Chile declare that, having been unable to arrive at an agreement 
 after a prolonged discussion which they have carried on since 1847, the circumstances are such as those pro- 
 vided for in the last part of the Article cited. Consequently, the Governments of the Argentine Republic 
 and the Republic of Chile submit to the judgment of the Arbitrator, who shall be appointed later, the 
 following question : What was the uti possidetis of 1810 in the territories under dispute? That is to say, did 
 the territories under dispute depend in 1810 from the Viceroyalty of Buenos Aires, or from the Captaiucy- 
 < leneral of < 'hile? 
 
 Third. — "To solve the question proposed in the foregoing Article, the two Governments entrust the 
 character of Arbiter juris to .... The Arbitrator in this character shall decide subject t<> : — 
 
 1. "The Acts and Documents which have emanated from the Government of Spain, or from their 
 authorities and agents in America, and the Documents emanating from the Governments of Chile and the 
 A rgentine Republic. 
 
 2. "II all I Inse. Documents shiiuld not be sufficiently clear to decide the questions, the Arbitrator shall 
 have power to decide them, applying at the same time the principles of International Law. 
 
 Fourth. "The Arbitrator shall be bound to hold as binding in order to pronounce his decision, the 
 following rule of American Public Law which the contracting Governments accept and uphold: — 
 
Diplomatic Negotiations Prior to the Treaty 0/1881. 161 
 
 In Sefior Gaspar Toro's Statement, at the time Secretary of the Chilian 
 Legation at Buenos Aires, the following paragraphs are found : — 
 
 " Thus the question of valleys having been under discussion for a considerable time, 
 Sefior Barros Arana being instructed concerning it by Sefior Alfonso, and the point having 
 been discussed at Buenos Aires, the Commissioners in May 1877 decided one of the bases 
 of Arbitration then agreed to. That basis drawn up by Minister Yrigoyen, transcribing 
 the words of Bello's International Law, was afterwards adopted without further discussion, 
 and became a clause of Article 1 of the Treaty of January." 
 
 Sefior Toro, whose words it may be well to quote, comments upon the 
 article, and speaking of the watershed, states : — 
 
 " It does not appear that the drafting of Article 1 was known to Sefior Alfonso before 
 the signing of the agreement. He knew the purport and had accepted it, believing that 
 the crests of the Andes should divide the two countries along the whole extent of the terri- 
 tories not under dispute." 
 
 And further on he repeats : — 
 
 " The crests of the Andes divide Chile and the Argentine RepuUic. In what part ? The 
 Treaty does not specify ; nevertheless Sefior Alfonso has stated, as has also the Argentine 
 Chancellery later on, that they divide them in their whole extent." * 
 
 In this evidence which are of purely Chilian origin, are to be found the con- 
 clusions forming the basis of the Argentine interpretation of the Treaty, viz. :— 
 
 1. The Chilian Plenipotentiary inquired whether, to determine the line in 
 the crest, he should choose the highest points or the watershed. 
 
 2. The Chilian Minister of Foreign Affairs instructed him that whenever the 
 
 " The American Kepublics have succeeded the King of Spain in the right of possession and of dominion 
 which he held over Spanish America. There are no territories in it which can he reputed res nulling. 
 
 Fifth. — "While the Arbitrator appointed is deciding the question submitted to him, the two Governments, 
 consistently with the promise made at the beginning of the discussion at Santiago in 1872, bind themselves 
 to maintain strictly, in the territories comprised between Punta Arenas and the Eio Santa Cruz, the statu quo 
 existing at that date. 
 
 Sixth. — " The two Governments bind themselves equally to defend with all their powers the territories 
 under the statu quo against all foreign occupation, making such agreements as may be necessary for the 
 fulfilment of this stipulation. 
 
 Seventh, — " They agree, lastly, to watch those territories, their coasts and adjacent islands, preventing, 
 do long as they make no other stipulation, the exploitation of them or of part of them by public enterprise, 
 or by individuals, leaving to the care of the Argentine Government the part comprehended between the Strait of 
 Magellan and the Bio Santa Cruz, and to the charge of the Government of Chile the Strait with its inland 
 channels and the adjacent islands." 
 
 * La Diplomacia Chileno- Argentina en la Cuestion de limites por Gaspar Toro, Santiago de Chile, 1878, 
 pp. 225 et seq. 
 
 Y 
 
1 62 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 Andes divide the territories of the two Republics the loftiest crests of the Cordillera 
 should Ix considered the line of demarcation between than. 
 
 3. In compliance with this instruction the following - clause was drawn up :— 
 
 " The Republic of Chile is separated from the Argentine Republic by the Cordillera de 
 los Andes, the dividing line running along its highest points passing between the sources on 
 the slopes that descend one side and the other." 
 
 A. The clause having been agreed to, the Chilian Minister of Foreign Affairs, 
 and the Secretary of the Legation differ in opinion on the question whether or 
 not they should decide the question pending relating to Patagonia, but they 
 agree that the crest of the Cordillera has been established as the boundary. 
 
 With such a precedent as this, it is impossible to doubt that the Project of 
 1877 meant "the most elevated crests of the Cordillera" as the boundary. This 
 was the clear and unmistakable intention of the Minister of Foreign Affairs and 
 of the Chilian negotiator, which must be taken into exact account according to 
 the rule of interpretation advised by Pradier-Fodere, and adopted by the Chilian 
 Representative at the beginning of his Statement . 
 
 Moreover, the Argentine negotiator Senor Yrigoyen has disclosed some 
 further details connected with the Treaty and which lead to the same inter- 
 pretation. 
 
 The occasion for so doing was afforded him by Senor Barros Arana. A few 
 years ago, in 1895, Senor Barros Arana published a long article in El Ferro- 
 carril, a journal of Santiago, in defence of the continental water-divide. Having 
 doubtless forgotten the communications he had exchanged with Minister Alfonso 
 in 1877, he wrote : — 
 
 "An attempt at a direct settlement of the boundary question in April and May 1877, 
 having been frustrated, the negotiators, with the concurrence of their respective Govern- 
 ments, endeavoured to submit to arbitration the territories involved in the dispute ; but 
 they desired that the Treaty which stipulated this should contain also rules of demarcation 
 lor that part of the boundary which need not be discussed. The Chilian Minister taking 
 his stand on traditional custom, on sound geographical doctrine and on the principles of 
 international law, proposed that it should be defined that the boundary all along the 
 Chilian-Argentine Andes, was the separation of the hydrographic basins, that is to say, of 
 the water-divide between the two countries. In support of this suggestion he quoted the 
 opinions of eommentators on the law of nations and the geographical description of the 
 Argentine Republic which had just been published by Burmeister, and which that country 
 greatly applauded. The Chilian Minister moreover asked that it should be stated either 
 in an article or in a subsequent paragraph, that the difficulties which might arise in the 
 
Diplomatic Negotiations Prior to the Treaty of 1881. 163 
 
 demarcation by the existence of internal valleys in the Cordillera in which the watershed 
 might not be clear, should be settled by experts. Sefior Yrigoyen at once accepted this 
 suggestion. Being desirous of finding some form to express this idea, he proposed to 
 reproduce the words employed by Don Andres Bello in his Principles of International 
 Law, when treating of the international boundaries of countries separated by chains of 
 mountains." 
 
 In view of these assertions, Sefior Yrigoyen was compelled to rectify the 
 erroneous version they contained. Sefior Yrigoyen was aware that no nego- 
 tiator had ever spoken explicitly of the continental water-divide ; he knew that 
 although the proposed water-divide was presumably localised on the highest 
 crest of the Andes, it was mentioned in such a vague form that it was impos- 
 sible to accept it, and therefore he wanted to specify the precise details of the 
 negotiations. 
 
 It was, of course, evident that Sefior Barros Arana's memory was at fault; 
 and this is shown by the fact that, if it be admitted that Sefior Yrigoyen pro- 
 posed the adoption of Bello's formula which explicitly designates the highest 
 peaks of a chain as boundary points, it is impossible to imagine that he could 
 wish, by such a clear sentence, to indicate the continental divide, which is on high 
 and low crests, on mountains and plains. But notwithstanding all this, Sefior 
 Yrigoyen clearly specified the details of the negotiations in the following terms:— 
 
 " The conferences with Sefior Barros Arana in 1876 and 1877 are extensively set forth 
 in the Report dated April 15, 1877, which I addressed to President Avellaneda, and of 
 which I previously gave cognisance to the Chilian Minister in order that if he found any 
 error or omission he might advise me. It was published in the Report of Foreign Affairs 
 for 1878. In that document it may be seen that we endeavoured mainly to obtain a 
 definite arrangement ; after protracted discussions we succeeded in agreeing on it, and we 
 mutually determined to submit it to our respective Governments before signing it. The 
 Chilian Government did not approve of the arrangement, and the negotiations came to an 
 end. On completing that Report I wrote to the President as follows : ' Your Excellency is 
 aware of the strictly confidential character which in concurrence with the Chilian Minister 
 we imparted to the proposals for arrangement, for reasons which I have communicated to 
 Your Excellency. But if it has been my duty to maintain the reserve mutually agreed 
 upon, I must no longer conceal the essential features of the negotiation. (1) In dealing 
 either with the compromise or with the arbitration, I have not forgotten that the 
 incident of the ship " Jeanne Ame'lie " should first of all be settled and an explanation 
 obtained for that act whereby national jurisdiction was ignored. (2) Neither during the 
 negotiations for arbitration, nor during the arrangements for direct settlement have I 
 overlooked certain declarations — posterior to the year 1872 — which should be suspended. 
 (3 ) Neither during the arrangements for settlement nor those for arbitration have I forgotten that 
 the crests of the Cordillera constitute the dividing line of both Republics. Sefior Barros Arana, 
 
 Y 2 
 
164 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 who, as I have stated, had cognisance of that document before being submitted to the 
 President, made no correction in, or observation on, the third conclusion, which could not 
 express with greater clearness the formula which I then sustained, and which I have always 
 sustained.' 
 
 " After a few months of silence," continues Seiior Yrigoyen, " the Minister of Chile had 
 an interview with President Avellaneda, and the latter told me that if further conferences 
 were initiated, he thought we should arrive at a satisfactory solution. I explained to 
 him that I had no objection to again devoting myself to the boundary question, although 
 I no longer cherished hopes of arriving at an understanding which would settle the 
 controversy. Minister Barros Arana wrote to President Avellaneda informing him of the 
 bases which he was authorised to propose, and the first of them was the divortium 
 aquarum as the dividing line from north to south between this Republic and the Republic 
 of Chile. The President handed me the proposals as he received them and asked the Repre- 
 sentative of Chile to discuss them with me. Thus we entered into a second negotiation, 
 the object of which was to consider the bases presented by Seiior Barros Arana, and, if 
 possible, to agree upon a treaty of arbitration, since the direct settlement was not accepted 
 by Chile. Seiior Barros Arana officially reproduced the proposal which he made to the 
 President to fix the divortium aquarum as the dividing line. And if the declarations, or 
 official proposals of a Minister Plenipotentiary are regarded as made by his Government, 
 except when the latter disavows them, there is no doubt that Argentine writers have been 
 correct in stating that the Chilian Covernment proposed the divortium aquarum as the 
 boundary from north to south. We shall now see whether it was accepted as is stated in 
 El Ferrocarril of Santiago. Seiior Barros listened to the observations I made on the 
 formula initiated by him. In the same document published in that newspaper, referring to 
 those conferences, we find the following : ' The Chilian Minister taking his stand on tradi- 
 tional custom, on sound geographical doctrine and on the principles of international law, 
 proposed that it should be defined that the boundary all along the Chilian- Argentine Andes 
 was the separation of the hydrographic basins, t/iat is to say of the water-parting between the two 
 countries. In support of this suggestion he quoted the opinions of commentators on the law 
 of nations and the geographical description of the Argentine Republic which had just been 
 published by Burmeister and which that country greatly applauded.' 
 
 " If I had admitted the divortium aquarum, as is alleged in the Chilian newspaper, 
 Seiior Barros would not have had any need to appeal to scientific considerations nor to the 
 opinions of the commentators whom he refers to, and surely he would not have appealed to 
 them, because amongst the estimable qualities which distinguish him, one is that of not 
 making any parade of his well-known erudition. Had I accepted that formula, there 
 would have been no common sense or reason in my proposing the high crest of the Andes 
 as the dividing line, and in carefully specifying the points over which such line should 
 pass. If we had admitted the basis proposed by Seiior Barros the Treaty would have 
 simply said, the dividing line is the continental divortium aquarum, or I should have 
 literally copied the article proposed by him and which he endeavoured to base on the 
 quotations and reasons published in El Ferrocarril of Santiago. And as a matter of fact, 
 I did not accept that formula; I could not when I listened to it appreciate its practical 
 scope, because, as I have stated on another occasion, we lacked the official surveys of the 
 Cordillera and other necessary antecedents for proceeding with accuracy in this affair. The 
 
Diplomatic Negotiations Prior to the Treaty of 1881. 165 
 
 formula of Senor Barros Arana was absolutely new to me. The limit between these 
 Republics was always the crest of the Cordillera : the snowy Cordillera (' la Cordillera 
 Nevada ') were the words used in all the documents and books of the Colonial period. And 
 that formula has been repeated in all the documents and books published in America and 
 in Europe since the emancipation, among them the Constitution of Chile, and some of her 
 international treaties. But as to the divortium aquarum, the hydrographic basins, I do not 
 remember seeing them sustained or mentioned in any negotiations at any time. And 
 probably it has not yet been insinuated, since the Chilian Expert does not quote any case in 
 which it is pointed out." 
 
 Further on, Senor Yrigoyen adds : — 
 
 " The novelty of the formula proposed by the Chilian Minister ; the fact that the 
 Cordillera or its crests are not mentioned in it ; the want of any antecedent for such 
 proposal, and the fear lest it might involve us in further differences, were motives why 
 I, out of that consideration to Senor Barros Arana which is due to him, did not admit 
 it, but proposed to him that it should be substituted by that of the ' high crests,' which 
 has age in its favour as well as the previous sanction of both Governments. And 
 being anxious to let it appear that the formula presented by me also possesses the prestige 
 of science, I pointed out that we could use the words employed by Seuor Bello in his 
 Treatise on International Law when dealing with nations between whose territories 
 mountains or Cordilleras lay. Senor Barros Arana accepted the substitution, explaining 
 that he could not refuse the formula counselled by an authority so respected in Chile. 
 Consequently, the formula of the divortium aquarum proposed by him in his letter to 
 President Avellaneda, and in the subsequent interviews he had with me at the Ministry 
 of Foreign Affairs, was withdrawn and eliminated, and did not reappear in any of the 
 subsequent negotiations ; and the formula of the ' high crests ' which I submitted was set 
 down as the first article of the Arbitration Treaty, which was stipulated and signed by Senor 
 Barros Arana in 1877 and 1878." 
 
 After stating these antecedents, Senor Yrigoyen reproduces the com- 
 munications exchanged between Ministers Barros Arana and Alfonso, already 
 commented upon, which assist us in defining the scope of the Convention by 
 specifying that the proposal which it had in view was that of establishing the 
 highest crest of the Cordillera as the boundary; and in order to make it once 
 more clear that this was the persistent idea of the Chilian Government, he 
 mentions a further fact. A few days after the Chilian Government had 
 repudiated the proposal of 1877, Senor Alfonso suggested a fresh convention 
 to Senor Barros Arana: — 
 
 " It consists, said Senor Alfonso, in the fixation of a line to divide the possessions of 
 both nations, in the river Santa Cruz for instance, and as a last resource in the Rio Grallegos. 
 This line, if extended as far as the Andes, would be the limit of the two Republics in 
 Patagonia and the most elevated crests of those mountains towards the north. Arbitration 
 would be constituted with the exclusive object of determining the pecuniary compensation 
 
1 66 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 which one Republic should owe to the other. It is thus manifest,"' writes Serior Yrigoyen, 
 " as it also is in the official documents of Chile, that the Minister Senor Barros proposed to 
 his Government to fix the limit of the ' high crests,' and that he was authorised to accept 
 it and to propose it." 
 
 Senor Yrigoyen completes the statement of the negotiations of the Treaty 
 
 with these words : — 
 
 " This second negotiation having failed, I reported it also to President Avellaneda, 
 in a further communication dated June 24, 1877. Before signing it, I decided to send 
 it, like the last, to the Chilian Minister so that he might examine it and let me know if he 
 found any error, or if I had omitted any reference which it would interest His Excellency 
 to state. He replied on the 26th of the same month, thanking me for the loyalty of 
 my action, and his reply contains the following paragraphs : ' When we resumed our 
 interviews at the end of April and at the beginning of May last I had the honour to place 
 in Your Excellency's hands a sheet of notes in which I had set down the bases which, 
 in my opinion, and according to the instructions of my Government, should serve in the 
 formulation of the arbitration convention. According to my proposal and in accordance 
 with those notes, we ought to leave a record in the protocol of our interviews of these three 
 facts : 1st. The explanations given by me in respect to the seizure of the " Jeanne Ame'lie," 
 and considered by Your Excellency, if not sufficient to put an end to the discussion on that 
 incident, at any rate sufficient to cause it to be removed for the time being so as to facilitate 
 the discussion of the main subject. 2nd. The reciprocal declaration that both Governments 
 consider the dividing line between Chile and the Argentine Republic throughout that part of the 
 territory in regard to which no discussion has arisen to be the divortium aquarum of the Cordil- 
 lera de los Andes. 3rd. That both Republics believe that as heirs to all the rights of the 
 King of Spain over those countries, the disputed territories are as a matter of fact of Chile 
 or of the Argentine Republic, who do not recognise claims which any other country desires 
 to enforce against them. Both Your Excellency and myself were agreed on these three 
 declarations, but we were not agreed, neither did we discuss much in detail, either their 
 definite form or whether they were to be embodied in the protocol or in the text of the 
 convention. / do clearly remember that as regards the second of these points Your 
 Excellency consulted -me as to ivhether it would not be desirable to reproduce the words ern- 
 ployed by Don Andres Bello in his Treatise on, International Law when reft rring to tin' boundaries 
 <>f countries xiparated entirely or partially by chains of mountains, ami that I replied that I 
 could not refuse to accept an authority so eminent ami respected in Chile. But in all this we 
 simply agreed on the main idea without going so far as to specify it in precise words." 
 (Note of June 1877.) The Minister of Chile thus recognised that he had officially proposed 
 i he divortium aquarum and that on my suggestion that formula was substituted by that of 
 Senor Bello ; and this was the one adopted in all the subsequent conventions, as it will be 
 seen in the following pages." * 
 
 The Chilian Representative mentioned some of the details to which Senor 
 Yrigoyen refers ; and being desirous of reconciling them with the doctrine which 
 
 e 
 
 * Avticulos del Doctor Yrigoyen, 1895, Buenos Aires, pp. 27 et seq. 
 
Diplomatic Negotiations Prior to the Treaty £?/* 1 88 1 . 167 
 
 Chile now upholds, he found a very peculiar explanation. He recognises, in fact, 
 that an interchange of proposals did take place between the Argentine Minister 
 and the Chilian Plenipotentiary: that the latter proposed the divortium aquarum, 
 and that the former thought it more prudent to adopt Bello's formula, 'flic 
 Chilian Representative recognises all this, but he thinks that the question 
 rested solely on the choice of the language in which the clause was to be 
 expressed; for, as he says, the Chilian negotiator preferred Latin, whilst the 
 Argentine negotiator thought Spanish would be the most suitable. The Tribunal 
 has heard this statement set forth in the following words: — 
 
 " The only question was whether the Latin locution divortia aquarum should be used, or 
 the Spanish phrase employed by the writer on international law Don Andres Bello." 
 
 It is to be noted that in the statement read by the Chilian Representative 
 before the Tribunal, a paragraph has been translated from Senor Yrigoyen's 
 explanation which ends as follows: — 
 
 " In consequence, the formula of the divortia aquarum proposed by him (Senor Barros 
 Arana) in letter to Dr. Avellaneda and at the subsequent conferences with me (Senor 
 Yrigoyen) at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, was withdrawn and eliminated, not to 
 reappear in any of the subsequent negotiations ; and the formula of the ' high summits ' 
 presented by me, was adopted as the 1st Article of the Treaty of Arbitration put forward 
 and signed by Senor Barros Arana in 1877-78." 
 
 The phrase is very clear, and nevertheless the Chilian Representative 
 
 comments on it, by saying : — 
 
 " It is easy to see that the rectification contained in the reply of Senor Yrigoyen was 
 merely a question of words. The predominating idea, the fundamental thought, remained 
 the same, whether conveyed by the concise Latin expression divortia aquarum of the Andes 
 or by the Spanish phraseology, longer but equally precise, i.e. line which runs over the 
 highest points of the Cordilleras de los Andes, and passing between the sources of the 
 streams which flow down to either side." 
 
 That is to say, the Chilian Representative understands that to reject the divortium 
 aquarum, and to adopt in lieu the "high crests " simp/// involves a declaration of preference 
 for the living languages over the dead languages. If this were so, the present contro- 
 versy would be meaningless. The Argentine Republic is simply anxious that in 
 the demarcation of her western boundary the upper crests which were proposed by 
 Senor Yrigoyen and accepted by Senor Barros Arana, in 1877, shall not be aban- 
 doned, and that the watershed shall be localised on the summit of the Cordillera. 
 
 It is therefore seen that the boundary which was recognised and which it 
 
1 63 Divergences in tJie Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 was desired to sanction, was the traditional and safe limit, the mountain barrier 
 which at its upper crest fixes the common boundary always recognised. It is 
 also seen that if the " water-divide " was vaguely referred to, it never meant 
 that such divide was the water-divide of the South American continent. No 
 document has been or can be produced during the whole course of the negotia- 
 tions in 1877, in which any mention is made even indirectly of the separation 
 of the hydrographieal basins of the rivers that run to the Atlantic and to the 
 Pacific. Lastly, it is seen that the interoceanic divide had not till then been 
 mentioned in the discussion on the boundary between the Argentine Republic 
 and Chile. Further on it will be seen that the doctrine is much more recent. 
 
 When the measures for compromise and for arbitration concerted by 
 Seriores Yrigoyen and Barros Arana had fallen through, in each case owing 
 to the disapproval of the Chilian Government, the Minister Seiior Barros 
 Arana put a stop to the formulation of any further projects, and left the city 
 of Buenos Aires for a time. 
 
 On his return he resumed the conferences with the Argentine Minister 
 for Foreign Affairs, at the time Sefior Rufino de Elizalde, which went so far as 
 to the completion and signature, on January 18, 1878, of another Arbitration 
 Treaty, destined to meet the same fate as the former ones, namely, to be 
 disapproved by the Chilian Government, which again repudiated the work of 
 their Plenipotentiary. 
 
 The details of the negotiations which led to this proposed Treaty have been 
 published in Official Reports, but in them we find no trace of continental divide, 
 of separation of hydrographieal basins, or of the source of the currents running 
 io the Pacific and to the Atlantic; there is not a word in them answering to the 
 theory that there is no other standard to judge than the sources of the rivers, to 
 the exclusion sometimes of the main chain of the Andes, and at others of the 
 Cordillera itself. 
 
 Article 1 of the Elizalde-Barros Arana project, did not differ substantially 
 from the respective Article of the above mentioned Yrigoyen-Barros Arana 
 project : — 
 
 "The Argentine Republic is divided from the Republic of Chile by the Cordillera de 
 
 los Andes, the line running along its highest points passing between the sources on the slopes 
 
 i descend one side and the other. Any difficulties which may arise from (lie existence of 
 
 certain Cordillera valleys in which the line of watershed is not clear, are to be settled 
 
 amicably with the help of the Experts." 
 
Diplomatic Negotiations Prior to the Treaty ^/" 1881. 169 
 
 Thus the dividing line in the summit of the Cordillera was again agreed 
 upon by the two Governments. Chile, according to that projected Treaty, 
 ceased to claim land to the east of the Cordillera de los Andes, north of parallel- 
 lat. 52° S., and as a consequence the article that in the former proposed agree- 
 ment regulated the status quo in Patagonia was eliminated. 
 
 The summit of the Cordillera as the line of delimitation between the two 
 countries being accepted, the Argentine Government yielded in the south, and 
 took into consideration the political interests, and the situation created by the 
 Chilian occupation of Punta Arenas, which is located to the east of that part 
 of the Cordillera below parallel lat. 52° S., and cut by some channels leading 
 to the Pacific. 
 
 The Chilian Minister Seiior Barros Arana was replaced by Seilor Jose M. 
 Balmaceda, to continue the negotiations upon boundaries. 
 
 The difficulties to be overcome were exclusively on the extreme south. 
 There was no question about the western line from north to south. It was 
 already agreed with the special assent of Seiior Barros Arana, as Minister of 
 Chile, that — 
 
 " The Republic of Chile is separated from the Argentine Republic by the Cordillera 
 de los Andes, the dividing line running along its highest points passing between the- 
 sources on the slopes that descend one side and the other." 
 
 It was already agreed that the meaning of the above words was that given 
 by Senor Alfonso, the Chilian Minister of Foreign Affairs, who, in special 
 instructions to Seiior Barros Arana regarding the Boundary Treaty, said: — 
 
 " Whenever the Andes divide the territories of the two Republics, the loftiest crests of 
 the Cordillera should be considered the line of demarcation between them." 
 
 This same interpretation was maintained by both Governments in the 
 succeeding negotiations, and is that applied by both Governments to the wording 
 of the Treaty of 1881. 
 
 Between the term of office of Senor Barros Arana and that of Seiior 
 Balmaceda there was framed at Santiago the Treaty called Fierro-Sarratea, 
 which did not contain a definition of the boundary line. The Argentine 
 Congress, however, did not accept this proposed Treaty. 
 
 Senor Jose M. Balmaceda continued the negotiations concerning the boun- 
 daries, but it was not possible to arrive at any agreement with him in regard to 
 
 z 
 
170 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 the mutters of the arbitration to which the Treaty of 1856 referred, and the 
 negotiations were suspended. 
 
 Sefior Balmaceda was commissioned by his Government, in case he did not 
 succeed in getting the Fierro-Sarratea Compact approved in Argentina, to adopt 
 the necessary measures to obtain an adjustment, fixing the boundary line " on the 
 eastt rnmost slopes of the Cordillera de los Andes," and he requested the Argentine 
 Government to adopt a demarcation further east than that of the high summits — 
 as had been suggested by Sefior Lastarria — inasmuch as the watershed was not 
 clearly defined in the Patagonian region. At the same time he informed his 
 Government by telegram : — 
 
 "Yesterday a meeting of geographical specialists who were to give their opinion upon 
 the Andean region east of the Cordilleras and the configuration of the high plain at its 
 foot, was held at the Government Offices. They thought that it would he very difficult 
 to carry out the demarcation on the ground itself, as well as to effect the same on the 
 map of the plain designated. And, as far as the Cordillera was concerned, they were 
 unanimously of opinion that it terminated at Cape Providence, and that from Keloncavi 
 to the south there was a well-defined divortium aquarum dividing Patagonia from the western 
 region. 
 
 * Senor Bulnes (p. 99) who published this telegram, says that he has reasons for believing that the 
 present Expjert Moreno was at the meeting. It is true ; Senor Moreno was present, and he affirms that at 
 that meeting all opinions concurred in considering no more desirable boundary to exist than that formed by 
 the summit of the Cordillera. There was also mentioned at this meeting the case of the Bio Aysen, which 
 crossed said summit; the existence of " canales " east of the Cordillera, and the latter's continental termina- 
 tion in Cape Providence, in agreement with the opinion of Darwin and Agassiz. No one present at that 
 meeting thought for a moment of removing the boundary to the continental water-parting east of the Cor- 
 dillera, and proof of the views which the said present Expert held at that time with respect to the 
 boundary, is his delineation of the same in a sketch which he published at that time(l) to illustrate the 
 question pending, in which the boundary appears along the summit of the Cordillera intersecting the river 
 Aysen and the Canales situated on Argentine territory, and terminating at " Cabo Providencia Fin de los 
 Andes." 
 
 Senor Moreno at the same time published some notes on the Patagonian lands (2), in which he said, speak- 
 ing of the Cordillera: — 
 
 P. 15. — "Of a more modern general formation, apparently, than those by which it is flanked, the 
 central cordon, which is the one that serves as the division <>f the waters, is composed of loftier cones, which 
 diminish in height towards the south, sometimes forming rather low passes of some importance, such as the 
 Banco and Villarica gaps, those of Bariloche and Pedro Eosales, facing Lake Nahuel-Huapi, which Musters 
 visited opposite Teckel, that of river Aysen, in 45", and that situated in 50° 40' more or less, a little to the 
 south of Mount Stokes, the latter being seen with its ice-cap from the end of Lake Argentino, near which 
 tin' more ancient formation of the eastern pre-Cordillera disappears ; only the schistous clay remaining. 
 
 "The Andes divide at this part, and with this beautiful mass of soaring peaks, some with almost 
 
 (1) Cuestiones Chileno-Argentinas. Croquis de la parte mistral de la Repiiblica Argentina disputada por loa Chilenos, 
 December 21, L878, Buenos Aires. 
 
 (2) Apuntcs sobve las Tierras Patagonicas, Buenos Aires, 1878. 
 
Diplomatic Negotiations Prior to the Treaty of 1881. 171 
 
 It will not be superfluous at this stage to recall the proposal of compromise 
 which Senor Monies de Oca, who succeeded Senor Elizalde as Minister for 
 Foreign Affairs, made to Senor Balmaceda after the meeting referred to, because 
 
 vertical cliffs, others rounded into domes and towers, all glittering and covered with perpetual snow in 
 which the colours of the sky are reflected, change their north-south direction, which they may be said to 
 follow from the regions of the north, and, inclining almost imperceptibly to the south-west, they completely 
 disappear upon reaching lat. 52° S. 
 
 " Within the space comprised between 51° and 53°, the last links of the great chain part, and deviate 
 into the midst of an intricate labyrinth of deep and narrow channels, whose geographical appellation 
 reveals the heartsick and disconsolate feelings of the hardy English mariners who traced upon the maps 
 the lines which Creation itself drew there. 
 
 " The Little Hope Inlet, that of Last Hope, Obstruction Sound, and the Canal de las Montanas 
 running at the foot of the Cordillera de Sarmiento, almost surround the extremity of the true Cordillera, 
 and Mount Burney alone, the last of its high peaks, rises in King William's Land. The last Andean spurs 
 reach a little further to the south, finishing close to Cape Providence, where ' the Andes properly so-called 
 begin at the Straits of Magellan,' according to the opinion of Agassiz, the eminent scientific authority. 
 There, in the environs, terminates the backbone of America, hidden in impenetrable forests. 
 
 "According to the same author, 'the mountains to the north of Mount Providence, the Cordilleras of 
 Sarmiento, and the mountain chains to the east and north of the Nevado Glacier, are parts of one and the 
 same chain, and in reality form the southern termination of the Andes.' 
 
 P. 17. — " From all the foregoing it appears that the Andean, and the only natural boundary between the 
 Argentine Republic and Chile ends at Cape Providence, close to Beaufort Bay, the latter being situated 
 at about sixty miles before reaching the western outlet of the Straits of Magellan, on their northern edge. 
 And if Darwin's opinion is accepted, this line should appear to continue in the Cordillera of the islands as 
 far as Mount Darwin and thence to Cape Horn. 
 
 " Chile, therefore, has no right of dominion over the Straits in the region which she at present occupies. 
 
 " The Argentine Republic, the sole owner of those regions, in which is included] the Brunswick Penin- 
 sula where Punta Arenas is situated, is unquestionably entitled to demand the evacuation of the said 
 peninsula, but for equity's sako, I think she might cede to Chile King William's Land, where the Cor- 
 dillera ends, a territory which appears to me to be separated from the rest of the continent by a channel 
 which perhaps communicates with Obstruction Sound, in the neighbourhood of Up and Down Cape, and 
 with Skyring Water through Rhys Inlet, between Mount Dynevor Castle and the Pinto Hills which 
 I believe form the western extremity of the hills called San Gregorio that begin at the Straits. The said 
 channel has not yet been explored by competent persons, but I have heard that it exists, and if this be so, 
 that great territory would be transformed into an island. The Brunswick Peninsula would likewise remain 
 to Chile. The dividing line would then run from the extremity of Last Hope Inlet which bathes the foot 
 of the Andes along the probable channel above mentioned, then by Fitz Roy Channel, by Otway Water, 
 and by the narrowest part of the isthmus, situated between the latter and the Straits in a line from east to 
 west from tLe south of Shoal Haven at Cape Negro, along a rivulet that runs there, a part where the 
 glacial deposits and an uj)heaval have closed the maritime communication which in other times converted 
 the peninsula into an island. 
 
 " The islands to the east of Punta Arenas in the Straits would remain Argentine. This natural boundary 
 would continue, leaving Dawson Island to Chile, southwards along the end of ' Admiralty Sound,' whence 
 there spreads towards the S.S.E. an icy plain formed by the glaciers of Mount Darwin, which have filled the 
 channel that connected the said sound with Beagle Channel, facing Ponsonby Sound, and from there the line 
 would follow on to the south as far as Cape Horn. Thus both countries would amicably share, almost in 
 equal parts, the Straits and Tierra del Fuego, a larger extent of Magellanic lands remaining in the power of 
 the Chilians than that remaining in the possession of the Argentine Republic. These are the boundaries 
 which Nature has traced between the two countries." 
 
 These were the views of Senor Moreno as geographer in 1878, and he held the same twenty years later, 
 when in 1898 he, as the Argentine Expert, proposed the boundary line along the summits of the Cordillera 
 
 z 2 
 
172 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 it again manifests the intention of the Argentine Government to declare the line 
 along the crest of the Cordillera as the boundary between the two countries. 
 That draft says: — 
 
 " Art. 1. The Cordillera de los Andes is, from north to south, the dividing boundary 
 between the Republics of Argentina and Chile, as far as lat. 52°, the line of separation 
 
 de los Andes as the natural and traditional boundary, limited to the 52° by the Treaties. Nay more, in June 
 1881, previous to the signing of the Treaty of that year, Senor Moreno, in a Eeport to the Minister of Foreign 
 Affairs for the Argentine Eepublic, stated that, if the boundary were traced along the summit of the 
 ( 'ordillera de los Andes, the Argentine Eepublic would have access to the Pacific. The said Minister, Senor 
 Yrigoyen, made reference to that Eeport in his speech at the Chamber of Deputies on September 2, 1881, 
 during the discussion of the Treaty of July (3) of that year, stating : — 
 
 P. 199. — "I have consulted the opinion of Senor Moreno, and will take leave to read the notes which 
 he has been good enough to hand me. 
 
 " The Treaty which specifies the 52° for the southern boundary of Argentine territory, and the Cordillera 
 ilr los Andes for the western, allows of our having ports in the waters of the Pacific. 
 
 "The Cordillera Sarmiento is cut at 52° 12', leaving a navigable channel between that place and King 
 William's Land where Mount Burney rises. 
 
 "This channel, called 'Ancon sin Salida,' skirts the great peninsula of the said chain, forms the Small 
 HojJe Inlet to the east of the same, penetrates between the two peninsulas, dividing itself into two small 
 channels, but which are always navigable, and reaches the great gulfs of Last Hope Inlet ('Abra de la Ultima 
 Esperanza'j and the 'Abra de la Obstruccion' (Obstruction Sound). The line of 52° cuts these gulfs in the 
 middle, leaving the first to Argentine and the second to Chile. 
 
 " The first inlet and that of Warley, which is also Argentine, have good harbours and anchorages. 
 
 " The surrounding territory is very different from that situated to the west of the Sarmientn < 'ordillera. 
 The climate is very mild, the rains less frequent, the land fertile in the extreme, and the mountains, which 
 are not lofty, form wide valleys between their sides. 
 
 " To the east of this territory the country resembles that of Gregory Eange (Estrecho de Magallanes), to 
 which it likewise appertains in its geological formation. 
 
 "In its neighbourhood there arise the affluents which form the Gallegos river, and in general, these are 
 lands easy to colonise with more advantage than those of the Brunswick Peninsula. 
 
 " The region situated to the north, between the extremity of Last Hope Inlet (of which the ending is 
 not well known yet) and Lake Argentino, extending to twenty leagues, is still unknown, but I believe that 
 one of the arms of that lake, which I visited in 1877, extends southwards, becoming smaller over the distance, 
 and other lakes besides which appear in that direction, and whoso contours have not been thoroughly investi- 
 gated, between the Inlet mentioned and Lake Argentino, thus form a fresh-water channel running parallel to 
 the sea channel which runs from Eeloucavi Bay fed by the waters of the Pacific. My opinion is that this 
 region is of immense value; the lands, the forests, and the pasture grounds which support the herds of wild 
 horses, and the comparatively mild climate, will permit of the development of future settlements. The 
 carboniferous seams extend from the Straits farther north of Lake San Martin ; the quantity of timber is 
 very large, and the glacial alluvium contains grains of gold. I believe that by having that region examined, 
 ascending the Santa Cruz in a small steamer, and with the expedition starting from Lake Argentino, an easy 
 exploration of this territory might bo made, and we should thus learn what facilities exist fur the communi- 
 cation between our Atlantic settlements and those which may in future bo founded near those of the waters 
 of the Pacific. 
 
 " By the neutralisation of the said channel situated to the south of 52°, our commerce would have easy 
 
 (3) Discurso del Sefior Ministro ile Relaciones Exteriores, Dr. D. Bemai'do de Yrigoyen — pronunciado en la Camara de 
 Diputados Nacionales en las sesiones de los dias 31 <le Agosto, 1 y 2 de Septiembre de 18S1 sobre la cuestion de limites con 
 Chile y el Tratado celebrado entre los Gobiernos de aquel Pais y la Republica Argentina, 1882, Buenos Aires. 
 
Diplomatic Negotiations Prior to the Treaty of i88r. 173 
 
 running along the loftiest points of the said Cordillera, and passing between the sources 
 that descend one side and the other. 
 
 " Art. 2. The territories existing to the east of the Andes" belong to the Argentine 
 Republic, and those situated to the west of the Andes to the Republic of Chile. 
 
 " Art. 3. From the point of intersection of lat. 52° S. and long. 72° 41' W. of 
 Greenwich, a line shall be traced which, passing between Mounts Rotunda and Paladion, 
 and running from north-west to south-east, reaches the point of intersection of 52° 40' 
 lat. and 70° 31' long., corresponding to Oazi Bay or harbour on the northern border of 
 the Straits of Magellan. 
 
 " Art. 4. The territories to the east of this line, from the Andes to the Straits, belong 
 to the Argentine Republic and those situated to the west of the said line, to the Republic 
 of Chile. 
 
 " Art. 5. On the southern border of the Straits shall be drawn another line which, 
 starting from Cape St. Vincent at the point of intersection of lat. 52° 43' S., and long. 
 70° 23' W. of Greenwich, descends in a north-south direction as far as the Admiralty 
 Channel, cuts Tierra del Fuego at the part which divides the Cerro, or Mount Hope from 
 the Beagle Channel, crosses this Channel, and passing between the Islands of Hoste and 
 Wollaston, which would lie to the west, and the Navarino which would lie to the east, 
 arrives at the intersecting point of lat. 56° and long. 66°. 
 
 " Art. 6. To the Argentine Republic belong the portion of Tierra del Fuego and 
 the islands to the east of this line, and to the Republic of Chile, the portion of Tierra del 
 Fuego and the islands situated to the west of the same. 
 
 The Government of Chile did not again insist upon removing the boundary 
 east of the highest ridge, i.e. of the summit of the Andes — of the central or main 
 chain — and the definitions given by the Chilian Minister of Foreign Affairs, Senor 
 Alfonso, as to what the boundary line should consist of, clearly demonstrate that 
 the claim previously suggested was abandoned. 
 
 No one can say that the proposal of Senor Montes de Oca to Senor Balma- 
 ceda, in which it is constantly repeated that the limit is formed by the Cordillera, 
 by the Andes, and by its loftiest points, implies a precedent for marking the 
 
 access at all times to those Inlets, and our vessels could provide themselves there with the fuel which they 
 now find so costly. It is not only the mining industry that can be developed at those spots situated between 
 the Plains of Diana and the Atlantic : the Argentine cattle would likewise find abundant food there. 
 
 " It is certain that at that Inlet there the Cordillera de los Andes has no branch which can give rise to 
 discussion. The central cordon runs at a long distance to the westward. Its exact delimitation is of the 
 greatest interest at this moment. 
 
 " This is the information that I have, and which gives me reason to believe that we shall possess ports in 
 the waters leading to the Pacific." 
 
 This transcription shows that, when the Treaty of 1881 was agreed upon, the Argentine Republic thought 
 that it had obtained access to the Pacific with the boundary line along the summit of the Cordillera, which 
 was the line proposed to Senores Barros Arana and Balmaceda. Only in 1893 the Argentine Republic- 
 resolved, for political reasons, to renounce that access. 
 
174 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 boundary outside the loftiest points, outside the Andes, or outside the Cordillera. 
 The Chilian Representative, however, mentions that proposal, with the object of 
 saying :— 
 
 "The wording agreed to with the Argentine Minister, Senor Montes de Oca, differed 
 from that previously used hy the Argentine Ministers, Senores Yrigoyen and Elizalde, in 
 so fai- that in the place of saying that the frontier line should run over the highest points 
 of the Cordillera, passing between the sources of the springs which flow down to either side, 
 it only said : passing between the sources which flow down to either side. No doubt 
 Senor Montes de Oca wished to prevent the redundance attending the simultaneous 
 employment of two synonymous nouns, such as sources and springs, used by his pre- 
 decessor to denote the watercourses which flow down to the east and to the west of the 
 Cordillera de los Andes, and only left the word ' sources,' which was sufficient to represent 
 without ambiguity the same idea." 
 
 Although as regards the project of Senor Montes de Oca the observation is 
 unimportant, it is desirable to note that the statement read by the Chilian Repre- 
 sentative is in error. The redundancy to which reference is made only exists in 
 English, owing to the erroneous translation made. " Sources of springs " is 
 really redundant, but " manantiales de las vertientes," in Spanish (sources on the 
 slopes) is a correct expression which involves no ambiguity whatever. This 
 shows that the English version is defective, but certainly not that the original is 
 redundant. Neither is it very likely that Senor Montes de Oca in order to 
 avoid redundancy which is not found in the Spanish, would omit the word "ver- 
 tientes" (slopes) and leave the word " manantiales " (sources), especially as in 
 another project which he himself drew up a few days after the former one, on 
 July 25, he repeated that the line was to pass between the sources on the slopes : 
 in a word, he repeated the formula of Senores Yrigoyen and Elizalde. If 
 Dr. Montes de Oca had considered the wording redundant, and had amended it 
 for that reason, it is evident that he would not have fallen into this hypothetical 
 error. Dr. Montes de Oca, as well as Senores Elizalde and Yrigoyen, used the 
 word " vertientes," with the same meaning used by the Chilian geographers 
 Barros Arana, Bertrand, San Roman, etc., when defining the slopes of the 
 Cordillera. 
 
 Of the lengthy negotiations which occupied the attention of the Argentine 
 Republic and of Chile from L876 to 1871), during which period so many state- 
 ments were drawn up, so many projects were formulated, so many notes were 
 passed, and so many reports were published, the only one which has survived in 
 regard to the point now under discussion, is the clear and definite proposal of 
 
Negotiation of the Treaty of 1 88 1 . 175 
 
 the negotiators to mark the boundary line on the summit of the Cordillera de los 
 Andes, in order thus to lend force to the Colonial tradition, and determine the 
 barrier of the Cordillera Nevada, the immense masses of the Andes, as the wall 
 which separates the territorial jurisdiction of the two countries. 
 
 4. NEGOTIATION OF THE TREATY OF 1881. 
 
 In 1881 the Argentine-Chilian relations passed through a crisis in which 
 period there appeared every probability of a rupture. But the friendly mediation 
 of the Minister of the United States in Buenos Aires, General Thomas 0. Osborn, 
 and of the Minister Plenipotentiary of the United States in Santiago, Governor 
 Thomas A. Osborn, led to the celebration of the Treaty which put an end to the 
 conflicts. 
 
 The negotiations of the North-American diplomatists did not at first tend to 
 any direct settlement. Probably it appeared to them difficult of achievement. 
 Hence they endeavoured to get the controversy submitted to arbitration. 
 
 With this view they discussed the project by means of a complicated and 
 lengthy telegraphic correspondence in order to specify precisely the points which 
 were to form the subject of the decision. 
 
 Among the many despatches interchanged is one of May 11, which the 
 Chilian Representative has quoted on the hypothesis that it sanctions their 
 modern doctrine respecting hydrographic basins. 
 
 The Minister of the United States in Buenos Aires says to his colleague in 
 Santiago in that part of the said despatch which refers to this subject : — 
 
 " This Government will be disposed to terminate the pending question on the following 
 bases the divortia aquarum of the Cordillera de los Andes shall be acknow- 
 ledged from north to south, as the boundary line between Chile and the Argentine 
 
 Republic down to the 52nd degree Being anxious od my part to facilitate the 
 
 solution we are seeking, I asked for and obtained a further formula, and the following 
 definite compromise would be accepted which would put an end to all the disputes. 
 Straits, neutralised as you propose. Islands de los Estados, Argentine as you also propose. 
 As a dividing line, one which starting from the divortia aquarum in the Andes 52°, goes 
 straight to Point Dungeness, would be accepted." 
 
176 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 After making this transcription, the Chilian Representative states : — 
 
 " The proposal that the divortium aquarum of the Cordillera of the Andes down to 52° 
 should be acknowledged as the boundary line between Cbile and the Argentine Republic 
 only confirmed a principle of demarcation respecting which both Governments were in 
 accord. It was accepted without the slightest hesitation, the sole intention being to give 
 it a form in accordance with the Treaty." 
 
 Notwithstanding this statement, the truth is that the proposals of the 
 Minister Osborn contained in the telegram of May 11 were not accepted, and 
 that in a later despatch of May 31, he said to his colleague at Santiago : — 
 
 " In view of the difficulties which you meet with in arranging arbitration, I have 
 placed the question on the ground of direct settlement." * 
 
 The telegram of May 11, therefore, like all the other telegrams exchanged 
 between the American Ministers in the course of the negotiations for the adoption 
 of arbitration, became devoid of importance and meaning, since they did not 
 relate to the new efforts which they undertook in order to arrive at a direct 
 settlement of the dispute. 
 
 Moreover the despatch does not mention hydrographic basins or rivers that 
 run to the Atlantic, or to the Pacific, or interoceanic divides : it mentions 
 the divortium aquarum of the Cordillera de los Andes, the divortium aquarum of 
 the Andes — words which had been interpreted by the Chilian Ministers, Walker 
 Martinez and Alfonso, by the commentators on International Law, and by all 
 who dealt with the boundary question before the compromise of 1881, in the 
 sense of meaning thereby the divide peculiar to the summit of the Cordillera, 
 that is to say of its main chain agreed upon by the two Governments in 1893, 
 when it was considered necessary to reject the theories of Senor Barros Arana, 
 who, notwithstanding having proposed and accepted in 1877 and 1878 to run 
 the boundary line along the summit of the Cordillera, tried in 1892 to quit 
 that natural feature and carry it to the Patagonian plains, outside the Cordillera. 
 
 It is needless to revert to the meaning of words to which the Law of 
 Nations in general, and the South American Law of Nations in particular, have 
 attributed their precise signification. In 1881 it w T as known that when Chile Avas 
 determining her boundaries with Bolivia in the Atacama region, she specified as 
 such "the Cordillera de los Andes in the divortium aquarum]' and it was known 
 
 * La Cuestion de Liinites eutre Chile y la Republica Argentina por Melquiades Valderrama, Santiago 
 de Chile, 1895, p. 59. 
 
Negotiation of the Treaty of 1881. 177 
 
 that the Government of Chile understood that that phrase meant " the most 
 elevated crests of the Cordillera and nothing else." This interpretation, which 
 the Chilian Government had based on the authority of science, language and 
 common sense, did not need to be further discussed or further explained. 
 
 But even if it were all inaccurate, it could never be inaccurate to say that 
 the Treaty of 1S81 sanctioned a different phraseology, which excludes (as we shall 
 very shortly see) all idea of abandoning the summit of the Cordillera. Were 
 this so, and if Minister Osborn had spoken of the continental divide — which can 
 only be said hypothetically — the logical conclusion to be drawn from these pre- 
 mises is that, when rejecting the formula of the Minister of the United States in 
 favour of another, the negotiator must have scouted the very doctrine which has 
 been erroneously attributed to him. But this is not so. The Minister referred 
 to the divortium aquarum of the Cordillera with the idea of localising the points of 
 the main chain over which the line was to run, and the modification which the 
 negotiators introduced was worded with the view of stating in explicit terms, in 
 unmistakable words, that it was not possible to go away from the crests under 
 any pretext whatever. 
 
 Afterwards, when the idea of arbitration set on foot by the American repre- 
 sentatives had to be laid aside, owing to the difficulties which the Plenipoten- 
 tiary at Santiago encountered, the direct settlement was attempted. General 
 Osborn, Minister at Buenos Aires, sent a series of clauses to his colleague, and 
 stated : — 
 
 " If you can get this proposal officially made by the Chilian Government and will com- 
 municate it to me by telegram, I will hand it to the Minister for Foreign Affairs, and I 
 am sure that I shall obtain his consent thereto." 
 
 The Chilian Minister of Foreign Affairs, Seiior Valderrama, then formulated 
 a project which he sent to the United States Plenipotentiary, saying : — 
 
 " This Government seconding your efforts (those of the American Minister), I take the 
 liberty of asking Your Excellency's friendly mediation in placing before the Argentine 
 Government the following bases of settlement, which I believe are in accordance with the 
 views recently enunciated by both Governments." 
 
 The first of these clauses was thus worded : — 
 
 " The boundary between the Argentine Republic and Chile from north to south, 
 as far as the parallel of lat. 52° S. is the Cordillera de los Andes. The frontier line shall 
 run in that extent along the most elevated crests of said Cordilleras that may divide the 
 
 2 A 
 
1 78 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 waters. The difficulties that might arise from the existence of certain valleys formed by 
 the bifurcation of the Cordillera, and in which the watershed may not be apparent, shall 
 be amicably settled by two Experts, one to be named by each party. Should they not 
 come to an understanding-, a third Expert, named by both Governments, shall be called 
 upon to decide. A record, in duplicate, of the operations carried out by them, embodying 
 the points upon which they may have agreed, shall be drawn up and signed by the two 
 Experts, and besides by the third one as regards the points decided by him. This record, 
 once signed by them, shall produce full effect and shall be held firm and valid without 
 1 it cessity of further formalities or proceedings. A copy of the record shall be presented 
 to each of the two Governments.'' 
 
 The Minister of Foreign Affairs for the Argentine Republic when this basis 
 was brought to his knowledge, replied : — 
 
 " Accepted with a brief addition to supplement it, it would stand as follows : — The 
 boundary between the Argentine Republic and Chile from north to south as far as the 
 parallel of lat. 52° S. is the Cordillera de los Andes. The frontier line shall run in that 
 extent along the most elevated crests of said Cordilleras that may divide the waters, and 
 shall pass between the slopes which descend one side and the other." 
 
 The Chilian Government offered no obstacle whatever to the addition, and 
 consequently the clause was adopted, and in that form it was incorporated into 
 the Treaty of 1881. 
 
 This short sketch again proves that during the negotiations for the settle- 
 ment no direct or indirect reference was ever made to the continental divide. It 
 was, on the contrary, stated that the boundary line was to run over the Cor- 
 dillera, that it was to follow the most elevated crests of the same, that it was 
 to leave to either country that side of the range which faces it. These clauses 
 reject in the most eloquent manner it would be possible to imagine, a boundary 
 line which, at times, is located simply in a plain. 
 
 The Chilian Representative, who must have felt the want of antecedents 
 on which to base the theory of the hydrographic basins, had recourse to the 
 additional paragraph proposed by the Argentine Minister according to which 
 the boundary "shall pass between /he slopes which descend <>n am side and tin other" 
 and he stated that it was suggested because Senor Yrigoyen considered that its 
 wording (the wording of the Valderrama basis) ''was perhaps not sutHciently 
 explicit to establish the principle of demarcation by the divortia aquarum pre- 
 viously accepted." The conjecture of the Chilian Representative as to the inten- 
 tions of Senor Yrigoyen was previously published by a Santiago newspaper, and 
 
Negotiation of the Treaty 0/1881. 179 
 
 although it was stated nakedly and without any document in support of it, forced 
 Senor Yrigoyen to contradict it energetically. 
 
 " Although I have thought the matter over," he said, " I cannot find any foundation 
 
 for such an inaccurate statement So that the explanation given in El Ferro-Carril 
 
 of Santiago is completely groundless, unlikely and gratuitous. I added the words which 
 are quoted with very different intention to that, which is assumed." * 
 
 Senor Yrigoyen need not have contradicted it. It is inconceivable, that in 
 order to adopt as a boundary line one separating the hydrographic basins of the 
 South-American Continent it should be said that it must pass between the two 
 slopes of a range ; but the unmistakable assertion of Senor Yrigoyen equally 
 dissipates all doubt. 
 
 While the Treaty of 1881 and the projects prior to it were the subjects of 
 debate between negotiators, Parliaments and Ministers, the discussion was simply 
 how far the limit of the Cordillera extended to the south. The Argentine 
 Republic maintained that the upper crests of the Andes formed the dividing- 
 barrier as tar as the southern confines of the two countries. Chile, on the other 
 hand, accepted that barrier, at times up to 40°, at times up to 46°, at times up to 
 some other degree, thinking that the same regulations could not apply in the 
 south as they did in the centre and in the north : hence her pretensions to 
 Patagonia. The Chilian Minister, Senor Ybanez, expounded this doctrine when 
 commenting, in his note of February 25, 1874, on the Real Cedula of King 
 Carlos II. of 1684. The pertinent part of the paragraph runs thus: — 
 
 . . . . " When affirming that the Cordillera Nevada divided them, it only stated a 
 fact which I have not denied and no one can contradict, namely, that throughout, the 
 entire extent of the provinces of Rio de la Plata, the said Cordillera is its natural division ; 
 but it ceases to he so where the southern limit of the said provinces exist, that is to say, 
 along the entire extent of Patagonia." 
 
 There was, therefore, no question of a divide of continental waters nor of 
 hydrographic basins, nor was it ever pretended that, in order to mark out the 
 boundaries, it was necessary to seek in the oceans for the rivers which emptied 
 themselves therein and to ascend them afterwards up to their sources on plains 
 and on hills. 
 
 No ; the sole question was to know how far the limit along the Cordillera 
 Nevada stretched on the south. The 1881 compromise put an end to this con- 
 
 Articulos del Doctor Yrigoyen, 1895, Buenos Aires, pp. 52 and 53. 
 
 2 a 2 
 
180 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 troversy. Chile acknowledged that the Cordillera separates the two countries as 
 far as the parallel of lat. 52° S., and the Argentine Republic, in return, acknow- 
 ledged on her part, as Chilian territory, the territory adjoining the Straits of 
 Magellan (which was declared neutral), and the greater part of Tierra del Fuego 
 and the southern islands. 
 
 The acknowledgment by Chile of the Cordillera as the boundary between 
 the two countries was, therefore, the basis of the compromise, and in order to 
 affirm that principle, it was so declared in the first lines of Article 1 of the 
 Treaty. To depart from that majestic Avail tor any purpose or any object is to 
 disregard the clearest and most precise antecedents of the negotiation which was 
 arrived at after overcoming so many obstacles. 
 
Erroneous Considerations on Interpretation of the Treaty of 1881. 181 
 
 CHAPTER VIII. 
 
 Summary — 1. Erroneous Considerations on the Interpretation of the Treaty of 1881. 
 
 2. Interpretation Consistent with International Law. 
 
 3. Interpretation Consistent with the Views of the Negotiators. 
 
 4. Interpretation Consistent with the Literal Meaning of the Covenant. 
 
 5. Chilian Interpretations. 
 
 1. ERRONEOUS CONSIDERATIONS ON THE INTERPRETATION OF 
 
 THE TREATY OF 1881. 
 
 Notwithstanding the clearness of Article 1 of the Treaty of 1881, the Chilian 
 Representative has endeavoured to prove that this article upholds the principle 
 of the continental divide, and that such was the understanding of Argentine 
 and foreign opinion. With this purpose in view he quoted some of the 
 paragraphs from the works of Senores Leguizamon, Zeballos and Latzina, and 
 the maps of Dr. Brackcbush, of the Geographical Institute of Buenos Aires, of 
 Dr. Giissfeldt and Dr. Siemiradski. 
 
 It is, without doubt, unnecessary to enter into considerations tending to 
 prove the absolute inapplicability of these quotations. The considerations 
 contained in the explanations which precede, applied to the examination of 
 each of them, are sufficient to disauthorise them. It is obvious that the mere 
 fact of speaking of waters does not warrant the supposition that it signifies a 
 continental divide, which was never spoken of during the course of the lengthy 
 negotiations which preceded the settlement of 1881. It is not sufficient, there- 
 fore, to pick out single phrases of writers, where appears the word " waters," to 
 conclude that they favour, as the frontier line, one which leaving the gigantic 
 massifs of the Andes, descends to the pampas, and follows in infinite turns and 
 twists the sources of rivers which discharge their waters into the Atlantic and 
 into the Pacific. 
 
 The Chilian theory has never been accepted by Argentine writers. 
 
 Senor Leguizamon has mentioned the divortium aquarum of the Andes and 
 not of the continent, and in doing so, he has taken into account that this phrase, 
 
1 82 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 according to the official hermeneutics of Chile, explained by her ministers, 
 in absolute terms, signifies "the most elevated crests of the Cordillera, and 
 nothing else." He could never have thought that a Convention which deter- 
 mined the tracing of the boundary in the Cordillera and in its highest crests, 
 would authorise the forsaking of this Cordillera and these highest crests. Never 
 did he think it, and consequently, never did he say so. 
 
 From Senor Zeballos, the following paragraph has been taken : — 
 
 " A careful survey lias proved beyond doubt the existence of a wide river whose 
 direction from east to west showed that the travellers were treading on Chilian territory/' 
 
 It is to be borne in mind that Senor Zeballos has always been, both in 
 private life and as a Minister, an ardent defender of Argentine claims, an 
 energetic propagandist against all interpretation which did not owe its origin 
 to the Treaty itself and its antecedents, and, on that ground, an energetic 
 propagandist against the continental divide. It will be seen later on that 
 when the provisions of the Treaty of 1881 were being carried out, he held an 
 unmistakeable attitude against the theory that, without any foundation,- the 
 Chilian Statement attributes to him. 
 
 When an opinion is so manifest, when it shows itself as the declaration of 
 looted belief, as happens in the present ease, it is not possible to argue, to 
 deprive it of its value, by a few loose words which represent nothing, and by 
 the means of which it is hoped to arrive at an issue by means of complex 
 considerations. Senor Zeballos could not have meant that the direction of a 
 river, from east to west, would be of itself a sufficient indication of Chilian 
 territory. When expressing himself as he did in the words that have been 
 quoted, he meant a certain and determined spot; otherwise the sentence would 
 have no meaning at all. The rivers of the whole world do not belong to Chile 
 merely because they run from east to west, Senor Zeballos did not wish to 
 show that the Clyde, for example, belongs to Chile. He mentioned a place, in 
 which though the river would run from north to south, from south to north, 
 from east to west, or from west to east, it would be exactly the same, because 
 he was referring to a region washed by the Pacific Ocean to the west of the 
 ridge of the Andes. 
 
 The Expert Senor Don Diego Barros Arana had already cited the same 
 passage, which gave an opportunity to Senor Magnasco to show the inapplica- 
 bility of the quotation, saying: — 
 
Erroneous Considerations on Interpretation of the Treaty of 1881. 183 
 
 " It is a question of a phrase inserted in Volume 7 of the Boletin del Institute 
 Greografico Argentino, casually written without any official character whatever, by which 
 the then President (if we are not "mistaken) of the Institute said : ' A careful survey has 
 proved beyond doubt the existence of a wide river whose direction from east to west 
 showed that the travellers were treading on Chilian territory.' And adds this which the 
 Expert did not quote. ' A step further and the rocks immerge in the blue and smooth 
 waters of a colossal gulf, limited in the distance, in the very distance, by dark grey masses 
 of the inaccessible rocks of Chiloe', which appear in the distance,' etc., etc. It was 
 the question of a region in which the central massifs of the Cordillera disappeared in the 
 alternative immersions, characteristic in the south." * 
 
 The Chilian Representative has also quoted the opinion of Seilor Latzina, 
 inasmuch as when in describing in eight different parts of his book, each of 
 the provinces or territories contiguous with the frontier, he said that they 
 are separated from Chile " by the divortium aquarum, or by the water-parting 
 line." 
 
 As Sehor Latzina refers to the Boundary Treaty of 1881, it would be pre- 
 suming, leaving aside any other consideration, that he wished to refer to regional 
 watersheds, to those which occur in the main chain of the Andes. He speaks, 
 in fact, of the divortium aquarum of the Andes or the divortium aquarum of 
 the Cordilleras, and not of the continental divortium aquarum. Nothing leads 
 to suppose that his meaning (though he does not explain it) differs from that 
 officially given by the Chilian Ministers, Alfonso and Walker Martinez and 
 from that scientifically given by the exponents of International Law, and 
 especially by Bluntschli. " The watershed line is formed by the highest crest of 
 the chain." 
 
 Of the eight quotations from Senor Latzina brought forward in the State- 
 ment read by the Chilian Representative, seven have reference to the divortium 
 aquarum of the Cordillera, and one is as follows : — 
 
 " The Province of Catarnarca is separated from Chile and the Desert of Atacama and 
 Antofagasta by the line that divides the waters which flow to the Pacific Ocean and to the 
 great central plateau." 
 
 In the seven above-mentioned quotations, Senor Latzina stated the true 
 boundary having regard to the Treaties in force, but in the one mentioned he 
 made an evident mistake, which is shown by the Chilian Expert himself in the 
 
 * Osvaklo Magnasco, El Alegato CMleno. Refutation. Buenos Aires, 1896, p. 39. 
 
184 Divergences in tlic Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 line for that part of the frontier which he proposed t<> the Argentine Expert 
 in the record of September 3, 1898, and which cuts rivers running towards the 
 Atlantic Ocean. 
 
 But there is more. In the French edition of his book, Geographic de la 
 Republique Argentine, Sefior Latzina has inserted the eight passages which the 
 Chilian Representative has taken from the Spanish edition,* and has inserted 
 them in the same terms, without any change whatsoever. Neither in this edition 
 has the author stopped to explain them. It appeared to him, undoubtedly, 
 superfluous. But, on the contrary, he makes it evident, and in a categorical 
 manner, that he has never taken into consideration the continental divide. He 
 considers that the boundary line is the line of the watershed of the Cordillera, 
 and it is so evident that he rejected the continental divide that he had set 'aside 
 the sources of rivers which bring their waters to the Pacific. In the map which 
 accompanies the work, edited in 1889, the frontier line cuts, amongst others, the 
 rivers Aysen and Huemules, whose head springs are outside and eastward of the 
 principal range of the Andes. Consequently, Sefior Latzina confirms once 
 more the theory that the Argentine Republic maintains, in strict conformity 
 with the conventions in force. 
 
 The maps that the Chilian Representative mentions are also inapplicable. 
 
 The map of Dr. Luis Brackebush is divided into two parts :■ — 
 
 " The northern and more accurate is the first Argentine map," says the Chilian 
 Representative, " showing in their true proportions the eastern ranges of the Andes in the 
 Provinces of Mendoza, San Juan and Rioja." 
 
 It does not matter that in this part of the map no rivers are shown to be 
 cut by the boundary line. In the region therein depicted, the rivers which flow 
 to the Pacific spring at and descend from the most elevated crests of the Andes. 
 
 The continental divide is therefore concurrent there with the most elevated 
 crests, i.e. with the boundary agreed upon. If the Provinces of Mendoza, San 
 Juan and Rioja only are taken into consideration the map proves nothing, and 
 confirms nothing against the boundary line as interpreted by the Argentines. 
 The Statement lead by the Chilian Representative having alluded to Dr. Bracke- 
 bush's maps, it will not be idle to mention to the Tribunal that in the one 
 published in 1880, as well as in that of 1889, the boundary between the two 
 
 * Geographic de la Republique Argentine, Uiienos Aires, 1800, pp. 316, 329, 34 I. 356, 439, 144, 447, and 14!'. 
 
Erroneous Considerations on Interpretation of the Treaty of 1881. 185 
 
 countries, in those provinces, is drawn over the summit of the Cordillera- 
 considering as such summit, in the Province of La Rioja, the range which from 
 Cerro de la Gallina, extends northwards as far as Cerro Bravo, etc., and including 
 in it the Volcano Azufre or Copiapo. Consequently, the boundary to which the 
 Chilian Expert lays claim in those latitudes, i.e. at the San Francisco Pass, is 
 not to be found in Dr. Brackebush's line. But the Chilian statement, foreseeing 
 the explanation just given, goes on as follows : — 
 
 "Between the 27th and 28th parallel the author considers that the main water-divide 
 (interoceanische Wasserscheide) does not exist, as no water flows down to either side from 
 the high plateau of the Cordillera. The author, however, is in doubt on this point, and has 
 inserted the words ' disputed by Chile ' (cuestionado por Chile) in the doubtful region." 
 
 A copy of Dr. Brackebush's map is laid before the Tribunal, in which not the 
 slightest indication will be found that this author considers that the main water- 
 divide does not exist between the 27th and 28th parallels, notwithstanding that 
 in the Chilian Statement it has been thought useful to introduce in brackets the 
 German translation of the words " interoceanic divide" — interoceanische Wasser- 
 scheide — words which do not appear at all in the map. The words " cuestionado 
 por Chile," disputed by Chile, are there merely as an indication of a Chilian 
 pretension, which is clearly seen, as Dr. Brackebush places the boundary line east 
 of the region covered by them. On the proximities of the 41st parallel, it is true 
 that the line is drawn on the water-divide, but the Tribunal must know that the 
 water-divide is there shown as being on the high summit of the Cordillera, which 
 has been carried to the east of Lago Lacar, where in reality it does not exist — 
 an error committed by Dr. Brackebush, because south of the city of Mendoza to 
 Cape Horn he has made his map merely on references, more or less authorised, 
 deprived of geographical value. 
 
 The Chilian Representative adds that " the southern part of the map is 
 geographically of far less value than the former," and therefore the map need not 
 be further taken into account. Moreover, the Argentine Government, who had the 
 same opinion as that just quoted from the Chilian Representative with regard to 
 the inaccuracies in it, disapproved the map by Decree dated March 6, 1892. 
 
 The Atlas of the Argentine Geographical Institute, according to the Chilian 
 Representative, favours the Continental divortium aquarian, since the frontier 
 followed this line in the partial maps of the provinces, published in or about the 
 year 1885. The Atlas of the Argentine Geographical Institute, published as 
 such by the Society, i.e. the final Atlas, does not contain in the twenty-nine 
 sheets of which it is composed, engraved at different times, a single plate which 
 
 2 B 
 
1 86 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 proves the assertion of the Chilian Representative, who, perhaps may have been 
 led into error in presence of some preliminary proofs, which may have existed, 
 but which, if they existed, were cast off. 
 
 Of the twenty-nine sheet maps, four were published in 1885, and refer to a 
 part of the Province of Buenos Aires, the Province of Entre-Rios, and the 
 Province of Cordoba, which provinces are not contiguous to Chile ; ten were 
 published in 1886, and refer to Buenos Aires, Santa Fe, San Luis, Tucuman, 
 Santiago del Estero, Formosa, Chaeo, Pampa and Rio Negro. Of the afore- 
 mentioned, Rio Negro alone is contiguous to Chile, and the corresponding map 
 (sheet twenty-four) shows the frontier line cutting amongst others, the rivers 
 Puelo and Bodadahue, and rejects, therefore, the continental divide. Eight sheet 
 maps were published in 1889, referring to the City of Buenos Aires, the Provinces 
 of Corrientes, Mendoza, Rioja, Salta, Jujuy, and the National territories of 
 Neuquen, Chubut and Santa Cruz. The provinces of Mendoza, Rioja, Salta and 
 Jujuy are contiguous to Chile, but there is not in any one of them a single 
 river which crosses the Cordillera. In the map of Neuquen the Lake Lacar is 
 marked in Argentine territory, though the waters of this lake go to the Pacific : 
 in the map of Chubut the rivers Palena, Aysen, Huemules, etc. appear cut 
 by the boundary line ; and in the maps of Santa Cruz the watercourses running 
 to the Pacific are not delineated. Three sheet maps were published in 1890 : one 
 refers to Misiones, which is not contiguous to Chile ; the second to Catamarca, 
 where there are no rivers crossing the Andes ; and the third is a general map of 
 the Argentine Republic — in this last map are shown various rivers cut by the 
 boundary line. The sheet map published in 1891 refers to the Province of San 
 Juan, and in this province there are no rivers crossing the Andean Cordillera. 
 The two sheet maps published in 1892, one of South America, the other of the 
 Argentine Republic, depict the watercourses cut by the line of frontiers. The 
 sheet map published in 1893 refers to Ticrra del Fuego, where the boundary agreed 
 upon, viz. a mathematical line, cuts several rivers which the ma]) indicates. 
 
 The Atlas of the Argentine Geographical Institute, therefore, proves that, 
 from 1886 to 1893, this Society has constantly construed the Treaty of 1881 in 
 accordance with its true sense and literal meaning, and has rejected the line of 
 separation of hydrographical basins, as inconsistent with the frontier agreed upon 
 in the Cordillera de los Andes ami in its highest crests. 
 
 There is scarcely any need to say that one of the other maps mentioned by 
 the Chilian Representative, namely, that of Doctor Paid Giissfeldt, has not any 
 bearing on the question under discussion. The explorations of this geographer. 
 
Erroneous Considerations on Interpretation of the Treaty #/" 1881. 187 
 
 as has been said and recognised, comprise the section of the Cordillera de los 
 Andes between parallels 32 and 35, that is to say, a section where the 
 principal and continuous chain of the Andes is not divided by streams which 
 take rise on one or the other side of it. Between the 32nd and 35th degree 
 the Experts of the Argentine Republic and Chile respectively, each applying 
 his own principle, concurred on the marking out of the frontier line. The 
 Chilian Expert therefore considers that the map of Dr. Giissfeldt favours the 
 argument of the continental divide, but the Argentine Expert is firmly convinced 
 that this map has shown the boundary to be the crest of the principal chain. 
 It is clear that the existence of high peaks, which are spoken of and which 
 are situated outside of the main chain, in separate branches, cannot alter this 
 conclusion, since these peaks which rise isolated, or which form part of isolated 
 systems, do not constitute the highest crest as understood by the Convention. 
 Giissfeldt found between parallels 32 and 35 some rivers that crossed the lateral 
 ranges, which were also found by the Argentine Expert, but Dr. Giissfeldt did 
 not find, nor has the Argentine Expert ever found either any river crossing the 
 principal chain in those regions. 
 
 In such cases, and when there is agreement because the contentions that 
 each part brings forward coincide, it is not possible to say that the map favours 
 either of them, since there is no cause for contention. 
 
 The map attributed to Dr. Siemiradzki, which is the last cited by the 
 Chilian Representative, has not the importance that has been given to it. Not 
 only is that map not Dr. Siemiradzki's, but that geologist has expressed in his 
 report views diametrically opposed to those attributed to him in the Chilian 
 Statement. ( hi the other hand, though the boundary line is drawn on the map 
 east of Lake Lacar, departing for the purpose from the Cordillera, it has been 
 represented cutting the stream which descends from Mount Chapelco, into the 
 lake ; therefore, the Chilian Statement's reference to that line when bringing it 
 forward trying to adapt it to its argument is worthless in every case. 
 
 Dr. Siemiradzki having been cited as a scientific authority, it is well to 
 point out that his assertions embody the most clear and categorical recognition 
 of the Argentine rights. In one of his Articles published in Petermann's 
 Mittheilungen, and translated for the Anales de la Universidad de Chile, there 
 is a decisive passage which has been endorsed by the Chilian University by the 
 fact of publishing it without any observation. Dr. Siemiradzki, with the. full 
 knowledge of the orography of the country, as it has been said by the Chilian 
 Representative in the statement read before the Tribunal, says : — 
 
 2 b 2 
 
1 88 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 " In Patagonia the Cordillera is low, and particularly the passes of the Cordillera are 
 very low, since the water-parting is, in most cases, situated outside the main Cordillera, 
 ix Argentine Territory." * 
 
 The Chilian arguments are, therefore, contrary to the Chilian theory. It is 
 not with them that the force derived from the literal meaning of the Convention, 
 explained by its spirit and antecedents, can be opposed ; it is not with these 
 quotations, defective from the start, that it can be asserted that the interpretation 
 of the Covenant of 1881 favours the continental divide, of which no mention was 
 made at any time during the negotiations which preceded the settlement. 
 
 2. INTERPRETATION CONSISTENT WITH INTERNATIONAL LAW. 
 
 The Representative of the Republic of Chile has stated that the line of the 
 divortium aquarum, in the form which he conceives it, " is recommended by inter- 
 national law for the demarcation of boundaries between countries separated by 
 mountains," and quoted, in support of his views, the works of Bluntschli, Fiore, 
 Hall, Calvo and Bello. 
 
 None of these authors mention, directly or indirectly, the continental divide ; 
 neither do any of them refer to the case of a chain which may be traversed by a 
 watercourse ; in a word, not one of them favours the doctrine of Chile,, though 
 some of them speak of watershed. It is easy to get confused by this word unless 
 carefully considering the matter in detail. For the Chilian Representative it is 
 sufficient that the watershed be mentioned to consider permissible the abandon- 
 ment, without further examination, of the main ridge of a mountain range. 
 
 This conclusion is so far removed from the mind of the authors referred to, 
 that, if anything can be affirmed respecting them, it is that they openly contradict 
 the Chilian conclusions, and support, in an evident and categorical maimer, those 
 of the Argentine Republic. This can be easily demonstrated. 
 
 1. Article 297 of Bluntschli's Codified International Law has been quoted 
 in these terms: — 
 
 " When two countries are separated by a chain of mountains, it is admitted, where 
 doubt exists, that the main crest and the water-parting line form the boundary.'' 
 
 It is evident that Bluntschli gives to the term "main crest " the most 
 important place (Varete superieure is given in the French translation), and it 
 would l>c to misrepresent his idea to put this " main crest'" on one side, solely to 
 
 * Aualcs de la TJniversidad do la Repiibliea de Chile, vol. 85, p. 152. 
 
Interpretation Consistent with International Law. 189 
 
 take into account the watershed line (Jigne de partage lies eaux). In order to 
 exactly interpret Bluntschli's thought and apply it on the demarcation, it would 
 be necessary first to determine the " highest crest " for the purpose of then 
 tracing thereon, the line dividing the waters belonging to this highest crest. 
 The Argentine Republic claims nothing else than this in the present dispute. 
 
 This is not a fanciful or capricious interpretation, it is Bluntschli's own. He 
 took upon himself to point out that the watershed line is represented by the 
 highest crest of the chain ; he took upon himself to show that the most lofty 
 summits of the mountains are those which constitute the natural frontiers. 
 
 Immediately after the Article 297 quoted by the Chilian Representative, and 
 as an explanatory note of its contents, the following paragraph, which has not 
 been quoted in the Statement read by the Chilian Representative, appears: — 
 
 " The chains of mountains often serve to separate nations. The watershed line is formed 
 by the highest crest of the chain. As the waters descend into the valley and form streams 
 and rivers, so the valley forms the centre of communications between the inhabitants of the 
 surrounding mountains. The nations learnt this at an early date, and have made the 
 summits of the moimtains their natural frontiers." * 
 
 It is evident that the negotiators of the Treaty of 1881 took Bluntschli into 
 account, inasmuch as all of them have referred to this author when writing 011 
 this boundary question, and it is evident also that they noted the perfect agree- 
 ment between his views and those of the Chilian statesmen, Alfonso and Walker 
 Martinez. The watershed line of which these gentlemen sometimes thought, is 
 not that of the South American continent, but that " formed by the highest crest 
 of the chain," according to the words of the celebrated jurist. 
 
 2. With regard to Fiore, the Chilian Representative quotes him in the 
 following way: — 
 
 " The distinguished Italian jurist, Pasquale Fiore, says in his Codified International 
 Law, published at Naples, 1890, Article 536 : ' When two States are separated by a chain of 
 mountains . ... in order to determine the frontier between one country and the other the water- 
 parting line shall be followed." 
 
 The phrase, of itself, is not decisive. Granting, for the sake of argument, 
 that it was textually translated from the original Italian, one is at once inclined 
 to ask : Why should it be assumed that Fiore refers to the continental divide, 
 and not to that of the waters belonging to the main and highest chain ? One 
 would have to suppose that, if the continental water-parting was referred to, 
 
 * M. Bluntschli, Le Droit International Codifie, translated by M. C. Lardy, 2nd edition, Paris, 1874, p. 181. 
 
190 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 there was a wide difference of opinion with Bluntschli, and to come to such a 
 conclusion, it would be necessary to adduce some reason to justify it, whereas 
 Fiore is not, in general terms, an innovator in International Law. 
 
 His name is known in the scientific world, but his Diritto Internazionah 
 < 'odijicato is not the work which gave him his chief reputation. Its appearance 
 is comparatively modern, dating from 1890, and, already in 1868, Pradier-Fodere 
 translated into French the first edition of Fiore's Trattato di Diritto Inter- 
 nazionale, which, without doubt, is his principal work. 
 
 In order to ascertain Fiore's opinions, it is necessary to refer to his two 
 books. In his most important one we find these words, which reject the Chilian 
 thesis in the most complete manner it would be possible to desire. He says : — 
 
 " The mountains which separate two States constitute the natural boundaries between 
 them. Such mountains are either the common property of the two bordering States, or 
 belong to one or the other. In the first case, when the line which determines the boundary 
 is not defined by Treaty, it should be held that to each one of the two States belongs the 
 extent of the ■mountain on its side up to the culminating point or edge." * 
 
 Fiore is of opinion that each of the nations separated by mountains extends 
 its sovereignty over all the slope of the chain which looks towards it up to the 
 highest crest, to the upper edge, to the main crest. How is it, then, that he 
 employs a distinct phrase in his Diritto Internazionah ( 'odificato ? How is it 
 that he confines himself therein to stating, as one seems to infer from the tran- 
 scription given by the Chilian Representative, that " in order to determine the 
 frontier between one country and the other the waterparting line shall be followed" ? 
 Has he, by chance, changed his opinion ? 
 
 Nothing of the sort. The apparent confusion is, however, readily cleared 
 up by saying that in the Statement read by the Chilian Representative before 
 the Tribunal, only a portion of Article 536 has been quoted, leaving out the 
 very passages which complete Fiore's views 011 the subject. 
 
 In fact, reading the Article in its entirety, without mutilating phrases, 
 without omitting words, one acquires the certainty that Fiore has been consistent 
 with himself and that just as, in one of his books, he expresses a view which 
 contradicts the Chilian doctrine, so likewise in the other which has been 
 referred to, he manifests an idea which equally opposes that doctrine. 
 
 The Article reads thus: — 
 
 ' Whenever tiro States may be separated by a mountain chain, axd tue boundary line 
 
 • Pasajuale Fiore, Trattato di Diritto Internazionale, 2nd edition, Torino, 1882, vol. 2, p. 65, para. 785. 
 
Interpretation Consistent with International Law. 191 
 
 IS NOT DETERMINED BY TREATY AND FIXED BY VISIBLE MARKS, IT SHOULD BE MAINTAINED 
 THAT TO EACH OF THE TWO STATES BELONGS THE SLOPE OF THE MOUNTAIN SITUATED ON 
 ITS OWN SIDE UP TO THE CULMINATING POINT OR EDGE, AND BEAR IN MIND THE LINE 
 
 which determines the watershed in order to fix the border of one and the other." * 
 
 It ensues, therefore, that in the quotation made in the Statement read by the 
 Chilian Representative, there has been suppressed and substituted by the insertion of 
 dots precisely that part in which Fiore teaches that each one of the nations extends its 
 sovereign jurisdiction over all the side or slope of the chain up to its highest crest, and 
 there have only been translated the words which recommend bearing in mind, as 
 a secondary rule, the line which determines the watershed in the " culminating 
 point or edge " and not beyond that part, as the dominion of each state reaches 
 up to there. There is not the slightest doubt that the Italian author does not 
 favour the Chilian interpretation, which, with its theory, seeks to incorporate into 
 her territory the two sides of the Andes, the western (which justly belongs to her) 
 and the eastern, which faces the Argentine side, which gradually descends until 
 it is merged in the Patagonian Pampas, and which should justly belong, and does 
 belong, to the Argentine Republic. 
 
 3. Hall truly says : " Where a boundary follows mountains or hills, the 
 water-divide constitutes the frontier " ; but the water-divide he speaks of is that 
 which peculiarly and exclusively belongs to the chain itself, as he commences by 
 stating that the boundary follows mountains or hills. 
 
 Besides this, Hall does not depart from the opinions sustained by Bluntschli, 
 which have made their way amongst writers on the Law of Nations. On the 
 same page in which the paragraph mentioned by the Chilian Representative is 
 found, Hall puts a note in which he supports the above conclusions respecting 
 boundaries formed by rivers, lakes, etc., and which he sustains by referring to 
 other authors. Among them figures Bluntschli, paragraphs 295-99, and it is in 
 paragraph 297 (footnote) of Bluntschli, that the two phrases already mentioned 
 are read, which dispel all obscurity, if any exist. " The watershed line is formed 
 
 by the highest crest of the chain The nations learnt this at an early 
 
 date, and have made the summits of the mountains their natural frontiers.'* 7 
 
 4. Similar considerations arise from a perusal of Calvo's paragraph : — 
 
 " When two States," he says, " are separated by a chain of mountains, the highest crest 
 and the line of the watershed are taken as boundary." 
 
 * Pasquale Fiore, II Diritto Intern azionale Codificato, 2nd edition, Torino, p. 356, Art. 895. 
 t W. E. Hall, A Treatise on International Law, 1895, p. 127. 
 
192 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 So that, according to Calvo, it is, in the first place necessary that there 
 should be a chain of mountains; in the second place, that it should follow "the 
 highest crest," and in the third place that the watershed be adopted. 
 
 If, according to Calvo 's opinion " the highest crest," and " the line of the 
 watershed " were different things, it is evident that he would not have decided that 
 the frontier line should pass over both features. Since he expresses, clearly and 
 categorically, the necessity of taking into account the " highest crest " it is evident 
 that the watershed he refers to must be that which belongs to and is peculiar 
 to that " highest crest " and not that of the lowest crests, nor that of the plains. 
 If this were not so, the paragraph would contain a real misconstruction. 
 
 Besides, in this point, Calvo followed Bluntschli, whose words he repeats 
 with modifications of detail and without making any substantial change. 
 
 5. The Chilian Representive's final quotation is from Don Andres Bello's 
 book, Principios de Derecho Internacional (Principles of International Law), 
 part 1, chapter hi., which he thus translates : — 
 
 " If the boundary of a State is a Cordillera, the dividing line runs over the highest 
 points of it, passing between the sources of springs that flow down to either side." 
 
 The translation is incorrect. Bello did not say that the line passes " between 
 the sources of springs" which would be almost equivalent to saying "between the 
 sources of sources," or " between the springs of springs." Nor did Bello mean 
 that the sources of the springs flow down, as it is known that they do not flow 
 down themselves. The last words of the phrase are in the original Spanish "por 
 entre los manantiaks de fas vertientes que descienden al un lado y <d otro lado" the 
 exact rendering of which, is, " between the sources on the slopes which descend 
 one side and the other." 
 
 For the present, by way of argument, and without, therefore, accepting its 
 accuracy, it is sufficient to note that, not even in the way in which the Chilian 
 Statement has referred to Bello, does the latter agree with its views. " If the 
 boundary of a state is a Cordillera," he says, " the dividing line runs over the 
 highest points of it." This is the fundamental principle, the idea dominating the 
 whole thought, the primary rule for the tracing of a frontier. Before and above 
 all, "it runs over the highest points." He then adds that it passes — according to 
 the Chilian translation — " between the sources of springs that flow down to 
 either side," and, however obscure the meaning of the phrase may appear trans- 
 lated in this way (although quite clear in the original), it must be admitted that, 
 if Bello referred to " sources of springs that flow down," he referred to " sources 
 
Interpretation Consistent with International Law. 193 
 
 of springs that flow down from the highest points of the Cordillera, and not to 
 those which flow down from heights which scarcely differ from that of a hori- 
 zontal plain. It appears superfluous therefore to insist any longer on the applica- 
 tion of Bello's views to support a doctrine which tries to fix a line in the tracing 
 of which, as the Chilian Representative has said before this Tribunal, " the peaks, 
 ranges or ridges of mountains, no matter how high they may be, if they do not 
 divide the waters of the fluvial systems belonging to each country, must be left 
 within the territory of the respective nation." If it is thought that the frontier 
 runs over undulations, no matter how high they may be, it is a contradiction to 
 quote an author who recommends that the boundary in the Cordillera should 
 " run over the highest points of it." 
 
 The Statement read by the Chilian Representative does not mention the 
 edition from which Bello's paragraph has been quoted, and, nevertheless, the 
 point, although apparently trifling, has its relative importance, as in some of 
 those editions the thought of the writer appears to be still more clear and 
 precise. In the edition of 1840, for instance, Bello states : — 
 
 "If the boundary of a State is a Cordillera, the dividing line runs over the highest 
 points of it, passing in consequence between the sources on the slopes which descend one side 
 and the other." ("Si el limite es una Cordillera, la Hnea divisoria corre por sobre los 
 puntos mas encumbrados de ella, pasando de consiguente por entre los manantiales de las 
 vertientes que descienden al un lado y al otro.") * 
 
 The words " in consequence" (de consiguiente) are not found in some editions. 
 Reading the definition, it cannot be maintained that Bello adopted the con- 
 tinental divide. The very contrary could, however, be affirmed, since, according 
 to him, the highest parts of a Cordillera necessarily lie between the sources on 
 the slopes. These sources and these slopes are accessory, the explanatory part : 
 the definition stops at the summits, and in the highest of them. 
 
 The Expositors of International Law to whom the Chilian Representative 
 referred in his Statement, fix the boundary line of nations separated by mountains 
 in the highest crests of the dominating chain. 
 
 According to this teaching, the Argentine-Chilian frontier should leave to 
 Chile the western slope of the Andes from its upper ridge, and to Argentina the 
 
 * Principios de Derecho de Gentes, by Andres Bello, published in Santiago, Chile, carefully reprinted by 
 some New-Granadinos, Paris, Bruneau's Press, 1840, pp. 54-55, chap. iii. para. 2; vide also Madrid edition, 
 1843, p. 57. 
 
 2 C 
 
194 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 eastern slope which from that same ridge gradually descends until it merges 
 into the plains. Some of these authors were considered, without any doubt, by 
 the negotiators of the Treaty of 1881, who, engaged in defining the national 
 boundary of the Cordillera, could not have thought that future interpretations 
 would endeavour to destroy the work of tradition and geography, for the 
 purpose of incorporating into the territory of only one of the States the two 
 slopes of the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 But in addition to the writers quoted by the Chilian Representative, there 
 are others, both prior and posterior to the negotiation of 1881, who abound in 
 identical opinions. 
 
 The name of the Jurisconsult Jose Maria Pando, whose Elements of 
 International Law were published in Valparaiso, Chile, in February 1848, is 
 well known in South America. He adopted the same rule as Bello, whom he 
 follows to the letter, except for an insignificant change in the position of certain 
 words. Pando, like Bello, believes that 
 
 " If the houndary of a State is a Cordillera, the dividing-line runs over the highest 
 points of it, passing, in consequence hetweeu the sources on the slopes which descend one side 
 and the other." * 
 
 After laying down this rule (which must not be confounded, as has been 
 seen, with that of the continental divide), he amplifies and explains it in such a 
 way that, in accentuating its meaning, he indirectly refutes the pretension of 
 making it serve in favour of doctrines different to what the Argentine Republic 
 sustains. 
 
 " It is rare," he writes, " that such uniformity is found between the two countries ; 
 generally there are natural features, such as rivers, lakes or mountains, and then it is 
 necessary to take into consideration, not so much the extent of the territory as the other 
 important advantages. The slopes and the mountain gorges are the ohjects which should 
 fix the attention, either with reference to the interests of agriculture, industry and commerce, 
 nr with reference to what concerns the efficient ivorking of the adminsitration, and the internal 
 and external security of the State; as, not only the individual interests of each of the bordering 
 countries, but also the maintenance of their harmonious and good understanding, demand that the 
 declivities and dopes which face a country should be the property t/iereof" f 
 
 Silvestre Pinheiro Ferreira in his Conrs de Droit publique interne et externe, 
 
 Jose Maria Taudo, Elomentos dul Jtorecko International, Valparaiso, Febrero 184S, p. 90. 
 t Ibid., p. 100, 
 
Interpretation Consistent with International Law. 195 
 
 first, and in his notes on the work of G. F. de Martens, afterwards, favours the 
 same idea, which has been reproduced by Verge. He maintains " that the 
 declivities and slopes facing towards one of the two countries belong thereto" and 
 adds : — 
 
 " In the same way, the mountain gorges affording facilities to the evildoers of hoth 
 countries by enabling them to evade the pursuit of justice, and to the neighbouring 
 countries to make unforeseen attacks on the border provinces, it is indispensable to leave at 
 the disposal of the Governments of the two states the entrances into those gorges, which 
 are contiguous to their countries, so that they may establish fortifications and guard-houses, 
 according as each may think most conducive to public safety." * 
 
 This was the dominating; teaching; in International Law at the time when 
 the Treaty of 1881 was negotiated. The natural boundary was considered as the 
 safe boundary ; the arcihnious boundary of a mountain chain as the boundary 
 which safeguarded a country against every attempt on the part of its neighbour : 
 this boundary being determined by the crest of the Cordillera in such a form 
 that each of the States could extend the exercise of its jurisdiction over all 
 its corresponding slope. Through all the differences of language used by the 
 various authors, the same idea is always discerned in them, i.e. that the crest 
 of the main chain is the frontier recommended and defended, in order to 
 locate this line within it, however much the watershed may have at times 
 been spoken of. 
 
 The like view has been maintained since 1881. Whenever authors refer 
 to waters, in speaking of the orographic boundary, they refer to the divide 
 effected in the highest crests. Pradier-Fodere, quoted by the Chilian Repre- 
 sentative, has said, among other things : — 
 
 " The summit line and the thalweg are generally taken as a point of departure in 
 settling boundaries, when the frontier is determined by mountains or watercourses." f 
 
 And, further on, he adds : — 
 
 " It has been said that the summit line and the thalweg are generally taken as the 
 point of departure in settling boundaries, when the frontier is determined by mountains or 
 
 * See Silvestre Pinheiro Ferreira, Cours de droit publique interne et externe, 1830, Paris, vol. 2, p. 71 : 
 G. F. de Martens, Precis dn droit des gens, etc., new edition, with Notes by M. S. Pinheiro Ferreira, 1831, 
 Paris, vol. 1, Note 21, p. 381 ; 6. F. de Martens, Precis du droit des gens nioderne de l'Europe, preceded by an 
 Introduction by Ch. Verge, 2nd edition, 1864, Paris (Guillaumin), vol. 1, p. 134, Note. 
 
 f T. Pradier-Fodere, Traite de droit international publique, europeen et americain, 1885, Paris, vol. 2, 
 p. 327. 
 
 2 c 2 
 
196 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 watercourses. When two countries are separated by a chain of mountains, it is, in fact, 
 admitted in case of doubt, that the upper crest and the watershed line form the houndori/." 
 
 In order to .avoid the erroneous interpretation by which claim is made to 
 search for this watershed line outside the culminating crest, Pradier-Fodere goes 
 on to say : — 
 
 " The watershed line," says Bluntschli, " is formed by the highest crest of the chain.'' 
 
 And as though even this were not enough, he then says : — 
 
 " It is, besides natural, logical and useful that the slopes of the mountains should 
 belong to the countries towards which they incline." 
 
 Finally, Pradier-Fodere reproduces and makes his own the expressive phrases 
 of Pinheiro Ferreira which have been already referred to.* 
 
 These considerations suffice. With the aid of the writers quoted by the 
 Representative of Chile and the others above mentioned, a conclusion may be 
 arrived at, which is, besides, sanctioned by mere common sense, to wit : A chain 
 of mountains being the boundary between two countries, the dividing line must 
 be located within that chain, and under no consideration is one allowed to leave 
 its highest crests in order to seek in the plains independent of the chain for the 
 origin of rivers. Reciprocal security forces each country to respect the dominion 
 of either over all the slope, which from the very culminating summit line faces 
 one or the other. The jurists quoted have explained the experience of nations 
 in the matter. 
 
 3. INTERPRETATION CONSISTENT WITH THE VIEWS OF THE 
 
 NEGOTIATORS. 
 
 To fully understand the intention which led the Negotiators of the Covenant 
 of LS81 to determine in it the line of the Cordillera de los Andes, it is necessary 
 to bear in mind the antecedents, already enumerated at length, which, even from 
 the very beginning of the Colonial epoch, contributed to fix this line in the 
 highest crests of the Cordillera. 
 
 The remote origin of the international dispute which is under discussion 
 dates from the time in which the Spanish Monarch, in his character of absolute 
 
 * Op. cit., vol. 2, p. 33 I 
 
Interpretation Consistent with the Views of the Negotiators. 197 
 
 Sovereign of American lands, divided and subdivided them, in order to facilitate 
 and expedite the jurisdiction of his deputy-lieutenants. The men of those times 
 were guided by a just idea' which appears in all the documents tending to mark 
 out the boundary line of their extensive dominions, and this idea was that of 
 determining natural boundaries, fit to prevent struggles and hinder as much as 
 possible the encroachment of any rival neighbours. With this object, not only 
 did they concern themselves with the geographical configurations, but with 
 configurations which constituted real obstacles, namely, rivers, seas, mountains. 
 
 The continental divide, which occurs, at times, in the extensive flats of the 
 Pampas, does not answer this purpose. In such a divide none of those real 
 obstacles are to be found, and the fixing in it of the boundary line would have 
 caused unlimited discords. On acount of this, there is no Colonial decree, no 
 royal ordinance, nor decree of any kind in which the separation of hydrographical 
 basins is ever mentioned. In dealing with mountains, their highest summits were 
 considered as the principal element in fixing a good boundary line, and in the 
 Andes, their crests which rise gigantically, covered with eternal snow, appeared 
 to be the best barrier against the possible attempts of governors to extend 
 the sphere of the provinces over which they ruled. These snows were regarded 
 as the sign of great altitude, for the crossing of which it was required to make 
 great efforts; also as a visible sign of that difficulty which was looked upon as 
 essential to form the desirable rampart between neighbouring jurisdictions. This 
 was the opinion that Argentines and Chilians wished to adhere to, when saying 
 in Article 39 of the Treaty of 1850 — 
 
 " Both the contracting parties acknowledge as boundaries of their respective territories 
 those they possessed as such at the time of separating from the Spanish dominion in the 
 year 1810." 
 
 This was the opinion upheld by Argentines and Chilians in the settlement 
 of 1881, to which they agreed (it is said in its preface) " in fulfilment of Article 39 
 of the Treaty of April, 1856." 
 
 During the War of Independence and after it, at the time when the liberated 
 colonies held their places in the international concert of sovereign nations, the 
 same notion respecting the frontiers prevailed. The natural safe boundary, the 
 boundary which averted conflict, was, as is obvious, the boundary preferred, 
 the boundary respected, the boundary which it was desired to sanction in the 
 Covenants. 
 
198 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 The negotiators of the Treaty of 1881 put themselves in accord with the 
 prevalent ideas, and though to the south of parallel 52° they adopted artificial 
 lines to agree with the contending pretensions of both countries, north of 
 parallel 52° they gave political sanction to that frontier which Nature herself 
 had chosen beforehand. 
 
 The negotiators of the Treaty of 1881, familiar as they were with the 
 antecedents of the controversy, determined the line of boundary, through the 
 " snowy mountains " referred to by the historian Herrera ; through the " very 
 lofty snowy Cordillera " by the Cabildo of Santiago ; through " the main highest 
 snow-covered Cordillera," by Miguel de Olavarria ; through the " great Cor- 
 dillera Nevada," by Lorenzo del Salto ; " the famous snow-covered Cordillera," 
 by Alonso de Ovalle ; "the great Cordillera Nevada de los Andes," by Diego de 
 llosales ; "the snow-covered Cordillera," by Alonso Solorzano de Velasco ; 
 the " famous Cordillera Nevada," by Father Lozano ; the " Cordilleras Nevadas," 
 by Alonso de Sotomayor, by the Real Cedula of May 21, 1684, by the " Kecopila- 
 cion de Indias," and by a host of others. 
 
 Proceeding in this manner they recognised that Chile occupied, according 
 to the phrase of the Chilian statesman Vicuna Mackenna, " the western slope of 
 the Andes which commences in the regions of the eternal snows and descends 
 gradually to the shores of the sea." 
 
 The negotiators of the Treaty of 1881 considered as the boundary between 
 the two countries, this unsurmountable obstacle, which commended itself from 
 remote times, and which made of the Andes the "wall of such lofty dimensions" 
 spoken of by Lozano ; " the natural but remarkable walls " spoken of by Perez 
 Garcia ; the "great wall" spoken of by O'Higgins ; "a natural fortification which 
 from its great extent is unique in the world," as says General Mackenna ; the 
 "impregnable barriers" spoken of by General Alduuate; the "colossal bulwark," 
 the " gigantic Cordillera," the " stupendous natural barrier " spoken of by 
 Amunategui; the " eternal boundaries " spoken of by Rengifo; the "impassable 
 barrier" spoken of by Perez Posales. 
 
 The negotiators of the Treaty of 1881. following the lines imposed on them 
 by tradition and history, agreed on the boundary in the highest crests of the 
 Andes, and in this manner placed themselves in conformity, not only with the 
 different authorities already quoted, not only with the Chilian statesman Senor 
 Rosales, who fixes the boundary through the "crests or summits of tin 1 
 range," or with President Bulnes, who defined it " the culminating line of the 
 
Interpretation Consistent with the Views of the Negotiators. 199 
 
 Cordillera," but also with the official opinion of Chile, expressed in public docu- 
 ments of a conclusive character, as the Decree of September 30, 1869, which, 
 speaking of the boundary line in the Andes, states that it passes through " the 
 highest edge of this Cordillera"; as the note of the Chilian Minister for Foreign 
 Affairs, Senor Alfonso, according to whom " whenever the Andes divide the 
 territories of the two Republics the loftiest crests of the Cordillera should be 
 considered the line of demarcation between them"; as the Record of Taltal 
 of 1870, in which the Experts Pissis and Mujia declared that, when drawing 
 the frontier line, they come as far as the " crest of the Andes " or as far as 
 the " anticlinal line of the Andes"; as the Protocol Lindsay-Corral, in which it is 
 stated that " the eastern boundary of Chile, of which mention is made in Article 1 
 of the Treaty of Boundaries of 1866 (with Bolivia) is the highest crest of the 
 Andes;" as the note in which the Plenipotentiary Don Santiago Lindsay 
 emphatically maintained that the Chilian Government in notes addressed to 
 Senor Bustillo, at Santiago, by word of mouth and in every manner have 
 declared " that they do not discuss that which bears no discussion : that is, that the 
 eastern frontier of Chile has been, and mill always be, the highest crests of the, 
 Cordillera de los Andes." 
 
 This was, therefore, as it should be, the clearly stated views of the settle- 
 ment of 1881, which in its principal basis, recognises as frontier barrier the one 
 which tradition had marked out. To abandon the highest crests would have 
 been for the negotiators of the Covenant a novelty — a radical reform, which, 
 overthrowing the wise counsels of the experience of centuries, would have 
 established a frontier subject to frequent changes and destitute of that character 
 of security which impelled the acceptance of the snow-covered chain as the 
 boundary line. It would have required a plausible and essential reason, carefully 
 studied, discussed and affirmed in order to abandon the highest crests. 
 
 When framing Treaties it is impossible to set aside, generally speaking, the 
 views prevalent at the time ; and if by chance, those views are set aside some 
 ostensible and acknowledged motive must exist, some circumstances which 
 necessitate a change in order to meet certain requirements ; and this motive, 
 this circumstance ought to be examined, fathomed, analysed in its most minute 
 details. In any other way it would be to violate the lessons of the past, which 
 have the sanction of time and the approval of generations. 
 
 The intention of abandoning the summit of the Cordillera was far and away 
 from the mind of the negotiators, as it is not insinuated even in incidental 
 
200 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 phrases. On the contrary, the constant intention is always perceived, not to 
 displace the frontier from these walls covered with snow, which by the conditions 
 of their position, appear destined to show the limits of political jurisdictions. 
 
 The study of the antecedents tends therefore to this conclusion : according 
 to the spirit of the Treaty of 1881, the frontier line from the northern borders to 
 parallel 52° S. lat. cannot leave the highest crests of the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 Equally easily is it seen, that the wording of the Treaty, analysed without pre- 
 conceived bias, agrees with its spirit and leads to the same result. 
 
 4. INTERPRETATION CONSISTENT WITH THE LITERAL MEANING OF 
 
 THE COVENANT. 
 
 In the Chilian Statement it is said : — - 
 
 " The spontaneous agreement which, as has been seen, existed among the public men 
 and the geographers of the Argentine Republic, as well as among the distinguished foreign 
 explorers, who, for scientific purposes, visited that region, proves how the terms of the 
 Treaty of 1881, if interpreted impartially, clearly established the boundary between the 
 two countries on the water-parting line or divortium aquarum. The documentary evidence 
 of the Treaty proves it to be so ; but, apart from this, the analytical examination of the 
 text of the Treaty, signed by the parties, cannot leave any doubt in that respect." 
 
 Just as the mistake of this assertion has been clearly proved regarding the 
 antecedents of the Treaty, in the same way it is easy to prove that the text is far 
 from saying what is attributed to it. The attempt to analyse the text answers 
 the Chilian view of swerving from the geographical aspect of the controversy, 
 the only one that must be examined ; but the reasons already given, of putting 
 before the Tribunal all the data required, explain the following pages relating 
 to this matter. 
 
 Article 1 of the Treaty commences by stating that : — 
 
 " The boundary between the Argentine Republic and Chile from north to south as far 
 
 AS THE PARALLEL OF LATITUDE 52° S. IS THE CORDILLERA PE LOS ANDES." 
 
 This is the rule, the synthesis of the Treat//, the principle which dominates its 
 correlative provisions. The frontier must lie within the Cordillera in virtue of a clause 
 inliich binds the will of both nations. 
 
 The greatest dialectic efforts must give way to the indubitable force of the 
 phrase : "The boundary is the Cordillera de los Andes." The Cordillera de los 
 
Interpretation Consistent with Literal Meaning of the Covenant. 201 
 
 Andes is the geographical feature that has been taken into account. For this 
 reason it has been established as the dividing wall, in the first lines of Article 1 
 of the Agreement. 
 
 The doctrine proclaimed by the Chilian Representative maintains that : 
 the " divprtium agvarum, or the water-parting line, was recognised as the inter- 
 national frontier," thus converting into the main principle the parting of the 
 hydrographic basins, instead of the Cordillera de los Andes, which the Agree- 
 ment has fixed, in unequivocal words, as the primary and fundamental condition 
 which explains all its context. 
 
 The grammatical analysis of the precept permits it to be affirmed that it 
 includes a complete and finished idea. " The boundary between the Argentine 
 Republic from north to south, as far as the parallel of lat. 52° S., is the Cordillera 
 de los Andes." So that is positive ; and the sentence, terminating with a full 
 stop, indicates that the intention of the authors concludes there, so far as the 
 substance is concerned, even if it goes on afterwards to refer to what is accessory 
 or simply explanatory. Hence it seems superfluous to multiply reflections 
 tending to prove axiomatic truths, about which no discussion is possible, and it 
 is truth of this nature which is enunciated when it is affirmed that the Treaty 
 of 1881 intended to indicate the Cordillera de los Andes as the boundary line, 
 when it designates that " the boundary is the Cordillera de los Andes." 
 
 The second paragraph of the Article confines still more the boundary. The 
 negotiators who began by enclosing it within the Cordillera defined the zone of 
 the boundary by bringing it down to a line which 
 
 " Shall run in that extent along the most elevated crests that may divide the waters, and shall 
 pass between the slopes which descend one side and the other.'' 1 * 
 
 The frontier to be traced was to be " in that extent" that is to say, in the 
 
 * The Chilian Eepresenlativo, being anxious to impart to the Treaty of 1881 an exclusively hydrological 
 scope — which he has by no means succeeded in doing — has gone into lengthy considerations to prove that 
 the word "vertientes" should not be translated by "slopes" but by "sources," and that consequently 
 wherever the Convention prescribes that the boundary line " shall pass between the slopes which descend 
 one side and the other," it ought to read that it " shall pass between the sources flowing down to either 
 side." 
 
 In support of this conclusion he quotes the versions inserted in the British and Foreign State Papers, 
 and in the Foreign Eelations of the United States. According to the first, the frontier line will pass 
 " between the sources thereof on either side," and according to the second it is "to cross the springs that 
 start from both sides." The error into which both publications have fallen arises doubtless from having 
 consulted the current dictionaries of Velasquez de la Cadena, Lopez and Bensley, and Neuman and Baretti, 
 which translate " vertiente " by " waterfall," " cascade," " spring," " source," and, as a present participle, by 
 
 2 D 
 
202 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 Cordillera de los Andes to lat. 52° S. without swerving therefrom under any 
 pretext whatever ; and must be demarcated " along the most elevated crests that may 
 
 " flowing." They have not taken into account that the error inserted in these dictionaries which have 
 copied from one another is so manifest that if we look in these same dictionaries for tho Spanish word which 
 corresponds to " waterfall," to " cascade," to " spring," to " source " and to " flowing," we do not find the 
 term " vertiente " as the equivalent of any of them. 
 
 Moreover, there is nothing to indicate that the translators of the Treaty of 1881, for the State Papers 
 and for the Foreign Relations have made any special study of it. As regards the publication of the 
 United States, it is desirable to remark that the American Minister in Buenos Aires has informed the 
 Minister of Foreign Affairs of the Republic that the translation was not made by the State Department : 
 that it was taken from a newspaper, and that the Government of the United States disavowed all respon- 
 sibility in regard to any claim which, on that account, might be adduced by either of the parties. The 
 Argentine Legation has been expressly authorised to state this. 
 
 At any rate, it is easy to show, and to show in a clear, positive and categorical manner, that the word 
 " vertiente " does not possess the meaning of the words " spring " and " source." 
 
 In order to show how it ought to be translated into another language it is essential to commence by 
 ascertaining beyond doubt what is the idea it represents in Spanish. Had this course been taken, it would 
 have been impossible to say that it was the equivalent to " source " and " spring," because neither of the 
 senses in which " vertiente" is used, corresponds to the idea contained in those words. 
 
 Which, therefore, is the acceptation of the word " vertiente " if it has only one ? and if it has several 
 acceptations, what are they ? 
 
 By impartially studying the dictionaries of the Spanish language, scientific works and even Chilian 
 authorities, we find that there are two acceptations of the word " vertiente," and they both differ substantially 
 from " sources " and from " springs." They are : — 
 
 1. As a substantive it means the sides down which flow tho waters of the mountain, or place or ground 
 over which waters run or may run. 
 
 2. As an adjective or as a present participle of the verb verter when preceded by the word aquas (waters) 
 which it qualifies, it means the waters that descend mountains or mountain ranges. 
 
 For greater clearness of expression it is desirable to deal with each of these acceptations separately. 
 
 (a) As a substantive. 
 
 The Dictionary of tho Spanish language published by the Royal Spanish Academy defines " vertiente "' 
 as follows : " Declivity or place down which water runs or may run" (Declive 6 sitio por donde corre 6 puede 
 correr el agua )." It is well known that this work is regarded as the highest authority on the language, 
 and consequently it may be taken to be decisive on this point, even if there were not numerous means for 
 forming an opinion which corroborated it. 
 
 The National Dictionary of the Spanish Language by Senor Dominguez, following the Academy 
 Dictionary, gives as the only explanation of the word as a substantive: "The slope or place down which 
 water glides, runs or may run" (" El vertiente 6 sitio por donde so desliza, corre 6 puede correr el agua)." 
 
 Spanish-speaking writers endeavouring to give a geographical and scientific explanation of the word 
 " vertiente " express themselves in identically the same sense. 
 
 Suarez Inclan writes :".... the lateral surfaces which constitute the inclined planes (of a mountain) 
 from summit to foot, are known as declivities, jianks, sides or vertientes." (1) 
 
 Giol y Soldevilla says : " . . . . tho lateral surface (is called) the declivity, side, ' vertiente ' or flank of 
 a mountain." (2) 
 
 Vilauova y Piera states : " The flanks or lateral portions of tho Cordilleras receive the name of 
 
 (1) Tratado de Topograf ia por Don Julian Suarez Inclan, Madrid, 1879, quoted by Alejandro Bertrand, Estudio tecnico acerca 
 de la apliceciorj de las reglas para la Demarcacion de 1. unites, L895, Santiago de Chile, p. 151. 
 
 (2) Tratado de Topografia por Don Isidro Giol y Soldevilla, 1884, Madrid, quoted by Don Alejandro Bertrand, op. cit . 
 p. 155. 
 
Interpretation Consistent with Literal Meaning of the Covenant. 203 
 
 divide the waters." This is the " immovable " boundary referred to in Article 6 of 
 the same Treaty. 
 
 In order to grasp the meaning of these words, it is sufficient to take into 
 consideration that in the various draft Treaties previous to that of 1881, it was 
 
 'vertientes' as they terminate at the points where the waters separate (divortia aquarum of the 
 ancients)." (3) 
 
 Senores Paz Soldan write as follows: "The tract of ground which descends from the heights of the 
 mountains to the neighbouring plains is called a ' vertiente,' and among the common people a side or a 
 declivity." (4) 
 
 Lorenzo Gallego Carranza constantly uses the word " vertiente " as a synonym for the side of the 
 mountain. (5) 
 
 If we consulted the dictionaries and books written in other languages we should find further proofs. 
 
 The French word " versant," by its etymology and by the idea which it represents, has identically the 
 same acceptation as the Spanish word " vertiente." The dictionaries of Paul Guerin, of Larousse, of Littre 
 and of the Academie Francaise, say that " versant " is " la pente d'un des cotes d'une chaine de montagnes " ; 
 and the examples which they give are the following: " Le versant espagnol des Pyrenees"; "Les hetres 
 s'annoncent liaut sur le versant jusqu'a plus de 3000 pieds." (6) 
 
 Lapparent says as follows : " Les deux versants d'une chaine simple sont inegalement inclines et le plus 
 abrupt est toujours celui qui fait face a la plus grande depression." (7) 
 
 Besides all these authorities and many others which it would be easy to collect, and apart from them, we 
 have the authorities of Chilian writers themselves, who, in the present case, must be regarded as decisive. 
 
 Don Francisco J. San Eoman, in a work published in defence of the Chilian doctrines, referring to the 
 signatories of the Treaty of 1881, says, in the final part of a paragraph, that " the definition which they 
 establish is as clear as the trends of the Andes to which it refers, with its continued prolongation in extent 
 and its mathematical planes on the opposite ' vertientes ' which fall on one side and the other of the line of 
 most elevated crests which may divide the waters." (8) 
 
 Don Alejandro Bertrand considers that the word " vertientes " has two acceptations. One which he terms 
 a vulgar and restricted, or hydrological acceptation he applies erroneously, as we shall afterwards see, to the 
 sources of springs, or streams. The other, which he terms the amplest and correct, or topographical, he 
 defines as " the declivity or place down which water glides, flows or may flow." The same Senor Bertrand, 
 as Professor of Topography in the University of Chile, explaining to his pupils the scientific definition 
 said : " If the traveller has been ascending some quebrada or secondary valley, he will reach a point where 
 the descent towards another valley begins, and there he will be able to observe that he finds himself on 
 the edge which separates two surfaces of contrary incline, which are called the "vertientes" of the range 
 of hills or mountains, inasmuch as the waters which fall there pour down towards the valleys on each 
 side. (9) 
 
 Don Diego Barros Arana, Expert of the Chilian Kepublic, has been equally explicit in defining the proper 
 and scientific meaning of " vertientes " in the following manner: " The sides of the mountains down which 
 their waters flow are called " vertientes." To confirm the exactness of his definitions Senor Barros Arana 
 states that they are all taken from the Geografia Universal Antigua y Moderna, by Don Antonio Sanchez de 
 
 (3) Vilanova y Piera, Manual de Geologia Aplicada, p. 19; quoted by Lamarca, Boundary Agreements in force between 
 the Argentine llepublic and Chile, 1898, Buenos Aires, p. 78. 
 
 (4) Mateo y Mariano F. Paz Soldan, Geografia matematica, fisica y politica, 1863, t. 2, p. 159 ; quoted by Lamarca, op. 
 cit., p. 79. 
 
 (5) Lorenzo Gallego Carranza, Curso de Topograf ia, 1891. Toledo ; citado por Alejandro Bertrand, op. cit., pp. 161-6. 
 
 (6) Lamarca, op. cit., p. 84. 
 
 (7) Lappareut, Traite de Geologie, pp. 68-70 ; quoted by Lamarca, p. 84. 
 
 (8) Estudios y datos practicos sobre las cuestiones intemacionales de limites entre Chile, Bolivia y Republica Argentina, 
 by Francisco J. San Roman, 1896, Santiago de Chile, p. 62. 
 
 (9) A. Bertrand, op. cit., pp. 47 and 168. 
 
 2 d 2 
 
204 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 constantly mentioned that the boundary would pass along the " highest points " 
 which, considered absolutely, without further criterion, would have given rise to 
 a broken line jumping from peak to peak over the summits of mountains which 
 
 Bustamante (lib. 2, cap. 3.) " In fact," adds Larnarca, "in p. 78 of said work, the above quoted definition is 
 to be found couched in identical terms." (10) 
 
 Having laid this down, it becomes easier to find the English word which expresses the idea represented 
 in Spanish by " vertiente." The Argentine Government has adopted " slope " for the reasons indicated by 
 Lamarca in the following paragraphs : — 
 
 "In English the word ' vertientes ' is best rendered by ' declivities' or 'slopes.' The latter has been 
 adopted, because it is the one invariably enqdoyed in scientific books when treating of the Andes. 
 
 " ' Declivity : a slope, sloping down, bend-down, decline, downward slope. The portion of a hill or range 
 of mountains lying on one side or the other of the " crest " or " axis " ' (Century Dictionary). Sir John Her- 
 schell employs the word in the following phrase : ' The Ural consists, along its western declivity, of the older 
 palaeozoic rocks.' 
 
 " Prescott, in his Ferdinand and Isabella (vol. 1, chap, ix.) says : 'They beheld the bright arms and 
 banners of their countrymen gleaming along the declivities of the mountains.' 
 
 " Ticknor, in his Spanish Literature, offers the following example : ' The Pyrenees made then, as they 
 make now, no very serious difference between the language spoken on their opposite declivities.' Ticknor's 
 work was translated into Spanish in 1851 by D. Enrique de Vedia and I). Paseual de Gayangos, Member 
 of the Royal Academy of History, and in their version the above lines run thus : ' Entonces, como ahora, el 
 l'irineo, etc. ; . . . . pero los dialectos que se hablaban de uno y otro lado y en sus vcrtientes eran casi identicos.' 
 (V. op. cit., Spanish edition, vol. 1, p. 325.) 
 
 " Webster's and the Standard Dictionaries define declivity like the Century Dictionary. 
 
 "'Slope. — 2. A declivity; any ground whose surface forms an angle with the plane of the horizon; 
 also, an acclivity, as every declivity must be also an acclivity. 'The buildings covered the summit and 
 slope of a hill ' — Macaulay " (Webster, A Dictionary of the English Language, 1870.) " Slope : a declivity 
 or acclivity ; any ground whose surface forms an angle with the plane of the horizon." (Century Dictionary.) 
 
 " Geikie says : ' The position of the axis determines the general slope on either side. When it runs along 
 the centre of the continent, the average angle of stope on either side will be the same. W T hen it lies close to 
 one side the angle must be higher on that side than on the other. Each continent or country, with an axis 
 lying far from the true centre of the region, has therefore a short and steep slope on one side, and a long 
 and gentle slope on the other. South America presents the most remarkable example of this feature. The 
 axis, with an elevation of perhaps 8000 or 10,000 feet, runs down the line of the Andes at a distance of only 
 from 50 to 100 miles from the Pacific but 2000 miles from the Atlantic Ocean.' (Lessons on Physical 
 Geography, p. 171.) 
 
 " On this matter may also be consulted : Hughes, Modern Geography, p. 33 ; Darwin, Voyage round the 
 World, pp. 244-5 ; 318, etc. ; Jukes and Geikie, Manual of Geology, p. 471 ; Huxley, Physiography, pp. 18-19 ; 
 Lyoll, Geology, p. 61 ; Laing, Human Origins, pp. 219 and 376 ; Tarr, Physical Geography, p. 363 ; etc." 
 
 (b) As an adjective or as present participle of the verb " verier." 
 
 The Dictionary of Dominguez and that of the Real Academia Espaiiola accept the use of " vcrtientes " as 
 present participle of the verb "verter" in the expression " aguas vertientes " which the latter dictionary — 
 the highest authority on the Spanish language as we have said — characterises by saying that they are "such 
 waters as descend from the mountains or their ranges." 
 
 The participle or adjective is, therefore, a generic term which applies to every class of water flowing 
 down a mountain, be it in the form of rills, rivulets, ice-streams, rain-water, or any way in which the slopes 
 or declivities of a mountain shed water. 
 
 This simple definition is sufficient to show that it is impossible to confound those waters of various 
 origins with the " sources" and "springs," terms which determine more limited and circumscribed ideas. 
 
 The Chilian Representative, however, persists in his view of regarding "aguas vertientes" as " sources," 
 
 (10) Elementos de Geografia Pisioa por Diego Barros Axana, 1881, Santiago, pp. 46 and 47, note. 
 
Interpretation Consistent with Literal Meaning of the Covenant. 205 
 
 are often detached from the central massif, from the axis of the chain, and stand 
 out, like advanced guards, to the east or west of the main chain. 
 
 although such acceptation is not found in the Spanish dictionaries, which are in fact those in a position to 
 define with full accuracy the scope of the Spanish words. 
 
 It is true that he quotes some passages from writers, but it is also true that among them there is no 
 scientific definition, although it is to such definitions that we look carefully to determine the value of a word. 
 In current language it is common to glide into errors by using provincialisms, which the authors themselves 
 may not notice. Consequently in cases like the present, instead of quoting simply detached, phrases it is 
 absolutely necessary to quote concrete definitions, but in no concrete and scientific definition do we find that 
 " vertiente " means the same thing as " spring " and " source." 
 
 Hence the references made by the Chilian Eepresentative do not conduce to the object he had in view. 
 That Mendoza's Acta de Fundacion speaks of " aguas vertientes a la Mar del Norte " (waters pouring 
 into the North Sea) does not warrant any assumption in regard to the use of those words in an acceptation 
 different to that given in the dictionaries. To preteud that suck " aguas vertientes " are not the " aguas 
 vertientes " referred to in the Dictionary of the Spanish Academy, is begging the question, without adducing 
 reasons by way of proof. If by "aguas vertientes" we understand all the waters whatever be their origin, 
 which flow down from the mountains, is the above quoted phrase, perchance, unintelligible ? Is it perchance 
 necessary in order to ascertain its meaning, to cast aside the surest guides in the language and to say that 
 such waters are only those proceeding from springs, from fountains or from sources? Certainly not. 
 
 It is added by the Chilian Eepresentative that the Treaty of 1893 uses the word "vertientes" as 
 synonymous with " sources " ; but where is the ground for this assertion ? The reason alleged is, that 
 " vertientes " is included in a list of waters, and this proves that " vertientes " means " springs " ; but in the 
 first place, the Treaty of 1893 speaks of all lands and all waters, to wit: lakes, lagoons, rivers and parts of 
 rivers, streams, slopes, etc., and in the second place, if the word had been used as a noun-adjective the word 
 " aguas " being understood, the correct course would be to consider that its adoption was in accordance 
 with the rules of the language and not that there was any intention to alter them. 
 
 It is also argued that Bello has referred to " manantiales de las vertientes,"' which is translated by 
 "sources of the sjsrings," thereby giving to the clear expression in the original an interpretation which turns 
 it into a confused and ambiguous one and which has the disadvantage of being arbitrary. 
 
 It is held that Article 595 of the Chilian Civil Code, the work of Bello, shows that he understands that 
 " vertiente " is " source " ; and nevertheless when translating into English the prescription contained in 
 the said article, the Chilian Eepresentative translates " vertiente " by " stream," thereby demonstrating the 
 error in his own reasoning, since " source " or " spring" do not imply the same as " stream." He has fallen 
 into a similar anomaly when quoting the minutes or records of demarcation signed by the Commissioners of 
 both countries in 1894, 1895 and 1896. 
 
 The contract of 1848 between the Chilian Government and Pissis, if it proves anything, shows that the 
 Chilian Eepresentative is in error when he desires to show synonymy between " vertientes " and " sources," 
 which does not exist ; and this compels him to translate " desciendeu " (which has its exact equivalent in the 
 word " descend ") by " flow down " ; and enables him to speak of " sources " which abandon their place to " flow 
 down " and to water territories. After this somewhat equivocal translation the Chilian Eepresentative con- 
 cludes : " It is obvious, especially for those who know how frequently this is done in the Spanish language in 
 analogous cases, that ' vertientes ' is here meant, as already said, for ' aguas vertientes ' or ' flowing water.' " 
 \V e see, therefore, that the same form of argument is always used : that which it is desired to prove is taken 
 as proved. The words quoted are : " The culminating line of the Cordillera between the slopes that descend 
 to the Argentine provinces and those that water the Chilian territory." Lamarca, appropriating the argument, 
 triumphantly crushed it by saying : " If highways bend, and turn a corner, and pass by a house and go down 
 a declivity, etc., why should not slopes descend as Mr. Morla Vicuna, Hayden and other writers say; and why 
 sources should do so, being stationary, is more than we can satisfactorily explain. Sources do not move from 
 their natural situation ; their outflows or overflows may do so in the shape of rivulets, streams or torrents ; 
 but slopes certainly go down, fall or sink (i.e. descend) from the high level of their crests to the lower one of 
 the valleys. ' Las vertientes derraman sus aguas en un lago 6 canal ' (the slopes shed their waters into a lake 
 
206 Divergences in tJie Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 But such an interpretation has never been sustained. When the projects of 
 the Treatise referred to the " highest points " they intended to signify by those 
 
 or channel), is a phrase commonly used, and as they shed water they naturally irrigate the regions into which 
 it flows. The Chilian President's language is easily understood without need of turning slopes into sources, the 
 more so as the intersection of sources never constitutes a culminating or crest line, even if such intersections 
 took place in nature." Even on the hypothesis that the contract with Pissis made any referenco to " aguas 
 vertientes " as it is claimed and not to " vertientes " as stated therein, there is no reason which justifies a com- 
 plete disregard of tho academic definitions to such an extent as to describe the waters that descend mountains 
 or mountain ranges by the word "sources." 
 
 The Chilian Representative remarks that Senor Tejedor, the Argentine Minister, on one occasion referred 
 to the place where " vertientes" or traces of water were found, and further on he says that that phrase proves 
 that Senor Tejedor understood " vertiente " to be synonymous with " stream or source." And why so ? That 
 is just what the Chilian Representative does not state, yet that is what it would be desirable for him to 
 state, as otherwise it is impossible to find any similarity between stream and source or even to conceive 
 how it is argued that the Argentine statesman has forgotten the meaning of words. It is to be observed 
 that if he attributes to them the meaning which the Academy of the language and with it all scientific 
 men attribute to them, the meaning of the phrase is clearer and above all more precise. 
 
 As a decisive argument, tho Chilian Representative quotes in support of his doctrine as to the precise 
 synonymy of " sources " aud " vertientes " two paragraphs from Doctor Moreno in which the author had 
 not the slightest intention of giving a scientific definition of the word. Tie knew that " vertientes " as a 
 present participle, when preceded by the word "aguas" (which in ordinary parlance is usually omitted), 
 meant all kinds of waters, whatever their origin, which come down from the mountains, and iu that 
 sense he spoke of " the ' vertientes ' of the streams which form the Epuyen stream," but the English 
 version of the phrase used is not correct if by "vertientes" we are to understand "sources," especially as 
 it is not usual to say that the sources spring from small depressions in the old moraine. The other 
 paragraph is, if possible, still less to the point. Doctor Moreno is credited with having said : " In that 
 place the valley Los Patos, in the piovince of San Juan, which has sometimes been claimed by Chile, is, 
 without a doubt, Argentine, because it is situated to the east of the 'springs' which water it." The trans- 
 lation is erroneous. Doctor Moreno referred to slopes, and his expression, as we have said above, is a usual and 
 current one. But even if he had intended to signify " aguas vertientes," he would have spoken of all, 
 absolutely all those that descend from a declivity, and not simply of the springs which if studied in themselves 
 neither move about, alter their position, or water the valley of Los Patos, or anything else, although the 
 water that flows from those springs may irrigate something. 
 
 The same observation might be made in regard to the references from Latzina's Geography, but as to 
 these it appears that the Chilian Representative himself does not feel very sure, for he has omitted to 
 transcribe them. 
 
 At any rate, even on the hypothesis that tho paragraphs which the Chilian Representative mentions 
 were conclusive, even assuming that the Spanish Academy were wrong, and that all the authors who express 
 the same opinion were likewise in error, even on the assumption that the premises of the Chilian Repre- 
 sentative were accepted as irrefragable truth, his conclusions would still be objectionable. 
 
 llr says in effect : " The word ' vertientes' (derived from the verb ' verter' to spill, to empty or throw 
 away liquids) has, iu the Spanish language, two meanings, connected, yet distinct. It signifies the source 
 of a river, and in this sense it is used as synonymous with ' manantial,' that is, a spring : in this sense it is 
 also used as an abbreviation for 'aguas vertientes,' that is, flowing waters. This word is besides used to 
 describe the .sides or slopes down which waters flow." 
 
 Since this is correct, what fundamental reason is there for attributing to "vertiente" the acceptation 
 of sounc and repudiating the acceptation of 'slope " ? Why should one have preference over the other? 
 
 Tin- Chilian Representative dors not stop to discuss this point in detail, he merely outlines some general 
 considerations on this head. The Argentine Republic, on the other hand, bases herself on irrefutable argu- 
 ments in expressing herself in favour of "slope." Among others may be noted tho following: — 
 
 1. The first Article of the Treaty of 1881 speaks of mountains, ordering tho line to pass by tho highest 
 
Interpretation Consistent with Literal Meaning of the Covenant. 207 
 
 words " the summit of the Andes," and the Treaty of 1881, accepting the same 
 interpretation, expressed it in unmistakable terms : " the most elevated crests " 
 
 crests, and consequently " vertientes " must be understood as referring to mountains, in which, case it means 
 slopes. 
 
 2. An old rule for interpretation, well known and often quoted, is that the words in a sentence 
 should betaken in that meaning which favours the clearness of the text. Phillimore quotes it in these 
 words : " When a provision or clause in a Treaty is capable of two significations, it should be understood 
 in that one which will allow it to operate, rather than in that which will deny to it effect." " When the 
 same provision or sentence expresses two meanings, that one which most conduces to carry into effect the 
 end and object of the convention should be adopted." (11) Thus : " sources or springs " are not to be found 
 on the crests of mountains, and much less in the highest crests that in the Andes generally attain the limits 
 of perpetual snow. They are formed by infiltration and generally appear in the lower part of the slopes, or at 
 the foot of the mountains, or even in the plains far away from the mountain range. Seilor Barros Arana, the 
 Chilian Expert, thus explains the sources or springs : " It has been said at the beginuing of this chapter that 
 a part of the rain water and of the water produced by the melting of the snow infiltrates the soil through its 
 pores and permeable strata, and in this way penetrates to a greater depth until it reaches a stratum which is 
 impermeable and without cleft, as for instance, a bed of clay. Arrested on the surface of this bed, the water 
 sometimes flows for a considerable distance. If the surface of the bed which arrests the waters is parallel to 
 the ground, the waters are imprisoned, they saturate the upper soil, and form swamps and marshes which it 
 costs much labour to drain. But if owing to the peculiar direction of the strata, or to any incline in the upper 
 stratum, the stratum that receives the waters extends to the surface, the waters will appear and form a spring. 
 The existence of such layers of water, of such lakes and of such subterraneous currents has frequently been 
 discovered by observation. Sometimes they form in such large masses that when they appear on the 
 
 surface they constitute very copious rivers In all parts of the earth, the natural fountains called 
 
 " springs " yield the water which after gliding under the surface of the soil, makes its appearance at a given 
 point and generally travels on to engulf other currents. Mountainous countries have more springs than 
 flat countries or plains, and this is easily understood as it is obvious that the waters absorbed by mountains 
 flow very rapidly owing to the declivity of the land and seek an outlet at the first resting place they find." (12) 
 
 If this be so, as can hardly be doubted, no boundary line can fulfil the double condition imposed by the 
 Treaty : to run over the highest crests, that is, on the top of the mountains and, at the same time, between 
 the springs that appear at the foot of mountains, or on the plains. This impossibility has obliged the Chilian 
 Expert to trace a line that runs at the foot of the mountains and in some places through plains, ignoring 
 completely the first condition fixed by the Treaty that the line must run over the most elevated crests that 
 may divide the waters. The Argentine construction and translation, on the contrary, allows the proposed 
 boundary line to meet both conditions. In fact, the waters divided by the most elevated crests of mountains 
 are not waters coming from sources or springs, which do not exist in those high crests, but waters coming 
 from the thawing of ice or snow or from glaciers or from rains. These waters divide and descend by the 
 slopes of the mountains on either side, and consequently both conditions of the Treaty can be easily observed, 
 as a line can run at the same time over the most elevated crests and between the slopes by which the waters 
 produced by the thawing of snow descend on either side. Therefore the Argentine construction and 
 translation of the Treaty meets both conditions imposed by it: "along the most elevated crests "and 
 " between the slopes which descend one side and the other " ; which is not the case with the Chilian 
 proposed line, that not only abandons completely the most elevated crests, but in some points abandons the 
 Cordillera itself and runs into the plains of Patagonia in search of the " sources " or " springs." 
 
 3. In the Treaty between France and Spain of April 14, 1862, when the word " vertiente " is used, it 
 is understood as " slope," which again shows that this is the scientific import of the word. If we admit 
 that it is synonymous with "spring," then that part of Article 10 of that Treaty in which we read that 
 " the mountain of Astanes .... is situated (en la vertiente septentrional del Pirineo) on the northern 
 
 (11) Commentaries upon International Law, by Sir Robert Phillimore, 1882, London, vol. 2, pp. 104-105. 
 
 (12) Elementos de Geografia Fisica por Diego Barros Arana, 1881, Santiago, pp. 124-126. 
 
208 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 of the Cordillera de los Andes. "The most elevated crests" are those which form 
 the principal chain of the Andes, sanctioned once again by the Protocol of 1893. 
 
 slope of the Pyrenees "(13) would be unintelligible. What was the object of diverging from that model and 
 accepting another meaning which leads to confusion ? 
 
 4. In studying the Treaty of 1 R81, and pronouncing opinions thereon, certain Chilian authorities have 
 categorically pronounced in favour of the scientific meaning of the word " vertiente." 
 We may for instance quote : — 
 
 (a) A pamphlet published in Valparaiso clearly in defence of the Chilian doctrines. The author inserts 
 in English, in an appendix, what he describes as "the Treaty of 1881, and the Protocols, Conventions and 
 Agreements of 1888, 1893, 1895 and 1890, literally translated." In this part he says, "The boundary line 
 within these limits shall pass along the highest crests of said Cordillera which divide the waters and shall pass 
 between the slopes down which the waters flow on the one side and the other." (14) 
 
 (t) Seiior Alejandro Bertrand, as chief of the technical staff of the Chilian Commissions, published, in 
 1895, A Technical Study on the Application of the Eules for the Demarcation of Boundaries, in which he 
 advocates the continental water-divide. All his demonstrations tend to that object, but in like manner lie 
 takes " vertientes " to be the " slopes." " The term " vertientes," he says, " has two acceptations, the amplest 
 and most correct, or the topographical one, according to which it is the declivity or place down which water 
 glides, flows or may flow (dictionary), and the more vulgar and restricted or hydrological one which is applied 
 to the sources of actual springs or streams. Moreover, the same apjilication of the Treaty might be adopted on 
 the strength of both acceptations, except in the case where springs or continuous streams do not exist, and of 
 which we shall treat separately. However, when dealing with the application of topographical rules, we must 
 keep strictly to the topographical definition ; according to these, as we have seen, the slopes of an island or 
 continent are two great planes (or superficies) of opposite gradient, the intersection of which constitutes the 
 main water-divide (divisoria de aguas de primer orden) of the island or continent (Suarez Inclan)." (15) If, 
 therefore, we apply to the vertientes of the Cordillera their topographical definition, we shall have to translate 
 tin/ word by slope and not by source." 
 
 (c) In the Morning Post of London, Friday, July 29, 1898, p. 6, there is an article headed "Chili and 
 Argentina : nature of the dispute," which should be carefully borne in mind owing to the official position of 
 the author. The article commences by explaining its origin. In it we read : " In order to obtain information 
 of the piresent position of affairs in regard to the long-pending boundary question between Chili and 
 Argentina, a representative of Reuter's Agency has had an interview with Seiior Morla Vicuna, who is at 
 present Chilian Minister at Washington, but formerly Chilian Minister for Foreign Affairs, and who has 
 represented his Government as Minister at Buenos Aires. In reply to questions, Senor Vicuna said : . . . . 
 " The actual wording of the Treaties is : The limit between Chili and Argentina from north to south and down 
 to lat. 52° S. is the Cordillera of the Andes. The frontier line shall run along the highest summits of the 
 said ( lordillera which divides the waters, and shall be traced between the slopes that descend east and west." 
 
 The circumstances under which this statement was made and the position of the person from whom it 
 emanates give it exceptional importance. 
 
 5. In the projects anterior to the Treaty of 1881, it was specified, in accordace with Bello,'that the line must 
 pass "between the sources on the slopes (los manantiales de las vertientes)." The suppression of the word 
 sources (manantiales) in formulating the Convention which was to put an end to the disputes, is, of itself, very 
 significant. Were there not so many auxiliary proofs, it would suffice to bear in mind this modification, 
 which one must assume was made quite intentionally, in order to show that it was desired to disregard the 
 springs or sources, especially as their addition to the Treaty would have brought about manifold difficulties 
 which it was desired to avoid. 
 
 6. Even on the hypothesis that the word " vertiente " has two acceptations and might be employed either 
 as " slope " or as " spring," it would be impossible to doubt that the technical acceptation, the geographical 
 one, is the lust. In any scientific treatise containing the definition of the word it will always be found the 
 same, identical in its general outlines, with that given by Suarez Inclan, (iiol y Soldevilla, Paz Soldan, Barros 
 Arana, Bertrand, etc., in accordance with the Academy of the Language; they nil say without any 1'unda- 
 
 (lii) Lamarca, op. cit., p. 77. (II) The Argentine Boundary Question, published by request, 18 l J8, Valparaiso, p. 41. 
 
 (15) Bertrand, op. cit., pp. 47-48. 
 
Interpretation Consistent with Literal Meaning of the Covenant. 209 
 
 The Chilian Expert, Senor Barros Arana, has not eared to understand that 
 the Argentine Republic has maintained this chain as a partition wall, and now, 
 as formerly, imputes to her a doctrine which would cany capriciously the line 
 leaping from peak to peak. In a Note addressed to the Argentine Expert on 
 January 18, 1892, Senor Barros Arana said : — 
 
 " The marking out of a line which would run over the highest summits of the Cordil- 
 leras, would produce, were it possible to do it, the most unforeseen and extraordinary 
 
 mental divergence in substance that by " verticntes " are understood the sides of a mountain down which its 
 waters flow. The other acceptation, if such there be, does not appear in scientific books, and at best it might 
 be maintained that it is employed in some regions where Spanish is spoken. Why, then, must the technical 
 meaning be cast aside in favour of one which is not supported by the approval of the linguistic corporations ? 
 " Words of arts," writes Wildnran, "are to be construed according to their technical meaning. Thus, local 
 descriptions are to be construed according to geographical propriety of expression of the period when the Treaty 
 was made, and not according to popular usage ; " (16) and Phillimore — taking his stand on Grotius, on Vattel, 
 and on Jenkins — states that : " Words of art, or technical words are to be construed according to their technical 
 meaning. This is as universal a maxim as any that can be found in jurisprudence. It finds its application 
 in international jurisprudence chiefly upon questions of geographical or local distinctions." (17) 
 
 7th. The Chilian Eepresentative has reminded us that the words "and shall pass between the slopes 
 (vertientes) which descend one side and the other " were added by the Argentine Minister, Doctor Yrigoyen. 
 What object had the Argentine negotiator in view by using that phrase ? He himself has undertaken to explain 
 it: "1 endeavoured, above all, to make Article 1 clear even in its details, so that no doubt might be reasonably 
 raised. For this purpjose it was established that the boundary was the Cordillera de los Andes. We cannot depart 
 
 from the latter, no matter how much maybe written or argued The variable width of the massifs which 
 
 constitute the main range might give room to cavillings regarding the points over which the line should 
 run, and in order to avoid such cavillings it was provided that it should follow the most elevated crests that 
 may divide the waters ; that is, along that which the Government of Chile (in the instructions given to 
 Pissis in 1848, and which have been so highly recommended by the Chilian Expert) calls the edge or 
 culminating line which separates the slopes. Finally, in order that even regarding those crests no disconformity 
 might arise, Bello's words were added, ' the line shall pass between the slopes which descend one side and the 
 other.' .... It might be gathered from an article published in that newspaper (El Ferrocarril de Santiago) 
 that the Chilian Expert only considers as vertientes the streams which, after a long course, disembogue into 
 the oceans that bathe America. Senor Barros Arana cannot, as far as I can judge, have proffered or accepted 
 such an opinion. When fixing the boundary line, the Treaty does not speak of streams or rivers which may 
 fall into the Atlantic or the Pacific, or which may disappear before reaching either ocean. Said currents have 
 their special or scientific denomination, according to the volume of their waters or the length of their courses. 
 Senor Barros Arana has properly expounded those names in his treatise of geography ; and it is not necessary 
 to observe to him that none of them were written down in the boundary Covenant. It was not said that the 
 line was to run between streams or between rivers ; it was stipulated that the line icas to pass between the western 
 and eastern slopes (vertientes) ; and Senor Barros Arana, in accordance with all geographers, has given this clear 
 definition : the sides of the mountains down which their waters flow are called (vertientes) slopes, meaning by 
 sides the whole extent of a mountain. It is impossible to doubt that the main range of the Andes extends from 
 north to south, presenting two sides, east and west, down which run the ice-streams and the rain-waters, and 
 it is between those sides, which the Chilian Expert has called slopes, that the stipulated boundary line passes, 
 without taking into account the hydrographic accidents lying outside the heights of the crests." (18) 
 
 This mass of antecedents is convincing as to the accuracy of the Argentine translation, and demonstrates 
 in the most palpable manner that the Chilian translation is devoid of foundation. 
 
 (16) Wildman, Institutes of International Law, 1849, London, vol. 1, p. 178. (17) Phillimore, op. cit,, vol. 2, p. 101. 
 (18) Articulos del Doctor YrigoyeD, 1805, Buenos Aires, pp. 54 et seq. 
 
 2 E 
 
2io Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 geographical results. How would those summits be united among themselves, being so 
 capriciously and unequally distributed in the central range and on both sides of the chain ? 
 Every time I have put this question to myself, after listening to your opinion, I have found 
 no other answer than that geographical lines would be sought for which would unite those 
 points, cutting at every step the central range and the slopes descending from it, the 
 valleys, rivers and arms of the sea, perhaps towns or cities, and infringing, in one word, at 
 every step, the spirit and the letter of the Treaty we have to carry into effect." 
 
 That which the Treaty of 1881 established, and which the Argentine 
 Republic has always defended, and defends, is the line of the central range of 
 the Cordillera, to which Senor Barros Arana refers, and on which in 1898 the 
 Argentine Expert placed his general line of frontier. Notwithstanding this fact, 
 Senor Barros Arana did not find it in conformity with the Treaties, from .the 
 moment he modi tied his views about the boundary, as expressed in the above 
 quoted paragraph, thus abandoning the traditional central range — the barrier 
 which, according to his own words, separates Chile from the Argentine Republic. 
 
 The indication in the Treaties respecting the height of the crests, which has 
 always been insisted upon, constitutes an element of primary importance, but, 
 nevertheless, seems to beset aside until it disappears from the Chilian Statement. 
 Forgetfulness has been carried so far, that the following argument has been 
 formulated : — 
 
 " If it were claimed that this phrase (' which may divide the waters ') means only the 
 summits dividing a certain part of the waters, it would be useless, as it would leave the 
 problem of delimitation as vague as before ; for, although there is only one general water- 
 divide, not crossed by any watercourse, there are an indefinite number of secondary divides, 
 amongst which the selection would have to be made, if such an interpretation were 
 accepted." 
 
 All this presumed vagueness is removed, by merely recalling that no con- 
 fusion can exist where care has been taken to define the method of selecting 
 the geographical feature by determining the watershed of the summit of the 
 Cordillera. 
 
 It is not a case of discussing the different kinds of watershed that exist in 
 nature. The only thing that must be borne in mind is that the Treaties only 
 determine the watershed of the high crests, the divortium aquarum of the Andes, 
 the watershed of the main chain, and the continental divide is never mentioned 
 in them. 
 
 The Treaty adds that the line shall pass between /he slopes that descend one side 
 and die other, and this addition was made in order to complete the meaning, and 
 
Interpretation Consistent with Literal Meaning of the Covenant. 2 1 1 
 
 to signify that the boundary is constituted by the edge of the Cordillera, from 
 which, on both sides, the two inclined planes or slopes descend ; as Chile 
 is situated at the western slope and the Argentine Republic on the eastern slope. 
 
 The Argentine-Chilian frontier is, therefore, situated within the Andes, in 
 its main and dominant chain, and runs along the most elevated crests — along its 
 watershed. 
 
 In presence of the terms employed in the International Convention, the 
 line must be subject to two distinct conditions, viz. : — 
 
 1. To be within the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 2. To run along the most elevated crests of the Cordillera that may divide 
 
 the waters of the same. 
 
 Any interpretation which does not fulfil these conditions is a violation of 
 the agreement, and, consequently, cannot be taken into consideration. 
 
 With such definite rules, the negotiators of the 1881 Treaty did not foresee 
 future difficulties, save in the event of the bifurcation of the Cordillera. In 
 everything else, doubt seemed impossible to the negotiators. But, as regards 
 the bifurcation into two equally important branches, precaution suggested the 
 necessity of defining beforehand a method of procedure for the avoidance of 
 discussions which, should they arise, might go so far as to impede the demarcation. 
 
 In view of this contingency, it was laid down in Article 1 that : — 
 
 " The difficulties that might arise through the existence of certain valleys formed by 
 the bifurcation of the Cordillera, and in which the watershed may not be apparent, shall be 
 amicably settled by two Experts, one to be named by each party." 
 
 It has been said, on the part of Chile, that this provision would be 
 incongruous had the interoceanic watershed not prevailed, in the intention of 
 the negotiators, as a uniform rule for tracing the frontier. It would seem much 
 more incongruous to speak, as is done, of the hypothesis of the Cordillera 
 bifurcating, had the Cordillera not prevailed, in the intention of the negotiators, 
 as a uniform rule for tracing the frontier. 
 
 The clause perfectly harmonises with the rest of Article 1, without there 
 being any necessity for suppressing phrases or altering sentences. The frontier 
 line must pass along the most elevated crests of the Ancles, which the Agree- 
 ment assumes to be continuous, in general, from north to south. 
 
 The parties carrying on the demarcation, finding themselves in presence 
 
 2 e 2 
 
212 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 of the bifurcation, would be perplexed if a precise rule for that ease had 
 not been previously established. It would not have been sufficient for them 
 to have borne in mind that the boundary must positively be fixed in the 
 Cordillera, as, even in this hypothesis, they were in the Cordillera. With 
 the rule laid down in the Treaty of 1881 as the sole guide, the difficulty 
 would be insolvable, and it was preferred to leave to the judgment of 
 Experts the location of the frontier line in the places they might deem 
 equitable, but without ever departing from the Cordillera where the bifur- 
 cation exists. Their powers could only be exercised within the space com- 
 prised between the eastern branch and the western branch of the Cordillera 
 in the valley which it was not possible to qualify as Chilian or Argentine, as 
 it was presumed that it was wedged in, obstructing the continuity of the line 
 of the Convention. 
 
 The negotiators of the 1881 Treaty, which made the confining of the 
 boundary within the Cordillera de los Andes compulsory, could not suppose 
 that disputes would arise as to the definition of the Cordillera. Its main massif, 
 forming the summit, always visible, not only to the man of science but to every 
 one acquainted with the range, was considered so clear a feature as to prevent 
 any misunderstanding'. The negotiators of the Treaty of 1881 made it com- 
 I misery to confine the boundary within the most elevated crests, and could 
 never have supposed that disputes would arise in the definition of those crests. 
 But, if concerning this primordial feature it appeared hazardous to think of 
 divergence, the same did not happen with respect to the final detail which it 
 was necessary to consider : the precise place in the summit where the boundary 
 marks should be located. It being a matter of secondary importance, the 
 negotiators put it aside, leaving it to the judgment of the Experts. In the 
 colossal heights where the most elevated crests of the Andes are found, the 
 contending nations would never argue about the ownership of masses of snow 
 or rocks of granite, but they would do so over the orographic feature, which 
 they would consider better adapted to form the logical and natural boundary. 
 
 The whole principle of the demarcation is contained in Article 1 of the 
 Agreement, but in Article 2 there is a phrase which has been so misconstrued 
 ;is to obscure and render null and void the minute specifications of the former. 
 
 Both, however, harmonise together. Article 1 establishes that the Cordil- 
 lera de los Andes, as far as parallel 52° S., is the boundary between the Argentine 
 Republic and Chile ; and Article 2 that, from the intersection of meridian 70 
 
Interpretation Consistent with Literal Meaning of the Covenant. 213 
 
 and said parallel, the boundary shall run eastward, following that degree of 
 latitude as far as the divortium aquarum of the Andes. It is evident that the 
 frontier line thus designated from north to south and from east to west will 
 coincide at a common point, which will be the south-west vertex of the Argen- 
 tine boundary, and will be situated : on the most elevated crest line of the 
 " Cordillera de los Andes, which may divide the waters," according to the terms 
 of Article 1, and on that of the " divortium aquarum of the Andes," according 
 to the provisions of Article 2. Consequently, the demarcation, running from 
 north to south, must be confined to the Cordillera which reaches parallel 52° S. 
 without deviating in any way. On the other hand, from the intersection 
 of meridian 70° with said parallel 52°, the demarcation must follow the latter 
 westward until it penetrates into the Andes, and reaches in its divortium 
 aquarum the boundary from north to south. It cannot stop until it reaches 
 the Cordillera de los Andes, whatever kind of divortium aquarum it may find 
 on its way, because in said Cordillera (which is the principal geographical 
 feature), and nowhere else, must the boundary be located. The point of inter- 
 section of the line which runs from north to south with that which runs from 
 east to west, in order to comply with the provisions determined by Article f, 
 must be — 
 
 1. In the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 2. In the most elevated crest of the Cordillera. 
 
 The said point lies in the " divortium aquarum of the Andes," in accordance 
 with the terms used in Article 2, in order not to repeat the long definition 
 contained in the previous Article. 
 
 The expression divortium aquarum of the Andes could be employed without 
 any fear, not only because it is used in order to avoid a periphrasis — and the 
 main idea being set forth at great length in the previous Article — but, also, 
 because in official documents of international transcendency, the Plenipoten- 
 tiaries of Chile had fixed its meaning,, which is in accordance with tradition 
 and with the opinions of the Argentine Government. It is only necessary to 
 repeat that Sefior Barros Arana, as Chilian Minister, informed his Government 
 that, "from the fiftieth degree of south latitude the boundary between the two 
 countries to the north shall be the summits of the Cordillera de los Andes, 
 whether fixed in the most culminating parts or in the lines of the watershed." 
 It may also be remembered that the Chilian Minister, Walker Martinez, stated 
 
214 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 —interpreting an Article which referred to the Cordillera de los Andes, in its 
 divortium aquarum — that his Government understood as the eastern boundary 
 of Chile, in the part referred to by that phrase, " the most elevated crests of the 
 ( 'ordi/Iera, end nothing else." 
 
 The phraseology used in South American Treaties deprives the locution 
 divortium aquarum of the Andes of any obscurity which a superficial perusal 
 might suggest; and at the time in which it was used — in a diplomatic agreement 
 designed to terminate for ever a protracted and agitated controversy — it had 
 already become known that the official hermeneutics of Chile harmonised with 
 the invariable view of those who recognised in the central mass of the Cordillera 
 the most admirable obstacle for separating the two countries. The Argentine 
 Government took the explanations of the Chilian Ministers, without for a 
 moment thinking that they could vary to such an extent as to say that the 
 watershed, belonging and peculiar to the most elevated crests of the range 
 forming its main chain, was the separation of the hydrographic basins of the 
 tributary rivers of the Pacific and of the Atlantic, it being known at that time 
 that the sources of some of these rivers were to be found in the Patagonian 
 plains and in the Pampas of Buenos Aires (Chapters iv., v. and vi.). The 
 Argentine negotiator, Serior Yrigoyen who, as Minister for Foreign Affairs, 
 had had the opportunity of knowing the views of the Chilian Ministers, had the 
 deep impression, at the time the Convention was concluded, that the line agreed 
 upon was so extraneous to the continental divide, that he did not hide his 
 views on this point: nor did the technical reports, which enabled him to affirm 
 that the waters which descended down the two slopes of the Cordillera only 
 flowed to one of the two oceans — or, in other words, that that chain penetrated 
 into the channels of the Pacific, in the vicinity of parallel 52°, and left to the 
 Argentine Republic ports on that sea. 
 
 " And now that we are referring to ports," Senor Irigoyen explained in the Chamber 
 of Deputies, " I will say that, whilst I am persuaded that by the Agreement of July we do 
 not deliver up ports on the Atlantic, I think it probable that the Republic acquires them 
 in the waters which flow to the Pacific ; and this view is borne out by Fitz Poy's maps, 
 so greatly recommended in this discussion. The examination of these maps, and the 
 reports which I have collected, show that the line determined upon by the Treaty cuts 
 through the great Last Hope Inlet or bay, and Obstruction Sound, leaving the first to 
 Argentina and the second to Chile. I am assured that the first-named bay and Wesley 
 Bay, which also remains to Argentina, offer good ports and anchorages, which will serve in 
 time for the needs of the population, or of the industries which may be established in those 
 places. 1 have consulted the opinion of Sefior Moreno, and will take leave to read the notes 
 
Interpretation Consistent with Literal Meaning of the Covenant. 215 
 
 which he has been good enough to hand me. ' The Treaty which specifies the 52° for the 
 southern boundary of Argentine territory, and the Cordillera de los Andes for the western, 
 allows of our having ports in the waters of the Pacific' " * 
 
 These words were pronounced in the Argentine Parliament, during the 
 discussion that led to the sanction of the Treaty; and can it be reasonably 
 presumed that the Minister who made this statement had the remotest 
 suspicion of the interoceanic divide ? It' the frontier line was to run along 
 the sources of rivers in order to assign to Chile, from their source, those 
 watercourses which discharged into the Pacific, and as belonging to Argentina 
 those which discharged into the Atlantic, how could the hopes have been 
 conceived which, without circumlocution, Senor Yrigoyen had manifested of 
 access to the Pacific Ocean ? 
 
 When he specified the divortium aquarum of the Andes, he was aware 
 that the watershed referred to was no other than that which belonged to 
 "the most elevated crests"; as it was in that form, and so understanding those 
 terms, that the convention had been drawn up. He knew that a watershed is 
 the line of intersection of two slopes or inclined surfaces, and hence that the 
 watershed of the Cordillera de los Andes is the culminating line formed by the 
 intersection of its eastern and western declivities. 
 
 The Chilian Representative, disregarding the incontrovertible conclusions 
 which both the letter and spirit convey, considers as convincing, in accordance 
 with the views which he holds, the use of the Latin expression divortium aquarum. 
 
 " Even more convincing, if possible," he says, " is the fact that the negotiators have 
 entered in Article II. of the Treaty the Latin expression divortia aquarum, ivhich embodies 
 the idea of the division of the ivaters of the continent, thus reproducing the same idea expressed 
 in Spanish in Article I." 
 
 Nevertheless, it is difficult to fathom the reasons on which he bases his state- 
 ment. The literal meaning — strictly literal — of the Latin words divortia, aquarum 
 does not suggest the thought of the separation of the hvdrographic basins, 
 particularly in view of the fact that the Romans made a distinction between 
 divortia aquarum and divortia jlumiuis, between the division of waters, no matter 
 what their nature, and the divides of rivers. It is even more difficult to discover 
 the motives entertained in the Chilian Statement, when it is considered that the 
 Romans were wanting in indispensable geographical notions to lay down positive 
 
 * Speech referred to, pp. 198—9'. 
 
216 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 theories respecting interoceanic water divides. To claim such exact ideas for the 
 Romans, implies something - like an anachronism, a confusion of epochs : it implies 
 the transfer to ancient historical times of principles and ideas which contemporary 
 civilisation is still discussing. If judgment has to be formed solely on supposi- 
 tions, it is more in accordance with the nature of things, and with the state of 
 knowledge in the Roman era, to say that, in making reference to a divortium 
 aquarum, the Romans meant a local watershed of restricted extent, and not a 
 primary and fundamental divide, which would suggest a complete knowledge of 
 the great divisions of the earth, known by the name of continents. 
 
 Therefore, if the negotiators employed the Latin expression, they must have 
 used it in accordance with its Latin acceptation. It is inconceivable that they 
 intended to alter it. 
 
 It would be out of place to enter into lengthy, philological disquisitions 
 about the divortium aquarian of the Romans, and as to what they really under- 
 stood by that expression; but, seeing that it has been stated to convey the idea 
 of a continental divide, it is essential to prove that, far from this, it applies to 
 the actual summit of the chains. 
 
 Although a divortium aquarum may exist in plains and in mountains, 
 the Romans reserved the phrase to distinguish therewith the upper crest of the 
 mountains from which the waters descend down their two slopes. 
 
 Quieherat and Daveliey's Latin-French Dictionary gives the meaning of 
 divortium aquarum in these words: "Versants de montagnes (oil les eaux se 
 separent)." According to these learned philologists, the divortium aquarian is 
 to be found "in the slopes of mountains," which is equivalent to saying in the 
 intersection. The classics used the phrase in the same sense. 
 
 Cicero, in a letter to Atticus, says : — 
 
 "Tarsimi veui, a.d. III. Non. October, Inde ad Amanum contendi qui Syriain a 
 Cilicia aquarum divortia dividit." 
 
 The French translators of the celebrated Nisard collection rendered the 
 
 phrase as follows : — 
 
 " J'arrivai le 3 des nones d'Octobre a Tarse, d'oii je m'avancai vers le mont Amanus 
 qui separe la Syrie de la Cilicie et presente un de ses versants a chacun des deux pays." 
 
 It is thus seen that it suffices to speak of divortia aquarum in order that 
 
 " Collection des auteurs latins, vol. 11, GEuvres completes de Ciceron avec la traduction en fran^ais, 
 pulilics sous la direction de M. Nisard, vol. 5, 1852, Paris, p. 220. 
 
Interpretation Consistent with Literal Meaning of the Covenant. 2 1 7 
 
 it may be understood that each of the slopes of a mountain belongs to each 
 of the countries between which they lie. 
 
 The same Cicero, in one of his letters called ad familiar es, says, on the other 
 hand : — 
 
 " Quum venissera ad Amanum, qui mons mihi cum Bibulo communis est, divisus 
 aquarum divortiis. Cassius noster, quod mihi magna? volupiati fuit, feliciter ab Antiocchia, 
 hostem rejecerat Bibulus provinciam acceperat." 
 
 In this passage Cicero notifies that the divortium aquarum of Mount 
 Amanus divided two provinces ; and it is curious to remark that the French 
 translators of the Nisard Collection have rendered the idea in such terms that 
 one might almost say they had forseen the present dispute, were that not an 
 absurdity, so great is the precision with which they have defined the boundary, 
 fixing it in the crest of the said mountain and between its two slopes. They 
 translate : — 
 
 " Arrive au pied de 1' Amanus, dont la Crete me se'pare de Bibulus, et qui, par ses deux 
 versants, appartient aux deux provinces, j'appris, non sans une grande joie, que Cassius 
 avait reussi a rejeter l'ennemi loin dAntiocbe. Bibulus avait enfin pris possession." * 
 
 These paragraphs are decisive. They prove that, by using the Latin 
 expression, the negotiators of the 1881 Treaty sought to confirm once again the 
 idea of stretching the frontier line along the upper and most elevated crests of 
 the Andes. Should they, however, not be deemed sufficient, they could be 
 confirmed by a passage from Titus Livy (book 38, chap. 45) which, in itself, is 
 of insuperable clearness. It is this : — 
 
 " Cupientem transire Taurum a?gre omnium legatorum precibus, ne carminibus sybilla? 
 prasdictam superantibus terminos fatales cladem experiri vellet, retentum ; admovisse tamen 
 exercitum, et prope ipsisjugis ad divortia aquarum castra possuisse." 
 
 For Titus Livy, the divortia aquarum is situated prope ipsis jugis, that is to 
 say, the very crest. 
 
 Imbued with its spirit, the phrase has been thus translated in the Nisard 
 Collection : — 
 
 " Manlius avait voulu francbir le Mont Taurus, et e'etait a grand peine qu'il avait ce'de' 
 aux prieres des dix commissaires, aux paroles de la Sibylle, qui ne predisaient que de'sastres 
 en dehors de ces limites fatales ; rien n'avait pu l'empecker cependant d'en approcher 
 
 Op. cit., vol. 5, p. 218. 
 
 2 F 
 
218 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 avec son arnie'e, d'aller camper sur la crete meme (the very crest) de la montagne, pres des 
 sources des fleuves." * 
 
 The English translators, likewise, keep to the meaning of the original text, 
 which locates the divortium aquarum in the most elevated crest of the chain. 
 In a version dated 1686, one reads : — 
 
 ' ; That having a desire to go beyond Taurus, he could hardly be kept, even by the 
 entreaties of all Ambassadors, from running the risque of that misfortune which that 
 nevertheless he drew his army nearer, and encamped almost upon the very tops of the 
 mountains where the waters flow down on both sides (i.e.) near the wells." j 
 
 A more recent one, by George Baker, renders it as follows : — 
 
 " So eager was the wish of Manlius to cross Taurus that he was with difficulty 
 restrained by the ten Ambassadors, who besought himself voluntarily to the curse 
 denounced in the Sybilline verses against such as should pass those fatal limits. Never- 
 theless, he marched his army thither, and encamped almost on the very summit where the 
 waters take opposite directions." X 
 
 This last passage is translated in the very same words by Mr. William A. 
 M'Devitte, in his well-known version from the edition published at Oxford under 
 the superintendence of Mr. Travers Twiss. § 
 
 For Titus Livy, then, as for Cicero, the divortia aquarum was constituted by 
 "la crete meme" (the very crest), by " the very tops" by " the very summit" of a 
 chain. 
 
 When Senor Walker Martinez, the Chilian Plenipotentiary, officially 
 interpreted the said expression, applied to the Andes, in the sense that it 
 signified "the most elevated crests of the Cordillera and nothing else," he gave 
 it the meaning — to use his own words — " given them by science, language and 
 common sense," and, at the same time, he revealed that his conviction had been 
 formed by a deep study of the classics. 
 
 From whatever standpoint the Treaty of 1881 is examined, the final result 
 
 * Collection des auteurs latins, publiee sous la direction de M. Nisard, vol. 14. CEuvres de Tite-Live, 
 1852, Paris, vol. 2, p. 482. 
 
 t The Roman History written in Latin by Titus Livius, with the Supplements of the learned John 
 Freinshemius and John I (ujatius, 1686, London, p. 735. 
 
 J The History of Rome, by Titus Livius, translated from the original by George Baker, A.M., 1835, 
 London, vol. 2, p. 317. 
 
 § The History of Rome, by Titius Livius, literally translated by William A. M'Devitte, 1873, London, 
 p. 1772. 
 
Interpretation Consistent with Literal Meaning of the Covenant. 219 
 
 will therefore always be identical ; the Argentine-Chilian frontier is situated 
 within the Andes, in its main and dominant chain, and runs along the succession 
 of most elevated ci'ests, along the edge which divides the waters which flow down 
 on both sides. 
 
 The Convention explained in this way, all its terms harmonize. There is no 
 necessity to search for antinomies and to decide them in accordance with pre- 
 conceived ideas. The Treaty appears entirely homogeneous, inspired by one 
 main thought, which is logically developed so as to make clear its most minute 
 details. Any other explanation clashes with one or other of its terms, and must 
 be rejected for that sole reason, even were there no other, since it is irregular to 
 lay aside any provision whatever if they can all be made to harmonize without 
 violence. 
 
 According to one of these interpretations, the frontier line should run over 
 the highest peaks of the Cordillera ; and for those supporting this theory it is 
 needless to seek, on the ground, any other elements of judgment than the height 
 of the Andean peaks. The advantage of this theory lies in the fact that the frontier 
 does not depart from the colossal chain of mountains, which geographically and 
 politically separates the two nations situated in the southern part of America. 
 From this point of view, it follows the provision according to which " the 
 boundary between the Argentine Republic and Chile is, from north to south as 
 far as the parallel of lat. 52° S., the Cordillera de los Andes." But the said theory 
 would alter the Treaty, inasmuch as it does not refer to peaks, but to crests, and 
 in order to distinguish them it states that they are of those which " may divide 
 the waters." The theory also clashes with the clause of the Treaty which 
 requires the frontier to pass " between the slopes which descend one side and the 
 other." 
 
 The other interpretation is that of the continental divide. Among the 
 innumerable errors of this doctrine, the following may be at once quoted : — 
 
 First Error. — It leaves out the Cordillera de los Andes, which is the natural 
 boundary. 
 
 ( hi the ground of pure theory, it suffices to bear in mind that the Cordillera 
 de los Andes and the divortium fluminis of the South American Continent con- 
 stitute two different features which result from distinct formative causes, in 
 order to understand that, without going outside the general provisions of the 
 Agreement, the adoption of one or the other is not a matter of indifference. 
 There are some cases in which both coincide, but there are others in which such 
 
 2 F 2 
 
220 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 coincidence is impossible; if", therefore, the separation of the hydrographic 
 basins were to be adopted as the only rule, the Treaty would be sometimes 
 fulfilled and sometimes violated. 
 
 It has already been seen that the line traced by the Chilian Expert, follow- 
 ing the infinite windings of the continental divortium fluminis absolutely swerves 
 from the Cordillera and traverses veritable open plains. But for the purpose 
 of demonstration it is only necessary to admit the hypothesis in order to affirm 
 that, since the Treaty provides in a positive manner that "the boundary is the 
 Cordillera," it is inconsistent to follow a mode of procedure which entails the 
 demarcation of the frontier line in conformity with a principle independent of 
 that Cordillera. 
 
 Had it been desired to fix the separation of the hydrographic basins or the 
 continental divortium fluminis as the demarcating- principle, it would have been 
 so stated in the Treaty, which contains no reference whatever to such water- 
 divide. On the contrary, it designates the rules to be followed in the Cordillera, 
 along the true divortium aquarum, as defined by Cicero and Titus Livy. 
 
 In laying down the boundary along the line of the Cordillera in accordance 
 with the provisions which should be adhered to, the Experts must restrict their 
 task to the Cordillera itself, and are empowered, therefore, to disregard any other 
 geographical feature they may encounter on the route. The course of the rivers 
 is of no consequence. They can be cut whenever they cross the massif through 
 the breaches or gaps. It is absurd that the boundary line running from north 
 to south along the crests of the main chain should suddenly twist its trend, and 
 descend from the mountain to the plain, in order to follow the course of the 
 river that interrupts it as far as the source of the same, continuing anew along 
 the crests after describing a wide curve in far-away regions, as the Chilian 
 Expert pretends. The Treaty of 1881 does not lend itself to such hermeneutics. 
 In order not to depart from the most elevated crests, the frontier line must cut 
 the river and cross in a straight line over the breach through which the latter 
 Hows. 
 
 On the other hand, in laying down the boundary along the line of the 
 continental divortium fluminis, the latter would become the sole rule. The Cor- 
 dillera de los Andes, which is the consecrated boundary, would be relegated to 
 the second place. In those cases in which the continental divide was situated 
 within it, it would be a coincidence — merely a coincidence — when the Treaty 
 provides thai there is a rule and a "immovable" rule. To argue that the 
 
Interpretation Consist cut with Literal Meaning of the Covenant. 221 
 
 coincidence fulfils the conditions of the Treaty, is to remove things from their 
 true standpoint, and, to a certain extent, to ignore it, seeing that it is only a matter 
 of chance that it has heen observed. In those cases in which the continental 
 divortium fluminis is outside the Cordillera, the violation of the transcendental 
 principle around which all the negotiations have turned is still more apparent, 
 more evident, seeing that it is no longer possible even to invoke a coincidence 
 resulting from chance. 
 
 It is, therefore, indubitable that, to maintain and say that the line should 
 run along the separation of the hydrographic basins of the rivers flowing into 
 the Pacific and the Atlantic, is to overlook, to reject, and to suppress the 
 primary declaration of the Treaty of 1881, which constitutes the whole of its 
 meaning; which was set forth in its very first words, in order to signify its 
 importance. 
 
 Second Error. — Said doctrine, of the continental divide, is likewise opposed 
 to the part of Article 1 which provides that the frontier line 
 
 " Shall run in that extent along the most elevated crests of said Cordillera that may 
 divide the waters." 
 
 If the separation of the hydrographic basins of the rivers that fall into the 
 Atlantic or the Pacific were to be the guiding rule, it would not have been 
 possible to mention the most elevated crests. The Chilian Representative, in 
 the course of the Statement read before the Tribunal, has referred to paragraphs 
 and passages in which mention is made of " culminating points," of " highest 
 summits," of " most elevated crests"; but in the application of his doctrines he 
 forgets all that, in order to restrict himself to the hydrographic basins which 
 are neither " most elevated crests," nor " highest summits," nor " culminating 
 points." And he cannot either excuse himself by saying that, there being no 
 other crests which may divide the continental waters, he had to confine himself 
 to the only ones he found, high or low, elevated or not ; because the Treaty 
 nowhere states that the crests which may divide the continental waters are 
 to be investigated, but those which divide the waters, of whatsoever nature 
 they might be. 
 
 It is through adding to the word "waters" a qualification not contained in 
 the agreement, that difficulties arise which impose the suppression of settled 
 conditions ; it is through adding to the word " waters " a qualification not 
 contained in the agreement, that the provision respecting " the most elevated 
 
222 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 crests " is rendered illusory. Suppress this qualification, and the difficulties are 
 overcome. If the crests must divide the waters, only, it is easy to choose — 
 among the many which answer that condition — those which comply with the 
 Treaties. 
 
 Third Error. — The boundary line " shall pass between the slopes which 
 descend one side and the other." 
 
 In accordance with the opinion of writers on International Law, it is laid 
 down that the sovereignty of each one of two countries extends along the side 
 of the Andes vip to its upper edge. The continental divortium fluminis, without 
 other guide than the courses of rivers, leaves out everything save the rivers 
 themselves, and thus includes the two slopes -of the Cordillera within one only 
 of the countries. Such a method of procedure clashes with tradition and with 
 political interests. The favoured country incorporates the Cordillera within 
 its dominions, traverses its elevated crest, and makes, as it were, territorial 
 encroachments into the other. In this way the jurisdictional and strategic 
 advantages of the arcijinious boundary disappear. No longer do the Andes 
 constitute that "formidable barrier" which had been intended. The "wall" 
 has been passed over, and it is at its base or in the far-away plains — where a 
 variable and capricious geographical feature has been substituted for the eternal 
 boundaries — that the divisional line would lie. 
 
 Fourth Error. — The continental divide disregards the whole of the primordial 
 clauses of the Convention of 1881, suppressing some, multilating others, altering 
 all. In the series of conditions enumerated by it, one alone is observed, which 
 predominates over the others as though it were the only one — the water-parting 
 line; and even with respect to this, it is found necessary to add periphrases and 
 locutions; for, if the original text be preserved in its integrity, it would be 
 impossible to arrive at so complete a subversion, which represents a doctrine 
 according to which the Experts, charged to carry out geodetical operations in 
 the Cordillera, must divert their eyes from the Cordillera and turn them to 
 the shores of the Ocean in order to seek, in every inlet, in every creek, the 
 rivers which discharge into the Pacific, the courses of which would have to be 
 re-ascended for the purpose of demarcating the frontier line between the infinite 
 windings of their sources. 
 
Chilian Interpretation. 223 
 
 5. CHILIAN INTERPRETATION. 
 
 Between an interpretation which consults all the antecedents and which 
 derives its support from every one of the clauses, and another interpretation 
 which forgets tradition and destroys settled conditions, the Chilian Republic 
 decidedly made choice of the former, in the years immediately succeeding the 
 approval of the Agreement of 1881. 
 
 The continental divide, as a doctrine, was of tardy appearance among 
 writers and more tardy still in Government circles. At first, both the former 
 and the latter, with the Treaty before them, studying its spirit and its letter, 
 recognised that the historical boundary was the boundary stipulated in the 
 Treaty, and that the one and the other were determined by the edge of the 
 Andes. 
 
 The principle appeared to be so evident, that it became diffused in the 
 schools under the authority of the worthy prestige of the Santiago University. 
 
 Don Enrique Espinoza, in a geographical text-book, which received the 
 approval of the University Faculty of Philosophy and Philology in its Session 
 October 31, 1890, under the presidency of the geographer Senor Asta Buruaga 
 — fixes the boundaries of Chile, after " taking into consideration the boundary 
 Treaties ivith the Argentine Republic" and stated that it is bounded on the east 
 . ..." by the Argentine Republic along the anticlinal line of said, Cordillera de 
 los Andes* As a corollary of this general rule, the Author adds that the 
 department of Copiapo is bounded on the east by " the anticlinal line of the 
 Andes" (p. 119); that the Province of Coquimbo is bounded on the north by 
 a line which starts from Chanaral Bay, on the Pacific, and continues to the east 
 along the chain of the Ventana and other hills as far as the Agua Amarga 
 mountains, whence it continues to the crest of the Andes (p. 128); that the 
 department of San Felipe is bounded on the west and north by a branch 
 chain of mountains which starts from the Punta del Olivo and follows the 
 cordon of Coimas, the Orolonco hill, and thence, proceeding eastwards, forms the 
 lines that separate the waters of the Rio Colorado from those of the Putaendo 
 
 * Geografia Descriptiva de la Republica de Chile, por Enrique Espinoza, Tercera Edicion, Santiago de 
 Chile, 1895, pp. 17 and 18. 
 
224 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 up to the crest of the Andes (p. 166); that the first zone of the Province of 
 Nuble is formed by the slope of the Andes (p. 200), etc. 
 
 But it seems useless to insist on evidence of a private nature when so 
 much overwhelming evidence of an official character exists, which can be 
 consulted in the work of Senor Echeverria y Reyes, which mainly consists of 
 documents emanating- From the legislative and executive powers of Chile, having 
 reference to the provisions in force in September 1888 (after the Treaty of 18<Sl) 
 which designate the territorial subdivision of that Republic into provinces, 
 departments, sub-delegations and districts. 
 
 The first pages of the work, which consists of two thick volumes, give its 
 history. In July 1888, Senor Echeverria y Reyes offers to sell to the Govern- 
 ment the collection of laws and decrees which he had patiently gathered 
 together. The Government then appointed five eminent men, "in order that 
 they, conjointly or separately, should report, as speedily as possible, on the tenor 
 of his request." The commission was composed as follows : Don Francisco 
 Solano Asta Buruaga, Minister of the Court of Accounts, ex-Dean of the Faculty 
 of Philology and Philosophy, author of the " Diccionario Geografico de la Republica 
 de Chile" ; Don Francisco Yidal Gormaz, Head of the Hydrographical Bureau, 
 explorer and geographer; Don Carlos M. Prieto, Principal of the Main Depart- 
 ment of the Hydrographical Bureau ; Don Vicente Grez, Chief of the Central 
 Bureau of Statistics ; and Don Amado Pissis, Chief of the Geographical Section 
 of the Central Bureau of Statistics, and Author of the " Geografia Fisica de la 
 Republica de Chile." There were no more competent men on the matter in Chile. 
 
 The Commission drew up a lengthy Report ; recommended certain modifi- 
 cations, "since the work must be considered as an official publication" according to 
 the expression used by the Commission, and giving the authority of its opinion to 
 the rest of the work. In view of this opinion, the Government issued a Decree 
 of Approval, and later on circulated the book among the Chilian Authorities.* 
 
 By a careful study of the decrees of the Chilian Government collected by 
 Senor Echeverria y Reyes, it will be noted that officially they accepted as the 
 Argentine-Chilian boundary the culminating line of the Cordillera, without once 
 even casuallv making mention of the continental divide. 
 
 1 The book is entitled : Am'bal Echeverria y lieyes. Geografia Politica de Chile 6 sea Eecopilacion de 
 Leyes v decrctos vigentes sobre creacion, limites y nornbro de las provinciaB, departamentos, sub-delegaciones 
 y distritos de la Republica, Santiago de Chile, 1888-1889. It is in the British Museum Library, 10481.1.17, 
 and a copy is laid before the Tribunal. 
 
Chilian Interpretation. 225 
 
 Thus, four years subsequent to the 1881 Treaty being sanctioned, the Chilian 
 Government did not question that they had recognised the traditional frontier, 
 and in their administrative acts made use of the language employed in Colonial 
 times. The Decree of October 16, 1885, provided that — 
 
 " The Department of Linares, in the province of that name, is divided into the 
 following sub-delegations, which will have the boundaries, names and numbers given as 
 below : . . . . 
 
 " Sub-delegation No. 11, Vega de Salas, is bounded .... on the east by the Sierra 
 Nevada (snowy chain). 
 
 " It is divided into three districts : — 
 
 " District No. 1 — Vega de Ancoa . . to the east by the Sierra Nevada. 
 
 " District No. 2 — Vega de Solas . . to the east by the Sierra Nevada. 
 
 " District No. 3 — Los Gualles ... to the east by the Sierra Nevada de la Cordillera. 
 
 " Sub-delegation No. 13, Sa?i Jose, is bounded .... on the east by the Sierra Nevada 
 de los Andes 
 
 " District No. 2, Loma de Vdsquez, is bounded .... on the east by the Sierra 
 Nevada." * 
 
 Approving these denominations, the Chilian Government issued the Decree 
 of September 27, 1888, which provides : — 
 
 "It is detached District No. 3, Llepu, from sub-delegation 12, Ancoa, in the Depart- 
 ment of Linares and annexed to No. 11 Vega de Salas. This sub-delegation will be 
 bounded on the east by the Sierra Nevada, and shall consist of four districts 
 
 "District No. 2 will .... be bounded on the east by the Sierra Nevada. 
 
 " District No. 3 will .... be bounded on the east by the Sierra Nevada. 
 
 " District No. -4 will be bounded .... on the east by the Sierra Nevada de la 
 Cordillera.'' f 
 
 It has already been observed that this reference to the Cordillera Nevada 
 has always been resorted to in order to distinguish by facts which strike 
 the imagination, the idea of the gigantic height of the Andean mountains ; but 
 if this ancient expression does not appear to be sufficiently explicit it is still 
 possible to mention other concordant ones which remove and dissipate any 
 doubt. 
 
 The Congress of the Chilian Republic, the very one which had studied and 
 given its assent to the Treaty of 1881, passed in 1884 the Law of January 14, 
 which created the departments of Taltal, Chaharal and Copiapo. 
 
 * Echevern'a y Reyes, op. cit. vol. 1, pp. 294, 300. 301. f Ibid - P- 304 - 
 
 2 G 
 
226 Divergences in tiic Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 Its second Article fixes the boundaries, specifying in the part relating 
 
 thereto :■ — 
 
 "Taltal .... On the east, the anticlinal line of the Andes. 
 " Chanaral . . On the east, the anticlinal line of the Andes. 
 " Copiap6 . . . On the east, the anticlinal line of the Andes." • 
 
 The Chilian nation, through its most representative organs, interpreted 
 in this way the frontier of the Cordillera agreed upon with the Argentine 
 Republic, and declared, in binding injunctions to the inhabitants of the country, 
 that it was the Sierra Nevada or the anticlinal line. 
 
 As this interpretation was derived from rooted convictions, it is to be noted 
 that it is repeated in subsequent official records in as unequivocal terms as 
 could be desired, and in various locutions. 
 
 The Government Decree of November 3, 1885, disposed that — 
 
 "The Department of Osorno in the Province of Lllanquihue, is divided into the 
 following sub-delegations and districts : . . . . 
 
 " Suh-delegation No. 3, Damas. Its boundaries will be : On the north, the Golgol, Lake 
 Puyehue' and Rio Pilmaiquen, thence as far as the confluence of the Huino-Huiiio, and the 
 (Juinco, from its source to the Huechal bridge, on the San Pablo road ; on the east, the crest 
 "f the Cordillera de Ins Andes. 
 
 " Sub-delegation No. 4, Cancura. Its boundaries will be : On the north, the Rio de 
 las Damas, from bridge No. 3, called de Chuyaca, to its source, and thence a direct line to 
 the east, as far as the Cordillera ; to the east, the crest of the Andes." f 
 
 A few days later, on November 30, 1885, the Chilian Government once 
 again recognised that the eastern boundary of the Republic was constituted by 
 the crest of the Cordillera. It disposed that the Department of San Felipe 
 in the Province of Aconcagua is divided into several sub-delegations and 
 
 districts : — 
 
 " Sub-delegation No. S, Jahuel. Its boundaries will be a line which, from the Puntilla 
 del Canamo, continues along the narrow pass which borders the farm of San Jose' as far 
 as the Puntilla de las Cabras on the west ; it will comprehend the entire Jahuel valley or 
 nap along both sides, up to the crests of the Cordillera de los Amies 
 
 " Sub-delegation No. 12, Mirqflores. The boundary .... on the east, the crest of the 
 i 'ordillera " 
 
 "Sub-delegation No. 14, Rio Colorado. Has for limits .... on the south it is 
 bounded by the Department de los Andes up to the sum/nit of the Cordillera." \ 
 
 Echeverria y Reyes, op. cit., vol. 2, pp. 308 and 309. \ Ibid. vol. 1, pp. 56 and 57.. 
 
 % Ibid. vol. '-', pp. 212, 216, 219, 220. 
 
( ~!;iliaii Interpretation. 227 
 
 Identical terminology is emplo) r ed in the Decree of December 2, 1885, with 
 reference to the Department of Illapel. 
 
 " The Department of Illapel, in the Province of Coquimbo," it establishes, " will be 
 divided into the following sub-delegations and districts : . . . . 
 
 " Sub-delegation No. G, Chalinga .... District No. G, San Agustin. Comprehends the 
 whole estate of this name, from las Trancas to the summit of the Cord ill- ra de los Andes." * 
 
 Likewise, on December 2, 1885, the Government of Santiago fixed — always 
 in an official character — the territorial divisions of the Department of Com- 
 barbala, and referring to sub-delegation No. 1, Oriente de la Villa, it establishes 
 that — 
 
 " It is bounded on the east by the crests of the Andes." f 
 
 In the Decree, dated December 6, 1888, the terminology is changed, but 
 the dominant thought is preserved, and the interpretation of the Treaty of 1881 
 confirmed. This Decree fixed the sub-delegations and districts of the Depart- 
 ment of Copiapo, and in it is established: — 
 
 " Sub-delegation No. 15, San Antonio District No. 4, Las Juntas .... on tin- 
 east the culminating line of the Andes, on the south, the boundary line with the Department 
 of Vallenar, from the culminating line of the Andes up to the source of the Quebrada 
 Aspera " 
 
 Sub-delegation 19, Puquios. "Boundary .... on the east, the culminating line of 
 the Cordillera de los Andes, from the northern massif of the San Francisco Pass to the 
 los Patos crest." J 
 
 In epochs prior even to the Treaty of 1881, when the dispute with reference 
 to the jurisdiction over Patagonia was in progress, the Argentine Republic 
 maintained that Chile was bounded on its eastern part by the Cordillera, making 
 reference, in support of her views, to the Treaty in which Spain recognised 
 Chilian independence, and to various political Constitutions which explicitly 
 designated the boundary of the Andes. The Argentine Plenipotentiary, re- 
 ferring to this, informed the Chilian Government that — 
 
 " Every title to territorial property and dominion implies a definite extension ; and 
 
 * Echeverria y Eeyes, op. cit. vol. 2, pp. 266, 26?. f Il)id - P- 271 - 
 
 % Notice will be taken further on of the error made by the Chilian Government in referring to the San 
 
 Francisco Pass as situated in the culminating line of the Cordillera de los Andes. Ibid. vol. 2, pp. 323 
 
 and 326. 
 
 2 g 2 
 
2 28 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 it has always been agreed in these dispntes, that the confession of the party with respect 
 thereto, rendered other proofs unnecessary and dissipated all uncertainty, particularly when 
 such confession was set forth in the very laws." 
 
 It is now essential to repeat these expressions. In view of the intention 
 to interpret the Treaty of 1881 in such a form as to forsake the Cordillera 
 de los Audi's and its most elevated crests, in order to adopt the continental 
 divide as the only rule, appeal may be made to the Chilian Confession, which is 
 set forth in its very laws, which declare, subsequent to the Treaty and in eon- 
 sequence of its terms, that the boundary is the " Sierra Nevada of the Cordillera" 
 the " anticlinal Hue of the Andes," the " crest of the Cordillera de los Andes," the 
 •■ crests of the Andes" the " summit of the Cordillera" the " culminating Hue of the 
 Cordillera de his Andes" etc. 
 
 The Chilian Government cannot appeal to their internal domestic records 
 and claim to oppose them against the international agreements which have been 
 entered into between two different foreign States ; but, on the other hand, neither 
 can they gainsay the importance of the injunctions, the carrying out of which they 
 made compulsory to all the inhabitants of the country, when such injunctions are 
 appealed to by third parties. The Government of Chile, considering their own 
 decision, could not maintain that they are truth at home but error abroad. 
 When, with full knowledge, they have sanctioned with the weight of their 
 authority that interpretation of the Treaties which is derived from their ante- 
 cedents and from their letter, it is impossible to imagine that it would re- 
 pudiate their deliberations under any pretext whatever, as appears in the 
 statement read by the Chilian Keprescntative. 
 
 It is no question here of the opinion of an individual, the weight of which 
 depends upon the worth of the one who maintains it; it is a question ol the 
 opinion of the Chilian authorities — of those who intervened in the frontier 
 dispute, of those who negotiated the Covenant of 1881, of those who discussed 
 and sanctioned it. It is the authentic interpretation which the jurists proclaim 
 as the correct one, manifesting as it does the wish and the intention of the 
 authors of a phrase, the meaning of which it is sought to reveal ; and in the 
 present case, it is the interpretation that is most free from doubts, since it was 
 made in the first years which followed the sanction of the Treaty, and in 
 circumstances when men's judgments do not appear to have Keen confused by 
 the prospects ol national advantage. 
 
 In pursuing the analysis of the official documents collected by Senor 
 
Chilian Interpretation. 229 
 
 Echeverria y Reyes, other proofs would be found, and among them, some which 
 would sanction the assertion that, in the opinion of the Chilian Government, as 
 in the opinion of the Argentine Government, the rivers may be crossed by the 
 watershed of a Cordillera. 
 
 From a purely theoretical standpoint, it is easy to conceive that a line, 
 running along the crest of a mountain chain, through the places where the water- 
 parting takes place, might be traversed by streams which rise outside of such 
 chain. The Argentine Government maintained this in this dispute ; the Chilian 
 Republic, likewise, admitted it, in its official records. 
 
 There runs along the length of Chile close to the Pacific, a chain known to 
 the geographers of that country by the name of the Cordillera de la Costa, which 
 chain extends from north to south, in a parallel direction to the Andes. 
 
 The coast Cordillera is broken in different places by the watercourses which 
 descend from the Andes, or, in other words (those of Sefior Barros Arana), " this 
 chain is frequently cut by rivers which force their way between the mountains 
 as they flow towards the sea." * 
 
 Can it be said that that Cordillera de la Costa has a divortium aquarum ? 
 The use of such an expression would convey the implicit — but none the less 
 categorical — recognition, that it applies to the watershed pertaining and peculiar 
 to a chain, occurring on the most elevated line, that is to say, the line of the 
 intersection of its two slopes. The Argentine Republic, supported by South 
 American International jurisprudence, does not hesitate to answer in the affirma- 
 tive, and to sustain that the said Cordillera has its watershed, although it mav be 
 traversed by other waters independent of the Cordillera. The Chilian Republic 
 came to a like conclusion in the Administrative Decree issued on November 4, 
 1S85 :— 
 
 " The Department of Yaldivia," it says, " is divided into the following sub-delegations 
 and districts : . . . . 
 
 " Sub-delegation No. 4, Corral. Its boundaries are : on the north, an imaginary 
 line, drawn from the sources of the Santa Maria rivulet in a westerly direction to the sea ; 
 on the east, the watershed of the Cordillera de la Costa, and the Rio Yaldivia from the 
 Cutipay to la Cantera 
 
 "Sub-delegation No. 11, Cabo Blanco. Boundaries: on the north, a straight line 
 which, starting from the source of the Santa Maria rivulet, advances to the west as far as 
 the summit of the Cordillera de la Costa ; on the east, the whole course of the Santa Maria 
 to the las Garzas, the latter in its entire length, and the chain of hills commencing at 
 
 * Barros Arana, Elementos de Geografia fisica, 1st ed., p. 301. 
 
230 Divergences in the Cora 'ii Vera de los Andes. 
 
 Revellfn Point to the source of the Riachuelo which separates the land of Quitacalzon de 
 las Garcias from that of the Martinez ; on the south, the said Riachuelo in its whole length 
 and the Rio Valdivia to the Cutipay ; and on the west, the latter from its mouth to its 
 source and from thence the watershed in the Cordillera de la Costa, until the northern 
 
 boundary is reached 
 
 " District No. 3, Molino. Boundaries : On the north, the entire course of the San 
 Ramon rivulet ; on the east, along the Rio Cruces from the affluence of the San Ramon to 
 where it joins the Valdivia ; on the south, the latter river to the Cutipay ; and on the west 
 the whole course of the Cutipay, and from its source the watershed of the Cordillera de la 
 Costa, to the source of the San Ramon rivulet, including the San Francisco islands, the Mota 
 islands and the others separated by the main arm of the Cruces." 
 
 Two principal consequences follow from the paragraphs of the just-quoted 
 Decree, viz. : — 
 
 1. That the Chilian Government does not question that it is possible to 
 speak of the watershed of a Cordillera that is here and there traversed by 
 independent rivers. 
 
 2. That for the Government of Chile, the expressions summit of the Cor- 
 dillera and ivatershed in the Cordillera are equivalent, since both have been 
 employed to define the same idea, in particularising the boundaries of sub- 
 delegation No. 4, Corral. 
 
 If these conclusions, if the clauses referred to of the Decrees of the Chilian 
 Government, had been followed by the Chilian Expert, the many difficulties 
 which for some years have paralysed the progress of both nations, would 
 have been avoided. The frontier dispute would have possessed no practical 
 significance. 
 
 With reference to the Argentine Republic, she has sought and is seeking, in 
 the actual tracing of the line, the strict application of the Treaty of 1881, in the 
 form which the precedents that gave rise to it explain : in the form intended by 
 its negotiators : in the form indicated by its text : in the form understood by 
 Chile in the first years which followed its approval, when the recollection of the 
 details that accompanied its approval were fresher ; and in the form enunciated 
 in the official records that have been referred to. 
 
Convention of 1888. 231 
 
 CHAPTER IX. 
 
 Summary — 1. Convention of 1888. 
 
 2. Cabinet Council of the Argentine Government of December 24, 1889. 
 
 3. Disagreement of the Experts, Senores Pico and Barros Arana. 
 
 4. Disagreement of the Experts, Senores Virasoro and Barros Arana. 
 
 5. Various Questions Settled by the Protocol of 1893. 
 
 1. CONVENTION OF 1888. 
 
 After the ratification of the Treaty of 1881, some years elapsed without its 
 being duly carried out. The repeated discussions which preceded it ceased for 
 the time being, and it did not appear to be indispensable, at first, to place the 
 landmarks which were to fix the lines agreed upon. Nevertheless, the conduct 
 of the public affairs of a State requires an exact knowledge of its boundaries, and 
 the Argentine Republic, viewing the matter in this light, took the initiative in 
 1883 by opening negotiations with a view to the commencement of the demarca- 
 tion. On October 19, the Minister for Foreign Affairs, Seiior Victorino de la 
 Plaza, addressed the following communication to the Argentine Plenipotentiary 
 in Santiago: — 
 
 "The President is of opinion that the time has arrived for proceeding to trace the 
 boundary line in order to have this point definitely settled ; and as it appears certain that 
 to cany out that operation, the intervention of the Experts will be essential, he is also of 
 opinion that they might now be appointed by both countries. In consequence you are 
 authorised to make a suggestion in this sense as you may deem convenient." * 
 
 Had the work been commenced at that time, it is beyond question that the 
 boundary would have been fixed without a hitch, in view of the fact that, in 
 1883, and even since then, in 1885 and 1888, the Chilian Government had not- 
 thought of the Continental divortium aquarum, at least officially, as is proved by 
 the laws and decrees already quoted. Unfortunately, this did not happen. The 
 
 * Memoria cle E.E. de la E.A., 1892., p. 252. 
 
232 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 matter remained unsolved, and no measures having been taken for the 
 demarcation, the Minister for Foreign Affairs for the Argentine Republic again 
 communicated, in August 1884, with the Representative in Santiago requesting 
 information with respect thereto. The latter replied, explaining the delay, and 
 stating that he did not think it would continue much longer, as the Chilian 
 Minister for Foreign Affairs had requested him to draw up a draft Protocol. 
 
 This, however, was not done. Two years after, on July 26, 1886, the 
 Argentine Minister informed his Government : — 
 
 "Your Excellency is acquainted, through my previous? correspondence, with the sug- 
 gestions which, on various occasions, I have addressed to the Chilian Government, with a 
 view to coming to an agreement for the purpose of proceeding with the organisation of t lie 
 commission of Experts to winch the Boundary Treaty of 1881 refers the demarcation on 
 the ground of the boundaries which divide the two countries, as established in the respective 
 clauses of the said Treaty. Persisting lately in similar suggestions, I was informed by the 
 Minister for Foreign Affairs, at a private conference, that he was authorised by the President 
 of the Republic to conclude the suggested agreement, and that he was consequently in a 
 position to commence to act with respect to this long-delayed business. I replied to Senor 
 Zanartu by suggesting that we should give immediate attention to this negotiation." 
 
 The Argentine Government gave instructions to their Minister, and 
 forwarded him the bases for an additional Convention to the Treaty of 1881. 
 Nevertheless, a year later, in 1887, the negotiations had made no progress, in 
 spite of the Argentine Minister having informed the Chilian Government " on 
 every opportunity, of the urgency for concluding the Convention to appoint the 
 commissions for demarcating the boundaries between the two Republics," as 
 mentioned in the note of December 5 of the same year. 
 
 The Government of Chile, however, without giving any decision as to the 
 demarcation, declared themselves desirous of having an independent survey 
 made at some places near the probable line of demarcation ; which fact being 
 made known to the Argentine Government, was objected to by them in con- 
 sideration of the alarm that such expeditions might cause, whilst the demarcation 
 directed by the Treaty was not commenced. According to the Argentine 
 Government, the survey of the frontier ought first to be entrusted to the 
 Experts. This objection on the part of the Argentine Government caused 
 the Government of Chile in 1888 to agree to the commencement of the 
 demarcation, the supplementary Convention to the Treaty of L881 being 
 signed on August 20. 
 
Convention of 1888. 233 
 
 This Convention fixed the duties of the Experts^ the terms within which the 
 personnel must be appointed, and various rules of procedure. 
 
 It must be observed that the intervention of the Experts was limited by the 
 Treaty of 1881 to the following points : — 
 
 1 . To decide the difficulties that might arise from the existence of cfrtain 
 valleys formed by the bifurcation of the Cordillera, and in which the watershed 
 may not be apparent (Article 1 ). 
 
 2. To fix on the ground the line which, starting from Point Dungeness, 
 shall be prolonged overland as far as Mount Dinero ; thence it shall continue 
 westward, following the highest elevations of the chain of hills existing there, 
 until it strikes the height of Mount Aymont ; from this point up to the inter- 
 section of meridian 70° W. with parallel 52° 8., and thence westward coinciding 
 with this latter parallel as far as the divortium aquarum of the Andes (Articles 2 
 and 4). 
 
 3. To fix on the ground the line in Tierra del Fuego, which, starting from 
 the point named Cape Espfritu Santo in lat. 52° 40' S., shall be prolonged 
 southward, coinciding with meridian 6S r '' 34' W. Greenwich, until it strikes 
 Beadle Channel. 
 
 The mission of the Experts was confined to this. According to the terms 
 of the Treaty of 1881, the tracing of the line in the Cordillera was outside their 
 mandate. The Convention of 1888 enlarged their powers, directing in its 
 Article 3 that — 
 
 " The Experts shall carry out on the ground the demarcation of the lines indicated in 
 Articles 1, 2 and 3 of the Boundary Treaty." 
 
 In consequence of this injunction the entire Argentine-Chilian frontier, 
 from the extreme north down to the southern limits, was confided to the labour 
 and knowledge of the Experts. The Experts, as such, were obliged to carry out, 
 on the ground, the demarcation. The study of the orographic features that 
 constitute the international boundary was, therefore, to be their main object. 
 The theoretic discussions had been within the sphere of the Governments 
 themselves up to the Treaty of 1881. Likewise subsequent to it, the Govern- 
 ments were to be called to intervene in the event of abstract differences 
 arising which might impede the action of the Commissioners engaged in fixing 
 the landmarks, after visiting the ground. The spirit of the clause, considered from 
 this point of view, is perfectly evident. When the old question was settled, no 
 
 2 11 
 
234 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 other divergences were foreseen than what might arise from a different opinion 
 on some geographical fact, and in such circumstances it was natural to have 
 recourse to the personal observation of those who would have the responsibility 
 of tracing the line. It was considered that obstacles would easily he avoided, it 
 the Experts, working together, visited the ground, and studied the Cordillera de 
 los Andes, the high crests of which had been fixed as the boundary. 
 
 The clause did not give the expeeted results, as the Expert of the Chilian 
 Republic never visited the Cordillera during the earning out of the work, 
 and therefore did not possess direct knowledge of the places in which arose the 
 divergences which have been submitted to the decision of Her Britannic Majesty's 
 Government. The Assistant Commissioners, created by the Convention of 1888, 
 did not exercise, and could not exercise independent powers, as is revealed by 
 the course of the negotiation. 
 
 However, imbued with the desire of accelerating the work, the Argentine 
 Government proposed the delegation of powers to the Assistants, but, owing to 
 the just resistance offered by Chile, the Argentine Plenipotentiary gave way, 
 and in a note to this effect, addressed to the Minister for Foreign Affairs, stated 
 that — 
 
 " With respect to the delegation to the auxiliary corps appointed to effect the demarca- 
 tion of the boundaries, as suggested in the proposal emanating from the Ministry, which 
 was communicated to me and which has .served as a basis for this negotiation, it has been 
 opposed by the Chilian Representative on the ground that a. stipulation of that nature 
 would be the means of introducing, without necessity and perhaps with danger, an innova- 
 tion in the Treaty ot 1881, the provisions of which it would ho unwise to change, whilst 
 arranging for its execution ; and as, on the other hand,. I considered his observation to be 
 justified, and recognising that I had to seek my first instructions in the text of the Treaty, 
 the stipulations whereof it was desired should he carried out, I could not hesitate in 
 reserving to the Experts the duty of fixing by themselves, on the ground, the lines of 
 demarcation, as is peremptorily established in Article -1 of the Treaty I am referring to. 
 The matter was, therefore, settled in this way, as Your Excellency can see in the respective 
 clause of the Convention entered into." 
 
 The Experts, and only the Experts, were invested with " the power of fixing 
 by themselves, tin the ground," the boundary line; and it is to be deplored that 
 the Argentine Expert, when surveying the Cordillera, should have been unable 
 to study the orography of the frontier regions with his colleague, the latter not 
 having even visited the ground. 
 
 I he Convention of 1888 which arranged the demarcation, stated that it 
 should be ratified " as soon as possible " (Article KM. but a year elapsed prior 
 
Cabinet Council of Argentine Government of December 24, 1889. 235 
 
 to its being sanctioned by the Chilian Congress, -which approved it after the 
 Argentine Congress, and the ratifications were exchanged on January 11, 1890. 
 
 Within two months from that date (Article 1), the Governments were 
 bound to nominate the Experts. The Argentine Government hastened to 
 appoint Don Octavio Pico, in June 1889. The Chilian Government appointed 
 in 1890, Don Diego Barros Arana, who had carried out the negotiations in 187(5 
 and 1878, which form a valuable antecedent of the Treaty of 1881.* 
 
 The demarcation was to be commenced forthwith. 
 
 2. CABINET COUNCIL OF THE ARGENTINE GOVERNMENT OF 
 
 DECEMBER 24, 1889. 
 
 After the signature of the Convention of 1888, but prior to its ratification 
 (and, consequently, prior to the initiation of the work), the continental divide 
 began to be spoken of in Chile- 
 It has been already stated that the Spanish navigator Juan Ladrillero, in 
 1557, advanced from the Pacific by water through the Cordillera de los Andes, 
 and he remarked the fact that in lat. 52° the range was separated by water- 
 ways or canales from the plains which extend to the Atlantic Ocean. Lieu- 
 tenant Skvriug and Mate Kirke, of the British Navy, and Lieutenant Rogers of 
 the Chilian Navy, confirmed this fact before the publication of Ladrillero's report. 
 a fact known to Senor Barros Arana and his assistant Senor Alejandro Bertram!, 
 who prepared the sixteenth century facsimile map which is annexed to Ladril- 
 lero's account, and in which, although the Cordillera is erroneously drawn to 
 the east of the spot -where Ladrillero places it, there appear the " Plains of 
 Diana." 
 
 Therefore, when the Treaty of 1881 was signed, it was not unknown in 
 Chile that the watershed of the Andes in this region was in the Cordillera 
 to the west of the waterways. In 1884, Senor Bertrand, by order of his 
 Government, visited this part of Patagonia, one of the principal objects 
 of his journey being to fix the point of intersection of parallel 52 r with the 
 watershed of the Andes. 
 
 * The information respecting the negotiations for the Convention of 1888 are found in the Memo; 
 E. E. de la R. A., 1892. 
 
 2 ii 2 
 
236 Divergences in tJie Cordillera de los .hides. 
 
 According to the exploration of Sefior Bertrand,* it appears that — 
 
 P. 72. — " The general level of the chain of the Andes becomes gradually lower from 
 ihe Bolivian Plateau and the Atacama Sierra, where it rises to a height of 400(1 metres, to 
 the Inlet of Keloncavi, the first entrance made by the sea among its crests, as the volcano 
 Calbuco is situated to the west of said inlet. From this point the Cordillera, is continued 
 partly on the continent, partly on the islands; it should be noted that the valleys 
 
 OF THE RIVERS PaLEXA, AySKX, HlJEMULES AND BLANCO CROSS IT FROM ONE SIDE TO THE 
 other until it terminates ninth of Last Hope Inlet, between hit. 51° and 52° S. ; at this 
 point all the continental mountain, ridges are intersected by the marshy Plains of Diana, which 
 extend from Bahia del Desengano (Disappointment Bay) as far as the western sources of 
 the river Gallegos. In this latitude, and to the south of this break, the numerous snow 
 summits of the Andes are scattered throughout the many islands and peninsulas divided 
 by the tortuous western channels of Patagonia." 
 
 Sefior Bertrand suggested a fresh boundary completely extraneous to that 
 agreed upon in 1881. The watershed of the Andes to which the Treaty referred 
 was that of the high Cordillera de los Andes; no one had ever doubted this, and 
 this watershed was to the west of the sea channels discovered by Ladrillero, and 
 which were explored by the 'Beagle,' as stated by a Chilian historian whose 
 word is authoritative in Chile, f 
 
 P. 132. — " The dominion of Chile over Eastern Patagonia," continues Sefior Bertrand, 
 " begins at parallel 1 it, 52° at the point where this parallel is intersected by the divortia 
 aquarum of the Amies. It is this point of separation which it is important to ascertain and 
 to establish, and the discovery of it was one of the principal objects of our exploration ; 
 this, however, has son-,, I only to confirm a fact asserted for more than three centuries and which 
 seems to have been forgotten in the drawing up of our Boundary Treaty, namely that the Cordil- 
 I ra de los Andes loses its continuity upon reaching the Patagonian region. Its summits are 
 scattered throughout the numerous islands and peninsulas of the uestern channels; the divortia 
 aquarum of the waters which flow into both oceans is frequently found to separate from the 
 Cordillera's broken ridge and to remove further to the east, sojnetimes reaching even to the level 
 
 Menioria sobre la Ee<2;ion central de las Tierras Magallanicas, presented to the Minister of Colonisation 
 by Alejandro Bertrand, with map, Santiago de Chile, 1886. 
 
 j Gonzalo Bulnes, Chile y la Argentina, Santiago de Chile, 1898. At p. 49 he says : "The Xrigoyen 
 tarted from Cape Virgenes in the Atlantic to Mount Dinero ; from thence to Mount Aymond; from 
 Mount Aymond to Mount Palladion ; from thence until it touched the divortium aquarum of ihe Andes in 
 parallel 52 . The difference between this line and that adopted in 188] is that this latter passes ten minutes to 
 the north, between Mount Aymond and Mount Palladion." The line of 1-881, instead of cutting Monnt 
 Palladion, was to cut Mount Rotunda, situated a little to the north of the former, and to be prolonged, 
 (recording to Sefiur Bulnes, as far as the divortium aquarum of ihe Andes, and therefore across the channels in 
 Older to read ; be ( 'ordillera. 
 
Cabinet Council of Argentine Government of December 24, 1889. 237 
 
 region of the Pampas. This occurs more especially in the vicinity of parallel 52°, where the 
 plain extends from one ocean to the other T 
 
 P. 134. — "From our own observation we may corroborate this fact, that the whole 
 mountain land on the Continent in the region in question is broken, and assert that north ol 
 parallel 52° a perfect/// level space of a minimum, extent of ten miles exists. This plain (Plains 
 or Marshes of Plana) we saw from two different /mints, first from the summit of the Penitenti 
 ridge, from when we also saw various inlets of Disappointment Bay; and afterwards from the 
 Deslinde cliffs, the elevation of which, though insignificant, rises above the horizon of these plains, 
 which at their gieatest height certainly do not exceed 250 metres above sea-level. We did not 
 at that time go further away than thirty miles from Disappointment Bay, whose shores 
 were, however, inaccessible to us by reason of the impassability of the marshes between 
 11s and them. 
 
 '" It has, therefore, been conclusively demonstrated that in lat. 52° the Cordillera de los 
 Andes shed all the waters of its slopes into the Pacific, and that the Continental divortia 
 aquarum must be sought east of it, in the extensive plains formed by the western 
 
 TRIBUTARY OF THE IiIO GaLLEGOS. 
 
 " The point, necessarily somewhat indefinite as owing to the plain and marsh of this 
 region, at which the divortia aquarum crosses the parallel, is to be found at the northern 
 foot of a wooded mountain, crowned by volcanic rocks, and which terminates on the south 
 in the Penitente ridge, and the approximate situation of this said intersection must be at 
 the meridian of 72°, very near the coast of the channels, approaching, according to our 
 investigations, in Disappointment Bay, to within ten miles of the meridian named." 
 
 From these observations of Senor Bertrand two facts are derived, which it 
 is advisable to point out to the Tribunal : — 
 
 1. That if the negotiators of the Treaty of 1881 overlooked that the 
 continental divortium aquarum does not occur in the Cordillera de los Andes, 
 there is no doubt that they did not stipulate that continental divortium aquarian : 
 and therefore the boundary could not be carried along it, as this would neces- 
 sitate abandoning the barrier agreed upon. 
 
 2. That Senor Bertrand had two standards by which to interpret the words 
 divortium aquarum. In the case of the international boundary, it is the con- 
 tinental that he adopts, and no other: in the case of internal lines within Chilian 
 territory, he adopts the divortium aquarum in its usual and logical meaning. In 
 the same book from which the passages quoted are taken, there occur the 
 following amongst the other analogous paragraphs which give Senor Bertrand's 
 second standard of opinion : — 
 
 P. 77. — "To the north of the Beagle ' Cerros,' on the eastern coast of Skyring Water, 
 there reappears the level or little undulated ground, and forms a beautiful tract which 
 gradually ascends towards the divortia aquarum with the Laguna Blanca." 
 
238 Divergences in the ( 'ordillera de los Andes. 
 
 P. 78. — " From Rio del Pescado on the north, no arborescent vegetation is met with 
 
 in the whole Patagonian 8trip, who.se waters fall into Magellan Straits, isolated coppices 
 are found to the north of the group of Lacunas de los Palos, in the farm of Palomares, 
 and in the culminating part of the divortia aquarum with the Laguna Blanca." 
 
 The Laguna Blanca, as is shown herewith, in the reproduction from Senor 
 Bertrand's map, is a closed lagoon with no outlet, similar in character to Laguna 
 Verde near parallel 27° S. between the " cerros " of Tres Cruces and San Fran- 
 cisco; the fact that the latter has no outlet is due to the rapid diminution of 
 its waters. The difference in altitude of the watershed between the stream of 
 Los Patos and the watermark of the lagoon is not more than forty metres 
 (131 feet), and even less than that which exists between the lagoon and the 
 " Chorrillo de la Descarga." One interpretation is given to the watershed when 
 it is a question of sources supposed to be situated within Chilian territory, and 
 quite another when it is considered as an international boundary, and according 
 to this idea a suggestion was even made by Senor Bertrand not only to carry 
 the boundary along the eastern foot of the Cordillera, as had been proposed in 
 1866, but to take it completely outside the Cordillera into the plains of the 
 Pampas. 
 
 Other openings through the Andes having been discovered by Chilian 
 explorers, it became known that the valleys to the east of the Cordillera, watered 
 by streams and rivers which passed through to the Pacific, were the most fertile 
 ot Patagonia ; the expeditions of Lieutenant Serrano Montaner to the upper 
 course of the river Palena had shown this fact. 
 
 This expedition caused some stir in Chile, and the European geographical 
 centres were informed of the noteworthy fact of the discovery of another river 
 completely piercing the Cordillera. 
 
 At the same time, through an expedition sent bv the Chilian Government, 
 the corroboration was reported of Lake Lacar being situated to the east of the 
 Cordillera de los Andes, although its waters flowed into the Pacific Ocean — a 
 fact which had been previously revealed by Senores Frick and Cox. 
 
 Dr. \\. A. Phillippi, Director of the National Museum of Santiago, had sent 
 the following communication to the Globus, respecting the journey of Senor 
 Serrano .Montaner : — 
 
 "The expedition which, under instructions of the Chilian Government, was, in the 
 course of this summer, to explore the Rio Palena, re-entered Puerto Montt on Feb- 
 ruary 12, I*s7, bringing home Letter results than its two predecessors achieved. The 
 
Cabinet Council of Argentine Government of December 24, 1889. 239 
 
 explorers, on this occasion, pushed much further into the interior; first by the river, and 
 afterwards by land, along ways where they had to cut through the thick forest. They 
 
 ■r.s- i 'a-.j ' J-tA ' r 1 --- "--- ' - "-"- " ?■ ?. '?■■ ■— """ 
 
 Orsx 
 
 jPorpeas 
 
 ALEJANDEO BEETEAND, 188C. 
 (From Piano Topografico de la Eegion Central Magallanica, Santiago, 1886.) 
 
 had succeeded in reaching the Patagonian plateau, where they met Indians, with whom 
 they had intercourse. The river is much longer than is shown on the maps, and readies 
 
240 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 almost to the middle of the continent. For the first time Mr. Serrano succeeded in making 
 his way through between the mountains of the fore-Andes, indicated by the several 
 volcanic cones of Osorno, Calbuco, Hornopiren, Corcovado, Molimoyu and others. Next, 
 crossing a plain of extraordinarily vast extent, he reached a continuous chain covered in 
 many parts with perpetual snow on the middle Andes. The river breaks through this 
 wall in a narrow valley, whence onwards it becomes very rapid. The forest then grows 
 lighter, and the trees between the grass plains are more distributed in groups. The 
 vegetation is different from that of the coast." * 
 
 Petermann's Mittheilungenf and the Scottish Geographical Magazine % 
 announced the same fact : — 
 
 " The Chilian Captain Serrano has, within quite recent years, conducted two explora- 
 tions of the river Palena, a stream which Hows into the Gulf of Corcovado, south-east of 
 the Island of Chiloe. The Palena is, it seems, a more important waterway than was 
 hitherto supposed, for it has in its lower course a width of 202.") yards, and is navigable 
 tor a considerable distance. From Serrano's second trip, and from an investigation 
 conducted by the Government of Chile, the remarkable fact has been ascertained that the 
 water-parting between the Atlantic and the Pacific slopes in those regions is not coincident 
 with the main chain of the Andes, but it is a plateau lying to the cast of if, and having an 
 altitude of some 1G40 feet. The rivers which rise at its foot and flow into the Pacific, 
 issue from small lakes and pierce the Cordillera in difficult ravines. The country between 
 the eastern slope of the Andes and the plateau consists of pampas, well suited for cattle, 
 This discovery of the true watershed will affect the boundary line between Chile and the 
 Argentine Republic ; for by Treaty that line 'shall run along the highest peak's of the 
 Andes which mark the water-parting.' (Petermann's Mittheilungen, 33 Band, No. 8.)" 
 
 The Royal Geographical Society, which had published the account of Cox's 
 journey, also published in its Proceedings, the results of Sefior Serrano 
 Montaner's exploration § confirming his discovery : — 
 
 '•The discovery by Don Guillermo Cox on his journey to the source of the Limay, a 
 quarter of a century ago, that the main chain of the Andes did not in that part of Chile 
 form the watershed between the rivers flowing respectively to the Atlantic and the Pacific 
 Oceans, has been corroborated by an expedition sent out by the Chilian Government to 
 those latitudes; this expedition having proved that certain rivers flowing into the Pacific 
 Ocean rise to the cast of the Andes, in a plain at the comparatively low altitude of L650 feet 
 above the sea-level. These rivers spring from small lakes, and cut their way through the 
 Cordilleras in deep gorges. Thus, while the Limay, a tributary of the Rio Negro flowing 
 
 ' A sui my, by Dr. R. A. Phillippi, of the Report of Serrano's Expedition to the Uio Palena, in 
 
 Globus, vol. 51, L88 ?, p. 304. \ Vol. 33, 1887, p. 253. J Vol. 3, 1887, Edinburgh, p. 4SS. 
 
 § Breaks in the Andean Watershed of Southern Chile, vol. 9, 1887, p. 580. 
 
Cabinet Council of Argentine Government of December 24, 1889. 241 
 
 into the Atlantic, rises on the west of the main ridge,* numerous Pacific streams rise on 
 the east. Another important stream, the Palena, which rises to the east of the Andes 
 and disembogues into the Gulf of Corcovado, opposite the southern end of the Island of 
 Chiloe', has been recently explored by Captain Serrano, who ascended it in a boat as far as 
 long. 72°. The Palena proves to be navigable for some distance from its mouth, and in 
 its lower course is half a mile broad. These discoveries will affect the political boundary 
 between Chile and the Argentine Republic which had been fixed by Treaty as lying along 
 the watershed." 
 
 The Minister of the Interior, in a Report presented to the Chilian National 
 Congress in 1889, in accounting for the expenditure of sums voted in the 
 estimates of the previous year, stated, on pages 56-60, that : — 
 
 "The explorations carried out at various periods in the valley of the river Bnta 
 Palena, situated in lat. 43° 40' S., and particularly the one made in 1885 by the then 
 Sub-Director of the Hydrographical Bureau, Don Ramon Serrauo Montaner, in virtue of 
 the commission entrusted to him by the Ministry of War and Colonisation, the account of 
 which was published in vol. 10 of the Anuario Hidrografico, caused the Ministry to select 
 this valley as the most appropriate place for the foundation of a township and an agricul- 
 tural colony, which might develop the considerable extension of our southern continent, 
 up to now unpopulated. According to the reports collected, the river, owing to its volume 
 of water, is navigable for boats which can cross the bar which exists at its mouth, it being 
 sufficiently deep. The Cordillera de los Andes divides in this latitude into three great 
 chains, which the rivek traverses in its course, forming between the central and 
 eastern chain a longitudinal valley, very extensive, which apparently traverses a zone of 
 
 considerable breadth on the north and south of the lake which gives rise to the river 
 
 With a view to favour the new township, and to assure an outlet for its products and 
 supplies, the Ministry hastened to enter into a contract, approved by Decree of February 
 last, with the Compafna Sudamericana de Yapores, for a monthly trip between Mellipulli 
 and Palena, calling at the Island of Chiloe." 
 
 These expressions attracted the attention of the Argentine Government. A 
 valley situated on the east of the central chain of the Andes was considered as 
 Chilian territory; the Buta Palena, in its entirety, was considered to be a Chilian 
 river, although it was seen that it traversed the three chains into which the 
 Andes divides in that latitude, according to the Chilian Minister ; in a word, the 
 boundary of the summit of the Cordillera was removed and carried much farther 
 to the east. 
 
 The Argentine Minister for Foreign Affairs arranged for the despatch of an 
 expedition, to inquire whether Chilian settlements did actually exist in the 
 
 * This erroneous idea regarding the Liruay, is derived from ancient reports on the existence of another 
 interoceanic water communication, to the west of Lake Kahuel-Huapi, source of the Limay. 
 
 2 1 
 
242 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 valleys of the Palena, on the east of the Andes; and with reference to the main 
 question, he set forth at the Cabinet Council the difficulties which might arise, 
 if, as seemed to be derived from the Report quoted, the Chilian Government 
 considered that the agreed on orographic boundary in the Cordillera de los 
 Andes was to be transformed into a hydrographic boundary which would only 
 take into consideration the sources of the rivers flowing towards the Pacific. The 
 Department of Foreign Affairs was then in charge of Senor Estanislao S. 
 Zeballos, whom the Chilian Representative considered to be a partisan of the 
 continental divortium fiuminis. His views on this point demonstrate that, on the 
 contrary, he considered such a doctrine of serious consequence, owing to the 
 interests at stake. The Argentine Ministerial Archives contain the " Report 
 written and presented to His Excellency the President of the Republic in Cabinet 
 Council of December 24, 1 889, on the state of the relations existing between 
 Chile and the Argentine Republic and its future result." In it are to be read 
 the following precise and significant paragraphs: — 
 
 " The gravity of the facts which I have the honour to submit to the consideration of 
 Your Excellency and that of my colleagues in the Cabinet, has induced me to present the 
 matters to be discussed in this Cabinet Council in a written form with the object of leaving 
 in the Archives of the Department of Foreign Affairs precise antecedents regarding the 
 means adopted for the defence of the interests and the sovereignty of the nation in its 
 relations with the Republic of Chile 
 
 "5. Some of these rivers, such as the Vodudahue, Corcovado, Huemules, Aissen and 
 Palena, flow at the foot of the Cordillera on the eastern side, and, passing through its 
 gorges, fall into the Pacific. 
 
 " Referring to the ante-Cordillera, or merely sierra, Captain Simpson says in his 
 Report : ' This secondary sierra, or ridge, constitutes the real division of the waters ; and 
 it is for this reason that rivers like the Aysen are found, which, rising in the other side, 
 completely traverse the Andean range.' 
 
 "He adds further on: 'May the experience acquired not be lost, and may our 
 Government soon profit by the great advantages offered by this new route which places a 
 rust and beautiful region under the effective sway of the laws of our Republic. ' 
 
 " The Chilian Government did not keep this secret, and in 1875 their official Anuario 
 I Iklrografico published all the reports and numerous maps of the expedition 
 
 " According to the Treaty, by the line of the most elevated crests is meant that line 
 which runs along the greatest elevations of the mass which forms the backbone of the 
 Cordillera, although said mass may be cut through by transverse clefts or valleys. 
 
 "The Treaty refers to crests which must possess two conditions : (J) they must be 
 the most elevated ; (2) they must divide the waters. 
 
 "Said crests are snow-capped, and in the epoch of the thaws they divide their own 
 icy streamy, which flow down their flanks and bases. 
 
Cabinet Council of Argentine Government of December 24, 1889. 243 
 
 " If the divortium aquarum of the Cordillera always flows into the Pacific, as Engineer 
 Bertrand observes, and as is seen on rny map, it is none the less true that said crests are the 
 most elevated crests that divide the waters, referred to by the Treaty. 
 
 " If there should happen to be quebradas (gorges) between some of these crests which 
 divide the waters, in such a case the right thing would be to follow the ideal line of the 
 massif until striking the watershed anew. 
 
 " Chile, however, abandons the backbone of the Cordillera, and straying away through 
 one, and perhaps two degrees, into Patagonia, stops in a series of valleys and lakes situated 
 at the foot of eminences which are not always continuous, and are formed perhaps by 
 undulations connecting isolated mountains like Mounts Zeballos and Belgrano, eminences 
 which naturally also form the sources of rivers and streams. Chile follows along some of 
 these streams, as for instance the Buta-Palena, Aissen and Iluemules, etc., and finds that 
 they reach the eastern loot of the Cordillera de los Andes ; and, flowing through gorges 
 or gaps in the range, fall into the Pacific. 
 
 " She then claims a boundary running through Patagonia, over said valleys and lakes, 
 which, although by a regional accident they may shed waters, are not the most elevated 
 crests mentioned in the Treaty. 
 
 " AVe have not yet a satisfactory knowledge of the system of the waters in the above- 
 mentioned Patagonian region, but by fixing on the map various points already determined 
 in the Chilian works, it will be seen that said Republic claims the valleys which extend 
 from parallel of lat. 41° S. to 52° S., besides others which she may also wish to claim 
 
 further north, in front of the Neuquen territory The debate will begin by the 
 
 disagreement of the Experts on the ground ; it will then be transferred to the Departments 
 of Foreign Affairs : the two nations, being aroused, will adopt a defiant attitude towards 
 each other ; and finally we shall have to choose one out of four solutions, viz. That the 
 question be left in abeyance, an infructuous proceeding, when it is not founded on transitory 
 or organic physical weakness ; a tear, which both countries are interested in avoiding ; and 
 a compromise or a solution, leaving the Patagonian valleys to the Argentine Republic, and 
 the Pacific ports or landlocked bays to Chile, a possible outcome of a moderate policy, and 
 which would satisfy joint aspirations. The fourth solution foreseen in the Treaty, would 
 be something in the shape of arbitration, the submitting of the question to a third 
 Expert." 
 
 Minister Zeballos did not refer, on that occasion, to " the hydrographical 
 basins " or to the " continental divide," because this new terminology had not 
 yet appeared in the Chilian documents. It sufficed for him to know that there 
 was a project for settling a colony in the Palena valley — although the Chilian 
 Government recognised that the river Palena crosses through the Cordillera — in 
 order to perceive the Chilian tendency to suppress that Cordillera and to 
 consider it as a secondary feature in the demarcation of the boundary line. 
 This was the cause of the despatch of the Argentine expedition for the purpose 
 of positively ascertaining whether the colony existed, of the Report read at the 
 
 2 1 2 
 
244 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 Cabinet Council, and of the communication of January 8, 1890, addressed to the 
 Argentine Plenipotentiary in Santiago, in which it was stated that — 
 
 " The good feeling which, happily, unites the two nations, and the loyalty of which 
 we do not cease to give evidence in the performance of the Treaty of 1881, authorise us 
 to hope that the Government of Chile will remain quiet on the west of the line of the most 
 elevated crests, abstaining from all administrative acts having an appearance of anticipat- 
 ing the result of that which the Treaty requires should, in due time, be settled by the 
 Experts. The antecedents relating to the explorations of the Buta Palena have been 
 published in vol. 11 of the Chilian Anuario Hidrografico. It is necessary to advise Your 
 Excellency that the remarks solely refer to the portion of the territory which lies on the 
 
 east of the highest crests of the Andes But, and without prejudice to that which it 
 
 may be expedient to do later on, according to the turn of affairs, 1 recommend Your 
 Excellency to lose no opportunity of hinting, in the most discreet manner, to the Minister 
 of Foreign Affairs of that Government, that it is necessary to abstain from all action and 
 colonisation, loyally awaiting the decision of the Experts which cannot be long delayed."* 
 
 The alarm caused by the Report of the Chilian Department of the Interior 
 in 1889, was speedily quelled, owing to the following causes: — 
 
 1. The Convention of 1888 having been approved, the Experts were in a 
 position to carry out the work of demarcation on the ground, as had been 
 stipulated, and it was hoped that their decision, subject to the clauses of the 
 Treaty of 1881, and to the personal study of the geographical features, would 
 remove every obstacle. 
 
 2. The Minister for Foreign Affairs of the Argentine Republic and the 
 Chilian Plenipotentiary in Buenos Aires made a reciprocal declaration according 
 to which " every act of either Government which should extend their jurisdiction 
 towards the 'portion of the Cordillera which was of doubtful dominion, owing to 
 the fact that the Experts had not yet traced the definitive boundary, would not 
 affect the results of the demarcation which was to be laid down in accordance 
 with the Treaty of 1881." 
 
 3. The expedition sent by the Argentine Government returned to Buenos 
 Aires bringing satisfactory information. The valley of the Palena situated to 
 the cast of the central chain of the Andes, that is to say, where the Argentine 
 colony of "16 de Octubre " was developing some years before, had not been 
 occupied by Chile. 
 
 * Meruoria de E. E. de la R. A., 1892, p. 279. 
 
Disagreement of the Experts, Seiiores Pico and Barros Arana. 245 
 
 3. DISAGREEMENT OF THE EXPERTS, SENORES PICO AND 
 
 BARROS ARANA. 
 
 The Experts were to meet in the city of Concepcion forty days after 
 their appointment, to agree as to the starting point or points of their work and 
 about whatever else might be necessary. (Convention of 1888, Art. V.) The 
 first Conference — of April 20, 1890 — was confined to the presentation of their 
 respective credentials, and the introduction of the respective assistants. In the 
 following ones, it was decided that the work should commence concurrently in 
 the north in the Cordillera de los Andes, and in the south, in Tierra del 
 Fuego, and that, in order to carry it out together, the Commissions charged 
 with projecting the boundary in the Cordillera, should meet in the city of 
 Santiago any day during the month of October 1890. 
 
 The Argentine Expert then returned to Buenos Aires to prepare the 
 indispensable elements for the carrying out of what had been agreed upon; 
 and, in July of the same year, he received a communication from Serior Barros 
 Arana inviting him to co-operate, by means of correspondence, in defining the 
 instructions to be observed on the ground by the Commissions of assistants, 
 expressing, to this end, the convenience of previously discussing the interpreta- 
 tion of the Treaty, so that the requisite instructions to be given to the assistants 
 might conform with the decision which might be arrived at. The form in which 
 the desire was expressed, caused the Argentine Expert to think that the 
 invitation to discuss the interpretation of the Treaty might indicate the design 
 of modifying its injunctions in such a way as to elude the fundamental rule. 
 
 This fear, and the belief held by him that the Experts had to undertake, 
 before and above everything else, the study of the features of the ground, 
 compelled him to reply — in a note dated July 29, 1890 — that he was surprised 
 at the invitation to make a theoretical examination of the Treaty, as he under- 
 stood that the question as to the boundaries between the two countries had 
 ended in 1881, and that, consequently, the discussion was closed, nothing being 
 left for the Experts to undertake except the technical, expert work, the tracing 
 on the ground of the boundaries, literally interpreting said international covenant. 
 The Argentine Expert, Senor Pico, added: — 
 
 " To study the facts, to draw up plans giving every detail, carefully and principally 
 indicating thereon the features designated in the Treaty, so that the boundary could be fixed 
 
246 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 without hesitation; that, in my opinion, constitutes the Expert's duty; to work, not to 
 
 discuss But, so long as the case does not arise, so long as the fact constituting the 
 
 difference of opinions is non-existent (if it ever should exist) it seems to me, at least, pre- 
 mature to reopen the discussion on the Treaty, explaining the interpretation of a text, as to 
 the meaning of which there has not been the slightest contradiction. This might almost be 
 
 considered as a want of knowledge as to the efficacy of the Treaty To state in a 
 
 memorandum the meaning attached to the Treaty by one of the Experts would be, perhaps, 
 to provoke contradiction on the part of the other, and to anticipate graver difficulties than 
 those, the remote possibility of which is foreseen in the Treaty, and to anticipate them on 
 grounds which were not and could not have been foreseen : on theoretical grounds. And 
 then I do not know what legal recourse could be taken respecting our divergence in the 
 interpretation of the Treaty." 
 
 The discussion stopped there, for the moment. Various causes prevented 
 the meeting of the Commissions, as arranged, in October 1890 — and, afterwards, 
 internal political complications in Chile and civil war resulted in Senor Barros 
 Arana being relieved of his functions as Expert, which caused the appointment 
 of Senor Don Domingo Gana, at present Envoy Extraordinary and Minister 
 Plenipotentiary of Chile at the Court of St. -Tames, and at that time accredited 
 in Germany. The work of demarcation was in the meantime suspended. 
 
 After the triumph of the revolutionary arms in Chile, Senor Barros Arana 
 was reinstated as Expert, and he communicated the fact to his Argentine 
 colleague, informing him that his Commission of assistants had been reorganised 
 and that he was desirous of receiving due notice as to when the Argentine 
 Expert, in his turn, would be ready to resume the interrupted work. Senor Pico 
 left for Santiago with the staff of assistants appointed to work in the north, in 
 the Cordillera de los Andes. The other staff, appointed to work in the south, 
 went directly to Tierra del Fuego, to wait there for the Chilian Commission. 
 
 On the arrival of Senor Pico, certain differences arose, the details of which 
 he communicated to his Government in a note, which contains the following 
 paragraphs: — 
 
 " I have already reported to the Government all that took place in this Conference (of 
 January 12, 1892), all of which is written down in the draft record of same which I drew 
 up, and is as follows : — 
 
 "In Santiago, Chile, on January 12. L892, the Experts Don Octavio Pico, for the 
 Argentine Republic, and Don Diego Bairns Arana, for Chile, having again met, they held 
 a conference in the International Boundary Office, in order to arrange about the Instructions 
 to be given to the assistant Commissions of both nations which were to work in the deter- 
 mination and tracing of the frontier in its northern part and in Tierra del Fuego, and 
 agreed as follows: — That the northern Commission, composed of the Argentine assistants 
 
Disagreements of the Experts, Se /lores Pico and Barros Arana. 247 
 
 Don Julio V. Diaz, Don Luis J. Dellepiane and Don Fernando L. Dousset, and the 
 auxiliary Don Dionisio Meza, with the Chilian assistants Don Alejandro Bertrand .... 
 who have the respective authority and category given them by the order in which they 
 are named, shall have the following instructions. 
 
 " First and fundamental instruction. — The strict application of Article 1 of the Boundary 
 Treaty of 1881 in the part within their competency, and which says: 'The boundary 
 between the Argentine Republic and Chile is from north to south as far as the parallel of 
 lat. 52° S. the Cordillera de los Andes. The frontier line shall run in that extent along 
 the most elevated crests of said Cordilleras that may divide the waters, and shall pass 
 between the slopes which descend one side and the other.' 
 
 "Second. — Whenever the most elevated crests of the Cordillera de los Andes are 
 formed by plateaux or high tablelands, the highest points of said tablelands shall be sought 
 by means of levelling, and the line shall run over said points. 
 
 u Third. — Although these or any other of the most elevated crests of said Cordilleras 
 may be inaccessible, they shall always be the actual boundary between the two countries. 
 
 " Fourth. — If the case foreseen by the Treaty were to present itself, viz. that of finding 
 ' valleys formed by the bifurcation of the Cordillera and in which the watershed may not 
 be apparent,' the mixed Commission shall draw up an exact map setting forth the circum- 
 stances and shall submit same to the consideration and decision of the Experts, without 
 fixing on the ground surveyed any definite boundary mark 
 
 " All this (with the exception of bases three and four for the northern Commission) 
 had been agreed upon with the Chilian Expert, and nothing was wanting but to sign the 
 record of agreement and put it into execution ; when on proceeding to sign it, my colleague, 
 who had agreed with me to give Article 1 of the Treaty as it stood, as a first instruction to 
 the assistants in the north, stated that he wished to determine its meaning, and declared 
 that the boundary line between the two countries should pass along the watershed, although 
 it were necessary for same to depart from the most elevated crests of the Cordilleras. 
 
 " I pointed out to the Chilian Expert that the first of the bases agreed upon the 
 previous day tended to avoid interpretations, and that if we entered into discussions we 
 should frustrate all our work. 
 
 " But as the Expert insisted, I opposed his interpretation, seeking to demonstrate the 
 error he committed in view of the letter of the Treaty, which had been understood in like 
 manner by all the statesmen of my country who had been in office since the Treaty was 
 signed, among them Dr. Yrigoyen, the negotiator of the Treaty ; and I likewise referred 
 him to several opinions of Chilian authors. 
 
 " The Chilian Expert adduced examples of other countries in order to prove that the 
 watershed should form the boundary, although the Treaty provided that same should be 
 formed by the most elevated crests of the Cordilleras. 
 
 " Not being able to agree on interpretations of such a contrary character, we decided 
 to suspend the work and to submit the points of our disagreement to the decision of our 
 respective Governments. I then invited the Chilian Expert to draw up a record, setting 
 forth all that had passed between us ; to which he replied that it would be preferable for 
 me to do so in a note addressed to him, to which he would object, if necessary. Although 
 this manner of drawing up records seemed to me strange and unusual, I made no objection, 
 as I considered that by assenting I should attain my object. 
 
248 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 " On tlie same day I banded to the Chilian Expert the note agreed upon, which con- 
 tained nothing hut the statement of what had taken place on that day, excepting the name 
 of the Chilian author quoted, Don Carlos Walker Martinez. To this note, the Chilian 
 Expert replied in a very extensive note dated January 18, having advised me in a private 
 letter dated the 14th, that he had written it hurriedly, and that as it was very lengthy the 
 clerk would take a long time to copy it. I received it on the 10th." 
 
 The Instructions drawn up by Senor Pico contain the rule for the marking 
 out of the line running along the most elevated crests of the Cordillera de los 
 Andes, as ordered by the Treaties. 
 
 Regarding these Instructions, in the above-mentioned note of January 18, 
 the Chilian Expert said to his colleague: — 
 
 " According to what we arranged the previous day, you presented to me on January 
 13, a project of the Instructions that had to be given to the engineers entrusted with the 
 demarcation of the northern part of the divisional line. After a very rapid perusal, and 
 desirous to consult on the mentioned project the engineers of the Commission who were to 
 take part in this work, so as to introduce into it the modifications in detail which might he 
 deemed necessary, I expressed to you that I considered it indispensable to introduce another 
 clause with a view to prevent obstacles and difficulties in the work, and to confirm the 
 general rules to be followed during the entire performance of our mission." 
 
 These words intimated: — 
 
 1. That the Argentine Expert fulfilled the obligation entered into on the 
 previous day, of submitting draft instructions for the assistants entrusted with 
 the demarcation in the northern part of the boundary line; and 
 
 2. That in said draft nothing of a fundamental nature was objected to, and 
 that the Chilian Expert only remarked the absence of one Article. 
 
 Moreover, Senor IJarros Arana, in his note of January 18, expounded his 
 manner of construing the Treaty, with a long array of arguments which, however, 
 lacked the necessary clearness in their conclusions. It is true that he says 
 therein that the boundary must run along the watershed, but without establishing 
 positively whether said watershed is the continental one, or that of the Cordillera 
 de los Andes. Notwithstanding this, the note gave rise to alarm, all the more so 
 because it set forth that " as the boundary line must pass between the springs * 
 which descend one side and the other, it is evident and unquestionable that said 
 
 * The Spanish word is verlientes, which means "slopes," but Senor Barros Arana gives it the incorrect 
 sense of" springs," or "sources." His intention is made obvious when ho adds "any spring, whether it be a 
 river or a mere si ream." 
 
Disagreement of the Experts, Senorcs Pico and Barros Arana. 249 
 
 line cannot, and must not, cut any spring, whether it be a river or a mere stream." 
 This was equivalent to the exclusion of the orographical boundary, in order to 
 take into account only the river sources, wherever they might be found. 
 
 To sustain that a river is Chilian in its whole extent, for the sole reason that 
 it disembogues into the Pacific Ocean, is equivalent to pretending that it is 
 useless for the Treaty of 1881 to mention the Cordillera, and that it is likewise 
 useless for it to speak of the most elevated crests ; it is equivalent to taking the 
 Treaty to pieces, and mutilating it, in order to choose the phrases and expressions 
 which might best serve the doctrine and to repudiate those which might not be 
 in harmony with it. 
 
 The note of January 18, 1892, seemed all the more strange, since Seiior 
 Barros Arana, who signed it, had taught as a geographer that the division of the 
 hydrographic basins might be merely a plain, knowing therefore that such line is 
 inconsistent with the categorical prescription of an international agreement 
 which makes it compulsory that a Cordillera be followed as boundary. It was 
 also strange since Seiior Barros Arana, as Minister Plenipotentiary, said in 1877: 
 The boundary between the two countries to the north shall be the summits of 
 the Cordillera de los Andes, whether fixed in the most culminating parts or in 
 the lines of watershed ; and it was likewise strange since Senor Barros Arana was 
 the negotiator who settled the bases of the Arbitration in 1877, in accordance, 
 as he said, with instructions received, among which figured the following one : 
 Whenever the Ancles divide the territories of the two Republics, the loftiest crests of the 
 Cordillera should be considered the line of demarcation between them. 
 
 The divergence which had arisen between the Experts complicated the 
 fulfilment of their mission. Whilst the Argentine Expert desired that, as in- 
 structions to the assistants, the text of Article 1 of the Treaty of 1881 should be 
 given to them, the Chilian Expert maintained that the frontier was to be fixed 
 in the sources of rivers, and in nothing but the sources of rivers. The Argentine 
 Government was much concerned about the difference, which stopped the work 
 and even threatened to degenerate into a conflict, although it is to be noted, the 
 Chilian Government had not adopted the views of their Expert, 
 
 The President of the Argentine Republic, Senor Carlos Pellegrini, summoned 
 a Cabinet Council on January 30, 1892, in which the Minister of Foreign Affairs, 
 Senor Zeballos, read a Report in which he fully considered and discussed the 
 theories put forward by Senor Barros Arana. The Minister, Seiior Zeballos, 
 said: — 
 
 2 K 
 
250 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 " The gravity of the matter, and the expediency of leaving in the Archives of the 
 Department of Foreign Affairs a clear documentary statement of everything connected 
 with it, have decided me to lay this Report before you in the present Cabinet Council 
 called for the purpose of taking into consideration the profound disagreement which 
 has arisen between the Experts of the Argentine Republic and Chile, who had met in 
 Santiago in order to commence the demarcation 
 
 " In international law, as in the Treaty of 1881, when an immense Cordillera stands 
 between two nations, on what part of it should the boundary run ? . . . . On the central 
 massif, leaving the valleys on either side under the respective sovereignties. What 
 criterion is to guide the demarcators in dividing the central massif? The division of 
 its own waters, which it is not possible to confound with the watersheds of other minor 
 chains of mountains connected with the massif or independent of same, nor with the 
 divortium aquarum of the eastern plains, although waters may flow from them into the 
 Pacific, through purely local and accidental geographical circumstances, which do not 
 furnish a general rule to science or to the law of nations." 
 
 The President of the Argentine Republic regarded the matter with the 
 importance it deserves and resolved to explain it personally with the object of 
 definitely determining what interpretation the Government gave to Article 1 
 of the Treaty of 1881, the scope of which had given rise to the divergence of 
 opinion between Sehores Pico and Barros Arana. 
 
 " For the bona fide interpretation of the Treaty of 1881," said Sehor Pellegrini, " it is 
 essential always to bear in mind the fundamental principle of the Boundary Con- 
 vention As the Cordillera is the dividing line, and as this is not a mathe- 
 matical line, but a belt of varying width, the line should, theoretically speaking, pass 
 through the centre of the Cordillera ; yet as this was practically impossible, it was 
 necessary to lay down a graphic basis in order to mark it out on the ground, and it 
 was stated that: 'The Cordillera is the boundary, and the dividing line shall pass 
 (within the Cordillera) over the most elevated crests that may divide waters.' 
 
 " These two expressions ' cumbres mas altas ' and ' division de aguas ' (most elevated 
 crests and division of waters) are inseparable. 
 
 " Most elevated crests cannot be understood to mean the most elevated peaks to be 
 found detached from the mass of the Cordillera on one side and on the other, but the 
 line of the most elevated sierras of the various sierras which constitute the Cordillera, 
 ami the dividing line in these sierras shall pass between the slopes which pour their 
 waters to the east or to the west. 
 
 "A line drawn thus would be in harmony with the spirit and the letter of the 
 Treaty, because it would respect the Cordillera as a boundary, and would mark out the 
 line over the most elevated crests and between the division of their waters. 
 
 " To look for the division of the waters over other crests and to lay down that the 
 line may in no case intersect a current of water, is to depart from the terms of the Treaty 
 and to establish arbitrary conditions which may, as applied to the ground, involve 
 forgetfulness of the fundamental basis of the Treaty, and by passing over the whole 
 
Disagreement of the Experts, Senores Pico and Barros A r aria. 251 
 
 of the Cordillera, lead us to seek for the dividing line in the Patagonian Pampas, which 
 would evidently he contrary to the final Convention, which was confirmed by the Treaty. 
 
 " ' The most elevated crests which may divide waters,' or ' division of the waters by 
 the most elevated crests '; however the idea may be expressed, it is obviously indispensable 
 that the two facts should agree in order to be able to mark out the line." 
 
 The discussions of the Experts in regard to the theoretical interpretation of 
 Article 1 of the Treaty involved the postponement of the work of the Sub- 
 Commissions entrusted to conduct their operations in the north on the Cordillera 
 de los Andes, but it in no way hindered the marking out of the boundary line in 
 Tierra del Fuego, the starting point, direction and termination of which line 
 afforded no pretext for divergence of opinion. 
 
 Notwithstanding this, and although the Argentine party had been for some 
 time on the spot, waiting for the Chilian party to commence the work, the 
 Expert Senor Barros Arana did not think fit to deal with the point until he 
 knew how the Governments regarded that interpretation attributed to Article 1, 
 which was extraneous to the point at issue. 
 
 The misunderstanding assumed such a form that the Expert operations had 
 to be given up and substituted by diplomatic proceedings. 
 
 Senor Pico acquainted the Argentine Government with the condition of 
 affairs, and in reply received the following instructions by telegraph: — 
 
 " Should the Expert of the Republic of Chile still persist in his irreconcilable attitude 
 towards the letter of the Treaty, Senor Pico shall consider as at an end his mission in 
 that Republic, and shall announce to his colleague, in writing, that he has received 
 orders to return with his assistants." 
 
 These instructions w r ere communicated to the Argentine Minister in Santiago, 
 who had a conference with the Minister of Foreign Affairs of Chile, and with the 
 President of that Republic, which resulted in an agreement between the Ministers 
 being arrived at by which this, the first attempt to remove the boundary from 
 the Cordillera de los Andes, was annulled. 
 
 What the Chilian Expert has refused to accept was accepted by the Chilian 
 Government, by the President and his Ministers. Referring to the conferences 
 which took place with them, the Argentine Minister, Senor Uriburu, telegraphed 
 on February 22, 1892, to the Argentine Government as follows : — 
 
 " We agreed that the Experts were not to engage in abstract discussions, but were 
 to prepare the elements for the purpose of formulating their opinions as to the demarcation 
 
 2 K 2 
 
252 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 on the ground. With this view, the Commissions of assistants were to commence their 
 task, being provided with the instructions to be furnished to them by the Experts, for 
 which purpose Serior Barros Arana received intimations from the Government." 
 
 Later on, amplifying the contents of this telegram, the Argentine Minister 
 added in a note of February 27 : — 
 
 " The object of my action therefore ought to have been, and was intended to 
 be, for the purpose of re-establishing agreement between the Experts, by adapting their 
 procedure to the provisions of the respective Treaty, which procedure is therein precisely 
 specified. According to these provisions the Experts were not to engage in abstract 
 discussions as to the interpretation of the Treaty, but to place themselves in a position 
 to fix on the ground the line of demarcation entrusted to them, as also to place themselves 
 in a position to utilise, in the event of the contingency anticipated arising, the resources 
 of friendly concurrence which might bring about a solution of the difficulties that presented 
 themselves, or if this were impracticable, to give to the divergence of opinion such practical 
 and concrete form as would enable it to be submitted to the decision of the umpire. 
 The attitude taken up by the Experts had frustrated the anticipations of the Treaty. In 
 order to overcome this, acting in accord with Sehor Pico and following Your Excellency's 
 suggestions, I had a conversation with the President of the Republic and his Ministers 
 residing at Valparaiso, with whom I found no difficulty in adhering to my project. 
 Consequently Sefior Barros Arana was called upon by the Government and received an 
 intimation that he should come to an agreement with his colleague, and for that purpose, 
 certain bases were agreed upon as to the instructions which were to be at once sent to 
 the Commissions of assistants, which instructions I undertook to transmit to Sehor Pico." 
 
 The incidents were thus closed. The work could go on, especially as the 
 Chilian Expert desisted from theoretical controversy and, thanks to the inter- 
 position of his Government, accepted the project of investigating the geographical 
 features by drawing up the necessary plans for that purpose. But in spite of all 
 this there was the latent fear that, for some reason or other, the continental 
 divide, as the only and absolute rule to the total exclusion of the Cordillera de 
 los Andes, which is the boundary agreed upon, might crop up again through the 
 action of Sefior Barros Arana. 
 
 Sefior Pico, as an Expert, maintained the true doctrine : that of the 
 traditional limit, in the ridge of the Cordillera de los Andes, in the main chain, 
 which contains the greater mass of lofty peaks, the boundary such as it was 
 described by Rosales, Ovalle, Molina, Espinosa and Bauza, Schmiedtmeyer, 
 Miers, Gilliss, Darwin, Cay, I'issis, Domeyko, Barros Arana himself; there, in the 
 line of "lofty summits where the snow never melts," and where the normal 
 watershed of the Cordillera is found, which is the one agreed upon by the 
 
Disagreement of the Experts, Senores Pico and Barros Arana. 253 
 
 negotiators of 1881, was to be sought the orographical boundary, the true natural 
 barrier, in the high ridge, in the vertex of the two general slopes of the great 
 " Sierra Nevada " of the Ancles, leaving the east to the Argentine Kepublic, the 
 west to Chile. 
 
 Thus, from the first moment that the contentions of the Chilian Expert, to 
 which reference has already been made, were put forward, they were rejected by 
 the Argentine Expert, not even being admitted for discussion, since they were 
 entirely outside the terms of the Treaty of 1881, and the instructions which he 
 had received from his Government for its execution. 
 
 4. DISAGREEMENT BETWEEN THE EXPERTS, SENORES VIRASORO 
 
 AND BARROS ARANA. 
 
 Work had already begun on the demarcation, when Sefior Pico suddenly 
 died. At that time the surveyors of the Joint Sub-Commission of the north 
 placed, with but the slightest previous examination, a divisional boundary-mark 
 in the pass of San Francisco, which was considered to be a mistake by Sefior 
 Don Valentin Virasoro — who replaced Sefior Pico as Argentine Expert — and 
 therefore he did not sanction it, stating his reasons to the Chilian Expert as soon 
 as he arrived at Santiago to continue the delimiting operations suspended by the 
 death of Sefior Pico. 
 
 At the first interview which he had with Sefior Barros Arana, not only was 
 it impossible to arrive at an agreement respecting the wrong location of the 
 said boundary-mark, but the latter made a second attempt to depart from the 
 Treaty of 1881 by preparing the instructions to be given to the assistants of 
 the Joint Sub-Commissions in such a form that would imply the change of 
 sovereignty of territories recognised as Argentine by that Treaty. Sefior 
 Virasoro, like Sefior Pico, rejected these proposals altogether, and presented 
 to Sefior Barros Arana the following precise instructions he had received from 
 his Government: — 
 
 "Sefior Virasoro will not forget that the Commissions appointed for delimitation, as 
 well as he himself, in fulfilling his duty as the Argentine Exj)ert, are to ahstain from 
 entering upon abstract and theoretical questions, or upon interpretations of the Treaty of 
 1881, and far less are they to accept any theory for the interpretation of the said Treaty, 
 or subordinate their proceedings to such theory ; for their mission is purely technical, 
 i.e. confined to marking out the dividing line between both countries upon the ground 
 
254 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 itself, and with the powers bestowed upon them by Article 1 for arriving at an amicable 
 decision when, owing to the existence of certain valleys, etc., the watershed may not be 
 apparent." 
 
 In addition to this, the instructions contained conclusive prescriptions as to 
 the true interpretation of the Treaty of 1881. In the second paragraph it was 
 stated: — 
 
 " On proceeding to the boundary line from north to south, along the high crests of the 
 Andes, he will take special care to determine previously the main chain of the Cordillera 
 and, having decided upon this, to determine the starting point in a southern direction^ 
 bearing in mind the Resolution of the National Government dated September 20, 1892, 
 which was communicated to him." 
 
 The third was more explicit still : — 
 
 " In order to proceed to the delimitation of the said line he will be guided by what is 
 prescribed in Article 1 of the Treaty of 1881, which directs that the dividing line from 
 north to south shall run along the most elevated crests of the Cordillera de los Andes that 
 may divide the waters, and shall pass between the slopes which descend one side and the 
 other, and, therefore, it is not admissible to depart from the high crests, for the division of 
 the waters spoken of in Article 1 is that of the slopes which on those heights separate on 
 either side, and not that of the rivers and streams which flow immediately from these ; and 
 so truly is this the case that on reference being made in the Treaty to the difficulties that 
 might arise from the existence of certain valleys formed by the bifurcation of the Cor- 
 dillera, and in which the watershed may not be apparent, even in this case it does not 
 authorise the Experts to depart from the high summits, nor to seek the watershed of the 
 rivers and streams (for no mention is made of these in the Treaties), but they arc only 
 empowered to settle these difficulties in a friendly way ; and from the spirit and literal 
 text of this Article it is evident that the delimitation that may be made according to what 
 may be agreed upon, must be on those heights." 
 
 It was in view of such definite instructions that the Argentine Expert re- 
 jected the proposals of his colleague, who, as he did with Sehor Pico, again 
 pressed his ideas, and thus caused the relations between them to be strained. 
 
 The report of the new disagreements was officially made by the Expert 
 Sehor Virasoro in his communication of June 2(3, 1S93, in the following words: — 
 
 " Smile days after my arrival, on January 2"> of the current year, I held my first con- 
 ference with the Chilian Expert, in the International Boundary Office ; and the following is 
 a report of what took place in same, although it was more an exchange of general ideas 
 than a conference of an official character, and I give an account of same because we tried 
 to arrive at a practical formula, for recommencing the work of demarcation which had been 
 suspended when we tried to begin it last year 
 
Disagreement of the Experts, Senores Virasoro and Barros Arana. 255 
 
 " In this conference, Senor Barros Arana, speaking of the interpretation of Article 1 of 
 the Treaty, stated that the rule of demarcation must be the watershed, considering as such 
 the separation of the Atlantic and the Pacific hydrographic basins ; and he entered into 
 many statements already set forth in his note of January 18 of last 3'ear. 
 
 "I replied that, without entering into a discussion on the merits of the Treaty, and 
 holding the matters discussed in this conference as a confidential conversation for the pur- 
 pose of exchanging ideas, I considered that the watershed should be sought for, but that it 
 should be circumscribed by the Cordillera de los Andes in general, and by its most elevated 
 crest line, i.e. its principal backbone, in particular. 
 
 " Sefior Barros Arana said that we should discuss the instructions which we should have 
 to give the assistant engineers for the demarcation, and for that reason we should require to 
 determine clearly the rule they were to follow. 
 
 " To this I replied that without a complete knowledge of the ground no fixed rules for 
 the demarcation could be given, because we did not know the real state of tilings in the 
 Cordillera and consequently could not frame beforehand such rules. 
 
 " Senor Barros Arana appears, although not explicitly, to have agreed to this. We then 
 spoke of what was understood by crests that may divide the waters, and I expressed my opinion 
 on the subject ; I added that, as generally happens in other Cordilleras, possibly that of the 
 Andes might present its range of main crests crossed by a watercourse which might be fed 
 by waters flowing down the two opposite slopes of the Cordillera, in which case we should 
 have two facts before us, viz. division of the slopes in the chain of the Cordillera, referred 
 to in the Treaty, and division of the waters in the origins of said watercourse, origins 
 which may be situated not only outside of said chain but also outside of the Cordillera 
 itself. 
 
 " Sehor Barros Arana replied that in his opinion this case would not occur, and if it did 
 the opportunity would arise for consulting our G-overnments regarding its solution, to which 
 I manifested that the case was already foreseen in the Treaty, as it provided that the 
 Experts must seek in the Cordillera, and within the limit of its main range, the separation 
 of the slopes which descend one side and the other of said range. I added that slopes 
 (vertientes) must not be confounded with watercourses, because the former constitute the 
 descending sides of mountain chains and have their line of intersection on the main 
 rano-e. This crest may be continuous, without interruptions, and it may also be cut by 
 watercourses (and this may be observed in many Cordilleras of the world, and especially 
 in the Himalayas), thus presenting a breach, and still continuing beyond the interruption. 
 The Treaty provides that on said main range we are to seek the intersection of the slopes, 
 i.e. the line where the descending and opposing sides of the mountain come together, or in 
 other words the anticlinal line, the line where the opposite slopes meet on the top of the 
 mountain. 
 
 " To deviate from that chain in search of a watershed not mentioned in the Treaty, 
 would evidently be departing from the Treaty, since the latter provides the separation of 
 slopes, to be sought within a given and clearly expressed limit. 
 
 " Senor Barros Arana, explaining the manner in which he construes the Treaty, said 
 that the rivers flowing into the Pacific must be considered as Chilian from their sources, 
 and those disemboguing into the Atlantic as Argentine, also from their sources. 
 
256 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 " I replied that it was impossible to make affirmations in that sense, because a know- 
 ledge as to whether those rivers belonged in their entire length or only in part to either 
 country could only be acquired from a study of their position with relation to the general 
 slopes of the Cordillera. 
 
 " Serior Barros A ran a insisted that it was necessary to issue fixed rules of proceeding 
 to the assistants, in accordance with the interpretation of the Treaty; and that it was 
 necessary to do so with the mixed Sub-Commission of assistants in the north 
 
 " On the following day, January 26, we again met in the same place, alone. Sefior 
 Barros Arana began by stating that he had retired chagrined from the previous meeting 
 because he had gathered from my attitude the certainty that the divergences arisen with 
 Senor Pico would be renewed, as he found that I had manifested opinions respecting the 
 Treaty which were not those to be derived from its clear text. Further, that the latter 
 does not authorise the drawing up of maps, and that he had opposed same when Senor Pico 
 had proposed it, as could be seeu by a written statement which lie read, and which he said 
 had been presented by him to Senor Pico when they discussed this same point. 
 
 " He added that the assistant engineers should bear fixed rules of proceeding, so as to 
 operate on the ground and carry out the demarcation in accordance with facts and with 
 the terms of the Treaty. 
 
 " He repeated that, in his opinion, the continental watershed must absolutely constitute 
 the fixed and invariable rule of demarcation ; that this was the clear meaning of the Treaty ; 
 that Chile, based on the Treaty, would never consent to the Argentine Republic possessing 
 ports on the Pacific, as such a pretension was wholly inadmissible. 
 
 " Sefior Barros Arana concluded by exhibiting to me a map of the southern part of 
 the continent, in which the boundary was marked along parallel 52° up to the river 
 G-allegos, without striking the inlet of Ultima Esperanza, and consequently without 
 reaching the Peninsula of Sarmiento where the Cordillera de los Andes is really situated. 
 He said that the line indicated is the one which Chile considers to be in accordance 
 with the Treaty, and that nothing would make him abandon this conviction except 
 the award of an arbitrator to whose judgment the interpretation of the Treaty would be 
 submitted. 
 
 " As regards the drawing up of maps, I observed to Sefior Barros Arana that, far 
 from being contrary to the Treaty, they were indispensable for facilitating its faithful 
 execution. 1 reminded him of his divergence with Sefior Pico and the intervention of 
 the Argentine Minister, Sefior Uriburu, citing the note of the latter dated February 27, 
 1892, addressed to the Minister of Foreign Affairs, in which he relates the circumstances 
 of his intervention and its solution. In said note he says that he had a conference with 
 the Chilian President and his Ministers, 'with the object of re-establishing the agreement 
 between the Argentine and Chilian Experts by the observance of the pro visions of the 
 Boundary Treaty, from which they appear to have departed. We agreed that the Experts 
 were not to engage in abstract discussions, but were to prepare the elements for the purpose 
 of formulating their opinions as to the demarcation on the ground.' 
 
 "According to the above, and as Sefior Uriburu says in his note, the Experts were 
 not to engage in abstract discussions as to the interpretation of the Treaty, but to place 
 themselves in a position to fix on the ground the line of demarcation entrusted to them, 
 
Disagreement of the Experts, Senor es Virasoro and Barros Arana. 257 
 
 and also to have, in the case foreseen, recourse to friendly agreements for the solution of the 
 difficulties which might arise 
 
 " With regard to the statement that according to the Treaty, the line of demarcation 
 in the southern part of the continent should be fixed according to the map referred to, 
 presented by Senor Barros Arana, I manifested that as I did not know the ground, I could 
 affirm nothing on the matter ; that on the west, the Cordillera de los Andes must be the 
 termination of the boundary between the two countries as constituted by parallel 52° S. 
 This boundary must strike the Cordillera, but must not pass its crest line of slopes ; and if 
 in that part the Cordillera were in a peninsula, it might happen that, abiding strictly by 
 the terms of the Treaty, we should have to cross some arm of the sea before reaching the 
 watershed of the Andes. 
 
 " Senor Barros Arana said that Chile would never accept this arrangement, and 
 expressed his regret that we should not be able to arrive at an agreement, adding that he 
 was most desirous that the demarcation should be effected according to the dictates of 
 harmony and brotherhood which had guided the stipulation of the Treaty of 1881 ; and 
 that this feeling was shared in Chile, was shown by the fact that he, having established and 
 negotiated said stipulations on behalf of Chile, had been appointed as Expert. 
 
 "I replied that the Argentine Government was inspired by the same sentiments, and 
 that the instructions I had received were in harmony with them. I added that as yet I saw 
 no motive of disagreement ; and that the proceeding proposed by me of obtaining trust- 
 worthy data as a basis of our decisions, showed that I desired to seek a sure solution of the 
 question, and the greatest possible exactitude in the demarcation, in order to provide against 
 an erroneous application of the Treaty, the faithful fulfilment of which is the chief desire 
 of the Argentine Government. 
 
 " Senor Barros Arana insisted on our not drawing up preliminary maps, and on the 
 necessity of our giving fixed rules to the assistants for limiting their work strictly to the line 
 of separation of the origins of the waters which flow respectively to the Atlantic and to the 
 Pacific, and manifested that he considered expedient that in another meeting we should 
 draw up a Becord setting forth the opinions of both Experts regarding- the proceeding to be 
 followed. 
 
 " We agreed on this, and I told Senor Barros Arana that as I had to go to the Cordillera 
 to meet the Minister Senor Quirno Costa, who was on his way to Chile as Argentine Envov 
 Extraordinary, on my return I would present my statement. 
 
 " On January 27, I telegraphed to the Minister of Foreign Affairs an account of what 
 had passed in the previous meetings, informing him that we were about to draw up the 
 Record of the disagreement. 
 
 " On February 3, Senor Quirno Costa being then in Santiago, I held a fresh meeting 
 with my colleague the Chilian Expert, and according to arrangement I presented the state- 
 ment of what should be inserted on my part in the Record, a statement which had been 
 previously approved by the Argentine Minister, and which I do not transcribe as it would 
 only be a repetition of what had been discussed in the meetings, and had, on the other hand, 
 remained without effect. 
 
 " Senor Barros Arana replied that in continuation of my statement he would insert his, 
 and with this object he took away the Record, which was already drawn up and headed by 
 my statement. 
 
 2 L 
 
258 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 " Many days elapsed without his informing me of his decision on the matter, until, in 
 the middle of Fehruary, the Argentine Minister intervened in a friendly and confidential 
 manner in order to remove the difficulties and divergences which had arisen." 
 
 When negotiating with Senor Pico, Senor Barros Arana had declared that 
 the boundary was the central chain of the Andes, in which, according to his 
 opinion, occurred the division of the waters ; but then and afterwards, when 
 negotiating with Senor Virasoro, he refused to arrange for a survey of the ground 
 prior to making the actual demarcation — a survey which could in no wise favour 
 his views respecting the dividing line. He considered such surveys unnecessary 
 when dealing with a delimitation extending over 1500 miles, and in an enormous 
 mass of mountains, a very small portion of which only, and that superficially, was 
 known. 
 
 It would, in his opinion, suffice, in order to fulfil the provisions of the Treaty, 
 that the assistant surveyors should seek the water-divide, and there erect the 
 boundary marks without further investigation as to whether those points 
 coincided with the provisions of the said Treaty ; but, by proceeding in this 
 manner, territories which belonged to the Argentine Republic according to the 
 Treaty, Avould pass over to Chilian dominion, and it was therefore, not possible to 
 consent to this course. 
 
 The difficulties and differences referred to by Senor Virasoro were increased 
 very considerably. In 1892, a simple expedient was sufficient to settle the 
 divergences between Senor Pico and Senor Barros Arana. In 1893, its inefficaey 
 once demonstrated, it was clearly understood that another similar expedient did 
 not suffice to put a stop to the conflicts between Senor Virasoro and Senor 
 Barros Arana. For that reason, instead of dealing with the questions in a 
 superficial manner, and instead of postponing to a more favourable occasion the 
 definite solution of the same, it Avas thought advisable to face them immediately 
 without vacillation, fearlessly and with firmness. 
 
 Though the theory of the continental divide had no foundation, neither in 
 the antecedents, nor in the text, nor in the spirit of the Treaty of 1881 ; though 
 that theory was not openly embraced by the Chilian Government; though it was 
 only the Chilian Expert who expounded it, at the same time forgetting his own 
 previous opinions; the Argentine Government desired, once for all, to avoid 
 ambiguous interpretations and to determine the true, real and sole meaning of 
 the Covenant. This was the origin of the Protocol of May 1, 1893. 
 
 Moreover, at the time in which this agreement was transacted, the 
 
Disagreement of the Experts, Senores Virasoro and Barros Arana. 259 
 
 continental divide was not the only obstacle that hindered the execution of 
 the Treaty. There were five points in which the opinions of the Experts 
 differed, viz.: — 
 
 1. Whether the divide of Tierra del Fuejro was to be carried out after 
 previously studying the situation of Cape Espiritu Santo — which was the 
 starting-point — or whether, in order to determine it, they were only to follow the 
 indications of geographical maps. 
 
 2. Whether the Sub-Commissions were to decide in a definite manner on the 
 placing of the landmarks, or whether their decision was to be merely provisional, 
 they being likewise entrusted with the drawing up of maps, in order that the 
 Experts themselves might with due knowledge make the final determination. 
 
 3. Whether the San Francisco landmark was placed in the Cordillera de los 
 Andes as provided by the agreements, or whether it was necessary to remove it 
 after a fresh survey. 
 
 4. Whether it was possible, according to the Convention of 1881, that the 
 Argentine Republic should have territory on the shores of the Pacific, or whether 
 Chile was to have exclusive sovereignty over the coast regions of said ocean in 
 the southern part of America. 
 
 5. Whether Article 1 of the Treaty of 1881 provided that the boundary line 
 was to follow the continental divide, or whether it established that it should run 
 along the most elevated crests of the main range of the Cordillera that may 
 divide the waters. 
 
 The first question arose in April 1892, when the Sub-Commissions met in 
 Tierra del Fuego in order to begin the delimitation. There, in the first meeting, 
 Senor Merino Jarpa, chief of the Chilian Sub-Commission, stated that as Cape 
 Espiritu Santo was the starting-point, the latter should be marked in the 
 position indicated in the geographical maps. Senor Virasoro, chief of the 
 Argentine Sub-Commission, maintained that they should begin by finding the 
 situation of the Cape on the ground, by means of the necessary surveys, without 
 following as decisive the indications of the maps. Thus arose the disagreement 
 set forth in the Record of April 16, 1892. 
 
 In a Decree, dated September 20 of the same year, the Argentine Govern- 
 ment approved the opinion of Senor Virasoro, who, at that time, had already been 
 appointed Expert. This conflict stopped the work in Tierra del Fuego, as it 
 affected the groundwork of the demarcation. 
 
 The second question arose in February 1892. Senor Pico, as has been seen, 
 
 2 l 2 
 
260 Divergences in tlic Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 wishing to facilitate the work, and with the object that the Experts might have 
 all the antecedents they required, reserving to them exclusively, as a function to 
 which they were entitled, the final decision in the placing of the landmarks, 
 proposed to his colleague that the assistant Sub-Commissions should draw up the 
 necessary maps. Sefior Barros Arana objected to this, and though the inter- 
 vention of the Argentine Minister settled the difference, it was again renewed on 
 the occasion of Sefior Virasoro's arrival in Chile. This difficulty was of some 
 importance, and prudence dictated that it should be overcome before proceeding 
 with a work, on the extent of which those entrusted with its execution were 
 unable to agree. 
 
 The third question was the unfortunate outcome of a mistake due to the pre- 
 cipitation of the surveyors. The Argentine and Chilian Sub-Commissions; the 
 respective chiefs of which were Sehores Diaz and Bertrand, placed a provisional 
 landmark in the most central part of the San Francisco Gap. Nevertheless, 
 although the Sub-Commissions were agreed respecting the place, they discussed 
 the reasons and circumstances which had led them to choose it, and in the 
 impossibility of arriving at an understanding, they drew up two separate Records. 
 In consequence of this divergence the matter was submitted to the Argentine 
 Government, and the latter, after hearing the reports of Sefiores Diaz and 
 Virasoro, decided on September 20, 1892, that the Expert should demand from 
 his colleague that the technical operations in the San Francisco Pass or road 
 which crosses the Cordillera from the Argentine to the Chilian region should 
 be revised in order to locate the starting point within said road where the afore- 
 mentioned operations should indicate, and that the work performed in the San 
 Francisco Gap should be set aside if it were found that the said gap was not 
 situated in the central massif. 
 
 The Chilian Expert resisted this proceeding. He maintained that the 
 landmark was already fixed, and had been located in strict accordance with their 
 instructions, for which reason the operation should be considered as definite. 
 Public opinion in both countries became agitated owing to the writings of the 
 press, and the difficulty assumed a serious aspect. 
 
 The fourth question stirred the Chilian nation deeply. The negotiator of the 
 Treaty of 1881, when defending its clauses before the Argentine Congress, stated, 
 as his belief, that the Republic would be entitled to territory washed by the 
 Pacific, and quoted in support of his opinion that of Sefior Moreno, who had 
 expressed it in the following terms : — 
 
Disagreement of the Experts, Sen ores Virasoro and Barros Arana. 261 
 
 " The Treaty which specifies the 52° for the southern boundary of Argentine 
 territory, and the Cordillera de los Andes for the western, allows of our having ports 
 in the waters of the Pacific." - 
 
 In this hypothesis, the Convention was approved, but some time after 
 this fact there arose in Chile a sound of alarm and protest which attracted 
 attention, and found vent in official communications. The Expert, Senor Barros 
 Arana, on January 18, 1892, said: — 
 
 " I have no hesitation in declaring that this pretended demarcation is a geographical 
 chimera, upheld, it is true, in writings and maps of recent date, to which I cannot concede 
 the slightest authority nor any serious purpose. Neither can I concede it to another 
 geographical chimera upheld in the same writings and in the same maps. I refer to the 
 pretended Argentine ports on the Pacific, which, in opposition to the spirit and letter of 
 the Treaty, would interrupt and break the continuity of Chilian territory. On this subject, 
 maps have been made and re-made, their authors taking much useless trouble over a task 
 which, like the geographical question they wish to raise, will never lead to any practical 
 result." 
 
 The Argentine Expert, Senor Pico, entertained a contrary opinion. In the 
 Memorandum of February 26, presented to his Government, he replied to his 
 colleague's statements as follows : — 
 
 " In my opinion, there is no motive for that display of rhetoric launched against the 
 pretended Argentine ports on the Pacific. If at any time, on applying the clauses of the 
 Treaty to the ground, it should result that the Argentine Republic had a right to ports 
 on the Pacific, we shall have them." 
 
 The divergence on this subject had become still wider when the negotiations 
 began for the Protocol of 1893. 
 
 The fifth question was that which created the greatest stir and the widest 
 echo. It referred to the very interpretation of the Treaty of 1881, in its 
 substantial part, in its Article 1, in the clause destined to lay down the rule for 
 the tracing of the frontier line. It has already been seen how it originated, and 
 what was the importance attributed to it by the Argentine Government. 
 
262 Divergences in tJie Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 5. VARIOUS QUESTIONS SETTLED BY THE PROTOCOL OF 1893. 
 
 The five questions enunciated, some of them fundamental, and others of an 
 incidental character, hampered the work of demarcation, and created a state of 
 uncertainty in both Republics. Under these difficult circumstances, the Govern- 
 ments, guided by a common desire to secure peace and brotherhood, calmlv studied 
 each of the questions which had arisen, and arranged them all by means of mutual 
 concessions. 
 
 In the city of Santiago, on May 1, 1893, Don Norberto Quirno Costa, Envoy 
 Extraordinary and Minister Plenipotentiary of the Argentine Republic, and Don 
 Isidoro Errazuriz, in his character of Plenipotentiary ad hoc, having met, they 
 adjusted the clauses of the Agreement — as can be seen in its text — 
 
 "after having considered the present state of the work of the Experts entrusted with 
 t lie demarcation of the boundary between the Argentine Eepublic and Chile, in accord- 
 ance with the Boundary Treaty of 1881, and animated by the desire of removing the 
 difficulties which have embarrassed or might embarrass them in the fulfilment of their 
 Commission, and of establishing between both States a complete and cordial understanding 
 in harmony with the antecedents of brotherhood and glory common to both, and with the 
 ardent wishes of public opinion on either side of the Andes." 
 
 It would be childish to pretend that such elevated concrete phrases are mere 
 literary figures. When the Representatives of two contending nations solemnly 
 declare in a public document that they have considered " the present state " of 
 the controversy ; when they declare that they have endeavoured " to remove 
 difficulties " ; only a spirit influenced by doctrinal prejudices can maintain that the 
 " present state " of the controversy had not been taken into account, and that 
 nobody had endeavoured to " remove the difficulties." 
 
 As mere conjecture, the possibility of an omission through forgetfulness 
 might be admitted, but such forgetfulness is unlikely in diplomatic negotiations 
 when treating questions of vital importance, questions which have been the 
 principal cause of the Covenants, and which have given rise to the conferences. 
 
 Seriores Quirno Costa and Errazuriz might have forgotten insignificant 
 details of the difficulties encountered by the Experts, but it is not conceivable 
 that they should overlook those which formed an unsurmountable hindrance to 
 their great desire for peace and brotherhood. 
 
 If they had been silent on the subject of any one of' the five controversies 
 
Various Questions Settled by the Protocol of 1893. 263 
 
 which arose during the course of the work, the phrases which form the beginning 
 of the Treaty in no way could be explained, because those controversies were 
 well known, and had been freely discussed in public, mainly the first and the last 
 question, which attracted special attention. In order to demarcate the frontier 
 line in Tierra del Fuego, which is a geographical co-ordinate — the straight line 
 which, starting from Cape Espiritu Santo, extends due south- — it was unavoidably 
 necessary to agree upon the exact starting point ; in order to demarcate the 
 Cordillera from the extreme north down to parallel of latitude 52° S., it was 
 likewise unavoidably necessary to define the correct interpretation of the Treaty 
 of 1881. If either of these points had been passed over in silence, the hindrance 
 which existed for tracing the boundary, both in Tierra del Fuego and in the 
 Cordillera cle los Andes, would have still remained. 
 
 Common sense rejects the idea of such omissions. On the contrary, the 
 most elementary rules of logic and the dictates of reason impose the following 
 conclusion, which must be accepted, viz. that with the Treaty of 1893 the 
 preceding divergences came to an end, since the Eepresentatives of both countries 
 met in order to settle them, and immediately afterwards stated that they had 
 settled them all. 
 
 The exegesis of the Treaty of 1893 permits us to add further considerations 
 which corroborate those which precede. Its letter, clear and conclusive, demon- 
 strates to an impartial examiner, that all the questions which had divided the 
 opinions of the Experts had been arranged. 
 
 The first question was settled by Article 4, which provides as follows : — 
 
 " The demarcation of Tierra del Fuego shall commence simultaneously with that ot" 
 the Cordillera, and shall start from the point called Cape Espiritu Santo. At that point, 
 visihle from the sea, there are three heights of hills of medium elevation, of which the 
 central or intermediary one, which is the highest, shall he taken as point of departure, 
 and on its summit shall be placed the first landmark of the line of demarcation, which shall 
 continue towards the south in the direction of the meridian." 
 
 Consequently, it was impossible, later on, to go back on this point. 
 
 The second question, relating to the faculties of the assistants and the drawing 
 up of maps, was resolved by Articles 3, 5, (>, 7 and 9, which establish rules of 
 proceeding for the Commissions, and provide that they should collect all the 
 necessary data in order to trace on maps of common accord, and with the greatest 
 possible exactness, the boundary line which they should demarcate on the ground. 
 
264 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 Tlie third question, which referred to the San Francisco landmark, was 
 arranged in the following form, set forth in Article 8 : — 
 
 "The Argentine Expert having manifested that in order to sign, with full knowledge 
 of the matter, the Eecord of April 15, 1802, by which a mixed Chilian-Argentine Commis- 
 sion fixed on the ground the point of departure of the demarcation of boundaries in the 
 Cordillera de los Andes, he considered it indispensable to make a fresh reconnaissance of the 
 locality in order to verify or rectify said operation, adding that this reconnaissance would 
 not delay the progress of the work, which could be simultaneously continued by another 
 Sub-Commission, and the Chilian Expert, having on his part manifested that, although 
 lie believed that the operation had been carried out in strict conformity with the Treaty, 
 he had no objection to acquiesce in the wishes of his colleague, as a proof of the cordiality 
 with which this work was being performed, the undersigned have agreed that a revision 
 be made of what had been done, and that in the event of errors being found, the landmark 
 shall be transferred to the point in which it should have been fixed according to the terms 
 of the Boundary Treaty." 
 
 The fourth question, which so deeply affected the press and opinion in Chile 
 —that which referred to the possibility of the existence of Argentine access to 
 Pacific waters — was arranged by means of the compromise indicated in the 
 second Article, the text of which, in the first part at least, seems to have been 
 somewhat neglected by Chilian writers, notwithstanding its undoubted capital 
 importance for the right interpretation of the Treaty. As regards the Pacific 
 territories, it would perhaps suffice to quote the final part, but it is necessary 
 to read the whole Article if one wishes to find the scope and signification of the 
 Convention of 1893 in all its projections. It may be said in synthesis, that as 
 a result of the compromise mentioned in the Article, the Argentine Republic 
 waived its eventual rights to the access to the Pacific, provided that the idea 
 was abandoned of altering the boundary agreed upon, by removing it from 
 tire elevated crests of the Cordillera, and placing it along the sources of the rivers, 
 subject to manifold changes : — 
 
 "If in the peninsular part of the south" — says the latter part of the Article — "on 
 nearing parallel 52° S. the Cordillera should be found penetrating into the channels 
 of the Pacific, there existing, the Experts shall undertake the study of the ground in 
 order to fix a boundary line leaving to Chile the coasts of said channels ; in consideration 
 of which study, both Governments shall determine said line amicably." 
 ■ 
 
 'The fifth question was also settled by the Convention of 1893. Owing to its 
 
 paramount importance, it will be dealt with in the next chapter. Is it, forsooth, 
 
 possible that the fifth and last question, the most salient, and that which most 
 
Various Questions Settled by the Protocol of 1893. 265 
 
 hindered the execution of the work could have been omitted? What would 
 have been the object of such an omission? 
 
 The statesmen who with their signatures authorised the clauses of the 
 Agreement, the Governments which assented to them, and the Congresses which 
 sanctioned them, were cognisant of the controversy about the division of the 
 waters, in its innermost details, and could not have forgotten it during the 
 protracted proceedings connected with the Protocol. 
 
 It would be denying the truth of the evidence itself to say that, notwith- 
 standing the explicit phrases that precede the Protocol of 1893, its authors set 
 aside the vital question which gave rise to the diplomatic proceedings in order 
 to arrange only the others of minor importance, which, however worthy of 
 attention, are insignificant when compared with those pertaining to the 
 continental divortium flumin is. 
 
 The fifth question was thus rightly solved by adhering to the text of the 
 Treaty of 1881, but at the same time clearing away all the doubts with which 
 the Chilian Expert sought to envelope it by his note of January 18, 1892. 
 
 2 M 
 
266 Divergences in tJie Cordillera cie los Andes. 
 
 CHAPTER X. 
 
 Summary — 1. Erroneous Interpretation of the Protocol of 1893. 
 
 2. The Opinion of Some Newspapers. 
 
 3. The Spirit of the Boundary Treaty declared by the Protocol. 
 
 4. Parts of Rivers. 
 
 5. Article 6 of the Protocol. 
 
 6. Negotiations of the Protocol of 1893. 
 
 1. ERRONEOUS INTERPRETATION OF THE PROTOCOL OF 1893. 
 
 In the Statement read before this Tribunal, the Chilian Representative ac- 
 knowledged that the disagreement between the Experts regarding the interpre- 
 tation of Article 1 of the Treaty of 1881, "was, in part, the origin of the 
 negotiation of 1893 which led to the drawing up of the Protocol of May 1 of that 
 year"; but without studying the details of the negotiations, the importance of 
 which will soon appear manifest, he considers that the Protocol was restricted, in 
 regard to this point, to sanctioning the rule of the continental water-divide. 
 In order to draw this conclusion he adduces as proofs : — 
 
 1. That Article 1 provides that the precept contained in the Treaty of 1881 
 shall be taken as an invariable rule by the Experts and by the Sub-Commissions 
 of assistants. In the part quoted the wording is : — 
 
 " Whereas Article 1 of the Treaty of July 23, 1881, provides that ' the boundary between 
 Chile and the Argentine Republic from north to south as far as parallel of lat. 52 L S. is the 
 Cordillera de los Andes,' and that ' the frontier line shall run along the most elevated crests 
 of said Cordillera that may divide the waters, and shall pass bet.\veen the slopes which 
 descend one side and the other,' the Experts and the Sub-Commissions shall observe this 
 principle as an invariable rule of their proceedings." 
 
 2. That " the water-divide is the geographical condition of the demarcation," 
 as stipulated by Article 3 ; and 
 
 i!. That by Article 7, " in intrusting the Experts or demarcating engineers 
 with the formation of a map upon which they could trace the boundary line fixed 
 by them on the land, they are recommended to mark upon it the origin of the 
 
Erroneous Interpretation of the Protocol of 1893. 267 
 
 streams that flow clown to one side and the other of the boundary line, the high 
 peaks that rise there, as well as other geographical features, which, ' although 
 not precisely necessary for the demarcation of the boundary, may be easily 
 located on the ground as references for its ubication.' These recommendations," 
 adds the Representative of Chile, " clearly show that the negotiators understood 
 that in the demarcation they were not to cut streams nor make the boundary 
 line pass over summits or peaks which do not divide the waters." 
 
 These arguments are in some parts unfounded, and in others they justify an 
 opposite conclusion. 
 
 The clause which ordains that the Experts and Sub-Commissions shall keep 
 to the text of Article 1 of the Treaty of 1881 as the invariable rule in their 
 procedure, neither modifies nor amplifies its wording, but simply reproduces its 
 context. The interpretation of the clause, therefore, depends on the interpretation 
 given to the precept which it transcribes. If the Chilian Representative 
 understands that when it says, " that the boundary is the Cordillera de los 
 Andes," we are to conclude that the Cordillera is accessory and secondary, and 
 that the continental divide is the principal ; if he understands that when it is 
 ordained that the most elevated crests shall be followed, the precept is complied 
 with by following crests of any height ; the Argentine Republic might, with still 
 greater reason, say that as the Protocol of 1893 insists on fixing the boundary 
 in the Cordillera de los Andes, the Experts shall observe this principle as an 
 invariable rule of their proceedings ; and as the Protocol provides that the line 
 must run along " the most elevated crests that may divide the waters," the 
 Experts, in like manner, shall observe this principle as an invariable rule of their 
 proceedings. In this way, at any rate, the Article is maintained in all its 
 integrity without any need for altering it in order to make its disjointed wording 
 harmonize with theories which have no basis either in its antecedents or in its 
 
 spirit. 
 
 Moreover, the Argentine interpretation is supported by the facts that gave 
 rise to the clauses in the Protocol, which doubtless is intended for some practical 
 purpose. 
 
 It is impossible to suppose that the negotiators in 1893 would repeat the 
 transcribed part of the Treaty of 1881 without any purpose. Reason and 
 common sense would suggest that previous to the Protocol some difficulty 
 existed in the way of accepting the validity of that rule in the form in which 
 it is expressed, and that for the purpose of preventing any similar further 
 
 2 M 2 
 
268 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 obstacle arising, it was thought prudent to again restore its validity. Such in fact 
 is the case. 
 
 From the references above quoted, it is clear that the Argentine Expert, 
 Senor Pico, suggested to his colleague, Seuor Barros Arana, that the text ot 
 Article 1 of the Covenant of 1881 should be furnished by way of instructions to 
 the Auxiliary Sub-Commissions. It is also clear that the Chilian Expert began 
 by pointing out the necessity for interpreting the text, and that lastly he did not 
 think it appropriate to transcribe the Article without some comment, which, 
 finally, would tend to alter it so as to make it accord with the views as to the 
 continental divide. 
 
 No Argentine Expert ever objected to apply Article 1 of the Treaty of 
 1881 ; no Argentine Expert ever feared that its interpretation would be doubtful, 
 or would place obstacles in the way. All thought it explicit, inasmuch as it 
 provided that the boundary line should be drawn over the most elevated crests 
 of the Andes. It was the Chilian Expert who, probably not rinding Article 1 
 quite in accordance with the new doctrine of the continental divide, sought for 
 the addition of phrases and views, and did so with such persistence, that he thereby 
 gave occasion to the first divergences between the Experts. 
 
 It is not surprising then, that the negotiators of 1893 should begin by 
 saying : — 
 
 " Whereas Article 1 of the Treaty of July 23, 1881, provides that ' the boundary between 
 Chile and the Argentine Republic from north to south as far as parallel of lat. 52° 8. is the 
 ( 'ordillera de los Andes,' aud that ' the frontier line shall run along the most elevated crests 
 <>f said Cordillera that may divide the waters, and shall pass between the slopes which 
 descend one side and the other,' the Experts and the Sub-Commissions shall observe this 
 principle as an invariable rule of their proceedings." 
 
 This first part of Article 1 of the Protocol of 18D3 perhaps completes and 
 makes clear the first part of Article 1 of the Treaty of 1881, for by placing 
 between inverted commas the text of the said Article, and adding the words 
 " and that," thus dividing the sentence, it is clearly determined that the principle 
 to be followed by Experts and the Sub-Commission in the demarcation is that 
 which declares the Cordillera de los Andes to be the boundary between the two 
 nations. 
 
 Therefore, the clause proves that the theory of the continental divide had 
 made no headway. Taken with its antecedents, it gave support to the views of 
 Senor Pico, which, as Ave have seen, were in agreement with the Treaty of 1881. 
 
Erroneous Interpretation of the Protocol of 1893. 269 
 
 It is to the second argument that the Chilian Eepresentative attributes more 
 consistency. The water-divide, it is said, is the geographical condition of the 
 demarcation, according to Article 3 of the Protocol. 
 
 Although it suffices to read the precept to he convinced that it in no way 
 contradicts the categorical clauses of the Treaty, which, as will be seen, repudiate 
 the doctrine unfolded by the Chilian Expert in his note of January 18, 1892, 
 nevertheless it is well to say a few words respecting the same. The provision 
 runs as follows : — 
 
 " In the case Foreseen in the second part of the first Article of the Treaty of 1881, 
 where difficulties might arise ' from the existence of certain valleys formed by the bifurca- 
 tion of the Cordillera, and in which the watershed may not be apparent,' the Experts shall 
 endeavour to settle them amicably, seeing that a search be made on the ground for this 
 geographical condition of the demarcation. For that purpose, of joint accord, they shall 
 draw up with the assistant engineers a map which may help them to solve the difficulties." 
 
 To begin with, it may be affirmed that the clause does not lay down a 
 general rule applicable to the entire extent of the frontier, but that it refers 
 specially to an isolated and particular case, viz. that of the existence of valleys 
 formed by the bifurcation of the Cordillera. 
 
 Besides, the Article does not provide that the division of waters is to be the 
 only geographical condition of the demarcation ; it merely says that it is <i geo- 
 graphical condition ; that it is one among the many geographical conditions. 
 
 Consequently, the argument based on Article 3 of the Treaty not only does 
 not conduce to sustain the fitness of the interoceanic divide, but, on the contrary, 
 is absolutely opposed to it. As a matter of fact, the Article, when referring to 
 the bifurcation of the Cordillera, once more confirms the idea of the orographic 
 boundary formed by the most elevated crests, or the main range. 
 
 In regard to this argument, we may again note the erroneous tendency 
 shown in the Statement read by the Chilian Eepresentative to convert the water- 
 sheds into continental divides. It is therein explicitly recognised, in accordance 
 with the already quoted opinion of Senor Bertrand, that there are an indefinite 
 number of divortia aquarum ; but if in a Treaty or in a book, the word " waters' 7 
 is met with, the Chilian Statement takes for granted at once, without further 
 investigation, that it refers to the separation of the hydrographic basins of the 
 rivers that are tributaries of the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, although there may 
 be no reference to basins, rivers or oceans. The watershed referred to in the 
 Protocol of 1893 is that of the Cordillera, it is that of its most elevated crests, as 
 
270 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 the boundary cannot be removed from the most elevated crests, still less from 
 the Cordillera itself. What reason, therefore, is there for saying that Article 3 
 has laid down the rule for the continental divide ? Would it not be more logical 
 to say that if care has been taken to omit all reference to continent, to oceans or 
 to hydrographic basins, it is because after the discussions that had taken place, 
 it was desirable to abandon once for all the theory which is based on such 
 features ? 
 
 On the other hand, even if all this should not be regarded as accurate, to 
 conclude that the Governments intended to fix the rule of demarcation of a line 
 reaching over an extent of 29°, when dealing with a mere incidental matter, such 
 as the bifurcation of the Cordillera, is one of those deductions which are self- 
 destructive. Article 3 does not say that the continental divide is the principle 
 to be followed in any case, though if it did, it would be obligatory to follow it 
 only in the particular case for which it was stipulated. But by no manner of 
 means can a sentence picked out from one clause and transferred to another, nor 
 by any means, on such an assumption, can it be said that " as the watershed was 
 agreed to for the bifurcation of the Cordillera, that same watershed should be fol- 
 lowed even where the Cordillera does not bifurcate, although the Treaty does not 
 stipulate it." Had that been the idea, had it been intended to give to the water- 
 shed the importance which it is claimed was intended, it is certainly evident that 
 this would have been set forth in that part of the Convention which is intended 
 to summarise the characteristics and the general rule governing the whole course 
 of the line, instead of stating it when speaking of a special detail, which is, more- 
 over, subject to special rules. It is no Avay of interpreting a Treaty to take an 
 incidental phrase from it, employed with a circumscribed object, and to endeavour 
 to discover therein the spirit of the entire negotiation. 
 
 Article 3 of the Protocol of 1893 has a clear object, a definite scope, 
 beyond which it would be hazardous to stretch it, without risk of upsetting the 
 general view which regulated the adjustment. The statement of the antecedents 
 explains it in detail. 
 
 The Treaty of 1881 provided that : — 
 
 "The difficulties that might arise from the - existence of certain valleys formed by the 
 bifurcation of the Cordillera, and in which the watershed may not he apparent, shall be 
 amicably settled by two Experts, one to be named by each party." 
 
 In view of this clause the Argentine Experts held that there was no other 
 
Erroneous Interpretation of the Protocol of 1893. 271 
 
 way of fulfilling the trust committed to them, if the emergency contemplated 
 in theory should present itself in practice, but to study the ground and prepare 
 detailed plans. The Chilian Expert, who always displayed a marked tendency 
 to abstract discussions, opposed this geographical survey, which nevertheless 
 could not be detrimental to those who were endeavouring to find out and expose 
 the truth. 
 
 The negotiators of the Protocol of 1893, having in mind the clauses and the 
 disagreement, prescribed the actual survey of the features, being convinced 
 that in this way the amicable solution that was recommended would be feasible. 
 This, and this alone, was the object of Article 3. In the whole course of the 
 negotiations not the slightest trace of any other motive can be found. Lastly, 
 its wording reveals that such was the intention. It not only prescribes the 
 investigations of the ground, but it adds : — 
 
 " For that purpose, of joint accord, they shall draw up with the assistant engineers a 
 map which may help them to solve the difficulty." 
 
 Therefore, whatever be the standpoint from which we examine Article 3, 
 the conclusion is always identical. It lacks anything bearing on determining 
 the general rule for the boundary, and in the actual case on which it legislates 
 it repudiates the interoceanic water-divide and makes it unmistakable that the 
 boundary should pass over the Cordillera even though it should bifurcate ; that 
 it should pass over its most elevated crests, and that when the bifurcation exists 
 the Experts, by studying the geographical conditions, shall proceed to settle the 
 differences that may arise. 
 
 If, as the Chilian Representative admits, the negotiators of the Protocol of 
 1893 dealt with the different meaning attributed by the Experts to Article 1 of 
 the Treaty of 1881, and if they were desirous of putting an end to it, we must 
 of necessity agree that the third precept of the new agreement did not tend to 
 that result. 
 
 The last consideration adduced to maintain that the Protocol of 1893 
 sanctioned the continental divide is, if possible, more unfounded than the 
 previous ones. 
 
 It is said that the recommendation contained in Article 7, that the Experts 
 should show on the maps the sources of the streams, and the high peaks that rise 
 on both sides of the line — features which are not really necessary for the 
 demarcation — proves that the negotiators intended that streams were not to be 
 
272 Divergences in the Cordillera tic los Andes. 
 
 cut, and that the boundary was not to be marked over peaks which did not 
 divide waters. 
 
 The conclusion at which the Chilian Representative arrives, has no con- 
 nection whatever with the premises from which he draws it. The argument is 
 as inconsistent as it would be if it was said : — As Article 5 prescribes that " the 
 Commissions of assistant engineers shall be ready to commence the work on 
 October 15 next," we must conclude that the water-divide was sanctioned. The 
 fact that the sources of the streams and the high peaks shall be noted on the 
 maps, has no more to do with the doctrine of the continental divide than 
 commencing the work in October has. 
 
 But Article 7 is important from another point of view, which the Chilian 
 Representative has omitted, thus leaving aside a categorical prescription according 
 to which the course of rivers is unnecessary for the demarcation of the boundary. 
 
 It will be remembered that previous to the Protocol of 1893 the Chilian 
 Expert unfolded his thesis respecting the interoceanic divide, while some writers 
 said that the line should run over the highest peaks, even if these were detached 
 from the main chain. The new Treaty rejected both interpretations and adopted 
 that of the most elevated crests, which had been accepted ever since the Colonial 
 epoch, and enforced again in 1881 in explicit terms whose meaning defied contra- 
 diction. True, the explanation was not expressly given in Article 7, but in other 
 more detailed Articles, yet Article 7 contains an application of the rule, a ratifica- 
 tion given in such terms that they alone suffice to carry conviction as to its 
 spirit. 
 
 The text of the Article, in its pertaining part, says : — 
 
 " The Experts shall direct the Commissions of assistant engineers to collect all the 
 necessary data to design on paper, of joint accord, and with all possihle accuracy, the 
 boundary line as they may demark it on the ground. To that effect they shall indicate the 
 changes of altitude and azimuth which the boundary Hue may suffer in its course, the 
 beginning of the streams or quebradas that descend one side and the other, writing down 
 the names of same whenever it is possible to know them, and shall distinctly fix the 
 pointsou which the boundary landmarks are to be placed. These maps may contain other 
 geographical accidents, which without being actually necessary in the demarcation of boundaries, 
 such as the visible course of rivers when descending into the neighbouring valleys and the high 
 peaks thai rise on one side and the other of the houndary line, are easily indicated in the 
 places as signs of location." 
 
 The demarcators are to indicate in their maps the beginning of the streams or 
 quebradas which descend one side and the other of the line. They are not 
 
Erroneous Interpretation of the Protocol of 1893. 273 
 
 obliged to do so with respect to the streams in their entire length, but only as 
 regards their origins, because the course the streams may take when descending 
 the mountain in no way affects the tracing of the frontier line. If a stream flows 
 towards the east, and falling precipitously into the valley, encounters on its way 
 an eminence or obstacle which causes it to change its course, and thus, turning 
 and twisting, finds a quebrada or gap, and changing its direction, ends by flowing- 
 westward into some arm of the Pacific ; does this accident of its course destroy 
 the primary fact that on leaving its source it flowed eastAvard ? Evidently not. 
 The Treaty is explicit : the Sub-Commissions of assistants must take into account 
 the origin of that stream. 
 
 And neither must they place every stream on their maps. The Treaty 
 refers exclusively to those " which descend one side and the other " of the line. If, 
 therefore, a stream rises outside of the main range of the Andes, if it rises on 
 chains or branches of the range, on ridges or spurs, if it rises in the valleys or in 
 the plains, such a stream can be omitted, no matter how much it may cut the 
 Andean ridge, because it does not fulfil the required conditions. 
 
 The Treaty provides that the assistant engineers, when following the line of 
 the main chain, must determine the sources of the streams situated on either side 
 of its edge. Their work may be of considerable extent, but it must always be 
 confined within the main chain of the Andes. The Commissions have not been 
 entrusted with the task — which would be a consequence of the continental 
 water-divide — of surveying the coast of the Pacific in search of the rivers which 
 disembogue into it, and then of ascending those rivers as far as their sources 
 wherever the latter may be situated. 
 
 Moreover, Article 7 does not lay down definite rules as to the exact amount 
 of geographical information which is to be shown on the maps. If for the 
 exactness of these maps it should be necessary to know some other features 
 besides those determined by said Article, nothing prevents that they be also 
 depicted. When it is declared that the survey of the course of the rivers in 
 flowing down to the neighbouring valleys is not necessary, it is merely because 
 there is an evident wish to avoid work not indispensable in the determination 
 of the upper crest of the dividing mountain. 
 
 In order to carry the line over peaks detached from the central chain, the 
 high peaks would unavoidably have to be marked on the maps; in order to 
 trace it along the continental divide, it would be above all indispensable to take 
 the course of the rivers into account. Both of these accidents are overlooked in 
 
 2 N 
 
274 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 the Treaty with regard to the boundary itself, although they may be traced on 
 paper as auxiliary elements, useful for locating the regions through which 
 the line runs. For that reason, the Article just quoted determines that the 
 maps may contain other geographical accidents which, without being actually 
 necessary in the demarcation of the boundary, such as the visible course of rivers when 
 they descend into the neighbouring valleys, and the high peaks which rise on either 
 side of the frontier line, are easy to mark in the places as indications of location. 
 
 By the hydrographic rule laid down by the Chilian Representative, all that 
 is to be done is to seek the sources of the rivers, to follow their course and, 
 according to whether they flow into the Pacific or into the Atlantic, so the 
 territory watered by them shall belong to Chile or to Argentina. 
 
 By the orographic rule, of which Article 7 is a practical instance, it is" not 
 necessary to know the courses of the rivers ; it is needless to know them even 
 in the adjoining valleys to which they descend from the crest down the slope, 
 and, therefore, such requirement is still less needful in the varied fluctuations of 
 these rivers along their courses until they empty themselves into the sea. 
 
 According to the hydrographic rule, the river's sources must be sought 
 wherever they are situated. 
 
 By the orographic rule, of which Article 7 is a practical instance, the sources 
 of streams are to be shown on the maps only when the streams come from the 
 crests. 
 
 By the hydrographic rule, height is an element of secondary importance, 
 always subordinate to the separation of the basins. 
 
 By the orographic rule, of which Article 7 is a practical instance, the Experts 
 shall indicate the changes of altitude and azimuth which the boundary line may 
 suffer in its course. If that line docs not run alone; the most elevated crests of 
 the Cordillera, to what altitude and to what azimuth did the Protocol refer? Will 
 it perchance be pretended that it referred to those of the Patagonian plain where 
 the sources of some rivers are found ? 
 
 It is thus demonstrated that nothing is more opposed to the continental 
 divide than Article 7 of the Treaty of 1893. It can only have been suggested in 
 the Chilian Statement by forgetting that in speaking of the geographical features 
 which are not actually necessary in the demarcation, the first which it enunciates 
 in those conditions is precisely the visible course of rivers when descending from 
 the most elevated crests into the neighbouring; vallevs. 
 
The Opinion of some Newspapers. 275 
 
 2. THE OPINION OF SOME NEWSPAPERS. 
 
 If there is anything absolutely unquestionable in the boundary controversy, 
 it is that the Protocol of 1893 was negotiated with the prime object of putting an 
 end in the future to the erroneous interpretation which Senor Barros Arana gave 
 to the Treaty of 1881, in that portion of it which points out the principle of 
 demarcation. All the details of the negotiation prove this, and the text itself is 
 as explicit as could be desired. 
 
 Some Chilian writers, dealing with the irresistible force of the Protocol, 
 have recently insisted on concentrating all their attacks on it with the view ot 
 raising doubts as to its efficacy. In this effort they have published a multitude 
 of articles and pamphlets distinguished by one common feature, — the total 
 disregard of the proceedings which were antecedent to it, and of the clear and 
 precise clauses which put an end to the controversy. Moreover, it is frequently 
 to be observed that by extracting from the Protocol isolated phrases, and by 
 distorting their true meaning, they assume that they have succeeded in nullifying 
 the efficacy of the Treaty, which some of them do not hesitate to qualify as 
 " the less sincere, and, therefore, the less useful. * 
 
 In their anxiety, they have gone so far as to search the daily papers which 
 at the time were opposing the Argentine Government, feeling sure of finding 
 therein attacks on the negotiators and consequently on the Protocol itself, and 
 afterwards they have pointed to those paragraphs as undeniable proofs, without 
 remembering that at the same time the newspapers which supported the policy 
 of the Government expressed themselves in diametrically opposite terms. 
 
 This proceeding simply reveals the lack of solid arguments, since it must 
 not be imagined that the opinions of the press, oftentimes inspired in its noble 
 mission by passing events, would always reflect the motives that Governments, 
 in their doings, have in view. 
 
 The Chilian Representative, however, has collected these arguments, and 
 has quoted before this Tribunal certain words that have appeared in La Prensa 
 and in El Diario of Buenos Aires. It would be easy to countervail the 
 paragraphs quoted with others contained in the opposition newspapers in Chile, 
 the language of which at times has been so exaggerated that some of them have 
 
 * Dr. Hans Steffen in Zeitschrifl der Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde zu Berlin, vol. 32, 1897, n. 1. 
 
 2 n 2 
 
276 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 gone so far as to accuse their own Ministers of treasonable designs, when drawing 
 up the Conventions with the Argentine Government. But it would be useless. 
 It is not in the opposition press that arguments must be sought for the solution 
 of the dispute. 
 
 And it is to be observed, moreover, that the passages taken from El Diario 
 and from La Prensa confine themselves to affirming that the Protocol of 1893 
 did not modify the Treaty of 1881. The former states that, " The Protocol 
 preserves and confirms the full observance of the rules established by the Treaty 
 of 1881 for the fixation of the boundary ; " and the latter says, " It is simply an 
 amplication of the text, a paraphrase of the Treaty of 1881, that leaves unaltered 
 in its essential part the basis of that Treaty." 
 
 But it must be remarked that both newspapers have always maintained 
 that the Treaty of 1881 being sufficiently categoric in its wording, required 
 no explanation in order to render the doctrine of the continental divide 
 incompatible with it. 
 
 On the other hand, the Argentine Republic has not maintained that the 
 Protocol of 1893 modified or annulled the principle laid down in the Treaty of 
 1881, according to which the boundary line runs along the most elevated crests 
 of the Cordillera ; she has upheld, and upholds, on the strength of the Protocol 
 itself, and of all the documents connected with it, that such Protocol has ratified 
 the view which, without any break, has been developed since the early days of 
 the Spanish conquest and throughout Colonial and independent history. On 
 account of the persistent misinterpretations of the Chilian Expert, it was 
 thought advisable that the line of the most elevated crests should be reasserted, 
 and, although this was not strictly indispensable for the correct interpretation 
 of the Treaties in force, it cannot be denied that it was desirable, in order to 
 do away with ulterior discussions. 
 
 3. THE SPIRIT OF THE BOUNDARY TREATY DECLARED BY 
 
 THE PROTOCOL. 
 
 For the correct construction of the Protocol of 1893, it is necessary to care- 
 fully study Article 2, which is mainly the one in which the view manifested by 
 the negotiators in the preamble is rendered practicable, namely, that " of removing 
 the difficulties which have embarrassed, or might embarrass, the Experts in the 
 fulfilment of their commission." The main difficulty rested on the interpretation 
 
The Spirit of the Boundary Treaty declared by the Protocol. 277 
 
 of the Treaty. Then the Governments desired to determine in an authentic 
 manner the correct interpretation, and to solemnly disavow the views enunciated 
 by the Chilian Expert. It was to this end that Article 2 tended. In its first 
 part it says : — 
 
 " The undersigned declare that, in the opinion of their respective Governments, and 
 according to the spirit of the Boundary Treaty, the Argentine Republic retains its dominion 
 and sovereignty over all the territory that extends from the east of the principal chain of 
 the Andes to the coast of the Atlantic, just as the Republic of Chile over the western 
 territory, to the coasts of the Pacific ; it being understood that by the provisions of said 
 Treaty, the sovereignty of each State over the respective coast line is absolute, in such a 
 manner that Chile cannot lay claim to any point toward the Atlantic, just as the Argentine 
 Republic can lay no claim to any toward the Pacific." 
 
 Whatever efforts may be made to explain this Article in a sense contrary to 
 its wording, it is impossible from a legal point of view to recognise the dominion 
 of Chile over any territorial fraction lying to the east of the main chain of the 
 Andes. • 
 
 In the part referred to in this clause there is no fresh stipulation, it contains 
 a mere explanatory declaration of a previous stipulation. It is limited to asserting 
 with the concurrence of the two contracting parties, which is the spirit of the 
 Treaty of 1881, and it recognises that each of the nations retains, that is to say, 
 continues to possess, the territories on the east or west of the Andes divided by 
 its main chain. This Article contains the solemn statements which elucidate the 
 spirit of the Treaty of 1881, and show the Experts how far they may go in their 
 resolutions. 
 
 To do away with unnecessary discussion which might involve fresh conflicts 
 respecting the meaning of " the most elevated crests of the Cordillera de los 
 Andes which may divide the waters," this is defined in a conclusive manner, the 
 line being individualised which is to separate the two countries on the principal 
 chain of the Andes, at the intersection of the eastern and western slopes of the 
 Cordillera, whether the line cuts rivers or not. 
 
 The waters are not referred to in any sense, either for the purpose of 
 alluding to those which separate on the most elevated crests to descend down 
 the slopes, or to those which separate at any part, to flow towards the oceans : 
 no mention is made of valleys, or of the bifurcation of the Cordillera ; no mention 
 is made of rivers, of streams, or of springs. Past experience rendered it 
 necessary to find a brief, precise and undoubted formula which should determine 
 the spirit of the existing Treaty, and fix the sole incontrovertible rule which 
 
278 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 was to serve to indicate the dominion and sovereignty of each country over the 
 territories oa each side of the frontier. 
 
 In view of an injunction so absolute which shows the opinion of the 
 Argentine Republic and of Chile, it is inadmissible to outstep the principal 
 chain of the Andes, under any pretext whatsoever, because it is not permissible 
 to encroach on what has been previously determined as an integral part of a 
 foreign dominion, and as a territorial portion of a foreign sovereignty. 
 
 If there are rivers which cross the " principal chain of the Andes," whether 
 they flow into the oceans or not, whether they lose themselves or not, such rivers, 
 which are not mentioned in any way in the concrete formula which synthesises 
 the rule of demarcation, they shall belong to the dominion and sovereignty of the 
 two countries, of Chile in their western portion and of the Argentine Republic in 
 their eastern portion. 
 
 If legal writers favour different principles in regard to mountain boundaries 
 — -which is not the case — ; if all the States of the world had accepted different 
 rules — which is not the case either — ; it would not be the doctrines of the writers, 
 or international practice which could override the standard which the freely 
 manifested consent of the two disputing nations has sanctioned, the meaning of 
 which is, that the dominion and sovereignty of each one extends as far as the 
 summit of the main chain of the Andes. 
 
 Such has been the aim of the two nations. Both have enforced the political 
 view which animated the Kings of Spain, the Colonial Governors, the founders of 
 their national independence, the historians and geographers of all times. If solemn 
 Treaties are not to be set at nought, it is necessary that the Cordillera de los 
 Andes shall in its main chain, at its imposing and majestic barrier, which it is 
 impossible to ignore or alter, serve as a dividing wall, as a sure frontier to the 
 two States, who shall extend up to that point their prerogatives of dominion and 
 their right of sovereignty. 
 
 The Experts who, either as functionaries or simply as citizens, were bound to 
 give strict compliance to the Treaties, which are fundamental laws whose 
 observance is paramount, must have sought on the ground for the principal 
 chain to the exclusion of every other detail, knowing that the line at which ends 
 dominion and sovereignty of one of the States, and at which the dominion and 
 sovereignty of the other commences, has been declared by those solemn compacts 
 to be at that principal chain. 
 
 The whole of the Treaty of 1881 is expressed in this Article. It is the 
 
The Spirit of the Boundary Treaty declared by the Protocol. 279 
 
 " main chain of the Andes," which must be sought by the Experts to apply to it 
 the letter and spirit of the Treaty of 1881 and of the Protocol itself, settling in a 
 friendly manner the difficulties which might arise concerning matters within that 
 chain. It is that chain which separates the sovereignties and dominions which 
 the same article defines, and which will continue to separate them. In it alone 
 can differences arise regarding the marking-out of the boundary line ; the 
 boundary is in the main chain of the Cordillera, and those differences cannot 
 occur outside it. 
 
 The differences that have arisen in the demarcation of the boundary are 
 now submitted to arbitration : but the sovereignty has not been submitted to 
 arbitration. Sovereignty is not open to discussion : it exists. The Argentine 
 Republic confidently hopes, therefore, that the Government of Her Britannic 
 Majesty will determine the principal chain of the Andes, and in doing so, they 
 will find that the Argentine Expert has with good reason rejected the line of the 
 Chilian Expert, who in one official note has by implication confessed that he did 
 not subordinate his judgment to the stipulations of the Treaties, when in sending 
 to his Government, in 1898, the Records signed with Senor Moreno, the Expert, 
 he said that the line marked out by him was not the crest of a principal chain in 
 the orographic sense of this expression, but simply in the hydrological sense of 
 presenting " a succession of crests, depressions and any kind of features of the ground 
 the continuity of which consists in the fact that it is not cut at any part by any 
 watercourse great or small." 
 
 The doctrine of the continental divide having been rejected it was necessarv 
 to solve a question in which Chile was interested, namely, the Argentine ports in 
 the Pacific waters. 
 
 Several geographical explorations, and among them those by Senor Bertrand, 
 had proved the fact that the Cordillera de los Andes penetrated into the Pacific 
 waters in such a manner that the line of parallel 52, before reaching the 
 Cordillera, had to cross several inlets. As the territories east of the Cordillera and 
 north of parallel 52 belong to the Argentine Republic it was evident that the 
 ports situated in those inlets would remain under her jurisdiction. 
 
 While the continental divide question was on the tapis, the Chilians 
 hoped that if this theory was accepted the existence of the Argentine ports in 
 the Pacific side would be impossible. However little one reflects on this, one 
 will understand the accuracy of the observation. If the boundary line has to 
 follow in the same direction as the separation of the rivers which run towards the 
 
280 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes 
 
 two oceans, it would be impossible that the shores bathed by the Pacific should 
 remain included in the dominion of the Argentine Republic. The frontier would 
 be traced out on mountains or in plains, but always in the interior of the country, 
 in the regions where the rivers rise and run oft' in opposite directions. It is 
 impossible to imagine that the line which separates the waters running to the two 
 oceans should penetrate into the inlets of one of them. The simple fact of the 
 penetration would show that the watershed was local and not general, since the 
 waters, in spite of separating, would fall only into one of the seas. 
 
 The continental divide once rejected, the boundary along the main chain 
 of the Andes once ratified and all hydrographic detail eliminated, there is no 
 theoretical reason why the chain which forms the boundary should not penetrate 
 into the Pacific ; and assuming that this was a real and demonstrated fact, the 
 Chilian negotiator thought that the difficult v ought to be overcome, since he 
 understood that an Argentine port on the Pacific coast was contrary to the justice 
 and equity which served as a basis for the Treaty of 1881. 
 
 The Argentine Republic reckoned with those ports, knowing that they were 
 in existence, and Serior Yrigoyen, the Minister, when obtaining from Congress the 
 approval which it was within its authority to grant, read a report from Senor 
 Moreno in which the conviction was expressed that the boundary would enclose 
 within Argentine jurisdiction a part of certain inlets in the Pacific. But from 
 another point of view the Argentine Republic, which has constantly desired to 
 avoid international disputes, was disposed to sacrifice her western ports on 
 condition that the Agreement of 1881 should not be misinterpreted, and that 
 the barrier of the most elevated crests of the Andes should not be overstepped 
 for purposes of depriving her of her Patagonian valleys situated on the eastern 
 side of the Cordillera. 
 
 The idea of ceding the said ports in exchange for ending the debate on 
 
 the interpretation of the principle of demarcation, and of for ever putting aside 
 
 the continental water-divide, had made headway in Argentine Government 
 
 circles, and was even considered in the Cabinet Councils. On December 24, 
 
 1889, the Minister for Foreign Affairs, Senor Zeballos, intimated as one possible 
 
 arrangement that the theory of the interoeeanic divide might give rise to 
 
 " A compromise or a solution, leaving the Patagonian valleys to the Argentine Republic 
 and the Pacific ports or landlocked bays to Chile, a possible outcome of a moderate policy, 
 
 and which would satisfy joint aspirations." 
 
 The Argentine negotiator had no objection, therefore, to formally 
 
The Spirit of the Boundary Treaty declared by the Protocol. 281 
 
 renouncing the ports as the Chilian negotiator had had none in accepting the 
 orographic interpretation ; and with the object of establishing more emphatically 
 that both things were co-relative, both were stated in the same Article. Con- 
 sequently, Article 2 of the Protocol of 1893 embodies a compromise containing 
 mutual concessions, viz. on one side the cession of the inlets, and the rejection 
 of the continental divide on the other. In its final part it provides as follows : — 
 
 " If in the peninsular part of the south, on nearing parallel 52° S., the Cordillera should 
 be found penetrating into the channels of the Pacific there existing, the Experts shall 
 undertake the study of the ground in order to fix a boundary line, leaving to Chile the 
 coasts of said channels ; in consequence of which study, both Governments shall determine 
 said line amicably." 
 
 This hypothesis confutes the theory of the continental divide, and dis- 
 approves it conclusively. The Cordillera de los Andes is the boundary from 
 north to south as far as parallel 52° S., and the negotiators thought it possible 
 that, on nearing the parallel, it might penetrate into the channels of the Pacific ; 
 they thought it possible that the waters flowing down both slopes of the Andes 
 might fall into only one of the oceans. For this reason, the idea of adopting as 
 a frontier the line of separation of the waters flowing into the Atlantic and the 
 Pacific, was very far from their thoughts. On the contrary, that idea was 
 excluded for ever. If the doctrine of marking out the boundary line along the 
 headstreams of watercourses flowing to the Atlantic and to the Pacific, should 
 have been sanctioned in the Protocol, it would have been absurd to provide in 
 the same Protocol for the possible contingency of finding all waters flowing 
 solely towards one of the Oceans. How could the eventuality foreseen be ex- 
 plained ? How does the rule of interoceanic separation harmonize with the 
 possibility of Argentine ports in the Pacific side ? So difficult it is to find a 
 means of reconciling such a clear stipulation with a system so opposed to it, 
 that the Chilian representative has not even tried to explain it. 
 
 4. PARTS OF RIVERS. 
 
 Article 2 of the Protocol of 1893 contains, as Ave have seen, the authentic 
 interpretation of the Treaty of 1881, but, in the same Protocol, there are 
 various other clauses which concur in affirming the same idea. Article 1, for 
 instance, after repeating the principle for the demarcation which is to be made at 
 the most elevated crests of the Andes, adds : — 
 
 2 
 
282 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 " Consequently, all lands and all waters, to wit : — lakes, lagoons, rivers and parts of 
 rivers, streams, slopes situated to the east of the line of the most elevated crests of the 
 Cordillera de los Andes that may divide the waters, shall he held in perpetuity to he the 
 property and under the ahsolute dominion of the Argentine Eepublic ; and all lands and 
 all waters, to wit: — lakes, lagoons, rivers and parts of rivers, streams, slopes situated to the 
 west of the line of the most elevated crests of the Cordillera de los Andes that may divide 
 the waters, to be the property and under the ahsolute dominion of Chile." * 
 
 Thus there can be " rivers and parts of rivers " on either side of the frontier 
 line ; or what is equivalent, a river may belong to the Argentine Republic or to 
 Chile in its entire length, or only in one or more of its parts. Everything 
 depends on its situation : if it rises to the east of the main chain of the Cordillera 
 and flows into the Pacific, said river, cut by the boundary line, shall belong in 
 " part " to the Argentine Republic and in " part " to Chile. 
 
 The words, "parts of rivers," dissipate all the doubts which the Chilian 
 Expert meant to raise about the Treaty of 1881. If "parts of rivers" can 
 belong to one country, and " parts of rivers " can belong to the other, it is clear 
 and evident that the rivers must be cut ; and it is likewise clear and evident that 
 it is impossible to maintain the fitness of the hydrographic basins of the two 
 oceans. 
 
 In 1881 it was perfectly known that some rivers cut the main chain and 
 even the whole Cordillera. In 1893, greater numbers of these cases were known, 
 as all the geographers in the service of Chile, among them Senores Steffen, 
 Serrano Montaner, Phillippi, Fernandez Vial, had dealt with those rivers. In 
 consequence, though it was not necessary to insist upon the cutting of rivers, 
 since the "principal chain of the Cordillera " was acknowledged as the boundary, 
 the persistent pretension of the Chilian Expert of totally modifying the limit 
 agreed upon, counselled to the negotiators of the fresh Protocol the convenience 
 of recognising once more the existence of the breaches in the Cordillera. 
 
 In view of the circumstances which naturally arise from the clause. Chilian 
 writers have endeavoured to find explanations for the purpose of avoiding them. 
 
 * In the translation of the Treaties presented by the Argentine Republic to Her Britannic Majesty's 
 Government, several errors in printing have been committed. Among them may be remarked one in 
 Article 1 of the Protocol of 1893. The sentence, "the most elevated crests of the Cordillera de los Andes 
 that may divide the waters," is repeated three times in the text of it. Twice it has been rightly copied, but 
 the third time the words, " that may divide the waters," have been omitted, though they are given in the 
 original Spanish text. Tho circumstance that on two occasions the sentence appears in its integrity proves 
 that the suppression on the third is simply a mistake. However, it is convenient to point out this mistake, 
 in order to avoid misinterpretations. 
 
Parts of Rivers. 283 
 
 As the explanations have no foundation in the wording of the Treaty, or in the 
 negotiations which preceded it, it is clear that they are not satisfactory even to 
 the Chilian commentators themselves. In this they show a noticeable want ot 
 uniformity, and a multitude of different theories have been expounded, the 
 authors of which maintain that such theories are applicable to the real origin and 
 scope of the term " parts of rivers." Assuming that as they are all different, 
 misinterpretations must exist, it will suffice to compare some of them with others 
 in order to show how it is that the differences prevailing on this point are. due to 
 the groundlessness of any argumentative effort which abandons the only meaning 
 of the expression " parts of rivers." 
 
 It would take too long a time to examine all of them, but it will not be 
 superfluous to indicate, some of the leading ones, viz. : — 
 
 First explanation— -For this Senor Barros Arana is responsible. Referring 
 to the words "parts of rivers," he said in September of 1894 : — 
 
 " Doubts might possibly have occurred regarding those streams, portions of rivers, or 
 incomplete rivers which do not reach the sea, a very common circumstance in both 
 countries, above all in the northern regions, where interrupted watercourses are frequently 
 to be met with, on account of the evaporation or filtration which prevents them from 
 filling the hollows to be found in their course." 
 
 Later on, Senor Bertrand was of opinion, in accordance with the same views, 
 that "parts of rivers" are "rivers interrupted through a want of current." 
 
 This classification of watercourses is not to be found either in the 
 dictionaries or in works of geography. It is not correct to say that only those 
 rivers that reach the sea are called rivers, and that those which do not reach the 
 sea are styled "parts of rivers." * " Complete rivers," no matter how small they 
 may be, are never called " incomplete rivers " ; the whole can never be considered 
 as part of itself ; the whole of a river, whether it flows or not into the sea, is not, 
 cannot be, nor is it rational that it should be a part of a river. " Part of a river " 
 has the same meaning as " fraction of a river." " Parte," according to the 
 Spanish Academy, is a " portion of a whole," and no authority can be quoted to 
 prove that a part is equal to a whole, or that a whole, no matter how small it 
 may be, is a part. The Protocol of 1893 allows "parts" of rivers to remain in 
 the Argentine Republic to the east of the frontier ; the other " parts " of the same 
 rivers to remain in Chile, to the west of the frontier. 
 
 * According to this theory the Biblicul Jordan is not a river, it is a part of one. It is useless to discuss 
 such a doctrine. 
 
 2 o 2 
 
284 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 The Chilian Representative, in the Statement read before this Tribunal, did 
 not think it necessary to sanction this explanation. Therefore it is needless to 
 dilate further on it. 
 
 Stroud explanation. — This was timidly set forth by Seiior Barros Arana in a 
 recent publication,* without, however, clearly adopting the definition himself. 
 
 In a footnote inserted in said publication, he writes : — 
 
 *' In the course of the lengthy journalistic discussion to which the boundary question 
 between Chile and the Argentine Republic has given rise, it has been stated that the 
 negotiators in the latter country meant by these words to refer to those rivers which, having 
 their sources in Brazil and in Bolivia, only belong to her in the latter part of their course." 
 
 it may have been stated in the press that the Argentine negotiators 
 referred to the rivers whose sources were in Brazil and in Bolivia, but the fact is 
 that they never did refer to such rivers. If such a thing has been said, the 
 comprobation of which it has been impossible to rind, the author of that saying 
 has only proved that he was totally unacquainted with the geography of South 
 America. It would have been a contradiction in an international agreement 
 entered into with Chile to legislate on watercourses which the Argentine Republic 
 shares with other States, Bolivia or Brazil. Surely no definite fact can be quoted 
 which could render such astonishing interpretation likely. Moreover, the Protocol 
 of 1893 speaks of "parts of rivers" which are in Chile, and of "parts of rivers" 
 which are in the Argentine Republic. If, in regard to this, one admits the 
 absurd idea that the phrase alludes to watercourses which exist at enormous 
 distance from the Chilian frontier and which could only be discussed with the 
 respective nations, Brazil or Bolivia, the expression would be at any rate decisive 
 in regard to Chile, who does not possess to the west of the Cordillera and to the 
 south of parallel 23°, any " parts of rivers " other than those which belong to her 
 among the number of rivers whose sources are in the Argentine Republic. 
 
 The deduction would be logical, but the Chilian Bepresentative did not 
 think it necessary in this case either to sanction any such theory. 
 
 Third explanation. — This was evolved by Senor Gonzalo Bulnes, late 
 Minister Plenipotentiary of Chile in Germany. 
 
 Senor Bulnes, after stating in a few words that " parts of rivers " meant 
 rivers that did not flow into the sea, did not appear quite satisfied, and he applies 
 
 La Libertad Electoral, of Santiago, No. 3787, p. 2, note 20. 
 
Parts of Rivers. 285 
 
 the term immediately afterwards, as he says, " to the especial case in which the 
 divortium aquarum cuts a river at its source." 
 
 Senor Buhies admits, therefore, the possibility of a river being cut. He 
 expresses himself as follows : — 
 
 " The other meaning is a fact also known to geographers. It consists in having 
 discovered rivers which flow towards the two sides of a hill, which renders it necessary in such 
 case to fix the line of the water-divide in the orographic features of the land, by cutting either 
 one of the arms of the river or the slopes in which it takes its origin. Sefior Bertrand, in his 
 well-known Estudio Te'cnico, cites this extract from Reclus : — ' Several fluvial basins present 
 a curious phenomenon. The great ridges (les lignes de faite), high mountain chains, table- 
 lands or vegas which separate two hydrographic basins are intersected by cuts through 
 which the waters of one basin can be emptied into another. When the current induced 
 by a double gradient arrives at this cut, it bifurcates into two rivers which run in opposite 
 directions and sometimes towards two opposite seas.' There is a very well known case of 
 this kind of bifurcation which occurs in South America in the river Cassiquiare, a tributary 
 of two hydrographic systems at the same time. It was mentioned by Humboldt and Bon- 
 pland and quoted by Malte-Brun, Letronne, etc., and at the present period by Reclus, who, 
 in his book of physical geography entitled La Terre gives a map (plate 100) representing 
 this river and the two opposite basins or hydrographic regions which it supplies with its 
 waters. In reference to this case Reclus says : — ' In South America the Upper Orinoco 
 divides itself into two rivers, one of which empties itself into the Atlantic immediately to 
 the south of the great island of the Antilles, and the other, known by the name of Cassi- 
 quiare, descends on the south-west to Rio Negro, a tributary of the Amazon. The river 
 which collects the waters of the upper region of the Orinoco is, therefore, tributary to two 
 seas at the same time.' " * 
 
 In this paragraph Senor Bulnes arrives at two conclusions which harmonize 
 with the ideas evolved by the Argentine Republic, namely, that the continental 
 water-divide is independent of the orography of a place, and that rivers may 
 be cut by the boundary line, according to which hypothesis, as the Protocol 
 desires to establish it, parts of them will be in both countries. 
 
 It is unnecessary to say that although Sefior Bulnes is one of the most 
 ardent defenders of the doctrines of Senor Barros Arana, the Chilian Repre- 
 sentative did not adopt his remarks on the phrase " parts of rivers," doubtless 
 because he considered them antagonistic to the continental water-divide. 
 
 Nevertheless it is well to bear them in mind, because, notwithstanding the 
 reticence which we observe in them, the main fact that the rivers may belong to 
 Chile in part of their course, and to the Argentine Republic in the other part, is 
 always evident. 
 
 * Gonzalo Bulnes, Chile y la Argentina, 1898, Santiago, p. 174. 
 
286 Divergences in tJie Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 Fourth explanation. — It has been pointed out by various writers who, being 
 taken up with the continental divide, and not succeeding in explaining the 
 meaning of the words " parts of rivers," dogmatically declare that they are empty 
 words devoid of meaning. For want of an explanation, derived from the words 
 themselves, they prefer to ignore them and regard them as non-existent. 
 
 Senor Eduardo de la Barra in 1896 stated as follows : — 
 
 " The second sophism of La Prensa is the following : — The Protocol speaks of parts 
 of Chilian rivers that may he in Argentine territory and vice versa; then it concludes — the 
 boundary line does not always pass hetween the slopes which descend one side and the 
 other. The fact is impossible ; there are no waters falling from one of the eaves of a roof 
 which ascend the apex and pass over to the other eaves ; nor are there any rivers taking 
 their rise in Chile which cross the crest of the Cordilleras and pass over to the Argentine 
 or vice versa. The Protocol stated a nonsense without any consequence because it binds no 
 
 one and alters nothing It was an unfortunate and insignificant stroke of the pen and 
 
 nothing; more — a blot which alters nothing 1 ." * 
 
 •&• 
 
 No one has pretended, as Senor de la Barra appears to think, that waters 
 cross over the crest. What has been maintained, and what is maintained and 
 what Nature reveals is, that watcreourses make their way through breaches in 
 the mountains. Moreover, it would be a very convenient way of evading the 
 law to say that its clauses are strokes of the pen, and that its precepts bind no 
 one. Senor de la Barra prefers to maintain that the Protocol inserts a nonsense, 
 instead of acknowledging that it contains the negation of the theory which he 
 upholds. 
 
 The said Senor de la Barra, in a previous book which was received by Chile 
 with great applause, wrote : — 
 
 " And then that curious enumeration of the waters, triply redundant, attracts one's 
 attention, although no one succeeds in explaining it satisfactorily, namely, with regard to 
 semi-rivers, or parts of rivers which enter into their composition. Does this hear any 
 distant resemblance to the fantastic river of the popular fable which, after wandering about 
 on one side of the Andes, went over to the other side, looting Argentine lands and cattle 
 like a horde of Indians ? Can it refer to the tributaries or affluents of the rivers by regarding 
 them as parts of such ? Or do those parts of the rivers refer to the incomplete rivers 
 which rise in the Andes and lose themselves in the pampas, or which bury themselves and 
 disappear in the sand-wastes of Atacama ? Or was this phrase used perchance to meet the 
 contingency that the continental crest might flatten and disappear down to 52° and the 
 waters run about madly, ungoverned by any law ? Be it as it may, the expression is 
 
 Cartas a im Senador de la Kepublica, by Eduardo do la Barra, 189G, Valparaiso, pp. 49 and 50. 
 
Parts of Rivers. 287 
 
 absolutely redundant, and is of no importance ; it is an inofficious and erroneous term of a 
 simple enumeration which may be suppressed as useless, it orders nothing and involves nothing.' ' 
 
 By this way of reasoning, no right would be secure and no contract clear. 
 Were it possible to suppress the clauses of a Treaty by declaring them inofficious, 
 erroneous or useless, it would be very easy to alter the sense of the phrases 
 and distort the best worded stipulations. By simply saying that a phrase 
 neither orders anything nor involves anything, any harassing principle is evaded. 
 And if no one in Chile succeeds in satisfactorily explaining the question of the 
 " semi-rivers, or parts of rivers " which the Treaty enunciates, it will doubtless 
 not be because the text is obscure, but on account of obstinacy in not recognising 
 the only meaning it possesses. 
 
 The Captain of the Chilian Navy, Don Ramon Serrano Montaner, like Senor 
 de la Barra, has written many articles and various pamphlets in defence of the 
 continental water-divide, yet he does not find it easy to reconcile his doctrine 
 with the " parts of rivers " in the Protocol. He writes : — 
 
 " And now to finish with the Protocol of 1893, we have only to consider another of its 
 unadvisable phrases and of which some Argentine writers take advantage to allege that the 
 1881 Treaty has been modified. The second part of the Article 1 says: — ' Consequently 
 all lands and all waters, to wit : — lakes, lagoons, rivers and parts of rivers, streams, slopes, 
 situated to the east of the line of the most elevated crests of the Cordillera de los Andes 
 that may divide the waters, shall be held in perpetuity to be the property and under the 
 absolute dominion of the Argentine Republic' Some one who pretends to know, has 
 assured us that the expression ' parts of rivers,' which is the intruder phrase in this 
 matter, was inserted to indicate certain rivers in the Desert of Atacama which take their 
 rise in the Cordillera and lose themselves shortly afterwards in the desert sands, often before 
 clearly indicating whether their definite course will be towards the Pacific or to the Atlantic. 
 We have no objection to accept this explanation as we can find no other in it, and as the 
 Protocol explains minutely what it means by lands and what it means by waters." f 
 
 The rivers of Atacama are all north of parallel 26° 52' 45". The Protocol 
 of 1893 could not refer to them. The region between 23° and 26° 52' 45" was, 
 for the first time, regulated by the Agreement of 1896. In the explanation of 
 Senor Serrano Montaner there is, therefore, some confusion of dates. 
 
 If Senor Serrano Montaner had done away with the continental water-divide 
 he would have found another explanation in harmony with the text, and in 
 
 * El Problema de los Andes, by Eduardo de la Barra, 1895, Buenos Aires, pp. 169 and 170. 
 
 f Limites con la Repiiblica Argentina, by Ramon Serrano Montaner, 1895, Santiago, pp. 45 and 46. 
 
288 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 harmony also with its antecedents, of which Senor Serrano Montaner is not 
 unaware, because in another book he recognises that the phrase was the result 
 of the exigences of the Argentine negotiators. 
 
 "This," he says, "was the state of affairs when the bases of the Protocol of 1893 were 
 being discussed. The Record of Ma} r (relative to Tierra del Fuego) had left us in an 
 unfavourable position, and in order to recover lost ground it was necessary to accede to the 
 xigences of the Argentines, and to insert in the same Protocol the phrases ' rivers and parts of 
 rivers ' which are on either side of the boundary line, and the phrases ' main chain of the Andes,' 
 phrases which although they did not in the least alter the very clear sense of the text of the 
 Treaties (in fact they do not alter it, but doubtless it must be observed they make it clearer), 
 yet serve the opposing party as a main argument (caballo de batalla) for the purpose 
 of trying to misinterpret the meaning of those Treaties. We especially insist on this point 
 because it is essential that it should be clearly laid down whose is the responsibility for 
 introducing these phrases into the Protocol of 1893,/w as yet we do not know what value the 
 Arbitrator may attribute to them, if the disputes to which these phrases give rise ever reach the 
 Arbitrator, or the consequences which they will bring to the country" * 
 
 Senor Serrano Montaner was justified in expressing fears regarding the 
 meaning which would be attributed to the words " parts of rivers " and " main 
 chain of the Andes." The simplicity of the concrete formula which they contain 
 on the one hand, and the admitted circumstance that they were included in the 
 Protocol owing to Argentine exigences on the other, must necessarily lead to 
 a firm conviction, that as the system of the separation of the hydrographic basins 
 has been rejected, the boundary must pass over the most elevated crests, or the 
 principal chain of the Cordillera, leaving to Chile on the west, and to the 
 Argentine Republic on the east, the " parts of rivers " which it cuts in its course. 
 
 Fifth explanation. — This was explained before the Tribunal by the Chilian 
 Representative. 
 
 Even he was unable to free himself from the bad effect produced on him by 
 the words " parts of rivers," and he says that the phrase appears 
 
 "only in a referential, obscure and ambiguous form, certainly not as a precept, but as the 
 last vague and harmless expression to which had been reduced in the several stages of the 
 negotiations an idea which had always been resisted when presented in a form capable 
 of altering or obscuring the fundamental rule of the Treaty." 
 
 In another part he does not appear very sure whether the phrase has any 
 meaning. He said : — 
 
 * Limites con la Kepublica Argentina, por Eainon Serrano Montaner, 1898, Santiago, p. 134. 
 
Paris of Rivers. 289 
 
 " The fact of the existence in the Protocol of words of a referential and subsidiary- 
 nature only indicates that if these have a meaning it must be in accordance with, but not 
 against, the rule that has been peremptorily established." 
 
 At any rate the history of the negotiation proves that the words, far from 
 having the slight importance attributed to them, formed a special feature ot 
 the negotiations, and so much so. that if they had not been set down the Protocol 
 would probably not have been signed. Besides, for the interpretation of treaties, 
 as well as of laws and contracts between private parties, it is not permissible to 
 commence by assuming that they answer to a more or less theoretical thesis, in 
 order afterwards to discover, in the terms -which contradict that thesis, some 
 artificial meaning fit to harmonize with the view taken. 
 
 The Chilian Representative takes for granted what he attempts to prove, and 
 starting from these premises he seeks for the means of subjecting all the clauses 
 of the Agreements to the principle which he lays clown. He proposes to 
 demonstrate that the Protocol of 1893 sanctioned the doctrine of the continental 
 divide ; but in order to reach that result when examining the phrase " parts of 
 rivers," he devotes himself, first and foremost, not to extracting its meaning 
 (if perchance it were doubtful), but to find the means of reconciling it with the 
 separation of the hydrographic basins of the rivers, which are tributaries to the 
 two oceans : which rule he considers " has been peremptorily established," 
 although it is not indicated in any clause, nor are basins or oceans mentioned. 
 Such a system, besides being contrary to the rules of logic, sometimes leads to a 
 genuine illusion. By dint of harping on the one idea, one gets to think that it is 
 in realitv an established fact : and that is the reason why he desires to overcome 
 the pretended antinomy between the hypothetic stipulation which is supposed to 
 sanction a doctrine and the positive and visible phrase which sanctions another. 
 
 The Chilian Representative finds that " an imperative stipulation prescribing 
 the crossing of rivers " would have cancelled " the prescription in an opposite sense 
 established in the Treaty of 1881." This last sentence proves the above-mentioned 
 illusion, because in the Treaty of 1881 there is no clause alluding to the cutting 
 of rivers, or even one which contains the words " rivers " or the word " streams." 
 
 The explanations which the Chilian Representative discovers by seeking to 
 reconcile the " parts of rivers " in the Protocol with the continental diuor titan 
 fluminis are not, and cannot be, satisfactory. He explains that "the division of a 
 river into parts is entirely conventional " ; that " such sections of a river which run 
 in different or opposite directions may be considered as parts of rivers ; " that " the 
 
 2 p 
 
290 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 term " different parts of a river " can also be applied to such sections as may be found 
 on either side of a range of mountains ; " and that "the different stretches where 
 water flows in a valley, even if they are separated by sections of the same valley 
 where water does not flow, may also be called parts of one and the same river." 
 
 But at what conclusion does the Chilian Representative arrive after these 
 definitions ? Does he admit that each of the Republics may have within her 
 territory a part of the same river when both parts run in different or opposite 
 directions ? Does he admit that to Chile belong such sections of a river as may 
 be found on one side of a range of mountains, and to the Argentine Republic such 
 sections of the same river as may be found on the other side ? Does he admit that 
 the Argentine Republic may own a section of those rivers of alternating current 
 which lose themselves and reappear after an interval, and that Chile may Own 
 another section of that river ? He does not say so. His reasoning is incomplete. 
 He restricts himself to enumerating what he reputes as "parts of rivers," and he 
 has made an incomplete enumeration, because it is impossible to deny that 
 language and common sense give to the words an ample acceptation ; for 
 everyone knows that some fraction of a river, whether large or small, whether 
 it buries itself or not, whether it runs in this direction or in that, is a "part 
 of a river." 
 
 It is not to be assumed that the Chilian Representative wished to signify 
 that if a river runs across Chile all its "parts" must be Chilian; and vice versa, 
 that if a river were in the Argentine Republic all its parts would be in the 
 Argentine Republic. This is not to be assumed, because the negotiators of the 
 Protocols could have had no such trivial intention ; its Avoiding does not 
 authorise this explanation, as it has been stated that the rivers and also parts of 
 rivers which are on one side of the boundary line are the absolute property of 
 Chile, and that rivers and also parts of rivers which are on the other side are the 
 absolute property of the Argentine Republic. When rivers are referred to, 
 livers and nothing else are meant — that is to say, entire rivers from their sources 
 until they lose themselves, in their entirety, and in each of the sections which 
 form them ; and when parts of rivers are spoken of separately, the signification 
 is parts of rivers and nothing else, that is to say, sections, fractions of rivers, 
 whatever they may be. 
 
 The Chilian Representative adds that the text of the Article does not 
 necessarily imply that the frontier line should leave on either side waters 
 bearing, as a matter of course, these different denominations. This is not what 
 
Parts of Rivers. 291 
 
 has been maintained. The Argentine Kepublic holds that the Article necessarily 
 implies that the frontier line may cut rivers, since parts of them may lie on 
 each side of it. 
 
 It is seen, therefore, that all the attempts made with the object of reconciling 
 the Protocol of 1893 with the continental divide theory are completely abortive. 
 
 Article 1, which commences by repeating the rule of the Treaty of 1881. 
 prescribing that the Cordillera de los Andes should be taken into account as the 
 primary and capital element, and its most elevated crests as a more denned 
 feature, lays down specifically that it is a consequence of that principle, that land 
 and water, rivers and parts of rivers, on the west or on the east, belong to Chile 
 or to the Argentine Republic fully and absolutely. And when enumerating the 
 waters it does not make distinctions or differences. Nor has the Convention 
 concerned itself with ascertainine; the direction towards which they run. 
 Whether it be to the north and to the south, to the east and to the west, to the 
 Atlantic and to the Pacific, this is an unimportant accessory : all land and all 
 water is Chilian if it lies on one side, all land and all water is Argentine if it lies 
 on the other. 
 
 It is an elementary rule of legal interpretation that the interpreter is not 
 authorised to make distinctions which the text does not make ; and, notwith- 
 standing that the Protocol refers to the Argentine ownership of the parts of rivers 
 which are on one side of the line, Chile does not admit such ownership if the 
 river empties itself into the Pacific ; although the Protocol refers to the Argentine 
 ownership of the lakes which are found on one side of the line, yet Chile does not 
 admit such ownership if a river flows out of that lake, if that river crosses the 
 main chain, and if, finally, after infinite windings in its course, it empties itself into 
 the Pacific Ocean. 
 
 As this way of reasoning is untenable, it is therefore necessary to conclude 
 that the 1893 Protocol embodies the rejection of the continental divide as the 
 boundary line. If this had not been the prevailing idea, what object would have 
 guided the negotiators to indicate the interpretation they gave to the Treaty 
 of 1881 ? Why did they state that " according to the spirit of the Boundary 
 Treaty," the main chain of the Andes separates the two neighbouring nations ? 
 What other motive could they have had in declaring that " parts of rivers " could 
 remain on the Argentine side, and " parts of rivers " on that of Chile? 
 
 All these phrases sound hollow and unmeaning, once the cause which 
 originated them is eliminated. If the theory of the interoccanic divortium Jluminis 
 
 2 p 2 
 
292 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 had prevailed, the main chain of the Andes would not have been mentioned, all 
 orographic features would have been excluded, and more importance given to 
 the hydrographic part than that contained in an agreement which made the 
 division of rivers feasible. 
 
 5. ARTICLE 6 OF THE PROTOCOL. 
 
 Article (5 of the Protocol of 1893 may also serve as an argument for 
 rejecting the continental divide. The Plenipotentiaries, the Governments and 
 the Congresses were so convinced that the interpretation contained in the 
 note of January 18, 1892, signed by Senor Barros Arana, was once for all put 
 an end to, that even in the details these convictions are revealed. 
 
 Having been decided to mark the boundary line by means of iron 
 pillars, the new arrangement provided that these should be placed, not at the 
 sources nor on the banks, nor in the courses of rivers, but in the corresponding 
 orographic regions. The clause says : — 
 
 "For the purpose of demarcation, the Experts, or in their stead the Commissions of 
 assistant engineers, who act under the instructions given them by the former, shall seek on 
 the ground the boundary line, and fix the demarcation by means of iron landmarks of the 
 kind previously agreed upon, placing one in each pass or accessible point of the mountain 
 which may be situated on the boundary line." 
 
 Thus, the landmarks are to be placed in the passes or on the mountains quite 
 independently of the rivers. Senor Barros Arana, in his book of Geografia 
 Fisica, when speaking of mountains and passes, gives their true meaning when 
 he says : — 
 
 " Mountains appear on the surface of the globe in the shape of chains, and, less 
 frequently, isolated.* .... The natural passes presented by mountains are called defiles, 
 ravines, gaps and gorges if they are very high. In some cases the pass presents a deep 
 cleft with precipitous sides; those are called quebradas^ f 
 
 Passes and mountains are, therefore, not rivers. 
 
 In passes and at the accessible points of the mountain it is compulsory to place 
 the beacons which show up to what point the jurisdiction of the two countries 
 reaches. The orographic idea which has at all times guided the boundary 
 arrangements between Chile and the Argentine Republic, appeals again, forming 
 
 * Edition of 1881, p. 45. \ Ibid., p. 17, footnote. 
 
Article 6 of the Protocol. 293 
 
 the spirit of a negotiation which localises the limit in the main chain ol the 
 Andes. The Chilian Expert officially confesses that his line is not the crest in 
 the orographic sense, but merely in the hydrological sense of presenting a 
 " succession of crests, depressions, and any kind of features of the ground." It is 
 clear that when dealing with such a line it is impossible to comply with the 
 prescription of Article 6, except in the section where passes and mountains exist, 
 which must exist somewhere, seeing that the author recognises that it presents 
 " all kinds of features of the ground." 
 
 The negotiators of the Protocol, inspired with orographic views, have not 
 been able to indicate for the purposes of placing the landmarks any but 
 orographic features (passes or accessible points) ; they have not been able to 
 legislate for a line traced solely in a hydrological standpoint through all kinds 
 of features. On the plains in the wide Pampas where some rivers take their rise, 
 in those regions which are the uninterrupted continuation of Argentine territory, 
 many miles to the east of the chain of snow and ice, there would be points where 
 the dividing beacons Avould have been required more imperatively, because there 
 are no visible signs which indicate division. The Protocol has not provided for 
 these, because its authors could not calculate that when, in order to explain the 
 spirit of the Treaties, they declared that the sovereignty of the two nations 
 should extend to the principal chain of the Andes, the Chilian Expert would 
 consider himself authorised to dispense with that main chain, in its only 
 signification — the orographical one — and attribute to this phrase a chaotical, 
 hydrological meaning, which transforms a principal chain into a riddling 
 " succession of crests, depressions, and any kind of features of the ground."* 
 
 From any standpoint from which the Protocol of 1893 be studied, one 
 must of necessity conclude that it involves the condemnation of the continental 
 divortium jluminis. 
 
 The Plenipotentiaries spoke the truth when they said that they had arrived 
 at that point after having considered the present state of the work of the Experts 
 entrusted with the demarcation of the delimitation between the Argentine 
 Kepublic and Chile, and animated by the desire of removing the difficulties 
 which have embarrassed or might embarrass them in the fulfilment of their 
 commissions; and with this lofty purpose they put an end to the principal 
 
 * Note of September 10, 1898. La Cuestion de limites entre Chile y la Eepublica Argentina, 1S98, 
 Santiago, p. 73. 
 
294 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 controversy by rejecting the idea of the interoceanic divide when establishing 
 that the frontier line might cut watercourses and leave " parts of rivers" in either 
 country ; by interpreting the first clause of the Treaty of 1881, and providing 
 that Argentine sovereignty on one side and Chilian on the other, extended to 
 the " main chain of the Andes " ; by admitting the possibility of the frontier 
 being found penetrating into the channels of only one of the oceans ; by ordering 
 boundary landmarks to be placed " one on each pass or accessible point of the 
 mountains"; and finally by deciding that the visible course of the rivers when 
 descending into the neighbouring plains, and the high peaks which rise on 
 either side of the boundary line, are not "actually necessary'' in the demarcation 
 of the frontier. 
 
 6. NEGOTIATION OF THE PROTOCOL OF 1893. 
 
 The antecedents of the Protocol of 1893, and the details and incidents 
 of the proceedings connected with it, supply fresh elements of judgment which 
 corroborate the preceding conclusions. 
 
 The Experts Senores Virasoro and Barros Arana had disagreed regarding 
 the true scope of the Treaty of 1881, when the Argentine Plenipotentiary in 
 Chile, Senor Noberto Quirno Costa, intervened in the controversy. The first 
 negotiations were relatively successful. Two conferences, held on March 10 
 and 13, between the Argentine Minister, the Minister of Foreign Affairs of 
 Chile, Senor Isidoro Errazuriz, and the Experts Senores Virasoro and Barros 
 Arana, resulted in a Draft of Agreement which was communicated to the 
 Argentine Government by Senores Quirno Costa and Virasoro in a telegram 
 dated March 14, which ran as follows : — 
 
 "Yesterday evening at five o'clock we concluded the Agreements copied herein, 
 which shall be signed by the Experts, the Minister for Foreign Affairs and the Argentine 
 Plenipotentiary. We all understand that by this Agreement the present and future difficulties 
 are removed. Minister Errazuriz left yesterday for A'alparaiso in order to consult with the 
 President of the Republic and his colleagues, and Senor Barros Arana left to-day for said 
 city with the same object; for it was established by the former, as well as by the Argentine 
 Plenipotentiary and the Experts, that the terms of the Agreement should he previously sub- 
 mitted to their Governments. ^1* Your Excellency will observe, in the last conference the 
 question was thoroughly discussed on account of the interpretation of the Treaty, as we were 
 of opinion that all motives of ulterior difficulties should be owe for nil re/nored." 
 
Negotiation of the Protocol of 1893. 
 
 295 
 
 Said Draft, with which it was thought to remove all present and future 
 difficulties, served, as a basis for the definite arrangement. 
 
 The following are the principal differences between one and the other : — 
 
 1. The Draft was an agreement between the Experts, and, in order that it 
 might have force, the opinion of the Governments had to be consulted ; the 
 Protocol was signed by the Plenipotentiaries, and approved by the Congresses. 
 
 2. Article 1 of the Protocol differs from the correlative part of the Draft in 
 the following words and phrases : — 
 
 Draft. 
 
 " Whereas Article 1 of the Treaty of 
 July 23, 1881 provides that ' the boundary 
 between Chile and the Argentine Republic 
 from north to south as far as parallel of lat. 
 52° S. is the Cordillera de los Andes,' and 
 that ' the frontier line shall run along the 
 most elevated crests that may divide the 
 waters, and shall pass between the slopes 
 which descend one side and the other,' the 
 demarking Commissions shall observe this 
 principle as an invariable rule of their 
 proceedings, and the Experts shall give their 
 instructions in accordance with same." * 
 
 Protocol. 
 
 "First. — Whereas Article 1 of the 
 Treaty of July 23, 1881, provides that ' the 
 boundary between Chile and the Argentine 
 Republic from north to south as far as 
 parallel of lat. 52° S. is the Cordillera de 
 los Andes,' and that ' the frontier line shall 
 run along the most elevated crests of said 
 Cordillera that may divide the waters, and 
 shall pass between the slopes which descend 
 one side and the other,' the Experts and the 
 Sub- Commissions shall observe this principle 
 as an invariable rule of their proceedings. 
 Consequently all lands and all waters, to wit : 
 lakes, lagoons, rivers and parts of rivers, 
 streams, slopes situated to the east of the line 
 of the most elevated crests of the Cordillera 
 de los Andes that may divide the waters, shall 
 be held in perpetuity to be the property and 
 under the absolute dominion of the Argentine 
 Republic; and all lands and all waters, to 
 ivit : lakes, lagoons, rivers and parts of river*, 
 streams, slopes situated to the west of the line 
 of the most elevated crests of the Cordillera 
 de los Andes that may divide waters, to be the 
 property and under the absolute dominion of 
 Chile." 
 
 3. Article 2 of the Treaty in its final part differs from the Draft in the 
 following words and phrases : — 
 
 * Tlie differences in the wording of the Draft and the Protocol are shown in italics. 
 
296 
 
 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 Draft. 
 
 " If in the peninsular part of the south, 
 on nearing- parallel 52° S., the Cordillera 
 should be found penetrating into the chan- 
 nels of the Pacific there existing, the 
 boundary line shall be traced over the crests or 
 interior heights which may leave the coasts of 
 said channels to Chile." 
 
 Protocol. 
 
 " If in the peninsular part of the south, 
 on nearing parallel 52° S., the Cordillera 
 should be found penetrating into the chan- 
 nels of the Pacific there existing, the Exp rts 
 shall undertake the study of the ground in 
 order to fix a boundary line leaving to Chile 
 the coasts of said channels; in view of which 
 study, both Governments shall determine said 
 line amicably." 
 
 4. The provisions relative to the San Francisco landmark are likewise 
 different in the Treaty and in the Draft, as can be seen when comparing them 
 as follows : — 
 
 Protocol. 
 
 " Eighth. — The Argentine Expert having 
 manifested that, in order to sign with full 
 knowledge of the matter the Record of 
 April 15, 1802, by which a mixed Chilian- 
 Argentine Commission fixed on the ground 
 the point of departure of the demarcation of 
 boundaries in the Cordillera de los Andes, 
 he considered it indispensable to make a 
 fresh reconnaissance of the locality, in order 
 to verify or rectify said operation, adding 
 that this reconnaissance would not delay 
 the progress of the work, which could be 
 simultaneously continued by another Sub- 
 Commission: and the Chilian Expert having 
 on hi* part manifested that, although he be- 
 lieved t/iaf the operation had been carried out 
 in strict conformity with the Treaty, he 
 had no objection to acquiesce in the wishes 
 of Ins colleague as a proof of the cordiality 
 with which this work was being performed, 
 tlm undersigned hare agreed that a revision 
 
 he -made of what hail been dene, ami that in. 
 
 the event of errors being found the landmark 
 shall lie transferred to the point in which it 
 should hare been fixed according to the terms 
 of the Boundary Treaty." 
 
 What were the motives which determined the modifications introduced into 
 the Draft? Who proposed them? What was their scope? The Archives of 
 
 Draft. 
 
 " The Argentine Expert stated that, in 
 order to sign with full knowledge of the 
 matter the Record of April 15,. 1892, by 
 which a mixed Chilian-Argentine Commis- 
 sion fixed on the ground the point of de- 
 parture of the demarcation of boundaries in 
 the Cordillera de los Andes, he considered 
 it indispensable to make a fresh recon- 
 naissance of the locality in order to verify 
 or rectify said operation. lie added that 
 this reconnaissance would not delay the 
 progress of the work, which could be 
 simultaneously continued by another Sub- 
 Commission. The Chilian Expert stated 
 that, although he believed that the opera- 
 tion had been carried out in strict con- 
 formity with the Treaty, he had no ob- 
 jection to acquiesce in the wishes of his 
 colleague as a proof of the cordiality with 
 which this work was being performed." 
 
Negotiation of the Protocol of 1893. 297 
 
 the Department of Foreign Affairs of the Argentine Kepnblic contain the 
 documents with which these questions may be answered with perfect knowledge. 
 
 As seen by the above, the Draft Kecord concerted by the Experts accom- 
 panied by the Plenipotentiaries, was to be previously submitted to the approval 
 of the Governments. On March 14, the Record was accepted by the Chilian 
 Government, and on the 16th of the same month Seiiores Quirno Costa and 
 Yirasoro received a telegram from the Argentine Minister of Foreign Affairs, 
 informing them that the solution arrived at had pleased the President of the 
 Argentine Republic, but that before giving his acquiescence to same, he wished 
 to have some explanations regarding the San Francisco landmark and the coast 
 of the channels in lat. 52°. 
 
 In order to give the explanations required, as complete as the Government 
 desired, Senor Yirasoro decided to return to Buenos Aires, to communicate 
 them verbally to the Minister. 
 
 Before leaving Santiago, a conference was held at the Argentine Legation, of 
 which Senor Virasoro gave an account to his Government in the note dated 
 June 26, 1893, as follows :— 
 
 " We, the two Experts, had met in the presence of His Excellency the Argentine 
 Minister, Dr. Quirno Costa, and 1 informed my colleague, Senor Barros Arana, that I did 
 not consider the accounts given in several newspapers of Valparaiso and Santiago of the 
 terms of the Agreement to be true versions, because it had been stated therein that the 
 watershed had been adopted as a rule of demarcation, in compliance with the Treaty, and 
 that said affirmation was inexact on account of being incomplete by having suppressed the 
 limitations imposed on that rule by said international Agreement, because, although the 
 watershed is a geographical condition which must be sought in the main range of the 
 Cordillera, it could never be referred to as the continental divide, which is an accident that 
 we might perhaps find outside the crest line of intersection of the slopes, and even outside 
 of the true mountain system of the Andes. 
 
 " Senor Barros Arana replied that no importance should be given to newspaper 
 articles, as they lacked trustworthy and complete information. 
 
 " I then made the remark that public opinion may be led astray by them, and although 
 those publications might tranquillise and satisfy the public in Chile, they might arouse and 
 alarm Argentine public opinion, thus placing obstacles against the success of this 
 negotiation. 
 
 " The Minister, Dr. Quirno Costa, reminding the Chilian Expert of what had been said 
 in the several conferences which preceded the Draft of the Agreement, expressed himself in 
 the following terms, and I believe even used the same words : — ' You are aware, sir, that we 
 have agreed that if the Cordillera is crossed by rivers having their sources to the east of 
 it, and disemboguing in the Pacific, the line of demarcation running along the principal 
 crest-line must cut those rivers.' 
 
 2 Q 
 
298 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 " Senor Barros Arana replied in the affirmative, that said rivers would be cut, but 
 requested that no special mention of the same be inserted in the Record, as it could be written 
 down in another special Record between the Experts, or in an exchange of notes between 
 them. He further added : — ' By these agreements we insure peace between these two nations, 
 at least for four or five years, during which time the work will not reach the region where 
 its accomplishment might give rise to fresh doubts and discussions.' 
 
 " Dr. Quirno Costa, in reply to this latter part, said that he considered the arrangement 
 now made to be the solution of all the difficulties which might arise, as it amounted to a 
 settlement of that which both parties judged to be the true spirit of the Treaty of 1881, 
 and which he condensed in the following terms : nothing for the Argentine Republic on 
 the coast of the Pacific, and nothing for Chile in Patagonia or to the east of the main range 
 of the Andes. 
 
 " I make special mention of this exchange of views, and explanations which took place 
 on the aforesaid March 10 with the Chilian Expert, because we, on our part, rightly con- 
 sidered all that had been then treated and agreed upon, as incorporated to the projected 
 bases ; all the more so as the Record which was drawn up, not having been signed, had 
 only the character of a verbal agreement, of the same force as that which had been arranged 
 and spoken on the 16th, the latter only amounting to an explanation of the contents of 
 said Record." 
 
 This communication from Seilor Virasoro is of the utmost importance, not 
 only because he was one of the negotiators of the Protocol, but also because of 
 the intervention he took later on in the proceedings. 
 
 The Report was presented on June 2(5, 1893, and some time afterwards the 
 President of the Argentine Republic confided the Ministry of Foreign Affairs to 
 Senor Virasoro, who as head of the department, took part in Congress in the 
 debates which preceded the approval of the Protocol, and furnished all the 
 explanations and antecedents which were required. The Argentine Law of 
 December 11, 1893, which gave legal force to the Treaty, bears the signature of 
 Sehor Virasoro, so that there cannot be the slightest doubt as to the importance 
 and meaning given to said Treaty by the Argentine Government, even before 
 it was concluded. 
 
 When Sehor Virasoro arrived at Buenos Aires he was invited to furnish in 
 ;i Cabinet Council the necessary data for forming an opinion. As a result of 
 these deliberations the Draft was accepted in general, though with some modifica- 
 tions which in synthesis it may be said are as follows : — 
 
 1. The Agreement was to be concluded between the Plenipotentiaries of 
 both countries, and duly submitted to the respective Congresses. 
 
 2. It was to be explicitly laid down that if the surveys to be made, showed 
 
Negotiation of the Protocol of 1893. 299 
 
 that the San Francisco provisional landmark was not situated in the right place, 
 it was to be taken up and removed to the point provided by the Treaties. 
 
 3. An arrangement was to be made for reducing the marginal zone of the 
 south-west channels to a width of one mile. 
 
 4. It was to be clearly established that parts of rivers could remain in either 
 country, or in other words, that the rivers might be cut by the boundary line. 
 
 With these instructions Sen or Virasoro returned to Santiago. The negotia- 
 tions continued, therefore, anent those modifications. 
 
 Regarding the first, no controversy took place. It was easy to convert the 
 Record of the Experts into a definite Treaty, to which end Article 11 was framed 
 as follows : — " The undersigned Ministers understand and declare that, given the 
 nature of some of the foregoing stipulations, and in order to invest with a 
 permanent character the solutions arrived at, the present Protocol shall be 
 previously submitted to the consideration of the Congresses of both countries, 
 which shall be done in the next ordinary sessions, keeping it reserved in the 
 meanwhile." 
 
 The second was likewise accepted. The following words were added to the 
 paragraphs of the Draft Record relating to the San Francisco provisional 
 landmark : — 
 
 " The undersigned have agreed that a revision be made of what had been done, and 
 that in the event of errors being found, the landmark shall be transferred to the point in 
 which it should have been fixed according to the terms of the Boundary Treaty." 
 
 The third modification gave rise to some controversy. The original Record 
 said, respecting the channels of parallel 52° : — 
 
 " . . . . the boundary line shall be traced over the crests or interior heights, which 
 may leave the coasts of said channels to Chile." 
 
 The Argentine Government considered that the wording was vague and 
 consequently dangerous. They desired to limit the width of the coast to one 
 mile, but the want of an exact knowledge of the topography of the region brought 
 about the compromise determined by Article 2, viz. : — 
 
 " . . . . the Experts shall undertake the study of the ground in order to fix the 
 boundary line, leaving to Chile the coasts of said channels ; in view of which study, both 
 Governments shall determine said line amicably." 
 
 The fourth modification was perhaps unnecessary. The interoceanic divide 
 
 2 q 2 
 
300 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 is not adapted to the Treaty of 1881. In order to set it aside as a doctrine, in 
 order to abandon it as a source of uneasiness, and to counteract the effect of Sen or 
 Barros Arana's note of January 18, 1892, it sufficed to insist, as had been done 
 in the original Record, that the boundary between the Argentine Republic and 
 Chile is formed by the main chain of the colossal range of mountains -which 
 Nature has placed between both nations ; it sufficed to declare, as had been done 
 in the original Draft, that the frontier might be found penetrating into the 
 channels of one single ocean ; it sufficed to specify, as had been specified in the 
 Draft, that the landmarks should be placed on the passes and accessible points of 
 the mountains ; and finally it sufficed to decide, as had also been decided in the 
 Draft, that the courses of the rivers were not actually necessary in the demarcation 
 of the boundary. 
 
 The Argentine Government, nevertheless, recommended a further ex- 
 planation for the purpose of removing for ever all possibility of discussion; 
 consequently the Minister of Foreign Affairs, Sefior Anchorena, telegraphed to 
 the Plenipotentiary Senor Quirno Costa on March 29, as follows : — 
 
 " The Draft Record which Your Excellency mentions in your telegram of the 14th inst., 
 the explanations of the Expert Senor Virasoro, and the opinion of a council of distinguished 
 citizens have imbued this Government with the conviction that said Draft, in its fundamental 
 part, fixes the hasis for the proceedings of the demarcations intrusted to the Experts by the 
 Treaty of 1881. The declarations set forth in that Draft regarding the scope and spirit of 
 said Boundary Treaty, are, in the opinion of this Government,, interpretative declarations 
 within the scope and spirit of the Treaty; and in the desire of obviating ulterior difficulties 
 in the proceedings, this Government considers it expedient that the Experts should establish 
 in said Record, that if in the course of the demarcation along the line of the main range of 
 the Andes, rivers should be found cutting the Cordillera, it is understood that said rivers 
 should be cut by the boundary line, following the projection of the latter along the most 
 elevated crests of the main range that may divide the waters, the part which is situated to 
 the east of said line to belong to the Argentine Republic, and that which is situated to the 
 west of it to Chile." 
 
 Thus the Argentine Cabinet sought a further indication which would 
 prevent the " disturbing " doctrine of the continental water-divide from reviving. 
 However, notwithstanding this exigence which was perhaps superfluous, the 
 Government was perfectly convinced that the remaining clauses of the Draft 
 Record responded to the same idea. On the same date of the above-mentioned 
 telegram, March 21), the Minister for Foreign Affairs gave the necessary instruc- 
 tions, in an official document, to the Plenipotentiary in Santiago. In it he 
 
Negotiation of the Protocol of 1893. 301 
 
 again referred to the expediency of stating that the rivers could be cut, and 
 added : — 
 
 " The Government fully approves the proceedings of Your Excellency, considering that 
 owing to them favourable and satisfactory results have been obtained by causing the Chilian 
 Expert to abandon his theory of the divortia aquarum and to bind himself to act and to 
 give instructions in accordance with the stipulations of the Treaty." 
 
 The amendment appeared at first to be simple, and easily successful, so 
 much so that the Argentine Plenipotentiary telegraphed to his Government on 
 April 15, as follows ; — 
 
 " As regards the rivers cutting the Cordillera, we obtained the acceptance of the textual 
 formula of the instruction on the matter which Your Excellency gave me in your note of 
 March 29. Sehor Errazuriz and the Chilian Expert consult to-day or to-morrow with the 
 President and other advisers, and I hope that if there is any alteration, it will only be 
 admissible as regards words, and not in a fundamental part." 
 
 Notwithstanding all this, Sefior Barros Arana, Avho had closely followed the 
 negotiation, giving it his aid and assent, changed, perhaps, his views and 
 withdrew from the conferences, thus giving rise to an unexpected obstacle. 
 The Argentine Plenipotentiary continued his efforts with Minister Sefior 
 Errazuriz, and obtained the proposals which he transmitted to the Minister 
 for Foreign Affairs in the following terms : — 
 
 " As regards the cutting by rivers, the Chilian Government, as a result of the 
 conferences, proposes one or the other of the two following formulas, to be added after the 
 words, ' as an invariable rule of their proceedings ' in the original Record : 
 
 1. " If in the course of the indicated demarcation, rivers should be found rising outside 
 of the Cordillera de los Andes and cutting the latter, those rivers shall be cut by the line of 
 demarcation, following the projection of the direction of said line over the most elevated 
 crests of said Cordillera that may divide the waters ; and that part which is situated to the 
 east of said line shall belong to the Argentine Republic, and to Chile that which is situated 
 to the west of same. 
 
 2. " If to the south of parallel 41, owing to circumstances which cannot be fore- 
 seen, the line of the most elevated crests that may divide the waters be crossed by rivers 
 that cut it, the Experts, in accordance with the maps which to that effect shall be drawn up, 
 shall trace the boundary line according to the stipulations of the Treaty and those of the 
 present Protocol. Thus for instance, if the river Palena or others have their sources to the 
 east of the Cordillera de los Andes and cut the boundary line of the most elevated crests 
 that may divide the waters, the part situated to the east of said line shall be Argentine, 
 and the part to the west Chilian." 
 
 Both formulas were inadmissible. One because it only admitted that those 
 
302 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 rivers could be cut which had their sources outside the Cordillera, whereas those 
 rising within it, but outside of its main chain, had also to be cut. The other, 
 because it limited the rule to that section of the boundary comprised between 
 parallels 41° and 52°. And there was no reason, theoretical or practical, for 
 making exclusions or exceptions. The Argentine Department of Foreign 
 Affairs, unaware of the exact causes of such a sudden change; asked for 
 explanations from its Representative in Chile, with whom a telegraphic con- 
 ference was held on April 20. The Plenipotentiary, Senor Quirno Costa, in 
 compliance with the request, on the following day gave the clue of the enigma 
 in the first words of his communication as follows : — 
 
 " In answer to Your Excellency's observations in last night's conference, I beg to tell 
 Your Excellency that my telegrams of the 13th, 15th, 17th and 10th inst. express the 
 incidents of the negotiation, and naturally show the varied formulas and circumstances con- 
 nected with same, and among them the definite divergence of the Chilian Expert, and his 
 refusal to make any kind of declaration regarding the cutting of the rivers." 
 
 Fortunately this attitude of the Chilian Expert was isolated and individual, 
 and he was unable to persuade either Minister Senor Errazuriz or the Govern- 
 ment of his country to accompany him. The unexpected resistance of the 
 Expert might have frustrated the negotiation of the Agreement, if Senor 
 Errazuriz and the Chilian President had not set aside the divergence produced 
 by Senor Barros Arana. 
 
 Nevertheless, both functionaries at first believed that one or the other of 
 the two conciliatory formulas presented to the Argentine Representative might 
 be accepted — formulas, the obscurity and deficiency of which, already pointed 
 out, were hidden by the impossibility which they adduced of laying down rules 
 for the demarcation of the boundary in the almost unknown regions of a part of 
 its extent. 
 
 The Argentine Cabinet, however, being desirous of greater clearness in the 
 stipulations, persisted in its attitude. On April 23, the Government sent the 
 following despatch to their Plenipotentiary: — 
 
 " It is necessary for Your Excellency to acquaint the Chilian Government with our 
 desire to establish clear bases which will prevent fresh complications, because we wish to 
 initiate an era of peace and sincere friendship with the Republic of Chile. If there are any 
 points which cannot be solved owing to a lack of knowledge of the ground, let same he 
 clearly manifested, and suggest means for overcoming those douhts or difficulties." 
 
 The opposition of Senor Barros Arana nearly frustrated the efforts made in 
 
Negotiation of the Protocol of 1893. 303 
 
 the interests of peace and goodwill ; but the vigorous attitude and energy of 
 Minister Senor Errazuriz succeeded in overcoming the resistance of those who 
 followed the views of the Expert, and on April 27, Senor Quirno Costa was able 
 to communicate the successful outcome in the following words : — 
 
 " After protracted conferences and Cabinet Councils in which Senor Errazuriz has 
 overcome great resistance, I transmit to Your Excellency the following solution regarding 
 the incident about rivers. After the words ' invariable rule of their proceedings ' in the 
 original Record, it shall read thus : — ' Consequently all lands and all waters, to wit : — lakes, 
 lagoons, rivers and parts of rivers, streams, slopes, situated to the east of the line of the 
 most elevated crests of the Cordillera de los Andes that may divide the waters, shall be 
 held in perpetuity to be the property and under the absolute dominion of the Argentine 
 Republic ; and all lands and all waters, to wit : — lakes, lagoons, rivers and parts of rivers, 
 streams, slopes, situated to the west of the line of the most elevated crests of the Cordillera 
 de los Andes that may divide the waters, to be the property and under the absolute dominion 
 of Chile." 
 
 The clause could not be more explicit : " parts of rivers " were to be situated 
 in Chile and in the Argentine Republic if the line of the main chain of the 
 Cordillera should rind in its course rivers rising outside of it. The watercourses 
 might be cut northward or southward of parallel 41°, in the entire length of the 
 frontier, whether they rose in the Andes, but outside of its central or principal 
 chain, or whether they rose in the valleys or plains. The Argentine President 
 might then well say to his Representative, as he did on April 2U : — 
 
 " The Government in Cabinet Council has taken into consideration Your Excellency's 
 telegram dated the 27th inst., in which Your Excellency transmits the solution arrived at 
 regarding the question about rivers in the Cordillera. The formula transmitted by Your 
 Excellency removes all difficulty in virtue of the broad and general terms in which it is 
 couched, and for this reason the Government has immediately approved it." 
 
 The Agreement was complete. The gravest of the difficulties, the most 
 serious of all, had been smoothed over, viz. the continental divide as a doctrine 
 on the boundary question had been rejected, and the rivers could be cut by the 
 frontier line. 
 
 For this reason only can it be explained that the negotiators manifested that 
 they were animated by the desire of removing the difficulties which had 
 embarrassed or might embarrass the Experts in the fulfilment of their mission, 
 and of establishing between both States a complete and cordial understanding in 
 harmony with the antecedents of brotherhood and glory common to both, and 
 with the ardent wishes of public opinion on either, side of the Andes. -For that 
 
304 Divergences in the Cordillera de los si tides. 
 
 reason the Chilian Minister, Seiior Errazuriz, telegraphed to the former Kepre- 
 sentative of the Argentine Eepnblic in Santiago, Seiior Uriburu, at that time 
 Vice-President of the Republic, as follows : — 
 
 "This day an Agreement has been concluded which binds with iron rings the cordial 
 understanding between Argentines and Chilians." 
 
 For the same reason the President of Chile said to his Argentine 
 colleague : — 
 
 " The complementary Protocol of the Treaty of 1881 will render immutable the close 
 and cordial connection between Chile and the Argentine Republic." 
 
 These eloquent manifestations and the festivals which followed to celebrate 
 the friendship of the two kindred peoples once more prove that the fundamental 
 question of the frontier divergences had been removed, viz. the alma mater of 
 diplomatic debates, the interoceanic divortium fluminis, — the practical result of 
 which would have been the suppression of the Cordillera de los Andes as a 
 boundary, in order to incorporate to Chile the eastern valleys of that Cordillera, 
 and even a part of the Patagonian plain, in violation of the text and spirit of the 
 Treaties. 
 
 After the explanation of the words " parts of rivers " contained in the 
 Protocol of 1 893 it is like shutting one's eyes against evidence to pretend that, in 
 spite of everything, the old question had remained standing, and that it is still 
 necessary to furnish examples and texts in order to demonstrate that the Treaties 
 express what they really say, and not what the efforts of error strive to make 
 them say. 
 
Instructions of January I, 1894. 305 
 
 CHAPTER XI. 
 
 Summary — 1. Instructions of January 1, 1894. 
 
 2. Disagreement of the Experts, Senores Quirno Costa and Barros Arana. 
 
 3. The 1895 Agreement. 
 
 4. Questions which brought about the Agreement of 1896. 
 
 5. Solutions agreed to in the Agreement of 1896. 
 
 1. INSTRUCTIONS OF JANUARY 1, 1894. 
 
 The difficulties of the Experts being settled by the explanations in the Protocol 
 of May 1, 1893, there remained definitely fixed the principle according to which, 
 in case the high crests of the Cordillera should be crossed by any river, the river 
 should be cut by the boundary line. This same principle was once more con- 
 firmed by the Government of Chile, when insisting that the Government of the 
 Argentine Province of San Juan should suspend the levying duties in the valley 
 of Los Patos on the supposition that when marking out the definite boundary the 
 said valley might be ascribed to Chile. Thus acting, the Chilian Government 
 sought to prevent the Argentine authorities from exercising jurisdictional acts in 
 a territory which they considered doubtful. This Chilian claim had no conse- 
 quences, but the mere fact of its being put forward shows the deep conviction 
 the Chilian Government had that rivers could be and ought to be cut by the 
 boundary line, since it is evident that in order that said valley should belong to 
 Chile, the frontier line had to cut the river of the same name, which crosses the 
 Andean eastern ridge. This fact, well known since the time of the Spanish 
 conquest, is shown in any map. 
 
 Up to the moment of the Protocol being sanctioned, neither the continental 
 divide nor any other divide independent of orographic features, had ever been 
 applied in Chile, when dealing with international, interdepartmental or inter- 
 provincial boundaries. In the Geografia Politica de Chile, published by Sefior 
 Echeverria y Reyes,* a work which has received official sanction and of which 
 mention has already been made, the words continental divide are not even once 
 
 Santiago, 1888, 2 vols. 
 
 2 R 
 
306 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 met with, but the following are found : — " culminating line of the Andes," 
 " culminating line of the Cordillera," " ridge of the hills," " the summit of 
 the hills," "summits of the hills," "ridge of the hills," "top of the hill," "top 
 of the ridge," "top of the Cordilleras," "top of the Cordillera de los Andes," 
 " summit of the Cordillera de los Andes," " summit of the Andes," "the Cordillera," 
 " the Andes," " the Cordillera de los Andes," the " top of the chain of mountains," 
 •• summit of the mountain ridges," " tops of the mountain ridges," " tops of the 
 hills," " high summits," " Snowy Chain," " Snowy Chain of the Cordillera," " Snowy 
 Chain of the Andes," "Anticlinal line of the Andes," "crest of the Cordillera de 
 los Andes." It was not, therefore, strange that, owing to incomplete information, 
 the Chilian Government should think it possible that the valley of Los Patos, in 
 spite of its waters crossing to the east, might pass over to Chilian jurisdiction, 
 when the Experts should agree upon the dividing line in the Cordillera. 
 
 The task of the delimitation on the ground could now be proceeded with. 
 
 Up to the end of 1893 the Argentine Experts had not examined the ground 
 for delimitation. Senor Pico had died before solving the first difficulties raised 
 by Senor Barros Arana ; Senor Virasoro had retired from his mission immediately 
 after the signing of the Protocol of 1893, to become Minister for Foreign Affairs, 
 and was replaced by Senor Quirno Costa, who was also accredited as Argentine 
 Minister at Santiago. 
 
 In order to carry out the demarcation, the Experts, Senores Barros Arana 
 and Quirno Costa, proceeded in the last month of 1893 to draw up instructions 
 tin- the assistant engineers who had to trace the dividing line in the Cordillera de 
 los Andes. 
 
 The Chilian Expert proposed in his scheme that the heads of each surveying 
 party "should take it as a rule that a landmark should be placed at each point of the 
 dividing line of the waters where crossed by a road or path, and at each pass of the 
 same line that might serve as a point of communication between both countries^ 
 
 The heading of the document which contains the said proposition is, "Rough 
 Draft of Instructions for the Assistant Surveyors entrusted with the demarcation of the 
 boundary line in the Cordilleras, proposed by the Chilian Expert in 1893."* It is not 
 specified in this document that the demarcation must be performed in the Cor- 
 dillera de los Andes, as established in the Treaties. The word " Cordilleras " is 
 only employed, and being used in Chile in different ways, as is well known, 
 this ambiguity in itself might lead to confusion, especially on account of the 
 
 * Bertrand, Estudio tecnico, p. 135. 
 
Instructions of January i, 1894. 307 
 
 views of the Chilian Expert with regard to the stipulated boundary ; however, as 
 it was impossible to depart altogether from the idea of mountains in the 
 demarcation, in the chapter concerning the operations on the ground, he says : — 
 
 " 5. As according to the Treaty and the Experts' arrangements, the line dividing the 
 waters is the one which shall serve as the frontier between the two countries, the demarcation of 
 the boundary is reduced to the fixing of the accessible points of that line, viz. — passes or gaps. 
 
 " G. In the regions of the Cordillera where the course of the waters is permanent and 
 clear, the simple inspection of the ground will enable the Commissioners to fix with pre- 
 cision the points of separation of the slopes. 
 
 " 7. In the regions where the ravines are habitually dry, an examination shall be made 
 of the declivity of the ground in order to find each point of separation or division between 
 the opposite valleys. 
 
 " 8. Where there appear one or more valleys or basins without actual outlet, levels 
 shall be taken between the various exits of the said valley or basin, in order to locate its 
 topographical outlet, and to determine to which hydrographic system it belongs. 
 
 " 9. Where there are found in the region of watersheds, flat places or marshes in 
 which it is not practicable to determine by means of the level a line of marked separation 
 between both slopes, or where there are found streams, rivers or lakes which drain towards 
 both countries, a plan shall be made of the whole region in doubt, whilst collecting all data 
 which can serve as a basis for effecting an equitable and amicable division. 
 
 " 10. At every point where a landmark has to be fixed, whether a provisional one is 
 to be placed or an iron pyramid be at once planted, bearings shall be taken at the most 
 notable points of the horizon as well as photographic views in order to locate the spot. 
 A minute shall therefore be drawn up recording between which opposite valleys the points 
 chosen serve as a separation, as well as all further data and circumstances. This minute 
 shall be signed by the whole of the assistants on the Joint Commission." 
 
 Although in this project the Chilian Expert again insisted that the frontier- 
 line is that of the division of the waters, he speaks in his proposed instructions 
 of fixing the accessible points, in the passes or gaps ; of the regions " of the 
 Cordillera " where there are " ravines habitually dry," and of " valleys or basins 
 without actual outlet " ; in a word, he speaks of orographic features, as he could 
 not do otherwise. 
 
 However, the Argentine Expert, Senor Quirno Costa, did not consider it 
 expedient to accept this Draft of Instructions, and therefore, after some discussion, 
 another one was accepted in its stead, and the orographic boundary was clearly 
 determined upon, as defined by the watershed of the principal crests of the 
 Cordillera de los Andes.* 
 
 * " Instructions for the assistants who are to mark out the boundary line between the Argentine Republic 
 and the Republic of Chile in the Cordillera de los Andes : 
 
 "Preliminary operations. — Article 1. The chief of each Sub-Commission shall be provided with a copy of 
 
 2 r 2 
 
308 Divergences in tJie Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 The Instructions of January 1, 1894, contain the orographic idea, and on 
 no single occasion, even incidentally, are the Commissions enjoined to procure 
 data with regard to the course of the rivers. On the contrary, they are instructed 
 to study the Cordillera, its main chain, or its most elevated crests. 
 
 Although the text of the Instructions is in itself explicit, it appears more 
 conclusive still when it is compared with the text of the rejected project, begin- 
 ning by their respecting headings. In Serior Barros Arana's Draft it was said 
 with studied vagueness that the boundary line was to be located "in the 
 ( 'ordilleras." In the Instructions approved it was clearly specified that the 
 boundary must be marked out in the " Cordillera de los Andes." 
 
 Besides, Senor Quirno Costa, in view of the omission of any reference to 
 
 the Boundary Treaty of July 23, 1881, and of the Protocol of May 1, 1893, which form the paramount rule of 
 the demarcation ; and likewise a copy of the Convention of August 20, 1888. He shall likewise provide 
 himself with all the plans and descriptions existing relative to the region in which he has to operate, as well 
 as with all the instruments which he may consider necessary, and a spare supply of such as are w suitable for 
 measuring heights. 
 
 " Article 2. He shall prepare beforehand an estimate of the expenses of his expedition, which he shall 
 present to the respective Expert, in order to receive the funds for same. 
 
 "Article 3. The chiefs of each Sub-Commission shall jointly draw up a map of the work for the season, 
 and shall form an approximate list of the points where it may be proposed to place landmarks. They shall 
 seek the boundary line on the ground and fix the demarcation by means of iron landmarks of the kind 
 previously agreed upon, placing one in each pass or accessible point of the mountain which may be situated 
 on the boundary line, and shall draw up a record of the operation, specifying the fundamental reasons of 
 same, and the topographic indications for recognising at all times the point fixed, although the landmark 
 might have disappeared by the wear of time or atmospheric action. 
 
 " Article 4. In accordance with said lists, approved by both Experts, each mixed Sub-Commission shall 
 be furnished with the necessary number of iron pyramids which are to serve as landmarks. These pyramids 
 shall be taken to a spot whence they can be distributed among the different points marked out during a 
 season of work. The chiefs of each mixed Sub-Commission shall decide in each case, with the approval of the 
 Kxperts, on the expediency of placing provisional landmarks, or the pyramids, according to the facilities for 
 transportation offered by the roads, and the knowledge they may have of the localities. 
 
 "Article 5. Operations on the ground. — It having been provided in Article 1 of the Protocol of May 1 
 last, that the Exjjerts and the Sub-Commissions who are to operate in the Cordillera de los Andes shall have 
 as an invariable rule of their proceedings, the principle established in the first part of Article 1 of the Treaty 
 i >f 1881, said Sub-Commissions shall investigate the situation in said Cordillera, of the main chain of the 
 Amies, in order to seek in same the most elevated crests that may divide the waters, and shall mark the 
 frontier line on their accessible parts, making it pass between the slopes which descend one side and the 
 other." 
 
 "Article 6. In the regions where, according to what is foreseen in the second part of Article 1 of the 
 Treaty of 1881, and Article 3 of the Protocol of 1893, the watershed might not be apparent, through the 
 existence of certain valleys formed by the bifurcation of the Cordillera, the Commissions shall cany out 
 the. necessary topographical operations for obtaining the data determining the geographical condition of 
 the demarcation mentioned in the aforesaid Article 3 of the Protocol, and shall mark said data on a map 
 which they shall present to the Experts in accordance with the same Article. 
 
 "Article 7. At every point where a landmark lias to bo fixed, whether a provisional one is to be 
 placed or an iron pyramid bo at once planted, bearings shall he taken at the most notable points of the 
 horizon as photographic views in order to locate the spot. A Minute shall, therefore, be drawn up, recording 
 
Instructions of January i, 1894. 309 
 
 the 1893 Protocol, in the Draft of the Chilian Expert, thought it indispensable 
 to point out that the clauses of said Protocol should be observed, and it was 
 accordingly so determined in the first lines of the Instructions. 
 
 Article 1 of the project drafted by Senor Barros Arana stated :— 
 
 " The chief of each Sub-Commission shall provide himself with all the plans and 
 descriptions existing relative to the region in which he has to operate. He shall carry such 
 instruments'as he may consider necessary and a spare supply of such as are suitable for 
 measuring heights." 
 
 Article 1 of the Instructions approved reproduced the same phrases with 
 slight difference in wording, but they were preceded by these words : — 
 
 " The chief of each Sub-Commission shall be provided with a copy of the Boundary 
 Treaty of July 23, 1881, and of the Protocol of May 1, 1893, which form the paramount 
 rule of the demarcation ; and likewise a copy of the Convention of August 20, 1888." 
 
 This omission of the 1893 Protocol might possibly be attributed simply to 
 forgetfulness, if it had only occurred on one occasion. The repetition proves 
 that such omission had an object. In fact, on August 29, 1898, when defining 
 the general line which he had projected, Senor Barros Arana stated that — 
 
 " .... for the tracing of said line he had solely and exclusively followed the principle of 
 demarcation established in Article 1 of the Treaty of 1S81, a principle which must also 
 be the invariable rule of proceeding of the Experts according to the Protocol of 1893." 
 
 The Argentine Expert, who at that time was Senor Moreno, thought the 
 
 between which opposite valleys, the points chosen serve as a separation, as well as all further data and 
 circumstances. This Minute shall be signed by the whole of the assistants of the Joint Commission. 
 
 " Geographical and Meteorological work. — Article S. Each Sub-Commission shall keep a register for noting 
 down — 
 
 (a) The maximum and minimum temperature of each encampment. 
 
 (6) The atmospheric pressure registered by mercurial and aneroid barometers, in each culminating 
 point, pass, etc. 
 
 (c) The temperature at which water boils, in same points. 
 
 (d) The geological and botanical indications or other observations which it may be possible to obtain 
 
 without prejudice to the work of demarcation. 
 
 " Article 9. The latitude of each landmark and encampment shall be observed by meridional altitudes. 
 
 " Article 10. The longitudes shall be determined by the occultation of the stars or other methods, where 
 it is possible. 
 
 " Article 11. By means of the foregoing elements, and of the azimuth of the principal and snow-capped 
 summits of the Cordillera, they shall form, as far as possible, a chain of triangles, connecting the various 
 points of the frontier line, in accordance with the provisions of Article 7 of the Protocol of 1893. 
 
310 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 time had arrived for asking explanations, by the very fact of all the other 
 Conventions having been excluded. 
 
 The Chilian Expert did not evince any great anxiety to recall the Protocol 
 of 1-S93, and it was necessary for Senor Quirno Costa on one occasion, and 
 Senor Moreno on another occasion, to call his attention to it, so that it might 
 appear in the Instructions of 1894, and in order that some of its prescriptions 
 should not be omitted in the Records of 1898. 
 
 Reverting now to the Instructions of January 1, it is to be remarked that 
 Article 3 of the Project of Senor Barros Arana laid down that the chiefs of the 
 Sub-Commissions — 
 
 •'should take it as a rule that a landmark should be placed at each point of the dividing 
 line of the waters where crossed by a road or path, and at each pass of the same line that 
 might serve as a point of communication between both countries." 
 
 This clause would have been absolutely inconsistent with the orographic 
 spirit of all the Treaties, and especially with Article 6 of the Protocol of 1893, 
 which had provided that the landmarks should be placed " one in each pass or 
 accessible point of the mountain which may be situated on the boundary line." 
 
 The Project was rejected. The mere fact of its rejection shows that the 
 divortium aquarum was proscribed from the Instructions ; but these Instructions, 
 in order to further accentuate the idea, renewed the directions to the Sub- 
 Commissions never to depart from the Cordillera, which was the fundamental 
 principle to be observed. Therefore the idea of mentioning the dividing line 
 of the waters was repudiated, and it was said : — 
 
 "They (the chiefs of the Sub-Commissions) shall seek the boundary line on the 
 ground, and fix the demarcation by means of iron landmarks of the kind previously agreed 
 upon, placing one in each jmiss or accessible point of the mountain, which may be situated on 
 the boundary line." 
 
 It is unnecessary to examine in all their details the. Instructions of January 1. 
 It is sufficient to show that all references which the Chilian Expert proposed 
 regarding the interoceanic divide were rejected, and substituted by others that 
 agreed with the rule that the boundary runs along the main chain of the 
 Cordillera de los Andes. Nevertheless, it is desirable to quote Article .">, which 
 speaks of the operations on the ground, because in it there is expressed the 
 intention which served as a standard for the arrangements of the Experts. 
 
 Senor Barros Arana had drafted Article 5 as follows : — As according to 
 
Instructions of January i, 1894. 311 
 
 the Treaty and the Experts' arrangements, the line dividing the waters is the one 
 which shall serve as the frontier between the two countries, the demarcation of 
 the boundary is reduced to the fixing of the accessible points of that line, viz. 
 passes or gaps. 
 
 This having been rejected, as it ought to be, it was substituted in this 
 manner : — 
 
 " It having been provided in Article 1 of the Protocol of May 1 last, that the Experts 
 and the Sub-Commissions who are to operate in the Cordillera de los Andes shall have as 
 an invariable rule of their proceedings, the principle established in the first part of Article 1 
 of the Treaty of 1881, said Sub-Commissions shall investigate the situation in said Cordillera, 
 of the main chain of the Andes, in order to seek, in same, the most elevated crests that may 
 divide the waters, and shall mark the frontier line on their accessible parts, making it pass 
 between the slopes which descend one side and the other." 
 
 That is to say, the Experts and the Sub-Commissions have to operate in 
 the Cordillera de los Andes and never, under any pretext whatever, outside 
 the Cordillera, This is the recognised boundary : this is the fundamental basis 
 of the Survey, to which everything is subordinate. The first thing is to seek the 
 Cordillera. Within it, the boundary must be found ; outside it, there are no 
 frontiers and no disputed regions : there are territories over which the Argen- 
 tine Republic and Chile exercise absolute dominion, as they form a part of their 
 respective sovereignty. The Experts and the Sub-Commissions must " investigate 
 the situation in said ( 'ordillera of the main chain of the Andes." The main chain 
 must of necessity be found in said Cordillera, and it is not a question of seeking 
 for any chain but the principal one of all, the most prominent one, that which by 
 reason of its height forms " the most prominent feature in the configuration of the 
 country," to use the expression of Pissis.* The main chain should contain the most 
 elevated crests, and the Experts should investigate the situation of the main chain, 
 not with a theoretical object, but in order to seek in it the most elevated crests that 
 may divide the waters. In the Cordillera de los Andes, in the main chain, i.e. 
 on its most elevated crests, the line must be sought which divides the waters 
 belonging to it. Thus, and only thus, can the line be determined " between the 
 slopes which descend one side and the other." 
 
 The Chilian Expert, in spite of all these facts, after agreeing to these 
 Instructions, changed, perhaps, his opinion regarding them. After consenting 
 
 * A. Tissis, Geografia Ffsica, 1875, Santiago, p. 2. 
 
312 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 that the clauses of his project which mentioned the division of the waters as 
 the absolute rule should be omitted ; after consenting to the new clauses which 
 in substitution of those drafted by him, affirmed the orographic principle ; after 
 the Experts' arrangements were completed ; Senor Barros Arana again pointed 
 out the interoeeanic divide, declaring — 
 
 " That, although the cordiality and good harmony with which the operations of the 
 demarcation have been re-established enabled him to hope that no difficulties will arise on 
 the ground in regard to the interpretation to be given to the Instructions agreed upon, he 
 thinks it is his duty to declare that by the words ' encadenamiento principal de los Andes' 
 he understands the uninterruped line of crests which divide the waters and which form the 
 separation of the basins or hydrographic regions which are tributaries to the Atlantic on 
 the east and to the Pacific on the west, thus determining the limit between the two countries 
 according to the principles of geography, the Boundary Treaty [the Expert again set at 
 nought the Protocol of 1893], and the opinion of the most distinguished geographers of 
 both countries." 
 
 The Argentine Expert, who could not recognise in the Chilian Expert the 
 right of overruling the authority of the Governments and Congresses of the 
 two countries to the extent of altering the meaning of the words, replied, " that 
 he regretted the insistence of his colleague in wishing to establish the definition 
 of what he understood by main chain of the Andes {encadenamiento principal de 
 los Amies), -because that did not come within the powers of the Experts," and 
 immediately afterwards, going fully into other considerations, he quoted the Pro- 
 tocol of 1S93 — omitted by the Chilian Expert — which mentions the territorial 
 sovereignty of each country. He also said that it was by virtue of the conside- 
 rations he had expressed — 
 
 " that he ought not to deal with the words employed by the Chilian Expert to define the 
 principal chain of the Andes, being unable for this reason to take into consideration any 
 excess or deficiency in the definition, and specially when no difficulty had arisen on facts 
 which should cause him to consult his Government, nor was it likely that it would arise, in 
 what his colleagues also agreed." 
 
 At any rate, the Instructions were signed. The interpretation which the 
 Chilian Expert gave to some of the paragraphs could not invalidate the 
 interpretation which the negotiators of the Protocol of 1893 had given to those 
 same paragraphs previous to the exchanging the ratifications of the settlement. 
 
 For the rest, the definition of Senor Barros Arana docs not withstand the 
 slightest analysis. Were it necessary to prove that the main chain of the Andes 
 is the main chain of the Andes and not the uninterrupted line of crests which 
 
Instructions of jfamiary i , 1 894. 3 1 3 
 
 divide the waters, and which form the separation of the basins or hydrographic 
 regions which are tributaries to the Atlantic on the east and to the Pacific on 
 the west, two authorities might be advanced : the ground itself and Senor 
 Barros Arana. 
 
 The ground is the best and most complete demonstration of the mistake 
 conveyed by those words : there is not to be found in it that uninterrupted line 
 of crests that divide the waters in the form it is alleged. 
 
 Senor Barros Arana has recognised this, theoretically as a geographer and 
 practically as an Expert. As a geographer, he has laid down a truism which 
 Nature frequently reveals, namely, " there are cases in which the separating line 
 of the waters is simply a plain." * It is needless to say that, however much ex- 
 pressions may be strained, it will be impossible to make it appear that the main 
 chain of a Cordillera — and of such an imposing Cordillera as that of the Andes — 
 is nothing more than a plain. As Expert, he has confessed that the line drawn 
 is not an uninterrupted line of crests in an orographical sense, but that it is a 
 " succession of crests, depressions and any kind of features of the ground." t It 
 seems superfluous to point out that a main chain of mountains is not made up 
 of all kinds of physical features. 
 
 The Chilian Expert, by his declaration, not only again altered the letter 
 and the spirit of the Treaty of 1881, but likewise that of the explanatory 
 Protocol of 1893 which had settled the difficulties raised by him when drafting, 
 with Senor Virasoro, the Instructions which he had been unable to arrange with 
 Senor Pico. 
 
 The Chilian Government had decided, in accordance with 'the Argentine 
 Government, that the boundary should be sought in the main chain of the 
 Cordillera de los Andes, in the central chain which Sefior Barros Arana himself 
 referred to in his note to Senor Pico, dated January 18, 1892 ; and that if, when 
 tracing the boundary, rivers were met with crossing the said chain, the sources 
 of such rivers situated to the east of the line should lie in Argentine territory. 
 Senor Barros Arana had not, prior to the Protocol of 1893, raised any doubt as 
 to the only orographical meaning of the words " main chain," nor did he think 
 it advisable, when the Protocol was framed, to have this term clearly explained ; 
 but once the Protocol was in force, he attempted to minimise its importance 
 
 * Barros Arana, Geograffa Fi'sica, 1881, Santiago, p. 135. 
 
 f La cuestion de limites entre Chile y la Republica Argentina, by Diego Barros Arana, 1898, Santiago 
 de Chile, p. 73. 
 
 2 s 
 
314 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 by placing on record his peculiar views on the main chain of a mountain system, — 
 views which are contrary to the opinion of all the geographers, and contrary also 
 to the opinion expressed by himself in his Geografia Fisica, where, at page 41 
 (1st edition), he states : The main chain of a group or system of mountains is 
 considered to be the chain whose slopes and sides shed the greatest quantity of 
 water which feeds great rivers. * 
 
 The Cordillera de los Andes was now no longer, in the opinion of the Chilian 
 Expert, what, in his works, his negotiations of 1876 and 1878, and in his oft 
 quoted note to Sefior Pico, he assumed it to be ; nor was it in accord with 
 the opinion of Chilian geographers and statesmen. 
 
 2. DISAGREEMENT OF THE EXPERTS SENORES QUIRNO COSTA 
 
 AND BARROS ARANA. 
 
 On February 8, 1894, the first landmark in the Andean Cordillera was 
 placed in the main chain, and the operations were continued. The relations 
 between the Experts, however, were somewhat strained owing to the many 
 disputes which arose. 
 
 Thus, for instance, when the Experts met in Santiago to consider some of 
 the landmarks placed by the auxiliary Sub-Commissions, Senor Barros Arana 
 said that, " although he thought that, according to the tenor of Article 4 of the 
 Convention of August 20, 1888, the works carried out by the mixed Sub- 
 Commissions, in accordance with the Instructions that had been given them, 
 did not require any special approval, he had no hesitation in giving his own." 
 This opinion as to the independent powers of the Sub-Commissions, had been 
 previously advanced, but rejected. Had it succeeded, the ratification of the 
 San Francisco landmark, placed by the assistants, would have been obtained by 
 indirect means. The Argentine Expert then insisted that " the operations of 
 the Sub-Commissions are carried out under delegacy of the Experts according 
 to the Convention of 1888, the latter giving them instructions for their pro- 
 cedure ; it being, therefore, a duty of the said Experts to pronounce on the 
 accuracy of the works they carry out." 
 
 * In his note to Senor Pico, he adopts another view as to the principal chain when mentioning the 
 opinion of Adriano Balbi, in chapter ii. of his Geografia, who says on this subject that "that which is 
 considered to be the main chain of any group or system of mountains, is formed of those mountains whoso 
 sides or culminating points give rise to considerable streams of waters," etc. Estudio Tecnico de la 
 Demarcacion de limites entre Chile y la Eepiiblica Argentina, por Alejandro Bertrand, Santiago do Chile, 
 1895, p. 105. 
 
Disagreement of Experts, Seflores Quirno Costa and Barros Arana. 315 
 
 That incident was thus closed ; but on August 6, 1894, Senor Barros Arana 
 addressed a note to the Argentine Expert, in which he recognised to a certain 
 extent that the definite approval of the line marked out, came within the 
 province of the Experts, and suggested the desirability of such approval being 
 expressly extended also to the contents of the documents of demarcation signed 
 by the assistants. Were this accepted, the Chilian Expert would have succeeded 
 in having the divortium aquarum recognised, — also in an indirect way, — as the 
 only rule of demarcation, which, though contrary to the text of the Treaties, 
 was persistently mentioned in their minutes by the Chilian Surveyors. The 
 Argentine Expert objected to that procedure — 
 
 " for it would not add a single element to the validity of the demarcation ; it would 
 create difficulties for the Experts themselves, as it would he very likely that they might 
 he in accord as to the placing- of a landmark, but be in disagreement as to the statements 
 which the assistants of one Sub-Commission or the other might respectively make in 
 the documents." 
 
 Among the divergences between the Experts there is one which requires 
 mention : the one relative to the boundary mark erroneously placed in the San 
 Francisco Gap. 
 
 The antecedents of this landmark are the following. The Treaty of 1881, 
 as well as the Protocol of 1893, directs that the boundary shall be traced in the 
 Cordillera de los Andes. The Argentine Surveying Commission, relying upon 
 their own examination and upon that of the Chilian, asserted that the Pass of 
 San Francisco, where the first landmark had been planted, was not situated in the 
 Andean Cordillera, but that it belonged to the system of the Cordillera Real de 
 Bolivia in its prolongation towards the south. Senor Barros Arana contended 
 that these mountains, situated in the Argentine Republic, far from her frontiers, 
 formed part of the Cordillera de los Andes, against the opinion of all the geo- 
 graphers who had studied them and considered them, on the contrary, as a 
 prolongation of the Cordillera Real de Bolivia. 
 
 If Senor Barros Arana and his assistants had, in 1890, acquiesced in the 
 proposals of Senor Pico for the survey of the ground, before marking out the 
 dividing line, this difference would not have arisen, nor would many others which 
 will be dealt with later on, and suggestions would not have been put forward, 
 such as that the dividing summit of the Treaties could be situated on the snow- 
 capped mountain of Famatina. What would Canada say (if the zone of the 
 United States boundary had not been limited to thirty miles inland from the 
 
 2 s 2 
 
316 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 general line of the Alaska coasts) to fixing the boundary on the summit of the 
 Coast or Cascade Range, if the United States, wanting to carry that line to Mount 
 Hooker in the Rocky Mountains or even more to the east, claimed that these 
 mountains were the Cascade Range ? 
 
 The question of whether the San Francisco Gap is, or is not a frontier point, 
 in accordance with the Treaty of 1881 and the Protocol of 1893, constituting one 
 of the differences between the Experts which have been submitted to the 
 Arbitration of Her Britannic Majesty's Government, it will be well to relate 
 the erroneous placing of the landmark in that gap and the incidents connected 
 with the surveys, for the purpose of settling its removal to the proper place, 
 leaving aside, for the present, the demonstration of the fact that this place is not 
 situated on the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 The haste with which the operation of the boundary demarcation was begun, 
 and the way in which it was carried on, led to the erroneous fixation of the 
 place for the boundary mark in the Pass (Portezuelo) of San Francisco, an opera- 
 tion in which Senor Alejandro Bertrand, the head of the Chilian Commission, 
 had a share. On this occasion Senor Bertrand acted against his former 
 opinions respecting the Andean range (Cordon Andino) or crest of the Cordillera 
 de los Andes, and respecting the groups of isolated mountains among which he 
 included that of San Francisco. 
 
 The Chilian Expert had at that time already begun to maintain the line of the 
 continental divide as the boundary between the two nations, trying to remove the 
 limit from (he Cordillera de los Andes, the "immovable boundary" of the Treaties, 
 to places where it could be proved that the watershed was not found within the 
 Cordillera. In the Record of the Sub-Commissioners, dated April 1.5, 1892, which 
 was not approved by the Argentine Expert, it is stated that a boundary mark is placed 
 in the Pass or Portezuelo of San Francisco, but there is no mention of any survey 
 made there, and it is erroneously stated that the " portezuelo" is situated in the 
 Cordillera de los Andes, as the assistants assumed that they were in the Cordillera 
 de los Andes, and the Record was signed in that false belief. 
 
 The Chilian assistants said that they placed the boundary mark at that 
 point, because, according to their judgment, the Treaty of 1881 stipulates that 
 the dividing line shall pass between the " vertientes " (slopes) which descend one 
 side and the other. The Argentine assistants did not say in the Record a single 
 word with reference to any survey made by them to be certain that the Pass 
 or Portezuelo of San Francisco is situated in the Cordillera de los Andes, in its 
 
Disagreement of Experts, Senores Qui r no Costa and Barros Arana. 317 
 
 "line of most elevated crests which may divide the waters." They erroneously- 
 considered, as an order to place the first landmark which should indicate the boundary 
 line, the instructions given them, while those instructions only required that they 
 should go to the Pass of San Francisco, chosen as a starting point, " to begin 
 the work of demarcation." They knew, besides, that the Expert, Senor Pico, could 
 not order them the demarcation of the frontier without previous examination 
 of the ground, and for this reason they have been accused of precipitation in the 
 operation. 
 
 It has been said that the agreement of the Experts to begin the labours of the 
 demarcation on the ground from the Pass of San Francisco southwards, is founded 
 on the previous examination which the Experts made respecting that part of the 
 Cordillera, by means of existing maps and geographical descriptions. These 
 maps and geographical descriptions marked the boundary in the chain of 
 Maricunga which bore the name of Cordillera de los Andes, indicated the existence 
 of a central intermediate chain or cordon (that of Tres Cruces), and represented 
 the Pass of San Francisco as situated in the prolongation of the eastern chain or 
 Cordillera Real de Bolivia, which terminates in the centre of the Argentine 
 territory. Had the Expert, Senor Pico, examined those maps and descriptions, 
 he could not have arranged that the first boundary mark should be placed at a 
 point which all geographers up to that date had considered as being to the east 
 and outside the Cordillera de los Andes, or of the " Andean Cordon," or " Cordon 
 de los Andes." 
 
 Besides, the landmark was located without any previous survey, and to prove 
 it, it suffices to read the Keport presented by the Chilian assistant, Senor Ber- 
 trand, to his chief, Senor Barros Arana.* On April 1, 1892, the Joint Commission 
 left Copiapo. Three days after, it reached the foot of the Cordillera of Maricunga. 
 The advance of the season, according to Senor Bertrand. did not allow great delay. 
 
 " We followed our march," he adds, " with accidents inevitable when travelling in these 
 regions. On April 8 we passed the Portezuelo of San Francisco, and we pitched our camp 
 on the level ground (vega) of the same name, at some twenty kilometres (twelve miles) east- 
 ward from the pass " 
 
 The following days till the 11th were spent in constructing a hut ; on the 
 12th and 13th snow fell, and it was necessary to suspend work. Senor Bertrand 
 proposed to Senor Diaz, the Argentine chief assistant, " to take advantage of the 
 
 * Alejandro Bertrand, Estudio tecnico, p. 117. 
 
318 Divergences in tJie Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 first fine day to mark out on the ground the starting point of the frontier line, and 
 to confine geographical operations to those that the time at our disposal would 
 allow." 
 
 It is not necessary to prove to the Tribunal the haste with which the work 
 proceeded, and that will by itself explain the reason why the Argentine Expert 
 refused to approve and ratify the Record drawn up on that occasion. There was 
 no investigation made of the surrounding ground, to find out whether in reality 
 the Joint Commission was in the Cordillera de los Andes, and whether the 
 1'ortezuelo of San Francisco was situated in the line of " the most elevated crests 
 of said Cordillera that may divide the waters." This investigation did not 
 concern the Chilian assistants, since it was easy for them to know that the land- 
 mark in San Francisco could not in any case be prejudicial to Chile. But the 
 Argentine assistants, who in accordance with the Treaty of 1881, were required 
 " to begin the labours of the demarcation " in " the Cordillera de los Andes," 
 ought to have commenced by knowing what that Cordillera was, and where it 
 Avas to be found. 
 
 The Argentine Expert, Senor Pico, who gave the instructions for the work, 
 in the meantime died, and his successor, Senor Virasoro, was for his part decidedly 
 against the approval of the location of that San Francisco landmark. His reasons 
 for objecting were, first, the want of investigations and! surveys previous to that 
 location, and secondly, the fact that one of the assistants who had been engaged 
 in its location, expressed a doubt as to whether its position was in accordance 
 with the Treaty of 1881. Senor Barros A ran a opposed the revision which the 
 Argentine Expert proposed, but that difficulty was overcome by the Protocol of 
 May 1, 1893, which settled the matter, as has already been said. 
 
 The revision of the San Francisco landmark having been decided, the 
 Experts agreed on January 1, 1894, on the Instructions to be given to their 
 assistants.* The two Sub-Commissions began their work, the Chilian, on its 
 
 * Instructions given to the joint revising exploring party of the landmarks of San Francisco : (Kecord 
 of the meeting held by the Experts at Santiago, on January 1, 1894). 
 
 "Whereas it was stated in Article 8 of the Protocol of May 1, 1893, that the Argentine Expert having 
 manifested that, in order to sign, with full knowledge of the matter, the Eecord of April 15, 1892, by which 
 a mixed Chilian and Argentine Commission fixed on the ground the point of departure of the demarcation of 
 boundaries in the Cordillera do los Andes, he (the said Expert.) considered it indispensable to make a fresh 
 reconnaissance of the locality; and whereas it had been decided by the said Protocol that a revision be made 
 of what had been dime, and that, in the- event of errnr lieing found, the landmark should bo transferred to the 
 point, in which it should have been fixed, according to the terms of the Boundary Treaty; tho Experts agreed 
 to fulfil this decision in tho following manner: The Argentine Expert will communicate to the surveying 
 party under him his instructions concerning the same, which Instructions must also bo signed by the Chilian 
 
Disagreement of Experts, Senores Quirno Costa and Barros Arana. 319 
 
 part, restricting itself to give its assistance to the Argentine Sub-Commission. 
 Both recognised that the landmark had been placed in the Pass of San 
 Francisco, whereupon the Chilian Sub-Commission declared the labours of 
 revision to be finished ; which proceeding was, however, contrary to the letter 
 and spirit of Article 8 of the Protocol of 1893, which provides that if the 
 boundary mark has not been located in accordance with the Treaties it should 
 be transferred to a region fulfilling the necessary requirements. The Argentine 
 Sub-Commission maintained that the boundary mark, though in fact it had been 
 planted in the Portezuelo of San Francisco, did not answer to the conditions 
 stipulated in the Agreements, to serve as a mark of the international boundary 
 line, and proposed to extend their investigations towards the west as far as the 
 chain of Maricunga — a step which the Chilian Sub-Commission considered 
 quite unnecessary. However, the Argentine Commission went on with the 
 work, which did not reach completion, first, on account of the serious illness 
 of the Argentine chief, and, secondly, because the advanced season did not 
 permit it. 
 
 In view of this, the Argentine Expert pointed out to his colleague the 
 necessity of continuing the work in the following season — that of 1895 — but 
 Sefior Barros Arana declined the proposal, and consequently the operations were carried 
 on by the Argentine Sub-Commission alone. The result of these labours was that 
 the Argentine Expert, Sefior Quirno Costa, proposed to the Chilian Expert, 
 Sefior Barros Arana, to transfer the landmark to the Pass of Santa Kosa, 
 
 Expert, in order that the Chilian surveying party may co-operate, as far as may be considered necessary, to 
 expedite the undertaking. The chief assistant of the Argentine party, and the chief assistant of the 
 Chilian party will present to the respective Experts a statement setting forth the labours and the result 
 of the revision, explaining all the points in which they agree or disagree, with their reasons for so doing. 
 
 " The Experts will decide whether the landmark now placed must be removed or not. 
 
 " After the labours of the revision are completed, the mixed surveying party will proceed to the work of 
 demarcation towards the south." 
 
 The instructions of the Argentine Expert for his Surveying Commission were as follows : — 
 
 " Explorations will be carried on, for the purpose of checking and verification, in the regions where the 
 provisionary landmarks have been placed, and in the parts of the Cordillera where it is considered desirable 
 or necessary in order to determine the starting point of the demarcation, in conformity with the Boundary 
 Treaty, and in conformity with the Protocol of May 1 of the current year. 
 
 " The plans and information obtained will be brought to the knowledge of the Experts by the mixed 
 surveying parties, in order that the said Experts may decide with regard to giving effect to the last part of 
 Article 8 of the Protocol of 1893. 
 
 " As soon as the explorations have been completed, in order to determine definitely the point, as 
 stipulated in the said Article of the Protocol, the mixed exploring party will be converted into a demarcating 
 party, continuing the demarcation towards the south, and observing in their proceedings the rules laid down 
 in the Instructions given for the demarcation in the Cordillera, previously inserted." 
 
320 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 in the chain of Maricunga, a proposal which was met by the Chilian Expert 
 saying that some consideration was necessary before deciding to accept or 
 decline it. 
 
 What clearer evidence than this could be forthcoming to show that the 
 surveys mentioned by the Chilian Expert, as having been made by his assistants, 
 were not so convincing as not to need verification before considering the 
 proposal of the Argentine Expert ? Senor Barros Arana replied on that 
 occasion to Senor Quirno Costa : — 
 
 " That, in order to be enabled to take into consideration the surveys handed to him 
 and the points submitted by his colleague, he required to have carried out, by one or more 
 of his assistants, a fresh examination of the ground gone over by the Argentine Sub-Com- 
 mission, and that the results of this examination would place him in a position to enter upon 
 the definitive settlement of the points in dispute, hoping that an amicable and clear solution 
 would be arrived at, which would prove of advantage to the interests of both countries, and 
 would conclude once for all a vexatious incident in a delimitation which it was his desire 
 should be carried out without interruption." 
 
 This took place on October 23, 1895. Then there supervened the 
 Agreement of April 17, 1896, by which the operations of the demarcation 
 of the dividing line in the Cordillera de los Andes in conformity with the 
 terms of the Treaty of 1881 and the Protocol of 1893 were extended to 
 the parallel of 23°. 
 
 When discussing the San Francisco landmark, Senor Barros Arana, 
 among the several notes he wrote, addressed one to his colleague Senor 
 Quirno Costa, on September 27, 1894, maintaining that the landmark had 
 been rightly placed, in support of which he alleged some considerations 
 concerning the Treaties, reverting to his theory of the continental divide. 
 
 Senor Quirno Costa, who had been the prime mover of the proceedings 
 of the Agreement of 1893, could not conceal his surprise at the persistence 
 of the Chilian Expert in reviving a question which was already definitely 
 studied and settled. Consequently, in courteous but energetic terms, he wrote 
 the note of December 14, in which he reminded Senor Barros Arana of some 
 of the antecedents and gave a precise interpretation of the Protocol in the 
 framing of which he had shared. The importance and official character of the 
 document justifies its being quoted, notwithstanding its length. Senor Quirno 
 Costa said :— 
 
 "You understand by main chain of the Cordillera the uninterrupted line of crests 
 which divide the waters, and which forms the separation of the basins or hydrographic 
 
Disagreement of Experts, Seilores Quirno Costa and Barros Arana. 321 
 
 regions which are tributaries to the Atlantic on ilae east and to the Pacific on the west, and 
 you state that when issuing the Instructions given in last January, you recorded same. 
 
 " On my part, I must remind you that I rejected said theory, manifesting to you that I 
 did not consider at that time I ought to point out the excesses and deficiencies of that 
 definition, adding that the Experts were not called upon to interpret the international 
 Agreements, but to apply them, because we were simple demarcators, and on the other 
 hand, no case had arisen which could cause a divergence. 
 
 " The Argentine Republic never accepted the continental divide as the boundary with 
 Chile, and when negotiating the bases of the Treaty of 1881, you, as Minister, proposed it 
 to Sefior Bernardo de Yrigoyen ; the latter, as Minister for Foreign Affairs, rejected it, and 
 Article 1 of the Treaty of 1881 was written as it now stands. 
 
 " There would be no reason for the existence of said Article, which provides that the 
 boundary between Chile and the Argentine Republic, from north to south as far as parallel 
 52°, is the Cordillera de los Andes, and that the line shall run in that extent along the most 
 elevated crests of said Cordillera that may divide the waters, and shall pass between the 
 slopes which descend one side and the other, because it would have sufficed to the framers 
 of the Treaty, to establish that the boundary between the two countries was the continental 
 divide, which you now uphold against the express text of the Treaties and of the ante- 
 cedents which have served to form them. 
 
 " You cannot mention a single geographer or scientist who applies the continental 
 divide as an absolute rule in the delimitation of countries separated by mountains, and still 
 less when the text of a Treaty provides that the line shall run along the most, elevated 
 crests that may divide the waters, passing between the slopes (vertientes) that you, as well 
 as all geographers, define with the name of sides or flanks of the mountains, and which can 
 never be proved to be synonymous with the origins or sources of rivers; and when another 
 explanatory and interpretative Treaty provides that said most elevated crests be sought for 
 in the main chain of the Cordillera, which, without other interruptions than those in short 
 spaces, caused by accidents of the same mountains, forms the real body of the mountain 
 system. Consequently it is in this main chain that we must trace the line, whether the 
 continental divide be always situated in same or not, and it may often be situated outside 
 of it, as foreseen in the Protocol when the latter provides that parts of rivers may belong to 
 either country, and as happens in the Andes and in other cordilleras. 
 
 " "With the object of opposing the text of the Treaty of May 1, 1893, referring to the 
 words ' parts of rivers,' you say : ' Doubts might possibly have occurred regarding those 
 streams, portions of rivers or incomplete rivers which do not reach the sea — a very common 
 circumstance in both countries, above all in the northern regions, where interrupted 
 watercourses are frequently to be met with, on account of the evaporation or filtration, 
 which prevents them from filling the hollows to be found in their course. Fortunately all 
 doubts have been set aside by Article 1 of the Protocol of May 1, 1893, which makes 
 this point still clearer.' 
 
 " Allow me to express my great surprise at the restriction placed by you on one of 
 the most conclusive stipulations of the Protocol of May 1, 1893, and which was the motive 
 of lengthy and laborious conferences which caused your retirement when said international 
 Agreement was being signed. 
 
 2 T 
 
322 Divergences in the Cordillera de las Andes. 
 
 " The conferences began in March 1893, in the Department of Foreign Affairs of 
 Chile, you and my predecessor Senor Virasoro assisting as Experts, and Don Isidoro 
 Errazuriz, Minister of the Department, and I, as Argentine Plenipotentiary, being also 
 present. 
 
 " When treating of the cutting of rivers by the boundary line, you stated that this 
 should be left, to be included in the Instructions which the Experts were to give to the 
 demarking Sub-Commissions, as it was already understood ; I on my part insisting that with 
 regard to this matter, we ought to sign a declaration to that effect. 
 
 " During the course of the negotiation we insisted on establishing said cutting of rivers, 
 and you refused to allow it to be inserted in the Protocol ; and as the Argentine Expert and 
 myself refused to continue discussing the affair, declaring that we considered said explana- 
 tion to be indispensable, you did not return to the conferences, thus obliging your colleague, 
 Senor Virasoro, to retire likewise. The negotiation continued between Sefior Errazuriz and 
 myself, and the declaration anent the cutting of rivers, established by Article 1,. was 
 included without limitation or restriction of any kind. 
 
 " How can you, therefore, reopen a discussion on a point which is already solved by 
 means of a solemn Treaty, sanctioned by the Congresses of the two interested nations ? 
 
 " Besides, the cutting of rivers is implicitly established in the Treaty of 1881, and your 
 persistence (in all the acts of execution of said Treaty) in leading us to the continental 
 divide as an absolute rule was another of the chief causes of the negotiation of 1893. In 
 this latter Treaty it was again eliminated as an absolute rule by the fact of said cutting of 
 rivers being established, and by giving to Chile the channels of the Pacific in the vicinity 
 of parallel 52°, it being likewise agreed that the coast of those channels was to be amicably 
 determined by both Governments. If the continental divide were the general rule, you would 
 not have contented to all this, nor would the Chilian Government have approved it. 
 
 " This stipulation regarding the southern channels is an express abandonment of the 
 alleged and disturbing continental divortium aquarum, which from your point of view never 
 appears to have been eliminated as an invariable rule. In effect, in parallel of lat. 52°, 
 the divide between the Atlantic and Pacific basins is situated in the sources of the river 
 Gallegos, which some call 'Plains of Diana ' (Planicies de Diana). 
 
 " Could you maintain that in these plains is situated the main chain of the Cordillera, 
 mentioned by the Protocol, it being a fact that said main chain is to be found on that 
 parallel but to the west of those plains and after crossing the channels of the Pacific — 
 channels which a lofty policy of sincere friendship toward Chile on the part of my 
 Government caused them to declare as belonging to that Republic? 
 
 " The great Cordillera stretches longitudinally from north to south, and, taking into 
 account all its aggregates, its system spreads out from east to west in a great extent. 
 The Treaty of 1881 enclosed the frontier line within the Cordillera, providing that the 
 line shall run along its most elevated crests that may divide the waters, and adding that 
 it shall paws between the slopes which descend one side and the other. 
 
 " To what watershed does the Treaty refer ? 
 
 "The words of the Treaty being ' the most elevated crests that may divide the waters,' 
 they must be taken to mean those crests which form a chain, and the Protocol of May 1 has 
 defined thin point, since it locates them in the main chain of the Cordillera, which forms, as 
 
Disagreement of Experts, Sciiores Qnirno Costa and Barros Arana. 323 
 
 I have said, a sort of ridge more or less flattened, stretching in a given trend. They are 
 crests presenting two lateral opposing sides, which descending constitute the slopes down 
 which flow the fluvial waters or those produced by the melting of the snow on the 
 summits. 
 
 " There are other crests which deviate from the principal chain and are situated on 
 spurs, tablelands, or in lateral valleys, and which are cone-shaped. These crests may have 
 watersheds, but the waters will flow not only on one side and the other as provided by 
 Article 1 of the Treaty of 1881, but on all sides. These, therefore, are not the crests which 
 we are to seek, but the former, where the slopes on one side and the other, i.e. east and 
 west, are exclusively to be found. For this reason all crests not bearing the separation of 
 these two general slopes of the Cordillera to which said Treaty and the Protocol of May 1 
 refer, must be rejected. 
 
 " Thus, when we find that the line cuts a river or mere stream, we must not, nor can 
 we, depart from the prolongation of the line on the crests, because it is on the latter that 
 we must seek said line. 
 
 " I will not enlarge on this point, as you have only mentioned divergences which, 
 although I consider them fundamental matters, come more within the resort of the Govern- 
 ments than within ours, we being mere demarcators, arbitrators only when treating of 
 valleys formed by the bifurcation of the Cordillera, and in which the watershed may not be 
 apparent. 
 
 " The good faith of both countries being at stake, the powers which manage their 
 affairs must honour their international engagements, and they will not permit the patriotic 
 work of many years, and of diplomatic negotiations brought to a successful issue, to be 
 frustrated in a day." 
 
 The Chilian Expert did not reply to this note, thus acknowledging by 
 his silence the truth of its contents. Consequently the said note proves that 
 one of the primordial objects of the Agreement of 1893 was that of putting 
 an end to the alleged and disturbing continental divortium aquarum ; that this 
 point was decided by means of a solemn Treaty, sanctioned by the Congresses 
 of the two interested nations ; that the cutting of rivers was exacted by the 
 Argentine Representatives as a condition sine qua non for signing the Treaty ; 
 and that to reopen the discussion on this point is equivalent to disowning the 
 Protocol of May 1, 1893, in one of its capital points. 
 
 In virtue of said Protocol the Argentine Government, pursuing an 
 elevated policy which has always been the guiding rule of their international 
 transactions, ceded to Chile the channels of parallel 52° in the vicinity of 
 the Cordillera, in exchange for the correct interpretation of the Boundary 
 Treaty of 1881, viz. that the boundary line on the main chain should be 
 respected. 
 
 Meantime, the channels have been ceded and no one has ever had any doubt 
 
 2 T 2 
 
324 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 about the frank declarations in the Treaties ; but, nevertheless, the general 
 frontier line has not been fixed by common consent of the Experts owing to the 
 impediments of the continental divide, persistently maintained by the Chilian 
 Expert. 
 
 3. THE AGREEMENT OF 1895. 
 
 The mixed Snb-Commissions were still continuing their works of delimita- 
 tion in 1895, when a further difficulty arose to disturb public opinion in the two 
 countries, causing a further diplomatic intervention. 
 
 Senor Barros Arana, who had not replied to the note of the Argentine 
 Expert of December 14, prepared a long document in which he, though not 
 contradicting the concrete facts which Senor Quirno Costa had stated, enters into 
 confused hydrographic considerations — quoting the opinions of authors who speak 
 of the division of waters, which he interprets as if they referred to the continental 
 or interoceanic divide. The document did not fulfil any official object as was to 
 be supposed in the case of a functionary invested with a public character and 
 to whom was entrusted a delicate mission. It was intended for the press ; it 
 was a newspaper article which appeared in El Ferrocarril of Santiago. The 
 Argentine Government could not remain passive in view of such a publication. 
 It was Senor Barros Arana, the Expert to the Chilian Republic, who in opposi- 
 tion to the clauses of the settlements, signed by his Government, defended the 
 line of the separation of the hydrographic basins. It might be assumed that by 
 virtue of the office which he was holding, his declarations had an object. 
 
 The discussions of the Experts amongst themselves might continue without 
 any necessity for the direct intervention of the Government so long as the work 
 of demarcation was going on, but when the Chilian Expert unravelled to the 
 public his doctrines in opposition to the Treaties, it was thought prudent to 
 inquire to what extent his Government shared his opinions. 
 
 The Minister for Foreign Affairs of the Argentine Republic instructed the 
 Minister in Santiago, by telegram of April (), 1895, to state to the Chilian 
 Government as follows : — 
 
 " The Argentine Government lias heard with surprise of the publication made by 
 Senor Barros Arana, which, although not of an official character, at any rate prema- 
 turely compromises the opinions of a public functionary, by giving expression to them 
 inopportunely, at the same time that it contributes to excite amoug the two peoples that 
 
The Agreement of 1895. 325 
 
 feeling which it is desirable to tranquillise, in the interest of the success of the demarcation 
 proceedings which are being conducted, and of the maintenance of harmony among the 
 said peoples, which it is unadvisable to disturb." 
 
 This was done, and the Argentine Minister, by a telegram of April 8, stated 
 that he had received a satisfactory answer, as folloAvs : — 
 
 "Tliat the Chilian Government were only aware of Senor Barros Aranas paper after it 
 was published, and that consequently it possessed no official character." 
 
 The disclaimer was, therefore, as categoric as diplomatic usages required, but 
 the labours of the Experts, replete with obstacles, could not continue their 
 regular course. 
 
 The Argentine Government, however, was anxious to have them carried to 
 completion. The boundary difficulties were causing a constant state of un- 
 certainty which it was indispensable to avoid. With this object in view they 
 thought that the most practical course was to hasten the surveys by the Com- 
 missions so that they might, in as short a time as possible, be in a position to 
 determine the course of the entire frontier line with actual knowledge of the 
 ground and of its most important features. If there should be any disagree- 
 ments it was thought that the most advisable course would be to state them 
 without entering on fruitless debates, and continue the demarcation wherever 
 agreement existed. By this procedure, it was hoped to succeed in planting the 
 landmarks in those places in regard to which the Experts' opinions were in 
 agreement, and on the other hand, it was deemed certain that after precluding 
 theoretical dissertations and the discussions as to detail in regard to each land- 
 mark, the Experts in the first place, and the Governments afterwards, might 
 pronounce upon all the disputes that should arise by considering them as a 
 whole with full knowledge of them. 
 
 Although the adoption of these rules was within the province of the Experts, 
 the Argentine Government thought that it would be more practical if they 
 were submitted to the decision of the Ministers. This explains how it is that 
 the Agreement of September 6, 1895, was found amongst the international 
 Conventions which were presented to the Government of Her Britannic Majesty. 
 
 Subsequent understandings of the Experts having rendered unnecessary the 
 application of the clauses of the Agreement arrived at on September 6, 1895, it 
 would be out of place to refer to the matter at any length. 
 
-^26 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 J^W l/ll'l.^ 
 
 4. QUESTIONS WHICH BROUGHT ABOUT THE AGREEMENT 
 
 OF 1896. 
 
 In spite of the manifold Agreements, difficulties in reference to the tracing 
 of the boundary line continued to crop up, engaging the attention of the Experts 
 and the Governments, and compelling them to think about the adoption of a 
 mode of settlement which would dissipate the fear of a conflict, which the 
 continuation of the debates might perchance bring about, but of which national 
 welfare counselled the avoidance. 
 
 On the closing of the year 1895 and the commencement of 1806, the 
 discussions bore upon four main points, viz.: — 
 
 1. Atacama; 
 
 2. The Arbitration; 
 
 3. The channels in lat. 52° close to the Cordillera: 
 
 4. The San Francisco boundary mark. 
 
 The Agreement of April 17, 189(5, applied to them all, and its clauses are 
 perfectly intelligible by a short explanation of the causes which brought it about. 
 
 The first point, concerning the Puna de Atacama, arose, in a certain extent, 
 from the Argentine-Bolivian negotiations of 1889 to 1893. The name of Puna 
 de Atacama was generally given to the high plateau which is enclosed on the 
 north by the parallel of lat. 23°; on the west, by] the Cordillera de los Andes; 
 and on the east by the Cordillera Peal de Bolivia. 
 
 This territory, interposed between the eastern border of Chile and the 
 recognised western boundary of the Argentine Republic, had been persistently 
 in dispute between the Argentine Republic and Bolivia, without Chile having 
 taken any part in these disputes. By the Argentine-Bolivian Treaty of 1889, 
 modified in 1893, Bolivia renounced the high plateau in favour of Argentina, 
 and the latter, therefore, bordered Chile as far as lat. 23°. 
 
 The Argentine-Chilian Conventions of 1881 and 1S93 did not define the 
 northern point at which the agreed boundaries were to commence. They only 
 established the north to south boundary as far as lat. 52° S. It was evident that, 
 at whatever part north of lat. 52°, in which Chile and the Argentine Republic 
 were neighbours, they were separated by the Cordillera de los Andes ; but it 
 was also evident that, until the dispute Avas settled with Bolivia, the Argentine 
 Republic could not consider the Puna as being an integral part of her territory. 
 
Questions which brought about the Agreement of 1896. 327 
 
 When once the ownership of the high plateau had been recognised, it was 
 considered proper to set forth in a Convention that the Argentine-Chilian 
 boundary was to be prolonged to the north. Chile maintained that, in con- 
 sequence of the war it had waged against Bolivia and Peru, she had militarily 
 occupied the territory of the Puna, and, consequently, it belonged to her. In 
 this way, the old dispute was intensified by a new incident. 
 
 The second point, concerning the arbitration, did not relate to the arbitration 
 itself, since both nations accepted it, but only as to its scope, that is to say, to 
 the competency of the umpire. In Chile it was suggested that the tracing of 
 the line should be submitted to the judgment of third parties having full 
 powers. The Argentine Republic considered that it had been stipulated in the 
 Treaties what the theoretical rules of the boundary were, and declared as being 
 under her sovereignty all the lands and all the waters lying on the east of the 
 main chain of the Andes, i.e. of the summit of the Cordillera. From these 
 premises she concluded that, whether the Cordillera was or was not the dividing 
 boundary, was not a point to be submitted to arbitration, but only the different 
 criterion held by the Experts in appreciating the geographical features when 
 localising boundary marks. The demarcators should commence to strictly apply 
 the Treaties, and should they disagree in the location of the boundary marks in 
 the Cordillera de los Andes, then, and then only, could appeal be made to an 
 arbitrator to decide as to which of those landmarks were rightly placed according 
 to the Conventions. The Argentine Republic sought for arbitration, desired to 
 have recourse thereto in the fullest extent permitted by the Treaties, but 
 on condition that the Treaties were respected in every particular. She thus 
 avoided an award based on abstract considerations which might compromise 
 the full dominion and sovereignty rendered sacred by the Covenants. 
 
 The third point, concerning the channels in lat. 52°, had originated through 
 the desire manifested by Chile for determining the extent of the coasts which 
 were to be ceded to her, according to Article 2 of the Protocol of 1893. The 
 Argentine Government opposed every sort of declaration with respect thereto, 
 so long as the zones in the neighbourhood of the channels were not surveyed 
 for the purpose of ascertaining, in a positive manner, the importance of the 
 cession she would make. 
 
 The fourth point, concerning the San Francisco landmark, was caused by an 
 erroneous interpretation by Sefior Barros Arana of Article 8 of the Protocol of 
 1893. It will be recollected that after the location of the provisional landmark 
 
328 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 the Argentine Expert considered that it should not be approved. He thought 
 that San Francisco was not in the Cordillera. In consequence the Governments 
 agreed that a revision be made of what had been done, and that in the event of 
 errors being found, the landmark shall be transferred to the point in which it 
 should have been fixed according to the terms of the Boundary Treaty. 
 
 The Argentine Commissions, as has been stated, studied the ground and 
 acquired thereon the conviction that San Francisco did not form a part of the 
 Cordillera. This Avas made known to Seiior Barros Arana, but he remarked 
 that he had always thought that, in agreeing to the revision of the landmark, " it 
 was only a question of knowing if it was or was not found in the San Francisco 
 Pass." That is to say, although the Protocol speaks of the " event of errors 
 being found," and that in such event, " the landmark shall be transferred to 
 the point in which it should have been fixed according to the terms of the 
 Boundary Treaty," all this, according to the Chilian Expert, only meant that the 
 sole thing to be verified was as to whether the mark had been placed in San 
 Francisco or in some other part. 
 
 The Argentine Government, which had sought to be sufficiently explicit, 
 and, to that end, had modified the clause relative thereto in the primitive 
 project, adding the phrases in which the removal was ordered, now encountered 
 a fresh obstacle as, according to the Chilian Expert, such removal was not 
 ordered if the landmark were in San Francisco— a fact which no one had ever 
 questioned. 
 
 The solution of the four points occupied the attention of the Governments 
 for some months. At the commencement, a direct arrangement between the 
 Experts was attempted. A basis of solution was even agreed to, and the 
 Argentine Expert, Seiior Quirno Costa, personally took it to Buenos Aires so as 
 to give the information which might be required. The project was accepted 
 in general, but as some modifications were introduced therein, the Chilian 
 Expert did not consider the negotiations ought to proceed. 
 
 Later on, Seiior Morla Vicuna, Chilian Plenipotentiary in Montevideo, 
 was accredited with a confidential mission in Buenos Aires, and presented to the 
 Argentine Government a Draft, which they rejected, among other reasons, 
 because it was sought to obtain a considerable extension of territory, under the 
 guise of the coasts of the channels. 
 
 The Chilian Minister for Foreign Affairs, Seiior Guerrero, proposed 
 another project of agreement, which was also considered by the Argentine 
 
Solutions agreed upon in the Agreement of 1896. 329 
 
 Government. Thereupon Sefior Quirno Costa and Sefior Guerrero concluded 
 the Agreement of April 17, 1896, the capital importance of which cannot be 
 disregarded, as it establishes the basis of the present Arbitration ; however, in 
 spite of this, the Chilian Representative has taken no notice of it in the Statement 
 he read before this Tribunal. 
 
 It is necessary to observe in passing, that during the negotiations for the 
 settlement, reference was frequently made to "the Cordillera de los Andes," 
 " the high crests," " the main chain," but no attempt was ever made to set forth 
 any clause which might have connection with the continental divide. Moreover, 
 in the text of the Agreement, some of the orographic ideas were repeated, but 
 no mention was made of the waters, of the rivers, of the hydrographic basins, 
 or of the interoceanic divide. 
 
 6. SOLUTIONS AGREED UPON IN THE AGREEMENT OF 1896. 
 
 The Agreement of April 17, 1896, was entered into, according to the 
 preamble, with the desire " of facilitating the loyal execution of the Treaties 
 in force which fix- an immovable boundary between both countries, of 
 re-establishing confidence in peace, and of avoiding all cause of conflict." 
 
 The word " immovable," applied to the boundary, is significant, the more 
 so as it is not the first time that it appears in the Argentine-Chilian negotiations. 
 Article 6 of the Treaty of 1881 laid down that— 
 
 "Any question which might unfortunately arise between the two countries, whether 
 it be on account of this transaction, or owing to any other cause, shall be submitted to the 
 decision of a friendly Power, the boundary established in the present arrangement to 
 remain at all events ' iynmocable' between the two Republics." 
 
 It proves that the desire was for a fixed boundary, permanent as the 
 traditional boundary is, and not one susceptible of being easily altered. 
 
 The basis of the " immovable boundary " being established, the Agreement 
 of 1896 adjusted the four points which gave rise to it. 
 
 The first point was decided by Article 1, in the following form : — 
 
 " The operations of the demarcation of the boundary between the Argentine Republic 
 and the Republic of Chile, which are being carried out conformably with the Treaty of 
 1881 and Protocol of 1893, shall extend in the Cordillera de los Andes, as far as parallel 
 
 2 u 
 
330 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 23° S., the boundary line between this parallel and that of 26° 52' 45" S. to be traced with 
 the concurrence of both Governments in the operation, and of the Government of Bolivia, 
 which shall be invited to that effect." 
 
 The operations of the demarcation of the boundary were not subjected to 
 the general idea of the interoceanic divide, no reference being made thereto in 
 this clause. The main idea, dominating the whole of it, is the orographic idea. 
 To the south of lat. 26° 52' 45" the Experts were to work, in the Cordillera, for 
 the purpose of fixing the boundary therein ; to the north of lat. 26° 52' 45" they 
 were to proceed in like manner, observing the common ownership of the 
 Cordillera de los Andes, which would be divided between both border States, 
 so that to each one of them would belong the slope facing towards it up to 
 the culminating ridge. 
 
 The, second point was solved in Article 2 of the Agreement in these 
 terms : — 
 
 " Should differences arise between the Experts when fixing in the Cordillera de los Andes 
 the boundary marks south of parallel 26° 52' 45" S., and in case they could not be amicably 
 settled by joint accord of both Governments, they shall be submitted to the decision of the 
 Government of Her Britannic Majesty, which the contracting parties from this moment appoint 
 in the character of Arbitrator entrusted loith the strict application in such cases of the provisions 
 of the aforesaid Treaty and Protocol, after the ground has been examined by a Commission 
 appointedby the Arbitrator." 
 
 The following undoubted conclusions arise from this principle : — 
 
 (c/) The boundary marks have to be located in the Cordillera de los Ancles. 
 
 No hydrographic idea whatever is intimated ; on the contrary, the frontier was 
 
 to be determined by the mountains. 
 
 (b) The differences between the Experts could only arise in fixing the 
 boundary marks in the Cordillera de los Andes. Should they be fixed outside 
 thereof, they would be of no value whatever, as they would openly violate the 
 Treaties, and it would not be possible to take them into consideration on any 
 pretext. 
 
 (c) As soon as the differences between the Experts arise, the Governments 
 are called upon to intervene for the purpose of arranging them. 
 
 (//) The Arbitrator is appointed in order to consider the differences between 
 the Experts in fixing the boundary marks in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 (e) The Arbitrator has to strictly apply the provisions of the Treaties, after 
 the survey of the ground by the Commission to be appointed. 
 
Solutions agreed upon in the Agreement of 1896. 331 
 
 During the negotiations which preceded this Agreement, and in consequence 
 of the indications contained in its second clause, the opportunity was presented 
 to one of the Chilian Representatives, Senor Carlos Morla Vicuna, especially 
 accredited to the Argentine Government for the settlement of the existing 
 difficulties, to interpret the spirit of the Treaties in force. 
 
 In a project he submitted to the study of the Minister for Foreign Affairs, 
 Senor Alcorta, and which the latter rejected, because, among other things, it 
 extended the coasts of the channels in lat, 52° in an unreasonable manner, Senor 
 Morla Vicuna had used these words : — 
 
 "The phrase in Article 1 of the Treaty of July 23, 1881 : ' The frontier line shall 
 run in that extent along the most elevated crests that may divide the waters, and shall 
 pass between the slopes which descend one side and the other ' ; the clause of Article 1 of 
 the Protocol of May 1, 1893 : 'All lands and all waters, to wit, lakes, lagoons, rivers and 
 parts of rivers, streams, slopes situated to the east of the line of the most elevated crests of 
 the Cordillera de los Andes that may divide the waters, shall be held in perpetuity to be 
 the property and under the absolute dominion of the Argentine Republic ; and all lands 
 and all waters, to wit, lakes, lagoons, rivers and parts of rivers, streams, slopes situated to 
 the west of the line of the most elevated crests of the Cordillera de los Andes that may 
 divide the waters, to be the property and under the absolute dominion of Chile ' ; and the 
 explanation of Article 2 of the same Protocol of 1893 : 'According to the spirit of the 
 Boundary Treaty, the Argentine Republic retains her dominion and sovereignty over all 
 the territory that extends from the east of the principal chain of the Andes to the coast of 
 the Atlantic, just as the Republic of Chile over the western territory to the coasts of tbe 
 Pacific,' — it is understood that they designate as frontier line between both countries the 
 line or the series of points of intersection of the two eastern and western inclined planes 
 which form the backbone or continuous summit of the continent from the parallel of the 
 Tres Cruces to the parallel of the Tres Montes." 
 
 Although Senor Morla Vicuna's project was totally rejected, the Argentine 
 Minister observed to the Chilian Representative that the new expressions he had 
 thought of would not end the difficulties. If, without the Treaty of 1881 making 
 any reference to rivers, either as to their origins, their courses, or their outlets, it 
 had been contended that the line of frontiers should follow the springs of the 
 watercourses for the purpose of declaring as entirely Chilian those which flow 
 to the Pacific, and entirely Argentine those which go to the Atlantic, there was 
 the fear that, in mentioning the backbone of the Continent, the continental 
 divide would be insisted upon. Tbe formula, although purposely intended 
 to remove all hydrographic interpretation, presented in the term continent 
 a positive danger. Senor Morla Vicuna doubtless perceived the necessity 
 
 2 u 2 
 
332 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 for caution in the employment of new expressions, and rendered his thought 
 clear by altering the last passage thus : — 
 
 " It is understood the line or series of points of intersection of the two eastern and 
 western planes which form the backbone or continuous summit [instead of the continent 
 which it previously said] * within the Cordillera de los Andes." 
 
 The rejection of Senor Morla Vicuna's project did not deprive it of its 
 value for the interpretation which he gave of the clauses of the Conventions. 
 He understood that the line should run along the Cordillera in the intersection 
 of the two eastern and western planes. He understood, in other terms, that 
 the frontier should be constituted in the highest summits, as they form the 
 ideal intersection of the slopes. 
 
 The third point was settled by Article 3. During the negotiations, the 
 Chilian Ministers claimed for their country a very extensive portion of territory, 
 even of greater extent than that which the Expert, Senor Barros Arana, had 
 comprised within the line which Her Britannic Majesty's Government is 
 requested to survey. One of them, Senor Morla Vicuna, spoke of a line from 
 Tres Montes as far as Mount Aymond ; the other, Senor Guerrero, wanted the 
 demarcation along the meridian of long. 72° W. of Greenwich, from lat. 46° to 
 lat. 52°. Such proposals could not be taken into consideration, and were not. 
 
 Only the following conclusion was reached, which the Agreement con- 
 tains : — 
 
 " The Experts shall proceed to effect the examination of the ground in the region near 
 parallel 52° S., dealt with in the latter part of Article 2 of the Protocol of 1893, and shall 
 propose the boundary line which is to be adopted there, should the case arise which is 
 foreseen in said stipulation. In the event of any difference as to the fixing of this line, 
 that shall also be decided by the Arbitrator appointed in this Agreement." 
 
 In addition to the stipulation in itself, it is important to notice the indirect, 
 but none the less decisive, condemnation this clause conveys with reference to 
 the interoceanic divide. 
 
 Article 2 of the Protocol of 1893 assumes that the frontier may penetrate 
 into the Pacific waters, and it is, besides, evident that this hypothesis alone is 
 admissible by following the orographic boundary, as no one could ever succeed 
 in demonstrating that the line dividing the watercourses which run down towards 
 
 * The words in brackets are also of Senor Morla Vicuna. 
 
Solutions agreed upon in the Agreement of 1896. 333 
 
 the two oceans in opposite directions, could appear as though advancing only 
 towards one. 
 
 The Argentine negotiator of the Protocol, in an official note already referred 
 to, expressly stated that this was the meaning of the prescription. His assertion 
 was not contradicted, and the Chilian Government, far from endeavouring to 
 weaken the conclusions formed by him, repeated the opinion thus interpreted in 
 a new Agreement, again admitting the possibility of the Cordillera — over which 
 the frontier line runs — penetrating into the Pacific waters near parallel 52°. 
 
 The fourth point was decided by Article 5 of the Agreement of 1896. 
 
 The projects which preceded the Agreement also took the point into 
 account. In the project formulated by the Experts, it is said among other 
 clauses — 
 
 " The difficulties raised as to the San Francisco landmark are considered as terminated, 
 and the Experts agree as a compromise to transfer it to the Tres Cruces gap hy two of their 
 assistants, one for each party." 
 
 The one formulated by Sehor Morla Vicuna stated that — 
 
 " The Argentine Republic and the Republic of Chile are separated from lat. 23° S. 
 by the Cordillera de los Andes, along the line which, starting from Lincancaur, continues 
 along the Tonal, the Pular, the Llullaillaco, to continue towards Tres Cruces to where 
 the San Francisco landmark shall be removed." 
 
 In the one formulated by Sehor Guerrero, the San Francisco landmark is not 
 mentioned, but, as a matter of fact, the question was cut short by the decision 
 that — 
 
 " The eastern boundary of Chile, between lat. 23° and 27° S., shall be a line which, 
 starting from the Lincancaur volcano, continues to the summit called Tres Cruces, 
 passing along the following points : Tenar, or Tonal, Colachi, Hecar, Aguas Calientes, 
 Minique, Capur, Pular, Pajonales, Socompa, Llullaillaco, Laguna Brava, Juncalito, Wheel- 
 wright and Tres Cruces." 
 
 *& 
 
 The projects of the Chilian Ministers, Morla Vicuna and Guerrero, answered 
 a common objective : the recognition of the Puna de Atacama as pertaining to 
 the Argentine Republic, in exchange for which a considerable extent of 
 Patagonian territory should be ceded to Chile. The San Francisco landmark 
 seemed in this way to be connected with the dispute about the Puna. The 
 compromise would have resulted in a clear loss to Argentine interests. Chile 
 lacked rights to the Puna, and to such an extent, that the demarcating 
 
334 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 Commission, in which the United ^States Minister in Buenos Aires took part as 
 umpire, assigned to the Argentine Republic no less than eleven parts out of 
 twelve of the region to which claim had been made. Chile thus was giving up 
 something which could not belong to her, and, in exchange, wanted to cross the 
 Andes, and advance into the Argentine plains. 
 
 The compromise being repudiated, Chile objected to fix the spot to which 
 the pro visional San Francisco landmark should be removed, but did not deny 
 that the Agreement would dissipate the doubts which Senor Barros Arana had 
 manifested as to the scope of the 1893 Protocol. With this view it was agreed 
 in 1896 that— 
 
 " Both Governments agree that the present location of the San Francisco boundary 
 mark between parallels 26° and 27° S. shall not be considered as a basis or a binding 
 antecedent for determining the delimitation of that region ; the operations and the work 
 therein effected at different times to be regarded as examinations for the definite fixing of 
 the line, without debarring the Experts from realising others that they may think fit to 
 direct." 
 
 It is, therefore, useless to speak of the operations prior to the Agreement 
 of 1896, of the mistakes made, of the conclusions reached ; none of which is a 
 basis or binding antecedent for determining the delimitation. 
 
 The Agreement comprises, besides what has been enunciated, various pro- 
 visions : some tending to fix the rules for the arbitration proceedings ; others, 
 to accelerate the work of the Commissions on the ground, showing that it was 
 the constant preoccupation of the Governments to ascribe capital importance 
 to the geographical data. 
 
Proceedings of Sefior Moreno as Argentine Expert. 335 
 
 CHAPTER XII. 
 
 Summary — 1. Proceedings of Senor Moreno as Argentine Expert. 
 
 2. Views of the Argentine Expert regarding the Surveying of the 
 
 Ground. 
 
 3. Events leading up to the Record of May 1, 1897. 
 
 4. Meeting of May 14, 1898. 
 
 5. The AVork of the Argentine and Chilian Boundary Commissions. 
 
 1. PROCEEDINGS OF SENOR MORENO AS ARGENTINE EXPERT. 
 
 The Agreement of April 1 896 having been sanctioned ; all the difficulties which 
 had arisen for the marking out of the boundary line having been solved ; the 
 possibility of any further discrepancy between the Experts having been reduced 
 to the fixing of landmarks in the Cordillera de los Andes ; stipulations having 
 been made that such discrepancies and the differences that might occur when 
 demarcating the coast line on nearing the 52nd parallel were to be the only ones 
 susceptible of arbitral jurisdiction, — it seemed that all obstacles for the definite 
 marking out of the frontier had been put an end to. and that the operation could 
 now proceed and be pushed on so as to quiet down the agitation and remove the 
 uncertainties to which both countries had been subjected. 
 
 The Argentine Expert, Senor Quirno Costa, having resigned in July 1890, 
 owing to his appointment as Minister of the Interior, Senor Dr. D. Francisco 
 P. Moreno was chosen to represent the Argentine Republic as Expert. 
 
 The Argentine boundary line, in nearly the whole of the extent of the 
 Cordillera, and mainly in the points and regions concerning Avhich the diver- 
 gences of opinion have arisen, has been projected by Senor Moreno. For this 
 reason it is necessary to place before the Tribunal the opinions which he holds, 
 and upon which he has acted. 
 
 Though Senor Moreno was acquainted with a considerable portion of the 
 Andean mountains, since he entered into office he determined to carry out the 
 survey of all the districts through which, according to the former Experts, the 
 
336 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 boundary line should run. He sent his assistants over the ground in order to 
 arrange the planting of boundary marks in those places where, according to 
 existing Agreements, no uncertainty presented itself, and to make complete 
 surveys of those districts where the line of demarcation did not appear clear to 
 them, from lack of previous knowledge of the ground. These orders given, he 
 at once proceeded to Santiago, where he arrived at the end of January 18i>7. 
 Both Experts then met in order to consider the work of demarcation per- 
 formed by their respective assistants during the previous season, and they 
 approved without any difficulty those landmarks placed in sites which were 
 in accordance with the conditions agreed upon in the Treaty of 1881 and 
 the Protocol of 1893, and they proceeded to give instructions with regard to 
 the operations which had to be effected between the parallels of lat. 23° and 
 26° 52' 45" S., and also in the region near parallel 52° 8. as stipulated in the 
 Agreement of April 17, 1896. 
 
 The Instructions for the operations in the north were given on February 17 
 following,* but those for the south could not be given so soon, as the bases 
 proposed by the two Experts for these did not agree. 
 
 The Argentine Expert based his Instructions on Article 2 of the Protocol 
 of 1893, and Article 3 of the Agreement of 189G, whereas the Chilian Expert 
 claimed that the boundary line in this region should be subordinated to tin- con- 
 tinental divide, without reference to the Cordillera de los Andes, and without taking 
 into account the explicit terms of the above-mentioned Agreements. It was 
 not until April 28 that the difficulty was overcome. f 
 
 On the same day the Experts discussed the approving of the demarcation 
 in the region comprised between " Punta Dungeness," in the Magellan Straits, 
 
 * In the Eecord of February 17, 1897, it is said : "The assistants of the sixth Joint Sub-Commission 
 will commence the operations of demarcation to which reference is made in the first clause of the Agree- 
 ment of April 17 ultimo, following the Instructions imparted by the Experts to the Sub-Commissions of 
 demarcation in the Cordillera do los Andes, under date of January 1, 1894, the labours extruding in the zone 
 referred to in the said clause, as far as any region which, in the opinion of the respective Experts, may con- 
 tain the line of demarcation. The assistants of both nations, forming the sixth Joint Sub-Commission, will 
 agree amongst themselves where they will have to meet to decide upon the means of carrying out their 
 labours in conformity with the afore-mentioned Instructions." 
 
 I Instructions of April 28, 1897. "The assistants of the fifth Joint Sub-Commission will proceed to 
 perform the surveys of the territory in the region near to lat. 52° S., referred to in the last part of the 
 second Article of the Protocol of May 1, 1893, and in the third Article of the Agreement of April 17, 
 189(5, comprising in the said surveys the orographic and hydrographic features which will be necessary 
 in order that the Experts may propose to their respective Governments tho line of demarcation which 
 should be adopted, iu the places in question, in conformity with existing Treaties." 
 
Proceedings of Senor Moreno as Argentine Expert. 337 
 
 and the intersection of parallel of lat. 52° S. with the 70th meridian of longitude 
 west from Greenwich. The Argentine Expert stated upon this occasion that he 
 would give his approval, as he had previously received the authorisation from 
 his Government to do so, concerning the line of hills to which the second 
 Article of the Treaty of 1881 referred. The Chilian Expert said that — 
 
 "the data previously existing with regard to the said zone, and corroborated by the details 
 and explanations communicated by the chief of the fifth Chilian Sub-Commission in his 
 Report of January 9, 1896, with which he sent the respective plan and records, sufficed 
 him to .approve of the line marked out by the said Sub-Commission between Punta 
 Dungeness and the intersection of the parallel 52° of latitude with the meridian 70° of 
 longitude west from Greenwich, and that, in his opinion, this line corresponded to the correct 
 interpretation of the Treaty of 1881." 
 
 This opinion must be borne in mind, since the line in the region referred to 
 did not take into account the watercourses, nor the hydrographieal basins, nor 
 the continental divide, and nevertheless Senor Barros Arana states that in the 
 tracing of it the correct interpretation of the Covenant was followed by his 
 assistants. 
 
 Between February 17 and April 28, the Argentine Expert visited a part of 
 the territory with which he was unacquainted, and where two of his surveying 
 parties were engaged, with the object of expediting their labours and to gain a 
 personal knowledge of the true boundary line. He had also exchanged notes 
 with Senor Barros Arana, in which the latter made complaints concerning 
 delays on the part of the Argentine assistants, and insisted that the rules for 
 the demarcation, which he claimed to be established in the Treaties and 
 Protocols, were so clear that there should be no delay in drawing up the plans 
 at once. 
 
 These rules, which, according to Senor Barros Arana, were based upon the 
 divortium aquarum of the continent, could not be accepted by the Argentine 
 Expert, since he would not depart in the slightest degree from the main chain 
 of the Cordillera when fixing the boundary line. He, therefore, considered it 
 necessary to acquaint his colleague, officially, with the view he took of his 
 duties as a demarcator. 
 
 2 x 
 
338 Divergences in the Cordillera tie los Andes. 
 
 2. VIEWS OF THE ARGENTINE EXPERT REGARDING THE 
 SURVEYING OF THE GROUND. 
 
 The demarcation of any international frontier without a previous knowledge 
 of the territory is, to say the least, an impossibility; as regards the Argentine- 
 Chilian boundary, that previous knowledge has been expressly determined 
 hy the Agreements. In connection with this subject, Serior Moreno wrote to 
 Senor Barros Arana on April 21, 1897, as follows : — 
 
 "You tell me that our rules of demarcation as established in the Treaties and 
 Protocols are so simple that not a single instance lias arisen in which the chiefs .of the 
 Chilian Sub-Commissions have hesitated to make their proposals for the location of 
 boundary marks, adding that, without it being your desire to object, in the slightest degree, 
 to the right of the Argentine Sub-Commissions seeking to extend their studies and surveys 
 of the Cordillera, in the way they may consider suitable, you also cannot refrain from 
 calling my attention to the fact that these studies, however interesting they may he from a 
 geographical -point of view, as conducive to obtaining with greater precision the altitude or 
 position of the mountains or mountain chains ivldcli exist in the Cordillera, do not contribute in 
 any way to throw light on the problem which the joint Boundary Sub- Commissions are colli d 
 upon to solve in each instance, that is to say, the actual determination of the points of the 
 frontier. 
 
 "Article 1 of the Treaty of 1881, and Articles 1 and 2 of the Protocol of ISO::. 
 interpreting and explanatory of that International Agreement, require that we are to seek 
 and trace the divisional line between the Argentine and Chilian Republics along the line of 
 the most elevated crests of the Cordillera that may divide the waters, so that all lands and 
 all waters, to wit, lakes, lagoons, rivers and parts of rivers, streams, slopes situated to the 
 east of the line of the most elevated crests of the Cordillera de los Andes that may divide 
 the waters, shall be held in perpetuity to be the property and under the absolute dominion 
 of the Argentine Republic; and all lands and all waters, to wit, lakes, lagoons, rivers and 
 parts of rivers, streams, slopes situated to the west of the line of the most elevated crests 
 of the Cordillera de los Andes that may divide the waters, to be the property and under the 
 absolute dominion of Chile, the Republic of Chile retaining her dominion and sovereignty 
 over all the territory that, extends from the west of the main chain of the Andes to the 
 coasts of the Pacific, just as the Argentine Republic over the eastern territory to the coasts 
 of the Atlantic. Article G of the Protocol of 1893 disposes that the Experts, or in their 
 stead the Commissions of assistant engineers who act under the instructions given them by 
 the former, shall seek on the ground the boundary line ; and Article 7, that the Experts shall 
 direct the Commissions of assistant engineers to collect all the necessary data to design on 
 paper, of joint accord, and with all possible accuracy, the boundary line as they may 
 demark it on the ground. The actual demarcators, therefore, are the Experts, the assistants 
 only acting under their instructions (Additional Convention of August 20, 1888). 
 
Views of Argentine Expert regarding Surveying of the Ground. 339 
 
 "An Expert cannot allow that the surveys which he may consider necessary for the 
 carrying out of the provisions of the Treaties should be restricted, because he must possess 
 full knowledge of the ground in order to seek the boundary line, according to his judgment, 
 and must, therefore, not be restrained in the operations he may undertake, if they have no 
 other object than the one indicated. The Experts have given, in joint accord, instructions 
 for the demarcation, but each of them may, without departing from the general plan of the 
 work, order their assistants to obtain the elements he may require in order to estimate 
 the conditions of the ground, when he is unable, personally, to carry out the demarcation 
 of the frontier line thereon. 
 
 *' The Protocol of 1803 says that the maps made by the assistants may contain other 
 geographical accidents which, without being actually necessary in the demarcation of 
 boundaries, may be easily indicated in the places as signs of location, and that ' the 
 Experts in the Instructions given to their assistant engineers shall point out such facts of a 
 geographical character as it may be useful to collect, provided that this does not interrupt 
 nor delay the demarcation of boundaries, which is the main object of the Commission of 
 Experts, and upon which speedy and amicable operation both Governments are intent ' ; but 
 these terms do not diminish the faculties of the Experts, nor prohibit their acquiring the 
 perfect conviction that the boundary line shall be traced in accordance with the provisions 
 of the Treaties. To act otherwise would be to manifest ignorance of the powers which 
 attach to their office. Far from retarding the work of demarcation, by proceeding 
 with full knowledge of the ground, I believe the Experts will avoid differences that 
 might otherwise arise. When once the region where the boundaries are to be established 
 has been properly surveyed, this operation will be carried out without any inconvenience 
 whatever, and without that loss of time I am as anxious to avoid as yourself, in order to 
 fulfil the stipulations of the Treaties." 
 
 3. EVENTS LEADING UP TO THE RECORD OF MAY 1, 1897. 
 
 In consequence of the discussions about the survey of the ground, the 
 relations between the Experts once more became strained. If the territory had 
 been previously surveyed by the Chilian Expert, he would have necessarily 
 arrived at the conclusion that his theories with regard to the international 
 frontier were inadmissible, for it is not possible to introduce modifications by a 
 simple effort of human will, in so colossal a natural feature as " the Cordillera 
 de los Andes. 1 ' 
 
 Unless this survey took place, landmarks might be incorrectly placed 
 through precipitancy — such as that of the Paso de San Francisco — thus adding 
 further complications to those which naturally occur when territorial rights are 
 at stake. 
 
 The Argentine Expert, fully realising his great responsibility and the serious 
 
 2x2 
 
340 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 danger that might ensue if he yielded to the pretensions of his colleague, 
 projected a procedure by means of which, in his opinion, the completion of the 
 establishing of the boundary line might be rapidly brought about, which was 
 much to be desired by both countries concerned. 
 
 The differences of opinion between the Experts occasioned a difficult 
 situation between both countries, and it was necessary to make every effort to 
 remove as soon as possible this anxiety. The Argentine Expert, however, 
 although fully alive to this necessity, could not see his way to expedite the 
 demarcation, unless the means of procedure were altered. It was not possible 
 for him to accept or propose landmarks unless he knew beforehand whether 
 the points selected really corresponded with the stipulated limits in the 
 Cordillera de los Andes. Unless the territory containing these limits "were 
 previously surveyed, he would be obliged to delay his reply to the proposals 
 which were made to him, and to which he would never consent, unless he were 
 fully convinced that in those proposals reference was being made to points of 
 the frontier really agreed upon. 
 
 After a while, the Chilian Expert, owing to instructions given by the 
 President of Chile, accepted the procedure indicated by the Argentine Expert, 
 according to whom, in another year, both parties would be in a position to 
 determine upon the general divisional line throughout the whole length of the 
 frontier. 
 
 This fresh intervention of the Government of Chile gave rise to the Agree- 
 ment of May 1, 1897, the object of which was to expedite the labours of demar- 
 cation. The two Experts agreed to the clauses inserted in this document " after 
 exchanging views regarding the means of hastening and giving impulse to the 
 work of demarcation, with the view of being enabled to decide on the general line 
 at the end of the next season of operations." With this purpose, three Sub- 
 ( Jommissions of assistants were appointed, who had to perform their task in the 
 ( 'ordilkra de los Andes between lat. 41° and 49° 30' approx. 
 
 On examining this Record it is easy to perceive that even in its smallest 
 details the orographic idea is always uppermost. Serior Moreno would not have 
 suffered, when drawing up the Record, any allusion to a hydrographic boundary. 
 No mention was, therefore, made of the continental divide, or of waters, or of 
 rivers : the Cordillera de los Andes was indeed spoken of, because it is the main 
 feature on which everything else rests. 
 
 The Record of May 1 strengthens, besides, the persistent views of the 
 
Events leading up to the Record of May i, 1897. 341 
 
 Argentine Republic to completely set aside abstract theories, in order to deal 
 with the ground only. If the Chilian Expert did not personally go to examine 
 the features which characterise the ground, at least it was indispensable that 
 these features should be placed before him by means of accurate maps or plans. 
 For this reason it was stated in Article 3 of the Record : " If during the opera- 
 tions, differences should arise between the respective assistants as to the location 
 of the boundary line, the work of reconnaissance and survey of the ground shall 
 be continued without interruption to the end of the season." 
 
 In order that their Expert might carry out his part of the Agreement, the 
 Argentine Government placed at his disposal the assistance he thought neces- 
 sary ; and, thus aided, Senor Moreno, on his part, vigorously pursued his fresh 
 surveys, which comprised those of the whole of the boundary territory. Senor 
 Barros Arana, on his side, pursued those which he considered most essential. 
 
 Senor Moreno realised that his duties as Expert made it incumbent upon 
 him to become personally acquainted with the territory, and he therefore visited 
 the regions with which he was not before familiar. Senor Barros Arana con- 
 sidered this personal acquaintance with the territory to be unnecessary. Senor 
 Moreno, after having inspected some points near parallel lat. 52° S., and others 
 on the western coast of Patagonia, proceeded to Santiago in January 1898, 
 where he and Senor Barros Arana agreed upon some landmarks fixed by the 
 Joint Sub-Commissions in the past season. After this, the Argentine Expert 
 returned to Buenos Aires, in order to proceed from thence to inspect the 
 eastern slope of the Cordillera and its environs as far as the very plains, where 
 he knew that the continental divortium aquarum existed, and not where stated 
 by Senor Barros Arana, who, while being aware that a considerable portion 
 of it was altogether outside the Cordillera, still maintained that this divide was 
 situated within the Cordillera. 
 
 4. MEETING OF MAY 14, 1898. 
 
 The Argentine Expert and Sub-Commissions set to work, during the 
 favourable season of 1897-1898, with the firm purpose of obtaining the greatest 
 number of geographical data that the shortness of the period permitted. Both 
 Experts, by mutual agreement, were compelled to decide on the boundary line 
 after an exact survey of the ground had been made ■ and, moreover, it was necessary 
 to bring to a conclusion the delayed demarcation. 
 
342 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 Notwithstanding the constant energy that the Argentine Republic has 
 always shown in accelerating the demarcation, the idea took root in Chile that 
 all the delays were caused, on purpose, by the Argentine officials, and that only 
 the Chilian Expert would be able to fulfil the clauses stipulated in the Record 
 of May 1, though this Record, as has been said, was the expression of the views 
 of Sefior Moreno and not of* Sefior Barros Arana, who resisted it. 
 
 Senor Joaquin Walker Martinez, the Chilian Minister in Buenos Aires, 
 complying with instructions from his Government, applied to the Argentine 
 Minister for Foreign Affairs, Senor Alcorta, on March 3, 1898, in order to express 
 to him the expediency "of bringing the work of the boundary demarcation to a 
 speedy termination, the delay of which occasions doubts and suspicions, and these, 
 alarming public opinion of both Republics, are the cause of the present arming 
 and warlike preparations." Senor Alcorta, in reply, said that the Record of 
 May 1, 1897, should be exactly and strictly complied with. 
 
 AY hen forwarding this answer to his Government, Senor Walker Martinez 
 
 said : — 
 
 " It is necessary, in consequence, to lay this promise of the Argentine Government 
 before the Chilian Expert, and to tell him to use all the exertions necessary so that he, in 
 his turn, may also present the general line of demarcation which corresponds to the truth, 
 
 according to the surveys made by the Chilian Commissions." * 
 
 This was done. The Chilian Government told Senor Barros Arana that 
 he must hold himself in readiness to present the general line of demarcation 
 which corresponds to the truth, according to the surveys made hi/ the Chilian 
 ( 'ommissions. 
 
 In acknowledging this communication, Senor Barros Arana said : — 
 
 " According to the note that Your Excellency sent me, the Chilian Minister in the 
 Argentine Republic does not speak with certainty as to whether the undersigned Expert 
 will be able to present a general line of demarcation in the course of the present season. 
 Regarding this I beg to be allowed to repeat, to Your Excellency all that I expressed in 
 my note of August 5, 1897, already quoted: the Chilian Expert believed himself tn be 
 ■prepared to decide as to a general boundary line, from the moment when he first assumed 
 office." f 
 
 Mensage leido por S.E. el Presidente do la Kepiiblica en la apertura de las Sesiones ordinarias del 
 ( longreso Nacional y Memorias Ministeriales, 1898, Santiago, p. 8. 
 
 f Op. cit. p. 13. This assertion of the Chilian Expert is only understood hearing in mind the erroneous 
 idea he upheld that the surveys were useless. In an}' other way the phrase would appear sensoless, since he was 
 compelled to acknowledge later on that the boundary region was to a large extent unknown to him. 
 
Meeting of May 14, 1898. 343 
 
 Before receiving this written promise from their Expert, the Chilian 
 Government tried to obtain another assurance that the Argentine Expert would 
 hold himself in readiness to keep the Agreement of ^ lay 1. They in consequence 
 gave instructions to their Representative in Buenos Aires as to getting a new 
 official declaration on this matter. In the note addressed to him, the Chilian 
 Minister for Foreign Affairs said : — 
 
 "If by any chance the Argentine Expert should not propose the promised line, it is 
 indispensable that our Expert should propose it to him, so that in any case the result 
 already spoken of should be attained. With the object of arranging matters in this sense, 
 as was remarked to Your Excellency on another occasion, I have been conferring for some 
 time past with the Expert Senor Barros Arana and with the Technical Chief Senor Bertram!, 
 to whom I pointed out the designs of the Government, and I offered them all the elements 
 that they considered necessary to complete the surveys of the territory." 
 
 These notes, published in the Ministerial Reports, made the Chilian Govern- 
 ment stand out in such a light as if they feared on one side that the Argentine 
 Expert would not have accomplished the work to which he had bound himself, 
 and on the other harboured the deep conviction that the Chilian Expert was in a 
 position to present the line that corresponded to the truth according to the 
 surveys of the Chilian Commissions. 
 
 In order to dispel the fears of the Chilian officials, the Argentine Minister 
 for Foreign Affairs repeated the offered assurance on March 17. The explora- 
 tions and consequent drawing of maps or plans once finished, the Expert Senor 
 Moreno would proceed to put into execution the Agreement of May 1, 1897. 
 
 On May 8, 1898, Senor Moreno arrived once more at Santiago, having 
 carried out his programme. The international situation had become more 
 difficult, and it was necessary to settle, as soon as possible, the general 
 line of the frontier, or at least those points that were to be submitted to the 
 arbitrator. On the 14th of the said month of May a meeting took place, in the 
 office of the President of Chile, and in the presence of the President himself 
 and of his Minister for Foreign Affairs, and of the Argentine Minister Plenipo- 
 tentiary, of the Experts who reported the progress of their respective labours. 
 The Argentine Expert stated that his assistants had carried out the instructions 
 they had received, and that in the following month of August he would 
 return to Santiago with all the particulars necessary to determine upon the 
 Avhole of the general line of the frontier in fulfilment of the Agreement 
 he had signed on May 1 of the previous year. The Chilian Expert suggested 
 
344 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 that this Agreement should be carried out forthwith, although he added, at the 
 same time, that he was not yet provided with all the necessary particulars, 
 especially with regard to the region comprised between the parallels lat. 47° and 
 49° 30' S., about which his assistants had no information at all. 
 
 This proposition marked another endeavour to discusss the boundary line 
 and the continental divide from a theoretical standpoint, for which purpose it 
 would have been unnecessary to survey the territory. Both the President of 
 Chile, and the Minister of Foreign Affairs pointed out to the Chilian Expert 
 the difficulty he would meet with in projecting all the line as he proposed, as, 
 not only had he, as he said, no knowledge of the region he indicated, but also 
 the greater part of his assistants Avere still away on the ground. These 
 observations prove once more that for the President of Chile, and his Minister 
 of Foreign Affairs, it was indispensable to have a knowledge of the territory in 
 order to decide upon the line, and that, therefore, they did not share the 
 opinions of Sefior Barros Arana. In fact, these appeared to consist in raising 
 differences, not only with a view to submitting to arbitration abstract principles 
 instead of divergences with regard to the location of the landmarks within limited 
 areas, but with the intention of again endeavouring to modify the interpretation 
 of the general fundamental rule which maintains that the Cordillera de los Ancles 
 is the boundary between the two nations. 
 
 Sefior Barros Arana tried on this occasion to entirely subordinate the 
 Cordillera de los Andes, mentioned in the Treaties, to the division of the con- 
 tinental waters, of which no mention is made in them ; but the Government 
 of Chile always considered that the boundary with the Argentine Republic was 
 to be traced along the Cordillera de los Andes, and that any dispute which might 
 arise could proceed only from the Experts' disagreements with regard to the 
 orography of the said Cordillera, and this was continued by the Record of 
 September 22, 1898. 
 
 Sefior Barros Arana, persisting in carrying out his views, proposed in the 
 meeting that, in the places which had not been surveyed by the Chilian 
 assistants, the general boundary line should be discussed from the Argentine 
 plans only ; but this was not agreed to. He added that, in order to avoid 
 disputes with regard to the definite tracing of the frontier, he proposed that, in 
 case of any differences arising between the Experts in determining the general 
 line, all the plans should be submitted to the Government of Her Britannic 
 Majesty, so that, on this basis, the said Government should settle such disputes. 
 
Meeting of May 14, 1898. 345 
 
 without having recourse to a survey of the territory, which would occupy much 
 time and entail great expense. 
 
 The Argentine Expert answered that he could not assent to this proposition, 
 because by acting thus the Experts would exceed their powers, as he had already 
 said, and also because in ease of arbitration the previous survey of the territory 
 is absolutely indispensable, as is established in the Agreement of 1896, which 
 embodies the decision of both Governments. Although the information he 
 already possessed, and that with which his assistants would furnish him, when they 
 had worked them out, might be sufficient for him to form an opinion of the correct 
 general boundary line, as he was personally familiar with the territory with regard 
 to which any difficulty might arise, nevertheless he could not admit that it 
 would be sufficient for an umpire to settle the differences by only examining the 
 plans of the preliminary surveys. 
 
 Three days before this meeting, Senor Barros Arana sent a note to Senor 
 Moreno, in which he did not hesitate to entirely ignore the Cordillera in certain 
 districts as a boundary between Chile and the Argentine Republic. He said :— 
 
 "I therefore consider that there exist fundamental differences of opinion which would 
 hamper the regular continuation of the work of demarcation, and I deem it my unavoidable 
 duty to solicit explanations which will place us in a, position to expedite the demarcation, 
 thus carrying out the desires, so many times expressed by our Grovernments, and the hopes 
 of both countries, to see removed all cause of apprehension with regard to their amicable 
 relations. 
 
 ■' From the very first meeting I had with your predecessor Senor Don Octavio Pico, in 
 January 1802, in order to deal with the carrying out of the demarcation operations, I had 
 occasion to clearly explain to him that, in my opinion, the essential ami absolute character 
 of the boundary line, according to the Treaty of 1881, was that of dividing the waters 
 which irrigate both countries. On many occasions I made similar declarations to your 
 other predecessors, Sefiores Virasoro and Quirno Costa. Your predecessors, though not 
 categorically accepting this fundamental principle, did not clearly repudiate it by proposing 
 another instead, whereby one could know the characteristics of the line which, in their 
 opinion, must be adopted in the demarcation." 
 
 Senor Barros Arana appears to have forgotten that on these occasions the 
 Argentine Experts who had preceded Senor Moreno, had refused to pursue 
 the demarcation according to the pretensions of the Chilian Expert and that, 
 three times over, the Governments had intervened to establish, by Treaties and 
 other Conventions, that the Argentine Experts were in the right, and that the dividing 
 line was to be located in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 This communication was addressed to the Argentine Expert just at the 
 
 2 v 
 
346 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 time when that portion of the press of Santiago which favoured the Chilian 
 Expert, advocated unlimited and absolute arbitration for the whole question of 
 the boundary, and condemned the Argentines Government and their Expert for 
 not agreeing to submit to this. 
 
 The claims of the Chilian Expert were tantamount to completely ignoring 
 the Treatv of 1881 and the Protocol of 1893 ; he also disregarded the Instruc- 
 tions of 1894 and the Agreement of 1896, which limited arbitration to questions 
 concerning the placing of landmarks in the < 'ordillera ; these pretensions were 
 therefore repudiated by the Argentine Expert, who, as his predecessor had 
 repeatedly done before, declared that it hud been definitely decided that the boi ir/an/ 
 must be confined within the Cordillera de los Andes, and that nothing beyond the 
 ( ordillera could form a subject oj discussion or a matter for arbitration . 
 
 In the Argentine Congress it had been affirmed, after the Treatv of 1881 
 and the Protocol of 1893 : that the Argentine Republic is entitled to declare 
 that the ('ordillera de los Andes is the boundary of her territory; that this 
 declaration must be the basis of all her diplomatic relations with Chile; that 
 the Cordillera contains the divisional line; that only loithin the Cordillera can 
 any dispute arise concerning the interpretation of the Treatv ; and that eastward 
 of the Cordillera the Argentine rights would not be discussed. 
 
 The Argentine Expert maintained the same views, not only because they 
 embodied what had been agreed in the Treaties, but because no boundary could 
 be better chosen to preserve harmony between the two neighbouring powers ; 
 and it would be deplorable to transfer it to places where it would give rise to 
 constant disputes and acrimonious relations between the inhabitants of the 
 frontier, and possibly to conflicts between the two nations. 
 
 The note of Sefior Barros Arana was answered by his colleague on May 12, 
 L898. The Argentine Expert, in his communication, referred to the complaint 
 addressed to him concerning the refusal of his assistants to take notice of some 
 landmarks proposed by the Chilian Sub-Commissions, and said : — 
 
 "The slid proposid will not he considered by the Argentine Sub-Commission, as the 
 ' water divide ' proposed as the international boundary Is situated outside the Cordillera de 
 In* Andes — a very common phenomenon in the southern part of this continent, and one which was 
 verified in the vicinity of the 52nd, degree of latitude by the learned Engineer in Chief of the 
 Chilian Commission (Senor Alejandro Bertrand). The work of demarcation must only be 
 carried out in 'the Cordillera de los Amies,' and while the Treaty of 1881 and Protocol 
 of L 893 are in force, neither the Sub-Commissions, nor the Experts, nor the Argentine 
 or Chilian Governments may extend it or cause it to ho made outside that Cordillera. 
 
Meeting of May 14, 1898. 347 
 
 "Your communication ends by inviting me to give a concrete form of* the basis 
 of delimitation now followed by tbe Argentine Sub-Commissions, whether by means of a 
 precise and explicit formula., or by the geographical tracing of the general frontier 
 line in the extent that may be possible within the term referred to in the preamble to 
 the .Resolution of May 1, 1897 — an invitation which I beg to say is not opportune, as a 
 period has been decided upon, and you have no reasons I'm]- supposing for a moment that 
 I should fail to fulfil my part of the Agreement which I was the first to propose. 
 Furthermore, you put before me the essential and absolute character of the boundary 
 line prescribed by the Treaty of 1881, which, according to your opinion, is that of 
 dividing the waters which irrigate both countries — a fact which, you tell me, you stated in 
 January 1892, to my predecessor Don Octavio Pico, and later, to the other predecessors in 
 the office which I now hold, Sefiores Virasoro and Quirno Costa. You must permit me 
 not to consider lure the statement of your views with regard to the boundary line. We as 
 Experts hare no other duty than that of tracing the frontier in strict accordance with the 
 stipulations which determine the Cordillera de los Andes as the boundary between the two nations 
 ichich >re represent in this question, which stipulations, as shown in the texts of the Agree- 
 ments of 1881 and 1893, provide besides that the boundary line ' shall run along the most 
 elevated crests of said Cordillera that may divide the waters, and shall pass between the slopes 
 which descend one side and the other.' I cannot, therefore, discuss interpretations of the 
 Treaties, which would reopen an unfruitful debate which I think it expedient to terminate." 
 
 5. THE WORK OF THE ARGENTINE AND CHILIAN BOUNDARY 
 
 COMMISSIONS. 
 
 After the meeting- of May 14, 1898, the Argentine Expert returned to 
 Buenos Aires, in order to expedite the execution of the labours of his assistants. 
 
 A short time after, he received from the Chilian Expert a communication, 
 in which the latter emphasised the necessity of expediting the work — which he 
 on his part had not done — and complained that the Argentine Sub-Commissions 
 had not replied to some of the Chilian propositions. 
 
 The Argentine Expert promptly replied to this note, giving the true state 
 of the case. * 
 
 * SeEor Moreno wrote in June 26, 189S : — " I have received your note of May 22 last, to which I prow i < 
 to reply. You inform me that a conference having been held on May 14 last, at which we were present, in tbe 
 office of His Excellency the President of the Chilian Republic, at which I announced my approaching journey 
 to this capital, and my return to Santiago in the month of August, the period fixed to commence the discussion 
 and settlement of a general frontier line, in accordance with data we might both have collected, this Agreement 
 fulfilled the main object you had in view iu addressing to me your communication of tho 11th of the same 
 month. 
 
 " I reoret to have to revert to this ' main object,' and must again insist that you could not have pointed 
 out to me the importance of carrying out my undertaking, you being aware of the exertions made and which 
 
 2 y 2 
 
348 Divergences in the Cordillera de los .hides. 
 
 It was in vain that Senor Barros Arana exerted himself to lay the blame 
 upon the Argentine surveying parties for delays for which he alone was 
 responsible. 
 
 .•in 1 still being made by the Sub-Commissions under my orders, to enable me to cany it out, exertions which 
 exceed those realised by the Sub-Commission under your charge. 
 
 '• I remember that, at, the meeting referred to, you said that the region of the < lordillera between bit. 47 ' 
 and 49 30' S. being completely unknown to you, the general frontier line would be settled, in that part, in 
 irdance with the plans and investigations which the Argentine Commission might submit. 
 
 " It was I who, on April 21, 1897, proposed to His Excellency the President of < 'bile that, for the purpose 
 of terminating, in the shiniest time possible, the demarcation of the international boundary, you should 
 be j;iven the same facilities as those accorded to me by my Government, so that, by increasing the 
 number of Sub-Commissions and providing them with further elements, we should be able to hasten our 
 operations and find ourselves in a jiosition to decide, by the end of the coming season (that is to say during 
 the present months), the general boundary line ; repeating at that time what I had already stated to you 
 several times, as to the necessity of preliminary investigations which always precede the demarcation of 
 frontiers in every countiy in the world. 
 
 " It was in view of this proposal that the Chilian Minister for Foreign Affairs, Senor Morla Vienna, 
 suggested to you that we, the Experts, should agree together and carry out all the work which might enable 
 us to decide as to the dividing-line in the time named, and you will recollect that, during the exchange of 
 views preceding the statement of May 1, owing to the doubts expressed by you of our not being able to carry 
 out, in so short a time, such extensive labours, I intimated that, for my part, I should be ready by the time 
 named. I then repeated to you that my Government would supply me with all I might require, as it was 
 very desirous of bringing this lengthy question of boundaries to a conclusion as early as possible. 
 
 " If you entertained any doubts as to the possibility of satisfying the desires expressed to us by our 
 Governments, as to the expediency of determinitig in the coming season a general frontier line, the doubts 
 which I then entertained, were not because I thought my efforts would be insufficient, but because you did 
 1,..' believe you could accept the five new Sub-Commissions which 1 proposed, but only one to work south of 
 lat. 41°. You considered it impossible to find a sufficient number of surveyors in Chile, necessary for the 
 new Sub-Commissions, whilst, on my part, I had the required number of them. It, being agreed that it was 
 impossible for a single Sub-Commission to be able to survey nine degrees in one season, we decided to create 
 tliiee new Sub-Commissions, instead of five proposed by me, I contenting myself with increasing the number 
 of assistants in each of my Sub-Commissions. 
 
 "It was necessary that the rumours of possible grave difficulties between the two nations which we 
 represented should cease, and to effect this it, was indispensable that we, the Experts, should have the 
 1 essary data to form our own opinion with respect to all the territory on which the frontier line would 
 be traced in accordance with the existing Treaties; considering that the procedure followed up to tie- present 
 (which is without, precedent in the world), of fixing in detail the boundaiies of a frontier whose general 
 features were almost completely unknown, would oblige me to continually make investigations which would 
 have required many years. 
 
 "1 had communicated to His Excellency the President of ('bile what my views were regarding the 
 demarcation oprr.it.ions, and the necessity of carrying out, prior to fixing the boundaries in detail, a pre- 
 liminary survey of the Cordillera de los Amies, so as to be able to locate within that Cordillera the general 
 
 line of frontier, in accordance with the Treaties; and it was, therefore, my duty to take all the precautions 
 I lible, so that my views, which were to be converted into an Agreement between tin- two nations, should 
 be carried out in a satisfactory manner. 
 
 "I have therefore seen, with surprise, that, you, ignoring my priority in the intention of practically 
 carrying out the desires so frequently manifested by the Governments of Argentina and Chile, have attempted 
 to urge me to fulfil my duty, and you continue to state in relerence to tins that you were satisfied with what 
 was decided at the meeting of May 14. 
 
 "The daj will come, sir, when I shall prove thai it is not the Argentine Expert who has wished (o 
 delay the definitive solution of the protracted question of boundaries. Thru the work of the Chilian and 
 
The Work of the Argentine and Chilian Boundary Commissions. 349 
 
 The Argentine Expert insisted once more that neither the assistants, nor 
 the Experts, nor the Governments could fix the divisional line outside of the 
 ' immovable boundary of the Cordillera de los Andss,' and he repeated to Senor 
 
 Argentine engineers will be examined, and it will be demonstrated whether the Argentine Sub-Commissions 
 have acted rightly or wrongly in rejecting proposals which, if accepted, would have completely destroyed the 
 hopes which the two nations that wo represent anticipated from the carrying out of the Agreement of May 1. 
 
 " The Instructions of internal order given by me to my assistants are the same which you might have 
 given to yours, without violating the Agreements, and all tended to the greater success of the work which 
 I had entrusted to them. With some of their clauses, I have sought to avoid delays which, had 1 assented 
 thereto, would have made me break an Agreement which is inviolable. 
 
 " To abandon the investigation of the whole region which must comprehend the general line of frontier 
 in order to fix the actual boundary in a gap, etc., that is to say, in a very limited area, would not have been to 
 ' accelerate the demarcation,' ami by so doing I should have failed to keep my word as an Expert. The 
 work of demarcation is accelerated by fixing a geueral line of frontier, and that is what was understood by 
 their Excellencies the Presidents of the Argentine Republic and Chile, in their opening messages to the 
 respective Congresses. 
 
 " J find that we are not in accord with respect to the word ' demarcation.' To you it appears that the 
 work of demarcation solely consists in the fixing of actual boundaries, whereas to me, the demarcation 
 operations include ad the work which should be executed in order to fix a frontier line. Tin- only instance 
 in which an Argentine assistant accepted the invitation of a Chilian assistant to a joint meeting, occurred 
 in Sub-Commission No. 0. The assistants, accoiding to the Instructions given them by us on February 
 17, 1 8'»7, in order to carry out what is laid clown in Article 1 of the Agreement of April 1890, were to meet 
 together in order to agree, on the plan for carrying out the work, in accordance with the said Instructions; 
 but it was in vain that the Argentine chief assistant attended the meetings arranged with the Chilian chief 
 assistant. According to the declarations of the latter to the Argentine second assistant, such meetings were 
 unnecessary. In consequence, the Argentine assistant lost several days which might have been devoted ti 
 additional surveys, had he received my orders in time. This, nevertheless, 1ms not prevented said Commission 
 from providing me, from work executed by it, with the data required to come to a decision as to the general 
 frontier line in the whole region specified in the said Article of the Agreement of April, whilst it is known 
 t<> me that the Chilian Sub-Cvmmission has not mailed at leas! half of thai zone. 
 
 "The Treaty of 1881, the Protocol of 1893, and the general Instructions for the demarcation in the 
 'Cordillera de los Andes,' which you and my predecessor S -nor Quirno Costa gave, provide that the work oi 
 demarcation shall be made in the 'Coidillera de los Andes.' Arnl I have told jou that neither assistants, 
 nor Experts, nor Governments can seek the dividing line outside of that 'immovable' boundary fixed by the 
 Treaties. Moreover, the case of the region where the first assistant of the Chilian Sub-Commission No. 8 
 proposes to demarcate, is not quite analogous to that of the region in which are situated Las Damas and 
 Santa Helena landmarks. In the latter the course of the Rio Grande is as well known as is the Maule, or 
 anv other liver of Central Chile which originates in the Cordillera de los Andes; whereas in lat. 44 , where 
 Engineer Barrios proposes to demarcate, the demarcatois of both countries are unable to say that they possess 
 tilts necessary data to form an opinion so long as they have not made previous surveys of the zone which 
 should contain there the Cordillera, de los Andes and its main chain. 
 
 •■In all boundary demarcations, the limits are discussed with complete knowledge of the ground which such 
 demarcation is la include, and this »■«< understood by the Governments of the Argentine Republic and Chile when 
 they agreed that the differences which might arise between the Experts and which those Governments might 
 not solve, should be decided by the Arbitrator, who must strictly apply in such cases the clauses of the 
 Treaty of 1881 and the Protocol of 1893, the ground beinrj previously surveyed. The Argentine Sub-Com- 
 missions will always take into account whatever proposal may be made to them as to place situated within 
 • the Cordillera de los Andes,' hut never as to places situated outside this Cordillera. 
 
 "I hope that, at the conferences we are to hold in August next, 1898, and at which we, the Experts, 
 will Lave to settle the general dividing line, each of us will supply the data we shall have collected, so as to 
 
o 
 
 50 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 Barros Arana that his assistants would take into consideration any proposition 
 which might be made to them about places situated -within the Cordillera de 
 los Andes, but not with regard to any points lying outside the Cordillera. 
 
 It must be pointed out to the Tribunal, that the Chilian Expert avoided 
 mentioning in his communications the " Cordillera de los Andes," purposely 
 setting it aside, thus overlooking the clauses in the Treaties of 1881 and 1893, 
 and the Agreement of 1896. He thereby sought to raise disputes with the 
 Argentine Expert, in order to compel him, contrary to the stipulations, f<> submit 
 to arbitration the interpretation of the '/'ret/tics, and not simple divergences with regard 
 to the placing of landmarks in the Cordillera. 
 
 Moreover, at the meeting that the Experts were to hold in August, there 
 would be clearly shown the extent of the work carried out by the Commissions 
 of both countries, and how tar each of them had complied with the Agreement of 
 Mayl, 1897. 
 
 The Argentine Commissions, which had been charged with delaying the 
 proceedings, had nevertheless visited the whole length of the frontier, carrying 
 out all the reconnaissance that the short time at their disposal allowed. The 
 Chilian Commissions, on the other hand, restricted their labours within small 
 areas, the Expert being, therefore, compelled to declare that a vast portion of 
 the boundary line was utterly unknown to him. 
 
 The two sketch-maps annexed, which present a graphic idea of the labours 
 performed by the one and the other, have been drawn with the data contained 
 in the ofticial communications of the Experts to their respective Governments. 
 
 On August 1, 1898, the Argentine Expert informed the Minister for 
 Foreign Affairs that he was ready to proceed to Santiago, in order to fulfil 
 his undertaking of May 1, 1897.* 
 
 determine the mountainous region, to lie considered as the Cordillera de los Andes, which is the 'immovable 
 boundary.' In the meanwhile, I shall continue in the belief that the region, the demarcation of which by 
 means of landmarks is proposed by the Chilian Sub-Commission (No. 8), does not correspond with that in 
 which we ought to seek fur the international dividing line. Within the powers which I possess as Expert, 
 in accordance with existing Treaties, I am disposed to consider all the proposals which you may submit to 
 me; but I must decline their consideration when such proposals refer to point-) which I consider to be 
 altogether outside our functions." 
 
 * Tiie following extracts give a general idea of the surveys performed by the Argentine surveying 
 party : — 
 
 " Sub-Commission No. 1, which was divided into two sections for the purpose, has surveyed the Cordil- 
 lera from lat. '_!'.i S., the terminating point of the previous year's investigations, as far as 2G° 40', and the 
 district comprised between lat. o0° S., where the work of 1S9G ended, and the parallel 32° 26'. 
 
 " Sub-Commission No. 2, also separated into two sections, to work on the north and south of (he Uspallata 
 
The Work of the Argentine and Chilian Boundary Commissions. 351 
 
 With the data gathered during the survey of the ground, the Argentine 
 Expert was able to formulate the general boundary line. On the other hand, 
 
 road, has surveyed the Cordillera between the parallel ol 20' and the Maipu Pass, smith of the volcano of the 
 bame name, where the Experts Lave not yet agreed as to the exact position of the dividing landmark. 
 
 " Sub-Commission No. Li, also divided into two sections, has continued its survey from the landmark oi the 
 Santa Elena Pass, and proceeded with the survey as far as parallel ■'!? 30', where the investigation of Sub- 
 Commission No. 4 terminated on the north, which latter continued tin/ same from this latitude far enough to 
 complete the surveys made in the preceding period, between the parallels of 37° 20' and the Volcano Lauin, 
 and proceeded with their survey - as far as the vicinity of the parallel of 41°, to the west (it Lake Nahuel 
 liuapi. 
 
 " Sub-Commissions Nos. 7, 8 and 9 have explored the region, previously unknown to a great extent, between 
 the degrees of 41 and 5U ( S., and their surveys will enable me to form an exact idea with regard to the 
 position of the Cordillera de los Andes, beginning at the 41st degree of latitude, and of its principal chain, for 
 the survey of which these three Sub-Commissions were appointed on May 1 of the preceding year. 
 
 "No. 7 has made surveys and important discoveries between Lake Nahuel Huapi and the territories 
 neighbouring Eio falena to the south, having explored the region of that lake and those of Lakes Gutierrez, 
 Mascardi, Guillermo, Menendez and Eivadavia, and portions of the rivers Puelo, Ftaleufii and Bodadahue. 
 
 " No. 8 has made still more important discoveries between the central tributary of the Palena and the 
 parallel 47 J lat. S., and both this and No. 7 have partially explored the western region, washed by the waters 
 of the Pacific, which penetrate into the Cordillera through prolonged inlets. Among the explorations made by 
 this Sub-Commission must be mentioned the survey of the rivers Queilal, Cisne, Aysen and Las Heras, and 
 of the great Lakes Fontana, La Plata, Buenos Aires and Soler. 
 
 "Sub-Commission No. 9 has had for its sphere of action a district three-quarters of which were previously 
 absolutely unknown, and has been very successful, having succeeded in dissipating the mystery which 
 enveloped this part of the ' Cmlillera de los Andes.' During the labours, Lakes Pueyrredou, Brown, Nansen, 
 Burmeister, Azara, Cardiel and Quiroga have been discovered, among others, and Lakes San Martin and 
 \ iedma navigated. 
 
 "Sub-Commission No. 5 has carried on its labours between lat. 50° and 52° S. and terminated its work by 
 tracing the latter parallel. Among its most important surveys should be cited that of the region to the west 
 of Lake Argentine, and also of the one situated to the south and west of the Sierra de los Baguales. 
 
 "The transport ' Azopardo,' and the despatch-boat 'Golondrina' have rendered important services to 
 this Commission during the whole period, and their surveys, which comprise various extensive coast districts 
 between the parallels of 4J" and 52° S., have given excellent results, as they have succeeded in making 
 numerous discoveries of islands, channels and rivers which will enable me to form a sufficiently approximate 
 idea of the western region of the Cordillera, in the districts visited. 
 
 •' In short, in order to give an idea of the geographical progress which the labours of Sub-Commissions 
 Nos. 7, 8, 9 and 5 have brought about as regards the extreme south of the continent. I will say that forty-three 
 lakes and various large rivers situated in the Cordillera de los Andes and the eastern surrounding country, 
 appear on the plans ; that in the west of the Cordillera five rivers have been discovered, three of them being 
 very important, and two, of which little was known previously, have been partially explored, as well as 
 new islands and various channels and creeks which never before appeared on the maps, together with a 
 considerable number of new mountain cordons and massifs. 
 
 " These surveys have not been circumscribed to determine the top igraphy of the Cordillera de los Andes 
 and its lateral confines, which it was indispensable that 1 should know thoroughly throughout its whole 
 extent, in order to trace in said Cordillera the dividing line of the frontier, as provided for in the Treaties 
 which 1 am charged to execute for the Argentine Republic. By means of the resources for investigation 
 at my disposal, vast fertile tracts in Patagonia, indisputably Argentine, and about which we only had the 
 scantiest information, have been surveyed, and have verified the facility with which access can be had to the 
 country by navigating the rivers and lakes ; level roads without obstructions of any kind whatsoever have 
 also been found — routes which could be utilised at once to approach, and to colonise these tracts, containing s 
 they do both forest and mineral wealth.'' 
 
3* 
 
 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
The Work of the Argentine and Chilian Boundary Con/missions. 353 
 
 2 z 
 
354 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 the Chilian Expert could only present plans of one half of this line, based in 
 the survevs of his assistants, as may be interred from his own official report, an 
 extract of which is given below.* 
 
 * Summary of the work performed by the Chilian Boundary Sub-Commissions. [In Mensage leido 
 (June 1, 1898) per S. E. el Presidente de la Eepublica (de Chile) en la apertura de las Sesiones ordinarias del 
 ( longreso Nacional y Memorias ministeriales, Santiago de Chile, 1898, pp. 39-43]: — 
 
 "Sub-Commission No. 1. — It has completed the survey of the Cordillera between the parallels 27° 55' and 
 
 28° 40', corresponding to the passes of Quebrada Seca and Inca It has also completed the survey of 
 
 the Cordillera between the parallels 30° and 30° 50' S., corresponding to the passes of Laguna and Valle 
 Hermoso. . . . 
 
 '* Sub- Commission No. 2.— It lias completed the survey of the Cordillera between the parallels 31° 40' and 
 33 c 20' S., where the international passes of Puentecillas and Tupungato are situated. . . . 
 
 "Sub-Commission No. 3. — It has continued the survey of the Cordillera between the slope of the Neuquen 
 and that of Rio Jurble as fur as the parallel 37° S. It has proposed the demarcation of seven new passes, 
 which, added to the thirty-four already proposed, make a total of forty-one which have not yet been either 
 accepted or refused by the joint Argentine Surveying Party. 
 
 " Sub-Commission No. 4 — The woody character of the Cordillera in which this party is working, as also the 
 exceptional rigour of the season, has prevented it from advancing to so high a latitude as in other seasons. 
 The party has, however, carried the triangulation as far as Lake Lacar, and has proposed the demarcation of 
 five crossing points of the Cordillera, which, added to the four already proposed, make a total of nine which 
 have neither been accepted nor refused by the Argentine Surveying Party. 
 
 " Sub-Commission No. 5. — This surveying party is divided into two sections. The first has completed the 
 demarcation of the boundaiy in the parallel 52°, as far as the point in which the waters commence to flow 
 towards the P>ay of Obstruction, which forms part of the channels of the Pacific Ocean. The second section 
 has continued its survey towards the north of the region of the Continent where the division of waters occurs, 
 and this as a preliminary exploration in order to base the delimitation of the zone which, in this part, is to 
 belong to < 'hile, according to Article 2 of the Protocol of 1893. 
 
 "Sub-Commission No. 6. — It has prosecuted, in the Puna de Atacama, the exploration and survey of the 
 mountain ridges and basins, which constitute the Cordillera of this region, from the pass of Quebrada Seca 
 towards the north as far as the parallel of 25" S. 
 
 "Sub-Commission No. 7. — This surveying party commenced its task in the Taso de los Eaulies, in lat. 41 . 
 and prosecuted it southwards as far as 41° 35', and proposed the demarcation of three international passe-f, 
 which have not yet either been accepted or refused. 
 
 •• Snb-Commissio7i No. 8. — This surveying party commenced its surveys a little to the north of the parallel 
 44° S., and extended them for 30 minutes of latitude, and proposed to fix the demarcation in this line. . . . 
 
 "Sub-Commission No. 9. — It commenced the exploration of the ground from 46° 35' on the shores of the 
 lake Buenos Aires and has continued for 40 minutes of latitude towards the south. The head engineer of 
 "iir surveying parties performed, in this season, a journey of inspection of the ground which is being explored 
 by the parties 4, 7, S, 9 and 5, between the parallels 38° 30' and 52° lat., partially exploring the country 
 through which lie passed. The principal object of this journey was to make a personal investigation of the 
 features of the ground of the demarcation, in the zone allotted to each surveying party, and this object has 
 been fully achieved. 
 
 " General Boundary Line. — Taking into consideration all the geographical labours accomplished up to the 
 present time, the following is the state of the survey of the line of demarcation of the Andean boundary with 
 the Argentine Republic, which boundary-line is no other than that which separates, in every point, tin- sources of tfo 
 Chilian rivers from those of Argentina. From parallel 27 ; ' up to 31° the survey of the line is complete in all its 
 details. In this extension of about 700 kilometres (434 -97 statute miles), more than sixty accessible points 
 have been fixed lor the erection of landmarks. Prom parallel 31|° to 37° S., in an extent about equal to the 
 preceding, more than ninety points have been fixed. In the distance of more than one hundred kilometres 
 t 012 - 74 statute miles), comprised between the parallels 39° ami 40°, seventeen points have been lixed. To the 
 south of parallel 40 , the surveys performed during the present season have been intermittent, and, although a 
 
The I Cork of the Argentine and Chilian Boundary Commissions. 355 
 
 In their proper place will be presented some more particulars of the 
 surveys performed by the Commissions of both countries, which will explain 
 clearly the differences between the Argentine and Chilian general maps sub- 
 mitted to Her Britannic Majesty's Government. 
 
 At the end of August, 1898, the Argentine Expert was in Santiago, where 
 he met the Chilian Expert, in order to attend the conferences which were to 
 take place concerning the general boundary line. Thus all the alarm about 
 the delay was groundless. The short lapse from May to August had been 
 indispensable to the Commissions of the two countries in order to enable 
 them to draw the plans concerning their recent survevs. 
 
 The respective work of the two Boundary Commissions is interesting. 
 When comparing them it is seen that all the proffered assurances of the 
 Argentine Expert were realized; and it is also seen that the Chilian Expert 
 was under the necessity of confessing that certain vast regions were utterly 
 unknown to him. The Chilian Expert said that south of lake Nahuel Huapi 
 up to parallel 47° S., to the south of lake Buenos Aires, all the boundary 
 line might be traced on the plans formed from the explorations of both countries. 
 This conclusion contradicts the desire expressed by the Chilian Minister for 
 
 considerable extension of the boundary line has been fixed, we will not take the results into account for the 
 present. Between the parallels 23° and 26° 52' 45" the geographical researches previously accomplished by 
 ( 'hile, combined with those achieved by the sixth surveying party during two seasons, furnish sufficient 
 material to prepare the fulfilment of Article 1 of the Agreement of April 17, 1896. In the distance of 120 
 kilometres (74-57 statute miles) between the parallels 31°and31|° the boundary line, marked in the ordinary 
 maps, may be accepted, and in these six positions of passes are fixeil. In the space of 250 kilometres 
 (155 • 35 statute miles), between parallels 37° and 39° thirteen pc.sitions of known passes may already be 
 pointed for the erection of landmarks. In this section, as in the preceding, all the intermediate points of 
 detail will be determined during the coming season, but they will in no wise alter the general plan of the 
 line. To the south of the parallel 40° for a distance of 200 kilometres (124-28 statute miles), as far as 
 Tronador, seven more points may be fixed. Thus, from parallel 27° up to 41° 16', it may be said that Chile is in 
 a position to fix all her boundary line by means of from 210 to 215 landmarks. To the south of lake Nahuel 
 Huapi up to parallel 47° S. to the south of Bueuos Aires, all the boundary line may be traced on the plans 
 formed from the explorations of both countries, with the exception of the part where Lake La Plata is situated, and 
 this could no doubt be completed upon the return of the Steffen expedition. Between the parallels 47° 
 
 AND 49V 5 THE GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION OF THE BOUNDARY LINE IN THE ( 'ORDILLERA IS COMPLETELY UNKNOWN. From 
 
 the parallel 49^° to 50° S. it may be traced in part approximately, and in the most important part with absolute 
 precision. In short, the only region where it is impossible to mark a boundary line in a map, even- 
 approximately, is that lying beta-ecu hit. 47 and 49^° S., viz. between the sources of the Hirer Deseado as far as 
 Lake Yiedma. According to the imperfect data which are up to now available concerning this district, access 
 from either side is very difficult, and it does not contain any kind of land which could be utilised. On the other 
 hand, there is nothing to lead one to suppose that any further exploration would give rise to controversies with 
 regard to fixing the boundary line in this region. In any case, the said region is, undoubtedly, the most 
 inaccessible and the least interesting on the whole of our frontier, and the lack of information concerning it 
 could in no wise be an impediment to the demarcation of the frontier throughout all the remainder." 
 
 2 z 2 
 
356 Divergences in the C 'oi'dilleret de los Andes. 
 
 Foreign Affairs, who, as it has been stated, told Senor Barros Arana that he 
 must hold himself in readiness to present "the general line of demarcation 
 which corresponds to the truth, according 1<> the surveys made In/ the Chilian 
 Commissions." The Chilian Expert was compelled to accept the Argentine 
 surveys, notwithstanding the orders he received ; because in the /.one that he 
 mentions, the extent of which is about six degrees of latitude, his Commissions 
 only surveyed one degree and thirty minutes, since, according to the same 
 Expert, the three parties entrusted with the exploration of that zone verified 
 their work thus : the 7th in an extent of 35', the 8th in 30' and the 9th in 25'. 
 
 Regarding the region between parallels 47 and -lit. 1 , , Senor Barros Arana 
 says: " Between the parallels 47 mid 49J° the Geographical Location of 
 nil-; Boundary Line in the Cordillera is completely unknown," and he 
 adds : — " In short, the only region where it is impossible h> murk u boundary hue in 
 a mil/), even approximately, is that lying between lat. 47 and 49i° S., viz. between 
 the sources of the river Deseado as far as lake Yiedma." 
 
 In spite of this, Senor Barros Arana projected a general line which embraces 
 all the extent of the frontier, and passes through districts of which he had infor- 
 mation gathered by his assistants, and through places the topography of which 
 was totally unknown *to his assistants and to himself. A line thus conceived does 
 not admit of any defence. ( )f such a line it is impossible to say that it was 
 drawn according to the Covenants, or that it follows the Cordillera. The opinion, 
 in any sense, of one who acknowledges his ignorance is more than hazardous 
 as regards those regions he considers as absolutely unknown. 
 
Fulfilment of the Engagement entered into on May i, 1897. 357 
 
 CHAPTER XIII. 
 
 Summary — l. Fulfilment of the Engagement entered into by the Experts on 
 May 1, 1897. 
 
 2. Proposals for the General Line of Frontier. 
 
 3. Agreement and Differences between the Experts. 
 
 1. FULFILMENT OF THE ENGAGEMENT ENTERED INTO BY THE 
 
 EXPERTS ON MAY 1, 1897. 
 
 The engagement entered into on May 1, 1897, at the- instance of the Argentine 
 Expert, had for its object to hasten the completion of the delimiting operations 
 in order that both Experts might propose as soon as possible, the general, line 
 of frontier from lat. 23° to 52° S. — an operation preliminary to any tracing of 
 the frontier, and one which would also serve to fix the principal landmarks on 
 the ground, within which the assistants of the Joint Commissions might establish 
 the line in detail without any great difficulties, which could not arise after those 
 principal landmarks were settled by the Experts. 
 
 The persistent tendency of the Chilian Expert to carry the boundary line 
 outside the Cordillera de los Andes, and the opposition of the Argentine Expert 
 to discussing any such line, hail created, as has been said, a most difficult situa- 
 tion ; but happily the Chilian Expert, who had from the very beginning objected 
 to a previous examination of the Cordillera, had received instructions from his 
 Government to accept the proposal of the Argentine. Expert, and thus it 
 was made possible to hasten the definite delimitation as both Governments 
 desired. 
 
 The Experts having arranged, on May 1. ls*l7. that at the end of next 
 season's operations they should be in a position to decide on the general frontier 
 line, the Argentine Expert, immediately on his arrival at Santiago in August. 
 im)^, informed his colleague that for his part he was ready to carry out the 
 ensraffement entered into, though he was convinced that his colleague was not 
 equally prepared. 
 
358 Divergences in tlic Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 This engagement only turned upon geographical facts. Both countries 
 required that the operations of the Experts should come to an end as soon as 
 possible, by means of the decision to be arrived at with reference to the general 
 frontier line. Eventual difficulties in tracing the line having been foreseen, and 
 the mode of settling them having been agreed upon, the Argentine Government 
 desired that any agreement or disagreement that might take place should be 
 strictly within the terms of the Treaties, in order that, should divergences arise 
 which could not be solved by the Governments, they should be referred to 
 the Arbitrator. 
 
 Notwithstanding this, the Representative of Chile gave a misleading version 
 concerning the differences of opinion which have arisen, when he stated to the 
 Tribunal, at the sitting of Mav 8 last, that — 
 
 " The question that the Governments of Chile and of the Argentine Republic submit to 
 the impartial decision of Her Britannia Majesty's Government rests in the practical 
 interpretation which one aud the other party claims to give as to some sections of the 
 houndary to certain stipulations entered in the convention intended to fix the frontier line 
 between the two nations. Chile maintains that, in conformity with the prescriptive 
 stipulations of those Conventions, the frontier line shall pass over the highest summits of 
 the Andes, which divide the waters, invariably separating the sources of the rivers which 
 belong to one and to the other country : and that, in tracing such line, the peaks, ranges, or 
 ridges of mountains, no matter how high they may be, if they do not divide the waters of 
 the fluvial systems belonging to each country, must be left within the territory of the 
 respective nation." 
 
 At the same meeting, the Chilian Representative added that the Argentine 
 Government firmly held that the demarcation of the frontier between the two 
 countries was determined by the line which divides the waters which run 
 respectively towards the Pacific and towards the Atlantic — which principle had 
 to be observed even in the regions where the Cordillera de los Andes opens out 
 or becomes lower. 
 
 It is, therefore, necessary to state once more to the Tribunal that the 
 Argentine Government never held such views, and that after the differences had 
 arisen in August and September 1898, they had no opportunity to consider 
 abstract theories, since these theories could not be brought before the Govern- 
 ments by the Experts, for one single and effective reason, viz., the Experts were 
 never empowered to discuss theoretical principles. The boundary was fixed 
 in the Cordillera de los Andes by the Treaty of 1881, and what was to be 
 understood by that boundary was clearly defined by both Governments in the 
 
Proposals for the General Line of Frontier. 359 
 
 Protocol of 1893 to be the main chain of the Andes. The powers given to tin- 
 Experts were exclusively limited to plan the line in the agreed main chain ot 
 the Andes. 
 
 Never has the continental divide as the boundary between the two Republics 
 been agreed to, nor has it ever been proposed by the Government of the 
 Republic of Chile to the Argentine Government, and that for one single reason : 
 it was precisely to avoid its having a place in the boundary question that the 
 Protocol of 181)3 and the Agreement of 1896 were entered into, thus putting 
 a stop by those international conventions to the reiterated pretensions of the 
 Chilian Expert. 
 
 Since the Experts had not power to entertain such a question, and since the 
 Governments expressly agreed that the differences should be contined within the 
 Cordillera de los Andes, they could not bring an abstract principle before Her 
 Britannic Majesty's Government, and the Tribunal is not called upon to consider 
 the matter in such a light, nor to report upon it. 
 
 2. PROPOSALS FOR THE GENERAL LINE OF FRONTIER. 
 
 In order to support the assertions made, there is laid before the Tribunal the 
 evidence relating to the differences between the Experts which have been 
 submitted to the Government of Her Britannic Majesty. 
 
 First Meeting of the Experts. — The first meeting of the Experts took place 
 on August 29, 1898. The Chilian Expert, Sefior Barros Arana, stated that he 
 had prepared the tracing of the general Chilian boundary line in the Andes, 
 stipulated in the Treaty of 1881, which he presented to his colleague on a map, 
 together with a list enumerating the points chosen, adding : — 
 
 " That for the tracing of said lint- he had solely and exclusively followed the principle of 
 
 demarcation established in Article 1 of the Treaty of 1881—// principle which must also be the 
 invariable rule of the proceedings of the Experts according to the Protocol of 1893 ,• that, conse- 
 quently, the boundary line that he proposes runs along all the highest crests of the Andes which 
 divide the waters, and constant/// separates the springs * of the rivers which belong to ei/h, r 
 country ; that the same line leaves within the territory of each of the two nations the peaks, 
 ridges, or ranges, however elevated they may be, which do not divide the waters of the 
 RIVER SYSTEMS BELONGING TO EACH COUNTRY." 
 
 * The use of this woril by Seuor Banns Arana is explained in p. vii, footnote. 
 
360 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 The Chilian Expert thus began by distorting the principle of the delimitation 
 laid down in the Treaties, which is that the boundary between the Argentine 
 Republic and Chile, as far as parallel 52° S., is u the Cordillera de los Andes" 
 and that '" the frontier line shall run in that extent along the most elevated crests 
 of said Cordillera that may divide the waters, and shall pass between the slopes which 
 descend one side and the other." 
 
 None of the Treaties says one single word as " to the rivers which belong to 
 (idivr country? for the simple reason that, so long as the boundary along the 
 high summits of the Cordillera de los Andes had not been marked out (which 
 was the case at the time when the Treaty was framed), it was not possible to 
 determine how far the rivers belonged to one country or the other, since the 
 Cordillera is cut by rivers which have some sources on the side opposite to that 
 on which their principal waters run (a fact known and accepted by the negotiators 
 of the Treaties). In order to know which rivers anil parts of rivers were Chilian, 
 and which Argentine, the previous delimitation of the frontier was necessary. 
 
 On the other hand, even before the Treaty, the Cordillera was acknowledged 
 as the boundary, and the people of the two countries were perfectly aware that 
 some rivers intersected it. The boundary along the highest crests of the Andes 
 was a fact, whilst no one, either in Chile or in the Argentine Republic, could 
 sav which were the rivers belonging to each nation, and still less where were to 
 he found the sources of the said rivers. 
 
 The continental divide south of hit. 37° was not perfectly known in 1881. No 
 one can reasonably suppose that the two Governments would agree upon such an 
 uncertain and imaginary frontier line, when there existed the logical traditional 
 boundary along the summit of the Cordillera. 
 
 As to the proposed line " leaving within the territory of each country the 
 peaks, ridges or chains, however elevated they may be, which do not divide the 
 waters of the river systems belonging to each country,'' this was nothing more 
 than the individual opinion of the Chilian Expert, independent of the wording 
 of the Treaties, which might proceed from an error of judgment respecting the 
 Cordillera de los Andes and its fluvial system — an error caused by the deficiency 
 of information, already confessed and ratified in the following lines of the 
 Record :— 
 
 " That, though in its most extensive and important parts, the ground over which the 
 divisional line runs has been sufficiently reconnoitred and even carefully mapped out, as 
 had likewise been in general well established, the geographical dependency of the rivers 
 
Proposals for the General Line of Frontier. 36 1 
 
 and streams which descend either side, he must nevertheless point out that the topographical 
 location of the proposed line is wholly independent of the exactness of the maps, and that lie 
 therefore declares that said line is no other than the natural and effective dividing line of 
 the waters of the South American continent, between parallels 26° 52' 45" and 52°, which 
 can be demarcated on the ground without effecting more topographical operations than are 
 necessary for determining which would be the course of the waters there where they do not actually 
 fiow." 
 
 Thus, the want of geographical data— without which no proper delimitation is 
 possible — was explicitly avowed by the Chilian Expert. He also clearly showed 
 his tendency to elude the exact representation of the ground, perhaps because he 
 recognised that this exact representation would suffice to condemn the proposed 
 line. Moreover, he declared that the said line was an ideal line, viz. the 
 continental water divide, Avhose demarcation would need none of the topographical 
 operations ordered by the Protocol of 1893, and by the Instructions given by 
 the Experts for the delimitation in the Cordillera de los Andes on January 1, 
 1894, and signed by Sefior Barros Arana himself. The Chilian Expert's 
 proposition embodied " a principle of delimitation," which, if accepted, would 
 have radically altered the Treaties in force. 
 
 He proposed, in addition, a series of proceedings for the purpose of hastening 
 the termination of the work, for fixing the boundary in the points and stretches 
 on which the two Experts should agree, and for submitting to their respective 
 Governments the divergences that might arise. He concluded by presenting a 
 description of his general frontier line, starting from parallel 26° 52' 45" and 
 leaving out the zone comprised between parallels 23° and 26° 52' 45", contrary 
 to what was ordered in the Agreement of April 17, 1896. 
 
 It is unnecessary to reproduce here the enumeration of the points in which 
 Senor Barros Arana locates the dividing line, as this matter will be discussed at 
 the proper time ; for the present, the attention of the Tribunal will only be called 
 to the following important facts. It had been agreed in the Protocol of 1893 
 that the boundary line should pass along the summits of the mountains, in the 
 main chain of the Cordillera, and its Article 6 orders that a landmark is to be 
 placed in each pass or accessible point of the mountain which may be situated on the 
 boundary line ; and the Instructions given by the Experts to the assistants on 
 January 1, 1894, for the delimitation of the dividing line in the Cordillera de los 
 Andes direct this operation to be effected, when in said Cordillera the situation 
 of the main chain has been investigated, in order to seek therein the loftiest 
 crests that may divide the w r aters ; and further establishes that the assistants shall 
 
 3 A 
 
362 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 mark the frontier line at their accessible points, making it pass between the slopes 
 that descend on one side and the other. Although the Chilian Expert had 
 himself signed these Instructions, he ignored them now altogether, and arbitrarily 
 chose fur erecting the landmarks, not the mountain passes of the main chain, but 
 " plains or pampas," " swamps," " elbows of rivers," the " foot of table-lands," 
 wherever they may happen to be, outside or inside the Cordillera, entirely 
 against the conditions laid down for the line. He nevertheless stated to 
 the Argentine Expert, in answer to a question, that the line he proposed 
 fnlfilled the provisions of the Treaty of 1881, Protocol of 1893, and Instructions 
 of 1S94. 
 
 The Argentine Expert immediately perceived the new difficulties that were 
 about to spring up through his colleague's persistence in once more departing 
 from the Treaties, a tendency which had repeatedly required the intervention of 
 his Government, to avoid more serious conflicts. The time at which Senor 
 Harros Arana revealed these intentions was the most trying for both countries. 
 As these intentions assumed the character of extreme gravity, since it was 
 proposed to discuss the interpretation of the boundary stipulated in 1881 and 
 1893, that is to say, as to whether this boundary was the Cordillera de los Andes, 
 or was the continental divide, in order to submit at once this interpretation 
 to arbitration, the Argentine Expert endeavoured to obtain from the Chilian 
 Expert a categorical reply, as to whether he considered, that the line proposed by him 
 was situated on the Cordillera de los Andes. The object of this question was to 
 know whether, in tracing the boundary, the Chilian Expert should respect that 
 fundamental principle, invariably maintained during the protracted Argentine- 
 Chilian negotiations. 
 
 It has been seen that diplomatic steps to arrange the international boundary 
 brought about the Treaty of 1881. This Treaty had fixed as boundary the 
 Cordillera de los Andes, the great mountain range parallel to the Pacific Ocean, 
 as far as parallel 52° S., and stipulated that the frontier line was to run in that 
 extent along the most elevated crests or ridges of the said range, which form its 
 own watershed, and that it was to pass between the slopes on each side which are 
 separated by the said watershed. The Agreement of the Governments of April 17, 
 1896, had limited arbitration to the differences that should arise between the 
 Experts when fixing, in the Cordillera de los Andes, the boundary marks south of 
 parallel 26° 52' 45", in case they could not be settled by joint accord of the 
 
Proposals for the General Line of Frontier. 363 
 
 Governments ; and this engagement ought to have put an end to the uncertainty 
 and difficulties raised by the Chilian Expert in 1892. 
 
 The mission of the Experts was not to introduce modifications into the 
 Treaties, nor could either of the two Governments support them if they had 
 attempted to do so. The moment was then a serious one for the two Experts, 
 as on the settlement of this frontier question would depend the future harmony, 
 which it was most important should be placed on a solid basis. Since the year 
 1881, when it was declared that the boundary agreed upon in the Cordillera 
 Avould be " at all events immovable between the two Republics," and as there 
 existed such a conclusive and far-seeing stipulation, the task of settling the 
 general frontier line was easy, if both Experts consulted, within the limits of 
 their mission, the interests of the countries they represented ; but if one of 
 them failed in this responsibility and exceeded the duties entrusted to him, 
 then the result must be serious, and the frontier question would possibly be put 
 fifty y ears back by failing to hold strictly to this binding Agreement. Nevertheless, 
 it was not to be expected that, in case of the Chilian Expert denying that 
 the dividing line should be marked out in the Cordillera dc los Andes, the 
 Government of Chile would uphold him in this. 
 
 The Argentine Expert, desiring a clearer explanation of the statement of 
 his colleague when presenting his proposals, which statement appeared to be 
 diametrically opposed to the texts of the international Agreements which they 
 were charged to carry out, before taking into consideration his proposal for 
 a general line, informed him — 
 
 " That, before deciding upon the various points contained in his colleague's statement, 
 he required some explanations as to the part which refers to the tracing of the line which 
 said that: 'for the tracing of said line he had solely and exclusively followed the 
 principle of demarcation established in Article 1 of the Treaty of 1881, a principle which 
 must also be the invariable rule of proceeding of the Experts according to the Protocol of 
 1893.' He thinks it indispensable that it should be set forth in the Records of these 
 Conferences that both Experts declare that the points of the general frontier line which 
 they are about to propose, discuss and decide upon, are situated in the Cordillera de los 
 Andes, thus fulfilling the provisions of Article 1 of the Treaty of 1881, of Articles 1 and 2 
 of the Protocol of 1893, and of Article 5 of the chapter Preliminary Operations of the 
 Instructions for the demarcation in the Cordillera de los Andes, given by the Experts on 
 January 1, 1894, and of the bases 1, 3 and 6 of the Agreement of 1896; and as regards 
 the boundary in parallel 52°, the provisions of Article 2 of the Treaty of 1881, Article 2 of 
 the Protocol of 1893 and bases 3 and 5 of the Agreement of 1896." 
 
 3 a 2 
 
364 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 The Chilian Expert replied — 
 
 " That he had no difficulty in declaring that the tracing of the general line proposed 
 by him is in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of the Treaties and Agreements 
 quoted by the Argentine Expert." 
 
 The Argentine Expert said — 
 
 " That the general frontier line which he would propose further on was situated in the 
 central chain of the Cordillera de los Andes which is no other than that which contains the 
 elevated crests referred to by tin- Treat;/ of 1881, and the main range of the Cordillera de los 
 Andes mentioned in the Protocol of 1893." 
 
 Only when these previous declarations of the Chilian Expert were made, 
 which the Argentine Expert considered sufficient for the moment, desirous of 
 avoiding, as far as possible, difficulties with Senor Barros Arana, he agreed that 
 the line of the Chilian Expert should be recorded, notwithstanding his dissent as 
 to its geographical situation. 
 
 It will suffice to say with reference to the Record of August 29, that both 
 Experts decided not to enter into discussions, and that the Argentine Expert, 
 not having ready on that day the general plan on the scale of one to a million 
 similar to that which his colleague showed him, placed at the latter's disposal 
 at his office, sectional sheets on a scale five times larger, asking at the same 
 time for permission to examine the sectional sheets which had served for making 
 the Chilian general plan ; and he also proposed to exchange copies of the 
 # respective general plans, on which should be indicated — 
 
 " (a) The general line of points or stretches which of joint accord may have been fixed 
 as the divisional line between the Argentine Republic and that of Chile. 
 
 " (b) The line of points or stretches regarding which there is no agreement, a fact 
 which shall be made known to the Governments for the ulterior ends foreseen by the 
 Treaties." 
 
 At the same time the Argentine Expert proposed that — 
 
 "They shall draw up and submit to their Governments for their decision, conformably 
 with the Agreement of 1896, special Records containing the line proposed by both Experts 
 as divisional line in the Cordillera de los Andes between parallels 23° and 26° 52' 45"; 
 proposed lines to comprise those rejected and those accepted in the full extension or in part 
 of it, accompanying same with reproductions of the same maps which may contain the 
 specification of the different lines. They shall likewise draw up a Record in which it shall 
 
Proposals for the General Line of Frontier. 365 
 
 be set forth that the Experts have fulfilled the provisions of the latter part of Article 2 of 
 the Protocol of 1893 and of the bases 3 and 6 of the Agreement of 1896, and the decision 
 they may adopt. At the same time they shall exchange reproductions of the maps in which 
 may have been traced the divisional lines, the adoption of which is to be proposed by them, 
 
 should the case arise foreseen in said Protocol and Agreement In a special Record, 
 
 the Experts shall determine the form and time for the joint Sub-Commissions to begin the 
 material demarcation in detail on the ground, of the accepted points, in order to define the 
 frontier line, placing divisional landmarks in all the passes and accessible points of the 
 mountains situated on said line, and drawing up a Record of the operation, in which it shall 
 be stated that they proceed to erect said landmarks by express order of the respective 
 Experts." 
 
 Second Meeting. — The second meeting took place on September 1, 1898. 
 The Expert of the Argentine Eepublic stated : — 
 
 " 1. That the general line which he proposes to his colleague is wholly comprised within 
 the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 " 2. That in its entire extent it passes between the slopes which descend one side and the 
 other of the main 'range. 
 
 " 3. That he considers that said mam range is constituted by the predominating edge of the 
 principal and central chain of the Andes considered such by the first geographers of the world. 
 
 " 4. That this principal chain, is the most elevated, the most continued, with most uniform 
 general direction, and its flanks shed the larger volume of waters, thus presenting the conditions 
 established both by the Treaty of July 23, 1881, and by the Protocol of May 1, 1893, to 
 constitute, with the crest line of its slopes, the general frontier line between t/ie Argentine Eepublic 
 and the Republic of Chile. 
 
 " That according to the texts of paragraphs 12 and 15 of his Statement set forth in the 
 Record of August 29 last, and to what had been decided at the meeting of the Experts held 
 on May 1 of last year, he proposes to his colleague, in compliance with the provisions of base 
 No. 1 of the Agreement of April 17, 1896, the following general boundary line in that part 
 of the Cordillera de los Andes situated between parallels of lat. 23° and 26° 52' 45" S. He 
 ' considers that said line strictly follows the terms of Article 1 of the Treaty of July 23, 
 1881, and of Articles 1 and 2 of the Protocol of May 1, 1893, and he declares that he 
 projects it according to the surveys made in said region of the Cordillera de los Andes by the 
 sixth Argentine Sub-Commission, which has carried out all the investigations referred to in 
 Article 5 of the chapter of the Instructions issued by the Experts on January 1, 1894, for the 
 demarcation in the Cordillera de los Andes in pursuance of the Instructions imparted to the 
 joint Sub-Commission on February 17 of last year. That in proposing this line he has 
 borne in mind the Treaty concluded by the Argentine Republic and the Republic of 
 Bolivia on May 10, 1889, exchanged on May 17, 1893, with modifications introduced in 
 the first Article, the Boundary Treaties between the Republic of Chile and the Republic of 
 Bolivia on August 10, 1866, and on August 6, 1874, and the Record of the Commission 
 entrusted to fix the boundaries between the Chilian and Bolivian territories, signed on 
 February 10, 1870, in the Port of Antofagasta, by Messrs. Amado Pissis and Juan Maria 
 Mujia. 
 
366 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 " The general boundary line between parallels 23° and 26° 52' 45", whicb he now 
 proposes, is wholly situated in the Cordillera de los Andes in its main range, constituted in 
 said part of the same Cordillera by the line of high crests which really and effectually exists and 
 which ' separated Chile from the high tableland or Puna Boliviana of Atacama,' and 
 1 consecrated the traditional limit,' as declared by the Chilian Expert to my predecessor, the 
 Expert of the Argentine Republic, Don Octavio Pico, in his note of January 18, 1892. 
 
 " This general line shall start from the point in which parallel of lat. 23° S. crosses the 
 edge or culminating line which separates the slopes of the main range of the Cordillera de los 
 Andes, which in that part is the ' Real Cordillera de los Andes,' and the ' High Cordillera 
 de los Andes,' as studied by the Chilian engineers Don Francisco San Roman and Don 
 Santiago Muiioz." 
 
 It is unnecessary to reproduce here the points through which the line runs, 
 as they will be mentioned further on. The Argentine Expert proposed that— 
 
 " Within the above indicated points, the assistants of the sixth Sub-Commission are to 
 make the practical demarcation in detail, according to what is provided in Article 5 of the 
 Instructions given by the Experts for the demarcation in the Cordillera de los Andes on 
 January 1, 1804. 
 
 " The Chilian Expert replied that he would give, later on, his reasons for not at 
 present discussing the line presented by the Argentine Expert between parallel 23° and 
 Mount Juncal or Wheelwright, waiting before doing so for his colleague to finish the 
 presentation of his general boundary line." 
 
 The Argentine proposal for the demarcation between parallels 23° and 
 2(5° 52' 45" in fulfilment of the provisions in the Agreement of 1896, being thus 
 terminated, the Argentine Expert again stated — 
 
 " 1. That, in accordance with paragraph 13 of his statement set forth in the Record of 
 August 29 last, and the Agreement arrived at in the meeting which took place on May 1 
 of last year, to carry out the provisions of the last part of Article 2 of the Protocol of 
 May 1, 1893, and of Clause III. of the Agreement of April 17, 1896, the fifth Argentine 
 Sub-Commissiou of demarcation had effected the surveys ordered by the Experts on 
 April 28, 1897, to investigate if the case foreseen in said Protocol and Agreement had 
 arisen, and with them to enable the Experts to comply with what is provided in said 
 Covenants. 
 
 " 2. That, in view of said surveys and the observations he has personally made on the 
 ground, he declares that he has the firm conviction that, in fact, the Cordillera de los 
 Andes is found penetrating into the channels which really exist in the peninsular part of the 
 south on nearing parallel 52°, and that the waters of those channels wash coasts of lands 
 which do not belong to the Cordillera de los Andes, which lie to the west of said channels. 
 
 " 3. That the geographical fact of the existence of plains to the east of the salt water 
 channels situated to the east of the Cordillera de los Andes, had been verified in 1557 by 
 Pilot Ladrillero ; in 1830 by the British hydrographers Skyring and Kirke during the 
 
Proposals for the General Line of Frontier. 367 
 
 expedition of the ' Beagle' ; in 1877 by the Lieutenant of the Chilian Navy, J. T. Rogers, 
 and the Chilian naturalist Enrique Ibar, and in 1885 by the Chilian civil engineer 
 Alejandro Bertrand, who says that it is shown in an irrefutable manner that in lot. 52° S. the 
 Cordillera de los Andes sheds all the water from its slopes into the Pacific. 
 
 "4. That he requires to know the opinion of the Chilian Expert on this point, so that, 
 if both agree on same, they may proceed to fulfil what is ordered in said Protocol and 
 Agreement." 
 
 The Chilian Expert said : — 
 
 " That, as regards the statement made by his colleague with reference to the Cordillera 
 de los Andes penetrating into the channels of the Pacific in the vicinity of parallel 52°, he 
 agrees with his appreciations in so far as they may apply to several elevated mountain 
 regions of the Cordillera de los Andes ; but not to the totality of same, because other 
 branches of same extend over the continent toward the north of the estuary of Ultima 
 Esperanza. 
 
 " He adds that he does not give to the expressed proposition the character of prior 
 importance, because the survey of the ground made by the Chilian Commission to fix a 
 divisional line leaving to Chile ' the coasts of said channels,' leads him to the conclusion that 
 the natural interior delimitation of said coasts is no other than the one of the hydrographic 
 basin which empties into them ; that this limit is at the same time the one which agrees 
 best with the spirit of the Treaty of 1881 ; and that in consequence, he has included it in 
 this form in the proposal of the general line presented to his colleague, in order that should 
 he not accept same, it may be considered by the Governments, as the result of the surveys 
 made by him, which are to serve as a basis for the resolution of the Arbitrator who is to 
 decide on the divisional line in that region according to what is stipulated in the last part 
 of the third clause of the Agreement of 1896." 
 
 The Argentine Expert having stated that in his opinion a separate Record 
 on this subject should be presented to both Governments, the Chilian Expert 
 reproduced in detail the line alluded to in the preceding paragraph. 
 
 The Expert of the Argentine Republic said that : — 
 
 " Considering that in the present case they must adopt as frontier line between the 
 Argentine Republic and the Republic of Chile, a line leaving to Chile the coasts of the 
 channels of the Pacific existing in the peninsular part of the south to the east of the 
 Cordillera de los Andes according to what is provided in the Protocol of 1893, a line 
 analogous to the one agreed upon by the Experts and approved by the respective 
 Governments between Mount Dinero and Mount Aymond, as set forth in the Record of the 
 fifth joint Sub-Commission, dated January 8 and April 15, 1896 ; and in that of the Experts 
 dated April 28 and May 6, 1897, and January 22, 1898, he proposes that respective line." 
 
 To have entered into discussion with the Chilian Expert, and to have 
 insisted upon the unfitting character of the line proposed by him as being 
 
368 Divergences in the Cordillera dc los Andes. 
 
 entirely opposed to the spirit and letter of Article 2 of the Protocol of 1893, 
 would have been to aggravate alarm in Chile; and the Argentine Expert, for 
 the moment, deemed it was more convenient to postpone the question in such 
 a manner that the work might be continued. In consequence — 
 
 " both experts, in view of the divergences recorded in the present Statements, resolved 
 to present to their respective Governments a copy of the present Record for the ulterior 
 ends." 
 
 At the same meeting a Resolution was adopted, according to which each 
 Expert agreed for the future to place at the disposal of his colleague in their 
 respective offices, all the general and detailed maps which he might possess, and 
 which he had used in drawing up his proposed general line, so that he might 
 make arrangements for their being consulted, copied or reproduced, in the form 
 which he might consider the most convenient. 
 
 Third Meeting. — The third meeting took place on September 2, 1898, and 
 it was then agreed that on the following day the Experts would exchange all 
 the documents relating to the presentation of their lines, and that at the same 
 time the minutes of proceedings in which presentations are recorded, should be 
 drawn up. 
 
 Fourth Meeting. — At the fourth meeting, which was held on the date agreed 
 upon (September 3, 1898), the Experts dealt with the line proposed by the 
 Chilian Expert, between the parallels 23° and 26° 52' 45" S. lat., and with that 
 proposed by the Argentine Expert between parallels 2(5° 52' 45" and 52°. 
 
 Referring to the first the Chilian Expert stated : — 
 
 " That he had taken into consideration the proposal of a general frontier line between 
 the Republic of Chile and the Argentine Republic between parallels 23° and 26° 52' 45" S. 
 lat., made by the Argentine Expert in the Conference of September 1, and that he considers 
 it convenient to make the following observations regarding the considerations upon which 
 it had been based : — 
 
 " 1. That the expression ' traditional boundary,' contained in the note of the undersigned 
 dated January 18, 1892, expressly refers to the old boundary existing between Chile and 
 Bolivia before the military occupation of the territory of the Puna de Atacama by Chile as 
 a consequence of the war that broke out in 1879, a fact which had been formerly 
 acknowledged by Expert Pico in the Conference of April 29, 1890. 
 
 2. That he acknowledges that if the boundary which before that epoch separated 
 Chile from the Bolivian Puna — say the western limit of the territory that went under said 
 name — were now to be fixed, the line indicated would scarcely deviate from the one the 
 undersigned would lay down in the greater part of its extent. 
 
Proposals for the General Line of Frontier. 369 
 
 " 3. That the Treaty concluded in 1893 between Bolivia and the Argentine Republic, 
 mentioned by the Argentine Expert, allows a western boundary to separate both countries 
 from parallel 23° to the extreme northern point of the boundary between Chile and the 
 Argentine Republic, according to the Treaty of 1881. 
 
 "4. Finally, that a Chilian Law of July 12, 1888, has incorporated the territory of 
 La Puna to that of Chile, and that while said Law remains in force the Chilian Expert 
 cannot either accept or propose any line which may be contrary to what said Law establishes. 
 
 ' ; In view of these considerations, he thinks that his intervention in this matter must 
 needs be limited for the moment by the course which the laws of the Republic trace, 
 and wishing to satisfy the purposes of the Argentine Expert, so that a Record concerning 
 this part of the boundary may be immediately presented to the respective Governments, he 
 proceeds to enumerate (as follows) the points which form the eastern boundary of Chile 
 between parallels 23° and 26° 52' 45" as established by the Law of July 12, 1888." 
 
 In reply to this statement, the Argentine Expert answered : — 
 
 " That the Record of proceedings of the meeting which both Experts held on 
 February 1 7 of last year provided in its first Article that ' the assistants of the joint 
 Sub-Commission shall begin the operations of demarcation referred to in Clause 1 of the 
 Agreement of April 1 7 of last year, adhering to the Instructions issued by the Experts to 
 the Sub-Commissions of demarcation in the Cordillera de los Andes dated January 1, 1894, 
 extending the work of the zone referred to in said clause to the whole region which in the 
 opinion of the respective Experts may comprehend the line of demarcation.' 
 
 " That consequently, the assistants of the sixth joint Sub-Commission have proceeded 
 to execute the operations provided in the first base of the Agreement of April 17, 1896, 
 fulfilling said Instructions, in the mountainous region which is the Cordillera de los Andes, and 
 which formed the ' old boundary existing between Chile and Bolivia before the war which 
 began in 1879.' 
 
 " That he cannot accept as part of the general boundary line, and. therefore as boundary 
 between parallels 23° and 26° 52' 45", according to the Treaties and Agreements in force, the 
 line defined by the Chilian Expert, and that he cannot either enter into a discussion on same, 
 because lie considers that it is not included within the terms of the Treaty of 1881, Protocol of 
 1893, and Agreement of 189G. 
 
 " He declared likewise that the line proposed by the Chilian Expert is a political, and 
 not a geographical line, such as that which they are entrusted to draw should be ; and 
 besides, that it is extraneous to the Cordillera de los Andes to which the above Treaties and 
 Agreements refer." 
 
 By the line proposed, the Chilian Expert once more abandoned the Cordillera 
 <!<■ los Andes, to which the boundary is restricted according to the Treaties, in 
 order to carry the frontier to another chain recognised at all times as the 
 Cordillera Real de Bolivia, which never separated Chile from the Argentine Republic, 
 and in order to deviate it towards the pass in the Gap of San Francisco, a point 
 which is not situated in the Cordillera de los Andes, and which for that reason cannot serve 
 
 3 B 
 
370 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 as a frontier point ; but the Argentine Expert, for the same reasons that led to 
 his postponing any discussion concerning the boundary in the neighbourhood 
 of parallel of lat. 52° S., agreed in the proceeding determined in the Record 
 thus : — 
 
 " Both Experts, in view of the divergence of opinions recorded in the foregoing 
 statements, have resolved to present to their respective Governments a copy of the present 
 Record for ulterior ends." 
 
 The Argentine Expert, for his part, presented his general boundary line 
 between 26° 52' 45" and the culminating point in the main chain of the Cordillera 
 de los Andes, where the river Geikie rises in parallel 51° 41'. He dealt also 
 with the question relating to the higher valley of the river Bio-Bio occupied 
 by Chile in 1881, when that country and the Argentine Republic were engaged 
 in the campaign against the Indians on the respective Andean slopes. The 
 Chilian settlement in that valley was situated to the east of the main mass of the 
 Andean Cordillera, although to the west of a bifurcation of the said 
 Cordillera ; but the Argentine Expert, bearing in mind the absence of any 
 protest on the part of the Argentine Republic against the said occupation 
 and the consequences that might entail any change of nationality of settle- 
 ments in that district made with the consent of the country that considered 
 itself to be the owner of the land, deemed it right and just to leave to Chile 
 territories which, by the Protocol of 1893, might properly be considered as 
 Argentine, thus affording a proof of his Government's amicable spirit, strong 
 in their right and in the purity of their motives. 
 
 The line proposed by the Argentine Expert ended at Mounts Geikie, which 
 "are situated in the line of elevated crests or main chain of the Cordillera de los 
 , 1 ndes" 
 
 " From Mounts Geikie the divisional line in the Cordillera de los Andes shall run 
 along the same ridge up to the point which the respective Governments may fix as the 
 end of said line, according to the provisions of the last part of Article 2 of the Protocol of 
 May 1, 1893. 
 
 " Within the points and stretches which he has indicated, the joint Sub-Commissions 
 shall make the demarcation in detail, in pursuance of the provisions of Article 5 of the 
 Instructions issued by the Experts for the demarcation in the Cordillera de los Andes on 
 January 1, 1894." 
 
A gr cement and Differences between the Experts. 371 
 
 3. AGREEMENT AND DIFFERENCES BETWEEN THE EXPERTS. 
 
 The respective general lines of the frontier having been submitted by each 
 Expert, it was agreed that they should forward to their Governments the minutes 
 in which were recorded the differences of opinion which had arisen between them 
 when dealing with the sections of the frontier between parallels 23° and 26° 52' 45" 
 S. lat, and in the neighbourhood of parallel 52° S. lat. There only remained 
 the decision as to the line situated to the south of parallel 26° 52' 45" S. as far 
 as parallel 52° S., or near it, and it is in this part that there arose the greatest 
 differences of opinion between the Experts, so much so that the conferences were 
 suspended, for reasons hereafter explained. 
 
 After the meetings a correspondence between the Experts" followed, of which 
 it is advisable that an extract should be placed before the Tribunal, as it affords 
 valuable evidence in the Argentine contention, and wholly confirms the conviction of the 
 Argentine Expert that the greater portion of the Chilian line under discussion is not 
 situated in the Cordillera de los Andes, where it should be in its entirety. 
 
 The Chilian Expert having proposed that the Experts should meet on 
 September 7, for the purpose of drawing up a list of all the points of agreement, 
 and recording the portion of the boundary line about which they were in 
 disagreement, the Argentine Expert prepared the said list, and sent to his 
 colleague, on the 6th, a rough draft with the preamble which he considered 
 appropriate for the Record determining the points on which both were in 
 agreement. The draft preamble reads as follows : — 
 
 " Both Experts declare that the points and stretches in the Cordillera de los Andes, 
 of which mention is made in the list contained in this Record, jointly prepared 
 after comparison with their respective plans for a general line, are accepted as points 
 of the general frontier-line between the Argentine Republic and Chile, being considered as 
 contained : (1) in Article 1 of the Treaty of 1881 which says, ' The boundary between 
 the Argentine Republic and Chile as far as the parallel of latitude 52° S. is the Cordillera 
 de los Andes, etc. (full text to be copied) ; (2) in Article 1 of the Protocol of May 1, 1893, 
 which says, ' Whereas Article 1,' etc. ; (3) in Article 2 of the said Protocol which says, 
 ' The undersigned,' etc. ; and (4) in Article 5 of the Instructions for the demarcation in the 
 Cordillera de los Andes signed by the Experts on January 1, 1894, which says, ' It having 
 been provided,' etc." 
 
 These headings were intended to avoid subsequent misinterpretations of 
 
 3 b 2 
 
372 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 this Record, and also to set-re as evidence in connection with the differences of opinion 
 when dealing with the rest of the line, especially as the international difficulties would be 
 increased in/ the slightest indication that the dividing line could be withdrawn from 
 the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 In place of this proposed joint declaration the Chilian Expert suggested to 
 the Argentine Expert that each of them should express his own opinion 
 concerning the boundary, and sent him a copy of what he should insert in the 
 Record, and which reads as follows : — 
 
 " The Chilian Expert, for his part, states that, in approving of the boundary points 
 named in the list, he does so in accordance with the letter and spirit of the existing 
 Agreements, and that in consequence he must place the following facts on record. All the 
 points on which both Experts are agreed, and which constitute the greater part of the 
 frontier line between the two countries, are located in the line of the water-divide, this 
 ' geographical condition of the demarcation ' being invariably respected. In specifying these 
 points, summits or peaks of much greater altitude than the line of the water-divide, and which 
 rise on either side of it, have not been taken into account ; nor have the very much broader, 
 steeper and loftier lateral mountain chains which in various parts rise on the east of the 
 chain on which the frontier line is traced, owing to the fact that the said lateral chains do 
 not divide the waters. The Chilian Expert added that the demarcation in all the points 
 upon which both of them agreed, actually confirms the definition which in accordance 
 with the Treaties in force he gave in the Record of January 1, 1894, to the expression 
 " encadenamiento principal de los Andes " (main chain of the Andes) mentioned in the 
 Protocol of 1893." 
 
 Sefior Barros Arana proposed also the following paragraphs for the pending 
 Record on the same section of boundary line agreed : — 
 
 " The Experts .... agree in declaring as approved those points of the frontier line 
 which are shown in the list inserted further on, by which the three sections of the boundary 
 line, separately enumerated, are determined throughout their whole extent. 
 
 " Each of the two Experts declares that the entire number of points proposed by him, 
 and those accepted by both, conform to those rules of demarcation, which in their opinion 
 must be applied in view of the considerations upon which they have respectively based 
 their propositions of the general lines in the Records of August 29 and September 3. 
 
 " The two Experts agree to prepare a common map of demarcation for the three 
 sections of which, according to the present Record, the frontier line by common consent 
 consists. The preparing of this plan devolves upon the secretaries of both Experts, who 
 are from this moment instructed to this effect " (List follows.) 
 
 " At those points indicated in the preceding lists, and at all intermediate accessible 
 parts, tin- mixed Sub-Commissions shall carry out on the ground itself the demarcation of 
 the frontier line in the manner stated in the final part of Article 5 of the Instructions yiven by 
 the Experts on January 1, 1894. 
 
Agreement and Differences between the Experts. 373 
 
 " In conformity with the provisions in the concluding part of the first Article of the 
 Treaty of July 23, 1881, a Record in duplicate shall be drawn up from these Agreements, 
 one certified copy of which shall be at once presented by each Expert to his respective 
 Government for the purposes referred to in the said Article." 
 
 Article 5 of the Instructions, referred to by Senor Barros Arana, states : — 
 
 " It having been provided in Article 1 of the Protocol of May 1 last that the Experts 
 and the Sub-Commissions who are to operate in the Cordillera de los Andes shall have as an 
 invariable rule of their proceedings the principle established in the first part of Article 1 of 
 the Treaty of 1881, said Sub-Commissions shall investigate the situation in said Cordillera 
 of the main chain of the Andes, in order to seek, in same, the most elevated crests that may 
 divide the waters, and shall mark the frontier line on their accessible parts, making it pass 
 between the slopes which descend one side and the other." 
 
 By omitting the first part of the Article transcribed, as the Chilian Expert 
 desired, there were suppressed " the Cordillera de los Andes," its " main chain " 
 and its " most elevated crests," and there only remained as a guide for the 
 assistants to enable them to mark out the frontier line, the watershed, which — if 
 the orographical features were thus arbitrarily set aside — could be sought both 
 on the Cordillera de los Andes and outside of it. By these means it was proposed 
 to indirectly attain the location of the continental divortium aquarum which, in the 
 opinion of the Chilian Expert, ought to replace the immovable boundary of the 
 Cordillera de los Andes. As far as possible the Chilian Expert methodically 
 avoided mention of the Avords Cordillera de los Andes in his Records or Minutes. 
 
 The Chilian Expert, on rejecting the preamble proposed by the Argentine 
 Expert, said : — 
 
 " I see no reason for repeating statements already made, which, however, do not pre- 
 vent the Argentine Expert, if he deems it necessary, from making on his own account such 
 statements as appear in the draft he sent to me ; " but added that, " if this course is taken, 
 I should be placed under the necessity of giving a summary of the grounds of my opinion, 
 and my reasons for approving of the points on which both Experts agree." .... " I would 
 only take part in the meeting (he also said) if it is held with the purpose of signing a 
 Kecord in which the individual statements were made in such form as each of us respectively 
 deemed suitable." 
 
 The Argentine Expert replied immediately, that, as to the preamble of the 
 Records on points of agreement and disagreement in the general boundary 
 line, he considered it indispensable that the Experts should specify therein that in 
 their determinations with regard to the line, they have proceeded in conformity with 
 
374 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 the Treaties, Agreement* and Instructions which guided the work of demarcation, and 
 also that the Articles of said documents relating thereto should be incorporated in 
 their entirety in the Records ; and that if the Chilian Expert wished to add to 
 these Records other Articles, or the entire text of these Agreements, he was willing 
 to agree with him, as he believed that in proceedings of this nature their decision 
 should be made with the complete clearness he proposed : reproducing the text 
 of the Treaty of 1881, the Protocol of 1893 and the " Instructions for the 
 demarcation in the Cordillera de los Andes," as signed by the Argentine Expert, 
 Senor Quiruo Costa, and Senor Barros Arana, without considering the reservations 
 made by the latter. The Argentine Expert added that in declaring that the 
 Experts were guided by the above-mentioned Treaty, Protocol and Instructions 
 they were honourably fulfilling their office ; and they should give no occasion for 
 the feeling of uncertainty and excitement in the countries they were representing 
 on the question. 
 
 The Chilian Expert insisted that he considered such a statement unnecessary • 
 to which the Argentine Expert answered that he would not be able to sign the 
 Records while they disagreed as to having inserted in them the Articles of the Treaty of 
 1881, the Protocol r;/'1893 and the Instructions for the demarcation in the Cordillera 
 itc los Andes ; and he again invited his colleague to a meeting in order to proceed 
 to discharge his mission. 
 
 The Chilian Expert declined the meeting, declaring : that, in his opinion, the 
 exclusive object of such a meeting being to settle by name the points of agreement 
 and disagreement in their respective boundary line, he thought it useless that this should 
 he done while they were not agreed as to the form in which the Record of the nutting 
 should he drawn up ; that if the meeting did not take place on the day agreed 
 upon, it was solely because the Argentine Expert had insisted that statements 
 which he drew up, and which he (the Chilian Expert) did not consider necessary 
 <>r suitable in the form proposed, should be inserted in the Record as issued by both 
 Experts-, that he had proposed to his colleague a form of Record in which each 
 one of them, while upholding the statement made by him in the Records in which 
 their respective propositions were specified, should limit himself to enumerating the 
 points of agreement and disagreement in order to make the same known to their 
 Governments; that the Argentine Expert might, on his part, insert in the 
 pending Record the joint declaration, asking, at the same time, the Chilian 
 Expert to adhere to it; that if this were done, he, in his turn, would explain 
 the reason for not concurring in said declaration; that the Minister for Foreign 
 
A greement and Differences between the Experts. 375 
 
 Affairs having verbally informed him that, through the Minister Plenipotentiary 
 of the Argentine Republic, he had learned that the Argentine Expert would 
 accept a form of Record in which both Experts should declare that the boundary 
 proposed by them was in complete agreement " with the Treaties and other 
 international Conventions" — which should, moreover, be inserted in their 
 entirety — he replied to the Minister for Foreign Affairs that, although he did 
 not see the object of including these, he had no objection to accepting it as 
 requested by the Argentine Expert ; that he considered that the difficulties 
 raised with regard to this particular point might easily be solved by a Record 
 which he had proposed before, or by means of a Record in which each of 
 the Experts should state his own opinion ; and that if the Argentine Expert 
 should not accept either of these propositions, he should bring before the 
 Chilian Government the facts which already appear in the Records of August 
 29 and September 3, which in his opinion fully suffice to acquaint the Ministers 
 with the differences existing between the two proposals for the general 
 boundary line. 
 
 In acknowledging the receipt of this communication, the Argentine Expert 
 answered that he had no objection to proceed with the drawing up of the Record 
 in the form indicated by the Argentine Minister Plenipotentiary to the Minister 
 for Foreign Affairs of Chile, that is to say, that it be stated therein that, at his 
 request, both Experts declare that the lines proposed by each of them are situated 
 in the Cordillera de los Andes, and comply with the provisions of all the Treaties 
 and other international Conventions, which shall also be inserted in their entirety 
 in the said Record. The Chilian Expert replied that lie did not agree with the 
 Record in that form, and addressed a letter to Sefior Moreno, which it is necessary 
 to reproduce in full in order that the Tribunal may understand why the Argentine 
 Government, from the very first, have asked Her Britannic Majesty's Government 
 that the Surveying Commission to be appointed should proceeed to the ground 
 where the differences between the Experts have arisen, this being — as stipulated 
 in the Agreement of April 17, 1896, — a step Avhich must precede the settlement 
 of these differences.* 
 
 * This note, dated Santiago, September 9, 1898, says: "In reply to your communication of to-day's 
 date, which I have just received, I must point out that the formula of the Record therein set down by you 
 is not the same as that of which I informed you I should not object to accepting, in the note to which yours is an 
 answer. According to the latter, both Experts were, at your request, to confine themselves to stating 'that 
 the lines recommended by them are in conformity with all the Treaties and other international Conventions, 
 which should, moreover, be inserted in their entirety.' " 
 
376 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 This letter clearly shows the Chilian Expert's refusal to state that the Boundary 
 proponed is all situated in the Cordillera de los Andes ; he thought that it was not 
 advisable for these words to appear in the Records, and the Press friendly to 
 him put into the mouths of his employees expressions which might lead one to 
 think that the inclusion of those words was prejudicial to the interests he 
 defended. All this demonstrated to the Argentine Expert the expediency of 
 not acceding in any case to the elimination of the words proposed for the heading 
 of the Records ; and he therefore replied to Senor Barros Arana, expressing his 
 profound astonishment at the refusal to state that the lines recommended are 
 " situated in the Cordillera de las Andes." All the Records upon the erection of 
 landmarks on the boundary line, drawn by the assistants of the mixed Sub- 
 Commissions and approved by the Experts, establish that the points at which 
 these landmarks are located are to be found in the Cordillera de los Andes ; 
 nevertheless the Chilian Expert, under whose orders the Chilian Sub-Commissions 
 are, did not deem it necessary, when deciding with the Argentine Expert upon the 
 demarcation of 1500 kilometres if the general line, to insert those words, ivhieh are 
 most important, as it is within the Cordillera de los Andes that the boundary between 
 the tiro nations must be fixed. In view of this, the Argentine Expert again invited 
 his colleague to include the words in question in the pending Records in order 
 that their deliberations upon the general frontier line might be brought to an 
 end, and that without further delay all the facts might be put before their 
 Governments. 
 
 The Chilian Expert's answer showed once more a marked resistance to 
 proceed as proposed. It is true that the words which, the Argentine Expert deemed 
 it indispensable to insert in the Records of agreements and disagreements would have 
 ti< en the condemnation beforehand of his boundary Hue by his own signature, and 
 to this reason may be ascribed the vagueness and con fusion in his reply. He 
 pretended to have always sought, with the most devoted zeal, the strict 
 fulfilment of the Boundary Treaties, but without wishing to acknowledge 
 at the same time the fundamental principle stipulated in them, viz. that the 
 boundary must be within the Cordillera de los Andes, and that it must be carried 
 along the main chain of the Andes. According to his views the line is independent 
 of the Andean Cordillera, and is formed by the continental divide, which he 
 pretends was that which the surveyors of the two countries had taken into 
 account when they erected the landmarks placed in L894, 1895 and L896 — -an 
 assertion that, as far as the Argentine surveyors are concerned, is completely 
 
Agreement and Differences between the Experts. 377 
 
 erroneous. Equally erroneous was his assertion that it had been agreed to 
 simply state in the pending Record that the lines presented by the Experts 
 were in accordance with all the Treaties and other International Conven- 
 tions, and to insert therein the said documents in their entirety ; and also 
 that, whilst on his part he was prepared to sign the Record in that form, the 
 Argentine Expert proposed to introduce an addendum modifying what had 
 been agreed to. The Argentine Expert had neither accepted the proceeding 
 in the form stated by Senor Barros Arana, nor had he introduced an addendum 
 modifying that which had been agreed upon with the Chilian Minister for 
 Foreign Affairs. 
 
 The Experts, as Senor Barros Arana had often declared, possessed powers 
 of their own, and the said Minister had misunderstood the Argentine Minister 
 Plenipotentiary, who merely transmitted the clear and decisive opinion of the 
 Argentine Expert to the effect that, whatever form was agreed upon regarding 
 the pending Record, it was indispensable that they should insert in it the 
 declaration that the jjrojwsed lines were situated within their whole length in tin 
 Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 The Argentine Expert realised his responsibility in connection with this 
 matter, and the duties imposed on him as the Argentine Representative for the 
 execution of the Treaties. He was to fix a frontier in the Cordillera exclusively ; 
 all projects of frontier out of the Cordillera were impossible for the Argentine 
 Republic, as being extraneous to the provisions of the Treaties, and consequently 
 outside the scope of the only possible arbitration upon differences of opinion 
 that might arise on the location of points or lines in the Cordillera. 
 
 The Chilian Expert concluded his last note, just referred to, by announcing 
 to his colleague that he was submitting to his Government an account of the 
 events that had taken place in connection with the pending Records. 
 
 Senor Moreno deemed it necessary to return a detailed reply to Senor 
 Barros Arana, which is inserted here, as it is important in order to obtain a 
 complete knowledge of the facts which preceded the submitting of the differences 
 of opinion between the Experts to their respective Governments* 
 
 * The note, dated September 11, 1898, is as follows : — " I have received your communication No. 119, 
 of yesterday's date, which I am answering at the length demanded by its contents. 
 
 " You say that you have never in any way refused to recognise any principle or statement whatsoever 
 appearing in the Boundary Treaties, and that you have never ceased striving to secure their scrupulous 
 fulfilment ; furthermore, that the delays created in the extending and drawing up of the Record in question, 
 
 3 c 
 
378 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 The solution by the Experts of the demarcation of the general frontier 
 line did not take place — notwithstanding the fact that the two lines proposed 
 coincided tor over fifteen degrees of latitude — owing to the refusal of the Chilian 
 Expert tn state that his tine teas situated in the Cordillera <h' los Andes, within which 
 it was in any case to be fixed. 
 
 far from being due to the cause, to which I ascribe, them, i.e. your failing to conform in your statements with the 
 stipulations of the said Agreements, are in reality only a clear anil self-evident proof that you are following the 
 .-a id Treaties scrupulously, and therefore, us I attribute to yen views and intentions which yon never have 
 had, the reasons for the astonishment which I manifest in my communication do not exist. 
 
 "Your persistence in refusing to allow it to be stated in the Record approving more than 1500 
 kilometres of the general boundary line, thai said line is situated in the Cordillera de los Amies, deepens the 
 astonishment to which you allude, for your refusal to repeat in this case what you asserted, as Chilian Expert, 
 upon every occasion in which both Experts agreed to the locating boundary marks — which invariably appears 
 in the minutes drawn up for this purpose — cannot be explained otherwise than by the fact that you have convinced 
 yourself from the last surveys which have been concluded in the Cordillera and its vicinity, of what I have so often 
 declared to 3"ou : namely, that the continental divide — which you erroneously say, in opposition to the principle 
 established in the first Article of the Treaty of 1881, forms the boundary between the two countries — is not 
 situated in its entirety in the Cordillera de los Andes, and that as it should again appear in the Records 
 which must bear your signature, that the boundary agreed upon is to be found, in the Cordillera de los Andes, your 
 theory is exploded, ami it becomes impossible for you to continue upholding it. lint, if I accept this 
 explanation, I should find myself compelled to believe that you have knowingly departed from complying 
 with wdiat we, through binding agreements, were directed to execute. 
 
 "You also say that when there was under consideration the drawing up of the Eecord in which the 
 boundary points upon which agreement had been arrived at, and those upon which there was difference 
 of opinion were to be enumerated, I wished to have the same preceded by statements to which both of our 
 signatures should be appended, and which, although they reproduce certain Articles of the Treaties, did not 
 clearly reflect the spirit and compass of the same, since I at the same time set aside others in which the 
 geographical condition of the demarcation as laid down in the said Agreements was most clearly expressed. 
 1 am obliged to remind you that a Record of part of the frontier line then being in question (I say ' a Record ' 
 because you will remember that it was arranged that two should be drawn up: one setting forth the points 
 upon which we were agreed concerning the frontier, and the other recording those upon which we differed ), 
 it was not the moment to mention Article 3 of the Protocol of 1893, and Article 6 of the Exports' 
 Instructions for the demarcation in the Cordillera de los Andes, as these Articles refer to cases of differences of 
 pinion in tin- tracing of tin: boundary line. 
 
 "Furthermore, in making this charge against mo, you have forgotten that in my note of the 7th instant. 
 I stated that if you wished to add to these Records other Articles, or the entire text of said Agreements, I w< mid 
 at once agree to it, believing as I do that in proceeding in our resolutions with absolute clearness, we are 
 honourably fulfilling our trust, nor shall we give occasion for doubts such as those which have caused the 
 present uncertainties in the countries which we represent in this matter. 1, therefore, proposed reproducing 
 the texts of the Treaty of 1881, the Protocol of 1893, and the Instructions for the work of demarcation in 
 the Cordillera de los Andes given by the Experts on January 1, 1804, and by stating that we were guided by 
 the, said Treaties, Protocol and Instructions. 
 
 " This will prove to you that I never have had any intention of suppressing or half quoting Articles of 
 the Treaties, Agreements and Instructions regulating the demarcation, and I feel compelled to state in my 
 turn, that if either of us has had this intention it is you, who proposed to me that the Boundary Sub- 
 ( lommissions should effect that demarcation of the approved line on the ground itself, as provided for at the 
 lino! ■part if Article 5 of the Instructions given by the Experts, January 1, 1 s;>4. 
 
 " This Article is as follows :—' It having been provided in Article 1 of the Protocol of May 1 last thai 
 the Experts and the Sub-Commissions, who are to operate in the Cordillera de los Andes, shall have as an 
 invariable rule of their j 1 , ,,■ principle established in the first part of Article I of the Treaty 
 
Agreement and Differences between the Experts. 379 
 
 The Argentine Expert informed the Minister Plenipotentiary of his country 
 of the existing condition of affairs, stating that, for his part, he would not renew 
 the meetings until it was expressly laid down that the boundary to be traced by the 
 Experts in fulfilment of ike Treaties in I'm;; must be sought within the Cordillera 
 de los Andes, which is the immovable boundary si para fin;/ the Argentine Republic 
 
 of 1881, said Sub-Commissions shall investigate the situation, in said Cordillera, of the main chain of the 
 Andes in order to seek in same the most elevated crests tliat may divide the waters, and shall mark the frontier line 
 on their accessible parts, making it pass between the slopes which descend one side and the other.' 
 
 "And you propose that the Sub- Commissions should have in view only that portion which I have 
 underlined, thereby departing from the stipulations contained in the Treaty of 18S1 and the Protocol of 18 l J3. 
 "You add that, desirous of avoiding all difficulty, you proposed to me the adoption of either of the 
 two following alternatives : — (1) The drawing up of a Record wherein, while referring to the statements set 
 forth by each Expert when presenting his respective project of boundary line, the list of the places about 
 which an agreement had been come to, and those concerning which there were differences of opinion, 
 be only inserted. (2) A Record in which each Expert should set forth his reasons for agreement or 
 disagreement, recognising the right of each party to insert therein, wholly or in part, the Treaties and 
 other Agreements, or antecedents governing the matter. 
 
 " Moreover, you thought it necessary, in the event of a Record containing remarks signed by both of 
 us being agreed upon, that it should be stated that the points upon which we were agreed were situated 
 in the principal chain of the Andes that may divide the waters — a formula which, according to you, sums up the 
 letter and the spirit of the Treaties. 
 
 " As regards the first alternative, I must point out to you, that I would have signed a Record in 
 this form only on condition that both of us had declared in the preamble, that the approved boundary teas 
 situated in the Cordillera de los Andes ; and as regards the Record concerning the points upon which we 
 differed, I should have declared in it that a large number of the points proposed by you were not situated in said 
 Cordillera. In the second case, I should have been willing to draw up a Record, to be preceded by a statement 
 that the approved points were situated in the Cordillera de los Andes and in its principal chain that may divide the 
 waters, and I should have set forth what I understood as the principal chain of the Cordillera that may divide 
 the waters, and the grounds which 1 have for agreeing to accept as part of the frontier line points 236 to 244, 
 which are situated outside of said chain. 
 
 "You further say that, after having agreed, as set forth in your Note No. 117, to state simply in the 
 Record under consideration that the lines recommended by both Experts comply with all the Treaties and 
 other International Conventions, and to insert the said documents in it in their entirety, while you, for your 
 part, were disposed to sign the Record in the said form, I subsequently proposed to introduce an addition which 
 modified what had been agreed upon ; I must inform you first of all that you are in error, since such an 
 Agreement did not exist. I have invariably said that in the Records which we, the Experts, were to sign, 
 I wished to have inserted all the Articles of the Treaties and other Agreements, but in no case have I 
 consented to omit the words Cordillera de los Amies. 
 
 " I cannot understand how the words ' Cordillera de los Andes ' signify ' a modification of what had been 
 agreed upon.' 
 
 " The first Article of the 1881 Treaty reads : — The boundary between the Argentine Republic and < hile 
 from north to south as far as the parallel of latitude 52° S. is ' the Cordillera de los Andes' You consider that 
 to expressly mention this boundary in the Records is 'a modification of what had been agreed upon,' and add 
 that you ' believe it unnecessary to enter into a discussion as to the propriety of this addition, as it will tend to 
 uselessly protract this debate.' You must remember that in the communications which I have addressed to 
 you up till today, and especially in my Notes of May 12 and June 2G of this year, whenever points of the 
 demarcation have been under consideration I have always insisted that the boundary between the Argentint 
 Republic and Chile is situated in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 "In the first of these notes I stated that the work of demarcation must take place in the Cordillera de los 
 Andes, and that while the Treaty of 1881 and the Protocol of 1893 were in force, neither the Sub-Commissions 
 
 3 c 2 
 
380 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 from that of Chile, and appending three Records: — No. 1 being the enumeration 
 of the points and stretches of the Cordillera in which the lines of the Chilian 
 Expert and his own coincide, and which should he accepted in the same way 
 as the points of the frontier in the Cordillera de Ion Andes hare been approved, 
 from 1895 doion to the present time; No. 2 contained the points and stretches 
 which in his opinion are not situated in the main chain of the Cordillera de los 
 Andes, formed by the central cordon of the Cordillera, which is the highest, the 
 longest, the most uniform in its general direction, the slopes of which shed 
 the greatest quantity of water, and whose crests hare always been considered as 
 forming a boundary line between the Argentine Republic ami that of Chile ■ No. 3 
 
 Mil; THE ExrERTS NOR THE GOVERNMENTS OF THE ARGENTINE AND CHILIAN REPUBLICS MIGHT EXTEND SUCH WORK 
 
 OR cause it to be made outside of it; and in the second, that the Argentine Sub-Commissions would always 
 take into account whatever proposal might be made to them as to places situated in the Cordillera de los Andes, 
 but never as to places situated outside said Cordillera ; and I added that each one of us should supply 
 in the meetings to be held in the month of August last, the data which he had collected for the purpose of 
 forming a definite idea of that mountainous region to be considered as 'the Cordillera de los Andes which 
 constitutes the immovable Boundary.' 
 
 " I considered it necessary to state all this to you because of your persistence in maintaining that the 
 boundary between the Argentine Republic and Chile is to be found in the Continental divide, a pretension 
 which you still appear to sustain when refusing to include in the Records under consideration, in the form 
 proposed by me, the term 'Cordillera de los Andes,' a pretension which it is not possible for me to admit, 
 because it is completely extraneous to the clauses of the Treaties in force, and a pretension which you again 
 affirm, in proposing to me as situated on the boundary line a series of points which for the greater j>art, as I 
 informed you, are outside of the Cordillera de los Andes, and, therefore, outside the line which wc, the Experts, in 
 accordance with tlie arrangement entered into on May 1, 1897, were to investigate in detail and. decide upon, so as 
 tn carry out the instructions given us in the International Agreements. Only your conviction that the said 
 points are situated outside the Cordillera de los Amies would explain your great aversion for that immovable boundary. 
 
 " You conclude by saying that, moreover, conformably with your announcement to me in your Note 
 X<>. 117, you arc bringing the facts connected with the case mentioned therein to the notice of your 
 Government. 
 
 " I reserve my opinion on proceedings so extraneotis to our duties as demarcators, which cause tht- 
 suspension of all the tracing of the frontier, not fulfilling what we are directed by the Treaties to fulfil, nor 
 i via what we agreed to do in our Agreement of May 1, 1897 — as is shown in the Record of August 29 last 
 — leaving, besides, without definite determination from the Experts, that part of the boundary line in which 
 our propositions coincided, anil without formulating the differences of opinion which might exist between us 
 after a discussion of the points situated in tin- Cordillera de los Andes upon which we do not agree, in order that 
 they might be brought before our respective Governments for decision, as provided for in the Article 2 of the 
 Agreement of April 17, 1896. 
 
 " With regard to the points set down in your list, and which my personal acquaintance with tho territory 
 leads me to believe are not situated in the Cordillera de los Andes, it would have been impossible for me, while 
 you failed to state that in your opinion they were situated in tho Cordillera de los Andes, to discuss them as 
 forming part, of the frontier line between the Argentine and the Chilian Republics. 
 
 " I 'i conclusion, 1 must say that I, for my part, hold you responsible for all the difficulties which your 
 decision may occasion, ami that in order that the matter may be settled, I shall in my turn bring before the 
 Argentine Minister Plenipotentiary all the Records and facts leading up to, and in connection with, the points 
 upon which we have been deliberating since August 25 last." 
 
Agreement and Differences between the Experts. 381 
 
 contained the enumeration of the points and stretches 'proposed by the Chilian Expert in 
 his project for a general line, and which in the opinion of the Argentine Expert are 
 not situated in the Cordillera de los Andes, and therefore could not be taken into 
 consideration during the discussion of the respective lines because, as Expert, it is not 
 his duty to deal with points which are not comprised in the terms of the Treaty of 1881 
 and the Protocol of 1893. 
 
 The Chilian Expert, in his turn, proceeded in the same manner towards his 
 Government, addressing a note in which there is a paragraph referring to his 
 refusal to agree that the Cordillera should be mentioned, which suffices to 
 demonstrate the setting aside of the binding Agreements between the two 
 nations, on the part of the official charged with their fulfilment on behalf 
 of Chile. 
 
 Senor Barros Arana stated to the Minister of Foreign Affairs of Chile that 
 the Argentine Expert had insisted that both Experts should declare that the 
 lines which each of them presented were situated in the Cordillera de los Andes, 
 and that they comply with all the provisions of all the Treaties and other 
 International Conventions, which shall also be wholly inserted in the said 
 Records. 
 
 " You will not," added Senor Barros Arana, " fail to notice that the acceptance by me of 
 the phrase I have underlined (' were situated in the Cordillera de los Andes'), ivhich does not 
 correspond to what was agreed to, icould have necessitated an elucidation respecting what each 
 Expert understood by the Cordillera de los Andes, and might be the origin of an endless and 
 fruitless discussion. I merely observed, in a fresh note to my colleague, that the new 
 formula proposed by him was not the one we had agreed to accept ; and as he again 
 insisted, and even manifested ' profound astonishment ' at my refusing to accept modifica- 
 tions on what had been agreed to, I addressed to him my official communication No. 110, 
 the contents of which I have already communicated to you, in which I have informed him 
 that I was laying before you all the facts relative to this question." 
 
 The Chilian Expert thus gave a futile explanation in support of his refusal. 
 Definitions as to what was to be understood by the " Cordillera de los Andes " 
 were not necessary at that moment, since the Arbitrator appointed to decide upon 
 the differences of opinion ivhich might arise between the Experts was the competent 
 authority to define the boundaries of the main chain when pronouncing upon each 
 one of those differences. The Argentine Expert only required it to be declared 
 that the line proposed had been planned within the Cordillera de los Andes as a 
 necessary condition without the fulfilment of which it was not possible for him to 
 take into consideration his colleague's line, which he was convinced was, for nearly 
 
382 Divergences in the Cordillera de los Andes. 
 
 one-half of its length, situated outside the Cordillera de los Amies. To deal with it 
 would have been to admit the possibility of ignoring the Treaty of 1881, and sub- 
 mitting to (irhit ration questions for the solution of which it had not been constituted, and 
 which directly ^affected the sovereignty of his country. 
 
 The best justification for the proceedings of the Argentine Expert is found 
 in the part of the Chilian Expert's Report to his Government, which says : — 
 
 " I must call your attention to the following important facts: — (1) That this long 
 section of frontier line constitutes in its whole extent, the general divide of the South 
 American continent, or the continental divortia aquarum. (2) That said line is not a line of 
 lofty summits in the sense of containing the most elevated peaks of the Cordilleras, but solely 
 in the sense of constituting the culminatiny line of the Continent, which serves as the edge 
 or ridge of separation between the springs, streams and declivities which descend on one 
 side and the other to form the Chilian rivers on one side and the Argentine rivers on the other. 
 In proof of my statement, I append a list No. 1 of the summits situated in the watershed, 
 as well as all those situated on one or the other side of that line. (3) That neither is the said 
 line the crest of a main chain in the orographical meaning of this expression, but only in the 
 hydrological sense of presenting a succession of crests, depressions and any kind of features of 
 the ground, the continuity of which consists in the fact that it is not cut at any part by any 
 watercourse, great or small. This fact can be verified by an examination of the general 
 map made in this office to trace the line of demarcation, on which it is seen that the 
 principal blocks of the Cordillera from parallel 27 J to parallel 37° S. lat. are situated in 
 Argentine territory." 
 
 Thus, the Cordillera de los Amies as a boundary is substituted by the continental 
 divide. When this continental divide occurs in the main chain of the Cordillera 
 de los Andes, the latter is the boundary, and only in that ease. Senor Barros 
 Arana stated to his Government that the general map made in his office to 
 trace the line of demarcation showed that the principal blocks of the Cordillera, 
 from parallel 27° to parallel 37° S lat., were situated in Argentine territory, 
 which is erroneous ; and as he said this for a length of about ten degrees of 
 latitude, he left out the fifteen other degrees between parallels 37 and 52 c S. lat., 
 ill which the Chilian line passis in nearly all the proposal points through the plains far 
 to the east of the mountains. The Tribunal, when studying the differences, will 
 examine all the evidence connected with the delimitation, and will observe that 
 though Senor Barros Arana in the Report to the Minister for Foreign A (fairs 
 of (mile mentions the word Cordillera only when dealing will) the region In tin in 
 parallels '11 to .">7 S. lat., he could have done so up to parallel 40 S. lat. in the 
 portion where the lines of the two Experts coincided without interruption. The 
 Tribunal will also observe that, regarding the remainder of the line, lie avoided 
 
Agreement and Differences between the Experts. 383 
 
 any allusion to the Cordillera, as if he knew that the continental divide was not 
 concurrent with it, notwithstanding his ulterior and clear declarations inserted in 
 the Record of September 22, 1898. 
 
 By these proceedings, Seiior Karros Arana sought to annul the Treaty of 
 1881, the Protocol of 1893, and the Agreement of 1896. This Agreement 
 stipulates that Her Britannic Majesty's Government, having once surveyed the 
 ground by the Commission to be appointed, shall decide those differences that 
 should arise between the Experts when placing the landmarks in the Cordillera 
 de los Andes, and which could not be settled by the Governments of Argentina 
 and Chile. The two Governments by this stipulation put an end to the 
 theories of the Chilian Expert in regard to the boundary, since, as this boundary 
 was immovable, differences could only arise in the selection of geographical 
 points. Therefore only after a survey of the ground could the Arbitrator decide 
 upon them. But the Chilian Expert, knowing the impossibility of sustaining his 
 line once the ground was known to the Arbitrator, considered it sufficient that 
 his theoretical opinions on the boundary should be inserted in the Records to be 
 communicated to the Chilian Government in order that the procedure agreed 
 upon in 1896, and accepted by Her Britannic Majesty's Government, might be 
 altered. But to this his Government did not agree. 
 
 It will be seen in the next chapter, that the Chilian Minister for Foreign 
 Affairs declared to the Minister Plenipotentiary of the Argentine Republic that 
 the Expert Senor Barros Arana had informed him that the whole of his line was 
 situated within the Cordillera de los Andes, a condition demanded by the Argentine 
 Government previous to the consideration of the differences that laid arisen tutu-tin the 
 Experts so that they might be placed before the Arbitreitor, in fulfilment of the 
 Agreement of April 17, 1896. It was only after that declaration, and only by 
 the intervention of his Government, that the Chilian Expert decided to state in 
 a Record signed on October 1, 1898, that the points where both lines coincided 
 ore to be found in the Cordillera de los Andes, and that consequently they were parts 
 of the boundary between the Argentine Republic and the Republic of (Idle* 
 
 The differences of opinion were presented in this form, because the 
 
 * The Chilian Expert sent another communication to his Government, endeavouring to report the 
 differences that had arisen in dealing with the general line between parallels 26° 52* 45" and 52° S. lat. ; but 
 this Eeport will be dealt with in the proper place ; it will be only said here that it does not mention a single point 
 of the Argentine line that it considers situated outside the Cordillera de los Andes, while the Argentine Expert 
 maintains that this is the case concerning nearly half the Chilian line. 
 
584 Divergences in the Cordillera de ios Andes. 
 
 Government of Chile obtained from their Expert, as might have been expected, 
 the declaration which he did not think fit to make to his colleague — but without 
 which it would have been impossible for the Argentine Government to deal 
 with points which the Argentine Expert had declared to be completely 
 foreign to the Treaties. It only remained now to comply with the last rule 
 of the procedure agreed upon, i.e. if the differences that had arisen on fixing 
 the points of the frontier within the Cordillera de los Andes were not settled they 
 would be submitted to the British Government, and their just award would 
 decide who was right. This is what has been done. 
 
 1861 42 
 
I 
 
 mi 
 
 ins 
 
 II H 
 
 iIP 
 
 Hhhtnl 
 
 <<kh l 
 
 II 
 
 Mf